sion Aa haga bate Rieti &.<jpg3inens : susdn caries SE ay y * ¥ e
Funda te Mel : peers ewe me > : Te auueee
p Gis raat soni Ass

Ena Ae canes he ae :
Sees. 3

ea = z 5 z
NE 2 E Z F
a 2 . a » 2B = .
ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS SAIUVHYE
ul G - a € 8
4 2 o ef o
3) = < = <
S} 0 4 = S a
7 3 = 5 =
=| ae -! za a
SNI ~S3luvugdil LIBRARIES
rE z i z c
o = o _ oO
2 5 2 = a.
jo) > i > = . >
= : a “ =
ie Wale 2 o z o

ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVUE

: : oti amt a
= Pa = VEY /p =z =
ee rs} < YG, OD ef
\ 3 = ae Uf yy 2 o)
> = >" = >
ene ” Pe z 7) a
SNI_NWINOSHLINS S3I1YVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTI

IES

ON DC YY
NOILNLILSNI

S
ES SMITHSONIAN

NOILNLILSNI
NOILNLILSNI

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31uVvut

Sa1iyvVYdIT LIBRAR

INSTITUTION

INSTITUTION
INSTITUTION

SN

S SAIYVYeSIT_LIBRARIES

NVINOSHLINS S31YVYdIT_ LIBRARIES

SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLIWS
SMITHSONIAN
SMITHSONIAN

..
[ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31uVva

3
'

” ed ” = Rek n

e <V” eS o” SS a

o . ‘es oc = XY x

< P= < ale \N <

cy a o

ca S ry S > mw

Wy a 3 a Zz Ses
SNI NVINOSHLINS S3!IYVYUGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUT

cf z a z ies

o > — ow pa l'Sp ow

\ 0 IS = x Ee Gr, Fs)

J> VN = > rad ? fi

js] WX = 2 6 deer 2

© — SAXC ry. } — ae a MF cae

a

NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3SIuYvVYuaITLIBRARI

“ij

{INOSHLINS S3IYVYEITLIBRARIES

ae

SMITHSONIAN

sate
INST!
INSTI
S31
INST
Sal
INST

*

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILALILS

NVINOSHLINS
SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLINS S31
NVINOSHLIWS
SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLINS
SMITHSONIAN

ITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS saiuvugi

S)

WS
i
NOILNLILSNI

Xs
NOILANLILSNI

NOILNLILSNI

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3i¥vVyaIT LIBRARI

INOSHLINS S3Iu¥vugli

S3tIYVYUGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

Saiuvudit LIBRARIES

INSTITUTION
INSTITUTION

SAIYVUSIT LIBRARIES
INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI

INSTITUTION

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILS

bh

‘ Fi

(ITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYUaII_LIBRARIES

NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS

a
+ te

SaiuyVvVuait LIBRARI

NVINOSHLINS S31YVYUEIT LIBRARIE
st nf J . NX
AG 4 Ns
: WME,

‘Jp
NVINOSHLIWS
ae fe. ae
“pp y
“dp
NVINOSHLIWS

SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLIWS

INOSHLINS S3IUVUAIT- LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN. INSTITUTION

RARITIES SMITHSONIAN
Jp t %
RARIES SMITHSONIAN

RARIES SMITHSONIAN

NLILSNI
LALILSNI
NLILSNI

RARIES

_ - -
sa Pra 6
ae
y -

i _
al
° =
ey a
Ss
a
7“ *
a
=
=
_
i t
=>
—_
-
bs =
os a
.
a
-
a
~
=
=~

wu

ee eae
> ee _ 7
» ~ i >
Se Se
== a) —<. =
7 - a
—- — jn
v nD
= a
>
4
=
a -
-
—> =4
= :
- cnt
~~ 7
~ =
= ta:
a oo
a
’
n 7
:
A 7]
7
- /
= ry
‘ a
7 | Pens
=
- = a
- = > 2
_ a - a eee
= Lad.
a a = ic - a
- _ es nw >
~j - ~~ 4 -
S a ny wo. -
- a _— bh
. . ae :

me a ee Gees
ov i ? oun 7 ow “va
i - T 1 a ' i - 7
7 a
, * 7 a ;
i’ :
t - ;
A |
40
;
,
ay oF.
! -
, J
! 7
Wi
‘ ;
. : 7 uf @
= Y ; ;
a :
7 a
- _
vy ,
: “=
. 2 _
iy 77 - :
. var 1
7 w a -
' 7 : >
7 : ve >
:
7 7 i
ai ub se :
1 , : 7 . a
¢ 7 >
> ; . a, 7
7 : 7
Poo. D's
. i 7 7
- : a DY o %
7 - /@ -& 7 rors
i Vv — - wy:
1 a v., 7
Cae tot ~~
os, | ; + ; : ‘ :
hae
; . s : a ' 7
- U : wi :
; i ’ n iy i y -
ie’ | at ‘aie %
7 : a | _ , 2% 7 :
7a 7 bf ; ;
ei : -. > wpe oe
7 a om q : a a ‘i
i 7 Y ie ha
- , i - an " ‘A
a: ‘ . om oe tee ;
: y TAS 4 7 me af }
. : of r
>< ie Man ts +
- 7 ay a Vs 2 )
»~ | ; 7
; J f
: i ne,
: : oo, t 7”
4 i ; —_ oy ‘eS iy,
r am 1: - war
y "7 ; : * : : i ’
mail a — or \
ran ué 7 : , :
; ay iva } 7 \
i We A : Ci any mi 7
" - 7 i on a rh
7 a oo 1 a AD | Dey
.- 7 7 am ; ' :
= : aT a : wy
- oe at ; Ly
‘ 7Y aoa 7 a : ™ :
: A | ey } - §
: ee and i a : ae aa
eA i) os)
fi Donn f ae a : m i a
Pate pak) (a
ni : tj i
i hy sy - ay 1

7 =o
os
* ta
3,
ain 7
=
-_
2
Pe
7
om
i .
ae
/ fs
aa
7
ci _
[sm
-
7
.o
at
7
LU
!
a
i
Mo
-
ao
-
i]
oe
“tf
1 Ss
- a
Ral
.
'
7
‘
7]

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND
CHARLESWORTH ’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,’ )

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.,
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.GS.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.L.S.

wre ae a

VOL. XII.—SIXTH SERIES.

Oooo

eee,

ype 7
\nsdlan Insts

ln 0 tay ‘
Uae Be Weis

LON DOiNe
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD. ;
WHITTAKER AND CO.: BAILLIERE, PARIS:
MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH :
HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN.

1893.

“Omnes res creatse sunt divine sapientie et potentix testes, divitie felicitatis —
humanx :—ex harum usu Jonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ;
ex ceconomiad in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis
elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper eestimata ;
a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper
inimica fuit.”—Linnavs.

“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour
voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-
tent toutes ses opérations.”—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

0 by Gag od ay ad a3 The sylvan powers
Obey our summons; from their deepest dells
The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild
And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs
That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme
And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,
But scatter round ten thousand forms minute
Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock
Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too
Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face
They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush
That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,
Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,
The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,
All, all to us unlock their secret stores
And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818.

CONTENTS OF VOL, XII.

[SIXTH SERIES. ]

NUMBER LXVII.

I. Observations on the Origin of Hair and on Scales in Mammals.
iB Wise AWS Oe SANA nignicnicn a Ain cr ch onic rot HUGor be Oo Drcore

II. List of Insects collected by Miss Elizabeth Taylor in Western
North America in the Summer of 1892. By Arruur G. BuTLER,
Eigse, fZ.o,, c&c.,and W. fKirpy,-1S., BINS. ce. 22.05.

III. The Morphology of the Generative System in the Genus
Testacella. By Wautrer FE. CoLyincE, Demonstrator of Biology,
Mason College, Birmingham. (Plate L.) ............es-seeeeee

IV. On the Names or Existence of three Exotic Starfishes. By
AE eee PRUE ULM EUS EE aT IN AAs De <r aya clot y'edela oi th.¢| apaveie/ei evs) o,vlioyes! usa) eae eras vn) <

V. Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey
Steamer ‘Investigator,’ Commander C. F. Oldham, R.N., com-
manding.—Series II., No. 8. Note on Calypterinus Allmani. By
A. Aucock, M.B., C.M.Z.S., Officiating Superintendent of the Indian
LUIGI 6 eae OMEpOe Cn Sr DO PER DICE Ome cbr tion or po Orme bor

VI. Description of a new Scturopterus from the Philippines. By
COPA H MAG ISELO) NURS) aio3 ola fier ahole, «sic chelelapey sleisioiare 42) 4) Hisleta> Ss)-sebsie

VII. On a supposed new Species of Rhiostoma from Borneo, and
Notices of Two other Species of Shells from Palawan. By Lieut.-
Coletioe GopwiIn-AUSPEN) ERS. G65. 0 a, oe a.0 ho eis) os re, viel ong oie

VIII. Descriptions of Two new Species of Butterflies from Kina
Balu, North Borneo, in the Collection of H. Grose Smith, captured
by Mri Hiverett.. By Ei Grose. SMITH 3... cccq cs vee e ee enes

IX. Note on the Capture of a Freshwater Eel in a Ripe Condition.
yA DET WOODY s/o a'c1 - anole ishelae.c oo cuisine vols sierelove/ a) <t<s

X. On Two new Species of the Genus Enoplotrupes, Lucas. By
the Hon. WALTER RorHscHiILD and Dr. K. JonDAN ............

XI. Descriptions of Five new Species of Australian Saw-flies. By
RV ege ae ere PE Dap 0B BS: OSC. 5's. «yore spelen a afsl ess, « alm als 3 Ae 's

XII. Notes on the Genus Entomogramma as represented by the
Noctuid Moths of that Group in the Collection of the British Museum.
by AnTiuE G. bunuER, ES), FOZ.S. ers. ote. ees les oe

XIII. Notes on some Mexican Coccide. By T. D. A. CocKERELL.

Page

11

21

25

29

30

32

1V CONTENTS.

Page
XIV. Description of a new Bornean Tupaia. By OLDFIELD
BOMAS oats iors ae oinisiels-ole'e 6 Se eh Reins eke eral sleleraiers. ic eee 53

XV. The Coxal Glands of Scorpio. By Henry M. BERNARD,
M.A. Cantab. (from the Huxley Research Laboratory). (Plate li.) 54

XVI. On the Nature of “‘ Heemapophyses,” in reply to some Criti-
cisms of M. Dollo, By'G.. A. BOULENGER) | 25.25. -. = nls 60

XVII. On the Tadpole of Pelobates syriacus, Boettger. By G. A.

IBOULENGHE 2.06... Set. 20s ose eG se os oie ee eee 61
XVIII. Notes on the Changes of Plumage in the Red Grouse
(Lagopus scoticus). By W. BR. Ocurvie GRANT ..........00- 00% 2b.
XIX. Note on the Aphanapteryx of the Mauritius and of the
Chatham. Islands, By H. ©. FORBES :.1.:.0:.0.06 5 0 «i> slsiom eee 65
New Book :—Wild Spain (Espana agreste): Records of Sport with
Rifle, Rod, and Gun, Natural History and Exploration. By
ABEL CHAPMAN and Water J, BUCK.......2..5+.e00eee: 67
Proceedings of the Geological Society ...............s0eeee 70—72

Circulatory Apparatus of Mygale cementaria, Walck., by M. M.
Causard ; On further Evidences of Dewterosaurus and Rhopa-
lodon from the Permian Rocks of Russia, by H. G. Seely, F.R.S. ;

On a Terrestrial Leech from Chili, by M. Raphael Blanchard. 72—75

NUMBER LXVIII.

XX. A Contribution to the Study of Neotropical Scorpions. By
R. I. Pocock, of the British (Nat. Hist.) Museum. (Plates V. &
WV AACA) sats afetabettatalactyteteletetalecstetalatefielalatatats Metal sbcletatatitd ch ene, pana fel

XXI. Descriptions of Twenty new Species of Terrestrial and Flu-
viatile Mollusca from South Africa. By JAmEs Cosmo MELVILL,
M.A., F.L.S., and Joun Henry Ponsonsy, F.Z.S. (Plate IIL.).. 108

XXII. On some Ethiopian Pentatomide of the Group Halyine.

By HSBERGROTH, MAD: oF. \isi082 cineca 2 seen ec eee 112
XXIII. On some Corecde of the Order Rhynchota. By W. L.
HDVTSTAIN TY 42,2 ctevsyate 6. nie fe ehecanteem eitasers ois (erelels xettie Cretan 121

XXIV. The Origin of the Organs of Salpa. By W. K. Brooxs . 123

XXV. Descriptions of Three new Species of the Genus Jletica
(Cantharide) in the Collection of the British Museum. By Mrs. M.
Ke Tomas, | (Plate VI. .B:)): 3720. sea ea en er 138

XX VI. Contributions towards a General History of the Marine
Polyzoa, 1880-91.—Appendix. By the Rev. THomas Huvcxs,
ByA,, EF ER:S:

XXVII. New Geometers. By Col. C. Swirnuor, M.A., F.LS., &. 147

Cement-glands and Origin of Egg-membranes in the Lobster, by
Francis H. Herrick, of Adelbert College ; Notes on some Mexican
Coseui@yby C.D. A: Cockerellee .\0 4200s o. see oe eee 158-160

CONTENTS. v

NUMBER LXIX.

XXVIII. Descriptions of new Coleoptera from New Zealand. By
Se nou OS PO ROUN, 62 te ced is ss 5 dose occltienaee cree. «omits, orarain oa ery GL

XXIX. On an Abnormal Specimen of Antedon rosacea. By
Herpert C. Coapwick (from the Zoological Laboratory of the
Wiweuspeollegs)s, "(Plates VID) UN oak Sicameehe erseucud stealer ess este 195

XXX. List of the Fishes collected by Mr. E. W. Oates in the
Southern Shan States, and presented by him to the British Museu.
Aaya Cor ee Ness OMT RON GCG ch atte. lleg teed et dare ins Ov oPs, ener AE cin aol oletettois 198

XXXI. Note on Tarentola americana, Gray. By G. A. BouLENGER 204

XXXII. Description of a Second Species of the Carnivorous Genus

Nandinia, from Southern Nyassaland. By O_prizip THomas .... 205
XXXII. Description of a new Deer from Mount Dulit, Eastern
Sarawak. By Cares Hoss, Resident of Baram, Sarawak...... 206

XXXIV. On a small Collection of Lepidoptera from Darwin Har-
bour, Falkland Islands. By ArtrHur G. ButiEer, Ph.D., F.L.S.,

LoS ASS A pee OO Pa AIOE OO CIID Er IT Ee Tp Ore 207
XXXV. New Species of Oriental Moths. By Col. C. Swinyor,

Ive Ambra braseye ROECas sahe's) af isi cc2. Sos « syshevavwrass) eus/aas eter oft’ olslgnqsotaktionp eea)e's 210
XXXVI. Onaremarkably sculptured Terrestrial Isopod from New

Zealand. By GrorcEe M. THomson, F.L.S. (Plate IV.) ........ 225
XXXVII. On a Reptilian Tooth with two Roots. By H. G

DEY CE Sites dicted Mos Std cece east aces wee cio oe re 227
XXXVIII. Descriptions of Two new North-Bornean Mammals.

ByOEDKIECD PHOMAS) (late: VU os cma: oo. n. sana oncten 250
XXXIX. On Two new Members of the Genus Heteromys and Two

Bie Nepcomia, aey) ORD ETEED LHOMARS” ds ortarc sees oc es wo sud arene. 233

The Bahama Amphiorus, by E. A. Andrews ...........0..+-000. 236

NUMBER LXX.

XL. On some new or rare Crustacea from Scotland. By THomas
Scott, F.L.S., Naturalist to the Fishery Board for Scotland, and
ANDER WESCODE, (Plates XL—X IDI) § pawn ctes occs-o och cece < eo

XLI. A few Synonymical Notes upon African Lepidoptera. By
Wierd MEL OnEAN DS 21.1): CHE Ss... :, atthe as ok ak ots oobi 246

XLII. Description of the Anatomy &c. of a new Species and
Variety of Arion. By Water E. Cottiner, Demonstrator of
Biology, Mason College, Birmingham. (Plate IX.) .............. 252

XLII. New Species of Oriental Lepidoptera. By Col. C.
EWENHON a MwA BOs f66Cr >), «0 abba eserkics oo Se Wa tally. 254

val CONTENTS.

Page
XLIV. Description of a new Species of the Butterfly Genus Cha-
races. By Anruur G. Burier, Ph.D., F.LS., F.Z.8., &. ...... 266
XLV. Descriptions of Two new Rodents from the Victoria
Nyanze;, By OLDRIRLD THOMAS § Gc aasetreaecssee soe 267
XLVI. On some of the Larger Species of Geomys. By OLDFIELD
PEEIOM AB? CGN sors disjo'n)d ¢ lcs om or Rade se OOO ER eee a een 269
XLVII. Description of a new Snake from the Gold Coast. By
GRA BOUGENGRR 44 \. sis:/- ciate 00 osieieisl =i <ie = sBiecin Tee eee 275

XLVITI. Supplemental Note on a Double-rooted Tooth from the
Purbeck Beds in the British Museum. By H. G. Sreteny, F.R.S... 274

XLIX. Observations on the Genus Sphenia, with Descriptions of

new Species. By Epaar A. Smiru. (Plate XV.A.)..........+. 277
L. Paleichthyological Notes. By A. Smira Woopwarp, F.LS.,

of the British Museum (Natural History). (Plate X.)..........6 281
LI. Descriptions of new Coleoptera from New Zealand. By

Captain NOS. ABROUN peice 08 wr os e's ociaig ole elects) <ince bee ee 288

LII. Notes on the Classification of Scorpions, followed by some
Observations upon Synonymy, with Descriptions of new Genera and
Species. By R. I. Pocock, of the British (Natural History) Museum,
(Plates XIV vandiXV. Bile. 2. ee. vee van getanwe beau eee eee . 303

New Book :—A Classed and Annotated Bibliography of the Palao-
zoic Crustacea, 1698-1892, to which is added a Catalogue of
North-American Species. By AnrHony W. VoGpES........ 331

Proceedings of the Geological Society ............. 0000000. 332, 333

On Hybrids or Mongrels with two Male Parents, by T. D. A. Cock-
erell; On the Identity of the “Cotton Spinner” (Holothuria
nigra) of English Authors with Holothuria Forskalit, Chiaje,
and on the Occurrence of Cucumaria Koellikeri, Semp., in the
Atlantic Ocean, by Dr. Emil von Marenzeller; On the Habits
of Blennius sphynx, Cuy. & Val., and of Blennius Montagui,
Fleming, by M. Frédéric Guitel; A Synopsis of the European
Newts, by Dr. J. von Bedriaga, of Nice,,...........+.. 333—33

NUMBER LXXI.

LI. A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord. By the Rey. Canon
Norman, MA., 12:C.1 FURS. &csyCelate: SVL). a. ee ee 341

LIV. On a new Genus of Heteromerous Coleoptera belonging to
the Family Lagriide, from Tasmania. By G. C. CHAmpion, F.Z.S, 867

LV. On the Nutrition of the Se/jpa Embryo. By W. K. Brooxs. 369

CONTENTS. Vil

LVI. Descriptions of new Coleoptera from New Zealand. By
Captain THos. Broun

LVIL. Further notes on Fossil Fishes from the Karoo Formation
of South Africa. By A.Suira Woopwarp, F.L.S. (Plate XVII.) 393

LYIII. On some British Upper-Jurassic Fish-remains, of the
Genera Caturus, Gyrodus, and Notidanus. By A. SmirnH Woop-
END IS. (Edaber A VLLI ti a cap ois, suctsledd Sana afarals siaiatenets aletora's LOO

LIX. Two new Coccide from New Mexico. By T. D. A. Cocx-
ERELL 403

Sy 0/1) .b)20/@) (0) 0] (0) O16) (a) 00106 10,0) (9.06) 8: 1¢) [¢ 10)( 0] |e, el ¢\ ene) \e \e e\'8) O:lelcelse, (no) 1015) 01 « (¢,(6 (61/9) ee

New Book :—Travel and Adventure in South-east Africa: being the
Narrative of the last eleven years spent by the Author on the
Zambesi and its Tributaries; with an Account of the Coloniza-
tion of Mashunaland, and the progress of the Gold Industry of
that Country. By Freperick CourTENFY Sexous, C.M.Z.8. 406

Holothuria nigra, Gray, and its Synonymy, by the Rev. Canon A. M.
Norman, M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S., &c.; The Phylogeny of the
Docoglossa, by W. H. Dall; On the Occurrence of Arion lus?-
tanicus, Mab., in the British Isles, and Descriptions of Four new
Varieties, by Walter E. Collinge, Mason College, Birmingham ;

On the Mechanism of the Production of Light in Orya barbarica
of Alcéria, by M. Raphael Dubois.’ \. (00.0 <u ilele o's cls « 409—415

NUMBER LXXII.

LX. A Contribution to the Morphology of the Limbs and Mouth-
parts of Crustaceans and Insects. By Dr. H. J. HaANsEN, of Copen-
LRGYESTIT 2/60 Rigel tcl cai CROC Ck SCRE RACE IRE aan 417 |

LXI. Descriptions of new Australian Hesperiidae. By W. F.
Kirpy, Assistant in Zoological Department, British Museum
(ON tural EMIStOT yee gecsthras eps eso actor? oreo icia.c del teva o a wncteva'v sate toe 434

LXII. On a new Species of Zamenzs and a new Species of Bufo
from Egypt. By Dr. Joun ANDERSON, F.R.S...............000 439

LXIII. A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord. By the Rev. Canon
Norman, MOA.) D.C.L.) FVR.S., &e.: (Plate MEX.) cee. cc ss 44)

LXIV. On some new or little-known Species of Coleoptera from
the East. By the Hon. Waiter Roruscuip and Dr. K. Jorpan. 452

LXV. Two new Species of Lepidoptera from German New Guinea.
By the Hon. WaLTER RoruscHip and Dr. K. JorDan.......... 455

LXVI. On a Small Collection of Lepidoptera from Chili. By
Arruour G. Burier, Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.

Vill CONTENTS.

Page
New Book:—Elementary Paleontology for Geological Students.
iBy Henny .Woops, B.A., E.Gisetie: 8 2:25, ct ees}. soo nee 467

Cucumaria Montagui (Fleming) and its Synonymy, by the Rev.
Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S., &c.; On the Sali-
vary Apparatus of Birds, by Dr. A.-H. Pilliet; On the Deve-
lopment of the Branchial Pouches and Aortic Arches in Marine
Turtles, from Investigations upon Embryos of Chelonia viridis,
by Dr. J. F. van Bemmelen, of Batavia; Observations on the
Karyokinetic Phenomena in the Cells of the Blastoderm of
Teleosteans, by MM. E. Bataillon and R. Keehler; On the
Cerebral Nuclei of Myriopods, by M. Joannes Chatin.... 469—481

PLATES IN VOL. XII.

PuaTE I. Generative System in Testacella.
II. Coxal Glands of Scorpio.
III. New Mollusca from South Africa.
IV. Terrestrial Isopod from New Zealand.
V. Neotropical Scorpions.
VI. A. Neotropical Scorpions.—B. New Species of Iletica.
VII. Semnopithecus sabanus.
VIII. Abnormal Specimen of Antedon rosacea.
IX. Anatomy of a new Species of Arion.
X. Fish-remains.

XI.
XIL.$ New Crustacea from Scotland.
UU

XIV. New Genera and Species of Scorpions.
XV. A. New Species of Sphenia.—B. New Scorpions.
XVI. Mollusca from Trondhjem Fiord.
XVII. Fossil Fishes from South Africa.
XVIII. British Upper-Jurassic Fishes.
XIX. Polyzoa from Trondhjem Fiord.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES.]

se caeicterereetestes per litora spargite muscum,
Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes:
Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:
Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.
At vos, o Nymphee Craterides, ite sub undas ;
Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco
Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas
Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”’

N. Parthenii Giannettasii Ecl, 1,

No. 67. JULY 1893.

I.— Observations on the Origin of Hair and on Scales
in Mammals. By Max WEBER *.

No structure is more characteristic of Mammals than the
hairy covering. From a physiological standpoint also it is
in many respects a very significant organ, and on this head
naturalists are generally agreed.

In striking contrast to this conviction is our ignorance as
to the origin of this important structure. If we are unwilling
to regard hair as an organ sud generis, our knowledge as to its
phylogeny does not rise above the level of hypotheses.

There are two hypotheses which may be mentioned.

Of these one which has been repeatedly expressed assumes
that hair, feathers, and scales are comparable structures, and
that the two former have developed from scales or scale-like
formations. ‘The latter conclusion is to a certain extent an
evident one, in so far as scales are more primitive contrivances
on the part of the integument, and are characteristic of the
Reptiles, which are inferior to the Birds and Mammals in

position.

* Translated from the ‘Anatomischer Anzeiger, viii. Jahrg., nos. 12
and 13, May 13, 1893, pp. 413-423.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol, xii. 1

2 Herr Max Weber on the Origin of Hair

As regards hair this hypothesis is not without opponents,
who, however, have attacked it only in so far as it deals with
the development of the three structures.

A second hypothesis as to the origin of hair has recently
been advanced by Maurer *. This author finds it quite
impossible to emphasize sufliciently the difference that exists
between scales, feathers, and hair as regards the manner of
their earliest development. He states, however, that a great
agreement is found between the earliest rudiments of reptilian
scales and feathers, since in both cases the rudiment consists
of a papilla of the corium, above which the epidermis at first
extends unaltered. A hair, on the other hand, arises,
according to Maurer, as an epithelial bud, wherein the corium
in the first instance takes no share whatever t, though it soon
afterwards doesso. Nevertheless he admits that the epithelial
rudiment of the hair frequently originates upon the summit of
a previously-formed papilla of the corium. He regards,
however, “the relation of the hair-rudiment to the corium-
papilla as a purely topographical one.” Maurer then proceeds
to explain why a large cutis-papilla of this kind has nothing
to do with the hair-rudiment as such. He states that it
never becomes the hair-papilla; the permanent hair-papilla
is always a subsequent formation. Since Maurer then goes
on to assert that he “ascribes great importance to the primi-
tive cutis-papilla,” and that “it is undoubtedly homologous
with the primitive feather-papilla and with the primitive

* “Morphologisches Jahrbuch,’ Bd. xviii. p. 717.

+ Maurer, however, even in his earliest stages already figures a co-
existent first rudiment of the subsequent connective-tissue hair-follicle,
According to this, therefore, the cutis would participate in the formation
of the hair just as soon as the epidermis. The following consideration
might perhaps have been worthy of mention. The high degree of
specialization which hair has attained indicates a long previous history,
The specialization was directed towards longitudinal growth, conse-
quently to the production of corneous matter, and therefore to advanced
functional capacity of the epithelial portion of the hair. That this finally
made itself apparent in the individual development also of the hair by
means of precocious participation of the epithelial portion as soon as the
first rudiment of the hair was formed, while the connective-tissue portion,
on the contrary, underwent a regressive process, appears to me to be a
point that at least deserves to be mentioned. It would be conceivable
that the recession in point of time also on the part of the papilla, which
subsequently becomes the hair-papilla, did not take place until the class
of hair-bearing animals (“‘ Haartiere”) was reached. It would not be the
first instance of the gradual acquisition by a composite organ of an onto-
genetic development which no longer harmonizes with its phylogenetic
evolution. Since in considering the very important question of the
phylogeny of hair it certainly behoyes us to be cautious, this point should
at least be touched upon.

and on Scales in Mammals. 3

rudiment of the reptilian scale,” we may deduce the following
conclusions. In the Mammalian integument primary corium-
papille may first appear which are homologous with the
scales of Reptiles and are of only transitory duration. Upon
these secondary but permanent hair-papillaee may develop,
though never until the formation of the epithelial hair-bud
has taken place. Hair-rudiments may, however, also be
formed in the smooth skin.

The epithelial hair-bud is derived by Maurer from _nerve-
end eminences, as found in Pisces and Amphibia. In very
instructive fashion Maurer develops step by step the points in
which the two organs agree. Finally he shows how, in the
modification of a specific integumentary sense-organ of the
Amphibia into a simple sensory dermal organ like hair, a
change of function must occur. This was probably ushered
in by the loss on the part of the integumentary sense-organ,
owing to adaptation to terrestrial life, of its primary sensory
nerves (which came from the vagus), and the acquisition of
simple sensory branches of spinal nerves. By this means it
became a sensory organ of the integument without specific
character, and capable of further development into the hair.

A rudimentary Amphibian integumentary sense-organ,
evincing a tendency towards the formation of corneous matter,
is indeed a long way from a hair; yet the interval can be
traversed by the train of thought which sets up the
hypothesis.

Greater difficulty is found in arriving at the hairy coat.
Maurer’s deduction takes the following shape. ‘The aforesaid
integumentary sense-organs of Amphibia were originally
distributed in connexion with the ramus lateralis of the vagus
nerve. In old animals “it is possible to demonstrate a multi-
plication of the organs, a dissolution of the three rows which
were originally present. ‘The rows become indistinct. At
the same time in the groups of organs an indication of the
formation of rows is still demonstrable.” Further on we
read (p. 795) :—“ In the arrangement of Mammalian hairs
also it is always possible to recognize to a certain extent the
formation of rows. I regard these as vestiges of the regular
arrangement of the integumentary sense-organs in Amphibia.”
Upon what this conception is based is not clear. The third
term of the comparison must, however, be the manner of the
arrangement of the rows of hairs and of the rows of dermal
sense-organs. We miss the proof of a similarity in this
respect. Of the rows of Amphibian integumentary sense-
organs it was merely stated a few lines before that they
become indistinct, but that in the groups of organs an indica-

*

4 Herr Max Weber on the Origin of Hair

tion of the formation of rows is still demonstrable. And with
reference to hairs we read on page 722 that, contrary to
feathers which are arranged in constant rows, “ they are more
uniformly distributed over the entire body; it is true that
they sometimes form rows, but these are not referable to the
arrangement exhibited by the scales of Reptiles.”

It is certainly not my intention to call to account the
respected author, who is also responsible for this suggestive
investigation, for possible trivial discrepancies. These, how-
ever, point to the slight extent and the vagueness of our
knowledge as to the arrangement of the hair. And yet this
very elementary question plays no unimportant part in the
whole matter.

In opposition to Maurer’s repeated assertion that the
arrangement of hairs is not referable to that of Reptilian
scales, I should like to attempt to prove that such may well
be the case. )

A close investigation * into the structure and development
of the so-called scales of Manis taught me, in connexion with
the studies made by Leydig +, that they are horny scutes
which rest upon an enormous papilla of the cutis. The latter
is a bilaterally symmetrical flattened elevation of the derm,
which is bent in towards the tail, and upon which a dorsal
and a ventral surface can accordingly be distinguished.
Arranged in imbricated fashion, these scales differ from those
of Reptiles only in subordinate points, corresponding to the
difference which is inherent in the Reptilian and Mammalian
integument as such. In consequence of this it is true that a
perfect homology between the scales of Manis and those of
Reptiles is out of the question; but I certainly thought it
possible to conclude that both arose from common ground,
and that even the scales of the Manide are structures which
are to be derived from the scales of primitive Reptiles. If
this conception is correct, we must expect that elsewhere also
among Mammals dermal structures still persist which, without
making too long a detour, can be traced back to Reptilian
scales. ‘This, too, is actually the case. I found a coat of
scales upon the tail of Anomalurus, Myrmecophaga jubata,
M. tamandua, Didelphys, Mus, and Castor canadensis. The
scales were always—although in different stages of degenera-
tion and modification—constructed according to the same
type, as is shown at once by my numerous figures. Hairs

* Max Weber, ‘Zoologische Ergebnisse einer Reise in Niederlind.
Ost-Indien,’ Leiden, 1892, Bd. ii. p. 5.

te Leydig, Miller’s ‘ Archiv fiir Anatomie und Physiologie, 1859,
p- 704.

and on Scales in Mammals. 5

‘are always wanting upon these scales, but they appear behind
and sometimes also between them. Where the scales are
well developed slight development of the hair is usually
noticeable. This is especially striking in the case of so-called
_naked tails. Naked indeed they are not, e.g. the tails of rats
and mice, but the quadrangular scales are here arranged in
rings. Behind each scale project the hairs, which accordingly
assume a verticillate arrangement. In other forms (Dedelphys,
Myrmecophaga tamandua) the scales are imbricated and the
scanty hairs appear behind them. ‘These different conditions
led me to the important conclusion that the scales are the
primary structures and that the arrangement of the hairs is
due to them. This proposition is literally confirmed by
Romer *, in his recently-published investigations upon the
‘armature of the armadillos. The author referred to found
this armature—apart from the ossification which subsequently
sets in—to be composed of scales, ‘‘ to which he attaches the
morphological value of a scale in the sense of the scales of
Reptiles.”

My earlier investigations led me to conclude that in former
times Mammals in general were provided with a coat of scales
which in the case of Manis, albeit in a peculiarly specialized
manner, still extends over the entire body, so far as it is
turned towards the light. Elsewhere, on the contrary, I
found it still persisting upon the tail alone. This point
naturally attracted attention, and to a certain extent the
following explanation seemed to suggest itself :—The tail, as
a terminal structure of the body which has in many cases not
undergone specialization, might have preserved more primitive
conditions in its integument than the trunk. For the trunk
a thick coat of hair was of importance, if only to preserve the
animal heat. A hairy coat of this kind naturally came into
conflict with the covering of scales, as to which proofs will be
furnished later.

In spite of this, my hypothesis here exhibited its weak
side +. Hence it was mevitable that there should arise, to a
certain extent of itself, the question whether there are still
found in the case of other Mammals, and also in other places,
indications of a coat of scales, or at least indications of the
previous existence of such a coat.

* Romer, Jenaische Zeitschr. f. Naturw. Bd. xxvii., 1893, p. 543.

+ This was, moreover, not entirely disposed of by the observation made
in the meantime by von Jentink (in Max Weber's ‘ Zoologische Ergeb-
nisse einer Reise in Niederlind. Ost-Indien,’ Bd. iii. p. 81), that also in
the case of mice scales appear upon the extremities,—an observation
which was extended by de Meijere (/. 2 ¢.) to numerous Rodentia, to
Dasypodidee, and especially to Insectivora.

6 Herr Max Weber on the Origin of Hair

The response to this question must be connected with my
observation already mentioned, that the hairs appear behind
the scales, never upon them. In consequence of this I came
to the conclusion that the hairs are dependent upon the scales
in their arrangement. If the scales are imbricated, which
was probably the primitive condition, the hairs must conse-
quently form alternating rows and groups. Now what will
happen when the scales disappear? Will the hairs preserve
their arrangement, as though they still stood behind scales,
or will they lose this regular formation? In the event of the
first-mentioned case, we might conversely find in it the proof
of the former presence of scales. The question to be
answered would therefore be, whether in scaleless Mammals, or
upon regions of the skin without scales, the hairs are so
arranged as though they stood behind scales.

The abundant literature upon the subject of hair supplied
no answer upon this point, since beyond incidental observa-
tions, with which there was really nothing to be done, it
contains nothing that touches the question. Now this problem
has been made by Heer J. C. H. de Meijere * the object of an
exhaustive investigation, which was conducted in my labora-
tory, and will shortly also be made accessible in a German
form to a wider circle of interested students. De Meijere
examined two hundred and twenty species of Mammals, and
arrived at various surprising results, of which the following
is the only one that here concerns us. In the great majority
of cases the hairs are arranged in alternating groups, which
are formed in very different ways. As a primitive and very
simple condition must rank a group which consists of three
similar hairs +. Usually, however, the hairs in a group are
more numerous. At the same time the hairs may issue from
isolated follicles or form bundles. De Meijere distinguishes
false bundles, which have arisen through fusion of follicles,
and genuine bundles. ‘The latter probably arose through
the formation upon a follicle of several secondary ones b
means of budding. It is an important fact that bundles of
this kind also appear in alternating groups. Now if we
further consider that upon the scale-bearing portions of the
integument the hairs represent alternating groups, and that
upon the scaleless portions they frequently form exactly such
groups, or that their arrangement is usually traceable thereto,

* De Meijere, ‘Over de haren der Zoogdieren in ’t byzonder over hunne
wijze van rangschikking,’ Dissert. Amsterdam, 1893,

+ The important occurrence of three hairs behind scales in mice has
already been pointed out by Jentink in the memoir previously quoted
(Zoolog. Ergebnisse, iii. p. 81).

and on Scales in Mammals. q

we may well assume that the portions of the skin which are
now scaleless formerly likewise bore scales. ‘The scales were
lost, but the arrangement of the hairs still exhibits their
former presence. At any rate, I do not know of any other
cause to mention such as would be capable of explaining the
regular alternating arrangement.

‘Through this important result of de Meijere’s investigation
my hypothesis acquires considerable support, just as con-
versely it explains and makes intelligible the observations of
de Meijere.

Rémer, who, in his thankworthy paper, by the inves-
tigation of the armature of the armadillos comes to the con-
clusion that this is likewise composed of scales, conforms
entirely to my view with regard to their morphological value.

In two points, however, he differs from me. In the first
place he considers scales to be a secondary acquisition on the
part of Mammals.

It would appear to me that the entire series of de Meijere’s
results is a continuous argument against this view. ‘The
arrangement of the hairs points to the former general exist-
ence of a coat of scales. ‘The facts bearing upon this were,
however, still unknown when Romer concluded his investi-
gations. But even the facts of the case, as my investigation
left them, must plead against the view that the scales have
been secondarily acquired ; for if so we should have to explain
the repeated occurrence of scales as being due to conver-
gence. I am certainly imbued with the importance of the
phenomena of convergence in Mammals. I have even so
long ago as 1886, in my paper on the origin of the Cetacea,
pointed out probably more than my predecessors the import-
ance of this process. But there is a limit in all things.

Roémer* writes (p. 546) :—‘Manis and Dasypus are to be
derived from true hair-bearing animals, and their present
scale-like body-covering is to be regarded as a new acquisi-
tion of a secondary nature, which has arisen in consequence
of adaptation to the similar burrowing mode of life....” I
will pass over the fact that the mode of life of the species of
Manis is in part very dissimilar from that of the Dasypodidm.
Manis tricuspis, Rat., and M. longicaudata, Briss., are exclu-
sively arboreal, and M/. javanica, Desm., partially so. Further-
more, M. crassicaudata, St.-Hil., and M. aurita, Hodgs., are
also climbers ; but both are actually capable of digging holes
to dwell in. Manis gigantea, Ill, and MW. Temminckii,
Smuts, are the only species which are exclusively terrestrial.

* F, Romer, Jenaische Zeitschrift f. Naturw. Bd, xxvii.

8 Herr Max Weber on the Origin of Hair

Yet even were the Manide also burrowers in the sense that
the Dasypodide are, it would certainly be surprising that
among the large number of most pronounced burrowers
among Marsupials, Insectivores, and Rodents not a single one
should have acquired a coat of scales. Further on we read
(p. 547) :—“ As their embryology shows, both originate from
true, typical, hair-bearing animals, which in consequence of
a newly adopted mode of life have acquired a new body-
covering.’ Much is here demanded of embryology. Yet we
find in Rémer’s paper no new facts as to the development of
the integument in Manis, but merely the statement (p. 545) :
“The origin of the scales, which are strikingly large in the
case of the small Manide, may well be explained by thie fusion
of several small scales... .” This mode of explanation is a
personal one on the part of Romer. I have exerted myself
to discover the development of the scales on his behalf, from
their earliest appearance onwards, but have observed no trace
whatever of a fusion of the scales. Since the investigation
is a very easy one, I have no reason to deviate from what I
saw and to adopt an explanation which is not based upon
observation.

But also the manner of the occurrence of the scales in
Mammals tells against the view that they are to be regarded
as a new acquisition of a secondary character in connexion
with the mode of life. A few examples may make this
clear.

Myrmecophaga tamandua, whose climbing tail is but thinly
clothed with hair, has the scales but little more strongly
developed than the exclusively terrestrial MW. jubata, whose
tail is thickly clothed with bushy hair, and in spite of that
bears scales. Myrmecophaga (Cyclothurus) didactyla, with an
exclusively arboreal mode of life and a typical prehensile tail,
has no trace of scales. Of Pétlocercus and Tupaja, which are
the only arboreal Insectivores, Ptilocereus has, as shown by
de Meijere, well-developed polygonal caudal scales, while
Tupaja, with a precisely similar mode of life, has nothing of
the kind. Tarscus spectrum of authors comprises, as I was
able to prove *, two species precisely similar in their mode of
life. Of these the one, Zarstus fuscomanus, Fisch., has
distinct scales on a hairy tail, while the almost bare tail of
the other, 7. spectrum, Pall., is entirely without them. Scales
were found by de Meijere upon the thickly haired tails of
Petrogale penicillata and Macropus ruficollis, while in the case

* Max Weber, ‘Zoolog. Ergebnisse eer Reise in Niederl. Ost-Indien,’
Leiden, 1893, Bd. iii. p. 260.

and on Scales in Mammals. 9

of other species of Macropus, which use their tails in a pre-
cisely similar fashion, scales are wanting. What advantage
does the short tail of Perameles doreyanus derive from its
well-developed coat of scales, while the similarly constituted
tails of Perameles Gunni and P. obesula are scaleless? ‘The
species of Phalanger with a typical prehensile tail are without
a coat of scales, and the same applies to the prehensile tails
of monkeys. ‘The arboreal Sciuride, too, have scaleless tails.
The large rows of scales on the ventral surface of the root of
the tail of the Anomaluride are a specialization and a further
development from small scales, which cover the entire tail.

Moreover, what is the nature of the adaptation that causes
the extremities of many Marsupialia, Rodentia, and especially
Insectivora to bear scales or indications of such ?

The foregoing examples clearly illustrate the irregularity
of the occurrence of scales even in the case of most closely
allied species, as well as their independence of the mode of
life of the animals. They become intelligible when we con-
sider them from the point of view that scales are rudimentary
structures, which have persisted in different degrees or in
part already disappeared, and only in altogether isolated
cases underwent further development in a specialized form
(Manide, Dasypodide, Castor, Anomalurus). Romer, on
the contrary, considers that the scales ‘‘ are secondary pheno-
mena of adaptation, which were acquired by true hair-bearing
animals, since they were more advantageous to them for their
mode of life, e. g. for the tail as a prehensile and supporting
organ, than the less firm coat of hair.”

On the other hand, Rémer justly ascribes to me the view,
that I held it to be improbable that the scales had developed
as structures entirely new and without an inherited basis.
In opposition to this Rémer observes, “ The inherited basis
is, however, supplied in the wonderful capacity for differen-
tiation possessed by the skin, which is indeed to be found in
all groups of animals.” What the respected author meant
to convey by this somewhat formal paraphrase of the fact
that the mammalian integument can actually produce scales,
I was unable to quite understand. I found the greater diffi-
culty in doing so since he goes on to state that “ the scale-
like coverings of Mammals, which develop in consequence of
a capacity of the integument inherited from the Reptiles, and
so to a certain extent are to be regarded as a case of ‘throwing-
back,’ justify the conclusion that such a covering was
formerly of general occurrence and clothed the entire body, or
at least the dorsal parts thereof.”

How great the agreement between us is may be gathered

10 On the Origin of Hair and on Scales in Mammals.

from my previous words (/. c. p. 14) :—‘‘ I do not maintain that
these scales, as they lie before us, are acquired from the
Reptiles, but I regard as that which is inherited only the
capacity of the caudal integument of Anomalurus to form
such scales.” And further on (p. 19) :—‘* We had come to
the conclusion that the ‘scales’ of the Manide are structures
which are to be derived from the scales of Reptiles. From
our statement it will be clearly seen that we do not regard
the two organs as completely homologous. The considerable
difference between the horny scales of Reptiles and those of
the Manide has indeed already been expressly pointed out.
But we really believe that both had a common origin... .”
When, therefore, Romer proceeds to declare that we must
not, however, forget “that we here have not before us scales
in their original form,” I cannot apply the admonition to
myself, if Romer by an “ original ”’ scale means a Reptilian
one. Now, however, comes the difference, for Rémer goes on
to write—“ but a secondary scale, which has developed anew
upon true hair-bearing animals, for that is proved by the
embryonic hairs of Manis * and Dasypus, and is traceable to
an adaptation of the skin to the mode of life.” It is conse-
quently assumed by Rémer that Mammals, proceeding from
scaly Reptiles, lost their coat of scales, developed hairs, and
now could obtain scales once more only by adaptation to the
mode of life, and therefore as a “ secondary new acquisition.”

In my opinion, however, the primitive Mammals, which
developed from primitive, scaly, poikilothermic Reptiles, were
clothed with scales. Behind these scales small and sparse
hairs at first arose. Whether these were developed by modi-
fication from smaller scales or proceeded from nerve-end
eminences which were situated between the scales I do not
venture to decide.

With the production of the constant body-temperature
and of vigorous metabolism, wherein influences of tempera-
ture must have been decisive, the hairy coat acquired a better
development, since it protects the body against loss of heat by
radiation and conduction. With this the integument had
assumed its special Mammalian character, which also expressed
itself in the scales, especially in their horny superstructure.
Indeed I previously designated the difference between the Rep-
tilian and Mammalian scales as one of the kind that belongs to
the Reptilian and Mammalian integuments as such. With the
increase in the number and size of the hairs, which conse-

* The embryonic hairs of Manis only prove that the hairs are formed
where they afterwards stand, consequently in always scanty numbers
behind the scales.

On North-American Insects. 11

quently owed their arrangement to the scales, the scales
degenerated. In isolated cases only did they persist in a
specialized form over the greater portion of the body (Manide,
Dasypodide) , otherwise usually upon the tail alone, and fre-
quently also upon the extremities. Generally, however, they
are already much reduced in the last-named region, and in
the case of the majority of Mammals every trace of scales
has disappeared. But very commonly the arrangement of the
hairs has still remained, as though they yet stood behind
scales. In this manner the hairs also point to the former
presence of scales.

Contrary to my desire, this paper has assumed the appear-
ance of a polemical character towards Rémer’s memoir. It
seemed to me, however, to be of importance that now, when
‘ it is to be hoped that still further studies in a similar sense to
that of Romer will advance the questions here touched upon,
the different views should be accurately expressed and their
mutual limits defined. By this means we shall attain a
precise idea of the question at issue, which cannot fail to be
advantageous.

Amsterdam, March 13, 1893.

II.—List of Insects collected by Miss Elizabeth Taylor in
Western North America in the Summer of 1892. By
Artuur G. Burier, F.L.S., £.Z.8., &., and W. F.
Kirsy, F.L.S., F.E.S., &e.

LEPIDOPTERA. By A. G. BUTLER.

Most of the species recorded in the following list were
obtained on the Slave River in the months of June and July.
The collection is of interest as extending our knowledge of
the range of species hitherto received from the Rocky
Mountains, California, &c. Two species are described as new
to science.

Of BurrerF.iks twenty-three species are in the collection,
of which ten belong to the Nymphalidz, four to the Lycexnide,
six to the Papilionide, and three to the Hesperiidae.

1. Anosia plexippus.
Papilio plexippus, Linnzeus, Mus, Lud, Ul. p, 262 (1764).
9. Winnipeg, Manitoba, 11th September.

1, Messrs. A. G. Butler and W. F. Kirby on

2. Limenitis arthemis.
Papilio arthemis, Drury, Il. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. x. figs. 3, 4 (1778).

Fort Simpson, Mackenzie River, 9th July, and Fort Good
Hope, 18th July.

3. Argynnis atlantis.

Argynnis atlantis, Edwards, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1862, p. 54 ;
Butt. N. Amer., Arg. pl. v. (1868).

Fort MacMurray, Athabasca River, 17th August.

4, Brenthis myrina.
Papilio myrina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. elxxxix. B, C (1779).
Rapids of the Drowned, Slave River, 1st July, and Fort
Good Hope, 18th July.
5. Brenthis freja.
Papilio freja, Thunberg, Diss. Ins. Suec. i. p. 34, pl. v. fig. 14 (1791).

Fort Good Hope, 18th July.
We have this species in the Museum from Repulse Bay.

6. Brenthis bellona.
Papilio bellona, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 517. n. 317 (1775).
Rapids of the Drowned, 29th June.

7. Phyciodes morpheus.
Papilio morpheus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 529, n. 370 (1775).
Rapids of the Drowned, 29th June.

8. Phyciodes gorgone.

Dryas reticulata gorgone, Wiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. vol. i. pl. xl.
(1806-16).

Rapids of the Drowned, 28th June.

9. ners bore.

Papilio bore, Esper, Eur. Schmett. i. 2, pl. c. fig. 1, pl. eviii. fig. 1
(1790).

Rapids of the Drowned, 28th June.

10. Canonympha tnornata.

Ceanonympha inornata, Edwards, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1861,
p. 168.

Carberry, Western Manitoba.

North-American Insects. 13

11. Everes comyntas.
Polyommatus comyntas, Godart, Ene. Méth. ix. p. 660. n. 147 (1823).
Rapids of the Drowned, 29th June.

12. Cupido lygdamus.
Polyommatus lygdamus, Doubleday, Entomologist, i. p. 209 (1842).
Athabasca River, 5th June.

13. Plebetus podarce.

Lycena podarce, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. ii p. 282, n. 359,
pl. xxxv. figs. 22, 23 (1865).

Rapids of the Drowned, Ist July.

14, Plebetus Scuddert.
Lycena Scudderi, Edwards, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1861, p. 164.

East bank of the Mackenzie River, 80 miles north of the
Arctic circle, 18th July.

15. Colias occidentalis ?
Colias occidentalis, Scudder, Proc. Bost. Nat. Hist. Soc. ix. p. 109
(1862).

Q var. ? Carberry, Western Manitoba.

This specimen has an orange flush on the primaries and is
not unlike some females of C. artadne excepting in its
superior size.

16. Colas interior ?

Colias interior, Scudder, Proc. Bost. Nat. Hist. Soc. ix. p. 108 (1862).

?. Fort Good Hope, Mackenzie River, 18th July.

It is quite possible that I have failed rightly to identify the
two preceding females of Colvas ; in fact I do not believe that

anyone but Mr. W. H. Edwards could form any definite
opinion respecting them.

17. Ganorts hulda.
Pieris hulda, Edwards, Trans, Am. Ent. Soe. ii. p. 370 (1870),

Rapids of the Drowned, 29th and 30th June; Pulo River,
31 miles south-west of the Mackenzie Delta, 15th July.

We have specimens of this species in the Museum from
British Colombia.

18. Ganoris pallida.
Peris pallida, Scudder, Proc. Bost. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii. p. 183 (1861),
Winnipeg, Manitoba, 11th September.

14 Messrs. A. G. Butler and W. F. Kirby on

19. Euchloé simplonia.

Pontia simplonia, Freyer, Beitr. Schmett. ii. pl. Ixxiii. fig. 2 (1829).

Rapids of the Drowned, 29th June.

A second example of this species was in the ‘ Zeller”
collection from Colorado labelled Anth. lanceolata. We have
no authenticated #. lanceolata, Boisd., in our collection ; but
the species so labelled is identical with . s¢mplonia. From
E. ausonides, to which it is closely allied, it differs chiefly in
its inferior size and the smaller and narrower white markings
on under surface of secondaries.

20. Papilio turnus.
Papilio turnus, Linneus, Mant. Plant. p. 536 (1771).

Banks of Athabasca River, 3rd June; Rapids of the
Drowned, Slave River, 26th and 27th June and Ist July.

21. Erynnis colorado.

Pamphila colorado, Scudder, Mem. Bost. Soe. ii. p. 549, pl. x. figs, 16—
18, pl. xi. figs. 1, 2 (1874).

& 2. Rapids of the Drowned, 29th and 30th June.
22. Adopea, ? sp.

A single somewhat broken and headless example of a
species apparently allied to A. hylas, Edw., but with the
ground-colour of the wings almost black.

Carberry, Western Manitoba.

23. Thanaos martialis.

Nisoniades martialis, Scudder and Burgess, Proc. Bost. Nat. Hist. Soe.
xiii. p. 291, fig. 5 (1870).

Rapids of the Drowned, 29th June.

Of Morus twenty-two species were obtained, of which one
is a Sphingid, four are Noctuz, and the remainder Geometre ;
of these the Noctue are the most interesting and are, fortu-
nately, in the best condition.

24, Hemaris buffaloensis.

Hemorrhagia buffaloensis, Grote and Robinson, Ann, Lyc. Nat. Hist.
New York, viii. p. 487, pl. xvi. figs. 18, 19 (1867).

Banks of the Slave River, 26th June.

North-American Insects. 15

25. Acronycta lepusculina.

Acronycta lepusculina, Guenée, Noct. i. p. 46. n. 55 (1852).

Fort Good Hope, Mackenzie River, near the Arctic circle,
18th July.

26. Syneda petricola.

Euclidia petricola, Walker, Lep. Het. xiv. p. 1462. n. 8 (1857).

Rapids of the Drowned, Ist July.

The type of this species was from the Rocky Mountains.
It is like a small pale form of S. divergens, Behr., and the
markings of the secondaries vary in the same way, the comma-

shaped discocellular black dash being either isolated or con-
nected by a bar to the submarginal band.

27. Euclidia annexa.
Euchidia annexa, H. Edwards, Entom, Amer. vi. p. 115 (1890).

Banks of the Slave River, 26th June; Rapids of the
Drowned, 28th June and Ist July.

The type specimen and others collected with it were obtained
in Oregon by Lord Walsingham.

28. Huclidia cuspidea.
Drasteria cuspidea, Hiibner, Sammi, exot. Schmett. Zutr. i. p. 16. n. 35,
figs. 69, 70.

Banks of the Slave River, 26th June; Rapids of the
Drowned, 30th June.

29. Metrocampa perlata.
Metrocampa perlata, Guenée, Phal. i. p. 128, n. 197.
Fort Good Hope, Mackenzie River, 18th July.

30. Cosymbia pendulinaria.
Ephyra pendulinaria, Guenée, Phal. i. p. 414. n. 674.
Rapids of the Drowned, 2nd July.

31. Deilinia exanthemata.
Phalena exanthemata, Scopoli, Ent. Carn. p. 218. n, 542.

Fort Resolution, Great Slave Lake, in a marsh, at 2 P.M.
on the 7th July, and at 11.15 P.M. on the 9th July.

The specimens differ in no respect from European
examples ; they do, however, differ somewhat from the allied
D. erythemaria of the United States.

16 Messrs, A. G. Butler and W. F. Kirby on

32. Deilinia variolaria.
Cabera variolaria, Guenée, Phal. ii. p. 56. n. 987.
Fort Good Hope, Mackenzie River, 18th July.

33. Physostegania lineata.
Physostegania lineata, Warren in litt.

Rapids of the Drowned, 4th July at 11.30 p.m. ;

This being a common Californian species, it is hardly
probable that it can have been overlooked by American
describers, and therefore I give the name for what it is worth
without diagnosis. The single example obtained is much
worn, but quite recognizable.

34. Thamnonoma marcescaria.
Halia marcescaria, Guenée, Phal. ii. p. 92. n. 1067.

2? Rapids of the Drowned, 4th July, at 11.30 p.m.

I believe this to be the female of 7. marcescaria, but as we
only possess one male of the species, it is difficult to decide
the point. The two insects differ in slight details of pattern,
which are probably of not more than sexual significance.

35. Thamnonoma brunneata.
Phalena brunneata, Thunberg, Diss. Ent. i. p. 9 (1784).

Fort Good Hope, Mackenzie River, 18th July.

I feel very doubtful respecting the identity of the uniformly
coloured American species with the sharply lined European
species; but, seeing that Dr. Packard, in his Monograph,
calls the New-World form 7. brunneata, I abstain from
separating it without abundant material to prove its dis-
tinctness.

36. Thamnonoma gracilior, sp. n.

Allied to Z. brunneata, but smaller and more slender ;
ferruginous; the basal area, especially of the secondaries,
irrorated with blackish grey up to the median shade; the
latter narrow, dusky, dentate-sinuate on the primaries and
arched on the secondaries, where it is impinged upon by a
more or less defined blackish lunule on the discocellulars ;
postmedian line blackish, sinucus, almost bracket-shaped on
the primaries, limiting the external area, which is densely
irrorated with blackish grey (leaving the outer borders clear
in the female) ; the secondaries of the male are moreover
more or less densely irrorated throughout; marginal line

North-American Insects. ifs

slender, black ; fringe tawny ferruginous; body of the male
above blackish, the anal extremity with tawny bands Wings
below clear tawny, with blackish markings, the median shade
represented by an imperfect arched line, interrupted in the
male by black discocellular stigmata; postmedian line regu-
larly dentate-sinuate ; marginal line black as above: pri-
maries with traces of the subbasal line. Body below dark
grey, sprinkled with tawny scales; the centre and anal
segments pale tawny ; legs creamy white.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 25, 9 24 millim.

3. Rapids of the Drowned, Slave River, 1st July ;
?. Pulo River, near Mackenzie Delta, 15th July.

I have failed to discover any published description of this
very distinct species, and therefore have ventured to name it.

37. Tephrina, sp.

I have not discovered any name for this species, but we
have a fair series of it in the Museum from the Dalles and
Rouge River, collected by Lord Walsingham. It is there-
fore quite possible that Mr. H. Edwards may have described
it in one of his numerous papers on Californian Lepidoptera.

Rapids of the Drowned, 4th July.

38. Tephrina, sp.

A pair of an obscure little species in not very good con-
dition, the female headless.
3g. Pulo River, near Mackenzie Delta, July 15th ;
@. Fort Good Hope, Mackenzie River, near the Arctic
circle, July 18th.
39. Coremia, ? sp.

A worn male specimen, for which I have failed to find a
name, from Fort Good Hope, July 18th.

40. Odezia albovittata.
Odexia albovittata, Guenée, Phal. ii. p. 520. n. 1757.
Athabasca River, 17th and 20th June.

41. Hutype gothicata.
Melanippe gothicata, Guenée, Phal. i. p, 388. n, 1521.
Rapids of the Drowned, 26th June.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 2

18 Messrs. A. G. Butler and W. F. Kirby on

42. Hutype obductata.

Cidaria obductata, Moeschler, Wien. ent. Monatschr. 1860, p. 374,
pl. x. fig. 3:

Pulo River, near Mackenzie Delta, 15th July.

PSEUDOSIONA, gen. nov.

Form of wings and short palpi as in Sona; pattern and
neuration similar to Hubolia, the subcostal branches of
secondaries (veins 6 and 7) being emitted separately; dis-
coidal cell much longer.

Type Pseudosiona Taylort.

43. Pseudosiona Taylort, sp. n.

Greyish white ; the wings being white, densely irrorated
with grey, with a darker spot on the upper discocellulars and
an oblique stripe of grey from costa near apex to inner
margin on all the wings; vertex of head and base of abdomen
whiter than the remainder of the body. The under surface
is whiter, the irrorations less numerous but darker, the
markings also darker and browner; legs brownish; venter
indistinctly zoned with grey.

Expanse of wings 35 millim.

Pulo River, near Mackenzie River, 15th July, 1892.

44, Ochyria designata.
Phalena designata, Hufnagel, Berl. Mon. iv. p. 612.
Rapids of the Drowned, Ist July.

45. Larentia incursata.
Geometra incursata, Hiibner, Kur. Schmett. Geom. fig. 351.

Rapids of the Drowned, Ist July.

COLEOPTERA.
Of the two Coleoptera obtained by Miss Taylor, Mr. C. O.

Waterhouse has given me the following note :—

“ A single specimen of one of the Elaterida— Oorymbites—
very near CO. wripennis, Kirby, but with rather longer elytra ;
possibly distinct. I have not, however, material to enable me
to determine it at present. This was taken at the Great
Rapids, Athabasca River, on June 9th, 1892.

“The other is Upis ceramboides, L., which has a wide
geographical range, occurring in Saskatchewan &c. This
was taken on the banks of the Slave River, June 6th.”

North-American Insects. 19

HYMENOPTERA, RHYNCHOTA, NEUROPTERA,
AND ORTHOPTERA. By W. F. Kirpy.

Only a few species of these orders were obtained, and in
most cases only single specimens. Some of these belong to
well-known and widely distributed North-American species ;
but several of the remainder belong to imperfectly studied
groups, in which the genera only can be determined with
certainty from the materials before us. Most of the specimens
ee taken at Carberry, Western Manitoba, on August 4,

2.

HYMENOPTERA.

1. Nematus erythrogaster (?).

Nematus erythrogaster, Norton, Proc. Ent. Soe. Philad. iii, p. 8 (1864) ;
Trans. Amer. Ent. Soe. i. p. 205 (1867).

Carberry, Aug. 4, 1892.
Norton’s species is recorded from the United States and
Canada. His type was from Massachusetts.

2. Strex albicornis.
Sirex albicornis, Faby. Spec. Ins. i. p. 419. n. 9 (1781).
Carberry, Aug. 4, 1892.
Widely distributed throughout the northern part of North
America, being met with from Newfoundland to Vancouver’s

Island.

3. Strex bizonatus.

Sirex bizonatus, Steph. Il. Brit. Ent., Mand. vii. p. 114, pl. xxxvi. fig. 2
(1835).

Carberry, Aug. 4, 1892; Athabasca River, Aug. 15, 1892.
As common and widely distributed a species as the last.

4, Ichneumon, sp.
Carberry, Aug. 4, 1892.

5. Mesoleptus, sp.
Carberry, Aug. 4, 1892.

| 6. Mimesa borealis.

Mimesa borealis, Pack. Proc. Ent, Soc. Philad. vi. p. 408 (1867).

Carberry, Aug. 4, 1892.
Described by Packard from Canada, This species will
9%

20 On North-American Insects.

ultimately require a new name, unless it has already been
redescribed in America, as it is quite distinct from M. borealis,
Smith, a black insect from Labuan, with which Dr. Packard
has confounded it.
7. Vespa maculata.
Vespa maculata, Linn, Amcen. Acad. yi. p. 412. n. 91 (1764).

Slave River.
The commonest of the North-American wasps, and very

distinct from any European species.

8. Colioxys, sp.
Carberry, Aug. 4, 1892.

RHYNCHOTA.
1. Rhyparochromus, sp.
Carberry, Aug. 4, 1892.

2. Cicada pruinosa.
Cicada pruinosa, Say, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. iv. p. 880 (1825).

Carberry, Aug. 4, 1892.
A common North-American species.

3. Glossonotus, sp.
Carberry, Aug. 4, 1892.

NEUROPTERA.

1. Enallagma boreale.
Enallagma boreale, De Selys, Ent. Mo. Mag. xi. p. 242 (1875).

Rapids of the Drowned, June 29, 1892.
Described by De Selys from Newfoundland.

2. Pteronarcys proteus.
Pteronarcys proteus, Newm. Ent. Mag. v. p. 177 (1888).

Grand Rapids, Athabasca River, June 6, 1892.
The specimens in the British Museum are from New York
and Mackenzie River.

3. Isogenus frontalis.
Tsogenus frontalis, Newm. Ent. Mag. v. p. 178 (1888).
Grand Rapids, Athabasca River, June 10, 1892.

On the Generative System in the Genus Testacella. 21

Recorded from Trenton Falls, New York, and St. Martin’s
Falls, Albany River, Hudson’s Bay.
4, Limnophilus, sp.
Carberry, Aug. 4, 1892.

ORTHOPTERA.
1. Arphia sulphurea.
Gryllus sulphureus, Fabr. Spec. Ins. i. p. 369. n, 39 (1781).
Carberry, Aug. 4, 1892.
A common North-American species.
2. Stenobothrus, sp.
Carberry, July 11 and Aug. 4, 1892.

Il].—The Morphology of the Generative System in the
Genus Testacella. By Waurer E. CoLiince, Demon-
strator of Biology, Mason College, Birmingham.

[Plate I.]

CONSIDERING how plentiful and widely distributed the three
British species of this genus are, and the interesting relations
that exist between the Testacelle and a number of genera not
found in Great Britain, it is somewhat surprising to find that
they have received so little attention from malacologists in
this country.

One of the most valuable and important works upon the
European slugs is that by Dr. Simroth *, published in 1886,
in which he drew attention to the importance of the genera-
tive and alimentary systems as a basis for classification ; and,
although I think it very desirable when describing new
species of slugs to fully describe the general anatomy of the
same, this valuable monograph has been the means of placing
the study of the slugs upon a more rational basis than it has
hitherto occupied, and has given students a ready means of
distinguishing one species from another by the morphology
of the reproductive organs.

Dr. Scharff, in his admirable account of the Irish slugs tT,

* Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. 1885, vol. xlii. pp. 203-366, 5 pls.
+ Trans. Roy. Dublin Soc. 1891, vol. iv. ser. 2, pp. 513-562, 2 pls.

22 Mr. W. E. Collinge on the

has figured and described the generative system of most of
the slugs found in this country, and I have more recently
described * the same system in a number of Arions not found
in Ireland or not known as occurring in the British Isles at
the time Dr. Scharff wrote. A similar description, with
figures of the Testacelle, is, I think, desirable.

My best thanks are due to Mr. J. G. C. Taunton, of Mason
College, for the abundance of material which he has been
good enough to procure for me, and also to Messrs. Morris
Young, E. W. Swanton, and Charles Oldham for specimens
which they from time to time have favoured me with.

Testacella haliotidea, Drap. (PI. I. figs. 1 and 4.)

It will be unnecessary to dwell at any length upon the
system in more than one species, as it is one of comparative
simplicity. I shall therefore describe in detail the individual
organs in this species, and point out in the two following ones
the various differences and modifications, and then briefly
compare the three.

The vestibule opens into a dilated vagina, from which the
receptacular duct is given off. At the point of juncture of
the vestibule and vagina the penis passes off; it is a long
curved organ, the anterior portion of which is sometimes
dilated in a somewhat cecal-like form, as shown in Pl. I.
fiz. 4. This must not be regarded as the typical form of the
penis. I would specially draw attention to this fact, as it
has been figured and described as such | and certain compa-
risons instituted between the form of the organ in 7. halio-
tidea and T. scutulum. A reference to Lacaze-Duthiers’s
well-known paper and accurate figures { supports my state-
ment. The direct continuation of the penis is the vas
deferens; from the point of juncture of the two organs a long
dilated flagellum is given off laterally. In the paper just
cited Mr. J. W. Taylor very wrongly describes the vas
deferens as passing off laterally from the penis and flagellum,
whereas, as previously stated, the vas deferens is a direct:
continuation of the penis. In none of the Huropean Testa-
celle which I have examined does the vas deferens differ in
its relation to the penis from the same organ in any other
slug; that is to say, although it may externally appear to
pass off from the penis as a lateral tube, morphologically it is

* ¢Conchologist,’ 1892, vol. ii. pp. 56-66 and 76-83 ; also 1893, vol. ii.
pp. 118-117.

+ Journ. Conch. 1888, pp. 337-347.

¢ Arch. de Zool. exp. et gén. 1887, vol. v. pp. 459-596, 12 pls.

Generative System in the Genus Testacella. 23

the direct continuation of that organ. ‘The receptacular duct
arises from the most anterior portion of the vagina; it is a
fairly wide tube, which opens into a dilated and slightly
oval-shaped sac, the receptaculum seminis. The vagina in
the majority of the Testacellide is of great length. This
feature is more marked in 7. scutulum and T. Maugei than in
this species. It is continued as the oviduct and prostate—
the common duct of many authors. There is a large albumen-
gland present, which calls for no special mention. The
hermaphrodite duct is a densely convoluted canal leading
non the hermaphrodite gland, which is usually of an oval
orm,

Testacella scutulum, Sowerby. (PI. I. fig. 2.)

This species has been classed as a variety of 7. haliotidea
by most of the writers upon the British Mollusca.

It was described and figured by Sowerby in 1823, in his
4 j\ : a ? Pe _ bd

Genera of Recent and [Fossil Shells.’ Férussac, who in
the same year examined specimens, came to the conclusion
that it was but 7. haliotidea, with which view Mr. Sowerby
agreed, and since then it has been regarded as a variety of
that species by Gray, Forbes and Hanley, Jeffreys, Rimmer,
and other authors. It was redescribed as a new species by
Mr. Tapping in 1856, as Testacella Medii-Templi. In 1886
Mr. Charles Ashford made anatomical examinations of the
slug and clearly proved its specific distinctness. An account
of his work is embodied in a paper previously referred to
(Journ. Conch. 1888). Although to Mr. Ashford is due the
credit of having placed this slug in its proper position, the
above-mentioned account, both description and figures, leaves
much to be desired.

The distinctness between vestibule and vagina is scarcely
perceptible in this species. ‘The upper part ot the vagina is
dilated in a pouch-like manner, but narrows previous to
entering the oviduct. ‘The penis is a large muscular organ
and readily distinguishable from that in the preceding species,
being rather shorter and always much broader. It opens
into the vas deferens. There is no flagellum. The penal
retractor muscle is attached laterally to the penis. The
receptacular duct leaves the vagina as a broad pouch-like
organ, and continues as such for quite two thirds of its length,
when it tapers off suddenly into a narrow and short tube,
which opens into the small globular receptaculum seminis.
Judging from the peculiar form of the receptacular duct and
the internal structure, I think it is very probable that the ova

24 On the Generative System in the Genus Testacella.

are fertilized in this broad pouch-like portion. The herma-
phrodite gland is slightly larger than in 7. haliotidea and the
duct longer.

Testacella Mauget, Fér. (Pl. I. fig. 3.)

In this species the vestibule and vagina are rather
easicr to distinguish than in the preceding one. At the
junction of the two organs the penis passes off; it commences
as a narrow tube, and then broadens out into an expanded
head. It is much longer than in TZ. scutulum. ‘The vas
deferens previous to entering the prostate is thrown into a
series of convolutions; these were characteristic of all the
specimens dissected and quite unlike anything I have pre-
viously seen in this organ. The receptacular duct commences
as an ovoid dilatation from the vagina, and is continued as a
long narrow tube, which enters the receptaculum seminis
laterally, reminding one somewhat of the condition in Arion
fasciatus, Nils., only the shape here is oval, and not tapering
and pointed as in that species. The oviduct and prostate are
sharply folded upon each other, a character fairly constant.
The hermaphrodite gland-is somewhat triangular in shape
and readily distinguishable from that organ in either of the
two preceding species.

Variation.

Although a large number of specimens of each species have
been dissected, the amount of variation noted in any indi-
vidual species was very slight and unimportant.

In 7. haliotidea the flagellum exhibits a series of minor
variations, being either a straight tapering tube with the distal
portion sometimes dilated, or it forms a dilatation at an angle
to the general body, not unlike the head of a golf-stick. I
have already referred to the variation in the form of the penis
(Pl. I. fig. 4).

In 7. scutulum the penal retractor muscle often exhibited a
division into two portions, while in others there was a small
retractor muscle given off below the ordinary one.

Summary.

There are certain resemblances in the form of the genera-
tive organs in 7. scutulwm which connect it with 7. Mauget,
such as :—

a. The dilatation of the proximal portion of the recep-
tacular duct.

On the Names or Existence of three Evotic Star fishes. 25

b. The absence of a flagellum.
c. The form of the penis and vas deferens.

There are few anatomical points which connect either of the
above species with 7. haliotidea, and there are no grounds
whatever for retaining 7’. scutulum as a variety of T. halio-
tidea.

The generative systems of TZ. bisulcata, Risso, and
T. Pecchiolit, Bourg.*, have been compared with those of all
the above three species, and they agree very closely with
T. scutulum, of which both are probably varieties; but a
further investigation of their general anatomy is desirable
before finally classing them as such.

ref

EXPLANATION OF PLATE T.

Fig. 1. Testacella haliotidea, Dray.

Fig, 2. Testacella scutulum, Sowerby.

Fig. 3. Testacella Maugei, Fér.

Fig. 4. Testacella haliotidea, Drap. Variation in the form of the penis,
alb.g. Albumen gland, pr.m. Penal retractor muscle.
Ji. Flagellum. r.d. Receptacular duct.

h.d. Uermaphrodite duct. r,s. Receptaculum seminis.

hg. Wermaphrodite gland. v. Vestibule.

ov. Oviduct. v.d. Vas deferens.

p. Penis. vg. Vagina.

pr. Prostate.

IV.— On the Names or Existence of three Exotic Starfishes.
By F. Jerrrey Bet, M.A.

I Hope the following notes will be found to be of some
assistance in the systematic nomenclature of Asteroidea.

“Asterina marginata (Val.), Perrier.”

The species referred to thus in the ‘ Challenger’ Report of
Asteroidea should be called A. ste/iifer, Mobius. So far as
Valenciennes is concerned he only wrote a manuscript label
for the Museum in the Jardin des Plantes. Hupé, in 1857,
printed the name in vol. ili. (Mollusques) p. 100 of the Exp.
de VAmér. du Sud, but it is a nomen nudum. In 1859
Mébius, in the Abh. Geb. Naturw. Hamburg, iv. 2, p. 4,
described Asteriscus stellifer, and, in 1860, Liitken (Vid.

* Boll. Mus. Zool. Torino, 1888, vol. iii. no, 43, pp. 1-10, 1 pl.

26 Prof. F. J. Bell on the Names or Existence of
Medd. 1859 [1860], p. 57) described Asteriscus brasiliensis,

and in a footnote at the end of his memoir identified his with
Mébius’s species.

The synonymy of this species should therefore run as
follows :—

Asterina stellifer.

Asteriscus minutus, M. & Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842), p. 41 (not Gray,
1840). S

Asteriscus stellifer, Mobius, Abh, Geb, Naturw. Hamburg, iv. 2 (1859),
p. 4; Verrill, Trans. Conn. Acad. i. (“1867”), p. 348.

Asteriscus brasiliensis, Liitken, Vid. Medd. 1859 (1860), p. 57.

Asteriscus marginatus, Val. MSS.; Hupé, n. n.; Perrier, Ann. Sci.
nat. xii. (1869), p. 289.

Asterina stellifera, Liitken, Vid. Medd. 1871, p. 301.

Asterina marginata, Perrier, Arch. zool. exp. v. (1876), p. 211; Slad.
Chall. Rep., Ast. (1889), p. 774.

Goniodiscus articulatus.

My. Sladen (Chall. Rep. Ast. p. 754) writes “G. articulatus
(Linné), de Loriol,” meaning, I believe, by this formula that
Linneus named this species and de Loriol put it in the genus
Gontodiscus ; and on his principles—those of a writer who
accepts pre-Linnean quasispecific or distinctly nonspecific
names as specific appellations—he is quite right.

M. de Loriol (Ree. Zool. Suiss. i. p. 638) writes “Gonio-
discus articulatus (Linné), Liitken;” this collocation of
words must mean something different from Mr. Sladen’s, as
Dr. Liitken put the species in the genus Gondaster; and I
take it to mean Linneus before the tenth edition of the
‘Systema Nature’ named this species, and Liitken revived
the name.

I do not see on what grounds we are to associate Linnzeus’s
name with this species: in the tenth and twelfth editions of
the ‘Systema Nature’ it is included under A. aranciaca, and
it is to Liitken that the credit is due of distinguishing the
form and reviving the name.

The ‘Museum Tessinianum,’ in which A. articulata is
described and figured, bears date 1753, or is anterior to the
tenth edition by five years *; it is said by well-qualified
bibliographers (see Cat. Libr. Mus. Pract. Geol.) that the
work was published privately, though Count Tessin’s preface
hardly supports this view.

If we accept 1758 as the year from which to start we must

* 1758, the zoological ab urbe condita of binominal chronology,”
Loyén, Echinoid. Linn. (1887), p. 50.

three Exotic Starfishes. 27

associate the name of Liitken, and not Linneus, with the
species under discussion. But if we do this we come at once
into contact and opposition with the views of Dr. Litken
himself, who (Vid. Medd. 1864, p. 161) replaces O. clavatus,
M. & Tr., by O. dorsatus, L., A. dorsata being one of the
three species of Asteras mentioned in the Mus. ‘Tessin.

Dr. Liitken has done so much for our knowledge of Kchino-
derms, and has treated questions of nomenclature in so
reasonable a manner, that [ am sorry to appear to disagree
with him; but I think we are exchanging firm ground for
shifting sands if we budge from 1758 as the year from which
binominal appellations are to begin.

Those who accept this view will write the synonymy of the
two species thus :—

Gontodiscus articulatus.

Goniaster articulatus, Liitken (ex Linn. Mus. Tessin, (1753), p. 114),
Vid. Medd. 1864, p. 147.

Asterias aranciaca, Linu. Syst. Nat. 1758, p. 662 (pars).

Goniodiscus seb, M. & Tr. Syst. Ast. (1842), p. 58; Perrier, Arch.
zool. exp. v. (1876), p. 46 (pars).

Goniodiscus articulatus, de Loriol, Rec. Zool. Suiss. i. (1884), p. 638.

Pentaceros clavatus.
Asterias nodosa, Linn. Syst. Nat. 1758, p. 661 (pars).
Oreaster clavatus, M. & Tr, Syst. Ast. (1842), p. 49.
Oreaster dorsatus, Liitk. (ex Linn. Mus. Tessin. (1753), p. 114), Vid.
Medd. 1864, p. 161; Bell, P. Z. S. 1884, p. 77.
Pentaceros dorsatus, Perrier, Arch. zool, exp. v. (1876), p. 61.

A Phantom Species.
““Goniodiscus gracilis, Gray.”

This is one of the most curious inventions I have ever met
with. The hare. seems to have been started by Dr. von
Martens, who (Arch. f. Nat. 1866, p. 86) writes :—

“oc, RANDASIA, Gray.

““Goniaster Luzonicus, Gray, Ann. mag. n. h. vi, 1841.
Philippines.

“ Gontaster gracilis, Gray, Ann. mag. n.h. vi., 1841. Ter-
nate (Molukken).”’

A reference to the volume cited—it is of some significance
that Dr. von Martens gives no page—shows that the last two
lines of this quotation are not to be found either following
the reference to Randasia luzonica (p. 278), or, indeed, in

28 On the Names or Existence of three Exotic Starfishes.

any other part of Gray’s paper. I cannot find that Gray at
any time described a species called Randasia, Goniaster, or
Goniodiscus gracilis, or, indeed, ever gave the name gracilis
to any Asterid except a Dactylosaster (1. e. Ophidiaster) from
the west coast of Columbia.

Prof. Perrier takes no notice of this species, if such it be,
in his well-known revision ; but in his Hssay on the geogra-
phical distribution of starfishes (Nouv. Arch. Mus. i. (1878)
p. 82) he writes :—“‘Goniodiscus gracilis, Gray .....
Moluques.” On p. 24 he speaks of Pentagonaster gracilis,
Gray (Moluques) (Philippines). Whether these two names
are meant to be synonyms I cannot of course say; but the
latter name does not find a place in the systematic list. From
what I have already said it is clear I have no information to
give as to Pentagonaster gracilis, Gray. I have something
more than a suspicion that M. Perrier is here quoting Dr. von
Martens from memory.

The only other author who speaks of Gontodiscus gracilis
is Mr. Sladen, who gives it in his list of known species at the
end of his ‘Challenger’ Report. But I understand that he
bases his citation on Prof.’ Perrier’s list, and I may therefore
be content with merely mentioning his name, and ask why,
under the circumstances, Pentagonaster gracilis was not also
cited ?

It may fairly be concluded that “Gontodiscus gracilis,
Gray,” is a species which Dr, J. E. Gray at any rate never
described, and I am inclined to think that the whole citation
is due to an error on the part of some copyist employed by
Dr. von Martens. For the present I would suggest that
“Goniodiscus gracilis, Gray,” be the technical term for the
Sea-Serpent, for the one has as shadowy an existence as the
other.

This suggestion is not made ina spirit of mere buffoonery ;
in the one case as the other we have assertions repeated
without discrimination or independent inquiry; this may be
pardoned, though it is not justifiable, in a penny-a-lining
paragraphist who is in want of a crust of bread, but it is
unpardonable and unjustifiable in any one who aspires to be
the author of a zoological monograph.

Gymnasterias valvulata.
Gymunasterias valvulata, Perrier, Arch. zool. exp. v. (1876), p. 97.

The locality of the specimen described by Prof. Perrier is
Lord Howe’s Island, and not Lord Hood’s Island, as stated in
the text; Lord Hood’s Island is one of the Low Group, and

Mr. A. Alcock on Calypterinus Allmani. 29

is not the same as Hood Island. I presume a misunder-
standing on the latter point was the cause of Mr. Sladen
giving Galapagos Islands as the locality. M. Perrier states
that the second specimen he saw in the British Museum was
from an unknown locality ; however that may be, there is a
specimen from Moreton Bay. So that the localities are not
equatorial and eastern Pacific, but subtropical and western

Pacific.

V.—Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine
Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator,’ Commander C. F. Oldham,
R.N., commanding.—Series II., No. 8. Note on Calypte-
rinus Allmani. By A. Aucock, M.B.,C.M.Z.S., Officiating
Superintendent of the Indian Museum.

In their Report upon the ‘ Challenger’ Alcyonaria, Messrs.
Perceval Wright and Studer describe * in the family Prim-
noide a yemarkable new species, Calypterinus Allmani, from
the vicinity of Fiji. The ‘ Challenger’ specimens are stated
to have been fragments about 100 millim. long.

We have recently on board the ‘ Investigator’ dredged
several fine branches, one of them 200 millim. in length, of
this Alcyonarian; and as it is such a beautiful and remark-
able form I venture to offer a few observations, complementary
of the original description, upon our specimens.

The axis is branched in either one or two planes; when
in two planes they are at right angles to one another, and
the branching in one plane (the lateral) greatly predominates.

The branches like the axis are quite rigid, and they ascend
with a gentle curve parallel to one another to form a lofty
compressed rigid umbel or candelabra: they have little
tendency to give off secondary branches, but where such
exist they arise singly low down near the origin of the pri-
mary branch and ascend parallel with it in the same plane.
No tertiary branches occur in any of our specimens. All the
branches repeat the same gentle curve with the most remark-
able uniformity.

The polyps, as stated by Messrs. Wright and Studer, are
disposed in whorls of from four to seven, and they hang head
downwards, or downwards and outwards, they having evidently
the power of flexion and extension upon the stem.

* The Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Challenger,’ Zoology, vol. xxxi. pp. 53 and
54, pl. xi. figs. 1, la, pl. xiv. fig. 5, pl. xx. fig. 2,

30 Mr. O. Thomas on a new Sciuropterus.

The structure and arrangement of their spicules and of the
coenenchyma have been already so well described and figured
that nothing further is to be said here.

In our specimens the tunnel formed by the series of expanded
wing-like scales at the bases of the lateral polyps makes a
very convenient shelter for a slender cheetopod.

Several beautiful branches were dredged in the Laccadive
Sea off Piti Sandbank (lat. 10° 47’ 45” N., long. 72° 40’
20" EK.) at a depth of 705 fathoms, the bottom being hard
rock and fragments of dead and waterworn reef coral.

Of Alcyonaria there were dredged, at the same time, some
large branches of a peculiarly beautiful new species of Stenella,
near to S. spinosa, Wright and Studer; a new species of
Acanella, represented by a single bush-shaped colony complete
in every point; and a branch of Callistephanus Korent,
Wright and Studer. Of these and other deep-water Alcyon-
aria from the Andaman Sea I hope shortly to give an account.

VI.— Description of a new Sciuropterus from the
Philippines. By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

For many years there have been in the British Museum
three specimens of a Flying Squirrel from Palawan resembling
superficially S. alboniger, Hodgs., but proving on a careful
comparison of the skulls and other characters to be essentially
different from that animal. I propose to call the species

Sciuropterus nigripes, sp. ui.

Size large, one of the largest of the genus. Fur long,
thick and rather woolly, not so silky as in S. alboniger.
General colour above grizzled greyish brown, the woolly
under-fur pale slaty grey, the straight upper-fur with broad
pale drab terminal or subterminal bands. Ears large, thinly
haired and blackish terminally, but with longer yellowish
hairs on their basal surfaces externally. No longer hairs
round base of ears, nor any cheek-tuft. Parachute above
rather thinly haired, similar in colour to the back. Lips,
both upper and lower, black, contrasting markedly with
the pale colour of the cheeks and throat.

Throat, chest, and centre of belly whitish, the hairs
yellowish white to their roots; rest of under surface greyish
white, the bases of the hairs slaty grey ; but the distribution
of the patches of uniform whitish and grey and whitish hairs

Mr, O. Thomas on a new Sciuropterus. 31

is quite irregular. Posterior fringe to hind limbs like back,
or rather tending towards an orange tone. Upper surface of
hands and feet uniform black; under surface of heel and
fringe of hind feet brownish black. Tail long, thickly
clothed, indistinctly distichous ; its proximal hairs yellowish
or whitish, broadly tipped with brown, its terminal ones
wholly dark brown.

Skull decidedly larger than that of S. alboniger, but very
similar in its proportions, in the relative length of the muzzle,
and in the size and direction of the postorbital processes.
Interparietal unusually produced antero-posteriorly, its length
nearly equalling its breadth. Mastoid portion of bulla
swollen posteriorly above and behind the meatus. Teeth
large and heavy, their crests well developed and the valleys

‘between them deep; 2:4 elongate, its longitudinal diameter
slightly exceeding that of ™1; surface of teeth with minute
crenulations ; “= with a minute extra ridge running longi-
tudinally across the inner end of the main transverse ridge,

Dimensions of the type (an adult female in skin) :—

Head and body (c.) 330 millim.; tail 250; hind foot
(damped) 50; ear from notch (dried and shrunk) 26.

Skull *: upper length (c.) 51:5; zygomatic breadth 32-5 ;
nasals, length 15°1, greatest breadth 8°6 ; interorbital breadth
(ignoring supraorbital notches) 12°3, intertemporal breadth
12:2; palate, length 28; diastema 10°6; length of upper
cheek-teeth, from front of ®4 to back of ™3, 11:4; length of
P-3 alone 3°0.

Hab. Puerta Princesa, Palawan. Coll. A. Everett.

Besides the type (B.M. 79. 5. 3. 2) there are two other
skins and a skeleton of this species in the Museum collection ;
all were obtained by Mr. Everett between Nov. 1877 and
Jan. 1878. One of the other skins is mottled all over with
white and is evidently a partial albino.

The only species with which S. nigripes could be con-
founded is S. alboniger, Hodgs., a native of Nepal, Sikim,
N. Burma, &c., and from this it 1s readily distinguished by its
decidedly greater size, its black lips, black hands and feet
(in S. alboniger the hands are grey and the feet brown), its
paler and less thickly haired parachute, and its larger and
heavier teeth.

* The following additional measurements are taken on the more
perfect skull belonging to the skeleton :—Basal length 45°8 ; tip to tip of
postorbital processes 23:5; horizontal antero-posterior diameter of
bulla 10:4.

32 Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen on

VII.— On a supposed new Species of Rhiostoma from Borneo,
and Notices of Two other Species of Shells from Palawan.
By Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwiy-Austen, F.R.S. &e.

THE Rhiostoma I now describe was collected by Mr. Boxall
and was sent by him to Dr. Hungerford, who asked me to
describe and name it after its discoverer; but I received it too
late to bring into my paper on Bornean shells published in
the Proc. Zool. Soc., June 1889, p. 332.

fhiostoma Bowalli, sp.n. (Fig. 1, a, 6, c.)

Loc. Near Kina Balu (Bowall). In Coll. Dr. Hungerford.
Shell discoid, widely and perspectively umbilicated ; sculp-
ture smooth; colour dark madder-brown, with a few white
splotches on the second and third whorls; spire scarcely
raised above the last whorl, apex rounded; suture deep;
whorls 4, round, rapidly increasing, the last separated for a

Fig. 1.

Nat. size.

> al

Rhiostoma Boxall.
a. Specimen from Kina Balu; 8, ec. Ditto from Palawan.

short distance from the penultimate; the sutural tube short,
horizontal ; aperture oblique, circular ; peristome double, the
inner simple, the outer expanded at right angles to the body-
whorl, and curved slightly backwards on the outer margin
and with a slight nick near the sutural tube.

Size: maj. diam. 24:0, min. diam. 16°25, alt. axis 5°75 mm.

This species comes nearest to R. cris, G.-A. (described in
the Proc. Zool. Soc., June 1889, p. 343), in the expanded
peristome; the general form differs, it is not so turbinate or
streaked with zigzag markings.

9°

new Species of Khiostoma. 33

One specimen of this species occurred in a collection of
land-shells sent to me by Mr. John Whitehead from the

island of Palawan.

Lagocheilus similis, var., Edgar Smith. (Fig. 2, a, 0.)

Among the shells collected by Mr. John Whitehead in
Palawan and sent to me there are three specimens of what I

Lagocheilus similis, var., Edgar Smith.

take to be the above species, only much better grown. When
in perfect preservation it is covered with a brown epidermis
having well-displayed transverse, regular, fine liration and
the periphery adorned with a strong hairy fringe.

The largest specimen measures :—-major diam. 18°75, minor
15:0, alt. axis 7°5 mm.

Cassidula bicolor, sp.n. (Fig. 3, a, 0.)
Palawan. Collected by Mr. John Whitehead.

This is a smaller shell than su/culosa, Mouss., to which it
is nearest as regards the form of the aperture, but it is not so
strongly formed. The body-whorl is crossed by shallow

Nat. size.

Cassidula bicolor.

longitudinal plications. The colour is a very dark sepia-
brown, with two broad, parallel, very white bands, which
extend to the outer margin of the peristome. I could find
nothing like it in the British Museum collection.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 3

34 On Two new Species of Butterflies from North Borneo.

VIII.—Descriptions of Two new Species of Butterflies from
Kina Balu, North Borneo, in the Collection of H. Grose
Smith, captured by Mr. Everett. By H. Grose SMIrTa.

Delias cathara.

Male.—Upperside. Both wings lacteous white. Anterior
wings with the apex and outer margin as far as the lowest
median nervule black, shading internally between the veins
into grey, the black and grey portion extending obliquely
over the apical third of the wings, but not extending beyond
the lowest median nervule. Except within the dark apical
space and on the costa, the veins are white. Posterior wings
narrowly irrorated with grey on the outer margin from the
anal angle to the extremity of the uppermost median nervule,
the veins from the middle of the wing to the margin narrowly
black.

Underside. Anterior wings with the inner three-fourths
white, the outer fourth to the lowest median nervule dark
grey centred with a curved band of whitish spots between
the veins; the veins traversing the apical third, which on the
upperside is black and grey, are black, the remainder except the
costal vein being white. Posterior wings pale lemon-yellow,
somewhat darker towards the base, nearly white towards the
outer margin; a rather narrow dark-grey band on the outer
margin, centred with narrow lunular whitish spots between
the veins; all the veins are narrowly and brightly black.

Expanse of wings 2,1, inches.

Allied to stnghapuru, Wallace, but very distinct, on the
underside especially.

Allotinus caudatus.

Male.—Upperside. Anterior wings brown. Posterior
wings also brown, except the anal third, which is white, the
white space extending horizontally across the lower part of
the wings from a little above the anal angle to the extremity
of the lowest subcostal nervule, the line of junction of the
brown and white spaces being irregularly defined; on the
margin the median nervules are somewhat elongated, especially
the uppermost, which forms a short tail.

Underside. Both wings white, more or less speckled with
brown, especially towards the apices of both wings, where the
brown speckling forms dark irregular patches. ‘There is a
submarginal row of black spots on both wings, those in the
dark patches being edged with white externally. Across the
posterior wings, in the position where the white space on the

Capture of a Freshwater Eel in a Ripe Condition. 35

upperside joins the brown, is a horizontal row of curved brown
lines ; the outer margin of anterior wings and of the posterior
wings as far as the tail is brown.

Eixpanse of wings 14 inch.

The underside resembles Loganita sriwa and malayica of
Distant, both of which species have lately been received by
me from North Borneo; but the length of the antenne and
shape of the anterior wings of caudatus, irrespective of
the neuration, preclude its being placed in that genus.

1X.—WNote on the Capture of a Freshwater Eel in a Ripe
Condition. By W. L. CALDERWOOD.

A FEMALE eel (Anguilla vulgaris), measuring 294 inches in
length, was captured on the 27th of December last. The
capture was of some interest because the female was almost
ready to spawn and was found about twelve miles south of the
Eddystone, ¢. e. twenty miles from Rame Head, the nearest
point of land. That a freshwater eel should be found so far
out at sea, at the breeding-season, is not in itself very sur-
prising, because it has long been conjectured that Anguilla
spawns in salt water; but in the present state of
knowledge any of the rare instances of the actual capture of
a specimen in the condition of sexual maturity should be re-
corded.

The ovaries were pure white in colour, and corresponded
exactly in appearance with those described and figured by Broek
in 1881*. They extended the entire length of the abdominal
cavity, showed no signsof any blood-supply, and when touched
crumbled away most easily. ‘The ova were apparently quite
ready to drop from the outer surfaces of the organs. Sections
showed, however, that in each ripening ovum the nuclear
membrane was still distinctly visible. ‘The nucleoli of largest
size were arranged round the periphery, smaller bodies being
found amongst the granular protoplasm of the nucleus. he
substance of the ovum itself was richly stored with oil-glo-
bules, giving the characteristic appearance known in the
conger’s egg T.

* Broek, “ Untersuchungen iiber die Geschlechtsorgane einiger Mu-
raenoiden,” Mitt. zool. Stat. Neapel, Band ii. p. 415.

+ Calderwood, ‘A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Ovary and
Intraovarian Eges of Teleosts,” Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc. vol. ii. no. 4,
pl. xi.

36 Hon. W. Rothschild and Dr. K. Jordan on

X.—On Two new Species of the Genus Enoplotrupes, Lucas.
By the Hon. WALTER RoruscuHILp and Dr. K. JORDAN.

THE species of Hnoplotrupes, Lucas (Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (4)
ix. 1869, p. xiii, redescribed and figured Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.
(5) li. 1872, p. 288), a genus of Geotrupide remarkable for the
development of a horn more or less long in the middle of the
head and a bifurcate one in the middle of the prothorax in
the males, are found, so far as we are aware, only in the
south-eastern parts of Asia. . sinensis, Luc. (/. ¢.), from
Szechuen and Mupin, was the first-known species, of which
we have specimens from Chang Yang, taken in May at
elevations of 4000-6000 feet. The Western Chinese and
Eastern Tibetan countries have provided us with three more
species—. Potanint, Semenow (Hore Soc. Ent. Ross.
t. xxill. 1889, p. 401), from Gan-ssu; L. Largeteaut, Ober-
thiir (Coleopt. Novit. 1883, p. 58); and #. Biet?, Oberth.
(cbid. p. 56, described as a Gynoplotrupes), from Ta-tsin-lu.
Besides these forms one has been described from Yunnan
(E. yunnanus, Farm. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. t. xxxii. 1888,
p. 17), two from Kiang-si (#. Chaslit, Fairm., and E. varii-
color, Fairm., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) vi. 1886, pp. 320 and
321), and one from Upper Burmah (Bhamo) (. burmanicus,
Gestro, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genov. (2) vi. 1888, p. 111). We
are able to add two new species, one from Assam and the
other from Siam.

Enoplotrupes Sharpt, sp. n.

E. nigro-violaceus vel cyaneus; capite tibiisque nigris; supra
eequaliter leviterque rugosus; capite antice rotundato, utrinque
ad oculos dentato, vertice impresso levigato nitido; prothoracis
margine laterali et angulis posticis valde rotundatis, impressioni-
bus ad angulos anteriores levibus nitidis, linea media obsoleta;
elytris latis paulo convexis ; tibiis anticis quinquedentatis.

¢. Caput cornu longo, curvato; prothorax cornu procero angusto,
bifurcato, arcuato, utrinque late impressus, impressionibus in medio
supra cornu fere attingentibus.

@. Caput cornu brevi, prothorax antice carina transversa acuta
bidentata, angulis anticis dentatis.

Long. 22-32, lat. 13-17 mm.

Typ. in Mus. Walter Rothschild.

Dark blue, with a violet tint (some specimens more black),
slightly shining ; head and tibiz, especially the fore tibie,
black ; body beneath and legs with pitch-black hairs. Upper

Two new Species of the Genus Enoplotrupes. ot

surface obsoletely rugose, not much difference between the
rugosities of the head, prothorax, scutellum, and elytra. Head
behind the horn, prothorax at the anterior margin and
in the impressions at the side of the horn smooth, shining.
Head with a small longitudinal carina in front of the horn,
especially distinct in the female ; the anterior margin equally
rounded ; a tooth on each side near the eyes, not large; the
impression behind the horn somewhat arcuate. Prothorax
broader than the base of the elytra, at the sides and posterior
angles strongly rounded, not toothed at the outer margin;
the median line behind the horn nearly obsolete. Hlytra
broad, rounded, slightly convex, with some obsolete raised
lines, one of which near the shoulder is a little more raised at
its base.

6. The horn of the head very long, curved backwards,
that of the prothorax also long, curved towards the front,
bifurcate, its base compressed, nearly surrounded by the
smooth impressions; the latter are only separated by a small
carina above the horn. The smaller the males the shorter
are their horns, and their prothorax more resembles that of
the female as they diminish in size.

?. Head with a short conical horn; prothorax with an
acute transverse carina, elevated on each side into a tooth ;
these latter are a little larger than those at the anterior angles
of the prothorax. The impressions on the sides of the carina
are nearly obsolete.

This species is principally distinguished by its uniformly
slightly rugose upper surface in the male, by its long curved
horns on the head and prothorax, and by the wide impres-
sions of the prothorax. ‘The elytra are of the same size and
form as those of /. s(nensis, Luc., but are much more rugose,
and the raised lines are stronger.

We have both males and females from Siam.

Enoplotrupes splendens, sp. n.

E. ceruleo-viridis, nitidus, capite prothoraceque leviter rugosis ;
vertice arcuatim impresso; capite extus ad oculos obtuse angu-
lato, antice rotundato ; prothoracis lateribus rotundatis, angulis
posticis distinctis paulo rotundatis; scutello rugoso-punctato,
apice excepto, in medio subimpresso; elytris ad humeros sub-
rotundatis, convexis, fortiter irregulariterque striatis, interstitiis
rugosis ; tibiis anticis sexdentatis.

g. Caput cornu acuto, arcuato ; prothorax cornu bifurcato non
arcuato, ante angulos anticos valde impressus, fere toto spatio
circum cornu levi.

38 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Five new

@. Caput cornu brevi; prothorax carina transversa leviter pro-
ducta, non dentata, angulis anticis dentatis, impressionibus ad
marginem anteriorem fere nullis.

Long. 19-26, lat. 11-15 mm.

Typ. in Mus. Walter Rothschild.

Bluish green, shining; head rounded, produced at the eyes
into a slight tooth, rugose, with an arcuate, nearly smooth
impression behind the horn; the latter moderately long,
recurved, rugose in the male; that of the female is short.
The prothorax slightly rugose, outer margin rounded but
somewhat produced in the middle, posterior angles in both
sexes scarcely rounded; an impressed line above the born,
quite distinct in the male. The prothoracic horn of the
male bifurcate and quite straight, moderately long, the
impressions deep and smooth, approaching each other above
the horn. The transverse carina of the female is small,
without teeth. Anterior angles of the prothorax of the
female with a prominent tooth, the impressions quite obsolete.

The scutellum slightly impressed before the apex, rugosely
punctured nearly throughout. Elytra striped with raised
lines, one of which is situated at the suture, two or three in the
middle between suture and shoulder, and one at the shoulder
prominent, especially at the base, obsolete near the apex ; the
spaces between these lines rugose ; the stripes near the outer
margin obsolete.

This species resembles £. yunnanus, Fairm., and E. Potan-
ini, Sem., in its striated elytra (which give it in the female
almost the appearance of Geotrupes sylvaticus, Panz.) ; it
differs, however (so far as we can tell from the descriptions),
chiefly in the development of the horns and the impressions
of the prothorax.

Our specimens (2 g and2 ¢) were taken in North Manipur
at elevations of 5000 to 8500 feet (Aug. 1889) and in the Naga
Hills (4 g,2 9); and we have also some specimens (2 6,
2 2) said to have come from the Punjaub.

XI.—Descriptions of Five new Species of Australian Saw-
jues. By W. F. Kirpy, F.L8., F.E.S., Assistant in
Zoological Department, British Museum (Natural History).

THE following new species were received from Mr. Charles

French, of Melbourne, and were probably collected in that
neighbourhood :—

Species of Australian Saw-flies. 39

Perga divaricata.
sericea.

sellata.

lalage.

Cerealces cyathiformis.

Among other saw-flies in the collection were two female
specimens of Perga Lewisit, Westw., differing from the type
in having black antenne.

Perga divaricata.

Antenne six-jointed.

Long. corp., ¢ 15 millim., ? 19 millim.

Male.—Reddish chestnut, redder beneath ; antenne, a spot
within each, a spot below each eye, clypeus, labrum, pro-
thorax (except a curved transverse stripe in front), the tip of
the central lobe of the mesothorax, the legs, a stripe on the
lower part of the mesopleura (curving to the base of the
middle coxe), a spot above the hind cox, and a row of spots
on the sides of the abdomen beneath yellowish white. Abdo-
men with segments 2-6 silky black above. Wings yellowish
hyaline; stigma large, reddish, grooved, with a blackish cloud
beneath ; only three submarginal cells, and even these imper-
fectly separated. Hind wings with a blackish cloud covering
the middle cell and extending beyond it above and below.

Head, thorax, and scutellum thickly punctured; a deep
groove running backwards outside each ocellus and slightly
curving wards to the occiput, the space between convex and
rather raised behind; mesothorax with the frontal and
lateral lobes well separated, the former with a deep groove in
the middle, and the latter each with three ridges meeting
behind, the space between the two outer ones smooth. Scu-
tellum convex on each side at the base and with a wide
central groove, diverging behind, the projecting lateral spines
rather wide apart.

Female similarly coloured, but more varied with yellowish
white, the punctures larger and the grooves on the head,
thorax, and scutellum somewhat less strongly marked. The
following additional yellowish-white markings may be
noted :—The hinder orbits, two spots on the grooves near
the occiput, the upper borders of the prothorax (which is red
in the female), a line below the wings, a narrow line bor-
dering the sides of the mesothorax above, and the extremity
and lateral points of the scutellum. Wings yellowish hyaline,
unclouded, but with some of the nervures (which are entirely

40 Mr. W. F. Kirby on Five new

reddish in the male) black. Four distinct submarginal cells.
Legs redder than in the male, with the coxe and trochanters
whitish.

I was at first inclined to refer these specimens (which I
think I am correct in placing together as sexes) to P. cas-
tanea, Kirb.; but in that species the scutellum is much less
thickly punctured.

Perga sericea.

Long. corp. 11 millim.

Male.—Antenne six-jointed, the club as long as the three
preceding joints; joint 3 rather longer than 4 and 5, and
slightly constricted near the base. Head above, thorax,
and pleura thickly and closely punctured ; head black above,
including the antenne and mandibles, clypeus and labrum
testaceous ; orbits broadly testaceous, from outside the an-
tenne to the hinder rim of the head, but ending in a point
where the occiput becomes concave. Grooves outside the
outer ocelli indistinct. Prothorax testaceous, with the extreme
front black, this colour curving slightly forwards on the sides.
Mesothorax and scutellum black ; a wide stripe on the pleura,
narrowed behind, the hinder borders of the mesonotum
(narrowly) and the lateral margins and hinder angles of the
scutellum (rather broadly) testaceous. Mesonotum with the
sutures slightly marked; a groove on the frontal lobe and
two slight ridges on each of the lateral lobes; scutellum
shghtly grooved; the terminal tubercles unusually small.
Wings hyaline, with rufous costa and nervures, with three
or four submarginal cells ; nervures greatly interrupted with
bull. Legs testaceous, the extremities of the hind femora,
of the hind tibiz, and of the joints of the tarsi black. Abdomen
blue-black above, with a fine white silky pubescence ; ter-
minal segment and under surface testaceous.

Not closely allied to any species before me, but much
resembles the description of Pseudoperga ventralis, Guér.,
from ‘l'asmania, though apparently distinct.

Perga sellata.

Long. corp. 123 millim.

Male.—Antennz six-jointed, the club as long as the three
preceding joints.

Head, thorax, and pleura thickly and closely punctured ;
head luteous, the tips of the mandibles black ; vertex between
the eyes above black, from a curve just behind the antennal

Species of Australian Saw-flies. 41

tubercles to the occiput, where the black colour is convex,
being contracted behind; a shallow groove on each side of
the outer ocelli. Thorax luteous; mesothorax black above,
with the sutures scarcely marked; frontal Jobe slightly
grooved; a slight ridge bounding the black colour on each
side ; the smooth space between this and the large oblique
ridges running back to the scutellum are tawny. Scutellum
tawny, grooved in the middle, with the apical points lobate,
situated at the hinder angles, and projecting very slightly
outwards. Wings yellowish hyaline, with reddish costa and
nervures; four submarginal cells. Legs and abdomen luteous ;
hind femora, apical half of hind tibiz, and the greater part of
the hind tarsi beneath rufous.

Resembles P. bicolor, Leach, in the structure of the thorax.

Perga Lalage.

Long. corp. 10-12 millim.

Male.—Antennex seven-jointed, black, with testaceous
yellow markings, paler beneath.

Head testaceous yellow; antenne tawny, sometimes with
the two basal joints blackish ; ocelli occupying the upper and
broadest part of a spade-shaped blotch. ‘The upper ocelli are
black and stand at the extremities of a ridge like a pointed
arch, below which the lower ocellus, which is reddish, stands.
A broad stripe runs backwards from the spade-shaped spot
nearly to the occiput; the spot tapers forward between the
antenne, leaving a space within the base of each yellow, and
the black colour then extends over the clypeus (except a short
line on each side at its lower extremity) and labrum. ‘The
mandibles are also blackish or dark red. Above the antennze
a black stripe, contiguous with the spade-shaped spot, curves
inward on each side to the occiput.

Thorax black, thickly and rather finely punctured, the
sutures well defined; prothorax with a waved yellowish
stripe on each side of the hind border; mesothorax with the
central lobe with a smooth furrow, extending nearly to the
extremity, which is marked with a testaceous spot. Hinder
lateral borders of mesothorax narrowly testaceous; tegule
and scutellum testaceous, the latter grooved and with the
apical tubercles nearly straight. Pleura with three testaceous
or whitish stripes on each side, one below the wings, one (the
broadest) lower down, widened upwards in front and tapering
behind, and one slender, nearer the median line ; there is also
a large testaceous spot above the hind coxe.

Legs testaceous, femora more or less black; hind legs with

42 On Five new Species of Australian Saw-flies.

the base of coxe, femora (which are rather thickened), tips of
tibiee, and tarsi black.

Abdomen blue-black above, with a testaceous stripe on the
hind border of the second segment; anal segment and under
surface pale testaceous; base of segments beneath more or
less blackish ; a row of small but conspicuous black dots on
the sides beneath.

Wings hyaline; fore wings much clouded with yellowish
and thickly studded with hairs; nervures testaceous, costal
oe and stigma broadly castaneous ; four submarginal
cells.

Allied to P. Jurinet, Westw., but rather more slender. In
P. Jurinet the lower part of the face and the under surface of
the abdomen are almost destitute of black markings.

Cerealces cyathtformis.

Long. corp. 10 millim.

Male.—Black, varied with yellow ; head, thorax, and pectus
covered with large depressed punctures ; head black, a groove
running from the occiput outside each of the outer ocelli; eyes
bordered before and behind with testaceous; antenne tawny,
eleven- or twelve-jointed, the two basal joints darkest,
sometimes nearly black; joints 3 to 8 broad, about twice
as broad as long (joint 3 the longest) and cyathiform,
being widely expanded at the extremity, which gives them a
somewhat nodose appearance; the terminal joints more
rounded at the extremity and the last rather small; a testa-
ceous spot below and sometimes above each scape ; clypeus
rather narrow, testaceous, slightly concave, and bordered with
testaceous below; labrum black; jaws black or marked with
red; prothorax with the hinder angles bordered with testa-
ceous in front of the tegule, which are testaceous or pitchy ;
mesothorax with a groove in front and two slight ridges on
each side behind. Wings hyaline, with brown nervures, and
set with numerous but scattered short bristles. Legs with the
femora and coxee mostly black or striped with black (hind
legs darkest) ; tips of coxe, trochanters, and base of femora
white; four front tibie and tarsi testaceous; hind tibie and
tarsi reddish, the former slightly brownish at the extremity ;
scutellum black, grooved, laterally ridged, and narrowly edged
behind with testaceous, and ending in a short testaceous spine
on each side. Abdomen black, first segment with a whitish
spot on each side; second with a waved testaceous stripe
above, on the middle, interrupted on the median line; terminal
segment tawny.

Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Entomogramma. 43

Described from two male specimens, one darker than the
other, and differing also in the number of joints of the
antenne, but in no other particulars. C. scutellata is very
similar in form and structure, but the antenne are only ten-
jointed, not cyathiform, and the three terminal joints are much
less distinctly separated than in C. cyathiformis.

XII.—Notes on the Genus Entomogramma as_ represented
by the Noctuid Moths of that Group in the Collection of the
British Museum. By Axrtuur G. Burier, F.L.S.,
BZ.S., Se.

WHEN he founded the genus Entomogramma, M. Guenée
separated the species under distinct groups in consequence
of their different antennal structure; indeed, no two species
of the genus as originally constituted are quite alike in
their male characters, and one of them was considered by
Mr. Moore to be so dissimilar that he made it the type of a
new genus. The latter, however, has no higher claim than
the others to be so distinguished ; and as it would be neces-
sary for the sake of consistency to found a separate genus for
every species of the original group, provided that the secon-
dary sexual characters were taken into account, it seems
preferable to regard them, as Guenée did, merely as sections
of one variable genus.

The practical common sense of this mode of procedure
being adinitted, Mr. Hampson has called my attention to the
fact that various other species, differing only from typical
Entomogramma (in the variability of the same organs in the
male sex) in a similar though somewhat different manner,
have been wrongly described in the genera Zhermesia, Phurys,
&e. By adding these to Hntomogramma I find that a tole-
rably gradational series is formed, evidently related throughout.
The species of Hntomogramma in the Museum series thus
resolve themselves into eight sections, each of which differs
somewhat from all the others in its male structure, whilst
that of the female remains almost the same, excepting in the
case of section g, where the female is the modified sex.
These sections will now stand as follows :—

ENTOMOGRAMMA, Guen.
Section a. TARAMINA, Moore.

Males with basal third of antenne dilated, outer two thirds

44. Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Entomogramma.

pectinated, inner two thirds with short fine deflexed ciliations ;
basal area of primaries and basi-internal area of secondaries
below densely clothed with hair; femora and tibize also
densely hairy.
Entomogramma torsa.
Entomogramma torsa, Guenée, Noct. iii. p. 204. n. 1605 (1852).

Java, Ceylon, Nilgiris, N. India. Type in Coll. B. M.

Section 0.

Antenne dilated as in Section a, but biseriate-denticulated
and fasciculated ; under surface of wings much less hairy ;
legs quite different, the anterior pair emitting a large fan-
shaped pencil of hair at the origin of the femur, the latter
with a short fringe below, the tibia thickly covered at the
back with appressed hairy tufts; remaining legs not hairy,
the middle tibize coarsely scaled in front and spiny, the
posterior tibiz spiny.

Entomogramma pardus.

Entomogramma pardus, Guenée, Noct. ili. p. 205, n. 1606 (1852).
Hypopyra anteponens, Walker, Lep. Het. xiv. p. 1828. n. 2 (1857).
Remigia venusta, Walker, /. c. Suppl. iii. p. 1011 (1865),

S. Africa, Natal, Delagoa Bay, Sierra Leone. B. M.

Section ec.

Antenne very slightly dilated towards the base, with coarse
biseriate ciliations, hardly amounting to denticulation; the
legs rather more spiny than in Section 6.

Entomogramma mediocris.

Entomogramma mediocris, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. iii. p. 949 (1865),
Remigia decora, Walker, l. c. p. 1015 (1865).
Remagia antica, Walker, 1. c. p. 1016 (1865).

South India. Types in Coll. B. M.

Section d.
Antenne regularly ciliated in the male, front and hind legs
densely hairy.
Entomogramma fautrix.
Entomogramma fautrix, Guenée, Noct. ili, p. 204. n. 1604 (1852).
Silhet, Sikkim, Mussoorie, Kangra, Khasia Hills, Nilgiris,

Andamans. ‘Type in Coll. B. M.

Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Entomogramma. 45

Section e.

Antenne? The female with all the tibie fringed exter-
nally; second joint of palpi elongated, thickly fringed with
dense scales at the back.

Entomogramma subcostalis.
Thermesia subcostalis, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. iii. p. 1059 (1865).
Moulmein. Type in Coll. B. M.

Eintomogramma ussurvensis.
Remigia ussuriensis, Bremer, Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb. 11, p. 587.

Japan. In Coll. B. M.

Section f.

Second joint of palpi arched at the back, but not densely
fringed as in Section e. Antenne of male with short delicate
ciliations; legs almost naked, the front and middle tibiz
alone being partly fringed with hair externally.

Entomogramma nigriceps.

©. Renodes ngriceps (as 3), Walker, Lep. Het. xv. p. 1595. n. 6
(1858).

3. Herminia? nigrifrontalis (as 9), Walker, /. c. xvi. p. 258 (1858).

Aden, Abyssinia, Sierra Leone, Natal, South Africa.
Types in Coll. B. M.

Var. pallidula.

Renodes pallidula, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1875, vol. xvi. p. 409.
n, 91.

Natal. Type in Coll. B. M.

Entomogramma melanocephala.

Poaphila melanocephala, Hampson, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. viii. p. 82,
pl. exlvi. fig. 9 (1891).
Var. Poaphila marmorea, Hampson, /, ec. fig. 7 (1891).

Nilgiris. Types in Coll. B. M.

Entomogramma Juscescens.

Thermesia fuscescens, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. iii. p, 1054 (1865).
Thermesia obumbrata, Walker, /. ¢.

Thermesia morosa, Walker, /. c. p. 1055 (1865).

Scambina ? larvata, Walker, /. c. p. 1119 (1865).

Natal (Gueinzius). Types in Coll. B. M.

46 Mr. A. G. Butler on the Genus Entomogramma.

Entomogramma enervis.

Phurys enervis, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 231. n. 352, pl. viii.

fic.

Rangoon. Type in Coll. B. M.

Section g.

Female with the second joint of the palpi broadly fringed
both in front and at the back with compressed hair-scales,
giving it a wedge-shaped form.

Entomogramma obliqua.
Phurys obliqua, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 80.
Burma and Sikkim. In Coll. B. M.

Section h.

Second joint of palpi in male broadly fringed and com-
pressed.

Entomogramma oblita.
Thermesia oblita, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk. ii. p. 176 (1882).
Khasia Hills and Chinn Hills. In Coll. B. M.

Mr. Hampson also refers the Thermesta rivulosa of Walker
to Entomogramma ; but 1 think it differs so considerably as
hardly to warrant its being considered a section of this genus,
Both sexes have the third joint of the palpi extremely short,
much more so even than in H. pardus; the legs are rather
more hairy than in Sections f and g; the antenne of the
male are densely but finely frmged on the inside with short
ciliations, and at regular intervals emit single longer hairs on
both sides ; the secondaries of this sex also have the abdo-
minal border expanded and broadly fringed with long hair
towards the base. The button-like third joint of the palpi in
both sexes redeems this genus from the charge of being based
solely on secondary sexual characters, and therefore I propose
to call it Blasticorhinus.

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on some Mexican Coccide. 47

XIII.—WNotes on some Mexican Coccide.
By T. D. A. CocKERELL.

HAvinG recently had occasion to travel through Mexico, I was
naturally anxious to collect as many Coccide as I could,
having paid much attention to that group of late. ‘The Coccide
of Mexico, so far as I can find them recorded, number fourteen
species, and to these twelve more can now be added, making
twenty-six altogether.

Arriving at Vera Cruz on May 7, the first Coccid I saw
was Aspidiotus jficus on an orange on the table at the hotel.
In the hotel were several plants growing in large pots, and an

‘examination of these yielded Aspidiotus jficus, Lecanium
hesperidum, L. terminalia, and Planchonia pustulans. 'To-
wards evening I had an opportunity to go out into the plaza,
and almost immediately came across a beautiful bright yellow
Pulvinaria, a new species, on Croton. Further search led to
the discovery of Orthezia insignis and Aspidiotus articulatus.

The next day we took the train to the City of Mexico.
While the train stopped at Soledad, in the State of Vera
Cruz, Iran out and picked a few leaves, on which I found
Aspidiotus articulatus and an interesting new species of the
same genus. It was quite evening when we arrived at
Mexico City ; but, strolling out, a few small specimens of a
Dactylopius were found on a tree in one of the streets. ‘The
next day the same species occurred on two or three trees in
front of the cathedral, and I was so fortunate as to get adults,
both male and female, which on examination showed the
species to be undescribed. At the same place Lecanium olee
was common on many trees, and in the gardens of the public
library I found Lecanium hesperidum.

The two following days were spent in travelling, and,
although a good look-out was kept at the stations, no Coccidee
were found, At about 2 A.M. on May 12 we were suddenly
awakened by a sharp shock, and the train came to a stand-
still. It proved that the engine and freight cars in front had
left the rails, owing to a ‘ wash-out,” and consequently we
had to spend many hours in the middle of nowhere, six miles
north of Montezuma R. R. Station, in the State of Chihuahua.
This was a desert spot, unfavourable for collecting; but a
search revealed an undescribed Ceroplastes on Artemisia.
Later, while the line was being mended, they took us back to
Montezuma, and here I found another Ceroplastes, also new.

Thus, out of twelve Coccidz found during the journey

4S Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on some Mexican Coccide.

through Mexico, five were new, equal to about 41 per cent.
In the present state of our knowledge of the Coccide this is
probably about the normal percentage of novelties obtainable
on the mainland. When I went to Jamaica in July 1891
very little was known of the West-Indian species, and of
seventy-five now listed thirty-three were undescribed at that
time, equal to 44 per cent.

Descriptive Notes and List of Species.

(1) Aspidiotus articulatus, Morgan.

Vera Cruz, abundant on stems of rose; Soledad, on a tree.

(2) Aspidiotus ficus, Ashmead.

Vera Cruz, on an orange and on stem of rose-bush.

(3) Aspidiotus scutiformis, sp. Nn.

Soledad, on leaves of a tree somewhat resembling those
of an Avocado pear, with A. articulatus, Aleurodes sp., and
black ants.

9. Scale very flat, circular or suboval, with the (covered)
exuvie placed a little to one side. Diameter of scale about
21 millim. Colour dull brown-black, with the margin
whitish ; exuvie large, pale orange, more or less shiny, not
nipple-like. One scale shows ten parasite-holes, five on the
exuvie and five on the scale; another shows twelve holes,
six on the exuvie and six on the scale. Twelve seems a
large number of parasites to have emerged from a single
Aspidiotus.

@. Broad pyriform. General colour pale orange; lobes
yellow. No grouped glands seen. ‘here are three pairs of
lobes, the middle pair distinct and rounded, not close together,
being separated by a pair of spine-like plates ; second and
third pairs of lobes flattened and elongate, the second pair
crenate. A pair of spine-like plates between the first and
second and second and third pairs, and also beyond the third
pair. Beyond third pair of lobes the margin is wavy, due to
the presence of six broad rudimentary lobes, with more or less
rudimentary spine-like plates between them. The last of
these lobes is a little more produced than the others. Beyond
this the margin is straight, with single spines or hairs at
moderately long intervals. Between the lobes are very long
narrow saccular incisions.

Larva broad, oval, yellowish. Legs (at least the hind

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on some Mexican Coccide. 49

ones) with knobbed digitules and tarsal hairs. The digitules
of claw short, the knobbed hairs of tarsus long and stout,
reaching considerably beyond the end of the digitules. The
larva shows only four lobes (two pairs). Median ones large
and prominent; next pair almost rudimentary. Beyond the
second lobe are about four scaly bifid plates.

This species has some superficial resemblance to A. ficus,
but is actually very distinct. Structurally it seems rather
nearly allied to A. smdlacis, Comstock.

ae B. C,

a ,
3 2°0 lie | )
en

A.— Aspidiotus scutiformis ; lobes of 2.
B.—Pulvinaria lutea, 2 ; foot.
C.—Dactylopius mexicanus, two-thirds grown; diagram of markings.

(4) Planchonia pustulans, Ckll., var.

Vera Cruz, crowded on the stems of a plant not identified.

Scales about 1 millim. diam. or rather more. These are
smaller than Jamaican specimens, but I cannot find any
characters that would separate them specifically.

While examining these scales I saw what looked very much
like an antenna—an organ not possessed by the species of
Planchonia when adult. It took a moment’s consideration
to realize that this appearance was no antenna, but a jointed
hair from the host-plant! JI mention this lest some future
observer should be thus deceived.

(5) Dactylopius mexicanus, Sp. n.

City of Mexico.

@ (not adult). Body about 3 millim. long, broad, with
subtruncate broad extremities ; sides with many long hairs,
not covered with secretion, but their bases partly enveloped
in white secretion. Caudal filaments about as long as lateral
and without (or nearly without) secretion; caudal filaments
about (or hardly) half length of body. Body above pale
yellowish grey, with mealy white secretion rather sparsely

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii.

50 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on some Meaxican Coccide.

scattered all over, except where there are black markings.
These black markings consist of a band passing obliquely
backwards from each ocular region towards the dorsum, but
instead of meeting dorsally, these bands bend and form two
parallel faint dorsal bands. ach oblique band, near its
origin, sends off a posterior branch, which, running along the
side of the body, forms one arm of a Y, the other arm and the
base being the oblique band. In addition to this, a short
distance behind the middle, three segments are black external
to the dorsal bands, together forming on each side of the back
a conspicuous black patch.

9 (adult). Body about 54 millim. long. General colour
pale greyish, the dorsal black patches almost obsolete and the
dorsal bands or lines becoming interrupted; the black ¥ alone
remaining distinct. Caudal and lateral filaments or hairs
without white secretion, caudal ones about (or hardly) half as
long as body.

The adult is thus less conspicuously marked than those
about two-thirds grown. The young, however, have the
black marks nearly or quite obsolete, the white secretion
tends to form interrupted dorsal and lateral keels, and the
caudal and lateral filaments are broadly covered with fine
white secretion, the caudal appearing rather longer than the
lateral. One can only distinguish five to eight secretion-
covered processes on each side, each representing more than
one hair.

¢ sac (puparium) white, ordinary.

3S (adult). Body about 24 millim. long. Caudal filaments
5 millim. long. Wings 33 millim., grey, slightly ochreous
at base, veins darkened. Head, body, and legs grey, but
dorsum of abdomen white with secretion. Filaments diver-
ging, curving near their ends, conspicuously white.

All the above characters can be observed with a hand-lens.

A microscopical examination revealed the following addi-
tional features :—

@ (adult). Legs and antenne brown. Antenne eight-
jointed, third the longest; 4 longer than 2, 6 and 7 about
equal; 4 a little shorter than 4, but a little longer than 6; 8
a little longer than 4; 1 about as long as 2. Antennal
formula therefore 3884 (215) (67).

Tibia longer than femur, tarsus less than half as long as
tibia. Claw large.

Larva with seven-jointed antenne, 7 longest, then 3.
Tibia about one fourth longer than tarsus.

Eggs oval.

‘This species is somewhat allied to D. vérgatus, Ckll., but

My. T. D. A. Cockerell on some Mexican Coccide. 51

amply distinct. It is remarkable for its large size and the
Y markings.
(6) Orthezia insignis, Dougl, var.
Vera Cruz.
The specimens differ a little from those found in Jamaica,

but there is nothing to separate them specifically from
insignis.

(7) Pulvinaria lutea, sp. n.

Vera Cruz, on variegated Croton.

@ (adult). On underside of leaves. Sacs about 10 millim.
long and 4 broad, convex but depressed, of satiny texture,
with nearly parallel sides. Colour bright lemon-yellow. The
brown shrivelled female is largely overlapped by the ovisac,
which is here plicate, with a tendency to be trifid.

Substance of body (in caustic soda) yellow; margin with
large, distinct, and numerous spines. Derm with numerous
tubular glands.

Legs reddish. Femur about one third longer than tibia ;
tarsus a little more than one third length of tibia. Claw short
and curved. ‘Trochanter with two equal strong bristles.
Femur with a very stout large bristle at right angles to its
surface, before its middle. Tn one specimen this bristle was
observed to be accompanied by a smaller similar one. ‘Tibia
with a few hairs and a long bristle at right angles to its
surface at the distal end. ‘Three strong oblique bristles spring
from the side of the tarsus. The tarsal knobbed hairs are
very long and stout and distinctly knobbed. The digitules
of the claw are immense, with very stout stalks, and broad
large flattened knobs. Both digitules and tarsal hairs must
be deciduous, as the first leg [ examined showed none.

Fégg oval, reddish (in soda).

Young larva has the claw longer and practically straight,
with the usual digitules and knobbed hairs. ind end trun-
cate, with a cleft in the manner of Lecanium, and a short
bristle arising from each side of the cleft.

The young exhibit the usual characters of the group—the
anal cleft, the four lateral incisions, &c. The spines in the
lateral incisions are short. The hairs along the margin are
short, not very numerous, and show a tendency to be knobbed.
The posterior cleft is open, and two bristles project from its
centre. The shape of the young is elongate, with nearly
parallel sides. Colour pale brown or whitish. The eyes,
situated on the margin, are reddish brown. The dorsum is
bluntly keeled.

4

52 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on some Mexican Coccide.

I do not know any species nearly allied to this. It is
easily distinguished by its bright yellow ovisac, bristly margin
of the female, long femoral bristle, and the large thick digi-
tules of the claw. It is possible that the two bristles ascribed
to the trochanter are really on the distal end of the coxa.

(8) Lecantum olee (Bern.).
City of Mexico.

(9) Lecanium hesperidum (L.).

On stems of rose, Vera Cruz; on tree (not identified), City
of Mexico.

(10) Lecantum terminalie, Ckll., var.

On leaves of a liliaceous plant, Vera Cruz.

@ (adult). Margin with very few (simple) hairs. Derm
with small circular gland-spots. Sides of scale with radiating
pigment-bands. Parts of the scale and insect turn reddish
purple in soda. Anal plates with their posterior external
margins considerably longer than their anterior margins.
Legs small; tarsus with slender knobbed hairs, knobs rudi-
mentary ; tarsus about two thirds length of tibia; tibia about
three fourths length of femur.

Eggs oval, granular.

Larva with long and slender knobbed tarsal hairs, the knobs
rudimentary. Femur decidedly shorter than tibia+ tarsus.

L. terminalia was described from specimens found on
Terminalia at Jamaica, and its occurrence on a liliaceous
plant at Vera Cruz was quite unexpected, so much so that
until | examined the details of its structure I did not suppose
I had terminalia, but rather Signoret’s acwminatum, which
was found on orchids in a Parisian hothouse.

These Vera-Cruz terminalie were only a few feet away
from arose-bush swarming with hespertdum, and as one looked
at them it was hard not to conclude that they were all one
species, the terminalie modified by the nature of the food-
plant. Yet in Kingston, Jamaica, where one finds terminalie
on Terminalia, I have found occasionally on liliaceous plants
true hespertdum, and not terminalie at all!

In some few respects, such as the details of the feet, the
Vera Cruz specimens differ from typical terminalia ; but I am
certainly not prepared to make a new species out of them on
these grounds. From acuminatum they differ in the length

Mr. O. Thomas on a new Bornean Tupaia. 53

of the tarsus and the shape of the larva, and also in being
Oviparous.
(11, 12) Ceroplastes, spp.
These two species (one of which will probably have to be
referred to a distinct genus) are held over, to be described in
another article treating of the Mexican species of this genus.

Las Cruces, New Mexico, U.S.A.,
June 5, 1893.

XIV.—Description of a new Bornean Tupaia.
By OLDF1ELD THOMAS.
Tupata gracilis, sp. n.

Intermediate in size between the smallest species of the
genus (7. javanica, minor, &c.) and the middle-sized ones ©
(7. dorsalis, picta, montana, and others). Build slender ;
feet and tail long.

General colour all over above, including the head, back,
outer sides of limbs, and upper surface of tail, clear finely
grizzled olive, nearly uniform throughout. Shoulder-streak
distinct, pure white. Under surface and inner sides of limbs
dirty whitish, the throat with a strong salmon-coloured suffu-
sion. Hind feet very narrow and elongated, recalling in their
proportions those of the very much larger 7. ferruginea
longipes. Tail very long, fairly bushy, markedly distichous ;
its upper surface coloured like the body, although rather
darker, its lower olive along the line of the vertebre, then
with a broad yellowish band on each side, outside which the
hairs are finely ringed with black and yellowish.

Skull short and broad, with a particularly short and stumpy
muzzle (see measurements).

Dimensions of the type (an adult male in skin) :—

Head and body 165 millim. ; tail 175; hind foot, without
claws, 38.

Skull: greatest length, occiput to gnathion, 39:4; greatest
breadth 21; nasals, length 12, breadth 5°4; interorbital
breadth 12; orbit to gnathion 162 ; palate, breadth outside
m2 12°8, inside ™? 7:3; length of upper tooth-series 19;
length of lower jaw 25:5; combined lengths of three lower
molars 7°6.

A second specimen, also a male, preserved in spirit,
has a trunk-length of 138 millim., with its tail 161
millim. and its hind foot 41°2 millim. in length ; but the
differences between these measurements and those of the skin

54 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the

appear to be mainly due to the difference in the method of
preservation.

flab. Apoh River, base of Mount Batu Song, Baram
district, East Sarawak.

Type collected September 1891.

The typical skin of this species was obtained by Mr. A. H.
Everett, and was recognized both by him and Mr. Charles
Hose (who also got a specimen at the same time and place) as
a different species to any previously known to them ; and this
opinion is quite confirmed by an examination of the Museum
collection of Zupaie. 'There is, however, another example of
it in the Museum, obtained by the Marquis G. Doria in Sara-
wak in 1867, and generously presented by him in 1888.
This specimen I had not previously closely examined, but had
supposed it to be an old individual of 7. m¢nor; it proves on
comparison, however, to be quite similar to the example
collected by Mr. Everett.

Although without any conspicuous or specially charac-
teristic colours or markings, 7’. gracilis is readily distinguish-
able both by its size (in which it is just intermediate between
two groups of species). and by its coloration, the only species
resembling it at all in this respect being the much smaller
and sharper-nosed 7. m¢nor and the equally larger 7. Belan-
gert of Burma and the Malay Peninsula.

XV.—The Coxal Glands of Scorpio. By Henry M. Ber-
NARD, M.A. Cantab. (from the Huxley Research Labora-
tory).

[Plate II.]

WHILE working at the comparative morphology of the Galeo-
did, I have found it necessary to make a careful examination
of the coxal glands of Scorpio, for purposes of comparison.
Although these glands, through the researches of Lankester *
and Sturany {, are already fairly well known, some points
were left uncertain and vague—e. g., the nature of the “ medul-
lary substance,’ and the question whether in adults the
glands opened to the exterior, This paper embodies the
definite results which I have obtained on these two interesting
points.

While reserving full details of the coxal glands of Galeodes

* “On the Skeleto-trophic Tissues and Coxal Glands of Zimulus,
Scorpio, and Mygale,” Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. xxiv., 1884,

+ “ Die Coxaldriisen der Arachnoideen,” Arb. Zool. Inst. Wien, t, rx,
Heft 2, 1891. é

Coxal Glands of Scorpio. 55

for my larger publication, it is necessary briefly to describe
them here, as their arrangement throws important light on
the morphology of the coxal gland in Scorpio. A long coiled
tube opens just behind the first pair of legs; it runs backwards
among the muscles and nerves, free of connective tissue, then,
bending forward again, ends near its external opening. ‘The
proximal end of this long duct is occasionally found expanded
into aspongy mass of branching and anastomosing tubules,
which join with the similar mass of tubules from the coxal
gland of the other side to form a barrier across the cephalo-
thorax. Through this spongy mass the blood, flowing back-
wards freely through the body, must filter. It is important
to bear in mind that these tubules are simply a development
of the ends of the ducts, and the whole may be dissected out
free from the body without any entanglement of connective
tissue or blood-vessels, which latter do not exist in Galeodes.

I am inclined to think that the histology of this gland is
not so simple as it appears at first sight, and that Macleod’s
description® of it, though in the main correct, requires revision.
I am not, therefore, as yet in a position to make any histolo-
gical comparisons between the coxal gland of Galeodes and
that of Scorpio.

The gland opens in Scorpio, not on the first leg, as in
Galeodes, but in exactly the spot where I have recently
shown f{ that the coxal gland of the Chernetide opens, viz. on
the posterior face of the coxa of the third leg. In Scorpvo
this posterior face of the coxa of the third leg is fused with
the anterior face of the coxa of the fourth leg. But this
fusion is so far incomplete as to form a channel close up
against the body ; this channel runs forward from the external
opening of the gland, so that the excretory matters find their
way to the exterior between the tips of the coxe of the third
and fourth pairs of legs close to the sternal plate. In serial
sections both the duct of the coxal gland, on its way to the
chitinous channel thus formed by the fused cox, and the
chitinous channel itself are very easy to find, and the fact that
they have been missed by former investigators { can only be
explained by the frequent tearing of the sections by fragments
of hard chitin.

Plate Il. fig. 1 shows the chitinous channel in section,
while figs. 2 and 8 show the connexion of the duct of the
coxal gland with this c!.annel.

The duct of the gland is much coiled and forms a compact

* Bull. Ac. Bruxelles (8) t. viii., 1884.
+ Journ. Linn. Soc., Zoology (in press).
t Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. xxiv. p. 154.

56 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the

mass bound together by connective tissue. The walls of the
duct are bulged out to form what look like short branches,
but which are in reality only pocket-like outpushings. A
large nucleus lies in each pocket.

The cells of the duct are no longer demonstrable as simple
cells; their outermost portions are arranged in strands of
staining protoplasm and clearmatter. Lankester has suggested
that these clear striae might be tubes; but I think it more
probable that they are inflowing streams of the excretory
matter. This excretory matter, after passing through the
outer portions of the cells, seems to be absorbed by the nuclei,
which swell enormously and bulge out the wall of the duct
as above described. In this swollen state they no longer
take stain, but are large clear vesicles which are detached
into the lumen of the tube, where they finally break down.
Besides these enormous nuclei (21 ~ in long diameter), others
of all sizes are found, some comparatively small (12 y), with
deeply-staining chromosomes. Although I have found no
traces of dividing nuclei—dividing ¢@. e. in order to replace
those which are cast off--Lankester has a figure * of the coxal
gland of Buthus cyaneus in which the nuclei are obviously
dividing. Between the nuclei and the lumen of the tube there
is avery thin layer of staining and apparently undifferentiated
protoplasm.

While in Scorpio the nuclei appear, as above described, to
absorb the excretory matter and to be cast off, in Galeodes
this matter is apparently collected in vacuoles of the cyto-
plasm, which are then detached and fiil the lumen of the duct
with clear round vesicles. ‘The detachment of the nuclei in
Scorpio has been mentioned by Lankester and Sturany ;
but both seem doubtful whether this may not be due to the
preparation of the sections. lig. 2, however, shows a portion
of the duct in which there are more detached nuclei in the
lumen of the duct than could have been derived from the
wall, where, indeed, the nuclei are still found én s¢tu. Further,
the different character of the nuclei (the solid staining and
the large clear vesicular nuclei) seems to have escaped obser-
vation. ‘The latter alone are found free in the lumen of the
duct. ‘This remarkable function of the nuclei, as to the
correctness of which I think there can be little doubt, deserves
further investigation.

This highly differentiated duct terminates, as is sometimes
the case in Ga/leodes, in a sponge-like system of branched
tubules. This mass of tubules does not, however, develop
freely among the tissues of the body as in Galeodes, but is
gathered together into a compact mass, round which the main

* Quart. Journ, Mier. Sci. xxiv, pl. xii. fig. 5.

Coxal Glands of Scorpio. 7

On

duct above described coils. These tubules are bathed in a
blood-stream, which is brought by a special vessel which
arises from that accompanying the nerve running into the
third leg. The blood is conducted by this vessel between
the anterior layer of the coil of the coxal gland, and is then
discharged freely among these end-tubules. The histology of
these tubules differs considerably from that of the main duct.
The epithelium lining the tubules in Scorpio is apparently
discontinuous, the cells, containing large nuclei, being irregu-
larly scattered upon the membranous wall of the tubule
(figs. 4 and 5). ‘This mass of tubules with the blood-spaces
between them has been called by Lankester the “ medullary
substance.” ‘This name, while it applies perhaps to the state
- of the end-tubules figured by him, which must represent that
of a very young specimen, is totally inapplicable to the adult
condition. ‘That this part of the gland happens to be medul-
lary at all is simply due to the coiling of the main duct
around its proximal branched portion. In the Chernetide we
also have the proximal end of the gland surrounded by the
coils of the duct; but there are no branching tubules such as
we find in Galeodes and Scorpio.

No one can examine these end-tubules of the coxal gland
of Scorpio without being reminded of the end-saccules to the
antennal and shell-glands of the Crustacea. Sturany sus-
pected that these tubules represented a typical end-saccule,
but was unable to prove it. Perhaps I have been more
fortunate in my sections ; working from before backwards, it
is easy to find in the anterior sections the blood-spaces in
connexion with the blood-vessel above described. he actual
opening of the blood-vessel into the blood-spaces is much
disguised by a peculiar group of cells (PI. IL. fig. 4, c), between
which the blood seems to flow. In these sections the blood-
spaces are more conspicuous than are the tubules. In the
posterior sections the connexion between the main duct and
the tubules is also easy to find (fig. 5).

The transition between the scattered epithelium of the end-
saccule and the specialized striated epithelium of the main
duct I have endeavoured to show in fig. 5.

The presence of typical end-saccules at the proximal ends
of the coxal glands of Galeodes and Scorpio has an important
bearing on the morphology of the antennal and shell-glands
of the Crustacea. In the first place, it is difficult to doubt
that these are all homologous structures; the extraordinary
histological likeness between the main ducts and their common
development of end-saccules seems to me to render the
homology almost certain. ‘lhe great importance of this
homology, however, lies in the fact that the end-saccule in

58 Mr. H. M. Bernard on the

the Crustacean gland would then be, what it clearly is in
Galeodes, a development of the proximal end of an originally
simple tubule, and not, as is often suggested, a modified
portion of a primitive coelom.

The establishment of this point would be one more argu-
ment in favour of my view that the antennal and shell-glands
of the Crustacea are probably derivations of acicular or seti-
parous glands*, It is interesting tonote that a similar sugges-
tion had already been made by Hisig } with regard to the
origin of the coxal glands of the Arachmnids.

In both cases (¢. e. in Crustacea and Arachnida) we should
then have setiparous glands gradually specialized for excretory
purposes as the primitive nephridia became specialized into
genital ducts. The extreme plasticity of the setiparous glands
is well known—slime-glands, spinning-glands, and poison-
glands being generally deduced from them ; further, tracheal
invaginations and salivary glands may also with great proba-
bility be traced back to them. That some of them should
have become specialized for excretion is not improbable.

Without enlarging any further on this suggested deriva-
tion of the antennal and shell-glands of the Crustacea and the
coxal glands of the Arachnida from sctiparous sacs, I should
like to point out a remarkable physiological connexion which
appears to exist between the different kinds of Arachnidan
glands. Galeodes has no spinning- or poison-glands, but
highly developed coxal glands and Malpighian vessels.
Scorpio has well-developed stinging-glands, which, however,
are but occasionally employed, and well-developed coxal
glands and Malpighian vessels. The Chernetida have very
large true spinning-glands and modified spinning- (cement-)
glands, which are periodically developed. ‘They have, further,
coxal glands, but no Malpighian vessels. In these animals
we have to bear in mind that the spinning- and cement-glands
are not always functional, so that some purely excretory
apparatus for the direct removal of waste products is required
during those times when these excretory matters are not being
utilized for the formation of silk or cement.

In the Araneide we have, as a rule, a perennial flow of silk
and a consequent degeneration of the purely excretory glands.
The coxal glands have, as a rule, degenerated, while the
Malpighian tubules no longer come in contact with the blood-
stream, but ramify through the peritoneal cells which bind
the numerous diverticula of the mid-gut into a solid mass,

* ©The Apodide’ (Macmillan, 1892). ; ‘a
+ Eisig, ‘Die Capitelliden des Golfes yon Neapel’ (1887).

Coxal Glands of Scorpio. 59

often erroneously called the “liver.” The Malpighian tubules
have here, as it appears to me, become specialized for the
removal of fecal matter from the tips of the diverticula *.
In this case the waste products appear to be entirely used up
in the formation of silk.

We find, then, a distinct physiological connexion between
the purely excretory glands and the silk-glands; when the
latter are well developed, the former tend to atrophy or to
become specialized for other functions, and, on the other
hand, when there are no glands for using up the waste products
the purely excretory glands are well developed. ‘This
physiological relationship need not necessarily imply any
homology between the spinning- and poison-glands, on the
one hand, and the excretory glands (coxal glands and Mal-
pighian vessels) on the other, At the same time the common
derivation of all these glands from setiparous sacs would
render such connexion very natural.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IL

Fig. 1. A transverse section of Huscorpio italicus, passing through the tip
of the coxa of the fourth leg, c,. ¢3, coxa of third leg, the pos-
terior face of which is fused with the anterior face of c,, leaving,
however, an open channel, ch ; en, endosclerite ; ”, nerve to the
third leg (the accompanying blood-vessel gives off a branch, 6,
to the coxal gland); sp, sternal plate.

Fig. 2. A few sections further back, showing the part of the duct (d)
leaving the chitinous channel (ch), and the blood-vessel (0)
running backwards. The coil of the coxal gland is also cut
through tangentially ; nuclei in various stages of vesiculation
are found, the largest and most vesicular being detached.

Fig. 3. A portion of the cuticle of Palamneus Thorellit, Pocock, macerated
in caustic potash, showing the posterior face of the coxa of the
third leg seen from within. ma, chitinous attachments for
muscles ; ch, the channel between c, and c,; d, chitinous intima
close to the aperture of the duct; sp, portion of the sternal

late.

Fig. 4. Lean section through the end-saccule (the so-called “ medul-
lary substance”), The clear portions are the blood-passages,
the dotted parts are the tubules of the end-saccule. The opening
of the blood-vessel is marked by a curious aggregation of cells (¢)
(? Sturany’s “ Blutzellen”) between which the blood flows.

Fig. 5. Posterior section through the end-saccule, showing that the latter
is but an expansion of the coiled duct. Between the scattered
epithelium of the end-saccule and the highly specialized epithe-
lium of the coiled duct occurs a short band of epithelium appa-
rently quite undifferentiated.

Fig. 6. Diagram of the gland, showing the special blood-vessel discharging
its contents among the tubules of the end-saccule. Lettering as
above.

* “Notes on some of the Digestive Processes in Arachnids,” Journ. R,
Micr. Soe. (in press).

60 On the Nature of ‘ Hemapophyses.”

XVI.—On the Nature of ““ Hemapophyses,” in reply to some
Criticisms of M. Dollo. By G. A. BOULENGER.

In two papers published in the ‘ Bulletin scientifique de
France,’ xxiv. 1892, of which extracts have been kindly sent
me by the author, M. L. Dollo has endeavoured to show
that his maxim, ‘‘ Chez tous les vertebrés, les cétes sont homo-
logues aux cétes et les hemapophyses aux hemapophyses,”
being true, the views I have expressed as to the nature of the
Reptilian chevrons are necessarily incorrect. I fear my friend
lets himself be carried astray by theories which, however
fascinating they may appear when treated in the talented
manner with which all readers of his works are familiar, are,
in this special case, unsupported by facts. I maintain that
there is not at present the slightest evidence that the chevrons
are homologous throughout the Vertebrata, as my critic will
have it, An examination of the vertebral column of Amia
suffices to show how, in that type, the true ribs gradually
converge ventrally towards the caudal region, and do duty
for the ‘ hemapophyses.” The embryological researches of
C. Scheel (Morphol. Jahrb. xx. 1893, p. 1) also prove that in
the Teleoste1 the hemapophyses are formed by the parapo-
physes or parapophyses and ribs. It further appears to me
that M. Dollo, when writing on the subject, had not present
to his mind the multitudinous modifications of the vertebral
column of Teleosteans, for I cannot see how his account of
the relations of the ribs and hemal arch can be reconciled
with the structure of such a well-known type as the typical
Scomberoids, Mackerel or Tunny.

I here quote Cuvier on the Mackerel :—“ L’épine a trente
et une vertébres, ...... Les apophyses transverses forment
Vanneau [hemapophysis] dés la dixiéme. Elles ont d’abord
deux cotes de chaque cété, partant du méme point ; ensuite
les cétes se séparent un peu. Les supérieures, plus courtes,
durent jusqu’a la dix-huititme vertébre; les autres, plus
longues, cessent dés la treiziéme.’’ Hence we have on one
and the same vertebra (10th to 13th) the two ribs, assumed
by M. Dollo to represent the true rib and the hemapophysis,
in addition to the hemal arch.

A further argument against M. Dollo’s theory of the
homology of the hemal arch throughout the Vertebrata is
derived from the fact that in certain Cyprinoids the anterior
thoracic vertebrae possess a ventral arch enclosing the aorta.
This arch is pronounced by Scheel to be formed by mere
fibrous processes of the centrum, and to be homologous with
the chevrons of Urodele Batrachians.

Changes of Plumage in the Red Grouse. 61

I therefore conclude that the hemal arch is not homo-
logous throughout the Vertebrata, as it may be formed by the
ribs alone (Amia), by the parapophyses or parapophyses and
ribs (Teleoste’), or by mere ventral processes of the centra or
intercentra ; that the “ heemapophysis,” as an element, does
not exist; and that the interpretation I have given to the
chevrons of Reptiles is correct.

XVII.—On the Tadpole of Pelobates syriacus, Boettger.
By G. A. BOULENGER.

AMONG some Batrachians from Syria which their collector,
Professor J. Barrois, has kindly sent me, were four large
tadpoles, which I should have pronounced as of Pelobates
fuscus, were it not for the locality whence they were pro-
cured—the immediate environs of Damascus. Now, the
Pelobates of Syria which, in its perfect condition, stands
much nearer to P. cultripes than to P. fuscus, has recently
been described by Dr. Boettger under the name of P. syriacus ;
and I therefore feel justified in applying that name to these
tadpoles, although I am unable to point out any character of
importance by which they are to be distinguished from the
common species, P. fuscus.

The nostrils are equally distant from the eyes and the
end of the snout; the distance between them equals one half
the interocular width, which equals once and a half to once
and two thirds the width of the mouth. ‘The tail is nearly
thrice as long as deep, acutely pointed, once and two thirds
to twice the length of the body. The beak and lips agree
entirely with P. fuscus.

The largest specimen measures 120 millim. Length of
body 42, width of body 25; length of tail 78, depth of tail 28.

I may add that I have received from Prof. R. Collett a
young specimen of P. syriacus, stated to be from Smyrna.

XVIII.— Notes on the Changes of Plumage in the Red Grouse
(Lagopus scoticus). By W. R. OGILvie Grant.

So many books have been written on British Birds that it
seems curious any new facts regarding the sexual differences
or changes of plumage in our common species should still
remain unrecorded or only imperfectly described.

Some time ago, in two articles published in the columns of

62 Mr. W. R. O. Grant on the
the ‘Field’ (21st Nov., 1891, and 9th April, 1892), I pointed

out that the true sexual differences in the plumage of the Com-
mon Partridge (Perdix perdix) had been entirely overlooked,
and that the chestnut horseshoe mark on the breast, generally
supposed to be a distinctive character between the male and
female, was of little or no value, being largely developed in
the great majority of young female birds of the year. The
only reliable character for distinguishing the sexes was to be
found in the markings of the lesser and median wing-coverts.
The longitudinal buff shaft-stripe in these feathers is well
defined in both sexes, but the females have the ground-colour
blackish transversely barred with buff, while in the males
(except in the feathers of the first plumage) these markings
are always absent, and the whole feather is sandy buff, finely
mottled and vermiculated with blackish, and blotched with
chestnut on one or sometimes on both webs. Very young
males in the first plumage resemble the female, but the
chestnut-blotched lesser wing-coverts of the adult plumage
are among the first to appear, so that one can easily distin-
guish the two sexes at a very early period of their existence.

During the preparation of the twenty-second volume of the
‘Catalogue of Birds,’ I have been enabled, through the kind-
ness of numerous friends, to add enormously to our series of
British game birds, so that, at the present time, the British
Museum series of Perdix perdix and Lagopus scoticus are
fairly complete. In the present note I wish to submit some
extremely interesting and important facts concerning the
latter species, the like of which, so far as I am aware, are
without parallel in ornithology. My present remarks are the
result of nearly a year’s careful study of the changes of
plumage in the Red Grouse, during which I have gradually
obtained from various sources the necessary specimens repre-
senting the different male and female plumages throughout
the entire year.

When | first examined our very incomplete series, I had
little doubt that my present conclusions were correct, but the
chain of evidence was then too incomplete to speak with the
absolute certainty I can at present.

Mr. J. G. Millais (Game Birds and Shooting-Sketches,
pp. 69, 70 [1892]) gives a most excellent and complete
account of the various changes of plumage undergone by the
Ptarmigan (L. mutus) during each month of the year. ‘These
changes are of three kinds :—firstly, those caused by three
distinct partial moults, which occur in spring, autumn, and
winter in both male and female; secondly, those produced by
a change of pattern in the feathers themselves, which is

Changes of Plumage in the Red Grouse. 63

accomplished without any moult; thirdly, those arising from
the wearing-off of the tips and fading of the colour.

Mr. Millais speaks of the changes in the Red Grouse as
being coincident with those of the Ptarmigan, but this is
not really the case.

There can be little doubt that our Red Grouse is merely an
insular form of the Willow-Grouse (Z. lagopus), and that the
protective white winter plumage, being no longer a necessity,
has been gradually dropped. The Willow-Grouse, like the
Ptarmigan, bas three distinct partial moults during the year,
and one would naturally suppose that in the Red Grouse the
white winter moult common to both sexes was the one which
had been omitted, but this is only the case with the female.

Lagopus scoticus is subject to great variation, and before
attempting tu give any description of the different plumages
I must state that in the male three distinct types of plumage
are recognizable—a red form, a black form, and a white-
spotted form. ‘he first of these, in which the general colour
is red without any white spots, is mostly found in the low
grounds of Ireland, the west coast of Scotland, and the
Outer Hebrides. Of the second or black form typical
examples are rarely met with, and it is usually found mixed
with either the red- or white-spotted forms ; but most often
with both, and specimens in mixed plumage are those most
commonly met with. The third or white-spotted form is
spotted all over the breast and belly, and sometimes on the
head and upper parts, with white. ‘The most typical exam-
ples of this form are usually found in the high ground of the
north of Scotland. In the female five distinct types are
recognizable—the red, the black, the white-spotted, the buff-
spotted, and the buff-barred forms. The first two are the
rarest: the white-spotted form occurs as in the male; the
buff-spotted form, which is the commonest and the one usually
met with, has the feathers of the upper parts spotted at the
tip with yellowish buff. The fifth or buff-barred form,
which is met with in the south of Ireland, resembles in
winter the ordinary female in breeding-plumage, and has the
upper parts rather coarsely barred with buff and black.

Bearing in mind the above remarks, the changes of plu-
mage in the ordinary forms may be briefly described as
follows :—

Adult male (winter and summer plumages). General colour
above black, with finely mottled bars of dark chestnut; head
and neck dark chestnut; top of the head and back of the
neck marked with black ; feathers of the mantle, lower back,
rump, and upper tail-coverts with narrow transverse bars

64 Changes of Plumage in the Red Grouse.

and vermiculations of black and chestnut, the latter colour
usually predominating. As is usual in this group of birds
with incomplete moults, the autumn plumage is rarely com-
pletely donned, a greater or lesser number of worn summer
feathers being retained. No change whatever is made in the
plumage of the male, when once his winter garb is complete in
October, till after the breeding-season ; and towards the end
of June or beginning of July he commences gradually
moulting into his autumn plumage, which is complete by the
middle of August. In summer the white spots on the under-
parts, if present, are much less prominent, but this is ac-
counted for by the wearing-off of the ends of the feathers.

Adult male (autumn plumage). The upper parts are black,
marked and spotted with rufous-buff or buff, and edged all
round with paler buff; the markings are usually more or
less concentric on the mantle and back, and the chest is more
or less strongly barred and marked with black and buff.

In September the first feathers of the winter plumage
begin to appear on the back, and the barred chest-feathers
are mostly replaced by dark chestnut feathers narrowly barred
with black.

Adult female (autumn and winter plumages). Upper parts
black, with narrow irregular bars of rufous, and a buff spot
at the tip of most of the feathers; chest feathers narrowly
and often irregularly barred with rufous and black, and
usually more or less tipped with buff. This plumage is re-
tained throughout the autumn and winter ; in early spring
the feathers of the summer plumage begin to moult, and
by the end of April or beginning of May the summer plumage
is complete. Many of the rufous and black autumn-winter
feathers, especially those of the chest, sides, and flanks, are
not renewed, but change their pattern without a moult.
Down the middle of these there first appears a buff shaft-
stripe ; gradually this stripe resolves itself into several
spots, which spread laterally towards the margins of the
feather; meanwhile the interspaces become black, and thus
a black and buff barred feather is produced very similar to
those which are newly moulted, but not so bright and fresh-
looking.

Adult female (summer plumage). Upper parts black,
coarsely mottled and margined with buff or rufous buff;
most of the markings are more or less concentric, and the
buff margins to the feathers of the back and scapulars give
the bird a more or less scaled appearance; most of the
feathers of the neck, chest, sides, and flanks are buff, coarsely
and irregularly barred with black. In July the autumn

Aphanapteryx of Mauritius and Chatham Islands. 65

plumage begins to appear, and is complete about the end of
August or beginning of September; no further moult takes
place tiil the following spring.

This species is distinguished from all other members of
the genus Lagopus by having the primaries brownish black.

From the above remarks it will be seen that two very
extraordinary facts have been ascertained beyond doubt :—

1, That the male gets no distinct summer plumage, but
has distinct autumn and winter plumages, and retains the
latter throughout the breeding-season.

2. That the female has a distinct swmmer plumage, which
is complete by the end of April; also a distinct autumn
plumage, but never assumes a distinct winter garb, retaining

her autumn plumage till the following spring.

XIX.—Note on the Aphanapteryx of Mauritius and of the
Chatham Islands. By H. O. Forpgs.

THE importance, from the point of view of the geographical
distribution of lite in the Southern Hemisphere, of the accu-
rate determination of the osteological remains discovered last
year in the Chatham Islands, and of having them identified
or not with the types preserved in the Cambridge University
Museum, has induced me to anticipate my fuller paper on
the remains of the extinct birds of the New-Zealand region,
by presenting to those interested in this subject careful figures
(two thirds of the natural size) of some of their more important
bones. I have selected those which have been described and
figured by Sir Edward Newton and Dr. Gadow in their valuable
paper ‘On Additional Bones of the Dodo and other Extinct
Birds of Mauritius obtained by Mr. Théodore Sauzier,” read
before the Zoological Society of London on November Ust
1892, and about to appear in the next part of the ‘ Transac-
tions’ of the Society. Through Dr. Gadow’s kindness in
giving me a proof of this paper, to facilitate my comparison of
the Chatham-Island material with the Mauritian, I am able to
exhibit figures of the types of the premaxilla, the left humerus,
and the sternum by the side of the corresponding bones from
the Chatham Islands. ‘The remains from the former locality
are more fragmentary than those from the latter. Of the
cranium from Mauritius no more, with the exception of the
mandible, is known than is shown in fig. 2, Several of the
skulls of Aphanapteryx Hawkinsi, on the other hand, are
absolutely complete except for their pterygoid bones, which

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 5)

66 Aphanapteryx of Mauritius and Chatham Islands.

have not yet been found. I have figured (fig. 1) therefore
only the portion of A. Hawkinsi corresponding to that known
of A. Broecki. It will be observed that, except in size, the
premaxille in the two forms agree very closely together.
‘The same, indeed, may be said of the humeri. ‘The humerus
of A, Hawkins (fig. 3) differs from that of A. Broecki (fig. 4)

only in being somewhat larger and stouter. The sternum of
the former (figs. 5 and 7, in its ventral and lateral aspects
respectively) is much more perfect than that of the latter,
whose anterior lateral processes and posterior portion (figs. 6
and 8) are all wanting.

I think it will be generally conceded by those ornitho-
logists who compare the four pairs of drawings here given that

Bibliographical Notice. 67

they present no characters by which the Chatham-Island bones
ean be generically distinguished from the Mauritian, and that
they both belong to the same genus, Aphanapteryx, though
perhaps they may constitute two species.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Wild Spain (Espana agreste): Records of Sport with Rifle, Rod,
and Gun, Natural History and Exploration. By Ast CuoarMan
and Watrer J. Buck. London: Gurney and Jackson, 1893.

No reader will close this book without admitting that it is at least

- the production of authors who are thoroughly conyersant with their

subject; and that isa great deal more than can truthfully be said of
a large number of works on Spain, many of which are made up of
the grumbles or the gushings of the very ordinary tourist, with
descriptions—compiled from guide-books—of the principle aunti-
quities and utterly impossible versions of bull-fights. There is no
padding of that kind in the present work; no cathedral or picture-
gallery is ever mentioned; and it is muchif the word “ railway ”
occurs incidentally, although in travelling from the great plains to
the south of Seville or the Sierra Nevada—beloved of the ibex—to
the snows of the Sierra de Gredos and the trout-streams of Biscay,
railways are useful accessories. This sketch of Espana agreste—
rural, sport-affording Spain—is redolent of the keen air of the
mountains, the indescribable freshness which, even in the heat of
summer, is wafted across the marisma, and the spicy resin-laden
odour of the pinales; and, as such, it will commend itself to every
true lover of nature. To many of our readers Mr. Chapman is
already known by his ‘ Bird-life on the Border ’—which we noticed
favourably about four years ago—and his excellent articles on the
ornithology of Spain contributed to ‘The Ibis’; while Mr. Buck
has long been a resident at Jerez, and is one of the keenest sports-
men in the Peninsula. And they have shown no undue haste in
publishing their experiences, for more than twenty years have
elapsed since they commenced those sporting excursions which have
extended to the present day and have resulted in the handsome
and profusely illustrated work now before us.

Spontaneity and an absence of effort are noticeable features of
the book, and another characteristic is the mixedness of its con-
tents, resembling in this respect those ollas which are a household
word in connexion with Spanish cookery. Sometimes, as in the
chapters on the fighting-bull of Spain, brigandage, agriculture, and
viticulture (with important observations on crops, horse-breeding,
live-stock, the olive, and the vine), the gypsies, past and present,
&c., we detect the preponderance of the experienced resident in the
person of Mr. Buck; other chapters show joint collaboration, and it

68 Bibliographical Notice.

is not always easy to understand which of the partners is speaking
in the first person singular; while the notes on bird-life in the
marisma as well as in the mountains will be recognized as princi-
pally due to Mr. Chapman. Most ornithologists are aware that he
was the first of our countrymen who obtained absolute proof of the
manner in which the Flamingo nests, having waded under a burning
sun for long distances through mud and water in order to sketch these
wary birds actually sitting on their nests. That the old statement
respecting the bird’s position astride was an easily explained fable
had for some time been the opinion of those persons who had given
the matter a thought; but it was Mr. Chapman who proved the
correctness of these surmises, and the accuracy of his descriptions
have been corroborated by the subsequent observations made by Sir
H. H. Blake, when Governor of the Bahamas. Among the happiest
of the many illustrations are those relating to the flamingoes, stilts,
avocets, herons, ducks, &c., which inhabit the great marshes forming
the delta of the Guadalquivir, and known as the marisma; while
the sketches of birds of prey, both in the plain and on the mountain,
leave nothing to be desired. The attitudes of the vultures, whether
at their nesting-places, banquets, or on the wing, are admirable;
and even should exception be taken to a little hardness in plate
xxyv., its deficiencies from the artistic point of view may well be
pardoned in consideration of the spirit and fidelity with which the
evolutions of the assembling vultures are rendered. There is also
an illustration of a soaring Gypaétus barbatus carrying a snake in
its talons: the bird passed slowly along the line of the sportsmen
in the Sierra Bermeja and appeared to have about “four feet of
writhing reptile ” dangling beneath it. Some interesting particulars
are given respecting this handsome species, persistently styled
“« Lammergeyer ” [sc] by the authors, who prefer, for some inscru-
table reason, a mis-spelt German word to a descriptive English term.
As a rule the German name is, even when correctly spelled, some-
what misleading, for the Bearded Vulture, as we prefer to call the bird,
feeds chiefly on bones (which it smashes by dropping them from a
height), carrion, and—especially in India—the foulest garbage;
but there appears to be strong evidence that during the breeding-
season the bird is destructive to very young kids and lambs: while
Manuel de la Torre, of Madrid, whose accuracy is unimpeachable,
has actually seen one of these birds kill a rabbit. The above
animals, small though they are, would probably be torn to pieces
and swallowed on the spot, for we do not think that this
species could carry off in its clutches anything exceeding a few
pounds in weight. Moreover, Gypaétus barbatus certainly has a
way of coming sharply round the edge of a cliff, and that it might
frighten or even knock a kid off a narrow ledge we have no doubt
whatever ; indeed its sudden apparition, when a man is holding on
with both hands, is sufficiently startling, and under such circum-
stances the bird will sometimes sweep past far more closely than at
other times ; but we never knew it to attack anybody, or to defend
its nest even when it had young.

Bibliographical Notice. 69

It is impossible to refer to half the interesting points presented
by this volume, but the authors’ experiences with the ibex of the
Peninsula deserve notice, for they are, by far, the most novel
feature of the book. This ibex is quite distinct from the steinbok
of the Italian Alps, and belongs to the group of ‘‘turs,” or sheep-
like goats, found in Southern Europe from the Caucasus westward.
No true wild sheep, such as the moufflon, are now known to exist in
Spain; and although Mr. Lydekker, to whose authority we bow, has
stated that the moufflon was formerly abundant in the Peninsula,
we have no knowledge of its existence within historic times
further west than the Balearic Islands, and even there it has long
been extinct. To return to the ibex: it is still found in some of
the deep and remarkably narrow limestone gorges on the Spanish
side of the Pyrenees, and in ‘Short Stalks’ Mr. E. N. Buxton has
given a capital account of his experiences with that wily animal in
‘some of its haunts in Aragon, which were practically, we believe,
rediscovered by the late Sir Victor Brooke. From the Pyrenees we
trace it along the mountains of Central Spain to the Sierra de
Gredos, which forms the apex of the watershed between the Douro
and the Tagus, and by a continuation of that range—known
as the Serra da Estrelha—the ibex enters Portugal. South of this
there appears to be a break of continuity, and when the ibex reappears
in the Sierra Morena (according to the authors) and undoubtedly in
the Sierra Nevada, as well as in the Sierra Bermeja overhanging the
Mediterranean, it has varied so far from the northern type, Capra
pyrenaica, that Schimper considered the differences as specific, and
conferred the name of C. Aispanica upon the southern race. From
their practical and consequently valuable experiences of both races
the authors are able to give us some useful details respecting the
habits and haunts of these animals ; from which it appears that in
the higher ranges ibex never descend, even in winter, to forests or
coverts of any kind; but in the Sierras of Bermeja and Palmitera,
which do not exceed 5000 feet in elevation and are clothed to the
summit with wood, ibex make lairs in the scrub like those of a roe-
deer, and in one drive “wild goat” and wild boar were afoot
simultaneously. But both races resort to the narrowest and most
overhung ledges on the first alarm.

If we were writing for sportsmen we could dilate upon the
chapters on ‘“ Deer driving in the Forests,” ‘‘ Wild-fowling in the
Wilderness” both with the cabrestos or stalking-horses and the
stanchion guns, the hunting of the grisly boar, trout-fishing in the
northern provinces, bustard-shooting, and many other topics ; while
if we have refrained from saying anything about the wild (feral)
camels of the marisma, it is because almost every other reviewer
has, metaphorically, had a shot at them. But we think we have
said enough to give a fair idea of one of the most fascinating volumes
which has ever come under our knowledge.

70 Geological Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

February 22, 1893.—W. H. Hudleston, Esq., M.A., F.R.S.,
President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. “On the Microscopie Structure of the Wenlock Limestone,
with Remarks on the Formation generally.” By Edward Wethered,
Esq., F.G.S., F.R.M.S.

Microscopie sections of limestone have been examined from May
Hill, Purley, and Ledbury, and the exposures of Wenlock Lime-
stone were visited by the Author. As a result of their study, it
appears that these limestones have been deposited under varying
local conditions. At May Hill, the Wenlock Limestone shows three
divisions :—at the base of the quarry a massive limestone, succeeded
by thin-bedded limestones separated by shales, and above these a
nodular, irregularly-bedded limestone. The limestone of this district
shows abundance of granules similar to Oolitic ones, and it is marked
by the occurrence of Girvanella problematica, with new and im-
portant forms of the genus Girvanella.

At Purley, near West Malvern, is a section scmewhat similar to
that at May Hill. Pisolite has been described from this area, and
the Author succeeded in finding a weathered block of limestone full
of pisolites, whilst sections from the beds at the base of the quarry
show them to be more or less oolitic. Amongst other Girvanelle,
a form occurs at Purley which has not been noticed at May
Hill.

The Ledbury limestone is very different from those at May Hill
and Purley. The variety of calcareous organisms which appear to
have contributed to its formation is small. No sign of oolitic struc-
ture has been found here, and Girvanella is only represented by
occasional aggregations of G. problematica, whilst the extraordinary
number of forms obtained from May Hill and Purley shows in how
great a measure the tubules of this organism have contributed to the
formation of the limestones of those places.

The Author at present offers no opinion as to whether Girvanella
is animal or vegetable.

2. “On the Affinities (1) of Anthracoptera, (2) of Anthracomya.”
By Dr. Wheelton Hind, B.S., F.G.S.

In this paper the Author gives the generic characters of the
genera Anthracoptera and Anthracomya, and discusses their affinities.
He gives reasons for supposing that the forms referable to these two
genera lived in fresh water. The following species are described :—

Creological Society. 71

(i) Anthracoptera modiolaris, Sow., A. triangularis, Sow., A. carinata,
Sow., A. quadrata, Sow., A. twmida, Eth. jun., A. obesa, Eth. jun.,
A. elongata, n. sp.; (11) Anthracomya Adamsi, Salt., and var. expansa,
Hind, A. dolobrata, Sow., A. Phillipsii, Williamson, A, scoticc,
Eth. jun., A. modiolaris, Salt., A. elongata, Williamson MS., A.
lanceolata, n. sp., A. obtusa, Ludwig, A. angusta, n. sp., A. subcen-
tralis, Salt., A. pumila, Salt., A. senew, Salt., A. obovata, n. sp.,
A, n. sp., A. Wardi, Salt. MS.

March 22, 1893.—W. H. Hudleston, Esq., M.A., F.R.S.,
President, in the Chair,

The following communications were read :—

1. “On the Jaw of a new Carnivorous Dinosaur from the Oxford
- Clay of Peterborough.” By R. Lydekker, Esq., B.A., F.G.S.

The Author describes a fragment of the left side of a lower jaw of
a Carnivorous Dinosaur from the Oxford Clay of Peterborough,
indicating a new genus and species, which he names Sarcolestes
Leedsi.

2. “On a Mammalian Incisor from the Wealden of Hastings.”
By R. Lydekker, Esq., B.A., F.G.S.

In this paper a small rodent-like tooth from the Wealden of
Hastings, belonging to Sir John Evans, K.C.B., is described. It is
probably the front tooth of one of the mammalian genera found in
the Purbeck Beds, as may be gathered from American specimens.

April 12, 1893.—W. H. Hudleston, Esq., M.A., F.R.S.,
President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. “On some Paleozoic Ostracoda from Westmoreland.” By
Prof, T. Rupert Jones, F.R.S., F.G.S8.

In 1865 the Author determined for Prof. Harkness some fossil
Ostracoda which he had obtained from the Lower Silurian rocks of
S.E. Cumberland and N.E. Westmoreland, and subsequently other
specimens mentioned by Harkness and Nicholson in 1872. In
1891 Prof. Nicholson and Mr. Marr submitted a series of similar
microzoa from the same district; and the Author now endeavours
to determine their specific alliances, and revises the list of those pre-
viously collected. He has to notice about eleven forms of Primitia,
Beyrichia, Ulrichia, Aichmina, and Cytherella—several of them being
closely allied as varieties, but all worthy of study as biological
groups, such as have been illustrated from other regions by writers
on the Ostracoda, with the view of the exact determination, if
possible, of species and genera, of their local and more distant or
regional distribution, and of their range in time.

72 Miscellaneous.

2. “On some Paleozoic Ostracoda from the Girvan district in
Ayrshire.” By Prof. T, Rupert Jones, F.R.S., F.G.S8.

This paper aims at the completion of the paleontological account
of the Girvan district, so far as the Ostracoda are concerned ; and
follows up the researches indicated in the ‘Monograph of the
Silurian Fossils of the Girvan District in Ayrshire,’ by Nicholson
and Etheridge, vol. i., 1880.

In about a dozen pieces of the fossiliferous shales, submitted for
examination some few years ago, the writer finds nearly thirty
specimens of Primitia, Beyrichia, Ulrichia, Sulcuna, and Cypridina,
which show interesting gradations of form, not always easy to be
defined as specific or even varietal, but valuable as illustrating modi-
fications during the life-history of individuals, thus often leading
to permanent characteristics of species and genera. Like those for-
merly described in Nicholson and Etheridge’s ‘Monograph,’ the
specimens have all been collected by Mrs. Elizabeth Gray, of
Edinburgh.

3. “On some Bryozoa from the Inferior Oolite of Shipton Gorge,
Dorset.—Part II.” By Edwin A. Walford, Esq., F.G.S.

As we pass backward in time, the characters of the two sub-orders
Cheilostomata and Cyclostomata merge. The accessory organs of
the genus and species described in this paper illustrate this state-
ment. The genus is named Pergensia, and the following new
species are described :—P. nidulata, and vars. major and minima,
P. porifera, P. amphoralis, P. jugosa, P. bi-gibbosa, and P. galeata.
The genus is, however, placed in the sub-order Cheilostomata, thus
recognized for the first time in the Jurassic Series.

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Circulatory Apparatus of Mygale cementaria, Walch.
By M. Marcer Cavsarp,

Tue circulatory apparatus of the Araneida Tetrapneumones has
hitherto been very little studied. So far as I am aware, the only
authors who have dealt with this subject are Dugés, who, in the
illustrated edition cf Cuvier’s ‘ Régne Animal,’ has figured the heart
of the mason Mygale (Nemesia cementaria), and M. Blanchard, who,
after having briefly described the results obtained from the inyesti-
gation of Mygale (Theraphosa) Blondii, in the ‘ Comptes Rendus de
lAcadémie,’ t. xxxiv. 1852, gave a representation of the circulatory
apparatus of this spider in his ‘ Organisation du Régne Animal’
(Arachnides, pls. xv. & xvi.).

Since I had not at my disposal any of the large American species
of Mygale, I had to content myself with our humble mason Mygale
of Provence. In the present communication I shall concern myself

Miscellaneous. (i

only with that portion of the circulatory apparatus which is contained
in the abdomen, that is to say with the heart and the vessels which
open into or issue from it.

The heart of the mason Mygale greatly resembles that of the rest
of the spiders. Enveloped by a pericardium it is situated in the
dorsal portion of the abdomen, immediately beneath the integument.
Its anterior region is attenuated to form the aorta, which penetrates
into the peduncle and passes on to ramify within the cephalothorax.
Its posterior portion exhibits a corresponding diminution in size, and
then terminates with a bifurcation. In transverse section it is not
circular, but shows an angle in its lower part, since the heart is as
it were carinate on its inferior face. Four pairs of lateral
eminences are to be observed upon this organ. The anterior pair,
which correspond to the curvature of the heart, are but slightly
marked ; the following pair, which I shall call the intermediate ones,
are much more prominent, as are also the third (median); finally
the posterior pair, situated near the extremity of the heart, are much
less pronounced. Lach of these eight eminences is perforated by an
aperture, forming a communication between the pericardiac cavity
and the interior of the heart. There are accordingly four pairs of these
apertures, while the Araneida Dipneumones only possess three pairs,
and less in a few very rare cases. The number four has, moreover,
been stated by M. Blanchard for Mygale Blondu. The anterior
apertures are placed at the sides of the heart; the intermediate ones
are a little further advanced towards the dorsal face ; and, lastly, the
median and posterior pairs are almost entirely dorsal, and in these
cases the two apertures of the same pair are separated one from
another, in the median line, only by a somewhat narrow strip of
tissue. Like the corresponding eminences, the intermediate and
median apertures are much more developed than the anterior, and
above all than the posterior pair. The two edges of each aperture
are constituted by powerful bundles of muscular fibres, which
sharply define them.

According to M. Blanchard, the heart of Mygale Blondii is divided
into five chambers. In the mason Mygale this division into
chambers does not exist, any more, in fact, than in the Araneida
Dipneumones. On examining the interior of the heart, we observe
that the two lips of each aperture are turned back in such a way
as to make a noticeable projection on the inside of the heart when
they are applied together. ‘The internal angles of the two apertures
of the same pair are only united together, on the interior of the
organ, by a slightly projecting raphe, which is produced by the
muscles which encirele these orifices; on the floor of the heart a
similar seam is even much less distinct. The arrangement here
described is that of the intermediate and median apertures; it is
even much less pronounced in the case of the anterior and posterior
ones. Neither do we find the valvular folds, which, according to
Dugés, should conceal the origins of the vessels. The heart therefore
forms only a single chamber, “exhibiting four enlargements.

As regards the vessels, Dugés confines himself to stating that

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 6

14 Miscellaneous.

“the heart gives off branches in front and at the sides.” M.
Blanchard figures four pairs of pnewmo-cardiac vessels, which bring
the blood from the lungs to the heart, and three pairs of arteries
issuing from the heart. There exists only two pairs of pneumo-
cardiac vessels, or pulmonary veins; these are constituted by pro-
longations of the pericardium. ‘Those of the anterior pair collect
the blood from the anterior lungs and open into the pericardium
opposite the anterior apertures of the heart ; those of the posterior
pair receive the blood from the posterior lungs and discharge at the
level of the intermediate apertures. Further back many pro-
longations of the pericardium are seen, but these only form ligaments
uniting the heart to the dorsal integument.

As for the vessels which carry the blood away from the heart,
we may distinguish the following. At the level of the median
cardiac apertures there arises, on the inferior face of the heart, a
pair of large lateral arteries which ramify abundantly and irrigate
the anterior portion of the abdomen. At their origin they are
separated one from the other by two hypocardiac ligaments. Below
the posterior apertures there arise, like the foregoing, two other
lateral arteries of rather narrow diameter, and, between the bases
of these, there detaches itself from the heart a capacious trunk
which takes a vertical direction. It soon gives rise behind to a
branch which I consider as corresponding to the caudal artery of
the other Arancida; then, having reached the upper surface of the
intestine, near the posterior portion of the rectal sac, this large
artery divides into two branches, which pass one to the right and
the other to the left of the alimentary canal, and ramify in order to
bathe the posterior region of the abdomen.— Comptes Rendus,
t. exvi. no. 16 (April 17, 1893), pp. 828-830.

On further Evidences of Deuterosaurus and Rhopalodon from
the Permian Rocks of Russia. By H. G. Sertey, F.RS.

The author endeavours to separate the Labyrinthodont remains,
distinguished by having teeth anchylosed to the jaw, from such as
belong to animals having a Theriodont type of dentition. The
genera founded upon cranial fragments which show the Theriodont
type are Deuterosaurus, Rhopalodon, and Dinosawrus. The skull in
Deuterosaurus is described from new materials, which make known
the structure of the palate and other cranial structures. The palate
is of Plesiosaurian type. The back of the skull is a vertical plate, and
the brain-cavity rises in a long vertical tubular mass to the parietal
foramen, The quadrate bones descend below the foramen magnum
in a way that is best compared with Plesiosaurs.

The articular end of the lower jaw is identified among bones
figured by von Meyer.

The skull of Ahopalodon is nearly complete, and has a general
resemblance to the skull of the South-African Dicynodont Ptycho-
gnathus, The orbit is defended with a sclerotic circle of bones.
Whereasin Deuterosaurus there is only one molar tooth, in Rhopalodon
there are apparently eight molar teeth, which have the posterior
edge finely serrated.

Miscellaneous. [5

The vertebra are known from isolated and connected specimens
which indicate a larger number than usual of rib-bearing presacral
vertebrae, which appear to be not fewer than nineteen, and may have
numbered twenty-six. The sacral vertebrae are deeply cupped, and
the sacral ribs are developed as in Nothosaurus and Parciasaurus.
The sacrai ribs form part of the articular face of the first sacral
vertebra. The pelvis is imperfectly known; the ihum is not so
extended as in Dicynodonts, and conforms to the type of Phoco-

sdurus, which is regarded as Theriodont. The pubis and ischium

are united together on the Dicynodont plan, but are only moderately
developed.

The scapular arch is completely known, and is formed of scapula,
coracoid, and pre-coracoid as 1n Dicynodon and Parciasaurus. The
hamenus and bones of the fore limb were relatively short, and only
fragments have been preserved which appear to be referable to ulna
and radius.

The hind limb is known from several examples of the femur,
which resembles that of Pareiasaurus in the proximal end, but at
the distal end is more like the type described as Saurodesmus.

The tibia is known from its proximal and distal ends; it has a
general resemblance to that of Pareiasaurus, but is more slender.
These types are regarded as constituting a distinct group, named
Deuterosauria, which is in many respects intermediate between the
Placodontia and Theriodontia, but in skull structure appears also to
approach Nothosaurs and Plesiosaurs.—From the Proceedings of
the Royal Society, June 10th, 1893

On a Terrestrial Leech from Chili. By M. Raruascn Brancuarp.

The discovery of a species constituting a transition between two
groups of animals which were previously quite distinct deserves to
attract in a special manner the attention of naturalists. This is
why we think it our duty to report to the Academy the existence of
a Hirudinean which is clearly intermediate between the Glossi-
phonide and the Hirudinide.

The animal in question is a land-leech, which is distributed in
the south of Chili, between latitudes 40° and 43°, in the provinces
Valdivia and Chiloe. In 1871 it was briefly described by Grube
under the name Hirudo brevis ; but it may be said that this author
failed to recognize any of the remarkable characters which the
creature exhibits and which give it a high importance from the
point of view of the genetic connexion of the different species.
This leech cannot be retained in the genus Hirudo as it has recently
been defined by the investigations of Whitman and ourselves. We
create for it the new genus A/esobdella ; this name serves to recall
the fact that the species which we are discussing is intermediate
between two different groups. In future, therefore, it should be
designated Mesobdella brevis, Grube.

As contracted by alcohol the animal is 16 millim. in length and
45 millim. in width ; the posterior sucker is circular and 2 millim.
in width. The body is pyriform in appearance, as in the majority
of the Glossiphonidee, but it is not so decidedly flattened as in the

76 Miscellaneous.

case of the latter. At the first glance we scarcely hesitate, however,
to consider this leech as a Glossiphonid, for the regular repetition of
the segmentary papillze and of the nephridial pores on every third
annulus clearly indicates that the somite is actually composed of
three annuli; moreover the number of the annuli only amounts to
sixty-two, and the intestine bears eight pairs of large lateral ceca,
of which the last pair is continued for a considerable distance
backwards.

On the other hand, our species possesses ten large black eyes, the
general appearance of which recalls in a striking manner those of the
genus Hamadipsa, the land-leeches of Malaysia; the first four pairs
of eyes are still contiguous one with another, owing to the reduction
of each of the first three somites toa single annulus ; but the fourth
and the fifth pairs are separated by one annulus, in consequence of
the reduction of somite iv. to two annuli. In other words, the eyes
of Hamadipsa are borne by the annuli 1, 2,3, 4, and 7, while those
of Mesobdella are found upon the annuli 1, 2, 3, 4, and 6*, This
fact already indicates a great tendency towards tl » shortening of
the somites. As a matter of fact the somites in. are each com-
posed of a single annulus; somite ivy. has two annuli; somites v.—
xxii. possess three annuli each ; somite xxi’. has two annuli; and
somite xxiy., which is the last, has a singleannulus. A remarkable
fact is that the coalescence of the body is accentuated to such a
degree that somites xxv. and xxvi., which are functionally less
important than those of the anterior extremity, have disappeared
without leaving the least trace behind them. :

The apertures of the genital organs occupy their normal situation ;
the testis opens upon somite x., between the annuli 21 and 22, the
ovary upon somite xi., between the annuli 25 and 26,

The segmentary papillz are disposed precisely as in the Hiru-
dinide ; they form eight longitudinal rows on the dorsal surface,
and those of the inner lateral row are in a direct line with the eyes
of the last pair. This character forms a further connexion between
Mesobdella and the Hirudinide. Lastly, it may be added that our
species has no proboscis, but possesses three little jaws, situated
exactly as in the Hirudinide, and each armed with from fifty-five
to sixty teeth.

To sum up what has been stated: owing to its ambiguous cha-
racters Mesobdella brevis connects in a remarkable manner the
Glossiphonide with the Hirudinide. Among the latter it is nearest
allied to the Heemadipsine both by its mode of life as well as by
the arrangement of its eyes; but it is clearly distinguished from
them, as well as from all the other Hirudinide, by the high degree
of coalescence attained by its somites. The existence of this inter-
mediate form shows that the two families which have here been
considered are derived from a common stock, from which the Glossi-
phonide have apparently diverged less than the Hirudinidee.—
Comptes Rendus, t. cxvi. no. 9 (Feb. 27, 1893), pp. 446, 447.

* The eyes appear to be arranged in the same manner in Cyclobdella
glabra, Weyenbergh, from the Argentine Republic; but otherwise there
is no resemblance between this species and Mesobdella.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES.]

No. 68. AUGUST 1893.

XX.—A Contribution to the Study of Neotropical Scorpions.
By R. I. Pocock, of the British (Nat. Hist.) Museum.

[Plates V. & VI. A. figs, 13-15. ]

THE following paper is based upon the Scorpions contained
in the collection ot the British Museum.

Part I,
Synopsis of the Genera of the Broteas Group.

a. The maxillary lobes of the second pair of
walking-legs wider than the sternum; stig-
mata elongate; the soles of the feet fur-
nished beneath with two series of sete .. Broteas, C. Koch.
Type Herbsti, Thor.
6, The maxillary lobes of the second pair not
wider than the sternum ; stigmata circular
or oval,
a, The lower surface of the feet studded with
setee and not compressed and spined.
a*, The feet short, robust, and furnished
beneath with two sometimes rather
IMPES MULAN SETICS Of SEU: o</ bass cin aes Lroteochactus, g. nov.*
Type nitedus, sp. n.

* The type of this new genus is a small, dark-coloured, shining, robust
scorpion from {frinidad. 1t will be fully described and figured in m
paper upon the West-Indian Scorpions shortly to be p.blished in the
Journ. Linn. Soc. I also refer to the genus Broteochuctas the species
Karsch has described as Chactas delicatus.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 7

18 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions.

b?, The feet long and slender and thickly
clothed beneath with irregularly
arranged long hairs .... care eme sere « Hadrurochactas, g. nov.
Type Selater?, sp. n.
b‘. The lower surface of the feet compressed
and armed with a median series of short
spines.
a, The anteocular portion of the cara-
pace not mesially sulcate, the ocular
tubercle elongate in front, 7. e. the
sulci which embrace it laterally do
not unite in front of it; lateral eyes
not prominent.
a‘, The anterior border of the cara-
pace not emarginate; the ante-
ocular portion sloped downwards
andforwardsis 2. soak. cs ice tele ees Teuthraustes, Simon.
Type atramentarius, Sim.
b*. The anterior border of the carapace
deeply emarginate; the ante-
ocular portion nearly horizontal, Heterochactas, g. nov.
Type Gervais, sp. n.
b®, The anteocular portion of the cara-
pace horizontal and mesially sulcate ;
the anterior lateral eye usually very
LOMO te na vast eee teyeiere eee Chactas, Gervais.
Type depturus, Thor.

Genus BROTEAS.

Broteas Gervaisti, sp.n. (Pl. V. fig. 1.)

Allied to B. Herbstiz, Thorell.

Carapace coarsely granular laterally, the area surrounding
the tubercle and the anteocular portion finely and closely
punctured,

Tergites shining, smooth, but finely and closely punctured
throughout, at most weakly and sparsely granular posteriorly ;
the last smooth, polished, and punctured in front, coarsely
granular behind.

Sternites smooth, polished, densely and very finely punctu-
ate.

Tail rather more than three and a half times as long as the
carapace, like that of B. Herbsti’, but with the inferior surface
of the first segment smooth, polished, finely punctulate, with
the median keels almost obsolete ; the median lateral keel
present on all the segments, but anteriorly abbreviated on the
second to fourth and posteriorly on the fifth, the segments
lower than in Herbsti? and less strongly excavated above, with
the superior intercarinal spaces more granular.

Palpi and legs smoother than in Herbséd7, finely and closely
punctured.

Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions. 79

Pectines with 8 or 9 teeth.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 62, of carapace
9, of tail 37; width of first segment 5, length 3°5; width of
fifth and of vesicle 3°5, length of fifth 8°8.

Two female specimens in the Museum collection ticketed
“©? China,” a locality which is without doubt erroneous.

This species has an interesting history. On p. 232 of the
Act. Mus. vol. iv., Gervais, in connexion with his description
of Broteas maurus, refers to a scorpion in the British Museum
eollection which is ticketed China and is very near to his
maurus, ‘This scorpion, there can be little doubt, is the one
that I have here described and dedicated to the distinguished
French zoologist. One of the specimens bears an old label
upon which is written ‘Scorpio subnitens, Gervais, MN.,
?China.” ‘he scorpion figured by Prof. Lankester in the
Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. xi. pl. Ixxx., as Broteas subnitens,
Gervais, is Teuthraustes atramentartus of Simon.

This new form Gervaisii may be at once recognized from
the Broteas that I identify as B. Herbstit by having the
lower surface of the first caudal segment smooth, polished,
and with ovsolete median keels. Of the last-named form the
British Museum has upwards of a dozen specimens of varying
age and sex from different parts of British Guiana. Upon
the identity of Herbstit of Thorell, however, there seems to
me to be some doubt. ‘The name was applied by Thorell to
the scorpion described as maurus of Linnzus by De Geer and
later authors. But it seems to me to be very doubtful if all
these authors have described the same species as maurus ;
for instance, Herbst’s figure of maurus seems to me to repre-
sent a totally different form.

C. Koch, however, in 1838 described as the type of Broteas
a species he named maurus, which came from Cayenne
(French Guiana). It is highly probable therefore that this
species of Koch’s is identical with my examples from british
Guiana, and for this reason I identify these as Bb. Herbstit,
being unable to ascertain the characters of B. maurus of De
Geer, ¢. e. the true Herbst’i. Why Mons. Simon should
assert that B. Herbstid comes principally from La Plata,
seeing that both C. Koch and Gervais especially mention
Cayenne and Guiana as localities, [ am unable to surmise.
According to Simon’s description (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1877,
p- 240) his #erdstiz has the anterior caudal segments smooth
and punctured above between the keels, which are almost
absent on the first. If, however, in this description for dessus
we read dessous, it would apply well to my B. Gervaisit ; but

as the description stands it 1s not applicable either to my
rk

80 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions.

Herbstit or my Gervaisi?. But in the present unsatisfactory
state of our knowledge of the names of the species of the
genus I do not care to propose another new name on the
chance of this species of Simon’s proving distinct.

As for B. granulatus of Simon (loc. cit. p. 241), a name
which, by the way, this author alters into granulosus in the
Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 1880, p. 382, it appears to me to indicate
a form which is very doubtfully specitically distinct from my
Herbstii, for some of the British Guiana specimens are so
densely and closely sculptured with anastomosing punctures,
that the whole of the upper surface is rugose.

The remaining species of the genus, paraensis, is unknown
to me.

HADRUROCHACTAS, gen. nov.
(Pl. V. figs. 5, 5a.)

Allied to Broteochactas, Pocock (cf. supra), but differs
principally in that the distal segment of the legs is elongate
and thickly clothed beneath with long irregularly arranged
hairs.

As additional characters I may mention that in both the
species of Broteochactas known to me the hands are very wide
and more or less compressed internally, whereas in Hadruro-
chactas they are rounded and not internally compressed.

fladrurochactas Sclater?, sp. n.

Colour ypiceo-castaneous, with flavous or fusco-flavous
legs and a pale line down the middle of the back.

Carapace smooth, only very minutely granular at the sides,
the median sulcus deep behind the ocular tubercle and granu-
Jar, shallow in front of it and smooth; the ocular tubercle
deeply sulcate behind, the eyes on it separated by a space that
about equals a diameter, the lateral eyes separated by a
distance less than a diameter.

Tergites nearly smooth, sparsely granular behind and
laterally ; the last more coarsely granular and furnished with
two tubercles on each side.

Sterna entirely smooth and polished.

Tail about four times the length of the carapace, very
robust ; segments 1-3 wider than long, the fourth as long as
wide, the fifth about one fourth longer than wide, much
narrowed behind; the segments also high, the height of the
third being greater than its length ; the superior and supero-
lateral keels developed and denticulate, the former elevated

Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions. 81

posteriorly and terminating in an enlarged denticle, the latter
strong and complete, terminating in front with a rounded
tubercle and behind with an acute tooth in the first three
segments; these three segments granular and obsoletely cari-
nate laterally ; the inferior and infero-lateral keels entirely
absent on segments 1-4, which are smooth and polished, the
fourth being merely weakly granular beneath; the fifth
segment deeply excavated above and widely so behind, with
elevated granular lateral edges, the lateral surface weakly
granular, the lower surface thickly and coarsely granular,
convex and not carinate, the lateral keels merely represented
by a series of few coarser granules behind; vesicle depressed,
narrower than the fifth segment, carinate at the side, coarsely
serially but not closely granular below ; a median series of
small spiniform granules beneath the aculeus, the posterior
of these the largest; the aculeus lightly curved from the
base.

Palpi moderately robust ; the humerus with its upper sur-
face smooth, the anterior and posterior keels weak and weakly
granular, the anterior surface also very feebly granular and
defined below by a weakly granular keel; brachiwm smooth
and rounded above and behind, its anterior surface defined by
a keel above and below; manus wider than the brachium,
smooth, rounded, not carinate, with scarcely even a trace of
keel to define the hand-back; the length of the hand-back
greater than the width of the hand, but less than the length
of the movable digit; digits slender, moderately elongate.

Legs slender, elongate, smooth, with two spurs at the base
of the feet and the distal end of the posterior surface produced
into a short acute process, just in front of which there is a
long series of short minute spinules.

Pectines moderately long, furnished with 10-11 teeth.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 26°5, of cara-
pace 4, of tail 16, width of first caudal segment 2°8, of fourth
2°6; length of segments 1+2 33; width of the vesicle 2,
width of brachium 1°3, of hand 2; length of hand-back 2°5,
of movable digit 3°5.

Loc. British Guiana (W. L. Sclater).

Two adult female specimens.

HETEROCHACTAS, gen. nov.
(Pl. V.. fig. 6 Gras)
The anterior border of the carapace rather deeply and

abruptly emarginate in the middle line, with its lateral
portions rounded and the anterior lateral eye scarcely at all

82 Mr. R. J. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions.

prominent. The ocular tubercle prolonged in front almost as
far as the anterior emargination ; the anteocular area there-
fore is not mesially grooved.

This genus resembles Chactas, except that in Ohactas the
ocular tubercle is short and terminates in front in a point
from which a deep groove runs forwards to the (usually)
shallow emargination of the anterior border; the anterior
lateral eyes too are generally very prominent. It also very
closely resembles Teuthraustes, of which the British Museum
has several examples, referred to atramentarius, from Ecuador ;
but in this last genus the anteocular region of the carapace
is much more strongly sloped downwards and forwards and
the anterior border is not or scarcely emarginate.

Heterochactas Gervaisiz, sp. n.

Colour piceous, with ferruginous legs and vesicle and
redder feet.

Carapace nearly as long as the first three caudal segments,
nearly smooth above, somewhat thickly granular at the sides,
the median sulcus not continued in front of the ocular tubercle ;
the anterior border somewhat deeply emarginate in the middle,
rounded at the sides ; the anterior lateral eye not prominent ;
median eyes small, separated by a distance about equal to
three diameters.

Tergites nearly smooth, at most obsoletely granular, the
last finely and closely granular, with two tubercles on each
side.

Sternites smooth and polished.

Tail about three and a half times as long as the carapace ;
the anterior four segments smooth beneath and not keeled,
marked with a few coarse punctures; the upper surface
scarcely excavated and very feebly granular, the fourth and
fifth segments entirely flat, the superior and supero-lateral
keels present and finely granular, as also are the spaces between
them ; the tail narrowed posteriorly, the second segment a
little wider than long, the third a little longer than wide, the
fifth more than twice as wide as long, finely granular above,
flat in its posterior two thirds, its edges squared and granular,
its sides and lower surface also finely granular, with a poste-
riorly abbreviated weak median lateral keel and granular
anteriorly weak inferior keels; vestcle large, higher and con-
siderably wider than the fifth segment, granular below and at
the sides, flat and suleate above; vesicle short.

FPalpti robust, not large; humerus granular above and in
front and carinate ; brachium not denticulate nor granular,

Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions. 83

punctured both finely and coarsely ; manus not carinate, con-
vex above, its width a little greater than the length of the
hand-back, sculptured above with large and very fine punc-
tures which, towards the inner edge, pass into granules ; the
movable digit longer than the width of the hand; a tooth on
the immovable as in Ch. amazonicus.

Legs with minutely granular femora.

Pectines short, with only six teeth.

Measurements in millimetres. —Total length 52, of carapace
8:5, of tail 27 ; width of first segment 4, of second 3°5; length |
of second 3°4, of fifth 8, width 3; width of vesicle 3-8, height
3; width of brachium 3, of hand 6+ ; length of hand-back
5°5, of movable digit 8.

Two @ examples from Cuenea, in Ecuador (Fraser Coll.).

Of all the known species of Chactas, [leterochactas Gervaisit
comes nearest to Ch. Whympert, which has the anterior border
of the carapace conspicuously notched in the middle.

Genus CHACTAS.

The following is a synopsis of the species of this genus
that are known to me. (‘I’o be used with caution.)

a. All the segments of the tail, including the first,
furnished with the normal number of well-
developed granular keels; the upper surface
of the trunk and the external surface of the
legs coarsely granular. 2.0.60 ccs cee cee een: equinoctialis (Karsch).
b. The lower surface of at least the first caudal
segment not furnished with granular keels.
a’. The upper surface of the palpi and carapace
coarsely granular; vesicle large, impressed
below ; brachium without an upper internal
basal tooth ; the proximal tooth on the im-
movable digit enlarged ............002- Whymper?, sp. 0.
b'. The lees nearly or quite smooth externally,
the vesicle less globular and not impressed
below.
a”, The third and fourth caudal segments
clearly carinate below, the second weakly
carinate; the carapace more coarsely
granular at the sides; the brachium with
an enlarged tooth ; the immovable digit
not basally dentate.
a’, The upper surface of the abdomen finely
and closely granular; the caudal keels
BOM DG ieee sie stoeisjeievole's « 01s nite levipes (Karsch).
6°, The upper surface of the abdomen
smooth and polished ; the caudal keels
BY OAOT ier sere vice: 3.c)«) «0,0. foe nenamen Simonit, sp. D.
b*, The second and third caudal segments

84 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions.

smooth and not (or scarcely) carinate
beneath; the fourth scarcely keeled,
being at most weakly granular.

a‘, The body, limbs, and tail densely and
closely punctured; with a large
tooth at the base of the immovable
digit and no tooth on the brachium. amazonicus, Sim

6‘. The trunk, limbs, and tail not densely
punctured; with at most a small
tooth on the immovable digit.

a’, The fourth caudal segment granular
beneath; the brachium with a
large anterior tooth.

a®, Vesicle smooth above and below;

tailishorter! iy. ete cee te chrysopus, sp. 0.
b°. Vesicle granular above and be-
low; tail longer. ....5 s.cs-- Karschit, nom. noy.

b° The anterior four caudal segments
entirely smooth and polished be-
neath ; the brachium withat most
a small tooth.
a’, The upper caudal keels very
distinct and granular; the
spaces between them also
granular; the last tergite
laterally distinctly granular ;
hand not keeled .......... Keyserlingit, sp. n.
6", The upper caudal keels weak,
and at most weakly granular ;
the last tergite also smoother.
a®, Thehand keeled; the supe-
rior caudal keels a little
stronger and feebly granu-
Nett gs site, Ceca ee ae lepturus, Thor.
6°. The hand not keeled in 9,
scarcely so in the ¢ ; the
superior edges of the ante-
rior caudal segmentssmooth
and rounded. .csgsn nie» Van Benedenti, Gerv.

Chactas Van Benedenii, Gervais.

Chactas Van Benedeniw, Gervais, Arch. Mus. iv. p. 282, pl. xii. figs. 40,
41.

The British Museum has two examples of this species, both
of which were obtained in Colombia by Mons. Goudot ; both
are from Ibaque and both bear tickets, affixed either by
Gervais or Goudot, upon which the specific names are written.

One example is a male and shows the extraordinary elon-
gation of the palpi that Gervais has figured. The hand-back
is longer than the movable digit and is more than twice as
long as the width of the hand. In the female the palpi are
much shorter and more robust. The carapace is minutely

Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions. 85

granular at the sides, but the rest of the trunk is entirely
smooth in both sexes. The anterior four segments of the
tail are smooth beneath and the superior edges are rounded
and at most minutely granular. The brachium is smooth
above and behind, and the manus is also smooth and only
indistinctly costate. The pectines are larger in the male
than in the female, and are furnished with nine teeth in both
sexes. The female measures about 52 millim. in length, the
carapace being 7‘8 and the tail 30.

Whether or not Chactas Fuchstt of Berthold is the same
species as Van Benedenit I have not been able to satisfy
myself. { may point out, however, that the relative measure-
ments of the caudal segments in Puchsii apply exactly to the
female of my Van Benedenii, and that what Berthold says of
‘ these measurements in his Van Benedenii is not true of mine.
Moreover the median eyes in the latter are not grey, but the
colour of clear amber. If, however, Berthold has correctly
determined the sexes of his species, the female of Fuchsii
certainly differs from that of Van Benedenii in having the
finger (by which presumably the movable finger is meant)
much shorter than the hand (24:44), that is, shorter by
nearly its own length; and in the male of Puchsii the finger
is only by a third of its own length shorter than the hand.
Berthold asserts, moreover, that the carapace of his species is
entirely smooth, which is not strictly the case in Van Bene-
denii.

Of the meagre description of Ch. brevicaudutus of Karsch
very little can be made. Very possibly the species may be
the young of Van Benedenit or Fuchsit.

Chactas lepturus, Thorell.
Chactas lepturus, Thorell, Ac. Soe. Ital. Sci. Nat. xix. p, 266,

The specific name given to this species by Thorell was
upset in favour of Thorellit by Karsch, who alleges that the
Scorpio lepiurus of Palisot de Beauvois is also a Chactas,
although belonging to a different species from that which
received the same name from Thorell.

Karsch bases his assertion as to the generic position of
lepturus, Pal. Beauv., upon a specimen in the Berlin Museum,
which he believes, for unstated reasons, to be Beauvois’s type.
It seems a pity, however, that a more favourable selection of
the type was not made; for, seeing that Beauvois asserts
that his species had eight eyes and his figure shows that the
tail is only as long as the trunk and the carapace is as long
as the anterior three segments, whereas Karsch’s specimen

86 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions.

has six eyes, with the tail nearly one third longer than the
trunk (30:21) and the carapace shorter than the anterior
three caudal segments, it is hardly likely that Karsch’s belief
will meet with many supporters. If the type in question is
in the Berlin Museum at all, it will probably, I think, be
found amongst the specimens in that institution which were
identified as Opisthacanthus elatus (Gerv.) by Peters.

But since Scorpio lepturus of Beauvois, with its eight eyes,
is probably not a Chactas at all, Thorell’s name leptwrus can
stand for the species to which it was applied, with Thorelliz,
Karsch, as a synonym; while for the species of Chactas
which Karsch described as lepturus of Beauvois, I propose
the name Karschit, in memory of this author’s contribu-
tions to the elucidation of the species of this genus.

The British Museum has a single specimen of a scorpion
from New Granada (Colombia) which I identify as lepturus
of Thorell. It appears to be young, since it measures only
35 millim. in length, the tail being 15°5 and the carapace just
under 5; the anterior three caudal segments taken together
measure 5°95.

The carapace is mostly smooth, being finely granular only
at the sides; the tergites are smooth and polished, the last
being weakly granular laterally, with two tubercular crests on
each side.

The superior keels of the tail are scarcely developed, being
represented principally by a large posterior tubercle; the
supero-lateral keels, too, are weak and only very feebly
granular.

The hands of the palpi are considerably longer than wide,
finely granularly rugulose and carinate above.

The pectinal teeth are 7 on each side.

Chactas amazonicus, Simon.
Chactas amazonicus, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5) x. p. 384 (1880).

Described from Pevas (Peru). The Museum has two
examples (g ? ) from Moyabama, in the same country.

The male is considerably more granular than the female,
and has a longer and stouter tail, this organ being more than
three and a half times the length of the carapace, while in
the female it is less than three and a half times the length.

Very characteristic of the species is the tooth at the base
of the immovable digit and the notch on the movable to receive
it—features which occur in both sexes. ‘The palpi of the
male do not appear to be longer than in the female.

Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions. 87

Chactas levipes (Karsch).
Chactas levipes, Karsch, Mitth. Munch. ent. Ver. 1879, p. 131.

The species that Dr. Karsch described as Broteas levipes is
a Chactas. The British Museum has a single male example
of it.

Chactas cequinoctialis (Karsch).
Chactas equinoctialis, Karsch, t. c. p. 180.

This species, described as a Broteas, is also a Chactas.
The Museum has a male example from Porto Cabello.

Chactas Keyserlingti, sp. n.

Colour pitch-black ; legs, lower surface, and vesicle just
tinted with ferruginous.

Curapace smooth and polished above, distinctly granular
at the sides, the anterior border evidently emarginate and the
longitudinal furrow deep, as long as the first and second
caudal segments and one third of the third; distance between
the median eyes rather greater than a diameter, that between
the lateral about equal to a diameter.

The ¢ergites smooth and polished, the last smooth only in
front and in the middle of its upper surface, the rest being
distinctly granular.

Sternites entirely smooth and punctured.

Tail weak, about three and three quarter times as long as
the carapace, narrowed posteriorly, the second segment as
long as wide ; the upper surface of the segments smooth and
sulcate in the middle, conspicuously granular (subserially on
the fourth) at the sides, the superior and supero-lateral keels
present and distinctly granular, as is the interval between
them; the lower surface of these segments smooth and
polished, the fourth only obsoletely keeled at the sides; the
fifth segment more than twice as long as wide; its upper
surface sulcate in front, flat behind, and in front distinctly
granular at the sides, the edges rounded, granular, the lateral
and lower surfaces also granular, the median lateral keel
present only in front; the infero-lateral and median keels
distinct and granular ; vesicle serially granular below and at
the sides and very sparsely so above, flat and sulcate above,
as wide as the fifth segment.

Palpi elongate ; the humerus and brachium granular and
carinate, the latter with one or two small denticles above and
below at the base of its anterior surface ; manus long and
slender, not twice as wide as the brachium, its width a little

88 Mr. R. J. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions.

more than half the length of the hand-back, which itself
equals the length of the movable digit ; the manus convex
above, not keeled, granular internally and minutely reticulato-
granulate above ; the digits not dentate.

Legs almost entirely smooth ; the lower edge of the femora
granular.

Pectines short, with 7 teeth.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 53, of carapace
75, of tail 27; width of first segment 3:4, of fifth 2°5;
width of brachium 2°5, of hand 4; length of hand-back and
of movable digit 7.

Loc. Colombia. Two female examples, one collected by
M. Goudot, the other from the collection of the late Count
Keyserling, in honour of whom I name the species.

‘This species is nearly related both to Ch. Van Benedenit,
Gervais, and to Ch. lepturus of Thorell. From the former it
may be recognized at once by having the superior caudal
keels evident and denticulate, and by having the humerus,
brachium, and manus and last tergite granular; moreover, in
the female of Van Benedenii the tail is longer and the palpi
are more robust, the width of the hand as compared with the
length of the hand-back being as 5: 7:3,

From the Museum example that I identify as lepturus,
Thorell, Aeyserlingti may be recognized by having the hand
unkeeled, the palpi and last tergite more granular, the upper
surface of the tail more deeply excavated and more granular,
and the superior and supero-lateral keels better developed
and more granular.

Chactas Simonit, sp. n.

Colour piceo-ferruginous, legs paler.

Carapace smooth on the summit of the prominences, granu-
lar over the rest of its surface, nearly as long as the anterior
three caudal segments 3 the median eyes of average size, sepa-
rated by a space that is rather greater than a diameter; the
distance between the lateral eyes about equal to a diameter ;
the anterior lateral eye prominent.

Tergites smooth, the last finely granular, with two
tubercles on each side.

Sternites smooth and polished.

Tail less than three and a half times the length of the
carapace, narrowed posteriorly, the second segment as long as
wide, the upper surface of the segments nearly flat and
smooth, the superior and supero-lateral keels developed and
granular, the former with enlarged terminal granule; the

Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions. 89

inferior lateral keels present too on all the segments, and finely
granular at least on the fourth; the inferior median keels
entirely obsolete on the first, just appearing on the second,
still stronger on the third, plainly visible and granular on the
fourth, this segment consequently having eight distinct
granular keels; the fifth segment flat above behind, granular
at the sides, with squared granular edges; lateral surface also
granular, with indistinct median lateral keel, the lower surface
with three inferior granular keels, and the intervening spaces
also serially granular; vestcle moderately large, wider than
the fifth segment, and almost as wide as the second; its
height is about equal to the width of the fifth; thickly
granular beneath, smooth above; aculeus more than half the
length of the vesicle.

Palpi elongate ; the humerus granular above, the brachium
granular above, smoother behind, with a conspicuous bifid
denticle above at the base of the anterior surface; manus
rather narrow, not twice the width of the brachium, indis-
tinctly keeled above and marked with very short series of
minute granules; the length of the hand-back much greater
than the width of the hand, the digits long, the basal tooth on
the immovable digit scarcely larger than the rest.

Legs nearly smooth, the femora of the last pair only very
weakly granular.

Pectines short, with 6-7 teeth.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 53, length of
carapace 8°5, of tail 27, of fifth segment 7°5, width 2°2; width
of vesicle 2°8 ; width of brachium 2°7, of hand 4°5; length of
hand-back 7, of movable digit 8.

Two female specimens from Venezuela.

Chactas chrysopus, sp. n.

Colour piceo-ferruginous ; legs flavous.

Carapace as long as the anterior three caudal segments,
very smooth, very minutely granular at the sides; the front
border with a shallow emargination; the median eyes large,
the distance between them about equal to a diameter; the
anterior lateral eye large and very prominent; the posterior
smaller and separated from it by a distance about equal to its
own diameter.

Tergites entirely smooth, the last only very minutely
granular at the sides, with two tubercles on each side.

Sterna entirely smooth and polished.

Tail about three and a half times the length of the cara-
pace, the third segment as long as wide, the first and second

90 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions.

segments entirely smooth beneath, the third obsoletely carinate
but not granular, the fourth furnished with the normal weak
granular keels; the superior lateral keels present and finely
granular onthe anterior foursegments, the superior keels present
and finely granular on the third and fourth segments, but the
superior edges of the first and second rounded and scarcely
granular even on the second; the upper surface of the anterior
three segments mesially excavated, of the fourth nearly flat,
of the fifth flat behind, with rounded and only feebly granular
edges, and granular on the lateral surface, where there is a
trace in front of a median lateral keel, the lower surface
with the normal granular keels ; the veszcle, as wide as the
fourth segment, smooth above and below, only minutely
granular at the sides.

Palpi robust, the humerus, brachium, and manus finely
granular above; brachiwm with a bifid tubercle on the upper
edge of the inner surface at the base; the manus wider than
the brachium, length of hand-back much greater than width
of hand and nearly as great as the length of the movable
digit ; the manus convex above and almost entirely without
keels : the proximal tooth on the immovable digit rather
larger than the rest, but there is only a minute corresponding
notch on the other digit.

Legs smooth.

Pectines with 6 teeth.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length Be of cara-
pace 7, of tail 23; width of brachium 3, of manus 5; length
of hand-back fp of movable digit 7°5.

Loe. ? <A single female example.

In some respects, such as the carination and granulation of
the tail and carapace and the structure of the palpi, this
species seems to approach closely Ch. Karschit, Pocock (of.
supra) ; but it certainly differs in having the vesicle smooth
above and below, also a very much shorter tail and a smaller
number of pectinal teeth. ‘These last two characters I might
have looked upon as merely of sexual importance, were it not
that the similarity in the relative measurements of the seg-
ments of the palpi points to the identity of sex between the
type of Karschii and of chrysopus.

Chactas Whympert, sp. n.
(Pl..V. figs. 7-7 6.)
Colour black; legs ferrugino-piceous; feet and vesicle
ferrugino-flavous.
Carapace nearly as long as the anterior three caudal seg-
ments, the frontal border very distinctly emarginate in the

Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions. 91

middle, the grooves behind, in front of and at the sides of the
ocular tubercle, rather deep; the whole of the upper surface
studded with rounded tubercles, the median eyes small, the
distance between them greater tian a diameter; the distance
between the two principal lateral eyes about equal to a
diameter, a minute third eye situated above and behind the
posterior large eye.

Tergites polished, obsoletely granular or tubercular behind,
the last more distinctly granular, with two posterior tubercles
on each side.

Sterna entirely smooth, punctured.

Tail rather robust, narrowed posteriorly, the segments with
nearly straight parallel sides, the second a little wider than it
is long, the fourth segment nearly flat above, those in front
- of it shallowly suleate ; the superior and supero-lateral keels
strongly developed, granular, with a prominent posterior
tooth ; the upper surface of these segments granular at the
sides, the first segment also granular in the middle; the first
and second segments neither keeled nor granular below,
smooth and punctured, the third also almost entirely smooth
below, only very obsoletely keeled and lightly rugulose; the
fourth more distinctly keeled and irregularly tubercular, with
a distinct inferior lateral keel; the fifth segment flat and
weakly granular above, with squared granular edges, a
distinct granular median lateral keel in the anterior half of
the segment, the three inferior keels distinct and subdenti-
culate, the spaces between them granular, the segment more
than twice as long as wide; the veszcle large, wider than the
fifth segment, smooth and mesially grooved above, some-
what coarsely punctured below and at the sides, impressed at
the base of the vesicle, which is long, nearly straight, and
curved in its distal half.

Palpi robust, thickly and coarsely granular above, with
the normal keels developed; the brachiwm without the
superior tooth on its anterior surface; manus robust, carinate
above and below, the carinz studded closely with granules,
which extend on to the intercarinal spaces; the upper surface
convex, the width of the hand almost equal to the length of
the hand-back and rather greater than the height of the hand,
the length of the movable digit considerably greater than that
of the hand-back.

Femora of the legs finely and closely granular, the rest of
the segments nearly smooth.

Pectines furnished with 5-6 teeth.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length about 54, of
carapace 8°d, of tail about 29; width of first segment 3°9, of

92 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions.

fifth 3; width of brachium 3, of manus 5°6; length of hand-
back 6, of movable digit 8.

Two female examples from Milligalli (Ecuador), collected
by Mr. Edward Whymper.

Part II,

CARABOCTONUS, gen. nov.
(Ble Viste 8s)

Allied to Hadrurus, and presenting all the characters of this
genus, except that the lower surface of each foot is furnished
with a single distally bifurcating series of close-set tufts of
fine hair, each like the tip of a camel’s hair paint-brush.
Moreover the presence of this “ scopula” is accompanied by
a decrease in the size and sharpness of the inferior claw. In
Hadrurus the inferior claw is long and sharp and the lower
surface of each foot is furnished with a single series of short
close-set spines.

Type C. Keyserlingti.

I also refer to this genus 11. charcasus of Karsch, of which
the Museum has an example from Bolivia, and a second species
from Callao, which is probably synonymous with either
fH. maculatus of 'Thorell or H. robustus of Boeris. Whether
or not /, Paascht and parvulus of Karsch belong to this
genus I am unable to say.

Caraboctonus Keyserlingtt, sp. n.

Colour a uniform piceous, olivaceo- or brunneo-piceous tint,
the legs, palpi, and caudal vesicle redder.

The carapace with its interocular region smooth, polished,
and sparsely punctured, the rest of it thickly granular, the
anteocular portion not mesially sulcate, the margin lightly
convex, the posterior region deeply sulcate mesially and at
the sides. The tubercle undivided, a little in advance of the
middle, the distance between the eyes greater than a diameter.
The three lateral eyes about equidistant from each other, the
posterior much smaller than the other two, the distances
between the eyes about equal to the diameter of the little one.

Tergites without keels, finely granular, the granules coarser
posteriorly and along the hind margin, the last coarsely
granular and indistinctly quadricostate.

The anterior sterna smooth and highly polished; the last
granular, with four granular keels.

Yail robust and moderately long, a little more than four
anda half times the length of the carapace, the segments

Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions. 93

with nearly straight parallel sides; the first segment about
twice as wide as long, the third a little wider than long, the
fourth longer than wide, the fifth less than twice as long as
wide ; the upper surface of the tail smooth, moderately exca-
vated, the superior keels marked by a series of rounded
tubercles, the superior lateral keel granular on the first
segment, and represented on the second, third, and fourth in
front by a small shelf-like process and behind by a single
tubercle; the first segment coarsely granular at the sides and
below, the granules on the lower surface arranged in four
longitudinal posteriorly converging rows or keels; the second
segment nearly smooth and polished at the sides, granular
and keeled beneath like the first; the third and fourth seg-
ments smooth and polished laterally and below, sparsely
punctured, without trace of keels; the fifth segment with its
upper surface widely excavated behind, the sides granular in
front, smooth and punctured behind, the lateral surface smooth
and punctured, smooth in front, thickly punctured behind ;
the median keel just visible, the lateral keels absent in front,
granular behind. Vesicle large, much wider than high,
nearly as wide as the fifth segment, with a very conspicucus
process on each side at the base, smooth and nearly flat above,
thickly and finely granular beneath, the aculeus very short
and slightly curved.

Palpi robust, of median length ; humerus coarsely granular
in front and above at the base; brachium above, behind, and
below smooth, polished, not carinate, the anterior surface very
finely granular and bounded above and below by a series of
larger granules, one of which in the upper series has the form
of a sharp tubercle; manus much wider than the brachium,
rounded, entirely smooth and polished, punctured but not
granular; digits short, the movable a little shorter than the
carapace and a little longer than the hand-back.

Legs finely granular in front.

Fectines short, with from 10-12 teeth, with the lamelle
of the intermediate series broken up into only a few rounded
sclerites.

Stigmata small and slit-like.

Measurements in millimetres of largest specimen.—'Votal
length 55, of carapace 7, of tail 34; width of first segment
5, length 8; length of fifth 7:5, width 4:5; width of bra-
chium 2°2, of manus 4; length of hand-back 4°8, of movable
digit 6.

Loc. Coquimbo, Chili, and Brazil.

The Museum has four examples in alcohol from Coquimbo
collected by Dr. Cunningham, one, ticketed Chili, in the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. &

94 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions.

collection of the late Count Keyserling, to whose memory I
dedicate the species, and one small dry one in the Museum
collection, ticketed, though I doubt with accuracy, Brazil.

One of the examples from Coquimbo has larger pectines
than the others and appears to be a male; the tail of this is
unfortunately gone, but the palpi show no differences from
those of the adult female described.

Two others from Coquimbo and the one from Brazil are
young, and it is interesting to note that in them the palpi are
much yellower and the hands much thinner than in the
adults.

Characteristic of this species are the granular keels upon
the last sternite and upon the first and second caudal
segments.

Part IIT.

Fam. Bothriuride.

Bothriurus bonariensis (C. Koch).

Broteas bonariensis, C. Koch, Die Arachniden, x. p. 12, fig. 762, ¢.

Broteas ev ythrodactylus, id. tom. cit. p. 16, fier 764, 2.

Chactas Haversvi, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 325 (1874).

Chactas literarius, id. ibid.

Telegonus vittatus, Gervais, Arch. Mus. iv. p. 227 &c. pl. xi. fig. 30.

Bothriurus vittatus, Thorell, Act. Soc. Ital. xix. pp. 168 &c. ; but in all
probability not synonymous with Scorpio vittatus of Guérin, Voyage
de la ‘Coquille,’ Arachnides, p. 50.

This species is extremely abundant in Uruguay and Rio
Grande do Sul, whence the British Museum has received
upwards of fifty examples. We also have a specimen from
Corrientes, and two ticketed Moyabama (Peru). This last
locality, however, may be doubtful.

The colour of the adult is mostly piceous or rufo-piceous,
but in the young there is a fine flavous median dorsal band
and a wide longitudinal stripe on the under surface of the
tail; moreover the interocular area and the legs may be
fulvous.

I have never seen either an adult or a young of either sex
approaching the colouring that is ascribed to Scorpio vittatus
of Guérin. Dr. Thorell has made the same observation.
This fact renders it probable to my mind that Gervais fell
into error in his identification of vittatus.

In vittatus the anterior and posterior borders of the carapace.
and the posterior borders of the tergites are said to be black,
and a similar coloration is presented by Scorpio Grervaistd of
Guérin (Icon. Régne Animal, Arachnides, p. 10), and by

Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions. 95

Broteas nigrocinctus of C. Koch (Die Arachn. x. p. 14,
fig. 763) ; so that until evidence is forthcoming that these
transversely banded forms, which, if conspecific, must be called
vittatus, are the same as what C. Koch described as Broteas
bonariensis, I think it is wiser to adopt the latter name for
the species that Thorell described as vittatus.

The form rugosus described by Thorell as a variety of this
species is, I think, probably a distinct species.

Bothriurus ee sp. 1.

(Pl. V. fig. 12.)

g. Colour: carapace blackish, clouded or variegated with
ferruginous ; tergites black, with a red stripe along the hinder
border ; tail ferruginous above, the lower surface ‘of. the seg-
ments nigro-lineate, the black lines expanding and fusing
behind into a transverse vitta; palpi ferruginous; legs and
ventral surface flavous.

Allied to B. bonariensis.

Upper surface of the trunk finely and closely granular ,
throughout ; the sterna also closely and finely granular
throughout, the anterior ones smoother; the stigmata elongately
ovate.

Tail smooth above and below, the lower surface of the first
segment obsoletely keeled beneath ; the superior and supero-
lateral keels and the space between them granular on the
first segment ; the supero-lateral keels obsolete on the third,
being merely represented in front and behind by a tubercle ;
the superior edges of the fifth smooth or granular only in front.
The inferior lateral keels on the fifth are present and denticulate
on the posterior two thirds of the segment, and the median
keel is almost as long and also denticulate ; between them
on each side there is an oblique series of denticles which
defines in front the posterior area; the vesicle is narrow
pyriform, net depressed below, but lightly depressed above.

Palpi as in B. bonariensis, but with the manus a little less
robust.

Fectines with from 15-18 teeth.

The first pair of feet with a single pair of spurs at the apex,
the second with two pairs, the third and fourth with a median
pair also.

Total length up to 48 miilim.; length of carapace 6, of
tail 28.

Loc. Chili.

The Museum has four examples 6 this species (3 ¢ and
1 2), two being ticketed merely Chili, the others (1 ¢ and
1 9) Coquimbo.

R*

96 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions.

_ This species differs from B. bonariensis in very many
characters, ¢. g. in having finely granular sterna, smaller and
more oval stigmata, the fifth caudal segment with inferior
lateral denticulate keels, at least in the posterior two thirds of
the segment, Kc.

It further undoubtedly differs from Thorell’s B. @ Orbignyt
(Guér.) in the keeling of the fifth caudal segment and in
having finely granular sterna. JI am not confident that
Guerin’s @’ Orbigny? is the same as Thorell’s. Guérin, how-
ever, describes his species as being lisse e¢ luisant and as
having twenty-six pectinal teeth. In these two particulars
this form from Chili appears to differ from it.

Bothriurus Keyserlingti, sp. n.

CPL PVe tigs.2979'a:)

Allied to B. bonariensis.

Carapace smooth above, very finely granular at the sides.

Tergites very finely granular, the last more coarsely so.

Tail like that of B. bonariensis for the most part, but slightly
less robust, with the first segment furnished beneath with four
smooth and rather irregularly shaped keels, and the posterior
segment coarsely granular in its posterior hali, with the area
which is so clearly defined in b. bonariensis developed only as
in B, coriaceus.

The palpi as in the female of B. bonariensis.

The fifth sternite of the abdomen furnished with four smooth
keels.

Length about 40 millim.

A single dried (prebably ?) example in the late Count
Keyserling’s collection, ticketed Chili or Peru.

Most nearly related to B. cortaceus, which it resembles in
the structure of the fifth caudal segment, but easily to be
recognized by presence of four keels on the last abdominal
sternite and upon the first caudal segment.

Bothriurus asper, sp. n.

(Pl. V. fig. 10.)

Young male. Colour fuscous, with a distinct median fulvous
dorsal band on the tergites; the legs, palpi, and lower surface
of the tail irregularly variegated with flavous spots and bands,

Carapace finely and closely granular throughout, except
on the summit of the ocular tubercle, which is smooth and
polished ; this tubercle obscurely sulcate above ; the eyes large,
the distance between them being about equal to a diameter.

Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions. 97

The whole of the exposed portion of the tergites thickly
granular like the carapace, the last with two sets of larger
granules on each side. he sterna finely and closely granu-
lar, the last without trace of keels,

Tail moderately robust, rather more than four times the
length of the carapace, parallel-sided, the third segment about
as long as wide ; minutely and closely granular throughout ; a
few larger granules in the region of the superior and supero-
lateral keels on the anterior three segments, these keels being
marked posteriorly by small tubercles ; tie supero-lateral keel
absent on the fourth segment; the sides and lower surface of
the segments without keels; the fifth segment mesially sul-
cate, widely excavated behind; the lower surface with an
obsolete median keel, the posterior semiovate area not very
clearly defined, the two inwardly curved oblique series of
granules not coalescing in the middle line as in B. bonariensis,
the middle of this area tubercular. Vesicle flat above, scarcely
granular, subserially granular below.

Palpi: humerus coarsely granular above and in front;
brachium weakly granular above, its upper inner edge cari-
nate; manus longer than wide, very finely and closely
granular above and below.

Legs very finely granular externally, the penultimate
segment armed with acute spines; the foot furnished beneath
with a single series of long white hairs, the first not spined
beneath, the rest armed with from two to three pairs of spines.

Pectines large, furnished with 20 teeth; the genital oper-
culum acutely produced behind.

Stigmata small, ovately elongate.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 24, length of
carapace 3, of tail 14.

A single example from Iguarassu, collected by G. A.

Ramage.
Somewhat resembling B. cortaceus in the development of

the area on the lower surface of the fifth caudal segment ;
but the whole animal, and especially the lower surface of the
tail, is more noticeably granular, and the hairs upon the
bottom of the feet are much longer.

Bothriurus signatus, sp.n. (Pl. V. fig. 11.)

?. Colour brunneo-fuscous, with a pale median dorsal
band; variegated with black patches, the lower surface of the
trunk pale-coloured, the lower surface of the tail and of the
last abdominal segment with an irregular transverse black
band; the palpi reddish, concolorous or nigro-variegated.

98 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions.

Carapace smooth and highly polished, only very feebly
granular laterally, its anterior border lightly emarginate, the
ocular tubercle just in front of its middle.

Tergites polished, very finely and closely granular postero-
laterally and mesially, the last furnished with four abbre-
viated tubercular keels.

Sternites smooth, the last with four smooth abbreviated
keels.

Tail about five times the length of the carapace, parallel-
sided from the second segment, the third segment a trifle
wider than long, the fourth a trifle longer than wide; the
upper surface of the tail smooth, the superior and supero-
lateral keels present on the anterior three segments, but
smooth on the second and third; the lower surface of the
first furnished with four smooth keels, the internal of which
are furnished with a single large setiferous pore; the second
seement similarly but less strongly keeled below, the third
and fourth not keeled below; the upper edges of the
fifth squared granular in front, but the lower surface of the
fifth with a weak median posteriorly granular keel, the lateral
obliquely curved series of granules not completely circum-
scribing the normal area, which is granular in the middle.
Vesicle thickly granular beneath, smooth and flat above, not
quite as wide as the fifth segment.

Palpi very smooth and polished, scarcely granular, and
not carinate ; manus moderately robust, its width about two
thirds the length of the movable digit, about twice the width
of the brachium; the hand-back a little shorter than the
movable digit.

Legs smooth and polished, the penultimate segment fur-
nished with a few spines, the feet adorned below witha single
row of stoutish curved stiff sete, those of the first pair not
spined beneath, those of the second pair having a single pair
of spines, while the third and fourth have three pairs of
spines.

Pectines moderately long, furnished with 12-14 teeth.

Stigmata small and oval.

Measurements in mitlimetres.—Total length 45, of cara-
pace 5, of tail 25; width of second segment of tail 3;. width
of brachium 13, of manus 8+; length of hand-back 3°8, of
movable digit 4°8.

d+ Distinguished by very well-marked sexual characters.

The upper side of the body and palpi are not smooth and
highly polished, but finely and closely granular. ‘The tail is
a little more robust and is narrowed posteriorly ; the vesicle
is much narrower and much smoother beneath than in the

Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions. 99

female, and its upper surface is marked by an oval depressed
yellow spot. The lower surface of the last abdominal sternite
and of the first and second segments of the tail is not keeled.
In the palpi the humerus is more granular, the manus is
much wider, its width as compared with the brachium being
as 1} is to 84; and there is a strong spicular tooth on the
inner side of it at the base of the movable digit.

Fectines much larger, furnished with 13-16 very long
teeth.

Loc. Theresopolis (Brazil). Several specimens of both
sexes.

PHONIOCERCUS, gen. nov.
(El ValwAS figs 135 13ia.)

Allied to Cercophonius.

The anterior border of the carapace conspicuously emar-
ginate in the median line; the tubercle in front of the middle
of the carapace and sulcate.

The median teeth on the digits of the chele arranged in a,
single series and of tolerably large size. _

Lhe lower surface of the feet not furnished with a median
series of whitish hairs, as in Cercophontus and Urophonius,
but naked along the middle line, and armed on each side of it
with a few long setiform spines.

Phoniocercus pictus, sp. n.

Colour ferruginous, much variegated with black.

Carapace mostly blackish, variegated behind and at the
sides; tergites with a lateral flavous patch, a >-shaped
flavous mark on each side, and three flavous spots in the
middle ; sterna flavous, irregularly clouded with black ; ¢tazd,
including the vesicle, variegated above and below 3 cheliceree
black apically ; pa/p¢ blackish, hands reddish, variegated with
black lines ; legs deeply variegated with black.

The carapace nearly smooth, extremely closely and finely
granular in the depression below the median eyes; the longi-
tudinal sulcus which traverses the carapace and crosses the
tubercle finely granular and distinctly transversely striate ;
the anterior border of the carapace somewhat deeply emar-
ginate in the middle; the ocular tubercle in advance of the
middle.

The tergites almost entirely smooth and polished, the sixth
finely granular mesially and posteriorly, the seventh very
finely granular throughout, with two nearly obsolete more

coarsely granular crests.

100 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions.

Sterna smooth, polished, punctured.

Tail less than five times the length of the carapace, mode-
rately robust; the second and third segments wider than
long, the fourth slightly longer than wide, the fifth as wide as
the second; the vesicle as wide as the fifth ; the upper surface
mesially narrowly sulcate, finely granular on the first and
second; the superior and supero-lateral keels irregularly
granular ; the sides of the segments also irregularly granu-
lar; the lower surface of the first smooth (with four punc-
tures), of the second, third, and fourth rather obscurely
keeled, the keels stronger on the fourth than on the third, and
on the third than on the second, all of them irregularly
granular or subtubercular ; the fifth segment with its upper
surface flat behind, the edges squared and irregularly rough-
ened, with traces anteriorly of a superior lateral keel; the
inferior lateral keels, as stated above, entirely obsolete, unless
they are represented by a series of granules on each side of
and close to the median granular keel ; the lateral part of this
segment coarsely granular; the vesicle and aculeus longer
than the fifth segment and as wide, the aculeus not half as
long as the vesicle, which is granular beneath.

Falpi smooth, not keeled nor granular, studded with large
piliferous tubercles ;_ manus wider than the brachium, rounded,
subcostate, the length of the hand-back less than that of the
movable digit, but considerably more than the width of the
hand; the median teeth of the digits forming a single series,
which is slightly curved on a level with the teeth of the
external row.

Legs quite smooth; the lower surface of the feet furnished
with from three to four pairs of spines, which terminate
distally in longer slender hair-like points.

Fectines yather short, furnished with ten teeth; the inter-
mediate series of lamella about 6 or 7 in number.

Stigmata small and slit-like.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 33, of tail 18,
of carapace 4; width of first caudal segment 2°6, of fifth 2-2.

Loe. ?

A single example, ticketed “? W. coast of Africa,” and
named Cercophonius chilensis, Molina, belonging to the collec-
tion of the late Count Keyserling. There can be very little
doubt that this is also a Neotropical form.

UROPHONIUS, gen. noy.
(Pl. VI. A. figs, 14, 142.)
Closely allied to Cercophonius.
The median series of teeth on the digits of the chele of
larger size and set in two irregular rows.

Mr, R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorpions. 101

The ocular tubercle situated in the middle of the carapace.

In Cercophonius, of which squama, Gervais, is the type,
and, so far as I know, the sole representative—a species which
occurs both upon the west coast of South America and in
South-east Australia—the teeth of the median series are
represented by a host of close-set granules, arranged appa-
rently without order in from three to five rows ; and the ocular
tubercle is placed in front of the middle of the carapace.

I select as the type of this genus the species described
below as Jheringiz; but I also refer to it a specimen in the
British Museum from Coquimbo which I identify as-Cerco-
phonius brachycentrus of Thorell.

These two species further differ from C. sqguama in having
the lower surface of the tail coarsely granular beneath in
front, the lower surface of the feet furnished with long white
hairs, and from five to six pairs of spurs upon the lower sur-
face of the feet of the two posterior pairs. In C. squama the
last sternite of the abdomen and the anterior segments of the
tail are not granular, and the lower surfaces of the feet in
question are clothed below with short hairs and armed with
only two pairs of spines.

Urophonius Sheringii, sp. n.

Colour flavous, nigro-maculate; the carapace with its ante-
ocular portion black in the middle, flavous at the sides; the
tergites fuscous at the sides, with a fuscous spot on each side
of the middle line; four clearer favous spots along the hinder
border ; segments ‘of the tail irregularly fuscous above and
at the sides, especially posteriorly ; vesicle flavous ; upper
surface of the legs, chelicere, and palpi banded or spotted
with black; digits ferruginous.

Carapace exceedingly finely granular above at the sides;
the anterior border almost straight, but the posterior border
with a distinct median notch; the ocular tubercle in the
middle, grooved, like the area behind and in front of it.

Tergites almost entirely smooth, minutely granular laterally
and posteriorly, not mesially depressed, the last with tae
abbreviated coarsely granular keels on each side.

Sternites smooth and polished, minutely punctulate, the
last tubercular.

Tail slender, about five times the length of the carapace ;
the second seement as long as wide and wider than the fifth,
the segments with lightly convex lateral outlines ; the superior
and superior lateral keels smooth and rounded on all but the
first segment, where they are feebly granular or tubercular ;
the lower surface of the anterior three segments irregularly

102 Mr. R. I. Pocock on Neotropical Scorptons.

tubercular, the first more coarsely so than the second and the
econd than the third, the inferior lateral keels visible but
smooth or nearly so; the fifth segment with smooth and.
rounded upper edges and a posteriorly flat upper surface, the
three inferior keels weak anteriorly, irregularly granular in
the posterior half of the segment ; the veszcle slender, very
finely granular beneath, smooth and flat above ; the aculeus
very lightly curved.

Palpi moderately slender, without keels and granules,
marked with large ocelliform setiferous pores ; manus wider
than the brachium, the movable digit considerably longer than
the hand-back, which is itself much longer than the width of
the hand; the six larger teeth of the internal series separated
from the smaller teeth of the median series, which are
arranged in two irregular rows ; the large teeth of the exter-
nal series, about five in number, contiguous with those of the
median series.

Legs smooth, the penultimate segment hairy beneath,
spined; the last segment furnished beneath with long white
hairs, this segment not spined beneath in the feet of the first
and second pairs, but armed with five or six pairs of spines
in the legs of the third and fourth pairs.

Peciines armed with 13-14 teeth, with the intermediate
laminze composed of about nine or ten pieces.

Stigmata small, slit-like.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 30, of cara-
pace 3°4, of tail 17; width of the first segment 2:2, of the
fitth 1:8.

A single female specimen from Rio Grande do Sul (Dr. H.
von Jhering).

This species resembles C. brachycentrus of Thorell in
having the lower surface of the anterior caudal segments
thickly granular. It may be recognized by its smoothness
and by the absence of granules and keels on the palpi, &e.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PrAne iV;

Fig. 1. Broteas Gervaisti, sp. n. Foot of posterior limb.

Fig. 2. Broteochactas delicatus (Karsch). oot of posterior limb.
Fig. 3. Broteochactas nitidus, sp. 1. _ Foot of posterior limb.

Fig. 4. Teuthraustes alramentartus, Simon. oot of posterior limb.
Fig. 4a. Ditto. Carapace from above.

Fig. 4b. Ditto. Carapace from the side.

Fig. 5. Hadrurochactas Sclatert, gen. et sp. n. Foot of posterior limb,
Fig. 5a, Ditto. Carapace from above.

Fig. 6. Heterochactas Gervaisit, gen, et sp. n, Carapace from above.
Fig. 6a. Ditto, Carapace from the side,

On new Mollusca from South Africa. 103

Fig. 7. Chactas Whymperi, sp. n. Foot of posterior limb.

Fig. 7a. Ditto, Carapace from above.

Fig. 7b, Ditto. Immovable digit.

Fig. 8. Caraboctonus Keyserlingit, gen. et sp. nu. Foot of posterior limb.

Fig. 9. Bothriurus Keyserlingii, sp.n. Last abdominal somite and first
caudal segment from below.

Fig. 9a, Ditto. Fifth caudal segment from below.

Fg. 10. Bothriurus asper, sp. n. Filth caudal segment from below.

Fig. 11. Bothriurus signatus, sp.n. Fifth caudal segment from below.

fg. 12. Bothriurus coriaceus, sp.n. Fifth caudal segment trom below.

Pr aTE VA A.

Fig. 18. Phoniocercus pictus, gen. et sp. n. Dentition of digit.
Fig. 18 a. Ditto, Foot of posterior limb.

Fig. 14. Urophonius Jheringii, gen. et sp. n. Dentition of digit.
Fig. 14a. Ditto. Foot of posterior limb.

Fig. 15. Cercophonius squama (Gery.). Dentition of digit.

Fig. 15a, Ditto. Foot of posterior limb.

XXJ.—Descriptions of Twenty new Species of Terrestrial and
Fluviatile Mollusca from South Africa. By JAMES Cosmo
Metvitt, M.A., F.L.8., and Joan Henry Ponsonsy,
B.Z.S.

[Plate III. ]

In the following paper, the seventh of a series of contribu-
tions towards the elucidation of the South-African Molluscan
land-fauna, we deal more particularly with new forms of the
genus Lnnea, which are, critically speaking, more than usually
attractive, presenting as they do so increasingly numerous
an assemblage of nearly allied though apparently distinct
species.

1. Helix (Macrocyclis) Quekettiana, sp. n.
(PELL ties 16)

H. testa ampla, profunde umbilicata, depresso-conoidali, olivaceo-
cornea, subpellucida ; anfractibus quatuor, longitudinaliter arcte
obliqui-liratis, liris sericatis, anfractu ultimo rapide et effuse
accrescente, ad basin levi, viridescente nitidissimo; apertura
effuso-lunari, labro simplici, ad marginem columellarem paullum
reflexo.

Long. 18, lat. 30 mill.

Hab. Pietermaritzburg (J. /. Quekett, Hsq.).

104. Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on

A very handsome addition to Macrocyclis; much of the
same build as bullacea (Pfr.), but larger and in every way a
more striking species.

Three specimens, in magnificent condition.

The colour olivaceous horny, subpellucid in texture, in form
effuse and depressed, slightly conical towards the apex ;
whorls four in number, beautifully closely longitudinally lirate,
the lire giving a silky appearance to the whorls. Below, the
last whorl is quite smooth, olive-green, and very shining. The
umbilicus is narrowly profound, mouth lunar; lip simple,
thin, slightly reflexed at the columellar margin.

Discovered by Mr. Quekett, the active Curator of the
Maritzburg Museum.

2. Achatina scevola, sp.n. (Pl. ILI. fig. 2.)

A, testa sinistrorsa, tenui, subpellucida, pallide ochracea, oblongo-
ovata; anfractibus septem, ventricosulis, longitudinaliter brunneo-
flammulatis, superne microscopice granato-striatulis, striis trans-
versis, infra, anfractu ultimo sublevigato: columella leviter
contorta, truncata, fusca ; apertura oblonga, labro tenui.

Long. 2°35, lat. 1:25 inch.

Hab. Transvaal (Mr. Bowker). In Coll. Edgar L. Layard,
Esq.
This shell, collected by Mr. Layard’s nephew, Mr. Bowker,
in the ae val is, though in damaged condition, so peculiar,
that we agree Sih its owner it 1s worthy of ’ description.
Nothing we have seen in the National or other collections
exactly corresponds with it, though it does not at first sight
seem to possess any extraordinary characters excepting in
being sinistral.

The shell is thin, pale ochraceous, with longitudinal darker
brown flames; whorls seven, microscopically eranato-striate
the strie transverse, the last whorl appearing Bios smooth,
though the above- entered striations are still with a iene
traceable for, at all events, some little distance below the
suture. The whorls are slightly ventricose, lip simple;
columella slightly contorted, fuscous, and strongly truncate.

3. Achatina penestes, sp.n. (PI. III. fig. 3.)

A, testa ovato-pyramidali, supra, et preesertim ad apicem, multum
attenuata ; anfractibus sex, sub lente granato-decussatis, ad
suturas impressis, anfractu ultimo rapide accrescente, ad basin
leviore, longitudinaliter irregulariter ruguloso ; apertura ovato-
oblonga, columella ad basin contorquente, truncatula.

Long. (sp. maj.) 1°30, lat. °75 inch.

Hab. Pretoria (Wotton).

new Mollusca from South Africa. 105

Two specimens, neither in very good condition.

The shape is peculiar, ovate-pyramidal, the last whorl
rapidly increasing, somewhat effuse, the other whorls small
in proportion; the surface, excepting that of the basal half of
the last whorl, which is smoothish though longitudinally
wrinkled, granato-decussate.

This appears to be a very distinct new form.

4, Stenogyra Crawfordi, sp.n. (Pl. IIIT. fig. 4.)

S. testa tenuissima, vitrea, attenuata, cylindrica; anfractibus
quinque, leevigatis, ventricosis, sub lente tenuissime longitudinaliter
striatulis, anfractu ultimo producto; apertura oblonga; peristo-
mate simplici, recto, marginem apud columellarem paullum
incrassato.

Long. (sp. maj.) 4°50, lat. 1°50 mill.
Hab. Van Staaden’s River (J. Crawford, Esq.).
on a

A smoothish glassy species, to which we cannot assig
place as the young of any South-African form with which
we are acquainted, several of the specimens before us being
apparently full-grown.

5. Buliminus (Pachnodus) maritzburgensis, sp. n.

(PI. ILL. fig. 5.)

B. testa anguste umbilicata, omnino pellucida, lete cornea, tenuis-
sima, pyramidali, ad apicem attenuato-conica ; anfractibus sex,
ventricosulis, ad suturas impressis, ultimo apud peripheriam
subangulato, effuso; apertura rotunda; peristomate tenui,
apud marginem columellarem multum reflexo, umbilicum obte-
gente.

Long. 14, lat. 9 mill.
Hab. Pietermaritzburg (Hl. Burnup, Esq.).

A very pretty transparent, horny, pyramidal species, six-
whorled, attenuate towards the apex, the last whorl shoul-
dered, somewhat broadened ; whorls ventricose and impressed
at the sutures, narrowly umbilicate; mouth roundish; peri-
stome thin, simple, and much reflexed triangularly at the
columellar margin, covering the umbilicus.

Allied to B. conulus, Reeve, from which, however, it will
be found on comparison to be quite distinct.

6. Buliminus transvaalensis, sp. n.

(PI. III. fig. 6.)

B. testa anguste umbilicata, conico-pyramidali, corneo-pellucida,
ad basin depressa; anfractibus sex, ultimo in medio angulato,

106 ~—- Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on

undique longitudinaliter sub lente oblique tenuissime striatis ;
apertura rotunda, labro tenui, simplici, ad marginem columel-
larem late triangulatim reflexo.

Long. 6, lat. 3°10 mill.

Hab. North Transvaal (Col. Bowker).

Two specimens of a small horny, subpellucid, acuminate
species ; whorls six, last whorl angled towards the middle ;
mouth round, lip simple, broadly triangularly reflexed at the
columellar margin,

This shell is unlike any other South-African species of
the genus.

7. Buliminus (Pachnodus) jeyunus, sp. n.

(Pl. III. fig. 7:)

B. testa ovato-conica, angustissime umbilicata, robusta, pallescente ;
anfractibus quinque, levibus, undique strigis fulvo-brunneis
oblique et irregulariter decoratis, ultimo in medio angulato, apud
angulum transversim linea brunnea zonulato, labro simplici, ad
marginem columellarem reflexo.

Long. (sp. maj.) 8, lat. 4°50 mill.
Hab. North Transvaal (Col. Bowker).

Five specimens of a neat small shell: form conically ovate,
angled towards the middle of the last whorl; shell thick,
whitish cinereous, with longitudinal, somewhat irregular
brown streaks or flames; in four out of the five specimens
there is a brown transverse zone at the angle of the last
whorl.

The general appearance of the shell somewhat reminds one
of B. punctatus, Anton.

8. Ennea Crossleyana, sp.n. (Pl. III. fig. 8.)

E. testa parum rimata, abbreviata, cylindriformi, subpellucida, albo-
cinerea; anfractibus sex vel septem, longitudinaliter oblique
costulatis, costulis infra suturas monilitormibus ; apertura
oblonga; peristomate albo, nitido, reflexo, plica parietali con-
spicua, labiali tridentata, basali minore, simplici, interna infra
marginem columellarem nitida, mammeformi, valde intrante.

Long. 5°50, lat. 2 mill.

Hab. Pietermaritzburg (Burnup).

Several specimens of a very pretty and conspicuous Hinnea.
The tridentate labial tooth is noteworthy; the texture is
semipellucid, and the whorls below the sutures have one
transverse row of beaded granulation.

We have much pleasure in associating with this species

new Mollusca from South Africa. 107

the name of Mrs. Crossley, in whose garden the specimens
were first collected.

9. Ennea drakensbergensis, sp.n. (Pl. III. fig. 9.)

E. testa parum rimata, abbreviato-cylindriformi, cinerea ; anfrac-
tibus sex, ventricosulis, undique confertim longitudinaliter recti-
striatis; apertura rotunda; peristomate albo, nitido, quadri-
plicato, plica parietali acinaciformi, conspicua, dente labiali crasso,
simplici, basali minore, plica columellari interna mammeformi,
perintrante.

Long. 4, lat. 2°25 mill.

fab. Pietermaritzburg.

A shortly cylindrical shell, cinereous, with six whorls
whorls ventricose, adorned with somewhat straight loner
dinal striz; mouth roundish ovate, lip white, incrassate,
reflexed, four-plaited, the labial and basal teeth being simple,
the sutural (or parietal) large and deep-seated, the columellar
internal and nipple- shaped.

One specimen.

10. Hnnea euthymia, sp.n. (PI. III. fig. 10.)

E. testa subrimata, abbreviata, cylindrica, incrassata, olivaceo-
cinerea; anfractibus septem, ventricosis, ad suturas impressis,
undique longitudinaliter oblique densistriatis ; apertura rotunda ;
peristomate albo-nitente, reflexo, plicis vel dentibus sex munito,
plica parietali magna intrante, labialibus duabus simphcibus, dente
basali et columellari labialium instar, subtus hune plica interna
mammieeformi, valde perintrante.

Long. 4:50, lat. 2 mill.

Hab. Pietermaritzburg.

A pretty little species, possessing in its peristomatal pro-
cesses a marked contrast to other species of the genus from
South Africa. The mouth is roundish, lip white, reflexed,
furnished with six teeth or plaits—the parietal being large,
scimitar-shaped ; the two labial teeth or plaits, the basal, and
the columellar are all similar and simple. Below this latter

is an internal plait, white, nipple-shaped, and large.

11. Ennea maritzburgensis, sp.n. (Pl. ILI. fig. 11.)

E. testa parum rimata, tenui, subdiaphana, nitida; anfractibus sex
vel septem, levigatis, infra, juxta suturas solum, oblique stria-
tulis; apertura ovata; peristomate albo-nitente, reflexo, plicis
vel dentibus quinque munito, plica parietali acinaciformi,
intrante, dentibus labialibus duobus, simplicibus, dente basali

108 = Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on

simplici, parvo, plica columellari interna valde ad imam faucem

penetrante.
Long. 3:50, lat. 1:10 mill.

Hab. Pietermaritzburg (Quekett).

A charming little subpellucid species; whorls six, smooth,
excepting just below the sutures, where there is a trace of the
oblique longitudinal striation so general a feature in the shells
of this genus. The mouth is furnished with five teeth or
plaits, three of them being quite simple, while the parietal is
scimitar-shaped and penetrating, the columellar also very
deep-seated.

Three specimens.

12. Ennea polita, sp. n. (PI. III. fig. 12.)

E. testa levi, tenui, pellucida, vitrea, dolioliformi, cylindrica, apice
obtusissimo ; anfractibus septem, levibus; apertura ovata ; peri-
stomate vix reflexo, quinqueplicato, plica parietali et labiali magnis
perintrantibus, dente labiali bifurcato, dente basali minore,
simplici, plica columellari valde intrante, conspicua.

Long. 3, lat. 1:20 mill.

Hab. Tharfield (Miss Mary L. Bowker). In Coll. Edgar
L. Layard, Esq.

A small pellucid, shining, smooth species, barrel-shaped ;
whorls seven, plain and smooth; mouth ovate, lip reflexed,
white, five-plaited, of which the parietal, labial, and colu-
mellar plaits are conspicnous and deep-seated ; the basal tooth
small and simple; the labial tooth bifid.

Five specimens.

13. Ennea pulchella, sp. n. (Pl. III. fig. 13.)

E. testa rimata, pellucida, tenui, dolioliformi, nitida, apice obtuso ;
anfractibus septem, ventricosulis, infra suturas granato-marginatis,
undique longitudinaliter striis obliquis decoratis ; apertura sub-
rotunda; peristomate albo, reflexo, incrassato, plicis vel dentibus
quinque munito, plica parietali magna, acinaciformi, intrante,
dentibus duobus labialibus simplicibus, basali parvo simplici, plica
columellari perintrante, conspicua.

Long. 6, lat. 2°85 mill.

Hab. Chase Krantz, Maritzburg (Burnup).

A very pretty shining species. It is shortly cylindrical,
pellucid, seven-whorled ; whorls slightly ventricose, delicately
longitudinally striate; close below the sutures there is a
transverse pellucid line, the intermediate space being minutely
granate; the aperture is roundish ; peristome white, thick-

new Mollusca from South Africa. 109

ened, furnished with five plaits or teeth, of which the two
labial and the one basal are ordinary and simple, the parietal
or sutural plait being large and deep-seated, and the colu-
mellar also conspicuous.

T'wo specimens.

Its nearest ally is HE. regularis, M. & P., from which,
however, it differs in having one whorl more, in the form of
the aperture, and in the detail of the dentition.

14. Ennea socratica, sp.n. (PI. III. fig. 14.)

H. testa profunde rimata, recta, cylindriformi, crassa, brunneo-
cinerea ; anfractibus octo, apud suturas impressis, undique longi-
tudinaliter oblique crassistriatis; apertura curta, subrotunda;
peristomate albido, reflexo, ad basin incrassato, triplicato, plica
parietali et Jlabiali valde intrantibus, conspicuis, columellari
interna simplici.

Long. 8, lat. 3°25 mill.

Hab. Pietermaritzburg.

A large form, of which we have only seen one specimen.
Deeply rimate, eight-whorled ; whorls incrassate, obliquely
coarsely longitudinally striate, impressed at the sutures;
mouth subrotund, lip furnished with three plaits, all deep-
seated and conspicuous ; peristome thickened internally at the
base. The mouth seems small in proportion to the length
of the shell, but there does not appear to be any malforma-
tion. More specimens are, however, desirable.

15. Ennea tharfieldensis, sp. n. (Pl. ILI. fig. 15.)

E. testa parum rimata, oblonga, cylindrica, albo-cinerea ; anfrac-
tibus sex vel septem, ventricosulis, apud suturas impressis, undique
longitudinaliter crassistriatis; apertura oblonga; peristomate
producto, albo-nitente, incrassato, reflexo, quinqueplicato, plica
parietali prominente, conspicua, plica labiali multum incrassata,
aditum intrante et occludente; basali interna mammeeformi ;
columellari magna, incrassata ; quinta denique inter columellarem
parietalemque interna, minore.

Long. 4°50, lat. 2 mill.

Hab. Thartield. In Coll. Edgar L. Layard, Esq.

Several specimens of a form we cannot exactly place with
any described species, though much of the same build exter-
nally as several others. The peristome is five-plaited, of
which two are quite internal, the remaining three conspicu-
ously incrassate.

Allied to #. crassidens, but not a form of that species.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 9

110 = Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on

16. Ennea Vandenbroeckii, sp.n. (Pl. III. fig. 16.)

E. testa obeso-cylindrica, cinerea, apice obtuso ; anfractibus octo,
undique longitudinaliter oblique striato-costatis ; apertura ovato-
rotunda; peristomate albo, reflexo, quinqueplicato, plica parietali
conspicua, incurvata, labiali simplici, dentibus basalibus duobus
simplicibus, plica columellari interna mammeeformi.

Long. 7, lat. 3°50 mill.

Hab. Natal (ex Coll. Vandenbroeck).

Marked by Mr. Vandenbroeck as H. Gouldi (Pfr.), which
it certainly is not. A bluntly cylindriform obese shell, with
the whorls striato-costulate longitudinally ; mouth round,
five-plaited or toothed. In form allied to #. Dunkert, Pfr.

‘T'wo specimens.

17. Ennea vanstaadensis, sp.n. (PI. ILI. fig. 17.)

E. testa rimata, longa, cylindriformi, delicatula, succinea ; anfrac-
tibus sex vel septem, undique confertim longitudinaliter tenui-
striatis ; peristomate albo, incrassato, nitente, plicis vel dentibus
quatuor munito, plica parietali conspicua, prominente, intus
extensa, dente labiali bifurcato, basali minore, simplici, plica
columellari mammeformi, valde intrante.

Long. 5°50, lat. 1°75 mill.

Hab. Van Staaden’s River (J. Crawford, Esq.).

Four specimens, of which the one we have taken as the
type is completely cylindriform, prolonged, seven-whorled ;
the other three are somewhat shorter, but the mouth and
tooth-processes are exactly the same.

18. Succinea Bowkert, sp.n. (Pl. III. fig. 18.)

S. testa pertenui, lete ochracea; anfractibus tribus vel quatuor,
ultimo rapide accrescente, subeffuso, apicali parvo, medio per-

ventricoso, parvo; apertura ovata, labro tenuissimo, simplici.
Long. 13°50, lat. 9 mill.

Hab. Malvern (Col. Bowker).

We are unable to exactly match this shell with any known
forms, though it approaches two Sandwich-Island species,
both endemic. It does not appear either to be a variety of
the ubiquitous S. putris, and we have therefore ventured to
describe it. ‘The species of this genus unfortunately are not
only liable to much variation, but also offer no very salient
points for characterization.

Two specimens, exactly similar.

new Mollusca from South Africa. 1 |

19. Planorbis Bowkert, sp. n. (Pl. III. fig. 19.)

P. testa pallide cinerea, altiuscula, parum nitente, sublevigata ;
anfractibus quatuor, deplanatis, rapide accrescentibus, disco supe-
riore et inferiore eque excavatis ; apertura obliqui-rotundata.

Long. 8°20, lat. 3°40 mill.

Hab. North Transvaal (Col. Bowker).

A species not unlike P. corneus in miniature. The surface
under a lens is found to be very finely, obliquely, longitu-
dinally striate. ‘The whorls are rounded, both the upper and
lower disks being equally excavate.

20. Planorbis Crawfordi, sp.n. (PI. III. fig. 20.)

P. testa parva, compressa, obliqui-striata, cinereo-olivacea ; anfrac-
tibus quatuor, lente crescentibus, discis utrinque subrotundatis,
inferiore magis applanato; apertura depresso-lunari.

Long. (sp. maj.) 1, lat. 5 mill.

Hab. Van Staaden’s River (J. Crawford, Esq.).

A small compressed species, whorls rounded and not angled,
somewhat recalling our British P. albus.

Three specimens.

N.B.—In our last paper (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. xi., January 1893, pp. 20, 21) the descriptions of Pupa
dysorata and Sykesit were, in part, accidentally transposed.

Of the former the description should read thus :—

Pupa dysorata, sp.n. (PI. III. fig. 4.)

P. testa minutissima, oblonga, levi, apice obtuso; anfractibus quinque,
tumescentibus, ventricosis; apertura ovali; peristomate albido,
paullum reflexo, ad marginem columellarem incrassatum uni-

dentato.
Long. 1, lat. 55 mill.

Hab. Griqualand East (#. R. Sykes, Esq.).

And of the latter :—
Pupa Sykesit, sp. n. (PI. III. fig. 6.)

P. testa rimata, minuta, cylindrica, diaphana, apice obtuso ; anfrac-
tibus septem vel octo, ventricosis, undique confertim longitu-
*

112 Dr. E. Bergroth on some Ethiopian Pentatomide.

dinaliter tenuicostatis; apertura ovata; peristomate paullum
reflexo, dentibus duobus munito, hoe parietali, illo basali, oppo-
sitis, inconspicuis.

Long. 1-90, lat. °75 mill.

Hab. Griqualand East (HZ. R. Sykes, Esq.).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

Fig. 1. Macrocyclis Quekettiana. Fig. 11. Ennea maritzburgensis.
Fig. 2. Achatina scevola. Fig. 12. polita.

Fig. 3. penestes. Fig. 13. —— pulchella.

Fig. 4. Stenogyra Crawfordi. Fug. 14. socratica.

Fig. 5, Buliminusmaritzburgensis. | Fug. 15. —— tharfieldensis.
Fig. 6. transvaalensis. Fig. 16. —— Vandenbroeckit.
Ege ele Jejunus. Feg. 17. vanstaadensis.
Fig. 8. Ennea Crossleyana. Fig. 18. Succinea Bowkert.

Fg. 9. drakensbergensis. Fig. 19. Planorbis Bowkert.
Fig. 10. euthymia. Fig. 20. Crawfordt.

XXII.—On some Ethiopian Pentatomide of the Group
Halyine. By E. Bercrotu, M.D.

THE object of this paper is to give descriptions of some new
or imperfectly known genera and species of Halyine. This
group, which includes some of the most conspicuous Penta-
tomide, has its headquarters in Australia, but it is also well
represented in Africa, although many of the species are doubt-
less still undescribed.

1. Dalpada Cambouet, Fallon.
Halys Cambouet, Fallon, Rey. d’Ent. x. 5 (1891).

Subovata, supra straminea, sat dense subacervatim nigro-punctata,
subtus testacea, lateribus capitis, pectoris ventrisque nigris, in
capite et pectore vittam angustam rufescentem includentibus,
maculis marginalibus segmentorum ventralium semicircularibus
pallidis. Caput pronoto longius, elongato-triangulare, basi nigro-
bimaculatum, jugis tylo multo longioribus et ante hune contiguis,
apice obtusis, lateribus nonnihil ante apicem obtuse angulato-
eminulis, ocellis mox pone lineam inter angulum posticum oculo-
rum fictam sitis, bucculis antice rotundatis, rostro apicem segmenti
secundi ventris attingente, antennis (apice mutilis) fuscis, articulis
duobus basalibus flavo-strigatis, primo angulum anteapicalem
jugorum haud superante, tertiosecundo perpaullo longiore. Pro-
notum mox ante medium transversim impressum, marginibus late-
ralibus anticis leviter sinuatis, ante sinum inzqualiter denticu-

Dr. E. Bergroth on some Ethiopian Pentatomide. 113

latis, angulis lateralibus levissime eminulis, rectis. Scutellum
apice obtuse subangulatum. Pectus ad acetabula postica macula
nigra notatum, orificiis in sulcum longum leviter curvatum con:
tinuatis. Corium pone medium macula parva levigata pallida
notatum, margine apicali leviter rotundato; membrana cinerea,
venis fuscis. Abdomen dorso fusco-testaceum, connexivo nigro,
fascia media segmentorum testacea, ventre parce fusco-punctu-
lato. Pedes antici nigri, dimidio basali femorum horumque
dimidio apicali supra et subtus, annulo submediano et obsoletiore
subbasali subapicalique tibiarum atque articulis duobus primis
tarsorum superne testaceis (pedes posteriores desunt).
Long. ¢ 10°5 mm.

Madagascar,
This species differs from the typical Dalpade in having
_ the buccule rounded anteriorly and the ocelli a little nearer
to the base of the head. It is allied to D. capitata, Dist.,
but is much smaller, differently coloured, and with the third
antennal joint longer.
Mons. Fallon’s type is here described.

ANOLCUS, gen. nov.

Corpus depressum. Caput conicum, supra transversim convexius-
culum, apice obtusum, parte anteoculari latitudine longiore, late-
ribus teretibus, ante oculos hand sinuatis, tylo jugis paullo longiore,
ocellis in linea inter basin oculorum ficta positis, a nea media
capitis quam ab oculis paullo magis distantibus, bucculis humili-
bus, antice in angulum acutum elevatis, postice ultra medium
oculorum haud productis, rostro basin ventris attingente, articulo
primo bucculas vix superante, secundo tertio parum longiore,
quarto tertio fere duplo breviore, tuberculis antenniferis ab oculis
et apice jugorum eeque longe distantibus, antennis quinque-articu-
latis, articulo basali apicem capitis non attingente. Pronotum
apice leviter sinuatum, basi subrectum, angulis basalibus obtuse
rotundatis, marginibus lateralibus anticis serrulatis, Scutellum
parte apicali angustum, frenis medium scutelli perpaullo supe-
rantibus. Mesosternum medio carinatum, carina lata depressa,
Orificia in sulecum mediocrem continuata. Corium scutello
longius; membrana laxissime reticulata, venis circiter quattuor
areolas sex (duas basales, quattuor apicales) formantibus instructa.
Abdomen subtus haud suleatum, spiraculis ad marginem anticum
segmentorum approximatis, a margine postico et laterali aque
longe distantibus. Femora subtus prope apicem spinulosa ; tibiv
supra sulcatee, antice triquetre. .

This genus is allied to Dalpada, A. & 8., but is at once
distinguished, inter alia, by the peculiar neuration of the
membrane.

114 Dr. E. Bergroth on some Ethiopian Pentatomide.

2. Anolcus campestris, sp. n.

Ovatus, pallide stramineus, supra acervatim obscure virescenti- vel
fusco-cinereo-punctatus, subtus concoloriter punctulatus. Caput
pronoto subequilongum, supra et subtus vittis sex obscure vires-
centibus ornatum, vittis superioribus extimis ad angulum anticum
oculorum oblique interruptis, vittis binis interioribus medio cvalitis,
interstitiis inter vittas elevatis, levibus, articulo ultimo rostri
nigro, antennis medium abdominis paullo superantibus, gracilibus,
nigris, articulo primo diametro verticali oculi equilongo, pallido,
extus nigro-strigato, articulis tribus ultimis basi flavidis, secundo
primo plus quam duplo longiore, tertio et quinto secundo sub-
eequalibus, quarto ceteris paullo longiore. Pronotum longitudine
duplo et dimidio latius, angulis apicalibus obtusis, angulis laterali-
bus leviter angulato-eminulis, marginibus lateralibus anticis pone
medium profunde sinuatis, ante sinum serrulatis, marginibus
lateralibus posticis prope angulos laterales obtuse angulatis, disco
medio preesertim latera versus transversim leviter impresso, mar-
gine cuncto, linea longitudinali media, linea intra marginem
lateralem anticum postice cum hoe conjuncta ac lineis aliquot
irregularibus lobi antici per leobum posticum oblique curvatim
continuatis levibus. Pectus sat dense punctulatum, vitta laterali
viridi-genea callos nonnullos pallidos includente et macula parva ad
acetabula postice viridi-zenea ornatum, mesosterno medio maculis
duabus oblongis levibus nigris signato. Hemelytra apicem abdo-
minis attingentia, corio basin segmenti sexti connexivi attin-
gente, margine apicali extus obtuse angulato, angulo apicali recto,
epipleura ad basin macula enea et pone hanc serie subtili punctu-
lorum instructa, membrana lacteo-subhyalina, macula ad angulum
basalem internum et venis nigris. Abdomen rotundato-ampliatum,
dorso nigrum, connexivo pallido, segmentis medio dilute ferrugineo-
punctulatis, ad basin et apicem fascia viridi-cinerea notatis,
angulis apicalibus levissime prominulis, ventre leviter convexo,
parce subtilissime punctulato, lateribus extra spiracula concoloria
punctulis remotis fuscis dispersis, puncto minuto fusco ad angulum
apicalem segmentorum, macula majore extra spiraculum segmenti
primi, macula minuta extra et intra spiraculum segmenti secundi
intraque spiracula segmentorum ceterorum viridi-snea, segmento
sexto femine medio quam lateribus duplo longiore, angulis api-
calibus subrectis. Pedes straminei, femoribus parte apicali viridi-
nigro-conspersis, subtus prope apicem utrinque spinulis perpaucis
pallidis armatis, tibiis anticis supra ad basin et apicem et paullo
pone medium nigro-notatis, lateribus nigro-strigatis, tibiis posticis
supra ad basin et apicem vitta viridi-nigra, subtus linea purpurea
notatis (tibize medi desunt).

Long. ¢ 11 mm.

Mozambique ; Rikatla. Coll. Montandon.

—

Dr. E. Bergroth on some Ethiopian Pentatomide. 115

3. Canomorpha Schioedtet, sp. n.

Ovalis (¢) vel subovata (2), straminea, fusco-punctata, punctis
smaragdineis interspersis, purpureo et smaragdineo picta, partibus
pallidis parcius, partibus purpureis et smaragdineis crebre punc-
tatis. Caput pronoto medio paullo longius, apicem versus leviter
angustatum, vittis duabus superioribus approximatis et vitta
inferiore anteoculari smaragdineis, jugis apice valde oblique trun-
catis, rostro basin vel medium segmenti ventralis quarti attin-
gente, antennis nigris, articulo primo subtus basin versus, annulo
apicali articuli secundi et basali articuli quarti pallide flavis, arti-
culis secundo et tertio paullo variabilibus, subequilongis vel
secundo tertio longiore, quarto secundo longiore (quintus deest).
Pronotum maculis aliquot anterioribus et maculis basalibus
septem obscure smaragdincis ornatum, macula basali media parva
angusta, marginibus lateralibus anticis vix sinuatis, ab apice
paullo ultra medium pallidis, angulis lateralibus leviter prominulis,
rectis vel acutiusculis. Scutellum macula magna basali latera
non attingente obscure purpurea postice utrinque in vittam
brevem subsmaragdineam prolongata signatum, angulis basalibus
smaragdineis. Pectus medio fuscum, pleuris smaragdineo-macu-
latis. Hemelytra apicem abdominis attingentia, corio parte
basali excepta purpurascente, macula subbasali, macula magna
media totam latitudinem occupante maculisque tribus apicalibus
obscure smaragdineis, membrana subzeneo-fusca. Abdomen dorso
rubiginosum, segmentis connexivi basi et apice fascia smaragdinea
ornatis, angulis apicalibus acute prominulis nigris, ventre vittis
duabus latis mediis nigris vel fuscis per segmenta quinque prima
extensis in maculas interdum dissolutis notato, parce fusco-
punctato, latera versus densius smaragdineo-punctato, limbo
laterali pallido impunctato, angulis basali et apicali segmentorum
nigrinis, spiraculis fuscis, segmento sexto quinto medio paullo ( Q )
vel duplo (3) longiore. Pedes pallide testacei, femoribus minute
fusco-punctatis, subtus remote minute spinulosis, tibiis nigris,
leviter virescentibus, annulo medio pallido, articulo ultimo tarso-
rum nigro.

Long. ¢ 145 mm., 9 17 mm.

Gaboon. Coll. Fallon.
Allied to C. vartegata, P. B., but differently and much
more richly coloured, with the head distinctly longer.

4, Cenomorpha segregata, sp. n.

Ovata, supra ochracea, nigro-conspersa et parcius punctata, signa-
turis pronoti postice subvittiformibus, subtus infuscata, pallido-
conspersa, densius punctata. Caput pronoto medio equilongum,
apicem versus levissime angustatum, supra lineis duabus mediis
longitudinalibus antice abbreviatis et linea utrinque basali obliqua

116 Dr. E. Bergroth on some Hihiopian Pentateniales

nigris, jugis apice leviter oblique late truncatis, rostro apicem
segmenti tertii ventralis attingente, antennis nigris, articulo
primo apice excepto obscure testaceo, secundo et tertio sulcatis,
hoe illo longiore, quarto tertio longiore, quinto tertio perpaullum
longiore, pallide flavido, apice leviter fuscescente. Pronotum
lateribus parum sinuatum, angulis lateralibus acutinsculis,
levissime prominulis. Hemelytra apicem abdominis leviter supe-
rantia, corio macula magna media nigra notato, membrana fusca,
paucinervi. Abdomen sat fortiter rotundato-ampliatum, macula
angusta oblonga marginali segmentorum pallida, segmentis con-
nexivi basi et apice nigrinis, angulis apicalibus leviter prominulis,
ventre sat fortiter convexo, sulco medio obsoleto, spiraculis nigris
antice callo parvo pallido terminatis, segmento quinto medio ad
basin gibboso-elevato, segmento sexto maris quinto medio haud
duplo longiore, angulis apicalibus obtusiusculis sed haud rotun-
datis, segmento genitali maris apice medio profunde sinuato.
Pedes sordide testacei, femoribus minute fusco-punctatis, subtus
remote minute spinulosis, tibiis nigris, mediis annulo medio pallido
signatis (pedes postici desunt).
Long. g 15°55 mm.

Gaboon. Coll. Fallon.

Differs from all the other species in the more convex
venter with indistinct furrow, and in having (at least in the
male) the fifth ventral segment gibbous at the base.

ADELOLCUS, gen. nov.

Corpus supra modice, subtus sat fortiter convexum. Caput supra
planiusculum, parte anteoculari latitudine longiore, lateribus ante
oculos leviter sinuatis, deinde parallelis, jugis apice oblique sub-
rotundato-truncatis, tylo jugis perpaullo longiore, ocellis pone
lineam inter basin oculorum fictam sitis, bucculis humilibus, antice
rectangulatim leviter elevatis, rostro coxas posticas superante,
articulo primo postice buceuias subwequante, secundo tertio
longiore, quarto tertio breviore, antennis ab apice capitis quam
ab oculis fere duplo longius distantibus. Pronotum marginibus
lateralibus anticis integrum, anguste reflexum, angulis posticis
rotundatis. Scutellum parte apicali sat angustum, frenis post
medium extensis. Prostethium postice subrectum ; mesosternum
medio carinatum: sulcus orificialis oblique antrorsum longe exten-
sus, rectus. apice acutus, area evaporativa ampla, usque ad angulum
anticum mesopleure oblique extensa. Corium scutello longius,
margine apicali recto, prope angulum apicalem levissime sinuato ;
membrana simpliciter nervosa, Abdomen subtus per segmentum
secundum late levissime suleatum, angulis posticis segmentorum

leviter prominulis. Femora antica subtus obsolete denticulata ;
tibiz omnes supra plane, marginate.

The structure of the rostrum, the straight hind margin of

Dr. E. Bergroth on some Ethiopian Pentatomide. 117

the propleure, the different structure of the orificia, and the
much larger area evaporativa distinguish this genus from
Cenomorpha, Dall. From Seribonia, Stal, it is separated by
the non-pilose body and the absence of the large sericeous
spots to the venter. From both these genera it differs in the
non-serrate lateral margins of the pronotum and the very
short and shallow ventral furrow. It is apparently also allied
to the Indian genus Nevisanus, Dist., but is at once distin-
guished by the structure of the rostrum and by having the
antenne inserted much nearer to the eyes.

d. Adelolcus solitarius, sp. n.

Ovatus, flavo-testaceus, sparsim fusco-punctatus, supra nigro-varie-
gatus et conspersus, corio parte basali excepta inearnato, Caput
subtus prope marginem lateralem vitta viridi-nigra senescente
notatum, rostro apicem segmenti secundi ventris attingente, piceo,
articulo ultimo nigro (antenne desunt). Pronotum medio capite
paullo longius, marginibus lateralibus anticis parum sinuatis, pone
medium nigris, angulis lateralibus leviter prominulis, subrotun-
datis, pareiniiua lateralibus posticis ad marginem costalem corii
obtuse angulatis. Hemelytra apicem abdominis parum superantia,
membrana fusca. Pectus snescens, mesosterno medio piceo-
ferrugineo, Abdomen hemelvtris latius, connexivo detecto, hujus
segmentis fascia media dilutiore notatis, ventre medio fere
impunctato, lateribus leviter eenescente, limbo laterali nigrino,
macula media marginali segmentorum pallide flava, segmento
sexto medio macula nigro-picea signato. Pedes brunnei, tibiis
nigrinis, annulo lato medio flavido ornatis.

Long. @ 17:5 mm.
Gaboon. Coll. Fallon.

6. Memmia excurrens, sp. n.

Subovata, sat dense punctata, nigra, margine laterali anteoculari et
vittis tribus posticis capitis, margine apicali (utrinaue breviter
abrupto) pronoti, linea media longitudinali pronoti et scutelli,
margine hujus pone frena, margine laterali basali et margine
apicali corii, callo majusculo prope angulos basales scutelli et pone
medium cori, callis sparsis minoribus pronoti scutelli coriique
pallide flavis, marginibus lateralibus prothoracis, fascia media
extus dilatata segmentorum connexivi, acetabulis, limbo postico
pleurarum, macula magna metapleure, ventre medio maculaque
laterali subsemicirculari segmentorum ventralium ruto-testaceis,
segmento sexto ventrali et lobis genitalibus fuscis, Caput subseque
longum ac latum, remote pilosulum, tylo et jugis longitudine
equalibus, bucculis modice elevatis, postice quam antice hand
altioribus, rostro apicem segmenti secundi yentris attingente,

118 Dr. E. Bergroth on some Ethiopian Pentatomide.

articulo tertio secundo distincte longiore, antennis subtiliter
puberulis, nigris, articulo secundo primo vix triplo longiore, tertio
secundo circiter sexta parte breviore (art. quartus deest). Pro-
notum utrinque prope latera profundius impressum, marginibus
lateralibus anticis levissime sinuatis, ante medium crenatis,
angulis lateralibus obtusis, subrotundatis, parum prominulis,
angulis posticis obtuse rotundatis. Scutellum ad angulos basales
fovea impressa preeditum. Corium basin segmenti sexti connexivi
attingens ; membrana subfusco-hyalina, venis obscurioribus,
Abdomen hemelytris nonnihil brevius, angulis posticis segmen-
torum levissime prominulis. Pedes nigri, vitta supera femorum,
plus quam dimidia parte basali femorum posteriorum carinisque
superis lateralibus tibiarum a basi ultra medium testaceis.

Long. 2 14 mm.

Gaboon. Coll. Fallon.
Allied to M. vicina, Sign., but the colour-markings are
different, the third antennal joint is much longer, the lateral
lobes of the head are shorter, and the lateral margins of the
pronotum slightly but distinctly sinuated.
The genus Memmia was hitherto known only from Mada-
gascar.

MACROPELTA, gen. nov.

Caput subhexagonum, parte anteoculari apicem versus angustata,
jugis tylo paullo longioribus, apice distautibus, oculis valde
exsertis, breviter stylatis, ocellis pone lineam inter basin oculorum
fictam positis, rostro coxas posticas subattingente, articulis
secundo et tertio longitudine subequalibus, antennis quadri-
articulatis, articulo primo apicem capitis parum superante, secundo
ceteris longiore. Pronotum lateribus ante medium serratum,
angulis posticis acute lobulato-prominulis. Scutellum perlongum,
abdomine paullo brevius, corio longius, lateribus ante medium
sinuatis, frenis medium scutelli haud attingentibus. Prosternum
apice medio profundius arcuato-sinuatum; mesosternum medio
longitudinaliter impressum, in fundo impressionis carinatum ;
orificia auriculata. Abdomen subtus suleo levi longitudinali
instructum. Femora subtus spinulosa.

This genus is at once distinguished from J/emmia, Stal, by
the scutellum, which is longer than the corium and sinuated
before the middle (asin Br achymenum, Mayr), and by the frena,
which do not reach the middle of the scutellum. In Memmia
the scutellum is considerably shorter than the corium and
sinuated much behind the middle, and the frena reach much
beyond the middle of the scutellum. ‘here are also the
following differences of minor importance :—The first an-
tennal joint scarcely passes the apex of the head, the second

Dr. E. Bergroth on some Lthiopian Pentatomide. 119

joint is strongly pilose, the eyes are very prominent and
shortly petiolate, the hind angles of the pronotum are acutely
lobed (as in the genera Peltasticus, Dall., Aleria, Stal, and
Paraleria, Reut.). These characters, together with the un-
spotted connexivum, give this genus quite a different facies.
The genus Memmia is more nearly allied to Atelocera than to
Macropelta: in all three genera the females have two large
sericeous patches on the venter.

7. Macropelta Cowan, Dist.
Memmia Cowani, Dist. Ent. Month. Mag. xix. 108 (1882).

I have received this insect from Antananarivo (Mada-
gascar).

8. Nealeria asopoides, Stal.

On examining an example of this species agreeing to some
extent with Stal’s description I find that the tarsiin this genus
are biarticulated as in Paraleria. I propose to call Stas
genus Nealeria, as the name Aleria is preoccupied by Marshall
for a genus of Hymenoptera.

ZAPLUTUS, gen. nov.

Corpus oblongo-ovatum. Caput exsertum, pone oculos extus et
paullo sursum yalde prominulos basin versus levissime angusta-
tum, parte anteoculari subconica, latitudine basali longiore, jugis
tylo longioribus, apice acutis, hiscentibus, recurvis, marginibus
lateralibus nonnihil ante oculos spina longa acuta extus antrorsum
sursumque producta ac paullo ante apicem dente extus et sursum
vergente armatis, ocellis pone lineam inter basin oculorum fictam
sitis, ab oculis quam a linea media capitis paullo longius distanti-
bus, bucculis humilibus, antice in dentem elevatis, postice ultra
oculos parum productis, rostro gracili, coxas posticas longe supe-
rante, articulo primo bucculas parum superante, secundo primo
vix duplo longiore, tertio secundo longiore, quarto seeundo breviore,
antennis gracilibus, quinque-articulatis, ab apice capitis quam ab
oculis paullo longius insertis, articulo basali apicem jugorum haud
attingente. Pronotum apice capite cum oculis angustius, mar-
ginibus lateralibus anticis ante medium denticulatis, angulis late-
ralibus in spinam validam acutam extus et oblique sursum_pro-
ductis, angulis posticis obtusissimis, disco ante medium trans-
versim impresso. Scutellum parte apicali angustum, apice
recurvum, frenis sat longe post medium scutelli extensis. Pro-
pleuree margine postico recte ; mesosternum tenuiter carinatum ;
orificia auriculata. Corium scutello longius; membrana venis
longitudinalibus instructa, vena una alterave furcata. Abdomen

120 Dr. E. Bergroth on some Hthiopian Pentatomide.

subtus usque ad apicem segmenti quinti profunde sulcatum,
angulis apicalibus segmentorum acute sublobato-prominulis.
Pedes longiusculi, graciles, femoribus inermibus, tibiis supra planis
et marginatis.

This magnificent genus must be placed in the vicinity of
Solenogaster, Reut., from which it is, however, easily distin-
guished by the structure of the head &e.

9. Zaplutus madagascariensis, Fallon.
Atelocera madagascariensis, Fallon, Naturaliste, xi. 120 (1889),

Supra smaragdineus, dense pune tatus, ceallis oblongulis irregularibus
tiavidis dispersus, pronoti margine apicali pone spatium inter-
oculare et marginibus later alibus anticis flavidis, capitis macula
ante medium, spinis anteocularibus dentibusque anteapicalibus,
pronoti macula utrinque antica, fascia basali utrinque angustata
et abbreviata apiceque spinarum lateralium ac scutelhi macula
oblonga laterali media fuscis, clavo et parte plus quam dimidia
interiore corii albo-cinereis, fusco-maculatis, remote inwequaliter

*punctatis, dorso abdominis rufo-testaceo, connexivo viridi-nigro,
fascia segmentorum submediana lata flavo-testacea ornato ; sub-
tus flavo-testaceus, ineequaliter punctatus, mesosterno medio carina
excepta fusco, vitta laterali capitis pectorisque lata et ventris
angustiore smaragdinea, vitta pectorali in maculas ferme disso-
luta, vitta ventrali macula magna laterali flavo-testacea in quoque
segmento notata. Caput pronoto longius, bucculis et vitta adja-
cente pallidis, nigro-punctatis, rostro testaceo, antennis nigris,
apicem versus levissime incrassatis, basi articulorum omnium et
apice articuli secundi pallescentibus, articulis secundo, tertio
quartoque subquilongis, quovis primo longiore, quinto quarto
paullo longiore. Pronotum longitudine sua fere triplo Jatius,
marginibus lateralibus anticis sat profunde sinuatis, ante sinum
rotundatis. Scutellum pone frena pallido-marginatum, parte
basali nonnihil elevata rugam latam ad apicem emittente. Hem-
elytra apicem abdominis attingentia, corio basin segmenti quinti
connexivi paullo superante, margine apicali levissime rotundato,
membrana cinerea, ad angulos basales et medio infuscata, venis
fuscis. Abdomen subtus disco acervatim, latera versus densius
nigro-punctatum, segmento sexto maculamagna nigrescente notato.
Pedes testacei, annulo lato subapicali femorum, annulis duobus et
apice tibiarum articuloque ultimo tarsorum fusco-nigris.

Long. 9 17 mm.

Madagascar.
J have described Mons. Fallon’s type specimen.

Tammerfors, Finland.

Mr. W. L. Distant on some Coreide. 121

XXIIL—On some Coreide of the Order Rhynchota.
By W. L. Distant.

OCHROCHIRA.

Ochrochira, Stal, En. Hem. iii. p. 39 (1873).

The description of this genus is to be sought in Stal’s
“Conspectus generum” of his division “ Mictaria.” The
type is Myctis albiditarsis, Westw., and the genus is difficult
to differentiate without an examination of that species, which
I now possess.

The following species may now be added to Ochrochira :—

Ochrochira biplagiata.
Mictis biplagiata, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 22. n. 51 (1871).

Ochrochira nigrorufa.
Physomerus nigrorufus, Walk, Cat. Het. iv. p. 60. n. 7 (1871).

Ochrochira fuliginosa.

Discogaster fuliginosa, Uhler, Proc. Ac. Phil. 1860, p. 225.
Se tuberculipes, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Mosc. xxxix. 1, p. 187
1 -

Mictis japonica, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 23. n. 53 (1871).

Stal, who had evidently either not seen the species or only
a female example, writes (En. Hem. iii. p. 51), “ Ad Elasmo-
miam vel genus affine referendus.” In the male sex, how-
ever, the posterior tibiz are distinctly toothed or angularly
ampliated near centre, whereas in the description of Hlas-
momia we read, “ tibiis posticis marium subtus in dentem vel
angulum haud ampliatis.”’

Ochrochira pallescens.
Prionolomia pallescens, Dist. Ent. Month, Mag. xxv. p. 230 (1889).

Ochrochira aberrans.
Prionolomia aberrans, Dist. Ent. Month, Mag. xxv. p. 230 (1889).

Allied to O. palliditarsis, Stal, but with a narrower pro-
notum or with the pronotal angles less dilated &e.

Ochrochira nigrovittata.

Prionolomia nigrovittata, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vol. iii.
p. 419 (1889).

122 Mr. W. L. Distant on some Coreide.

Anoplocnemis Westwoodt.

Myctis annulicornis, Westw. in Hope, Cat. ii. p. 13 (1842) (nom.
preeoce.).

Anoplocnemis annulicornis, Stal, En. Hem. iii. p. 49. n. 27 (1873).

The specific name ‘ annulicornis” was used by Germar
in 1837 for his Cerbus annulicornis, which belongs to the
genus Anoplocnemis. I have therefore renamed Westwood’s
species as above. It is closely allied to Germar’s species, but
differs by the different colour of the antenne. Specimens
are contained in the South-African Museum and in my own
collection which were taken at Cape Town and other parts of
the Cape Colony.

Anoplocnemis Montandont, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum piceous, corium very dark
castaneous, all thickly and ochraceously pilose ; a short fascia
at base of lateral margin to corium and a broad central fascia
to scutellum ochraceous; membrane cupreous; abdomen
above black, with two central ochraceous spots beyond middle
and the segmental margins also paler; body beneath with the
head, sternum, and legs piceous, the abdomen and tarsi casta-
neous, all thickly and ochraceously pilose ; a castaneous spot
between the intermediate and posterior coxe ; antenne casta-
neous, the apical joint ochraceous.

Long., ¢ 21-24, ? 23 millim.

Hab. Kast Africa, Mpwapwa (Coll. Dist.) ; Mozambique,
Kikatla (Coll. Montandon).

Allied to A. scutellaris, Dall., but separated by the different
colour of the upper surface of the abdomen, the tarsi, and the
apical joint of the antenne, the absence of the pale lateral
fascia on each side of the body beneath, and by the length of
the apical joint of the antenne, which is considerably longer
than the second joint, and not only slightly longer, as in
A. scutellaris.

Dalader parvulus, sp. n.

Fuscous ; antenne and femora black ; tibiee, tarsi, and body
beneath mottled with testaceous; a central narrow longitu-
dinal line to pronotum and the apex of the scutellum pale
brownish.

Long., ¢ 20; lat. pronot. angl. 8 millim.

Hab. Burma, Ruby Mines.

Allied to D. planiventris, Westw., but differing by its
smaller size, darker colour, the apical joint of the antenne

On the Origin of the Organs of Salpa. 123

black, the third antennal joint less widely and abruptly
dilated, &c.

Elasmogaster unicolor, sp. n.

Pale uniform greyish brown, somewhat coarsely rugulose ;
antenne with the first, second, and third joints subequal in
length (fourth joint mutilated) ; membrane almost reaching
the apex of the abdomen, the lateral margins of which are
widely dilated ; rostrum almost reaching the anterior coxe.

Long., ¢ 17; max. lat. abd. 9 millim.

Hab. East Africa, Nyassa (Cotterell).

Differing from /. africanus, Dall., the only other described
species of the genus, by the pale uniform colour, thus strongly
contrasting in the markings of the body, legs, rostrum and
‘ antenne, &c.

Homeocerus Wealet, sp. n.

Reddish ochraceous, body beneath and legs somewhat
paler; lateral angles of the pronotum strongly and sub-
acutely produced ; lateral margins of the abdomen dilated and
directed upwardly ; antenne with the basal joint longest,
second joint a little longer than the third or fourth, which are
subequal in length ; pronotum, scutellum, and corium with
coarse brown punctures ; extreme lateral edge of the abdomen
above ochraceous; membrane pale shining brown; rostrum
with the second joint a little longer than the third and sub-
equal in length with the fourth joint.

Long. 14-15; lat. pronot. angl. 5 millim.

Hab. South Africa (MZ. Weale) ; East Africa, Zanzibar.

This species appears to find a systematic position between
the H. dilutus, Stal, and H. productus, Stal. To the first it
is allied by the dilated abdomen, to the second by the produced
pronotal angles.

—

XXIV.—The Origin of the Organs of Salpa.
By W. K. Brooks *.

The Salpa Embryo.—Stated in a word, the most remark-
able peculiarity of the Salpa embryo is this—It is blocked
out in follicle cells, which form layers and undergo other
changes which result in an outline or model of all the general

* From the ‘Johns Hopkins University Circulars,’ vol. xii. no. 106,
pp. 98-97. An abstract of Chapter XIV. of ‘A Memoir on the Genus
Salpa,’ which is now in the press.

124 Mr. W. K. Brooks on the

features in the organization of the embryo. While this
process is going on the development of the blastomeres is
retarded, so that they are carried into their final positions in
the embryo while still in a very rudimentary condition.

Finally, when they have reached the places which they are
to occupy they undergo rapid multiplication and growth, and
build up the tissues of the body directly, while the scaffolding

“of follicle cells is torn down and used up as food for the true
embryonic cells.

No other animal presents us with an embryonic history
quite like that of Salpa, although other ‘Tunicata show some-
thing similar but very much less pronounced. In the chapter
of my memoir “On the Morphological Significance of the
Salpa Embryo,” I attempt to show how the life-history of
Salpa has come about, but we must now confine ourselves to
the facts.

An imaginary illustration may help to make the subject
clear. Suppose that while carpenters are building a house
of wood, brickmakers pile clay on the boards as they are
carried past, and shape the lumps of clay into bricks as they
find them scattered through the building where they have
been carried with the boards. Now, as the house approaches
completion, imagine that bricklayers build a brick house over
the wooden framework, not from the bottom upwards, but here
and there, wherever the bricks are to be found, and that, as
fast as parts of the brick house are finished, the wooden one
is torn down. ‘To make the analogy more complete, however,
we must imagine that all the structure which is removed is
assimilated by the bricks, and is thus turned into the substance
of new bricks to carry on the construction.

Salensky (“Neue Untersuchungen,” &c., Naples Mittheil-
ungen, 1., 1882, and “‘ Embryonalentwicklung der Pyrosoma,”
Zool. Jahrb. iv. and y., 1891) has discovered and minutely
described the migration of the follicle; but he has failed to
trace the history of the blastomeres, and believes that these
degenerate and disappear, and that the embryo is built up of
follicle cells. I find that all the follicle cells are ultimately
used up as food, and that the true embryo is formed from
blastomeres after the analogy of the rest of the animal
kingdom.

Lhe Aggregated Salpe—During their development the
aggregated Salpe undergo complicated changes of position,
which render the interpretation of sections very difficult, and
as both Salensky (Morph. Jahrb. 1877, iii.) and Seeliger
(Jena. Zeitschr. 1885) have totally failed to understand these

Origin of the Organs of Salpa. 125

changes, their accounts of the origin of the aggregated Salpx
have no permanent value.

I pointed out in 1886 (‘ Studies from the Biol. Lab., Jolins
Hopkins Univ.,’ 1886, pp. 898-414) that the Salpa chain is
morphologically a single row of Salpz, all in the same
position, with their dorsal surfaces proximai or towards the
base of the stolon and their right sides on its right. The
account of the origin of the aggregated Salpz which is given
in this memoir is simply an amplification and expansion of
the statement which in 1886 I made briefly and in outline.

The stolon is bilateraliy symmetrical, its plane of symmetry
is fundamentally identical with that of the solitary Salpex,
and the rudiment of each aggregated Salpa is bilaterally
symmetrical in the same plane, although the secondary
‘ changes begin very early, and convert the single row into a
double row, which comes to consist of a series of right-hand
Salpe and a series of left-hand ones placed with their dorsal
surtaces out, their ventral surfaces towards the ventral sur-
faces of those in the opposite row, and with the left sides of
those on the right and the right sides of those on the left
towards the base of the stolon. In order to illustrate these
secondary changes of position, let us represent the series of
Salpz by a file of soldiers, all facing the same way. Now
imagine that each alternate soldier moves to the right and
the others to the feft, to form two files, still facing the same
way. Now let them face about, so that the backs of those in
one row are turned towards the backs of those in the other
row. They will now represent two rows of Salpz in their
secondary positions.

To make the illustration more perfect, suppose that, instead
of stepping into new places the soldiers grow until they are
pushed out by mutual pressure, and suppose that their heads,
growing fastest, form two rows, while their feet still form one
row, and suppose furthermore that, as each soldier rotates,
his feet turn first, and that the twisting runs slowly up his
body to his head, which turns last. We must also imagine
that these various changes all go on together, and that while
they are taking place each soldier not only grows larger but
also develops from a simple germ to his complete structure.

Salensky regards the stolon as two rows of rudimentary
Salpez; and while Seeliger correctly states that they at first
form a single row, he has failed to discover the rotation, and
believes that they arise on the stolon in their final positions,
and he has therefore failed as completely as Salensky in his
efforts to trace the origin of their organs.

Ann. & Mag. N. Ilist. Ser, 6. Vol. xii. 10

126 Mr. W. K. Brooks on the

The Ectoderm of the Salpa Embryo.—At an early stage of
segmentation some of the blastomeres move upwards and pass
out of the follicle on the middle line of the dorsal surface,
where the two layers of the follicle are continuous with each
other. I have given reasons for believing that this is the
spot which was once occupied by the blastopore. These
ectodermal blastomeres thus become extra-follicular, although
they are covered for a time by the capsule of epithelium,
which Salensky has called the ‘ Ectodermkeim.” They give
rise by cell-division to the ectoderm, which spreads from the
dorsal middie line downwards and outwards over the embryo,
pushing off and replacing the cells of the capsule. The ecto-
derm has a growing edge, like that of meroblastic embryos,
and it does not close in completely on the ventral middle line
until after birth.

Salensky (‘Neue Untersuchungen,’ Mitth. a. d. Zool.
Station zu Neapel, 1., 1882) has figured the migration of
blastomeres to an extra-follicular position on the dorsal sur-
face of the embryo in several species, although he regards
them as discarded blastomeres and derives the ectoderm from
other sources. ‘They are clearly shown in Salpa pinnata in
his plate xi. fig. 26, in Salpa pectinata in his pl. xxiii., and
in Salpa fusiformis in his plate xxiv. fig. 8, where they are
marked by the letters Hckb, which might be supposed to
stand for “ectodermal blastomeres” if he did not fell us
explicitly on p. 889 that the ectoderm of this species is derived
from the epithelial capsule (“ Epithelhiigel”’).

‘Lhe ectodermal blastomeres seem to be more conspicuous
in Salpa fusiformis than in other species, for Salensky says
(p. 845) that while the epithelial capsule (“ Ectodermkeim ”’)
is generally separated very sharply from the embryonic cell-
mass, it is at one end of the embryo so intimately related to
the follicle cells (“‘gonoblasts”’) that it is difficult to determine
the boundary between them, and the blastomeres which lie
directly at this spot are covered only by the epithelial capsule
(“Ectodermkeim”), At a later stage he says (p. 350) that
the epithelial capsule (“ Ectodermkeim ”’) contains cells which
differ greatly among themselves in both size and form. Some
of them are similar in appearance to the cells of the epithelial
capsule, as already described, at an earlier stage, and differ
from them only in being more flattened. “The others (Eckb)
are very much larger and very different in structure, and
contain a nucleus which is very similar to that of the blasto-
meres. The appearance of these cells suggests that they are
blastomeres which have passed out from the cell-mass.’

Salensky believes that the ectoderm of Salpa democratica is

Origin of the Organs of Salpa. 127

derived from the oviduct, and that in all other species it is
derived from the epithelial capsule (“ Epithelhiigel,” “ Ecto-
dermkeim’’) ; but I think all will agree that his position is
untenable until he has traced the history of these extra-
follicular blastomeres and has proved that they take no part
in its formation.

I have shown that they do give rise to the ectoderm and
that the epithelial capsule is a transitory structure which is
lost as the ectoderm replaces it.

The Ectoderm of the Stolon and that of the Aggregated
Salpe.—All agree that the ectoderm of the stolon is derived
directly from the ectoderm of the embryo. In one minor point
my observations show that the older accounts are incorrect.
It is usually stated that the ectoderm of the stolon is pushed
‘ out into a tube by the growth of the other constituents of the
stolon, and Seeliger says (“ Die Knospung der Salpen,” Jena.
Zeitschr. 1885, p. 13) that it is an evagination (“‘ Ausstiilp-
ung ”’) from the ectodermal epithelium of the embryo. This
is not literally true, for the ectoderm itself takes a most active
part in the formation of the stolon. ‘This is marked off on
the body of the embryo by a fold of ectoderm, which pushes
backwards from its tip to its base, sc that it is folded off from
the body of the embryo rather than pushed out, and, in the
young stages of Salpa pinnata at least, its differentiation from
the body of the embryo is chiefly due to the active growth of
this ectodermal fold.

The ectoderm of the aggregated Salpz has been correctly
held to be directly derived from the ectoderm of the stolon by
all students except Todarro. My own observations show also
that the multiplication of the ectoderm cells is the chief agent
in the segmentation of the stolon, that the nerve-tube and the
perithoracic tubes are cut up into vesicles by the growth of
the ectodermal folds, and that these are the chief agents in
the segmentation of the endodermal tube and the genital rod.

The Nervous System of the Embryo.—Little can be said of
this without illustrations. The caudal nervous system is
represented by scattered blastomeres, which soon degenerate
and disappear. The ganglion is formed as an invaginated
fold of the somatic layer of the follicle, and the ganglionic
blastomeres pass into it from the ectodermal ridge and become
completely folded in among the follicle cells. ‘he ganglionic
rudiment soon loses its connexion with the somatic layer and
unites with the visceral follicle cells in the region of the roof
of the anterior end of the pharynx.

The Nerve-Tube of the Stolon.—This is formed from the
ectoderm on the middle line of the upper surface of the stolon

10

128 Mr. W. K. Brooks on the

at the point where its ectoderm folds upon itself to become
continuous with that of the embryo. ‘The straight stolon of
Salpa pinnata is so favourable for studying its origin, and
the evidence that it is ectodermal is so simple and clear in
this species, that it does not seem necessary to devote much
space to the discussion of the observations which have been
made on twisted stolons like that of Salpa democratica,
where it is very difficult to study the young stages by sections.
The connexion between the nerve-tube and the endoderm
is shown only by very young stolons and for only a short
time, and the two structures are quite independent in older
stolons.

Of the various writers on the subject, Kowalevsky (‘‘ Bei-
trige,” &c, Nachr. d. k. Gesellsch. der Wissensch. zu
Gottingen, 1868, 19) seems to regard it as mesodermal in
origin. Salensky, in his paper on the budding of Salpa
(Morph. Jahrb. 1877, iii.), says nothing about its origin.
Todarro (‘ Sopra lo svilluppo,’ &c., 1875) derives it, as he
does all the other organs of the stolon, from a single germo-
blastic cell; but I have already shown that his germoblastic
cell is a migratory placenta-cell, and all recent writers have
justly rejected his account of the stolon. Seeliger believes
that in the stolon of Salpa, and also in the buds from the
ascidiozooids of Pyrosoma, it is mesodermal! in origin, and
that it is derived from an indifferent mass of mesoderm,
which, in the young stolon, fills all the space between the
ectoderm and the endodermal tube, and becomes differentiated
into the nerve-tube and other organs of the stolon.

I have not found at any stage anything in the straight
simple stolon of Salpa pinnata corresponding to his indiffe-
rent mesoderm, although I have studied it in serial sections
in the three rectangular planes, and I do not hesitate to affirm
that Seeliger has been misled through the selection of a most
unfavourable species.

As I have not myself studied Pyrosoma, I am not ina
position to make any comment on his account of this animal,
although Salensky ( Embryonalentwicklung der Pyrosoma,”
Zool. Jahrb. v., 1891) has recently shown that the ganglia
of the four primary ascidiozooids which are produced from
the stolon of the cyathozooid, as well as the ganglion of the
cyathozooid itself, are derived from the ectoderm.

The Ganglia of the Aggregated Salpe.—The nerve-tube
arises asa solid rod, but it soon acquires a lumen. As the
ectodermal folds grow inwards and mark out the bodies of the
Salpz they cut the tube up intoa series of ganglionic vesicles,
one for each Salpa, with cavities which are segments of the

Origin of the Organs of Salpa. 129

lumen of the tube. ‘The presence of the ectodermal folds and
the growth of the ganglia soon cause crowding and pressure,
and the ganglion becomes flattened in the axis of the stolon
and elongated transversely. As the oral ends of the pharyn-
geal pouches grow up to the level of the ganglion, and push
in between it and the ectoderm, the crowding becomes still
greater and the single series of ganglia breaks up into two
rows, which move to the right and left alternately as they
grow, and the ganglion of a right-hand Salpa soon comes to
le far away from that of the left-hand Salpa with which it
was at first in contact. It is convenient to speak of this
change as a “ migration ” of the ganglion ;_ but there is actually
no migration, for the ganglion of each Salpa lies from the
first in its final position on the middle line, dorsal to the oral
end of the pharynx, and the apparent migration is the result
of secondary changes in the position of the bodies of the
Salpee, and is not due to any change in the relation of the
ganglion to other organs of the body.

Both Salensky and Seeliger have figured and described the
“migration” of the ganglion; but ag they have failed to
discover the rotation of the bodies of the Salpe, they regard
it as an actual migration, and have completely misunderstood
its true relation to the other organs of the body.

My sections show that the “ subneural gland ”’ or ‘ ciliated
funnel” is an outgrowth from the pharynx and that its inti-
mate relation to the ganglion is secondary. Seeliger believes
that the ganglionic rudiment gives rise to both the ganglion
and the ciliated funnel, although he admits (p. 20) that his
observations are not conclusive.

The Ferithoracic Tubes and the Atrium or Cloaca of the
Salpa Embryo.—It is not possible to describe the history of
these structures intelligibly without figures. ‘They arise as
involutions of the somatic layer of the follicle, and they attain
to their final form before the blastomeres begin to replace the
follicle cells ; so that there is a stage when the complete peri-
thoracic system is outlined in cells which do not come from
the fertilized egg, but from the follicle.

This system makes its appearance, as it does in the embryos
of ordinary ‘Tunicata, as a pair of lateral perithoracic invagi-
nations, although in the Salpa embryo these are formed from
the somatic layer of the follicle. They push inwards, pene-
trate the visceral mass of follicle cells, and meet and unite on
the middle line to form the median atrium or cloaca, From
the level of the median atrium each perithoracic tube pushes
dowuwards to the region where the cavity of the pharynx is
subsequently to be hollowed out in the visceral mass. ‘The

130 | Mr. W. K. Brooks on the

two tubes soon lose their communication with the exterior,
and the median cloacal aperture is an independent opening
which is formed later. A-fter the pharynx is formed each
perithoracic tube unites with it to form a gill-slit. Finally,
after the perithoracic system is completely outlined its follicu-
lar cells degenerate and are gradually replaced by blastomeres.

Our knowledge of the perithoracic system of Salpa in both
the solitary and the aggregated form is in great confusion.

Salensky has described the origin of the “ gill” and of the
median atrium or cloaca of the embryo in a number of species ;
but the reader of his papers will search in vain for any basis
of comparison with other Tunicata, or even for any funda-
mental unity in his account of the various species of Salpa,
and his papers contain internal evidence that he has misin-
terpreted his observations.

Uljanin holds that the perithoracic structures of Doliolum
are not homologous with those of the ascidian, and Salensky
holds the same view regarding Salpa. He says that the
“ oill”’ is part of the body-cavity which is shut in by folds in
the walls of the pharynx, and that the cloaca is not an inde-
pendent chamber, but a part of the pharynx which is shut off
by these folds. A careful study of his description, especially
pages 119, 200, 224, 225, and 229 of his first paper, and
pages 114, 139, 160, 163, 838, 839, and 354 of his second
paper, will show that his views not only involve this conclu-
sion, but that they would also force us to believe that the
‘ oill”’ and cloaca of one species of Salpa are not homologous
with the same structures in another species; for his aecount
of their origin in Salpa democratica and Salpa pinnata has
almost nothing in common with his account of them in Salpa
africana, Salpa pectinata, and Salpa fusiformis.

In his first paper on Salpa democratiea he says that, like
Leuckart, he regards the gill as part of the inner mantle or
branchial sac, that in origin it is nothing more than a strongly
developed ridge or thickening on the middle line of the dorsal
surface of the pharynx, and that on each side of it the cavity
of the pharynx is pushed upwards to form a pair of pouches,
which soon meet and unite above the cloaca. In this way
the gill-ridge is transformed into a rod, and the rod, which is
at first solid, becomes tubular by the conversion of its axial
cells into blood-corpuscles.

In this account of the origin of the perithoracic structures of
Salpa democratica the only point of agreement with my own
observations on Salpa pianata is his statement that the gill
is at first solid, and that its central cells are set free as deve-
lopment progresses. In his second paper he retracts this

Origin of the Organs of Salpa. 131

statement, and says (p. 139) that while his studies of the
embryo of Salpa pinnata have in other respects confirmed
his account of the origin of the cloaca and gill of Salpa demo-
eratica, they show that the gill is in its origin a hollow diver-
ticulum from the body-cavity. He here describes the cloaca
and gill as arising in a totally different way in Salpa africana
(pp. 160 and 163), Salpa punctata (pp. 338, 339), and Salpa
runcinata (fusiformis) (p. 354); for while he says that in
these species, as in Salpa democratica and Salpa pinnata, the
cloaca is part of the pharynx, it is separated off by two folds
(Taf. xxiv. figs. 7 and 8, Kestp) of its lateral walls, which
grow towards each other and unite on the middle line to form
a horizontal diaphragm, which shuts off the dorsal cloacal
division of the pharynx from the ventral chamber. The
diaphragm then becomes separated at its sides from the lateral
walls of the pharynx, so that a secondary communication is
established on each side between the upper and the lower
chamber, while the middle portion of the diaphragm becomes
the gill.

It will be seen that, according to this account, the “ gill”
of Salpa democratica and Salpa pinnata arises as an unpaired
median dorsal fold, while he describes it in the other species
as arising from a pair of lateral folds; in the first two species
the gill-slits or openings by which the two chambers commu-
nicate at the sides of the gill are primary, while in the others
they are secondary ; in the first two the cloaca is a secondary
chamber formed by the union of the two pouches from the
pharynx, while in the other species it is primary.

It does not seem possible to reconcile these statements with
each other, and any attempt to bring all or any of them into
accord with my own account seems hopeless. More critical
examination will show, however, that his observations are
rather imperfect than inaccurate, and that his errors are errors
of interpretation.

My own observations show that the perithoracic tubes and
atrial chamber are formed before the cavity of the pharynx is
hollowed out in the mass of visceral follicle cells, and Salensky
has, in these early stages, mistaken them for the pharynx or
“ primitive digestive cavity.” This is well shown by the
comparison of the two longitudinal sections of embryos of
Salpa runcinata which are shown in his plate xxiv. figs. 4
and 9). These figures show clearly that the so-called
“ Darmhohle” (Pmd) of the younger embryo is the cloaca,
and not the pharynx of the older one. This is proved even
more conclusively by comparing his fig. 3 of plate viii. with
fig. 5, for the chamber which is marked Pdmh in the younger

132 Mr. W. K. Brooks on the

embryo is obviously the one which is marked A? in the older
one.

The perithoracic tubes are actually shown in many of his
figures, notably in his plate vi. fig. 5, pin, where they are
marked Drm. They are also shown in his plate xii. fig. 24,
at Dh, and their union on the middle line to form the cloaca
is shown at D in his fig. 25 and at D and Dd in his fig. 28 a.
Jn the series of sections on his pl. xii., fig. 31.4 shows the
two perithoracic tubes cut above the level ot the atrium. His
figs. 81 B and 31 show the atrium, and his fig. 31 D shows
the two tubes below the level of the atrium but above the
level of the pharynx.

Salensky regards these structures as the halves of the
primitive digestive cavity, which, he says (p. 114), arises in
Salpa pinnata as two independent and completely separated
halves ; and he describes the atrium and gill as arising at a
very much later stage in the way which is represented in his
plate xiv. fig. 37, and plate xv. fig. 39.

In his plate xxiv., fig. 1 appears to be a section through
one of the perithoracic tubes (Pmdh) before it has lost its
connexion with the surface, and in his description of this
figure (p. 846) he says that the triangular primitive digestive
cavity is united above to the epithelial capsule (“ Ectoderm-
keim’’), and on both sides of the tip are the reflections of the
somatic layer of the follicle (follicular wall) already noted,
where this passes over into the visceral (gonoblastic) layer.

Salensky correctly describes the manner in which the peri-
thoracic structures (primitive digestive cavity) acquire their
first epithelial lining by the migration of the somatic layer of
the follicle (follicular wall), and I believe that I have now
carried the analysis of his observations far enough to prove
that they contain internal evidence of the correctness of my
own account.

The History of the Perithoracic Structures of the Aggre-
gated Salpa.—The rudiment of each chain Salpa contains
two perithoracic vesicles, a right one and a left one, derived
from the right and left perithoracic tubes of the stolon.
These vesicles give rise to the perithoracic system and to
nothing else. ‘Throughout its whole history the perithoracic
system is bilaterally symmetrical, although this symmetry is
hidden by the changes which take place in the position of the
plane of symmetry during growth.

As the right and left pharyngeal pouches are formed the
perithoracic vesicles are folded inwards by the growth of the
ectodermal folds of the stolon, so that each one of them les
on the proximal or dorsal surface of its corresponding pha-

Origin of the Organs of Salpa. 13s

ryngeal pouch. While the vesicles are hollow from the first,
they have at first no communication with the cavities of the
pharyngeal pouches. The first trace of the gill-slit is a fold
or diverticulum in the dorsal wall of the pharyngeal pouch,
This elongates and soon unites with the wall of the peri-
thoracic vesicle to form a gill-slit. Soon after these are
formed the posterior ends of the bodies of the Salpe begin
to push out to the right and left im such a way that the ellip-
tical cross section of the body becomes converted into a wedge,
with its narrow edge on the left side of a right-hand Salpa,
and on the right side of a left-hand Salpa. The two peri-
thoracic vesicles are differently affected by this change, for
while the one nearest the pointed end of the wedge is com-
pressed in the line of the axis of the stolon, the other is not.
‘Thus the left perithoracic vesicle of a right-hand Salpa and
the right one of a left-hand Salpa become flattened and elon-
gated towards the middle line, while the other remains more
nearly circular in section. Their relations to the morpho-
logical middle plane are fundamentally identical, but as the
middle plane itself gradually moves outwards there is an
apparent asymmetry.

Each perithoracie vesicle now becomes extended towards
the middle line, where they unite to form the median atrium
or cloaca, to which they contribute equally, although the
position of the body is such that sections transverse to the
long axis of the stolon might easily be misinterpreted and
held to prove that the whole median atrium of a right-hand
Salpa arises from the left vesicle alone, and that of a left-hand
Salpa from the right one alone. ‘The secondary changes of
position are, however, of such a character that it is impossible
to describe them in detail without figures.

Seeliger’s account of the perithoracic structures of Salpa
democratica (pp. 18, 48, and 63) serves to show how difficult
the study of a simple structure may be made by a slight
change of position, for phenomena which can be observed with
ease in the straight stolon of Salpa pinnata are so obscure in
Salpa democratica that all the industry and technical skill
which Seeliger has devoted to this species has had very little
outcome.

His account of the history of the perithoracie system is
essentially as follows :—The perithoracic tubes, which he calls
the ‘‘ Seitenstriinge,” are mesodermal in their origin, and are
specialized out of a mass of mesoderm cells which gives rise
also to the nerve-tube of the stolon and to the genital rod.
The mesoderm passes into the stolon from the body of the
embryo in an unspecialized condition, and gradually becomes

134 Mr. W. K. Brooks on the

differentiated into these organs after the stolon is formed.
The folds in the ectoderm of the stolon divide the ‘‘ Seiten-
striinge’”’ into a series of solid masses at the sides of the
stolon between the ectoderm and the endoderm. These bodies
are equal in number to the future Salpx, and not twice as
numerous. As each Salpa is constricted off from the tube it
carries with it the greater part of one of these masses of cells
from one side of the stolon and the lesser portion of the one
on the opposite side. These two masses are not bilaterally
placed in the body, but are on the middle line, the larger one
being dorsal or neural and the smaller one ventral or hemal.
The latter gives rise to the heart and to the eleoblast, while
the larger one, on the neural surface, gives rise to most of the
mesoderm of the chain Salpa and also to a cloacal vesicle
which is median and unpaired.

The vesicle becomes distended, and at two points, one on
each side of the middle line, it unites with the wall of the
branchial sac, and the cloaca and the branchial chamber thus
become connected through the two gill-slits, while a similar
union with the ectoderm in the middle dorsal line forms the
cloacal aperture. Seeliger’s account is perhaps as near the
truth as one could hope to get by the study of transverse
sections of the twisted stolon of Salpa democratica; but a
very little study of sections in other planes in more favourable
species will show that he has completely failed to understand
the subject and that his account has no permanent value.

It is not only irreconcilable with my own observations, but
also with our knowledge of Pyrosoma, for both Seeliger
(‘Pyrosoma,’ pp. 622-624) and Salensky (‘ Pyrosoma,’ pp. 31—
386) state that in this genus the perithoracic system is bilate-
rally symmetrical, that each bud has two perithoracic vesicles,
which are not dorsal and ventral, but right and left, that each
of them unites with its own side of the pharynx to form the
gill-slits before the two vesicles unite with each other to form
the median atrium, and that this arises, as it does in the
ageregated Salpa, on the dorsal middle line by the meeting
and union of diverticula from the two vesicles, and that the
external aperture arises still later, as it does in Salpa, as an
independent aperture on the middle line.

The perithoracic vesicles are derived, as I find that they
are in Salpa, from the right and left perithoracic tubes of the
stolon; but, in the primary ascidiozooids at least, these are
continuous with the perithoracic tubes of the primary embryo
or cynthozooid, where, according to both Kowalevsky and
Salensky (pp. 466, 473-475), the evidence that they arise as

Origin of the Organs of Salpa. 135

paired ectodermal invaginations from the surface of the body
is clear and unmistakable.

The Digestive Organs of the Embryo.—The cavity of the
pharynx arises in the mass of visceral follicle cells by the
degeneration of these cells. Its endodermal epithelium is
derived from the blastomeres, and the gut is formed later as a
diverticulum from the pharynx.

Salensky’s account of the origin of the digestive organs is
scattered through the pages of his memoir in such a way that
it is hard to review; and as I have shown that he has in the
youngest embryos mistaken the two perithoracic tubes for the
pharynx, that he has at a somewhat older stage mistaken the
median atrium or cloaca for the pharynx, and that he has
failed to discover the actual pharynx during its early stages,
‘it is clear that his description has no value.

The Endodermal Tube of the Stolon and the Digestive Tract
of the Aggregated Salpa.—The endodermal tube of the stolon
is formed as a diverticulum from the ventral middle line of
the pharynx of the solitary Salpa, and its communication with
the cavity of the pharynx is retained throughout the whole
history of the stolon. ‘The thickened side-walls of the endo-
dermal tube are derived from the two endostylice folds of the
pharynx of the embryo.

The pharynx of the aggregated Salpa is morphologically
bilaterally symmetrical with the middle plane of the stolon,
although this fact is obscured by the secondary changes of
position. It is formed from two pharyngeal pouches, a right
and a left, from the sides of the endodermal tube of the stolon.
The oral ends of these pouches grow forwards and quickly
meet and unite on the morphological middle line to form the
oral end of the pharynx. The aboral ends grow backwards
and approach each other on the middle line, and finally unite,
although they remain separate very much longer than the
oral ends.

In a strict sense the pharynx is not actually, but only appa-
rently double in origin, for the middle section or endodermal
tube is not double. Fundamentally it is a single unpaired
expansion of the endodermal tube, but at the time when it
elongates towards the oral and aboral ends of the body the
middle line is occupied by the blood-tubes, and it pushes along
the sides of these structures, and does not become complete
in the middle line until a much later stage.

The post-pharyngeal gut arises as a blind diverticulum
from the aboral end of the right pharyngeal pouch. The
part of the diverticulum nearest the pharynx becomes the

136 Mr. W. K. Brooks on the

cesophagus, and the stomach and intestine are developed from
its blind end. In all the species I have studied the intestine
bends to the left past the stomach, to open dorsally into the
median atrium, and the digestive tract assumes the form of a
figure 8, which is persistent in most species, although in Salpa
pinnata the intestine gradually moves downward as develop-
ment advances, until it finally becomes ventral to the stomach.

As the gut arises, in both right-hand and left-hand Salpe,
from the right pharyngeal pouch, and since the distortions
which are produced by pressure and by the changes of position
affect the right-hand pouch of a right-hand Salpa just as they
affect the left-hand pouch of a left-hand Salpa, and since they
affect the other pouches in quite a different way, the history
of the gut in a right-hand Salpa is superficially very different
from that of a left-hand Salpa, although fundamentally they
are exactly alike.

While Salensky, in his first paper on the budding of Salpa,
describes the endodermal tube, he says that it takes no part
in the construction of the Salpe, and that their digestive
organs are derived from that part of the stolon which I have
called the genital rod. Seeliger, a few years later, pointed
out Salensky’s error, which he has himself admitted in a
recent paper (‘ Pyrosoma,’ p. 78).

Seeliger’s account of the origin of the endodermal tube and
digestive organs is given on pp. 14, 18, 26-34, and 54-62
of his paper on the budding of Salpa. He shows (p. 14) that
the endodermal tube of the stolon is derived from the pharynx
of the embryo, with which it at first communicates, although
he says that this connexion is soon lost; while my observa-
tions show that it is persistent at all stages in the history of
the stolon of Salpa pinnata and Salpa cylindrica.

He gives (p. 18) a good description of the segmentation of
the side-walls of the endodermal tube, but he says that the
endoderm and mesoderm are the active agents in the segmen-
tation of the stolon; while my own observations show clearly
that the most active agent is not the endoderm nor the meso-
derm, but the ectoderm.

He states correctly that the structures which I have called
the pharyngeal pouches arise from the side-walls of the endo-
dermal tube, and that two of them enter into the body of each
Salpa; but here the agreement between his account and my
own observations ends, although his figures show clearly that
the species which he studied, Salpa democratica, agrees in all
essentials with those which I have studied.

While the two pharyngeal pouches are actually right and
left, he regards one as dorsal and the other as ventral, and

Origin of the Organs of Salpa. 137

says that the dorsal one is largest and that it lies from the
first on that side of the stolon to which the Salpa belongs,
and that it runs through the whole length of the body of the
young chain Salpa and opens in its middle region into the
horizontal endodermal tube of the stolon, so that a neural and
a hemal part are distinguishable.

His account and figures show that his so-called dorsal pouch
is actually the right pouch of a right-hand Salpa or the left
pouch of a left-hand one.

In other respects his account of the origin and primary
relations of this pouch is correct, although he fails to discover
that the history of the second pouch is exactly the same.

He describes the second pouch as ventral and much smaller
and as lacking the oral end, and he says that it looses long
‘ before the dorsal pouch its connexion with the horizontal tube,
and becomes a closed vesicle, and that, as the hinder ends of
the bodies of the Salpa diverge from each other, the smaller
ventral pouch pushes further backwards than the larger dorsal
one, and that the hindermost end of the dorsal pouch gives
rise to a diverticulum which grows round the hinder surface
of the ovary to unite with the ventral pouch. The dorsal
pouch gives rise, he says, to the pharynx, on the ventral
surface of which the endostyle is developed, while the ceso-
phagus, stomach, and intestine are formed from the rudiment
which has arisen at the posterior end by the union of the two
pouches.

It is not necessary to enter into a more minute analysis of
his description, for comparison will show that he has been
misled by his erroneous conception of the primary position of
the buds, and has mistaken the symmetrical right and left
pouches for unpaired dorsal and ventral ones.

His more recent account of the origin of the post-pharyngeal
gut of Pyrosoma (‘ Pyrosoma,’ pp. 23-25) is very similar to
what I have found in Salpa; for he says (pp. 615-622) that
while it arises as a pair of folds from the pharynx, these soon
unite to form an unpaired diverticulum, which afterwards
becomes differentiated into cesophagus, stomach, and intes-
tine; that its pharyngeal end becomes the cesophagus, while
the intestine arises from its blind end and ultimately acquires
an anal opening into the median atrium.

Salensky’s account of the origin of the gut in Pyrosoma is
quite different, however, for he says (‘ Pyrosoma,’ pp. 69-
72) that it is bilateral in origin and arises as a pair of folds
from the sides of the aboral end of the pharynx, which unite
with each other to form a horseshoe-shaped canal. If I
understand his description, he holds that the right fold forms

138 Mrs. M. K. Thomas on

the cesophageal portion of the gut and the left one the intes-
tinal portion, and that both open at first into the pharynx,
although the intestine soon looses this connexion and acquires
a new anal opening into the median atrium.

Baltimore,
April 25, 1893.

XX V.—Descriptions of Three new Species of the Genus Iletica
(Cantharide) in the Collection of the British Museum. By
Mrs. M. K. THomas.

[Plate VI. B. figs. 1-3.]

Tletica Waterhouset, sp.n. (PI. VI. B. fig. 2.)

Head narrowed in front, deeply impressed in the centre ;
anteriorly black and more finely and thickly punctured than
posteriorly, where it is red-brown, glabrous, and very shining ;
eyes brown ; palpi and labrum reddish ; antenne black.

Prothorax red-brown, with black down its centre, broader
than long, its outer sides slightly convergent posteriorly ; a
strongly defined posterior transverse impression; a deep
median groove with two fovez: on either side, one large and
deep, placed posteriorly, the other small and fainter, situated
further forwards and outwards; slightly pubescent anteriorly,
glabrous and very shining posteriorly.

Scutellum black, finely punctured and shining.

Elytra half as broad again as the prothorax, long, rather
rugose, each elytron with four slightly raised lines, including
the sutural ones; anterior halves of elytra deep yellow, with
two bands of black, their posterior halves wholly black.

Underside and legs covered with short yellow pubescence,
the former black with yellow patches on the metasternum,
the latter black with red spots on the femora of the posterior
pair; abdominal segments yellow and infuscated.

Length 32, breadth 10 millim.

Hab. Sierra Leone (Coll. Foxcroft).

Besides the type there are in the British Museum two other
specimens which, although they vary somewhat as to colora-
tion, are in all other points so similar to LZ. Waterhouse?, that
they should apparently be referred to the same species. One
is of unknown locality, the other also comes from Sierra
Leone.

Three new Species of the Genus Iletica. 139

I have named this and the following species after Messrs.
Waterhouse and Gahan, in recognition of the kindness and
help I have received from them while studying the collection
under their charge.

Iletica Gahant, sp.n. (PI. VI. B. fig. 1.)

Head slightly narrowed in front, entirely black, shining,
very thickly and coarsely punctured, a remarkably deep fovea
in the centre of the forehead; eyes black; palpi and labrum
tinged with red; antenne black.

Prothorax rather longer than broad, very shining, black,
with a large brownish-red spot on each side ; anterior and
sides slightly pubescent, posterior finely and sparsely punc-
tured and glabrous ; a marked central longitudinal impression
‘ with two fovee on either side, one towards the centre large
and deep, the other more anterior, small, and somewhat
faint.

Scutellum black, finely and thickly punctured, slightly
pubescent.

Llyira half as broad again as prothorax, very rugose,
shining, coarsely and thickly punctured, glabrous, each
elytron with four well-defined raised lines strongly developed
basally, but becoming fainter towards the apex; their basal
third reddish yellow, infuscated towards suture and with a
black humeral spot; remainder black, with a narrow trans-
verse yellow band just past half the length of the elytron.

Underside and legs, including femora, tibie, and_ tarsi,
entirely black, clothed with fine yellowish pubescence.

Length 28, breadth 10 millim.

Hab. Dar-es-Salaam, E. Africa.

Iletica castanea, sp.n. (PI. VI.B. fig. 3.)

Head entirely red-brown, almost glabrous, and very shining,
coarsely punctured; the vertex more finely and _ sparsely
punctured; a very marked longitudinal groove down the
centre, the groove as deeply impressed posteriorly as ante-
riorly.

Antenne and palpi red-brown.

Prothorax red-brown, infuscated anteriorly, broader than
long, the sides obliquely convergent in front and behind, the
base sharply margined, the anterior half transversely de-
pressed, pubescent, and more thickly punctured than on the
posterior half, where it is almost glabrous and yery shining ;
median channel not strongly developed, a fovea on either
side.

140 Rey. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards a

Scutellum yed-brown, thickly and finely punctured,
pubescent.

Elytra entirely red-brown, immaculate, once and a third
wider than prothorax, narrowing slightly towards apex,
rugose, with the Jongitudinal raised lines on the disk well
defined at the base, becoming fainter towards the apex; the
apices rounded externally.

Underside and legs, including femora, tibia, and_ tarsi,
entirely and densely clothed with fine, silky, bright golden
pubescence; finely and thickly punctured, the tibize more
coarsely so.

Length 39, breadth 11 millim.

Hab. Siam (Coll. Mouhot).

This beautiful species differs from Jletica testacea, its
nearest ally, in the peculiar sculpture of the head, its entirely
uniform chestnut colour, and the golden pubescence of its
under surface.

XX VI.— Contributions towards a Ceneral History of the
Marine Polyzoa, 1880-91.— Appendix. By the Rev.
Tuomas Hincxs, B.A., F.R.S.

[Concluded from vol. xi. p. 182.]

‘ Annals,’ May 1884 (p. 361) *.

Porella malleolus, sp. n.

Mr. Waters records this species as occurring in New South
Wales (‘ Annals’ for July 1889, p. 16). He regards it as a
variety of Smittta Landsborovit, a view which I confess I am
not prepared to accept.

Ibid. (p. 363).

“ POLYZOA FROM VICTORIA AND WESTERN
AUSTRALIA.”
PEDICELLINOPSIS, gen. nov.

This genus was constituted for a ramified Pedicelline species
remarkable for its distinctive habit, its specialized muscular

* The paging to the close of the “ Appendix” is that of the ‘ Annals,’
and not of the separate copies.

General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 141

structure, and its highly developed periderm. On further
consideration, however, I am satisfied that the peculiarities of
this very interesting form have no generic value, and that
there is not sufficient ground for separating it from Barentsia,
Hincks, a genus previously established for the reception of an
Arctic species (B. bulbosa)*.

Mr. Busk has taken the same view (‘ Challenger’ Report,
part i. p. 41). While I agree with him in his decision on
this point, I am quite unable to follow him when he proceeds
to aaa the genus Barentsia in favour of his own Ascopo-
daria, a provisional ” MS. name which he had connected
with a species of which no description or figure had been
published at the time when the genus Sarentsia was fully
characterized in the ‘ Annals.’ That Mr. Busk had ‘ already
proposed to establish ”’ a genus Ascopodaria (of which I had
no knowledge whatever) before my paper appeared could give
it no claim to precedence according to the received laws of
zoological nomenclature. In point of tact it never was defined
until Barentsiea had taken a place in the literature of the
Polyzoa.

Pedicellina gracilis, Sars, must be associated with the
present form in the genus Barentsia, as it possesses the basal
concentration of muscular force and a partially rigid or
chitinous peduncle.

Ibid. (p. 366).

Flustrella dichotoma, von Suhr (sp.).

In his ‘Challenger’ Report (pt. i. p. 48) Busk removes
this species from the genus Harciminaria, in which he at first
placed it, but still ranks it in his family F arciminariada, He
adopts the generic name Verrucularia, conferred upon it by
v. Suhr, who regarded it as a Hucus.

My exainination of Australian specimens has led me to
regard this form as allied to the Ctenostomata rather than to
the Cheilostomata, The orifice of the zocecium closely re-
sembles that of the Flustrellidie, being bilabiate and, so far as
I could determine, agreeing in all essential characters with
that of Plustrella.

In the latter genus the setose operculum is inconspicuous,
and I was unable to detect it in spirit-specimens of the present
form.

Whatever may be the exact systematic position of this
species, I can see no reason for ranking it amongst the

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. for October 1380, p. 277, pl. xv. figs. 12-14,
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 11

142 Rev. T. Hincks’s Contributions towards a

Farciminariadx, which form anything but a natural group.
Indeed, in a natural system such a group could find no place.
The characters on which the family is founded are merely
zoarial, and the chief point relied upon as a diagnostic is the
disposition of the zocecia round an imaginary axis, so as to
form cylindrical branches. Such a family diagnosis would
include a miscellaneous and artificial group between whose
members there might be little, if any, natural affinity. Verru-
cularia dichotoma, v. Suhr, would be an alien amongst the
forms which compose the family Farciminariade of Busk.

MacGillivray has noticed the “ close affinity ” in structure
between Flustrella and the present form *, and remarks that
“it undoubtedly forms a close connecting-link between the
two suborders”’ (Cheilostomata and Ctenostomata) ; but,
“ notwithstanding the absence of avicularia and ocecia and
the structure of the mouth,’ he would refer Verrucularia
dichotoma to the same Cheilostomatous family as Farciminaria.
No reasons are given in support of this decision, but there is
much to be said against it.

The mode in which the zocecia are disposed and the habit
of the zoarium, it is now generally admitted, are not characters
which can be relied upon as indications of natural affinity.
Agreement in these points is commonly associated with the
most significant structural differences. In the present case
the two forms in question are distinguished by very different
types of orifice and oral operculum. In Farciminaria the
orifice presents the normal Cheilostomatous character; in
Verrucularia dichotoma it is distinctly bilabiate, bounded
above and below by a chitinous rib, the lower one (probably)
connected with a movable lip. This is an important differ-
ence, which forbids the union of the two forms in the same
family group.

The present condition of my specimens of Verrucularia
prevents me from completing my study of the structure; but
enough has been determined to prove that it must be separated
from Larciminaria. Provisionally, at least, it may be asso-
ciated with /lustrel/a, with which it seems to be most closely

connected.
Ibid. (p. 368).
Cellaria fistulosa, var. australis, MacGillivray.

There is no doubt that this form should be accounted a
distinct species, as I have suggested f.

* “Zoology of Victoria,’ vol. ii. p. 348.
+ See Waters, ‘Challenger’ Rep. p. 16, pl. ii. figs. 1-4,

General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 143

‘Annals,’ October 1884 (p. 276).

Menipea marginata, sp. n.

This species must be referred to Caberea rudis of Busk.

The specimens of it on which my description is founded
were to a large extent destitute of vibracula. In the first
instance, indeed, I could find no trace of them, and, in the
supposed absence of this essential character, was not likely to
connect the species with the genus Caderea.

My attention having been drawn to the remarkable agree-
ment of the two forms in many of the structural elements, I
have made a careful re-examination of the dorsal surface, with
the result that I have detected the vibracular grooves in a
‘limited number of cases, and in some of them to all appear-
ance imperfectly developed, whilst in a large number of cases
not one was met with upon a branch. Only one or two sete
were observed. My specimens show that the vibracular
zooids are liable to be very partially developed, or, in some
cases, even suppressed.

Busk describes the aperture as “oval;” it is somewhat
contracted above and expanded below. He does not mention
the very large size of the marginal cells and of the three
spines which they bear. This is a striking feature of the
species, as is also the line of large avicularia with broad
triangular mandible, each on a distinct area, which alternate
with the marginal zocecia.

”

Ibid. (p. 279).

CYCLICOPORA, gen. nov.
Cyclicopora prelonga, sp. n.

This species is identical with Lepralia longipora, Mac-
Gillivray *, which was published in 1882, and his specific
name must therefore take the place of the above.

Ibid. (p. 280).

Schizoporella subsinuata, sp. n.

When I described this species I had not met with specimens
of it bearing avicularia ; but they have since occurred, and
instead of the clause in the diagnosis “ Avicularia none,” the

* ‘Descriptions of new or little-known Polyzoa,’ part ii. p. 6, pl. iii.
fig. 18 (1882).
i?

144 Rev. IT’. Hincks’s Contributions towards a

following must be inserted :— Avicularia elongate-oval,
rather large, the mandible rounded, irregularly distributed,
sometimes placed obliquely above the orifice, sometimes on
the lower part of the front wall.”

Ibid. (p. 280).

Schizoporella biturrita, sp. n.

Waters identifies this form with Lschara tuberosa, Reuss.
As I have not had an opportunity of consulting the work in
which the latter is described, I accept the identification on his
authority. The leading features of the species are the tower-
like elevations on each side of the orifice, usually bearing
avicularia, and the gigantic umbonate ocecium. The position
of the avicularia, as Waters has remarked, is variable ; com-
monly they are placed at the back of the “tower,” but
frequently at the sides, the pointed mandible directed
upward. In the cells bearing ocecia the orifice is larger and
has a wider sinus than in those which are not ovicelligerous.
The oral arch of the ocecium is remarkable for its size.

The variety in which lateral offsets from the “ towers”
unite so as to form a bridge over the orifice is much more
striking than significant. The structural change is very
slight and trivial, though it affects materially the aspect of
the species. In all essential characters it agrees entirely with
the normal form.

The only specimen of the variety which I possess is from
Africa.

At one time I was inclined to regard this species as identical
with Busk’s “Gephyrophora polymorpha” (‘ Challenger’ Rep.
p. 167), but the examination of specimens from New Zealand
has shown that there are most important differences between
them, especially in the position and structure of the ocecium*.
It need hardly be pointed out that the bridge across the
orifice is a character of no generic significance and that the
genus Gephyrophora must be abandoned.

The New-Zealand specimens of the latter are of small size
(less than half an inch in height), erect in habit, the stems
cylindrical, slightly branched, trifid at the upper extremity,
the surface smooth and somewhat glossy. The smali pointed
avicularia are borne on the summit of the lateral elevations,
the mandible directed outwards.

* Waters, ‘ Challenger’ Supplement, p. 29.

General History of the Marine Polyzoa. 145

‘ Annals,’ March 1885 (p. 245).

Diachoris quadricornuta, sp. n.

Jullien’s species D. mawilla* has been referred to the
resent form ; but in the absence of specimens of the former
T should hesitate to identify them.

.¢

Ibid. (p. 247).

The footnote may be cancelled; I have already given my
reasons for uniting Déachoris with "Beanta,

‘Annals,’ March 1891 (p. 286).

Flustra spinuligera, sp. 0.

Though I have treated this form as distinct from Carbasea
rhizophora of Ortmann, there may, I think, be a question
whether it should not varie be regarded as a variety of the
Japanese species. There is a remarkable similarity between
them in most of the leading characters.

The zocecia agree in all respects but one. In /. sprnuligera
the margin bears a continuous line of short spines, and within
the margin and just below it there is a line of minute denticles ;
these are wanting in C. rhizophora. But the form of the
cell, the orifice, the ocecium, and the avicularium are alike in
both. When we come to the zoarial characters we meet with
some dissimilarity.

The South-African form is unilaminate and erect; the
Japanese bilaminate and decumbent, and attached by tubular
fibres springing from the dorsal surface.

The marginal spines, as we know, are not very constant
among the Polyzoa ; the internal denticles might very possibly
escape observation. Both unilaminate and bilaminate forms
occur within the limits of a species; so that the decumbent
habit and the radical appendages would seem to be the most
important distinctive characters. Taking into account the
perfect agreement of the zocecia in all the most significant
elements, we shall, I think, best represent the relationship
between the two by ranking Plustra spinuligera as a form of
Flustra rhizophora +.

* ‘Cap Horn,’ 74, pl. vii. fig. 3, pl. xi. fig. 4.
+ The genus Car ‘basea is founded on a very trivial zoarial character,
and, in my judgment, should be abolished or restricted to such of the

forms now included in it as may represent a distinct specific type.

146 General History of the Marine Polyzoa.

Ibid. (p. 289).

Schizoporella concinna, sp. n.

There may be a doubt as to the genus to which this species
is referable. At first sight the orifice seems to agree in
structure with that which is Characteristic of Schizoporella ;
but there are peculiarities which may create a doubt. ‘The
sinus is placed in the centre of a thin raised lamina which
overhangs the orifice below, taking the place of the lower
margin, and continuous with the sides of the orifice. Imme-
diately behind this lamina is “ the ridge-like elevation of the
cell-wall,” which is carried up along the sides of the orifice *.
The true operculum, which is membranaceous, extends to the
top of the basal lamina, where it is erossed by a very distinct
hinge-line in connexion with two Jateral denticles. A mem-
branous extension of the operculum passes downward behind
the raised lamina. In some respects the orifice of this species
bears a resemblance to that of Lepralia; but as the lamina
which carries the sinus seems to be distinctly continuous with
the side-walls of the orifice, there seems to me to be no struc-

tural difference of any significance between this form and
Schizoporella.

Ibid. (p. 290).

Schizoporella bimunita, sp. 0.

In this species one of the large avicularia on the front wall
is not unfrequently absent.

A very fine specimen, obtained by Miss Jelly from Port
Elizabeth, is somewhat fan-shaped, borne on a short thick
stem; the surface is traversed by rib-like lines, which radiate
from the circumference towards the stem. The large ocecial
cells form conspicuous groups.

Tbid: \(p2296)):
Lepralia lancifera, sp. n.

It has been suggested that this form may be identical with
Hemeschara tmbellis, Busk, described and figured in his
‘Monograph on the Crag Polyzoa.’ This species had been
previously characterized by Milne-Edwards under the specific
name pertusa; but as this designation had been already

* See ‘ Annals,’ ser. 6, vol. vii. pl. vi. figs. 2, 2a.

Col. C. Swinhoe on new Geometers, 147

applied to another species, Busk’s name must displace it.
Mr. Waters has obtained Lepralia imbellis from the New-
Zealand Tertiaries *.

As to the supposed identity of Z. lancifera and L. imbellis,
I hesitate to give a decided opinion ; but on a careful compa-
rison of Busk’s description and figure of the latter with a fine
specimen of lancifera trom South Africa, for which [ am in-
debted to Miss Jelly’s kindness, I have noted the following
differences between them, which are by no means unimportant.
In Busk’s diagnosis (which is meagre and insufficient) the
cells are merely characterized as “ ovate, punctured, especially
round the border; subumbonate in front, with an orifice
having a straight lower border and simple peristome.” It is
obvious that there is nothing very distinctive in this descrip-
tion ; it would apply to a multitude of forms. One clause of
it, however, is certainly inapplicable to L. lancifera— sub-
umbonate in front.” Probably the most striking feature of
the latter is the large umbonate rising of the front wall below
the orifice, on which the long lanceolate avicularium is borne.
Referring to Mr. Busk’s figure, we find no adequate represen-
tation of this structure. In L. lancifera the zocecia are
bounded by strongly marked raised lines, which are not
present in L. imbellis. The ocecium of the last-named, as
shown in Busk’s figure (‘Crag Polyzoa,’ plate iv. fig. 6),
differs widely from that of lancifera. ‘The entire absence of
all traces of avicuiaria on the fossil form, except on the sub-
oral umbo, whilst they are present in profusion on the recent
species, especially in the neighbourhood of the ocecium, is
another difference of some significance. On the whole,
without venturing to dogmatize, I am inclined to regard the

two forms as probably specifically distinct f.

XXVII.—New Geometers.
By Col. C. SwinHog, M.A., F.L.S., &e.

THE species described in this paper will appear in the second
volume of the ‘ Catalogue of Moths in the Oxford University
Museum’; and as the publication of this book will be delayed,
from unavoidable causes, for some months, the following new
species are now published to ensure the types to the Public
Museums of London and Oxford.

* “On Tertiary Cheilostomatous Polyzoa from New Zealand,” Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc. for February 1887, p. 40.
+ Further investigation of the fossil form is much needed.

148 Col. C. Swinhoe on new Geometers.

Family Euschemide.
Genus EuscHEeMA, Hiibn.
Euschema scyllea.

3. Head, body, and wings yellow ; antennee black ; thorax
with indications of two grey spots in front, but without bands.
Fore wings with the apical half black, its inner border ex-
tending straight from the centre of the costa to the hinder
angle, angled inwards in its centre; the blackish space in-
cludes two bluish-white semihyaline macular bands, the first
of four and the second of three spots; no markings in the
internal half of the wing. Hind wings whitish on the costa ;
a blackish elongated spot at the end of the cell, and a macular
marginal blackish band, the first three spots near the apex
large and running into each other, followed by three small
spots, the last two curving inwards. Underside as above,
except for a spot at end of cell of fore wings, which is slightly
visible above through the wing.

Expanse of wings 37% inches.

Type: India. In O.M.

Allied to £. militaris, but very distinct, having no bands on
the thorax and no internal bands on either wing.

Family Geometride.
Genus HEROCHROMA, nov.

Differs from the genus Pingasa in the males having simple,
not pectinated, antenne as in that genus.

Herochroma baba.

g. Wings shaped similarly to 47. viridaria, Moore ; colour
of a uniform grass-green, somewhat similar to but brighter
than in H. subtepens, Walker, xxi. 438, type from Sarawak,
but also a common Indian insect. Both wings crossed by an
outwardly dentated brown discal line, black marginal lunules
at the ends of the veins, a row of submarginal white dots on
the veins, a black spot at end of each cell. Underside with
the ground-colour greyish white, smeared with dark ochreous,
a large black spot at end of each cell, a broad discal band
across both wings, and black marginal lunules.

Expanse of wings 1485-2 inches.

Type: Khasia Hills. In B.M.

A long series. Allied to 4. viridarta, but of an entirely
different shade of green colour, and without the bronze tessel-
lations with which that insect is covered and without the
reddish-brown bands,

Col. C. Swinhoe on new Geometers. 149

Genus ABSALA, nov.

S$ 2. Costa arched, inner margin slightly rounded, more
than two thirds length of costa, outer margin nearly as long
as inner, slightly rounded, scalloped between the veins in
both wings. Hind wings with the apex rounded ; venation
of both wings normal, except that vein 5 of hind wings 1s
emitted very close to the top of the cell, Antenne in ‘both
sexes bipectinated to the tip with short bristles, slightly
shorter in the female than in the male. Hind tibie with
two pairs of spurs.

Differs from the genus Pachyodes (type hemataria, H.-Sch.)
in its longer and rounder wings, in the closeness of the origin
of vein 5 of hind wings to the top of the cell; the pectinations
‘of the male are similar, but the female of Pachyodes has
simple antenne.

Absala dorcada.

& ¢. Of a uniform milky-white colour; antenne reddish
ochreous, palpi with bright chestnut-red hairs, fore and middle
lees of the same colour, front of head ochreous ; wings striated
with olive- -grey, more densely i in the outer portions, forming
discal and submarginal bands on the hind wings. Fore wings
with a small patch of olive-grey on costa before the middle
and four or five large patches at the apex; olive-grey mar-
ginal lunules to both w ings, and the large black cell-spots of
the underside showing through the wings, and a black spot on
the hind wings on the space > where the spot from the under-
side can be seen. Underside pure white; base of both wings
and thorax and hind legs suffused with bright ochreous ;
costa of fore wings marked with black, some black patches
and black marginal lunules at apex, a large round black spot
at end of each cell, one in the first median interspace of fore
wings, and two lar ge and similar spots on the disk of the
hind wings, one towards the apex and the other near the
abdominal margin.

Expanse of wings 23%; inches.

Type: Khasia Hills. In B.M.

Genus EPISOTHALMA, nov.

3g. Fore wing more or less falcate, with costa arched before
the apex, outer margin excavated below the apex, produced at
end of excavation above the middle, from whence it is oblique
to the inner angle, which is somewhat acute, scalloped be-
tween the veins; imner inargin very slightly rounded, nearly

150 Col. C. Swinhoe on new Geometers.

straight. Hind wing with the apex rounded, outer margin
toothed, with tail-like extremities at terminations of veins 4
and 6.

Allied to genus Thalassodes, Guen. (type quadraria, Guen.);
venation normal, but has fasciculate antenne in the male,
instead of pectinate, as in that genus.

Type siswnaga, Walker, xxin. 550.

Genus TANAORHINUS, Butler.

Tanaorhinus kina.

3. Of a uniform dark shining green colour; antenne with
the shaft green, pectinations dark grey; palpi black, frons
bright ochreous. Wings with pale greenish-white markings ;
fore wings with a lunular mark at the end of the cell and a
lunular band near the base; both wings crossed by a discal
band of lunules, with a band of lunular spots adjoining on its
outer side and a submarginal line of inverted lunules; cilia
white. Underside pale green, the hind wings being slightly
tinged with yellow ; fore wings with a black spot at the end
of the cell; both wings crossed by a black macular discal
band somewhat near the margin on the hind wing, the spots
are joined together more or less, making the band nearly
complete; on the fore wings the spots are smaller, not
together, and double as they go upwards; marginal line
black, cilia white; body pale ereenish grey, legs green, tarsi
with black bands.

Expanse of wings 145)-2 inches.

Type: Khasia Hills. In B.M.

Alhed to 7. dimissa, Walker, xxii. 516, but much smaller ;
can easily be distinguished by the difference in the markings
below, the latter having a nearly straight black band from
the abdominal margin ot hind wings a little beyond the middle
to the costa of fore wings near the apex; the submarginal
band of dimissa also is very differently situated and does not
extend up the fore wings.

Family Ideide.
Genus SYNEGIOIDES, Swinhoe.

Synegiotdes diffusifascia.

Synegroides diffusifascia, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. 1892, p. 11
(woodcut).

By some error the type of this genus is put down as S. diffu-
saria, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 6415 this is a slip of the pen,

Col. C. Swinhoe on new Geometers. 151

it should have been sanguinaria, Moore, with the same refer-
ence; the description of the genus and the woodcut were both
taken from the latter species.

Genus Ipma, Treit.

Idea peralba.

3 2. White glistening ; a black dot at end of cell in all
the wings, black dots on the outer margins. Wings covered
with very minute grey irrorations ; costa of fore wings grey,
five transverse grey bands, first before the middle and out-
wardly curved, second medial and sinuous, third, fourth, and
fifth close together, the fifth being marginal, and all sinuous.
Hind wings with four bands, the first before the middle in
continuation of the second band of the fore wings, second,
third, and fourth at even distances corresponding to the third,
fourth, and fifth of fore wings ; fringe long, pure white.

E:xpanse of wings 1 inch.

Type: Fort Stedman, Shan States. In B.M.

Genus DEFoA, nov.

3d. Fore wings with the costa slightly arched before the
apex, outer margin rounded, inner margin straight, four fifths
the length of the costa. Allied to the genus Somatina (type
anthophilata, Guen.). Hind wing with vein 7 emitted at end
of cell, instead of before it, as in that genus; mid tibiz
with two spurs; hind tibia greatly incrassated, a tuft of long
hairs from the upper end; hind tarsi obsolete, there being
merely a small point at the end of the tibia.

Defoa ustata.

3. Dark olive-grey, patched and suffused with chestnut-
brown. Fore wings with a white lunular mark at the end of
the cell, margined with brown, a large chestnut-brown patch
covering nearly the whole discal space, extending from inner
margin nearly to the costa, where it is rounded and margined
with dark brown. Hind wings with a similar-coloured but
much paler patch, which extends nearly evenly from the
abdominal margin to the costa, is striated with black, covers
more than half the wing-space, and has a sinuous outer margin
near the outer margin of the wing; a small white cell-dot
with a brown margin, and marginal lunules to both wings
brown. Underside of a uniform pale brownish grey, with
black suffusion on lower half of fore wing and costal space of

152 Col. C. Swinhoe on new Geometers.

hind wing, which runs down the outer border a short space ;
fore wing with a black spot at end of cell anda black discal
band ; hind wings with a similar internal band.

Expanse of wings 1;/5 inch.

Type: Khasia Hills. In B.M,

Family Boarmiide.
Subfamily Cazerivz.

Genus MicroniopEs, Hampson.
Microniodes, Hampson, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M. ix. p. 189 (1898).

Microniodes ocernaria.

. Pure white; antenne ochreous brown, top of head
chestnut-brown, frons pure white ; body and wings pure
white, wings with ochreous-brown lines and bands : fore wings
with a costal band, an inner line running from the inner
margin near the base towards the end of the cell, where there
is a ‘similarly coloured dot, and three submarginal spots at the
apex; both wings with a medial band composed of a line
outwardly shaded with paler colour from the abdominal
margin of hind wings one third from the base to the apex of
fore Ww ings ; a line from the abdominal margin one third from
the anal angle to the apex of fore wings, stopping before the
third apical dot ; a submarginal rather indistinct angulated
line, most distinct on hind wings, and a marginal line; cilia
of the samé colour, paler than the lines, and with pale tips.
Underside pure white, unmarked ; costal and marginal lines
ochreous brown, cilia as above.

Tee of wings 1555 inch.

Ny; Khasia Hills. In B.M.

Allied to M. obliqua, Hampson, which lacks the inner and
discal lines and is a larger insect.

Subfamily Pruropyvz.
Genus Micronissa, Swinhoe.
Micronissa, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1891, p. 485.

Micronissa dephinaria.

. White. Fore wings with the costa pale ochreous;
wings thinly clothed, crossed by indistinct grey lines—first an
amiciedel line senna hen distorted, second a medial line,
straight on fore wings, sinuous and partly dentated on hind
wings, third a discal line dentated on both wings, very indis-

Col. C. Swinhoe on new Geometers. 153

tinct ; marginal line brown, a reddish-brown spot on the angle
in the second median interspace of the hind wings, edged with
pure white on its inner side. Underside pure white, without
any markings.

Type: Khasia Hills. In B.M.

This species is the type of the genus IMvcronissa, and was
wrongly identified in my paper above referred to as margari-
tata, Moore (Urapteryx margaritata, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 612),
the type of which is unique, and which, though superficially
like this species, belongs to another genus.

Subfamily Eyvournz.
Genus Hyposipra, Guen.
Hyposidra kala.

3 ?. Of a uniform dark slaty mouse-colour; wings with
two transverse brown central bands, both bands indistinct,
rather broad, rather close together, and curving slightly out-
wards, the entire surface above thickly covered with very
ninute whitish irrorations. Underside as above, the whitish
irrorations thickened into a whitish smeared band on the outer
margin of fore wings below the apical faleation.

Eixpanse of wings, ¢ 2, 9 24 inches.

Type: India. In O.M.

Subfamily Zereniwvz.
Genus OBEIDIA, Walker.
Obeidia luctfera.

¢ %. Head and body ochreous; thorax with brown spots,
abdomen with brown bands. Wings white, with a broad
band on all the margins, ochreous spotted with brown in
some specimens, but the brown prevailing in others; in some
specimens, especially in the females, the bands are macular,
much as in the Chinese species O. tégrata; on the hind wings
there is also a brown macular discal band.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 2y'9, 2 27-8 inches.

Type: Darjilmg. In O.M.

Ditters from O. tégrata in the ground-colour of the wings
being pure white instead of dark ochreous, as in that species,

Genus ABRAXAS, Leach.
Abraxas conferta.
gd. Thorax and abdomen ochreous, with brown spots.

154 Col. GC. Swinhoe on new Geometers.

Wings white; fore wings with three broad pale greyish
macular bands, first basal, on an ochreous ground-colour,
broadly continued on the costa till it reaches the second, which
is oblique, has an ochreous central band, and_bifureates
towards the costa, one portion going towards the apex, the
outer portion of this band joining the marginal band. Hind
wings with a faint discoidal spot, some faint spots on the
outer and abdominal margins, and a discal curved band of
faint single spots.
Expanse of wings 2 inches.

Type: India. In O.M.

Subfamily Macaruva.
Genus Evarzra, Walker.

Evarzia odataria.

3. Grey, striated with reddish grey; costa of fore wings
with some dark reddish-brown marks, some similar marks
near the base; both wings with a sinuous irregular antemedial
brown transverse line; a discal dark brown straight double
band from the abdominal margin of hind wings near the angle

co)

to the costa of fore wings one fourth from apex, the space
from this band to the margin of a darker and rather purplish
shade; a blackish spot on the outside of the central portion
of the band on both wings; marginal line black ; cilia grey ;
a black dot at end of cell in hind wings interrupting the ante-
medial line. Underside greyish white, with brown striations,
subbasal and antemedial brown sinuous transverse lines, the
outer band broad, not duplex, touching the outer margin in
the fore wings below the apex, leaving an upper and a lower
marginal patch of white, and touching the margin in the hind
wings at the apex, leaving a lower marginal patch of whitish.

EXxpanse of wings 1" inch.

Type: Khasia Hills. In B.M.

I have this species also from Darjiling and from Sikkim.
It is allied to #. avitusarta, Walker, from Sarawak, the type
of which is in the Oxford Museum.

Genus GONODELA, Boisd.
Gonodela azataria.

3d @. Pale ochreous brown, irrorated and marked with
chestnut-brown and marked here and there with minute
patches of whitish; both wings crossed by an indistinct
median straight band; a discal dark duplex band from the

Col. C. Swinhoe on new Geometers. 155

abdominal margin of hind wings one third from apex to the
apex of fore wings, where it bends in on to the outer margin
below the apex, and then is elbowed back on to the costa,
where there is an angulated mark before the apex and a sub-
apical white dot ; submarginal line pale sinuous and marginal
line dark and distinct ; cilia pale interlined with dark brown ;
a square whitish spot at the base of the first median inter-
space of fore wings. Underside paler, suffused with ochreous,
both wings crossed by three upright blackish bands, the two
white spots on fore wings very distinct.
Eixpanse of wings ile inch.

Type: Khasia eile. In B.M.

Genus ZAMARADA, Moore.

Zamarada cosmiaria.

&. Bright grass-green ; antenne, head, and body brown ;
a black dot at end of each cell. Fore wings with the costa
pale ochreous grey, speckled with chestnut- brown; outer
margins of both wings with a chestnut-red band, excavated on
its inner side below the middle on each wing, rine with a pale
sinuous line running through the band. Underside as on
upperside, band darker towards apex of fore wings.

ee of wings | inch.

Type: Khasia Hills. In B.M.

Allied to Z. scriptifasciata, Walker, xxvi. 1566, type from
Sarawak, and Z. translucida, Moore, from Ceylon; wings
greener and much better clothed, band very much narrower.
In both these species the wings are almost hyaline.

Subfamily Boaruri 2.
Genus OPTHALMODES, Guen.

Opthalmodes corduluria.

3. Green, suffused with white; antenne brown; top of
head green ; ‘thorax green, smeared with white in parts ; ; abdo-
men reddish ochreous, white at the base, with black bands ;
both wings bright olive- -green, striated and smeared with
white, this colour prevailing at the base and central portions
and along the discal band. Fore wings with the costa marked
with black spots and patches, interrupted with white; a
blackish lunule, edged inwardly with white, on a dark olive-
green space at end ‘of cell ; ; a black patch just beyond centre

of inner margin, corresponding to a broad black band on hind

156 Col. C. Swinhoe on new Geometers.

wing just before the middle, which is broken and attenuated
towards the costa of that wing, and is accompanied on its
outer side by an indistinct, dentated, and interrupted black
line ; an outwardly dentated discal band somewhat near the
margin across both wings; this band is marked with deep
black in places and is interlaced with white; marginal lunules
black, cilia white, with black patches. Underside pure white,
a large round black spot at end of each cell, black markings
on costa of fore wings, and a black apical patch with its
extreme apex white, and a submarginal black broken band.

Expanse of wings 23% inches.

Type: Khasia Hills. In B.M.

A beautiful species, nearest to O. diurnaria, Guen., which
it resembles in the markings on the underside.

Genus PSEUDOCOREMIA, Butler.
Pseudocoremia dendrellaria.

6. Pinkish white, thickly striated with brown. Fore
wings with a subbasal blackish-brown transverse band, which
occurs more indistinctly on the hind wings ; a medial broader
and similarly coloured band, which is elbowed outwardly
below the middle and joins a discal lunulate brown band,
which is pale-edged on its outer side and is much curved
inwards; the space between the bands with few striations and
nearly white, the whole space beyond the discal band brown,
with striations; this band is also faintly indicated on the
hind wings and is there even with the outer margin, and the
space between it and the outer margin is also darker-coloured
than the rest of that wing, and there is a submarginal pale
dentated indistinct line across both wings; marginal line
brown; cilia pale, interlined with brown. Underside pale
grey, tinged with ochreous ; transverse bands similar, but paler
than on the upperside ; a broad brown marginal band to the
fore wings, an indication of a similar band on hind wings, and
a brown spot at the end of the cell.

Expanse of wings 1;-1; inch.

Type: Khasia Hills. In B.M.
Family Larentiide.
Genus Eprrruob, Hiibner.
Epirrhoé pallidaria.

&. Grey, head and body densely irrorated with brown
atoms. Fore wings irrorated with grey atoms; basal portion
brown, limited by a darker brown outwardly curved sinuous

Col. C. Swinhoe on new Geometers. 157

line at one fifth from base; a broad medial brown band with
outwardly curved darker brown borders, the band widening
above and containing a dark brown spot at the end of the
cell; the pale spaces with indistinct incomplete grey sinuous
lines thickening into a band towards the apex. Hind wings
unmarked ; both wings with a lunulated dark brown marginal
line.
E;xpanse of wings | inch.

Type: Kala Paui, Punjab. In B.M.

Genus CoREMIA, Guen.
Coremia ecyptaria.

¢. Blackish brown. Fore wings with two transverse
sinuous deep black lines, antemedial and postmedial, the
inner one recurved, the outer one curved outwardly, both
of them edged outwardly with grey, prominent and broader
towards the costa, where each ends in a deep black prominent
patch; veins whitish. Hind wings pale brown, with indi-
cations of a darker thin transverse band beyond the middle ;
cilia of both wings brown, with a basal pale pinkish-grey
line. Underside of a uniform pale brownish grey, with an
indistinct brown thin band across the disk of both wings.

Eixpanse of wings 14 inch.

Type: Khasia Hills. In B.M.

I have it also from Kurseyong; it is closely allied to the
genus Coremia, but is not quite typical.

Genus CHRYSOCRASPEDA, Warren, MS. ined.
Chrysocraspeda cerasina.

gd. Purplish red, with a few red irrorations and silver
speckles. Fore wings with a minute dark reddish ringlet at
the end of the cell, and with a duplex linear mark in the
upper disk. Hind wings with a prominent white lunular
mark at the end of the cell and an indistinct sinuous reddish
discal line. Both wings with dark reddish-brown marginal
bands and luteous cilia.

Expanse of wings 7 inch.

Type: Ceylon. In B.M.

Allied to C. abhadraca, Walker ; the marginal band darker
and narrower, colour uniform, the sinuous discal band in
fore wings replaced by a short duplex linear mark, and the
cell-spot in hind wings replaced by a prominent white lunule.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 12

158 Miscellaneous.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Cement-glands and Origin of Egg-membranes in the Lobster.
By Francis H. Herricx, of Adelbert College.

Tur cement-glands have hitherto escaped detection in the lobster
(Homarus americanus), and consequently the origin of the gluey
secretion in which the eggs are immersed at the time they are laid,
and by means of which they are attached to the body, has never
been accurately determined.

Cano’s valuable studies (“ Morfologia dell’ appareccio sessuale
feminile, glandole del cemento e fecondazione nei Crostacei Decapodi,”
Mittheil. Neapel, Bd. ix.) have called attention to the much-neglected
cement-glands of the Decapod Crustacea.

Erdl, in 1848, described three egg-membranes in the egg of the
lobster, and regarded the outermost of these as a secretion-product
of the oviduct. Bumpus also (‘Journal of Morphology,’ vol. v-
no. 2) attributes the “varnish-like layer,” which surrounds the
ovum of Homarus at the time of oviposition, to a secretion which
probably comes from the columnar cells of the oviduct. Lereboullet
just escaped the discovery of the cement-glands in 1860, but cor-
rectly stated that the cement-substance came from beneath the skin
of the underside of the abdomen. The true cause of this secretion
was first recognized by Braun in 1875, and the subject has been
recently investigated in a large number of Decapods with great
clearness by Cano.

When the lobster-embryo is about to hatch it is invested by three
membranes, from which it escapes to enter upon its first free-
swimming larval stage. The outermost of these is the membrane of
attachment. Within this is the chorion, which is now nearly
absorbed. This is exceedingly delicate, and is often carried away
with the former in the process of hatching. The innermost mem-
brane does not belong to the egg, but to the embryo, which it closely
invests. The casting-off of this membrane forms the first moult,
and unless it is successfully thrown off the larva dies. The earlier
embryonic cuticles, which are formed in the long course of embryonic
life, are entirely absorbed at the time of hatching.

The secondary egg-membrane, or membrane of attachment, com-
pletely separates from the chorion at the time of hatching, except
at one point, which is often opposite the thread-like stalk, with
which the outer capsule of the egg is continuous. The outer mem-
brane, which is less elastic than the chorion, is subjected to a high
degree of tension, until it finally bursts, splitting into two symme-
trical halves along the vertical longitudinal plane of the body of the
embryo, beginning at the hinder end and coming off over the head
and tip of the abdomen.

When the chorion or primary egg-membrane is removed from the

Miscellaneous. 159

ripe egg by means of hot water, it appears to be covered with small
rounded areas, which are possibly the impressions of the follicular
cells. No distinct pores could be detected in it, but when wrinkled
it appears to be vertically striated, which may argue in favour of
their presence.

For some time before oviposition the pleopods appear to be filled
with a milky-white substance. This appearance is caused by the
distended condition of the cement-glands, to the activity of which
the secretion which forms the secondary egg-membrane is due. If
the cuticle is removed from a pleopod at this time the tissue is seen
to be studded with very minute, round, whitish bodies—the cement-
glands. They are most abundant over the posteriorly directed sides
of the lamine, and extend up into the stalk. It is noticed also, in a
lobster “in berry,” that it is upon this side of the swimmeret that
the eggs are mostly attached. JI have found the glands in the five
anterior pairs of pleopods only ; but it is possible that they may
‘ occur in the telson, the uropods, and epimeral regions. The glands
occur singly or in clusters, and are closely crowded along the thick-
ened edges of the lamine.

Sections show that the gland is composed of a very delicate sheath
of connective tissue aud a simple epithelium consisting of tall pyra-
midal cells. The polygonal base of each cell occupies the periphery,
at which a large round nucleus is situated, and the apices of the
cells meet near the centre of the gland, the lumen of the organ
being at this time very slight. It is almost impossible to detect in
sections the opening of the gland to the exterior, but it is quite
probable that each gland opens separately. Cano describes these
glands in numerous forms as bottle-shaped structures, the necks or
ducts of which open to the exterior through pores in the cuticle.
Pores can be shown to exist in the lamina of the pleopod by re-
moving the tissue by caustic potash and distending the cuticle with
water; but pores of the same kind also exist in the appendages of
the male, where no cement-glands occur. I cannot at present say
how the pores are distributed on the surface of the cuticle, but it is
probable that they are not confined to any particular area.

If the glands are examined shortly after oviposition, they show a
remarkable change in structure. The glands are enlarged and the
epithelial cells have the appearance of degeneration, their nuclei
presenting every stage of fragmentation, from the condition of minute
chromatin-particles, which fill almost the entire gland, to deeply
stained round granular masses, which are much larger than ordinary
nuclei. Under these conditions cell-outlines are very dim and the
lumen of the gland is not open.

It seems quite probable that the peculiar gland-like structures
which I have described in the immature ovary of the lobster (see
these Circulars, no. 88) are concerned with the growth of the
ovarian eggs. Numerous follicular cells enter these growing ova at
an early stage, and gradually become converted into food-products.
Their nuclei break up into very small vesicles, and finally lose all

160 Miscellaneous.

their nuclear characteristics, when their degeneration is complete.—
Johns Hopkins University Circulars, vol. xii. no. 106, p. 103.

Cleveland, Ohio,
March 21, 1893.

Notes on some Mexican Coccide *.

Las Cruces, New Mexico, U.S.A.,
June 21, 1893.

Later studies make it desirable to add a few words. In Pulvi-
naria lutea | remarked on the long bristle on the inner side of the
femur. I now believe that this is on the end of the trochanter, as
is seen in other species. The trochanter appears to be unusually
long and its articulation with the femur difficult to observe. From
this correction it follows that the femur itself is shorter than 1
supposed. The Ceroplastes on Artemisia was expected to prove
identical with one from New Mexico, which has been named C, arte-
misie by Dr. Riley, but not described. However, I sent some to
Dr. Riley, and hear from him that they are distinct—which is
curious, since they live on the same genus of plants in the same
zoological subregion. My insect, which is curiously irregular in
form, will be called C. artemisiarum, sp.n. The other “Ceroplastes”
alluded to, on a spiny shrub, has a glassy rather than waxy scale
and 7-jointed antenne, wherein it agrees not with Ceroplastes, but
with the New-Zealand genus Jnglista, Maskell. I call it, therefore,
Inglisia nivea, sp. n. T. D. A. CockERELL.

Las Cruces, New Mexico, U.S.A.,
June 24, 1893.

Mr. Robert Newstead, to whom I sent specimens of Pulvinaria
lutea, remarks that in structure the ovisac agrees not with true
Pulvinaria, but with the closely allied genus Lichtensia, Sign. At
the same time he kindly sends me specimens of L. vibwrni, Sign.
(the only known species of the genus), which were found at Llandaff,
Wales, by Mr. B. Tomlin. P. lutea and L. viburni differ very
greatly in superficial appearance ; but, as Mr. Newstead states, they
show some generic pointsincommon. Detailed comparisons will be
made, and reported on in some future paper. T: DAG:

* [The above notes reached us too late for insertion with the paper
in our July number.—Ebs, |

q

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

{SIXTH SERIES. ]

No. 69. SEPTEMBER 1893.

XXVIII.—Descriptions of new Coleoptera from New
Zealand. By Captain THos. Broun.

THE present contribution contains descriptions of eleven new
genera and seventy-four new species. ‘The numbers, such as
‘No. 1469” for example, refer to my ‘ Manual of New Zealand
Coleoptera.’

Group Anchomenide.

Dichrochile anthracina, sp. n.

Suboblong, very slightly convex, shining, black; antenne
and palpi piceous, the tips of the latter paler; tarsi rufo-
piceous, the anterior with dark spots.

Head yather more than half the width of the thorax, nar-
rowed behind, with exceedingly minute dense sculpture, with
a setigerous puncture near each eye. Labrum widely and
deeply emarginate, the left side more prominent than the
right. Mandzbles stout, the left broader at the base and more
incurved at the apex than the other. yes moderate. An-
tenn slender, reaching backwards beyond the middle thighs,
basal three joints glabrous, third about one third longer than
second, but shorter than fourth. Palpi elongate, the terminal
joints of the labial not thicker than those of the maxillary.
Thorax about one third broader than long, its sides rounded,
rather more narrowed behind than in front; apex medially
truncate, the sides directed forwards, so that the anterior

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 13

162 Capt. T. Broun on new

angles are not at all rounded off; base widely incurved,
without distinct margins in the middle, posterior angles very
much rounded ; lateral margins more flattened behind than in
fyont, the dorsal groove somewhat indistinct near its extre-
mities; near the apex there is an angulate impression ; basal
fosse elongate, situated midway between the middle and the
sides; in front of these, but nearer the sides, there are two
shallow curvate impressions; the space between each fossa
and the hind angle is flattened and feebly punctured ; on each
side, before the middle, there is a setigerous puncture. Scw-
tellum large, subopaque, densely and minutely sculptured.
Elytra ovate-oblong, obliquely sinuously narrowed posteriorly ;
base smooth, distinctly marked off, much incurved near each
side for the accommodation of the thoracic angles, which,
however, do not extend to the shoulders ; with deep, regular,
apparently impunctate stri, scutellar grooves distinct ; inter-
stices a little convex, moderately broad, the third with two
punctures, one is subapical, the other is placed before the
middle.

There is but one similar species, D. maura; in it thé
labrum is of the same shape, the eyes are smaller, and the
thorax is less transverse and more evidently narrowed pos-
teriorly.

@. Length 44, breadth 13 lines.

Ligar’s Bush, Papakura. Two females.

Group Feroniide.
Pterostichus tthaginis, sp. n.

Elongate-oblong, slightly convex, shining, black ; palpi and
tarsi piceo-rufous, the three basal joints of the antenne piceous
and glabrous.

Head narrowed behind; eyes moderately prominent ;
mandibles feebly striate above. Thorax only about one sixth
broader than long, its apex usually subtruncate, the base
medially emarginate ; it is very little wider near the front
than it is at the middle, its sides very gradually narrowed
posteriorly, with a slight sinuosity near the base, hind angles
not projecting, rectangular; the surface is very feebly trans-
versely striated, the median furrow is well-marked and hardly
at all abbreviated, the basal impressions are well-defined and
moderately broad. lytra oblong-oval, shoulders slightly
dentiform, apices broadly rounded ; their striz: are not deep,
they are rather finely and not regularly punctured, interstices
eae) plane. Legs moderate, posterior femora not angulate
below.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 163

Thorax with four setigerous punctures on each side, the
last ventral segment with one; scutellum more or less striate
at base.

When compared with its nearest ally, No. 1469, it will be
seen that it is narrower, the thorax is longer and narrower
and much less contracted near the base, and the elytral striz
are not so deep. In P. pellax the grooves of the elytra are
quite deep and rather broad.

Female.—Thorax of equal length and breadth, appearing
elongate, its sides very slightly curved; elytra with more
feebly impressed strie; legs rather slender; last segment
with two punctures near each side.

6. Length 64, breadth 24 lines.

Ligar’s Bush, Papakura.

Pterostichus obsoletus (No. 1469, var.).

This is very much like P. hybrida. The shoulders are not
dentiform, there being only a slight thickening of the margins
there; the transverse line which marks off the base of the
elytra from the striz in allied species is here quite obsolete ;
the scutellum is only indistinctly striate; the elytra are
narrowed towards the base. The thorax is only about one
sixth broader than long, and its sides are only moderately
curved; its anterior angles are rounded, the posterior are
rectangular. The elytral strie are somewhat irregularly
punctured, some of the punctures are much smaller than the
others, so that the striz themselves appear interrupted in
some parts.

&. Length 64, breadth 2} lines.

Hunua Range. Two males.

Pterostichus Sharpianus, sp. n.

Oblong, very slightly convex, shining, black; femora
piceous; the antenna, palpi, tibie, and tarsi pitchy red.

Head much narrowed behind, the frontal impressions broad
and shallow; labrum usually quite transverse. yes large
and moderately prominent. Antenne rather slender, reaching
the intermediate femora, their three basal joints glabrous, the
fourth not longer than the third. Mandibles reddish, smooth.
Thorax nearly one fourth broader than long; its sides regu-
larly curved from the front angles to behind the middle,
slightly but not sinuously narrowed behind, posterior angles
rectangular, not at all projecting; the surface faintly striate
transversely, the central furrow well-marked but sometimes
indistinct near the apex; basal fovex elongate but not sulci-

13*

164 Capt. T. Broun on new

form and not sharply defined; near each hind angle there is
a shallow impression, the middle of the base is scored with
feeble longitudinal strie, and the fovew are more or less
minutely punctured ; sometimes, however, they are smooth.
Scutellum estriate. Elytra ovate-oblong, shoulders not denti-
form; they are narrowed but hardly sinuate behind; their
striz are deep, narrow, and impunctate ; the interstices plane,
rather broad, without punctiform impressions. Legs mode-
rately slender, posterior femora simple.

Male.—Front tarst with sponge-like soles and lateral sete,
the basal three joints dilated; first subtriangular, second and
third cordiform. One setigerous puncture on each side of the
last ventral segment ; two sete on each side of the thorax ;
the middle and hind tarsi more or less grooved above.

This is very different from Haptoderus maorinus, Bates, in
many respects. P. oscillator, Sharp, has sulciform thoracic
fovez, and the third elytral interstices bear two or three large
punctures.

3d. Length 44-45, breadth 14 lines,

Ohaupo, Waikato, three examples ; Hunua Range, five.

I have with pleasure named this species in honour of
Dr. David Sharp. <A typical specimen has been sent to the
British Museum.

Group Bembidiide.
Anillus phyllobius, sp. n.

Subdepressed, slightly nitid, fulvescent ; legs pale yellow ;
with numerous erect, slender, short sete.

Head comparatively large, narrower than the thorax, dis-
tinctly bimpressed ‘on the middle, slightly wrinkled there,
with two elongate sets: on each side. Mandibles prominent.
Thorax nearly as long as it is broad, cordiform, widest before
the middle, gradually narrowed towards the base, posterior
angles quite obtuse; sides finely margined, with a long seta
betore the middle and another in front of the hind angle ;
base medially incurved, transversely depressed, without well-
marked fossee; there is an abbreviated central stria. Scu-
tellum wanting. Llytra oblong, shoulders rounded, apices
individually obliquely rounded, with a short broad sutural
gap; their sides scarcely curvate, the lateral margins more
explanate near the shoulders than they are elsewhere; disk
flat, apparently covered with excessively minute brassy scales ;
there are four or five series of very shallow indistinct punc-
tures on each; these become irregular behind; there are no

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 165

visible striz ; along the sides a few long slender sete occur ;
the broad pygidium is uncovered.

Antenne stout, they reach backwards to the shoulders,
pubescent ; second joint almost as long and stout as the first,
not quite glabrous, 3 to 10 moniliform, third not longer
than fourth, only about half the bulk of the second, eleventh
largest. Mawillary palpi stout, not elongate, the penultimate
joint somewhat dilated on the inner side, so as to be sub-
securiform, the terminal short and indistinct. Legs elongate,
with fine sete ; anterior tibie stout, much bent, and some-
what thickened near the extremity ; tars? with small joints,
none expanded, claws slender. No eyes can be detected.

This is congeneric with No. 1644; it is slightly larger, the
thorax is much less contracted behind, and the humeral
margins are more distinct and explanate. Dr. Sharp’s
Cillenum subcecum has a transverse thorax. It bears more
resemblance to the Kuropean Andllus cecus than to the New
Zealand Cillena.

Length ¢, breadth quite 4 line.

Riccarton Bush, Christchurch. One found by Mr. H.
Suter amongst leaves on the ground, May 1893.

Group Pselaphide.
TYROGETUS, gen. nov.

Body elongate, narrowed anteriorly, slightly convex.
Head oval. Antennal tubercles prominent, almost connate,
they extend forwards as far, or nearly as far, as the muzzle.
Maxillary palpi elongate, nearly as long as the antenne, first
joint small, second curvate, very slender and stalk-like for
more than half its length, its apical portion clavate and ovi-
form ; third nearly as long as the preceding one, its clavate
portion nearly half the whole length, the basal part forms a
straight slender stem; fourth about as long as the third, its
apical half more gradually and less clavate, this portion
appears to be cleft longitudinally, as in Pselaphus, the basal
part is stalk-like. Antenne 11-articulate. Tears? rather
short, basal joint small, second and third about equal; with
two small claws, these, however, are so closely applied to
each other as to appear like one. yes small, coarsely
facetted, situated at the middle of each side of the head.

This is distinct from Tyrus. The hind body is more like
that of Pselaphus. Tychus has but one claw. The Austra-
lian genera 7yraphus, Gerallus, and Durbos appear, according
to their descriptions, to be very different in some important
points.

166 Capt. T. Broun on new

Tyrogetus optandus, sp. n.

Red, tarsi and palpi yellow; sparingly clothed with short,
depressed, yellow sete.

Flead oval, not distinctly punctate, with a small fovea near
each eye. Zhorax longer than broad, moderately convex,
more narrowed in front than it is behind, its sides slightly
rounded, its middle part but little broader than the head ; its
surface is without distinct sculpture of any kind. Hlytra
hardly longer than broad, gradually yet considerably narrowed
towards the base, which does not exceed the thorax in width ;
each elytron has a rather broad sutural stria and a less
distinct discoidal one ; the apex is densely fringed with yellow
hairs. Hind body longer than the wing-cases, quite as broad,
its three basal segments marginate; the first is horizontal
and about as long as the other deflexed segments. Legs
elongate, slender, clothed like the body ; femora not clavate ;
tibiz straight and simple.

Antenne elongate, sparsely pubescent, first joint nearly
twice the length of the second, rather stouter, both cylindric ;
joints 3 to 7 differ but little, each is longer than broad ;
eighth and ninth nearly quadrate, tenth nearly as long as
it is broad, distinctly broader than the preceding ones, eleventh
large, rather broader than the tenth, oblong-oval.

The channel between the antennal tubercles is very narrow
and scarcely reaches the middle of the head.

Length #, breadth 4 line.

Mount Pirongia. One individual only, a female, I think.

I very much regret that I have but one mounted specimen ;

the structure of the underside therefore cannot be studied at
present.

Euglyptus costifer, sp. n.

Subopaque, chestnut-red ; tarsi and palpi yellow; clothed
with small, depressed, yellow, scale-like setee, and also with
some slender hairs.

Head punctate, not as large as the thorax; vertex con-
vex, the depression behind the antennal tubercles smooth and
shining. Thorax rather longer than broad, more narrowed
in front than it is behind, widest and obtusely prominent
before the middle; its surface distinctly punctate, in front
nearly smooth; along the middle there is a broad groove ;
on each side, but not reaching the apex, there is an elongate
foveiform impression ; the transverse impression near the base
is indistinct. H/ytra longer than broad, a little narrowed

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 167

towards the base, which, however, exceeds the thorax in
breadth, they are not punctate apparently; on each elytron
there are two broad grooves, one near the suture, the other
along the middle of the disk; the interstices are costiform,
the outer costa at the shoulder is a good deal thickened, and
the basal margin appears thick and asperate. Hind body
rather shorter than the elytra, much narrowed posteriorly,
but little deflexed, the basal four segments of nearly equal
length, first and second transversely impressed at the base,
the depression on the latter not so wide as the other. Tvbie
evidently expanded towards the extremity.

Underside castaneo-rufous, sparsely pubescent. Head
with a few slender outstanding sete. Sront core elongate,
exserted, and contiguous, placed close to the hind margin of
‘the prosternum ; the sinuous carina near each side is distinct.
Mesosternum in the middle with a rather broad lamina; this
has sharp borders, and it is acutely prominent behind. In-
termediate coxe only slightly separated, the trochanters short.
Metasternum convex. Hind coxe but little separated. Abdo-
men slightly transversely convex, with six nearly equal
segments ; two to five decrease a little in length, the first is
covered with yellow pubescence.

Antenne as long as the head and thorax, red, paler towards
the extremity, tenth joint infuscate at apex; second joint
smaller than first, with slightly curved sides; third a little
longer than broad, narrowed towards its base ; fourth to eighth
bead-like and differing but little ; ninth quite twice the size of
the preceding one, narrowed towards the apex, its frontal
articulation very narrow, so that it is distinctly marked off
from the following one; tenth strongly transverse, its apex
closely applied to the eleventh joint, which is narrower,
conical, and acuminate.

This, though much like £, elegans, differs in many ways.
The head is not broader in line with the eyes than it is
behind ; in Z. elegans it is so much wider near the eyes that
the sides behind are obliquely narrowed. The eyes are very
small. The elytral cost, though present in L. elegans, are
less distinct. ‘The legs of . costifer are shorter and less
slender. The tenth antennal joint is distinctly shorter. The
supplementary apical segment is wanting.

Length 3, breadth } line.

Mount Pirongia. I found two of uncertain sex, one
damaged.

Obs. I found what may be considered a varietal form at
Ligar’s Bush, Papakura, The head is as broad as the thorax

168 Capt. T. Broun on new

and strongly rounded behind; the eyes, though small, are
more prominent. There are six abdominal segments. ‘This,
as regards the head and eyes, is intermediate between £.
costifer and the typical species; but in other respects it more
nearly resembles the former. I leave it without a name just
now, as we do not know the sexual characters in this genus.

TYCHOTYRUS, gen. nov.

Body moderately convex, subovate, rather elongate, pilose.
Head, including the eyes, nearly as broad as the widest part
of the thorax, much narrowed, but parallel-sided, in front.
Eyes large, convex, with coarse facets, placed near the middle.
Maxillary palpi quite the length of the head ; first joint not
extending beyond the side of the mandible ; second elongate,
its basal half very slender and stalk-like, the other much m-
crassate and oviform ; third short and thick, almost obconical,
with a short, slender, basal stem; fourth as long as the second,
oblong-oval, but with a slender basal stalk, its extremity
provided with an elongate seta.

Metasternum of moderate length. ront cove contiguous,
elongate, exserted. J/iddle cove with large circular cavities,
separated by the well-developed mesosternal process, their
trochanters elongate. Hind cove moderately widely separated,
prominent, their trochanters rather long and thick. Legs
long and slender. Yarst with subequal terminal joints, the
first very short, with two equalclaws. Antenne 11-articulate,
moderately approximate at the base. Antennal tubercles
variable, usually large and prominent, with a well-marked
intervening channel. Abdomen composed of six nearly equal
seoments.

Dr. Sharp, in his description of Tyrus mutandus (Trans.
Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 488), remarked that ‘though its cha-
racters agree in the main with those of Z’yrus mucronatus, in
its appearance and form it comes much nearer the genus
Tychus; and though it cannot be associated with that genus
on account of the double claws, it will probably be ultimately
referred to a distinct genus.” The position of this genus is
therefore clearly indicated.

Tychotyrus sternalis, sp. n.

Convex, subovate, rather elongate; shining, red, head,
thorax, and hind body sanguineous, tarsi and palpi yellowish ;
pubescence flavescent.

Head almost as broad as the middle of the thorax, rounded
behind ; vertex convex, near each eye there is a distinct fovea

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 169

which seems to be limited in front by a small obtuse elevation ;
antennal tubercles well-developed, with an obvious channel
between them ; the sides, behind the eyes, are coarsely ciliate.
Thorax rather longer than broad, constricted and depressed in
front, widest and most convex near the middle, just before the
base there is a curved transverse impression ; its clothing is
rather scanty on the disk but forms a sort of fringe along the
sides. lytra as long as broad, a good deal narrowed towards
the base, apex truncate; the sutural strie are well marked
and become deeper near the base, inside each shoulder there
is a deep elongate impression ; they bear fine decumbent hairs
and long, erect, slender sete. Hind body as long as the
wing-cases, gradually narrowed backwards, its three basal
segments of about equal length, with distinct margins, the
other two deflexed, its pubescence elongate. Legs elongate ;
Jemora slender near the base, somewhat clavate near the
middle: front tébte nearly straight, with dense fulvous pu-
bescence on the inside towards the extremity ; the intermediate
slightly arcuate below the middle, densely pubescent near the
apex, and finely ciliate externally ; the posterior also fringed,
straight as far as the middle, and, on the inner face, below
the middle, armed with a conspicuous spiniform process, they
are a little thickened and curved there.

Antenne long and stout ; basal joint cylindric, thicker, and,
on the outside, nearly twice the length of the next one ; joints
3 to 6 evidently longer than broad, the fourth slightly shorter
than the contiguous ones; seventh quadrate ; eighth trans-
verse, of the same width as the preceding one ; ninth a little
longer than broad; tenth quadrate, but, like the ninth, slightly
narrowed towards the base, both these joints thicker than the
eighth ; eleventh large, oblong-oval, obtuse, with a fovea
underneath ; the last three joints are more or less distinctly
asperate.

Underside chestnut-red, with depressed yellow pubescence.
Head with a basal depression. Metasternum depressed along
the middle, the sides of the cavity gradually, but considerably,
raised anteriorly, and, just behind the middle coxe, ending in
a thick spiniform protuberant process. Abdomen much nar-
rowed posteriorly, rather flat along the middle, with deep
sutures, the fifth segment smooth and transversely impressed
in the middle, sixth conical, deeply depressed in the centre and
carinate behind.

g. Length 1, breadth 3 line.

emale,—Antennex rather shorter, joints 3 to 10 slightly
reduced as compared with those of the other sex, the eighth

170 Capt. T. Broun on new

joint, however, is not quite as short. Sternum and tibie
unarmed.

Hunua Range, three different localities; four males and
two females.

Tychotyrus curvipes, var.

Colour uniform pale red, tarsi and palpi yellow. The
apices of the elytra are a little obliquely truncate towards the
suture. The posterior tibie are distinctly and regularly
curved from the base to the apex.

3. Length 1, breadth 3 line.

Hunua Range, Maketu. One specimen.

The genus will include the following species. The male
characters are indicated below as an aid to the identification
of the species :—

T. armatus. Metasternum with a spine in front of each hind
coxa; posterior tibia slightly flexuous, with a spini-
form process near the inner extremity.

T. spinipes. Femora infuscate, in both sexes. Metasternum
with a spiniform process behind each of the middle
coxee ; posterior tibia straight, with a spine on the
inside about one third of the length from the apex.
Antenne more widely separated ; their tubercles flatter ;
the forehead broader.

T. mutandus. Male not known with certainty as yet.

Startes foveata, sp. n.

Body a little shining, dark red; sparsely clothed with
short yellowish hairs, those along the sides of the elytra much
finer and more numerous ; tarsi and palpi yellowish red.

Head \onger than broad, not as wide as the thorax, rounded
behind the eyes; vertex convex, interocular fovee large,
becoming confluent in front, so as to form a continuous de-
pression there. Thorax widest just before the middle, more
eradually narrowed behind than in front; the surface indis-
tinctly punctured, there is a large central fovea near the base,
and another at each side near the hindangle. ytra broader
than long, somewhat narrowed towards the base, shoulders
not at all prominent ; their surface with ill-defined sculpture,
sutural strie well marked; along the middle of each elytron
there is another broad stria which, however, becomes obsolete
near the extremity, the interval is almost carinate. Hind
body much deflexed, its large basal segment only being hori-
zontal. Legs of moderate length, simple.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 171

Underside chestnut-red, pubescent. Head longitudinally
ridged in the middle. Mesosternum plane in the middle, this
part with fine carmate borders. Metasternum flat or impressed
in the middle; just in front of each hind coxa there seems to
be a small tubercle, there is another behind, both are rather
indistinct.

Antenne about as long as the head and thorax; second
joint quite as large as the exposed part of the first; fourth
just longer than broad, slightly shorter than the third or
fifth ; sixth and seventh hardly longer than broad; eighth a
little shorter than the preceding one; joints 8 to 8 are of
nearly equal thickness throughout; ninth distinctly broader
than eighth, but only a little more than half the bulk of the
tenth ; eleventh largest, conical, somewhat acuminate.

Maxillary palpi stout, two thirds the length of antenne,
first joint short, second gradually thickened, third short and
thick, fourth almost as long as second, broadest near the base,
gradually narrowed, with a short apical seta. Front coxe
cylindric, contiguous ; the middle pair almost contiguous; the ,
posterior not very widely separated. The abdomen apparently
consists of six segments, but the suture between the fifth and
sixth is very fine; the basal segment is nearly the length of
the other five, it is densely fringed at the base ; the hind thighs
conceal the pubescence, but when these are displaced an
indistinct suture can be seen between what I term the basal
segment and the metasternum.

The male has a broader head and more prominent eyes
than the female, so far as I can judge at present.

Length ?, breadth quite + line.

Hunua Range. Five examples.

Bryaxis sternalis, sp. n.

Sanguineous, legs and antennx paler red, tarsi and palpi
yellowish ; shining, with very few short, fine, pale hairs.

Head broad, nearly flat between the antenna, broadly im-
pressed near the front, with two small interocular foves.
Thorax widest just before the middle, where it is rounded;
near the base there is a transverse depression which does not
reach the middle. /ytra rather longer than broad, narrowed
towards the base; their sutural striz well-marked, the intra-
humeral impressions more or less distinet. Hind body short,
much deflexed, more evidently pubescent than the elytra.
Legs moderately stout; front and middle tibiz somewhat
dilated along the inside, the former with distinct yellow ciliz
on the inner face.

172 Capt. T. Broun on new

Male,—Antenne elongate, second joint obviously longer
than the exposed part of the first; third a little longer than
the following one; fifth rather longer than fourth ; seventh
shghtly longer than eighth, which about equals the ninth;
tenth transverse, yet not much broader than the preceding
one ; eleventh large, acuminate.

Underside chestnut-red, its pubescence short. Head ob-
tusely elevated along the centre, depressed near each side.
Mesosternum with a small tubercle in front of each middle
coxa. Metasternum broadly depressed, more deeply behind,
the sides of the depression appear elevated behind. Abdomen,
along the middle, appears as if it were broadly depressed
throughout when viewed sideways; when examined from
behind the apical depression of the basal segment is seen to
be limited in front by an angulate elevation, this elevation, at
its outer angles, seems to be tubercular ; fifth segment deeply
depressed in the middle, each side of this cavity has an obtuse
tubercle ; there is a short, broad, apical segment.

Female.—Mesosternum with two tubercular elevations,
Metasternum and abdomen simple, the basal segment of the
latter large, 2 to 4 very short in the middle; fifth longer than
the intermediate ones, its apex is limited by a very fine in-
curved suture, so that there seems to be a sixth segment.
Antenne shorter than those of the other sex, eleventh joint
large, less acuminate, joints 3 to 5 rather longer than those
next to them.

At first sight I supposed this to be B. grata, Sharp. It
is a small insect, but, notwithstanding, it can be easily
identified if the underside be carefully examined. ‘The meso-
sternal elevations are more distinct in the female than they
are in the male, a circumstance that will materially aid in the
recognition of that sex.

Length 3, breadth nearly 2 line.

Ligar’s Bush, Papakura; eight examples. Mount Pirongia,
Waikato ; two males.

Variety, Hunua Range, Drury. Interocular fovez absent.

Bryaxis allocera, sp. n.

Red, head and thorax darker, tarsi and palpi fulvous; body
nearly glabrous, shining, not at all short.

Head broad, nearly as large as the thorax, rounded behind,
vertical in front, not prolonged ; it bears two rather small and
shallow foveee between the eyes, the frontal impression is
broad and very shallow. Thorax widest before the middle,
with two indistinct basal fovee. Hlytra large, convex ;

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 173

sutural striae rather fine, there are no distinct impressions near
the shoulders. Hind body short above, much deflexed, the
basal segment longer in the middle than at the sides, scantily
pubescent. Legs rather long and slender, tibize straight.

Male.—Antenne 10-articulate; first joint longer and stouter
than the second ; third nearly as long as the preceding one,
narrowed towards its base ; fourth short and bead-like ; fifth
subquadrate ; sixth strongly transverse, nearly twice the
breadth of the fifth, its point of articulation near the outside ;
seventh shorter than sixth, nearly as broad, articulated near
the middle; eighth still shorter, nearly as broad as the seventh,
articulated at the middle, rather closely applied to the following
one; ninth very large, its apex oblique, so that the outer side
is a good deal longer than the inner; tenth conical, not acu-
minate, narrower than the ninth, so that the inner side is not
in line with that of the preceding.

Underside. Metasternum broadly impressed. Front trochan-
ters (or coxe) with slender spines. Basal segment of the
abdomen broadly impressed, with an elevation near each hind
coxa; last segment impressed.

A moderately elongate species, the elytra and hind body,
conjointly, form an oval figure. Its nearest allies are BD. syl-
vicola and B. fraudulenta, but the last six antennal joints
differ in form.

3. Length ?, breadth nearly # line.

Mount Pirongia. One male, found in December 1892.

Bryaxis setifer, sp. n.

Shining, red, legs and antenne paler, tarsi fulvous, terminal
joint of maxillary palpi fuscous; body nearly nude, having
only a few, very long, erect, slender sete.

Head \arge, rather broader than the thorax ; uneven above,
the forehead rather deeply and broadly impressed, the two
large foveze on the vertex placed near the eyes, when looked
at sideways they appear to unite with the frontal depression.
Eyes convex. Thorax small, with a fovea-like compression
at each side near the base. Hlytra large, suboblong, curvedly
narrowed near the base, with fine sutural striae. Hind body
short and deflexed. Legs slender ; tibiee nearly straight, a
little expanded towards the extremity.

Male.—Antenne ten-jointed ; second joint nearly the length
of the first ; third short, hardly longer than broad ; fourth bead-
like, of nearly the same size as the preceding one; fifth
broader than long, a little larger than fourth, moniliform ;
sixth broader than fifth, but not as broad as the seventh ;

174 Capt. T. Broun on new

eighth of the same breadth as the seventh and ninth, longer
than the former, shorter than the latter, yet not quite quadrate ;
ninth large, slightly longer than it is broad, a little longer at
one side than at the other, scooped out near one side under-
neath ; tenth conical, about as large as the ninth; the last
four or five joints thickly pubescent and slightly asperate.

Underside indistinctly punctate, pubescent, castaneo-rufous.
Front trochanters spined. Metasternum slightly flattened,
but not depressed, in the middle. Basal segment of abdomen
with two small median tubercles; second nearly twice the
length of the third or fourth in the middle; fifth broadly
impressed.

This, without doubt, is very much like No. 1476, but the
ninth antennal joint of B. glabrata is larger, the eighth is
shorter, being strongly transverse, joints 3 to 5 also differ a
little, and the antennal tubercles are rather more prominent.

6. Length 4, breadth } line.

Mount Pirongia. ‘Two males only, Dec. 1892.

Bryaxis diversa, sp. n.

Nitid, dark red, legs and elytra chestnut-red, tarsi and
palpi fulvous ; sparsely clothed with minute, indistinct, pale
hairs, those on the hind body are, however, more easily seen.

Head short and broad, rounded behind, with two well-
marked interocular fovez, the forehead depressed and obso-
letely foveate; antennal tubercles rather flat and widely
separated. Hyes well developed. Thorax rather longer than
broad, widest just before the middle, its sides well rounded
there, narrowed behind; its surface free from sculpture.
Elytra suboblong, large, moderately convex, with fine sutural
strie. Hind body short, convex, much deflexed, so that the
large basal segment only is at all horizontal. Legs moderate;
front tibiee a little swollen inside near the middle, and distinctly
pubescent towards the extremity, the posterior somewhat
arched and thickened towards the apex, and evidently pilose
there; éarsi with the basal joint small, the second quite the
length of the third, the basal joints of the posterior with
slender elongate setee underneath.

Male.—Antenne 10-articulate, moderately slender ; first
joint cylindric, rather longer and stouter than the second;
third rather longer than broad; fourth short and bead-like ;
fifth only a little longer than broad, distinctly larger than
the contiguous ones; sixth subquadrate ; seventh transverse ;
eighth shorter, but not narrower, than the preceding one;
ninth large, oblong, its base and apex nearly quite truncate,

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 175

it is slightly narrowed towards the base ; tenth conical, about
as large as the ninth, its apex rounded.

Underside distinctly clothed with yellow pubescence, finely
sculptured. Anterior trochanters with slender basal spines.
Metasternum convex, broadly impressed along the centre.
Basal segment of abdomen with a smooth shallow impression
behind, at each side of this, close to the apex, there is
a distinct tubercle; 2 to 4 very short; fifth transversely
impressed.

Female.—Antenne with the seventh and eighth joints
transverse, ninth nearly twice the breadth of the eighth, tenth
much larger, yet quite transverse, eleventh conical. Meta-
sternum rather convex. Basal segment of the abdomen large
and plane, this and the metasternum with fine sculpture which
‘ appears granular or punctiform according to the light.

Allied to B. munda (page 129), the antenne more
slender, their two terminal joints decidedly smaller; head
broader ; hind body shorter and more deflexed. In B. munda
the abdominal tubercles are situated on the middle of the
first segment, and I find, in a reversed specimen, that the
front trochanters have fine spines, these were overlooked when
the description was drawn up.

Length 2, breadth + line.

Hunua Range, Drury. Four males and seven females.

Sagola lineata, sp. n.

Elongate, subparallel, shining ; head and thorax red, an-
tenn paler, the elytra, legs, and palpi fulvous.

Head gradually narrowed behind the eyes; antennal
tubercles only a little elevated, transverse; there is a rather
narrow, slight elevation extending from the base forwards,
this, along its frontal half, is divided by a slender linear
groove; the two well-marked basal fovese appear, when
looked at sideways, to be prolonged forwards ; its pubescence
is slender and disposed transversely. Hyes moderate, placed
near the middle of the sides. Antenne elongate, second joint
nearly as stout as the first, one half its length ; third narrow,
slightly longer than broad; seventh and eighth narrower at
the apex than they are at the base; ninth and tenth trans-
verse; eleventh subquadrate, but the minute apical false joint
alters the form somewhat. Thorax cordate, with a large
central depression behind the middle, there are two small
fovez near the base, and another, also small, near each hind
angle ; it is clothed like the head, but on each side there are
two very long hairs. lytra oblong, the shoulders only

176 Capt. T. Broun on new

slightly narrowed; the sutural and intrahumeral strie are
well marked, the surface is indistinctly punctate ; pubescence
slender and elongate, but there are also some longer and
coarser hairs on the sides. Hind body longer than the elytra,
thickly pubescent; the basal segment with a transverse space
covered with minute brassy sete or scales; third segment
rather longer than the others. Legs simple.

Underside. Head simple; third ventral segment large; no
distinct sexual characters.

A careful examination of the head will at once lead to its
recognition.

2. Length 1}, breadth quite } line.

Mount Pirongia. One example, Dec. 1892.

Sagola pertinax, sp. n.

Rufescent, pubescence slender and elongate on the elytra,
coarser on the hind body, which, besides, bears many long,
erect hairs.

Head almost as broad as the widest portion of the thorax,
its hind angles obtuse; the frontal channel is broad, and
extends nearly as far as the back part of the eyes, there two
foveee behind. Thorax in shape and sculpture similar to that
of S. major. Elytra oblong, slightly and gradually narrowed
towards the base, hind angles rounded ; the sutural striz and
intrahumeral impressions well marked, these latter divided
into two parts. Hind body longer than the elytra, its basal
segment with numerous minute brassy scales.

Underside. Head, the space behind the mentum is broad
and smooth, it is raised backwards, and its middle portion,
though truncate behind, projects backwards; it is scantily
ciliate; the side, behind the eye, is swollen, and has a large
rounded depression. Metasternum convex. ‘The pubescence
on the fifth and sixth segments of the abdomen is much more
conspicuous than it is elsewhere. The legs exhibit no sexual
characters.

Like S. major, smaller, the legs and antenne more slender,
the tibia very slightly curved, the underside of the head quite
different. The beautiful, strongly curved, golden cilia seen
on the lower part of the head in S. laminata is here absent.

Length nearly 13, breadth quite } line.

Ohaupo, Waikato, near Mr. Kusab’s saw-mill. Three ex-
amples. A fourth, evidently a female, has the head more
rounded behind, and the basa] dorsal segment bears only the
ordinary pubescence, but I doubt whether it can be referred
to this species.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 177

Obs. S. ruficeps, No. 1882, is most likely only a varietal
form of S. major, Sharp. I named it some years ago, before
I had seen that species. Much depends upon the interpre-
tation of Dr. Sharp’s expression, “fa transverse band of
glandular pubescence.” If this mean the same thing that I
term “minute brassy scales or depressed sete,” the two
species must be united. In my specimens of S. major the
underside of the head, near the hind angle, has a smooth de-
pression with raised hind margins. I cannot state whether
Dr. Sharp’s specimen presents the same appearance. It
seems certain that the form and sculpture of the lower surface
of the head in this genus must be more carefully studied
before the numerous species can be satisfactorily separated.

Sagola citima, sp. n.

Narrow, elongate, nearly horizontal throughout; head and
thorax red, the rest of the body and the legs chestnut-red ;
pubescence fulvous, more erect than is usual.

Head rounded and a good deal narrowed behind the eyes ;
the median channel deep, moderately broad, extending nearly
to the hind margin, where it becomes narrower, close to this,
near the base, there are two small fovez ; antennal tubercles
elevated but somewhat flattened above. Hyes placed before
the middle. Thorax widest before the middle, a good deal
rounded in front, the sides behind appear abruptly contracted
and nearly straight, in its widest part it is not broader than
the head in line with the eyes; disk smooth and convex,
the central impression near the base only moderately large,
the two fovez near the base are small; the fovea near the
hind angle forms a large depression, it is prolonged forwards,
so that the side at the middle is marked off from the disk.
Elytra oblong, obliquely narrowed towards the base, the
sutural strize and intrahumeral impressions well marked and
entire, at the base near each stria there is a distinct puncture.
Hind body much longer than the wing-cases, third segment
slightly larger than the second, the first, near its base, densely
covered with very minute pale sete, the pubescence shorter
and finer than that on the elytra; the supplementary basal
segment is exposed, its lateral margins are distinct. Antenne
with the basal joint stout, cylindric ; second globular, hardly
longer than broad; third small; fourth slightly longer than
broad ; 5 to 8 become rather shorter and broader; ninth and
tenth transverse ; eleventh, including the false terminal arti-
culation, conical.

No. 1878 is most like this species ; the sides of the thorax,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xit. 14

178 Capt. T. Broun on new

however, are not marked off from the disk by a linear im-
ression. No. 1883 has a broader, less posteriorly narrowed
fe, There are no distinguishing characters underneath.
Length 14, breadth nearly # line.
Wellington. Mr. G. V. Hudson sent me a mounted
specimen numbered 224.

Group Scydmenide.

Scydmenus cilipes, sp. n.

Elongate, not very narrow, convex, shining, rufous, tarsi
yellow, palpi fulvous ; pubescence conspicuous.

Head of moderate breadth, rather flat and bald in front ;
with rather coarse, outstanding, but not very elongate, obscure
yellowish hairs behind. Thorax scarcely longer than broad,
slightly, regularly, and curvedly narrowed anteriorly, the
base not much broader than the shoulders; there are two
distinct median basal foveze, and a smaller one near each’hind
angle, where the sides are compressed or flattened; the hairs
on the sides are like those on the head, on the disk they are
finer and more scanty. /ytra elongate-oval, with two broad
basal depressions, the shoulders a little elevated ; their pubes-
cence elongate, slender, upright, and quite yellow. Hemora
moderately clavate beyond the middle ; t¢b¢@ slightly flexuous,
the anterior with conspicuous yellow sete along the inside,
their basal portion bare, the intermediate bear coarser sete
near the inner extremity.

Antenne elongate, stout, pubescence elongate ; second joint
distinctly longer than the first, nearly twice the length of the
third ; fourth subquadrate, rather shorter than the third or
fifth ; sixth and seventh about equal; eighth subovate, rather
longer than broad ; ninth and tenth about as long as broad ;
eleventh longer than either of the preceding two; the four
terminal joints are enlarged, but not suddenly. Mazillary
palpi moderately long ; second joint slender and curved, third
gradually dilated, fourth small, not half the width of the
penultimate. yes prominent. Pygidium covered. Tarst
slender, the anterior hardly at all expanded.

This and the following species have been carefully com-
pared with every one of the New-Zealand exponents of the
group. The bright yellow, conspicuous fringe on the front
tibize will be an aid to its identification.

Length $, breadth 3 line.

Ligar’s Bush, Papakura. One, no doubt a male.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 179

Scydmenus cedius, sp. ni.

Shining, red, tarsi and palpi fulvescent, pubescent.

Head rather large, about the width of the thorax, its clothing
yellow, indistinct in front, elongate, moderately coarse, and
directed backwards. Thorar longer than broad, relatively
narrow, widest before the middle, much narrowed between the
middle and the base; with two basal fovew near the middle,
and one near each hind angle; pubescence yellow, long and
slender, but coarser and darker near the sides. Hlytra quite
oval, large, considerably broader at the middle than the thorax,
but at their base not wider than it is at the base; with two broad
basal depressions, the shoulders raised, the disk very slightly,
not distinctly, impressed before the middle ; their clothing pale

‘yellow, slender, elongate, and upright. Z%b¢@ nearly straight,
with moderate pubescence.

Palpi rather slender, the penultimate joint of the maxillary
not much dilated, fourth short, not aciculate. Ayes moderate.

Antenne stout, second joint rather longer than the visible
part of the first, about a fourth longer than the third, but
rather thicker ; 3 to 5 nearly equal, longer than broad, fourth
not abbreviated ; sixth and seventh nearly equal, not elongate;
8 to 10 transverse, loosely articulated, broader than the pre-
ceding one ; eleventh broadly ovate, not very large.

Nos. 1901, 1905, and 2348 are most like this species. The
first is considerably smaller ; in the second the eyes are very
small and indistinct; in the third the third and fourth joints
of the antenne are a good deal longer, and the first is evidently
longer.

Length 1, breadth quite # line.

Hunua Range, Maketu. One example.

Scydmenus allocerus, sp. n.

Elongate, not narrow, moderately convex, shining, red,
tarsi yellow, pubescence yellowish.

Head nearly as broad as the thorax, its hairs moderately
coarse and extending backwards, they are indistinct in front.
Thorax longer than broad, widest near the front, much con-
tracted near the base; with two basal fovez near the middle,
and a large impression at each side near the hind angle.
Elytra oval, broad, widest before the middle; with two large
basal impressions, the shoulders raised, broadly impressed
before the middle; clothed with pale yellow, slender, out-
standing hairs. Zvbie nearly straight, finely pubescent.

Antenne rather short, gradually incrassate ; first joint but

14*

180 Capt. T. Broun on new

little more than half the length of the second and of a darker
colour ; third evidently longer than broad, thinner than the
fourth or fifth, these are nearly equal to one another and are
but little, if at all, longer than broad; sixth and seventh
rather shorter and broader than the preceding one; joints 8
to 10 obviously transverse; eleventh short, as broad as the
tenth at the base, but very much narrowed (not acuminate)
towards the extremity.

Mazxillary palpi moderately slender, the third joint but
little dilated, fourth small. yes moderately prominent.

The antennal structure is the best guide to the recognition
of this species ; the terminal joint should be looked at first
of all.

Length quite #?, breadth nearly 2 line.

Hunua Range, Maketu. A single specimen.

Scydmeenus brachycerus, sp. n.

Elongate-ovate, slightly convex, red, palpi and tarsi yel-
lowish, the clothing yellowish.

Head rather small, rounded, its coarse pubescence directed
backwards. Thorax longer than broad, but little wider near
the middle than it is elsewhere, a good deal narrowed in
front, finely and indistinctly carinate along the middle; the
centrobasal fovese separated by a cariniform interval, there is
a small fovea near each posterior angle ; its clothing is similar
to that of the head, but differently disposed. lytra oval,
widest near the middle, with two broad basal impressions ;
the sutural region flattened in front of the middle; they are
clothed with slender, erect, yellow hairs. Hemora clavate
towards the extremity, the anterior distinctly thicker than the
others ; t¢b¢w nearly straight, finely pubescent.

Antenne short, very gradually thickened; second joint
quite double the length of the exposed part of the first; third
longer than broad, smaller than second ; 4 to 6 nearly equal,
bead-like ; seventh and eighth a little broader than the pre-
ceding one, not longer than broad; ninth and tenth transverse,
broader than the eighth; eleventh conical, not quite as long
as the ninth and tenth taken together.

Maxillary palpi with the second joint slender, third of
nearly equal thickness throughout, its apex truncate, fourth
invisible. yes moderately prominent.

The front thighs, the narrow penultimate joint of the palpi,
and the short antennee are the best distinguishing characters.

Length nearly ?, breadth 4 line.

Hunua Range. Unique.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 181

Scydmeenus xanthopus, sp. n.

Convex, elongate, shining, red, antenne rather pale, legs
sordid yellow.

Head of moderate breadth, with moderately coarse out-
standing pubescence. Thorax much longer than broad,
widest near the middle; with two rather small, distinctly
separated, median fovex near the base, there are no distinct
fove near the basal angles, but there is a large impression
at each side ; its clothing resembles that of the head. Elytra
ovate, widest before the middle, not very broad; apices sub-
truncate or broadly rounded, so that the broad pygidium is
uncovered ; there are two basal depressions, the shoulders
appear elevated, the sutural region is unimpressed. Legs
. elongate, but not slender; femora clavate near the apex, the
front pair thickest; tébtw nearly straight, finely pilose.

Antenne elongate, the last four joints dilated ; second joint
rather longer than the first; 3 to 6 nearly alike, seventh
rather broader than the sixth; 8 to 10 transverse; eleventh
nearly as long as the preceding two conjointly, obtuse at the
extremity.

Second joint of the mawtllary palpi curved and slender;
third nearly oviform, not at all broad; fourth short, nearly as
thick at its base as the apex of the penultimate. yes very
small, not at all prominent.

This rather slender species may be known by the yellow
legs, the exposed pygidium, and the structure of the palpi.
I would place it in Humicrus, along with Dr. Sharp’s S. Ed-
wardsi, if it were not for the fact that some New-Zealand species
are just intermediate in structure between the two genera, sa
that Humicrus will probably be abandoned as a genus.

Length %, breadth nearly } line.

Hunua Range. One individual only.

Scydmenus heterarthus, sp. n.

Elongate, moderately convex, nitid, chestnut-red, the
pubescence and the tarsi yellow, legs and antenne fulvescent.

Head yather small, flattened anteriorly, with long hairs
directed backwards. Thorax longer than broad, widest before
the middle, a good deal narrowed towards the base, which
appears depressed, but the usual fovess seem to be absent,
there is, however, an elongate impression at each side; the
pubescence near the sides is rather coarse and conspicuous.
Elytra oviform, not much rounded laterally, widest near the
middle, covering the pygidium ; they are clothed with slender,

182 Capt. 'T. Broun on new

subdepressed, nct elongate, yellowish hairs ; basal depressions
normal, shoulders raised, sutural region slightly impressed.
Legs rather slender ; anterior femora nearly twice as thick as
the posterior; ¢¢b¢@ nearly straight, finely pubescent.

Antenne moderately elongate, the four terminal joints
dilated ; second joint longer than the first; 3 to 7 small,
each slightly shorter than the one preceding it, third not
perceptibly longer than broad; eighth distinctly broader
than the seventh, but evidently narrower than the following
one; ninth and tenth large, broader than long, not at all
laxly articulated ; eleventh rather small, slightly longer than
broad, not as broad as the tenth.

Maxillary palpi small; third joint not much dilated, fourth
small but rather thick. yes small, not prominent.

The narrow terminal joint of the antenne and the slender
build will lead to the identification of this species.

Length 4, breadth quite § line.

Ligar’s Bush, Papakura.

Scydmenus relatus, sp. ii.

Shining, red, tarsi yellow.

Head with conspicuous, rather coarse, fulvous hairs extending’
backwards. Thorax longer than broad, widest before the
middle, much narrowed near the base; there are four basal
fovez, the external smaller than the central pair, the base
appears to be transversely depressed. Hiytra oval, widest
near the middle ; the basal depressions are large, the shoulders
are raised, and the sutural region is indistinctly flattened.

Antenne elongate, gradually thickened ; second joint much
longer than the visible part of the first; third very slightly
longer than the fourth; 5 to 7 nearly alike, hardly longer
than broad ; eighth slightly larger than the preceding one;
ninth and tenth transversely quadrate; eleventh large but
not as long as the ninth and tenth taken together.

This most nearly resembles S. brachycerus ; the antenne,
however, are not short, but, although this may prove to be a
sexual character only, I, at present, think the two are distinct
species.

Length ?, breadth quite } line.

Hunua Range, Maketu. Three examples.

Scydmenus tnsignis, sp. n.
Subovate, convex, rufous, head darker, the legs and an-
tenne reddish yellow, tarsi yellow; very sparingly clothed
with slender, inconspicuous, pallid hairs.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 183

Head, including the eyes, obviously wider than the front of
the thorax, the middle flat and polished, and apparently with-
out pubescence. Thorax a good deal longer than broad, rather
wider at the base than it is in the middle; at each side there
is a large impression which appears to be united to its fellow
by a transverse groove, the basal region therefore seems to be
constricted, there are no well-marked fovee. Elytra oviform,
widest near the middle, the shoulders so raised that the whole
intervening space appears depressed ; they are not distinctly
punctured. Legs slender ; tebie straight, the front pair with
more distinct pubescence than the others.

Antenne elongate, pubescent, the last four joints dilated ;
first joint scarcely at all shorter than the second ; third rather
more slender and shorter than the second, nearly twice as long
. as itis broad; fourth and fifth about equal, slightly longer
than broad; sixth and seventh bead-hke; eighth slightly
longer than broad, about twice the size of the seventh, but
not so broad as the ninth, which, though transverse, is not as
short as the tenth, these joints rather loosely articulated ;
eleventh conical, longer but not broader than the tenth.

Maxillary palpt with the third joint large, straight outside,
curvate inside ; the fourth distinct, nearly as wide at the base
as the apex of the third, acuminate.

This is an easily recognized species. The eyes are very
large ; the surface, owing to the very slender scanty pubes-
cence, appears more polished or glossy than usual; and the
basal antennal joint is longer than in its allies, though not
elongated as in Clidicus and Mastigus. I have little doubt
it will become the type of a new genus.

Length 2, breadth quite } line.

Hunua Range, near Drury. A single specimen.

Group Colydiide.

PROTARPHIUS, gen. nov.

Body oblong, not elongate, transversely convex. Eyes
rather small but prominent. Antenne 11-articulate, their
basal joint much hidden above ; club large, abruptly 2-jointed,
Terminal joint of maxillary palpi broad at the base, narrowed
apically. Tarsi rather short and stout, setose below; second
and third joints equally short, the first longer than the second,
fourth rather longer than the preceding three. pipleure
broad, gradually narrowed posteriorly, linear at the extreme
apex only. Prosternum widely and deeply incurved in front,

184 Capt. T. Broun on new

broadly, but not deeply, impressed near each side. Antennal
cavities large at the point of insertion, the groove along the
inner side of the eye rather narrow.

This genus may be placed near Heterargus and Tarphius.
The eyes are larger than those of the former, the mentum is
much smaller, all the coxe are less widely separated, and the
prosternum and epipleuree differ.

Protarphius ruficornis, sp. n.

Oblong, convex, covered with greyish-yellow sappy matter,
rufo-fuscous ; antenna, tarsi, and palpi yellowish red; legs
infuscate.

Head small, immersed nearly to the eyes, about half the
width of the thorax, with a few small granules and fine yellow
sete, the prominences over the antennal insertion not extending
laterally beyond the eyes. Antenna short; first joint thick,
only its extremity visible from above; second stout, hardly
longer than broad; 3 to 9 slender, third distinctly longer than
fourth, 5 to 9 bead-like, the ninth scarcely larger than the
eighth; club pubescent, large and compact, its basal joint
large and transverse, thrice the breadth of the ninth, the
terminal slightly longer than the basal one, but hardly as
broad as that is. Thorax transverse, its sides somewhat expla-
nate, but little curved, not serrate, abruptly contracted or
notched close to the base; apex medially rounded, with a
sinuosity inside each of the obtuse angles ; the surface uneven,
with five impressions and intervening elevations, its sculpture
granular. /ytra oblong, of the same width as the thorax,
the apical portion narrowed and nearly vertical; on each
elytron there is a moderately elongate basal elevation, in line
with this there are two nodosities, the larger one is on the
top of the apical declivity, there is another series near the
side; between the suture and the side there are four series of
closely-placed punctures, the interstices are more or: less
transversely rugose. Legs rather short; ¢dve but little
curved, with fine yellow setz, like those on the body.

Underside rather plane, ruto-fuscous, with granular sculp-
ture and fine sete. Abdomen with deep broad sutures. The
side of the prosternum bears five or six denticles which are
not visible above.

Length 7, breadth nearly 4 line.

Mount Pirongia. Two examples, Dec. 1892.

Obs. No. 1167 may be placed in this genus; the tarsi,
however, are more elongate and slender, and the eyes are
larger and more prominent.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 185

Protarphius indentatus, sp. n.

Oblong, convex, fuscous, covered with sappy matter; tarsi
and antenne red, club piceous.

Head with granular sculpture, somewhat piceous. Antenne
short, first joint but little exposed, ninth transverse and only
slightly broader than the eighth ; club large, its apical joint
about as broad but rather longer than the basal one. Thorax
transverse, abruptly contracted close to the base, each side
with two small indentations near the middle; the middle of
the disk is longitudinally depressed, at each side of this de-
pression there are three elevations, the hindermost is the
largest, the rest of the surface is somewhat uneven. Llytra
with three nodiform elevations on the third interstices, one
_near the base and one on the summit of the posterior declivity ;
there are three others in a row, near the side, al! placed behind
the middle; the serial punctures are close but not very
coarse,

This does not agree exactly with the typical species, but I
see no other place for it. The eyes are large and prominent,
the tarsi are elongate and slender, the sides of the thorax are
feebly indented, the antennal cavities are less expanded in
front of the eyes, and the epipleurz are more attenuated pos-
teriorly. It cannot be referred to Tarphius or any of its
allies, but I do not think it necessary to make another genus
for it at present.

Length 12, breadth 2 line.

Taranaki. Two, found near Stratford several years ago.

CICONISSUS, gen. nov.

Body moderately narrow, transversely convex, finely and
sparsely setose, without nodiform elevations. Lead immersed
up to the eyes; antennal prominences large, covering all but
the extremity of the basal antennal jot. Labrum sub-
quadrate. Hyes small.

Antenne 11-articulate, of moderate length, and inserted
just in front of the eyes, with the club abruptly two-jointed.
Thorax evenly convex, sloping downwards in front; its
base rounded towards the sides, so as to leave a gap be-
tween the hind angles and the shoulders ; the apex obtusely
rounded in the middle, with a slight notch behind each eye,
the angles not projecting.

Scutellum small, usually hidden. lytra longer than the
thorax, not wider; shoulders rounded; they are narrowed but
not abruptly declivous behind. Legs stout, rather short.
Tibie unarmed, narrowed towards the extremity. Tarsi

186 Capt. 'T. Broun on new

short and thick, setose below ; basal joint short, not exceeding
the second in length apparently ; third short.

Prosternum rather flat, truncate in front, without antennal
cavities. Front coxe small, rather close to each other; the
middle pair more distant; the posterior distinctly but not
widely separated. Metasternum moderate. Abdomen plane ;
first segment about as long as the metasternum, second and
third nearly equal, the sutures rather deep and straight.
Epipleure broad near the base, becoming narrow, but not
linear, behind.

Differs from Cowvelus and its allies by the absence of the
usual subocular antennal grooves, and from the series of which
Epistranus is the type by the complete absence of prosternal
cavities for the accommodation of the antenne. The coxe
are more approximate than in Cowelus, there are no oral sete,
and the tarsi are different.

Ciconissus granifer, sp. n.

Subcylindrical, obscure red, tarsi rather paler; sparingly
clothed with erect, hair-like, pale setae.

Head depressed behind, with a transverse row of granules.

Antenne reddish ; second joint about as long as the first, as
seen from below, narrowed towards its base; third rather
shorter than second, only about half its breadth; 5 to 9 bead-
like, ninth transverse, slightly broader than eighth; tenth
very broad ; eleventh somewhat rounded, nearly as large as
the preceding one. Thorax rather broader than long, not at
all short, its sides rounded, with eight or nine denticles on
each ; on the disk there are four longitudinal series of small
tubercles or granules, beyond these the sculpture is less regular,
and, near the sides, the granules are transformed into denticles.
Elytra (conjointly) with about twelve rows of granules, the
lateral margins denticulate. Legs with fine sete similar to
those on the tarsi.

Underside fusco-rutfous, nearly plane, finely and sparingly
setose, with small granules, the four basal segments of the
abdomen nearly smooth.

In its natural state it is covered with greyish sappy matter ;
this, however, does not obliterate the rows of granules, but
the true marginal sculpture is not seen until the insect has
been cleaned; when this has been done, the sides exhibit
outstanding denticles.

‘here is no indigenous species at all like this one.

Length $, breadth 3 line.

Mount Pirongia. Seven individuals, Dec. 1892.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 187

Epistranus hirtalis, sp. n.

Body transversely convex, much narrowed medially, slightly

shining, obscure chestnut-red ; legs and antenne red, tarsi
valer.
Head with some small granules. Antenne sparsely pubes-
cent, club more distinctly ; first joint but little visible from
above, second thick, cylindric, nearly twice as long as broad,
third nearly twice the length of the following one; joints 4
to 7 small, eighth and ninth transverse, tenth very broad,
eleventh about as broad, rounded. Thorax about as long as
broad, greatly narrowed near the base, widest near the
middle ; it is covered with tubercles, these are larger near
the middle than elsewhere, at the sides they cause the margins
to appear denticulate ; along the middle of the disk there is a
‘ smooth linear space, between the middle and the apex there
seems to be a transverse depression, owing to the tubercles
being nearly absent there; each tubercle bears about six
short fine yellow setw, and from the centre of these there
arises an erect elongate fulvous hair. lytra rather longer,
but not broader, than the thorax, the shoulders rounded, the
sides a little curved and denticulate ; they bear regular series
of tubercles, about six in each row ; between the tubercles
there seem to be coarse punctures ; on the posterior declivity
there are about four series, and as these are much smaller
than the tubercles on the dorsum, the interstices appear broad
and smooth; their clothing is like that of the thorax. Tibice
densely ciliate with yellow sete; on the anterior above the
middle the sete are most conspicuous.

Underside rufescent, sparsely setose. Prosternum deeply
and broadly concave at each side from the front angles to the
femora; from each coxa there extends forwards a curved row
of tubercles, five or six in each, along the middle in front
there are some smaller ones, the intervening space appears
depressed. Between the middle cove there is a large deep
cavity, and just behind this there are two fover. The meta-
sternum is deeply transversely depressed behind; the space
between the posterior cox is broadly raised, a cavity behind
this is limited by raised borders. The sides of the basal
segment of the abdomen are depressed; the second has a
curved elevation across it, but behind it is much depressed ;
the next two have very broad deep sutures ; the fifth is rather
flat and as long as the preceding two.

This cannot be £. Lawsoni, Sharp, which has short sete
above. It is near #. valens, but it has a considerably larger
terminal joint to the antenne. ‘lhe clothing of the tubercles
is remarkable. The specimen described above has been

188 Capt. T. Broun on new

denuded with the point of a needle; it was covered with
greyish sappy matter.

Length 1, breadth } line.

Mount Pirongia. ‘Two specimens were obtained in De-

cember 1892.

ARCHZOGLENES, gen. nov.

Body glabrous, moderately transversely convex, sub-
cylindric. Headimmersed nearly to the eyes, without lateral
prominences ; the margins, however, are a little thickened
and form an obtuse curve across the forehead. Labrum
subquadrate. Mandtbles bifid at apex. Mazillary palpi
short, with broadly oval terminal joints. Hyes free, convex,
rather large, with coarse facets. Antenne very short, 10-
articulate, inserted below the edge of the forehead; club
abruptly biarticulate. Thorax broader than long, with simple
lateral margins; base and apex subtruncate, the anterior
angles obtuse and but little projecting, the posterior rectan-
gular. Scutellum short. lytra slightly broader than the
thorax at the base, closely applied thereto. Legs moderately
elongate; front femora grooved underneath, the grooves with
carinate edges; t¢bie laterally compressed, straight, minutely
spinose at the extremity, their outer angles not rounded off.
Zarst narrow, their first joint only slightly longer than the
second, fourth not longer than the preceding three; claws
small but thick.

Underside along the middle on a rather higher plane than the
sides. Head large, the portion in front of the antennal insertion
very short; the subocular furrows broad, directed outwards be-
hind. Prosternwm rather short, almost truncate in front, the
upper and outer portions (thoracic anterior angles) obtusely pro-
longed, smooth, and deeply excavate. In repose the antenna
extends backwards along the innersideof the eye, it is then bent
outwards, and the club fits into the cavity under the anterior
angle of the thorax. ront coxw moderately distant, the
intervening process with obtusely raised side borders; the
posterior are not more widely separated than the intermediate.
Mesosternum not abbreviated. Metasternum simple, rather
shorter than the abdomen. Spdpleure broad, with sharply
defined edges; they are not narrowed until they reach the
apex, even there they are not linear. Abdomen composed of
five nearly equal segments, considerably narrowed posteriorly,
the last two sutures broad and deep; the suture between the
two basal segments, owing to the coarse rugose sculpture, is
ill-defined.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 189

The bald surface, ten-jointed antennx, grooved femora, and
the remarkable antennal cavities render the recognition of
this genus easy. It should be placed near Chorasus, from
which, however, it is quite distinct.

Archeoglenes costipennis, sp. n.

Ochraceous, slightly nitid, the base and sides of the thorax
darker ; the anterior angles, however, are paler and semi-
transparent.

Head with coarse shallow punctures, not quite as wide as
the front of the thorax. Antenne with short pubescence ;
second joint quadrate, stout, longer than the exposed part of
the first; joints 3 to 8 of equal thickness, transverse, third
slightly longer than the following one, ninth very short and
‘broad, tenth obtusely rounded, as broad as the ninth but
nearly twice its length. Thorax moderately convex, some-
what raised, smooth, and glossy in front of the base; the
punctures before the smooth part are rather coarser and more
distant from one another than those near the sides; the
marginal channels are well-marked, the lateral margins are
rather thick, entire, and not much rounded, so that the front
and base are of about equal breadth; along the base there is
a distinct transverse depression, with a fovea in the middle.
Elytra oblong; the side margins near the shoulders are some-
what explanate, the apical margins are well-developed; they
are striate-punctate, the suture is slightly raised, outside the
third row of punctures on each elytron there is a distinct
costa, the interstices beyond this are more or less elevated, the
alternate ones most distinctly, so that there seem to be three
costa on each. Tvbiw with fine sete only; their external
apical angle appears to be as distinct as the inner one.

Underside pale brown, more or less coarsely punctured, the
epipleuree with two series of punctures,

Length 3, breadth # line.

Mount Pirongia, one, December 1892; Hunua Range, one,
1890.

Near Whangarei Harbour I found a specimen about fifteen
years ago; but as it was difficult to manipulate, I thought it
better to defer its description until other examples could be
obtained. It lives on the ground amongst decaying leaves.

Group Lathridiide.
Corticaria terricola, sp. n.

Ovate, broad, somewhat convex, slightly nitid; nearly

190 Capt. T. Broun on new

black, the basal half of the elytra testaceous; tarsi and antennz
fuscous ; sparingly clothed with short and elongate, mostly
erect, pallid hairs.

Head broad, closely and rugosely sculptured. yes large
and prominent. Antenne with slender outstanding hairs,
first joint stouter than second, 3 to 8 filiform; club laxly
articulated. Thorax hardly as long as broad, rounded late-
rally, more narrowed in front than behind; rather closely
ay with two small impressions on the disk, one

ehind the other, and one at each side; there is no distinct
transverse basal depression. /ytra ample, their sides hardly
at all rounded, broader at the base than the thorax; they are
slightly impressed before the middle and are closely and
moderately coarsely punctured. Legs slender ; tarsi narrow,
their terminal joint about the length of the preceding two,
claws appendiculate at the base.

The large rotundate eyes, together with the sculpture and
coloration, distinguish this species.

Length %, breadth 2 line.

Ligar’s Bush, Papakura. One example.

Group Byrrhide.
Pedilophorus levipennis, sp. n.

Oviform, convex ; shining, eneo-piceous, head and thorax
slightly rufescent ; tibiae red, but with pitchy outer edges,
tarsi testaceous, antennee pale obscure red.

Head distinctly but not deeply and not coarsely punctured.
Thorax narrowed anteriorly, its sides nearly straight, its sur-
face with moderately fine and not closely placed punctures.
Scutellum minute, longer than broad. /ytra nearly smooth,
with very few minute indistinct punctures and some irregular
but hardly perceptible longitudinal striz. Hemora rather
slender and compressed. Front tibie slightly curved exter-
nally, with very shallow tarsal impressions.

Metasternum rather flat, very finely and distantly punctate ;
it is a little raised and truncate between the middle coxe.
Abdomen with minute sculpture and pubescence.

The scutellum differs from that of Morychus coruscans,
Pascoe, and the sculpture and appearance differ.

Length 12, breadth 1 line.

Mount Pirongia. One, December 1892.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 191

Pedilophorus tibialis, sp. n.

Glossy, cupreo-eneous, rufescent; legs red, antenne
obscure red, tarsi testaceous.

Head distinctly punctured, very closely so near the sides.
Thorax very finely and not at all closely punctured. Scuw-
tellum small, triangular. /ytra finely sculptured, coria-
ceous. ront tibie widely dilated and curved externally, the
tarsal impressions broad, shallow, and ill-defined, consisting
only of a flattening along the front face. Antenne rather
short and stout, joints 3 to 5 only moderately slender, third
longest, sixth obconical, broader and evidently shorter than
the fifth ; 7 to 10 rather compact and broad, eleventh large,
nearly the length of the preceding two.

This, there can be no doubt, is a distinct species.

Length 12, breadth quite $ line.

Dyer’s Pass, near Christchurch. One, damaged, found by
Mra) Suter.

Pedilophorus puncticeps, sp. n.

Shining, head eneo-rufous, thorax and elytra eneous ; legs
red, tarsi, palpi, and antennz paler.

Head coarsely and rather closely punctured. Thorax
distinctly and rather closely, but not as coarsely or closely
punctured as the head. Scewtellum small, triangular. Llytra
coriaceous. Anterior tébie broadly grooved and somewhat
curved. Antenne rather slender; sixth joint short, yet ob-
viously longer than broad, the last five enlarged.

Mr. Pascoe describes the head of Morychus coruscans as
being “ leviter subconfertim punctato,”’ the scutellum “ trans-
versim triangulari,” and the thorax ‘“subtilissime punctatus ;”’
it is evident therefore that P. puncticeps is quite dissimilar.

Length 24, breadth 1} lines.

Hunua Range, Clevedon. My specimen was sent by
Mr. George Campbell Munro.

Pedilophorus picipes, sp. n.

Aineo-piceous, legs and antenne rufo-piceous; it bears
some minute grey hairs.

Head closely and moderately coarsely punctured near the
sides, quite distinctly on the middle. Thorax slightly but
obtusely lobate medially at the base, with rather shallow but
quite distinct though not close punctures. Scutel/um small,
triangular. Hlytra minutely and irregularly punctured,
coriaceous. Antenne with the last six joints gradually

192 Capt. T. Broun on new

dilated. Front tibia nearly straight, their grooves deep, with
sharp edges.

This does not agree very well with the description of
Morychus coruscans. The tibia are unlike those of the
preceding species.

Length 24, breadth 12 lines.

Midhirst, Taranaki. One, found several years ago by
myself.

Pedilophorus creperus, sp. n.

Shining, pitchy black ; legs dark red, antenne and tarsi
obscure yellowish red.

Head rather closely and moderately coarsely punctured all
over. Thorax distinctly, almost as closely but not as coarsely
sculptured as the head. Scutellum triangular. Elytra finely
and distantly punctured, subcoriaceous, and studded with
minute greyish hairs. ront tebiw straight, not at all deeply
grooved.

The appearance of this form is very different from any of
the New-Zealand species.

Length 14, breadth nearly 14 line.

Dyer’s Pass. One individual, found by Mr. H. Suter.

Pedilophorus probus, sp. n.

Glossy, bluish green, slightly rufescent ; legs rufo-piceous,
the tarsi, palpi, and antenne obscure reddish; sparingly
clothed with minute greyish hairs.

Head distinctly and closely punctured near the sides and
base, more distantly and coarsely in front, with two smooth
spots on the middle. Thorax moderately closely, rather
finely, but quite distinctly punctured. Scutellum triangular,
not at all transverse. /ytra more finely sculptured than the
thorax, slightly coriaceous. Front tibie a little dilated and
curved outwardly below the middle, with rather broad tarsal
furrows. Antenne of moderate length; first joint pitchy,
joints 7 to 11 gradually dilated, ninth and tenth strongly
transverse.

The sculpture of the head is unlike that of the preceding
species.

Length 23, breadth 12 lines.

Taierei, Otago.

I am indebted to Mr. 8. W. Fulton for my specimen,
which I had set aside as a varietal form of Morychus corus-
cans. It was found about ten years ago.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 193

Obs. I have not had an opportunity of comparing many
examples of the European species, so that it is difficult to
estimate the exact value that may be attached to the differ-
ences in sculpture and coloration presented by the New-
Zealand species or varieties; at any rate they seem distinct
from one another so far as superficial appearance goes, and I
feel sure that considerable disparities will be apparent on the
lower surface when more material is available for careful
comparison. ‘They are of very similar outline, and the third
joint of the tarsi is prolonged below the fifth in the shape of a
large membrane. ‘The following are congeneric :—

P. coruscans, Pascoe.
P. gemmeus, Broun.
P. letus, Broun.

Morychus granulatus, sp. n.

Convex, very broadly oval, slightly shining ; piceous, legs
red, tarsi and antenne yellowish; the clothing consists of
erect infuscate sete.

Head finely and moderately closely punctured. Thorax
strongly transverse, about twice as broad as it is long, very
much narrowed anteriorly, base truncate; its surface with
fine and rather close granular sculpture; a considerable space
near each front angle is much depressed. Scutellum obsolete.
Elytra broadest at the base, attenuated posteriorly, slightly
uneven, the suture a little raised behind; their sculpture
resembles that of the thorax. Tibie fringed with short
moderately coarse sete ; the anterior nearly straight, abruptly
obliquely narrowed towards the apex, with tarsal furrows;
the intermediate slightly curved. Tars? finely setose, their .
third joint prolonged below the small fourth, with apparently
a very short membranous appendage. Antenne with red,
stout, cylindric basal joint, second conical, 3 to 5 slender,
decreasing in length, sixth slightly broader and shorter than
fifth, seventh and eighth broader, ninth and tenth sub-
quadrate, eleventh conical, about as long as the preceding
two.

Underside piceous, rather densely covered with decumbent
tawny hairs: prosternum thickly ciliate in front, its sides
hollowed out for about two thirds of their whole area; its
central piece does not extend laterally beyond the coxa, its
process is flat and curved behind. Mesosternum with a deep
semicircular cavity in front. Middle coxe widely separated,
the intervening suture straight. Hpipleure broad and

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 15

194 On new Coleoptera from New Zealand.

pubescent in line with the metasternum, but abruptly narrowed
behind it, smooth and depressed in front. Metasternum with
a transverse lateral groove at each side; this groove has
raised borders. Abdomen with a smooth depressed space at
the base for the hind legs. Hemora grooved below. Tibi
smooth inside. Palpi with subacuminate terminal joints.

The short thorax, which is much depressed towards the
acute front angles, the differently formed tibixe, the peculiar
sculpture, and “densely clothed under surface distinguish this
from M. setarius.

Length 14, breadth 1 line.

Ligar’s Bush, Papakura. One example.

Obs. Nos. 431, 434, 1171, and 1608 are allied species.
They may remain in the genus Morychus at present.

Liochoria sternalis, sp. n.

Convex, very broadly oval, shining, glabrous, black or
piceous; the legs and basal joint of the antenne red, re-
maining joints” of these latter, the tarsi, and the palpi
yellowish.

Head moderately closely and coarsely punctured near the
eyes, distantly on the middle, the forehead rounded. Thorax
transverse, narrowed anteriorly, its sides straight and finely
margined ; its punctuation rather fine and irregular, not at
all close, the sides almost smooth. Scutellum invisible.
Elytra \ess distinctly punctured than the thorax, the sides
and apex almost smooth. Legs with fine short brassy sete ;
front tibie very slightly curved, feebly grooved along the
outer (not the front) face; the intermediate strongly arcuate
externally. Zars¢ with an elongate membranous appendage
extending below the fifth joint.

Underside piceous, with some depressed yellow hairs; the
metasternum with shallow distant punctures; the abdomen
finely and closely punctured.

Prosternum very short, so that there is only a small space
in front of the anterior coxa; its flanks curved towards the
sides in front, so that the anterior angles appear obtuse.

In No. 2363 the flanks of the prosternum are less curved
in front, so that the front angles are acute or very nearly so,
and the space before the coxe is smooth and a good deal
longer.

Length 1%, breadth 14 line.

Ligar’s Bush. ‘Two specimens.

Obs. Nos. 485, 1170, 1364, 1609, 2363, and this species
should be associated with No. 436 under the name Liochoria ;

On an Abnormal Specimen of Antedon rosacea. 195

but as I have not seen Liochoria Huttoni, I cannot state
whether the sternal structure differs from that of the species
I now locate in the same genus. These five species evidently
form one natural group.

CYTILISSUS, gen. nov.

Facies resembling the setose species of Morychus. An-
fenne short, first joint large, cylindric, second quite half the
length of the first, narrowed apically, third elongate and
slender, fourth slender, shorter than third, fifth broader, sub-
guadrate club elongate, oblong, about as "long as joints 3 to

5 taken tovether , compact, very indistinctly articulated, bat,
so far as I can see, composed of two nearly equal joints.

The antenna, therefore, seem to have but seven joints, a
‘character which of itself is sufficient in this group for generic
separation.

Cytilissus claviger, sp. n.

Convex, broadly oval or subrotundate; with numerous
erect, elongate, slender, cinereous sete or hairs; piceous,
slightly shining, the tibiee and first joint of the antenna red,
tarsi and palpi “yellow.

Head finely and distantly punctured. yes distinctly
faceted. Thorax strongly transverse, narrowed anteriorly,
sides straight, base and apex truncate, its angles acute ; its
surface very finely but not closely punctured. Scutellum
invisible. lytra distantly and very finely punctured. Legs
with fine sete ; anterior tibie grooved along the outside, the
middle pair only a little curved externally. Tars¢ moderate,
the third joint with a thin well-developed membranous appen-
dage. Polpi thick, obtuse at the extremity.

Underside pitchy, punctate, with pale longish hairs.

Length 14, breadth 3 line.

Mount Pirongia. 1 regret having been unable to find
more than one of this interesting species.

[To be continued. |

XXIX.— On an Abnormal Specimen of Antedon rosacea. By
HERBERT C. CHADWICK (from the Zoological pores
of the Owens College).

[Plate VIIL.]
THREE months ago, while selecting specimens of Antedon

rosacea for serial section-cutting from a number which had
15*

196 Mr. H. C. Chadwick on an

been forwarded to the Zoological Laboratory of the Owens
College by the authorities of the Zoological Station at Naples,
my attention was arrested by one to the disk of which a small
rounded body was attached. A cursory examination at once
showed the specimen to be one of very exceptional interest,
and my thanks are due to Prof. Milnes Marshall for per-
mission to examine and describe it.

The disk (Pl. VIII. figs. 1 and 2), which measured 7°5
millim. in diameter, bore the usual number of well-developed
arms, and with the exception of the displacement of one of
the ambulacral grooves, to be more fully described later on,
was in all respects quite normal. On its oro-lateral border,
however, it bore the body to which allusion has already been
made, and which proved to be a supernumerary disk (figs. 1,
2,and 3, s.d.). Roughly spherical in shape and about 3 millim.
in diameter, it was attached to the normal disk by a sort of
stalk, which gradually narrowed from the oral to the aboral
surface. Near the centre of its oral surface was a well-
developed mouth, fringed with tentacles, from which five
ambulacral grooves radiated, just as do those of the disk of a
normal Antedon. Of these, four could with little difficulty be
traced outwards to the aboral aspect.

The remaining one (figs. 1 and 3, x) ran along the stalk of
attachment to the normal disk and joined the ambulacral
grooves of the pair of arms nearest to it, immediately after
crossing the line of junction of the two disks. On the aboral
surface the anus appeared as a minute crescent-shaped aper-
ture (figs. 2 and 4, a). Close to it was a minute scarcely
distinguishable pore, another rather larger aperture appearing
on the summit of the funnel-shaped projection, fp. (figs. 2
and 5). ‘The nature and connexion of these will appear
later on.

Minute Anatomy.—Having carefully noted and drawn the
external characters of the specimen, I decalcified it by immer-
sion for twenty-four hours in a 10 per cent. solution of nitric
acid, and, after staining in borax carmine, I was fortunate
enough to obtain an unbroken series of sections by means of
the rocking microtome. From a very careful study of these
I find that the body-cavities of the two disks communicate
freely with each other through the stalk or isthmus of tissue
which unites them, their alimentary canals, on the other hand,
being quite distinct. The alimentary canal of the super-
numerary disk (figs. 3 and 4, g!) is well developed and con-
tains food. ‘The ambulacral system is also well marked and
vresents a feature of special interest. The minute pore close
to the anus, to which I have already alluded, opens into a
canal-like space (fig. 4, c), which traverses the body-wall for

Abnormal Specimen of Antedon rosacea. 197

a distance equal to the thickness of seventeen sections, and
again communicates with the exterior through the funnel-
shaped projection already described (figs. 2 and 5, fp.). That
this canal was a modified ambulacral groove is shown by the
epithelial cells which line it. They are precisely similar
to those which line the ordinary ambulacral grooves; and
further evidence in the same direction is afforded by the
presence in its walls of numbers of the deeply staining proble-
matical bodies which are invariably seen in sections of the
ambulacral grooves of this species. Beneath the epithelium
of the ambulacral grooves the nerve-band can be recognized
without difficulty in most sections. The circular water-
vessel (fig. 5, c.w.v.) and radial water-vessels are also present,
and from the former a considerable number of water-tubes
‘ (fig. 5, w.t.) depend into the body-cavity. Water-pores
traverse the body-wall in all the sections and are abundant on
the interambulacral area, marked with an asterisk in fig. 1
(see also fig. 3, w.p.). -The skeletal and axial nervous
systems present in the normal disk are entirely absent in the
supernumerary one; so also is the central plexus.

The interesting question now arises—What was the mode
of origin of the supernumerary disk? In answer to it two
hypotheses may, I think, be advanced :—

1. ‘That the supernumerary disk originated as a bud from
the normal disk.

2. That it is the result of incomplete evisceration.

In favour of the former hypothesis is the intercommunica-
tion of the body-cavities of the two disks—a condition of
things one would expect to find in a budding organism.
Against it is the entire absence of arms, skeleton, and axial
nervous system in the supernumerary disk. ‘The compara-
tively large size attained by the supernumerary disk and the
fact that the remaining systems of organs had attained their
adult condition add importance to this objection. <A still
weightier objection lies in the fact that, so far as I know, the
formation of a bud has never been observed in any Kchino-
derm.

I am indebted to Prof. Marshall for the second hypothesis,
and it appears to me to explain the facts most conclusively.

Though Antedon rosacea has never been proved to evisce-
rate spontaneously, eviscerated specimens frequently occur in
dredgings; and the experiments of Prof. Marshall* and
Mr. Dendy ¢ have shown that evisceration may be and often
is followed by complete regeneration of the visceral mass.

* “On the Nervous System of Antedon rosacea,” Quart. Journ. Mier.
Sei. xxiv. (1884) pp. 507-548.

+ “On the Regeneration of the Visceral Mass of Antedon rosacea,”

198 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Fishes

These facts seem to me to make more than probable the
supposition that at an earlier period the specimen had suffered
evisceration without the visceral mass being completely
detached. By the continuity of the ambulacral grooves of
two of the arms of the normal disk with one of the grooves of
the supernumerary disk a supply of food would be ensured to
the latter without seriously curtailing that of the former during
regeneration. In the paper just cited Mr. Dendy has shown
in how short a time the visceral mass may be regenerated,
twenty-one days being a sufficient length of time for regene-
ration to become so complete that “there is little to distin-
guish a regenerated specimen of this date from a normal
Antedon except the small size of the visceral mass and the
want of pigment upon it.”

The abnormal character and displacement of the anus and
the canal-like ambulacrum are not so easily accounted for ;
but they are minor points, and do not appear to me to impair
the value of what has been advanced above.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

List of reference letters.

a. Anus. g'. Gut of supernumerary disk.

a.g. Ambulacral grooves. m. Mouth.

ce. Abnormal ambulacrum., r.w.v. Radial water-vessel.

c.w.v. Circum-oral water-vessel. s.d. Supernumerary disk.

fp. Funnel-shaped projection of — s.o, Skeletal ossicles.
supernumerary disk. w.t. Water-tubes.

g. Gut. v. Ambulacral groove.

Fig. 1. Oral surface of abnormal specimen of Antedon rosacea, X 5.

Fig. 2. Aboral surface of abnormal specimen of Antedon rosacea, x 5.

Fig. 3. Sagittal section through the normal and supernumerary disks,
showing the point of union of the two, x 16.

Fig. 4. Sagittal section of the supernumerary disk, passing through the
mouth and anus, x 16.

Fig. 5. Sagittal section of the supernumerary disk, showing the funnel-
shaped projection traversed by the abnormal ambulacrum, x 16.

XXX.—List of the Fishes collected by Mr. E. W. Oates in the
Southern Shan States, and presented by him to the British
Museum. By G. A. BOULENGER.

THE collection made by Mr. Oates in a district previously
unexplored, so far as Fishes are concerned, proves of great
interest. It adds to our knowledge of the extension of species

Studies from the Biological Laboratories of the Owens College, i. (1886)
pp. 299-312.

from the Southern Shan States. 199

both from the Burmese and Siamese sides, and reveals the
existence of seven previously undescribed species, all of which
are represented by excellently preserved specimens. I ma
here add that the collection of Reptiles formed by Mr. Oates
in the same district, although poor in number of specimens,
yielded the type of anew genus and species of Snakes, which
has been lately described in the first volume of the new Cata-
logue of Snakes as U'rirhinopholis nuchalis, and an example
of a Lizard previously unrepresented in the Museum, Acantho-
saura kakhienensis, Anderson.

Ophiocephalide.
1. Ophiocephalus gachua, Ham. Buch.
Nampandet, 2000 feet ; Fort Stedman, 3000 feet.

2. Ophiocephalus siamensis, Gthr.
Fort Stedman.

Mastacembelide.

3. Mastacembelus Oatesii, sp. n.

Depth of body 9$ to 10} times in total length, length of
head 63 to 7 times. Snout thrice as long as diameter of eye,
ending in a trifid appendage; cleft of mouth extending
hardly to below nostril; four or five strong spines at angle
of preoperculum, increasing in size from the lower to the
upper. Vertical fins distinct, united only at the base with
the caudal. Dorsal XAIX-XXANAIII* 48-55 ; originating
-above middle of pectoral. Anal II] 46-55. Pectoral about
4 length of head. 18-20 scales between origin of soft dorsal
and lateral line. Pale yellowish brown, uniform or marbled
with brown or with irregular dark brown blotches; dorsal
line and top of head dark brown; pectoral usually brown
with broad yellowish border.

Total length 290 millim.

Kort Stedman, 3000 feet. Hight specimens.

A, Mastacembelus caudiocellatus, sp. n.

Depth of body 8% to 10 times in total length, length of
head 5 to 5} times. Snout thrice as long as diameter of eye,
ending in a trifid appendage; cleft of mouth extending
hardly to below nostril; no spines on preeoperculum. Ver-
tical fins distinct, united only at the base with the caudal.

* 29 spines in one specimen, 33 in two, 32 in the five others.

200 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Fishes

Dorsal XXXI-XXXIII 62-66; originating above extremity
of pectoral, or a little behind. Anal III 60-65. Pectoral
1 to 2 length of head. 25-30 scales between origin of soft
dorsal and lateral line. Brown above, yellow beneath ; two
or three blackish streaks along the sides, the upper proceeding
from the eye; blackish marblings below the lateral streaks ;
a series of blackish ocelli with yellowish centres along the
side of the tail; vertical fins yellowish, reticulated with black.

Total length 235 millim.

Fort Stedman, 3000 feet. Five specimens *.

Siluride.
5. Clarias magur, Ham. Buch.
Fort Stedman, 3000 feet.

6. Stlurus afghana, Gthr.
Nampandet, 2000 feet.

7. Amblyceps mangots, Ham. Buch.
Nampandet.

8. Macrones Dayi, Vincig.
Nampandet.

Cyprinide.
9. Cyprinus carpio, L.

Fort Stedman, 3000 feet.
96 to 30 scales in the lateral line.

10. Labeo angra, Ham. Buch.
Nampandet, 2000 feet.

* The fine colleetion of Fish made by Mr. Oates in the Sittang River
and adjacent streams from Toungoo to about 150 miles south, and pre-
sented by him to the British Museum in 1891, contains examples of
another new Mastacembelus, which I propose to name

Mastacembelus alboguttatus, sp. n.

Depth of body 10 times in total length, length of head 7 times. Snout
4 to 42 times as long as diameter of eye, ending in a trifid appendage ;
cleft of mouth not extending to below nostril; three strong spines at
angle of preeoperculum, increasing in size from the lower tothe upper
Vertical tins united at the base with the caudal. Dorsal XXX Vek Vi
75-85; originating above middle of pectoral. Anal ITI 70-80. Pectoral
nearly half as long as head. 25-80 scales between origin of soft dorsal
and lateral line. Body and fins (pectorals included) dark brown, all over

with round white spots; large blackish spots may be present on th
: ae ae h e body.
Total length 490 millim. — v7

Jrom the Southern Shan States. 201

11. Cirrhina latia, Ham. Buch.
Nampandet.

12. Barbus Oatesii, sp. n.

Section Barbodes, Blkr. Depth of body 2? to 3 times in
total length; length of head 4 to 44 times. Snout rounded,
slightly prominent, as long as diameter of eye, which is 34
to 34 times in length of head; interorbital width 3 times
in length of head; maxillary barbel as long as diameter
of eye, rostral barbel a little shorter. Dorsal IV 8; spine
strong, very strongly serrated, with 12 to 19 serre, a
little shorter than the head, opposite to first ventral ray, and
equally distant from end of snout and caudal fin. Anal
‘ III 5, longest ray ? length of head. Scales 29-33 i 3
scales between lateral line and base of ventral. Silvery,
each scale edged with black; opercular cleft black-edged ;
dorsal and caudal fins greyish, pectoral, ventral, and anal
yellowish.

Total length 130 millim.

Numerous specimens from Nampandet, 2000 feet.

13. Barbus schanicus, sp. n.

Section Barbodes, Blkr. Depth of body 2? to 3 times in
total length; length of head 3? to 4 times. Snout rounded,
slightly prominent, as long as diameter of eye, which is 34
to 83 in length of head; interorbital width 24 times in length
of head; rostral barbel as long as diameter of eye, maxil-
lary barbel a little longer. Dorsal 1V 8; spine strong, its
stiff portion 2 to 3 length of head, serree moderate, 22 to 25;
the spine opposite to inner ventral ray, and equally distant
from end of snout and caudal fin, Anal III 5, longest ray 4
length of head. Scales 29-31 a ; 4 scales between lateral
line and base of ventral. Olive-brown ; belly silvery ; fins
greyish.

Total length 135 millim.

Toungyi, 4600 feet ; four specimens. Fort Stedman, 3000
feet; two specimens.

14. Barbus Dukai, Day.
Two specimens from Nampandet, 2000 feet.
Lateral line 26-28.
15. Barbus tor, Ham. Buch.
Nampandet, 2000 feet.

202 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Fishes

16. Barbus nigrovittatus, sp. n.

Section Labeobarbus, Blkr. Depth of body equal to length
of head, 384 to 32 times in total length. Snout obtusely
pointed, slightly prominent, 14 to 14 diameter of eye, which
is 44 times in length of head; interorbital width 3 times in,
length of head ; rostral barbel 14 diameter of eye, maxillary
barbel 13. Dorsal III 9; spine moderately strong, not
serrated, its stiff portion half length of head, slightly in
advance of vertical of first ventral ray, equally distant from
end of snout and caudal fin. Anal II 5, longest ray 3 to 3
length of head. Scales 28 # 2 scales between lateral line
and base of ventral. Olive-browu above, white beneath, the
two colours separated by a blackish stripe above the lateral
line, as in B. pleurotenia; dorsal and caudal fins greyish,
pectoral, ventral, and anal white (in spirit).

Total length 1380 millim.

Fort Stedman, 3000 feet. ‘Two specimens.

17. Barbus compressus, sp. 1.

Section Hampala, Blkr. Body strongly compressed, its
depth 34 to 32 times in total length; length of head 32 to
32 times. Snout obtusely pointed, a little longer than dia-
meter of eye, which is 4 to 43 times in length of head, and
equals interorbital width; jaws equal, or lower slightly
projecting ; mouth wide, extending backwards to below
anterior border of eye or slightly beyond; rostral barbel
minute or absent, maxillary barbel small, about 4 diameter
of eye. Dorsal IV 8; spine very strong, with 17 to 22
strong serre, 4 to 3 length of head (as long as head in the
young) just behind vertical of inner ventral ray, nearer end
of snout than caudal fin. Anal III 5, longest ray 2 to $
length of head. Scales 35-37 ae 3 scales between lateral
line and base of ventral. Uniform silvery, brownish on the
back; pectorals and ventrals with or without a greyish
blotch.

Total length 240 millim.

Fort Stedman, 3000 feet. Numerous specimens.

18. Barbus Stoliczkanus, Day.

Fort Stedman, 3000 feet.
In these specimens the anterior black spot is absent or very
indistinctly indicated,

from the Southern Shan States. 203

19. Barilius ornatus, Sauvage.
B. barnoides, Vinciguerra.

Fort Stedman and Nampandet. Numerous specimens,

20. Barilius guttatus, Day.
Nampandet.

21. Danio malabaricus, Jerd.

Nampandet.

22. Danio equipinnatus, McCl.
Toungyi, 4600 feet.

23. Nemachilus brevis, sp. n.

Depth of poey equal to length of head, 33 times in “total
length. Eye ? length of snout, slichtly less than inter-
orbital width, } length of head; head naked; maxillary
barbel extending to preeopercular border, outer rostral barbel
to centre of eye; lower lip fringed. Depth of caudal peduncle
half depth of body, equal to the distance between the anal
and the caudal fins. Dorsal II 8, originating slightly in
advance of base of ventrals, and a little nearer to base of
caudal than to end of snout. Pectoral 3 length of head, a
little longer than ventrals, which do not quite reach anus.
Anal Il 5, halfway between dorsal and caudal. Caudal
notched. Body entirely covered with imbricate scales, of
which there are about 30 between dorsal and ventral fins.
Pale reddish brown, dotted with black ; a small black blotch
at base of caudal.

Total length 58 millim.

Fort Stedman, 3000 feet. Three specimens.

24. Nemachilus botva, Ham. Buch.

Nampandet.

25. Lepidocephalichthys Berdmorit, Blyth.
Nampandet and Toungyi.

26. Acanthophthalmus pangia, Ham. Buch.
Nampandet.

Notopteride.
27. Notopterus kapirat, Lacép.

Fort Stedman.

204 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Tarentola americana.

XXXJ.—WNote on Tarentola americana, Gray.
By G. A. BOULENGER.

On one of my last visits to the Paris Museum I was
enabled, by the courtesy of Prof. Vaillant, to examine the
type specimen of the Gecko named Tarentola americana by
Gray and Platydactylus Milbertii by Duméril and Bibron.
This specimen, sent by Milbert from New York to the Paris
Museum, probably came from some West-Indian Island,—
which we cannot say, as the lizard does not appear to have
been rediscovered since. It bears most affinity to the Cuban
T. cubana, Gundl. & Peters, the type of which I examined
in the Berlin Museum (cf. Cat. Liz. ili. p. 490), and the West-
African 7’. Delalandit, D. & B., but represents unquestionably
a valid species. As in these species, the supraorbital bone is
absent. The tubercles are larger than in 7. Delalandit,
scarcely keeled, in 12 series on the back ; the enlarged caudal
tubercles are smooth and nearly flat. The ear-opening is
entirely surrounded by a fringe of converging conical tubercles.
The symphysial (mental) shield is about once and a half as
long as it is broad in the middle.

The number of well-defined species of Tarentola has now
risen to nine, which may be distinguished by means of the
following key :—

I. Supraveular region bony ; 13 to 20 scales across the head, from eye

to eye.
A. Tail rounded on the sides, elliptical in section.
Dorsal tubercles strongly keeled ...... 1. T. mauritanica, L..

Dorsal tubercles smooth or feebly keeled 2. 7. ephippiata, O’Sh.
B. Tail flat inferiorly, with sharpish lateral edge.
Anterior border of ear denticulate .... 3. 7. annularis, Geoffr.
Anterior border of ear not denticulate.. 4. 7. senegalensis, Blgr.
IL. Supraorbital bone present, but small; 10 to 12 scales from eye to
Civewdss depo aaounss 6a0% ..... O IL. neglecta, Strauch.
III. No supraorbital bone; 15 to 23 scales from eye to eye.

A. Anterior border of ear not denticulate; dorsal tubercles smooth
or feebly keeled; symphysial shield at least twice as long as
broad in the middle.

Symphysial shield not thrice as long as

broad in the middle............ 6. T. Delalandi, D. & B.
Symphysial shield thrice as long as broad
Me oheMId dle .).:5.<...40 cherevaiaenaies 7. T. gigas, Bocage.

B. Anterior border of ear denticulate.
Symphysial shield about once and a half
as long as broad in the middle;
dorsal tubercles very feebly keeled. 8. 7. americana, Gray.
Symphysial shield about twice as long as
broad in the middle; dorsal
tubercles strongly keeled ...... 9. T.ecubana, Gundl. & Peters.

A Second Species of the Carnivorous Genus Nandinia. 205

XXXII.—Description of a Second Species of the Carnivorous
Genus Nandinia, from Southern Nyassaland. By OLDFIELD
THOMAS.

In connexion with the working out of the fine series of Nyassa
Mammals now being sent to the National Museum by Mr. H.
H. Johnston, occasion has arisen for the examination of a
couple of specimens of Nandinia from the same region, col-
lected on the river Shiré by Sir John Kirk when with the
Livingstone Expedition of 1863. The two specimens are
flat skins of adult and young, and a comparison of them with
the West-African N. bénotata shows that they are, as might
be expected from their locality, quite different specifically from
that animal.
The species may be briefly diagnosed as follows :—

Nandinia Gerrardi, sp. n.

Similar to VV. d¢notata in size and general colour, but the
three prominent black lines on the dorsal aspect of the neck
in that animal are entirely absent, the body is more sparsely
and finely spotted, and the transverse black markings on the
tail are narrower, closer together, and more sharply defined.
The tail, also, of the type is considerably shorter than in
N. binotata, but may be imperfect, so that no stress can be
laid on this character. Back of ears concolorous with rest of
head. Yellowish spots on withers present, but indistinct.

Hab. Lower Shiré River, Nyassaland. Type B. M. 64. 1.
Shale

Sir John (or, as he then was, Dr.) Kirk has labelled the type
specimen as follows :—

“ Skin of ‘ Nthoro ’—an animal eating mice, poultry, &c.,
and living in the Lower Shiré Valley. June 1861.”

It is with great pleasure that I have applied to this very
distinct animal the name of my old friend Mr. Edward
Gerrard, long the right-hand man of Dr. Gray, whose services
in the Museum now extend over more than 50 years, and to
whose kindness and intimate knowledge of the Museum Col-
lection of Mammals every worker in that collection, and
most of all I myself, have been so largely and constantly
indebted.

The discovery of second species to previously monotypic
genera is always a matter of interest, while the extreme rarity
of new species of Carnivora lends additional importance to
the recognition of so striking a species as Nandinia Glerrardt.

+

206 Mr. C. Hose on a new Deer from Eastern Sarawak.

XXXIII.—Description of a new Deer from Mount Dulit,
Eastern Sarawak. By CHar.es Hoss, Resident of Baram,
Sarawak.

DurING my exploration of Mount Dulit in 1892 * a species
of Deer was met with clearly different from the common
Bornean Deer (Cervus equinus), but unfortunately the only
specimen of it that we could obtain was young, so that I am
not at present able to describe the adult animal. The young
specimen, however, which is now in the Natural History
Museum at South Kensington, is so different from equally
young individuals of C. equinus, that I feel no doubt that it
is really distinct from that species, the only Bornean Deer to
which it could be related. I would propose for it, in honour
of H.H. the Rajah of Sarawak, the name of

Cervus Brooke, sp. n.

General colourof the fawn rufous, browner on head, neck, and
shoulders, richer on the posterior back, fore limbs from elbows
downwards, thighs, and outer sides of hind limbs. Muzzle
and sides of face brown; forehead and crown rufous. ars
externally dark blackish brown, edged with pale rufous, in-
ternally whitish. Back with an indistinct mesial blackish
line. Shoulders and rump spotted, the spots small, yellowish,
few in number on the shoulders, more numerous on the upper
side of the rump. Inner sides of limbs, both fore and hind,
and belly whitish, with a strong suffusion of rufous, especially
towards the feet. Chest between the fore limbs deep shining
black, this colour extending backwards along the lower part
of the sides, where it is divided in the centre by the whitish or
yellowish belly-colour. Middle of metatarsals with an elon-
gated tuft of rich rufous hairs, tipped with black. Feet rufous,
without black markings. ‘Tail bushy, deep shining black.
In size this species probably attains a stature nearly or quite
equal to that of C. equinus.

Hab. Mount Dulit, EK. Sarawak.

The young specimens of C. equinus that I have seen in
Sarawak differ from the type of this species by being almost
or quite unspotted, and by having none of the striking con-
trast between the deep black of the chest and tail and the
brilliant rufous of the sides and rump characteristic of

C. Brooket.

* See ‘ Geographical Journal, vol. i. p. 193, Mar. 1893.

On Lepidoptera from the Falkland Islands. 207

XXXIV.— Ona small Collection of Lepidoptera from Darwin
Harbour, Falkland Islands. By Arraur G. BUTLER,
JED is TIERS Ry MAS er tcken

THE little series of Lepidoptera of which the following is an
account was obtained by Dr. W. F. Dale, and sent to Mr. J.
Hartley Durrant, who forwarded it to me with the request
that I would name it.

The collection contains ten species represented by about
forty specimens, and is interesting as a contribution to a little-
known fauna. So far as I can judge, it seems to show
greater affinity to that of Chili than to any other.

1. Argynnis siga.
Argynnis siga, Hibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. Zutr. figs. 677, 678
(1832).
One example.
This is the only butterfly in the collection. No Sphinges
or Bombyces were obtained ; indeed, the most largely repre-
sented tribe was the Noctuites.

2. Agrotis hispidula.
Agrotis hispidula, Guenée, Noct. i. p. 293. n. 476 (1852).
Five examples of this somewhat variable species; it was

originally described from Chili.
3. Agrotis Dale, sp. un.

This insect has somewhat the aspect of a Nonagria ; it
has, however, very coarsely spined tibiee and the antenne:
are ‘strongly pectinated, each pecten being finely ciliated on
each side. Primaries above pale sericeous buff (almost dead
gold in tint) ; costal half sparsely, irregularly, but distinctly
speckled with black ; a curved discal series of similar black
flecks from near costa almost to inner margin beyond the cell ;
a few fine scattered black dots near outer margin and a well-
defined marginal series; fringe of inner and outer margins
pale cupreous or rufous-brown, traversed by two grey lines:
secondaries grey, slightly darker on external border; fringe
buff, shading into reddish ochreous towards apex: head and
collar testaceous, the face slightly yellower ; antenne ferru-
ginous 3 thorax sordid pale buff; abdomen grey, with pale
ferruginous lateral and anal tufts. Primaries below smoky
grey, slightly blackish at base of costa; base of median and

208 Dr. A. G. Butler on

submedian veins pearly opaline ; costa washed with buff; an
ill-defined transverse dusky discal stripe; external area pale
rosy cupreous: secondaries sericeous whitish, the costal area,
veins, and fringe buff, slightly rufous; a discocellular spot
and five or six longitudinal dashes on the veins across the
disk black: pectus whity-brown; legs rufous-brown, with
ferruginous spines and whitish-tipped spurs; venter rosy,
with the anal tufts slightly yellower.

Expanse of wings 43 millim.

One male of this very distinct species.

4. Peridroma hostilis.
Agrotis hostilis, Walker, Lep. Het. xi. p. 737 (1857).

Four examples.

I believe that this is no more than an extreme form of
P. saucia. FP. stictica, Blanch., from Chili, is quite inter-
mediate in character between the two.

5. Peridroma clerica.
Agrotis clerica, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 129. n. 27.
Three examples of this Chilian species.

6. Leucania falklandica, sp. n.

In marking somewhat intermediate between L. s¢nuosa of
India and L. propria of New Zealand. Primaries above
sericeous whity brown, the course of the median vein and the
external borders suffused with grey ; a black dot followed by
a blackish spot at base of costal area ; a diffused black streak,
trisinuate in front, immediately above the median vein, ter-
minating beyond the cell in a small oblique 3-shaped
character ; a well-defined black streak from base below the
median vein, terminated by the extrabasilar line, which is
much interrupted, transverse, and lunulated ; a blackish dash
on the inner margin also followed immediately by the same line;
discal or postmedian line fine, arched inwards to costa, dentate-
sinuate ; a slightly irregular submarginal series of blackish
sagittate spots ; fringe white, traversed by two grey lines:
secondaries white, slightly opalescent, the costal area silvery ;
veins and a rather narrow diffused external border smoky
grey ; fringe white, traversed internally by a smoky grey
line: head and thorax whity-brown ; collar greyish white,
crossed at the back by an interrupted black line; tegule
whitish at their apices; base of abdomen whitish buff, the
remainder sericeous smoky greyish. Primaries below silvery

Lepidoptera from the Falkland Islands. 209

greyish, becoming yellower on costa: secondaries white, with
costa and veins buff; a diffused greyish external border ;
fringes as above: body below sandy buff, greyish here and
there ; tibial fringes slightly rufous, whitish at tips ; venter
sericeous.

E:xpanse of wings 37 millim.

7. Eupithecia anguligera, sp. n.

Somewhat intermediate in character between LE. fasctata
from the Nilgiris and F. stbylla from Chili. Leaden grey,
slightly tinted here and there with brown: primaries elongate-
triangular, traversed by about ten wavy blackish lines, but
extremely variable; the alternate lines, beginning with that
. nearest the base, blacker, and therefore better defined than the
others, the fifth and seventh, representing the outlines of the
central band, black, thicker than the others and acutely angu-
lated towards costa; the tenth line composed of more or less
confluent pale-bordered blackish submarginal lunules; a mar-
ginal series of externally whitish-edged black dashes : secon-
daries with hardly a trace of marking from the median vein
upwards; a triangular black patch at base below the cell,
followed by six blackish zigzag lines, of which the first,
third, and fifth are best defined and quite black upon the
veins; marginal black dashes as on the primaries: thorax
pale leaden grey, with darker transverse bands; abdomen
much darker, with almost confluent blackish bands in the
type, but extremely variable in depth of colour in a series.
Under surface sericeous leaden grey; all the wings with
black or blackish discocellular stigma, followed by two
parallel blackish lines ; the secondaries with traces of a third
(subbasal) line; black marginal dashes as above.

Expanse of wings 19 millim.

A series of twenty-one examples, most of them more or
less worn.

In some specimens the markings are very indistinct, in
others the two black lines of the central band alone remain,
with a well-defined discocellular stigma (which, in the type
above described, is only shown on the under surface) ; in
others again the outer line of the central band is only marked
with black on the veins. In all these specimens, however,
such markings as exist are similar in outline and similarly
placed, so that it is evident that they represent only one
variable species.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 16

210 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

8. Scoparia?, sp.

A single example in worn condition.

9. Crambus, sp.

Three examples of a species allied to C. vitellus of New
Zealand. The latter is also described as C. sublicellus, Zell.

10. Apurima, sp.

Three examples, in poor condition, of a species apparently
referable to this genus.

XXXV.—WNew Species of Oriental Moths.
By Col. C. Swinuog, M.A., F.L.S., &c.

Family Saturniide.

Antherwa delegata, sp. n.

3%. Bright ochreous red; antenne pale red, front of
thorax and costal band of fore wings dark steel-grey, the band
in the male not reaching the apex, the ocelli in the male
narrow, in the female large and round, ringed with brown,
interlined with pale yellow and bordered by a black line,
which runs inwards on each side of the ring and meets on the
costa in the male only ; the inner portion of both wings is
covered with yellow patches, which are bright ochreous in
the female, a prominent triangular patch being in the cell
towards the base; two outwardly angulated, discal, thin,
brown bands across both wings, close together, the outer one
edged outwardly with grey, the space from this band to the
outer margin dark uniform ochreous red ; a yellow subcostal
streak on fore wings near apex, with a deep black streak; a
steel-grey band on both wings close to the outer margin.

Exxpanse of wings, ¢ 63%, 2 63% inches.

Singapore (Davison). One pair.

The markings above are somewhat as in A. Frithi, Moore,
but in this species both sexes are similarly coloured and
marked, and in the male the hyaline discal ocelli are narrow,
and not round, as in that sex of Fritht; this species is also
allied to A. latissa, Westw., from Java.

Species of Oriental Moths. 211

Family Euterotide.

Euterote coryna, sp. 0.

3. Of a uniform dark pink-brown ; antenne pale ochreous
grey, palpi black. Fore wings with the veins somewhat
distinct and paler than the ground-colour, otherwise the wings
above and below are without any markings; the colour above
is bright and glossy, the apical portion of the fore wings being
dull-coloured, without gloss; the colour below is paler and
without any gloss, and very uniform except towards the base,
where it is slightly paler; the legs are dark brown and the
abdomen below is ochreous.

Eixpanse of wings 3;%; inches.

Lawang, Java (Halliburton). One example.

Allied to nothing I know of.

Family Limacodide.

Thosea Cotes, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen brown, the scales with pale
tips. Fore wings brown, irrorated with pale scales; a pale
line from apex to inner margin beyond the middle. Hind
wing nearly black, the cilia pale.

@. Paler; the oblique line on fore wing dark.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 7, 2 1 inch.

Darang, Assam (Cotes). One pair.

The MS. description of this species was published in Faun.
Brit. Ind., Moths, i. p. 380 (1892).

Altha rufescens, sp. n.

é @. Pinkish white, thorax and abdomen with red hairs,
Fore wings suffused with dark red, which is marked here and
there with dark brown; a black dot at the end of the cell,
the wing crossed by several straight whitish bands, mar-
ginal points brown. Hind wings suffused with pale red,
without markings; cilia of both wings very long, pale
pinkish white. Underside pale pinkish white, unmarked.

Tixpanse of wings, ¢ 7%, 2 1 inch.

Ceylon (Mackwood). One pair.

Has a superficial resemblance to Narosa conspersa, Walker,
and was received with a number of examples of that insect.

1G6*

212 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

Family Lasiocampide.
Metanastria dora, sp. n.

&@. Dark pink-brown; antenne greyish ochreous, palpi
and head black, thorax and fore wings uniform very dark
glossy pink-brown; the wing crossed by two indistinct out-
wardly curved black lines, antemedial and postmedial, a
discal line of black spots marked with pure white, with a pale
red shade inside the line of spots, a pure white prominent
spot at the end of the cell on the inner side of the first trans-
verse line. Hind wings paler, not glossed, uniform in colour,
and without markings ; cilia of both wings concolorous with
the wings, with a pale line at its base; abdomen chestnut-
red ; anal tuft brown. Underside: pectus black, legs with
black hairs, abdomen blackish brown.

Expanse of wings 2;5 inches.

Lawang, Java (Halliburton). One example.

Like a very black JV. latipennis, Walker, but the colour is
altogether different, the bands absent, and the cell-spot large
and prominent.

Metanastria gynandra, sp. 0.

g. Dark pink-brown ; antenne pinkish grey, palpi, body,
and wings dark pink-brown, palpi, head, and collar being
very dark, nearly black. Fore wings with a pale dot at end
of cell, followed by a pale narrow band edged on both sides
with black and sharply elbowed outwardly above the middle ;
two or three similarly coloured indistinct straight bands in
the upper disk, and that portion of the wing crossed by two
indistinct sinuous black lines, then a pale pinkish space,
followed by another similar line marked with white spot-like
speckles. Hind wings very slightly paler than the fore wings
and without markings; cilia concolorous with the wings.
Underside uniformly brown, wings crossed by two dark
discal bands.

Expanse of wings 2y'5 inches.

Lawang, Java (Halliburton). One example.

Wings very narrow. Allied to no species known to me.

Metanastria himerta, sp. n.

g. Fawn-colour ; palpi and plume of antenne brownish,
abdomen above blackish brown, anal tuft ochreous. Fore
wings with a black spot at the end of the cell and with three
transverse, straight, complete, blackish-brown thick lines—

Species of Oriental Moths. 213

first before the middle across the cell, second postmedial, third
discal and somewhat near the margin; cilia of both wings
pink-brown. Hind wings with the apical portion suffused
with brown and with indications of an antemedial transverse
brown band in continuation of the second line of the fore
wings. Underside: fore wings paler, with the two outer
lines indicated ; hind wings suffused with a pinkish tinge,
with a suffused whitish central band or shade, including an
inner line and a discal dentated line, smeared in parts with
whitish.

Eixpanse of wings 2,2, inches.

Lawang, Java (Halliburton). Three examples.

Family Lymantriide.

Leucoma egerina, sp. n.

3d. Pure white; antenne with grey branches, space at
base of antenne pinkish brown. Fore wings with a pinkish-
brown costal band, veins of same colour, interrupted by the
silvery speckles, which cover the entire wing in regularly
waved transverse bands; a pinkish-brown mark at the end
of the cell. Hind wings pure white, unmarked ; cilia of both
wings white, tinged with pinkish brown in parts.

Expanse of wings 1,°5 inch.

Singapore (Davison). Three examples.

Allied to L. submarginata, Walker ; differs in the absence
of the two brown spots on frons and in having the silvery
speckles on fore wings in regularly waved transverse bands.

Leucoma hipparia, sp. n.

3. Pure silky white, branches of antenne greyish ; wings
thinly clothed, a small black dot at the end of the cell of fore
wings, the entire surface of both wings flecked with minute
silvery scales ; costa of fore wings and cilia of both wings
tinged with flesh-colour. Underside also pure white, with
minute silvery scales on both wings as above.

Expanse of wings 1,"5 inch.

Singapore (Davison). ‘Three examples.

Probably one of the species confused with ZL. divisa in
Faun. Brit. Ind., Moths, i. p. 488 (1892). How such very
differently shaped, differently sized, and differently clothed
species as divisa, lactea, and nigricilia can be mixed together
it is difficult to understand ; they are all white, but otherwise
quite distinct.

214 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

Adlullia stirasta, sp. n.

3 ¢. Pale ochreous yellow, shafts of antenne grey, the
male with the head, thorax, and base of fore wing bright
ochreous. Fore wings with a black spot at end of cell, a
brown round mark towards hinder margin near the base and
a brown discal band from centre of hinder margin, where it
is broad, to the costa near apex, towards which it becomes
somewhat distorted and attenuated, the round basal mark and
discal band being formed by minute blackish-brown irrora-
tions. Hind wings paler yellow and quite unmarked.
Underside uniformly pale yellow, without any markings.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 175, 2 175 inch.

Mone, Shan States (Wanders). One pair.

Allied to A. (Cherotricha) varia, Walks which has a
similarly disposed discal band of a dark reddish-brown colour
and has a subbasal red patch on the costa.

Family Hypsida.
Hypsa paliura, sp. n.

3 ?. Palpi, head, body, and base of fore wings ochreous ;
palpi with a black spot at base, a black tip to second joint,
and last joint entirely black with some white marks towards
its base ; a black spot on each side of the collar, a black spot
on each side of the thorax in front, two down the centre, and
segmental black spots down. the centre of the abdomen ;
antenne black. Fore wings dark grey; six black spots at
the base, a broad medial white stripe from the basal ochreous
patch, expanding outwards, with dentations along veins 2, 3,
and 4, the dentation in vein 2 nearly reaching the outer
margin; sometimes a white spot at the lower margin of the
areole, vein 1 white, and in the females all the upper veins
white. Hind wings white, with three large black spots in a
triangle, one at end of cell, the other two in the disk; mar-
ginal border black, divided by white veins and with a white
gap at end of vein 2, the band not reaching the anal angle.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 274, 2 275-215 inches,

Nanchuan, China. One male, two females.

Allied to H. monacha, Cram., and clavata, Butler; differs
from both in the greater width of the central white band on
fore wings and in its peculiarly toothed outer margin, also in
the broken form of the black marginal band of the hind wings.

Species of Oriental Moths. 215

Hypsa lara, sp. n.

?. Antenne brown; palpi below, head, thorax, and basal
patch on fore wings yellow, palpi above and last joint brown,
thorax with two black spots on each shoulder, abdomen white.
Fore wings brown, with a broad longitudinal white central
stripe from the yellow basal patch, expanding outwardly on
the median vein to the end of the cell, the lower portion pro-
duced a little beyond the cell and somewhat rounded at the
end; basal patch with black spots. Hind wings white, with
a broad apical black marginal band, attenuated hindwards, not
reaching the anal angle, and with its inner margin even.
Underside with body and legs white, knees black; wings

white, with broad costal and outer marginal borders,
‘ Expanse of wings 24 inches.
Java (Davison). One example.
Its white abdomen is very characteristic.

Family Nyctemerida.
Leptosoma harca, sp. n.

3. Palpi white, last joint black; antenne black, head
white, a black spot on the frons and another behind the
antenne, a black stripe connecting the two between the
antennz ; thorax black, with white stripes; abdomen white,
with black dorsal spots, anal tuft ochreous. Fore wings
blackish brown, a broad and even-bordered white stripe from
the costa beyond the middle towards the hinder angle, ter-
minating on vein 2; veins white on the inner portion of the
wings, a white streak from the base in the centre of the
interno-median interspace, and another white streak on the
hinder margin. Hind wings white, with broad even blackish-
brown border.

Expanse of wings 14 inch.

Selangor, Malay Peninsula (Davison). One example.

Nearest to LZ. tripunctaria, Linn.; differs in its even-
margined and smaller discal white band on fore wings and in
the broad white stripe in the interno-median interspace being
reduced to a narrow streak. ‘There is an unnamed example
of it in the British Museum.

Family Lithosiide.
Deiopeia antennata, sp. n.

3 ?. Body and fore wings coloured, spotted, and marked
much as in D. pulchella, Linn. ; the central black spots are

216 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

more in the form of macular bent lines and the vermilion
spots near the margin are replaced by long vermilion
streaks which extend from the outer line to the black-spotted
outer margin. ‘The hind wings are white, but the marginal
black band is broad at the apex and gradually fines down to
the hinder angle, which it does not reach, and the large black
knob to the marginal band near the hinder angle, so constant
in pulchella, is altogether absent. In the antenne, however,
is the greatest specific difference ; in pulchella and its close
allies the antenne in both sexes are slightly fasciculate, whereas
in this species they are strongly bidentate in the male, with
minute hairs between the teeth, and slightly fasciculate in the
female.

Expanse of wings 1545 inch.

Nicobars, Camorta. Three males and one female.

Camptoloma flagrans, sp. Nn.

3 ?. Very bright ochreous. Hind wings darker and
brighter than the fore wings ; three black transverse lines in
fore wing from the costa near base, from beyond the middle,
and from near apex, all terminating on the outer margin near
the hinder angle in a large red patch or smear, which is con-
tinued in a streak or streaks along the hinder margin ; on the
outside of this patch are two large black spots on the yellow
cilia, marginal line and streak across end of cell also black.
Hind wings without markings, as also is the underside, being
of a uniform deep bright ochreous, with the three black lines
and two cilia spots visible; anal tuft on abdomen pink.

EXxxpanse of wings 1;%-17°> inch.

Cherra Punji, Khasia Hills. One male, six females.

Very closely allied to C. intertorata, Wk., from Japan, of
which I have a long series; the red patch on fore wings is
more diffuse and the cilia has only two large black spots,
whereas in ¢ntertorata there are always three spots.

Petosia euchana, sp. n.

& ¢. Of a uniform sandy-yellow colour; palpi, head, and
tip of abdomen bright ochreous, tip of palpi and antenne
black. Fore wings with a black spot on the disk outside the
cell and another below it on the submedian vein; in the
female these spots are very much larger than in the male.
Hind wings of male paler than the fore wings, with ochreous
margin ; in the female the entire’wing is uniform ochreous.
Underside: wings pale ochreous, unmarked in the male, with
the spots showing through in the fore wings, and with central

Species of Oriental Moths. 217

brown suffusion in the females; body and legs dark bright
ochreous ; tibize and tarsi above black.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 1;%, @ 2 inches.

Koni, Shan States, September 1888 (Manders). One male,

two females.

Miltochrista esmia, sp. n.

6. Of a uniform pale pink colour ; antenne, palpi, head,
and thorax dark pink. Fore wings with all the borders
darker pink, veins blackish, and dark pink streaks in all the
interspaces. Hind wings with the apical border brighter and
darker coloured, otherwise without any markings. Under-
side paler, the fore wings, except on the borders, suffused
- with grey; veins blackish, as are also the upper veins of the
hind wings.

Eixpanse of wings 175 inch.

Koni, Shan States, October 1888 (Manders). One ex-
ample.

Setinochroa cylletona, sp. n.

dé. Bright ochreous; antenne, palpi, stripe down the
frons, and head black ; some black spots on the thorax and
all the abdomen above, except the base and tip, blackish
brown. Fore wings with five black spots, one at base, small,
the others larger and uniform in size, one on costa one third
from base, with one below it in the interno-median interspace,
one at end of cell, and another below it at hinder angle;
costal line black, which thickens into a band before outer two
thirds to apex; marginal line of both wings black, with black
cilia.

Expanse of wings 75-y% inch.

Koni, Shan States, October 1888 (Manders). 'I'wo ex-
amples.

Family Acontiide.

Acontia nygmia, sp. n.

3 ¢. Head, thorax, and fore wings pinkish grey; abdo-
men and hind wings darker and more pinkish coloured ; fore
wings with greenish-black spots and patches, two small spots
close to the base, one above the other; a large patch outlined
with pale yellow in the middle of the wing, running obliquely
inwards on to the costa, where it is narrow; a large spot on
the costa beyond the middle above the upper shoulder of the
middle patch, and a smaller spot on the costa close to the

218 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

apex, which is the termination of a submarginal lunulate
blackish line. Hind wings with two dark sinuous pink
discal bands and a similar marginal band. Underside with
the fore wings sutfused with pink; a brown mark at the end
of the cell and two yellow subapical spots; costal border
mouse-coloured, hinder marginal space pale, hind wings
suffused with mouse-colour; the female is paler, with the
central patch much smaller.

Eixpanse of wings 13%; inch.

Singapore (Davison). 'T'wo males, one female.

Family Catephide.
Stictoptera timesia, sp. n.

3 ?. Antenne, palpi, head, and body fawn-colour, thorax
brown on each side. Fore wings blackish brown, with a
pale fawn-coloured apical costal patch and with the whole of
the lower portion of the wing from the centre of the outer
margin to the hinder margin one third from base hindwards
of the same colour; this space is striated with brown, and
into the outer portion of it a blackish-brown streak runs from
the blackish-brown space. Hind wings blue-white, semi-
hyaline, with brown veins and a broad black-brown border.

Expanse of wings 13 inch.

Singapore (Davison). <A long series.

This insect is figured by Druce as a var. of Stictoptera
(Steira) variabilis, Moore, in P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 223, pl. xiii.
fig. 4; his figure 3 represents S. cucullioides, Guen. The
different species of the genus Stéctoptera, with the exception
of grisea, Moore, do not appear to be variable. Considerable
confusion appears to exist with reference to this genus; each
species has its own characteristic line-markings whatever
shade the colour of the insect may be. SS. grisea, Moore,=
ferrifera, Walker,=var. plagifera, Walker. SS. variabilis,
Moore, S. cucullioides, Guen., S. subobliqua, Walker, S. tra-
jictens, Walker, S. signifera, Walker, and S. témesta, mihi,
are all good and constant species, the shades of colour which
are not characteristic varymg much in the sexes. I have
examined long series of these different species in my museum
aud in the Oxford University Museum collected by Wallace.

Family Geometride.

Episothalma ocellata, sp. n.

g. Of a uniform green colour, as in sisunaga; costa of

Species of Oriental Moths. 219

fore wings and outer margin of both wings black; cilia of
both wings black, with pale flesh-coloured base; a black
ringlet with pale flesh-coloured centre at end of each cell; a
transverse band of small black spear-shaped spots on the veins
across the disk of both wings; these spots are marked out-
wardly with pale flesh-colour, and are connected together by
an indistinct band, these spots looking like the tips of the
dentations of the band, but the band is indistinct and the spots
very prominent. Underside greyish ochreous, sparsely
streaked with brown; a ringlet at end of each cell and a brown
discal, complete, thin, nearly straight band across both wings.

Expanse of wings 1;'5 inch.

Khasia Hills (Hamilton). Two examples.

Allied to E. sisunaga, but larger; the apex of fore wings
much more falcate ; differs much in the ocellated spots and in
the black spots on the discal band; the underside is quite
different, seswnaga being of a pale uniform greenish grey and
unmarked.

Agathva prasina, sp. n.

é. Bright grass-green; antennw, head, and body choco-
Jate-brown, thorax green in front. Wings bright green, with
chocolate-brown markings; fore wings with a dark basal
patch, costal band and transverse medial band pale, the latter
curves inwards from the centre of costa to the inner end of the
broad discal band near the inner angle ; the curve is slightly
irregular on its outer margin and more so on the inner margin ;
the discal band is dark, has a pale central line, and is joined
to a pale marginal band, leaving a large green subapical
space on the outer margin, Hind wings green, with a broad
dark discal band, which spreads to the margin in its lower
half, leaving a large green space on the margin below the
apex ; this band is intersected near its inner margin by a
dentated paler band and by some black thin lines.

Expanse of wings 14/5 inch.

Khasia Hills (/amilton). ‘Three examples.

Closely allied to A. cariss¢ma, Butler, from Japan; but I
have compared it with the type, and it is quite distinct and
can easily be distinguished by the difference in the shape of
the central band of the fore wings.

Pachyodes erionoma, sp. n.

3. Of a pale pinkish-grey colour or pale flesh-colour ;
antenne black, last joint of palpi brown, tip pale flesh-colour,
as is the top of the head ; thorax and abdomen greenish brown.

220 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

Wings densely covered with greenish-brown striations, both
wings crossed by a discal brown outwardly dentate line, which
is deeply bent outwardly above the middle in the fore wings.
Fore wings with an inner nearly straight brown line ; some
greenish-brown marks on costa; a greenish-grey shade
outside the discal line, a subapical white patch on outer
margin, some white submarginal marks below, some similar
marks on hind wings, marginal line black, lunulate; fringe
on fore wings patched with white. Underside pure white,
with broad discal black bands on all the wings, broadest on
fore wings, where it runs into the outer margin in places,
broadens upwards, leaving a white apical patch on the outer
margin. Body and legs white; fore tarsi with black bands.

Eixpanse of wings 1,8; inch.

Khasia Hills (Hamilton). Many specimens.

Allied to P. apicalis, Moore, but is pure white below instead
of bright ochreous, is greyer and duller coloured above, and
the outer transverse line is altogether more deeply dentated
and elbowed outwardly in fore wings.

Family Boarmiida.
Subfamily Lwvouriwz.

Fascellina curtaca, sp. n.

&. Dull olive-green, tinged with ochreous ; wings sparsely
striated with black. Fore wings with a blackish central,
transverse, upright fascia, above which is a black streak
running inwards on to the costa ; a discal black line from the
costa one third from apex, angled to near the margin below
the apex, then becomes double and runs nearly straight to
the hinder margin near the angle ; asmall black patch on the
outer margin at the middle, the inner end crossing the line ;
the hinder marginal space inside the line pale yellowish.
Hind wings with a straight black, central, transverse, double
line in continuation of the double line of the fore wings, and
a thin black submarginal Jine evenly curved like the margin ;
the wing pale yellowish inside the double lime and on the
lower part of the outer portions. Underside yellow, striated
with brown; fore wings with a white discal line edged with
black on both sides, angled outwardly above, with a black
shade on the inner side below the costa, followed by a blackish
band and a whitish space containing a brown-angled sub-
costal line ; a whitish subapical space, followed by a blackish
marginal space which contains a small yellow patch at the

Species of Oriental Moths. 221

angle; lower portion of the wing yellow. Hind wings
yellow ; a black central straight band and a submarginal thin
black line curved like the outer margin; cilia of both wings
black.

Expanse of wings 1; inch.

Khasia Hills (Hamilton). One example.

The hinder angle of fore wings is excavated as in /. dacoda,
but the colour and markings above and below are quite
different.

Fascellina dacoda, sp. n.

g. Pale chestnut-brown, tinged with ochreous; palpi and
head dark chestnut-brown. Fore wings with some ochreous
suffusion in the upper centre and on the costa, a sinuous
double black line, with an intervening white line, from the
hinder angle to the second median vein near the margin ;
above this is a slaty-coloured marginal space; outside the
double line the wing is paler and smeared with white. Hind
wings with a postmedial straight and complete similar line in ,
continuation of the double line on fore wings, the space outside
the double line being paler and more ochreous. Underside :
fore wing striated with chestnut ; a patch of black at the base ;
a white distorted discal line which forms the outer margin of
a large chestnut costal subapical patch and of a smaller
similarly coloured central patch ; a black band in the place
of the double line, the band terminating in the disk in two
short branches. Hind wing with a red double line, which is
joined together hindwards, the wing pure ochreous outside
and greyish ochreous inside the line ; a white apical dot.

Exxpanse of wings 1; inch.

Shillong, Khasia Hills (Hamilton). One example.

The hinder angle of fore wings is less excavated than in
any of the other Indian species of this genus.

Catopyrrha khasiana, sp. n.

3. Upperside like the male of C. phanix, Swinh. (Trans.
Ent. Soc. Lond. 1891, p. 484), but of much brighter ochreous
colour, the bands much more red; on the underside the colour
is very different, being pure pale ochreous yellow, striated
with red, with a bright dark ochreous-red discal band, with
the inner margin brown and the outer margin irregular,
reaching the outer margin of the wing in parts on the fore
wing; a white patch at the apex.

?. Yellow, more sparsely irrorated ; bands paler, except
towards upper part of outer band; underside as in the male,

929 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

and very much resembles the female of Hyperythra lutea,
but can be distinguished by the shortness of the cells of the
wings.

Exxpanse of wings, ¢ ly, 2 2 inches.

Khasia Hills (Hamilton). A long series.

Ihave put this species, with its ally C. phaniz, into the
American genus Catopyrrha, Hiibner, because I can find no
generic difference between its structure and that of typical Cato-
pyrrha. It cannot stand in the genus Hyperythra; amongst
other differences it lacks the secondary sexual character in the
male which distinguishes the genus Hyperythra, 7. e. the long
tuft of hairs on the underside of the fore wings near the
hinder margin. The species khasiana may be a seasonal form
of pheniaz, the markings being very similar, but the coloration
is very different, and I have received over a hundred speci-
mens showing no variation.

Subfamily Macarrwz.

Gonodela apataria, sp. 0.

g. Pinkish grey, striated with brown and smeared with
purplish, the ground-colour shining on costa of hind wings
and more or less on the basal and central portions of both
wings ; transverse lines brown, subbasal sinuous and indistinct,
another medial sinuous, more distinct; one discal, dark,
duplex, nearly straight, from abdominal margin of hind wings
one fourth from the angle to the costa of fore wings one third
from the apex ; before reaching the costa it is deeply angled
outwards and streaked at the angle with chestnut-red; the
whole space from this band to the outer margin is purplish,
with a subapical dark patch on the costa of fore wings and a
white dot ; a blackish suffusion outside the band, which follows
the angle and crosses to the outer margin below the apex; on
the hind wings there are also some black suffusions in the
purplish space and a black spot ; a small whitish spot at base
of first median interspace; marginal line black and lunular ;
cilia purplish grey, whitish at its base. Underside bright
ochreous, striated on fore wings with brown, with a large
blackish patch on the lower half of the outer space, narrowing
upwards to the white subapical dot, which is prominent, as is
also the square white spot in the centre of the wing ; a black
mark at the end of all the cells. Hind wings with a trans-
verse blackish straight band from outer angle to apex, beyond
which are brown striations ; cilia as above.

Expanse of wings 1,°5 inch.

Species of Oriental Moths. 223

Khasia Hills (Hamilton). Many specimens.

Is marked above very similarly to and looks like Gubaria
metagonaria, but can at once be identified by the difference in
the shape of the outer margin of hind wings; below it is
quite different.

Subfamily Bosrurrw2.

Alcis dasimaria, sp. n.

3 ?. Greyish white ; antenne brown, with black plumes
in the male; head, body, and fore wings covered with brown
irrorations ; abdomen with brown bands. Fore wings with
three equidistant sinuous transverse brown lines, the first two
on areddish suffused ground, the third with a suffused reddish
‘ outer band; a similar broad band on the outer margin, leaving
a white sinuous band between, marginal lines blackish brown
with black points. Hind wings nearly white, some reddish-
brown irrorations on the abdominal and outer portions; a
sinuous line across the disk aud indications of another line
near the angle. Underside greyish white, sparsely irrorated
with brown atoms; a brown dot at the end of each cell and a
brown, thin, partly macular discal band across both wings.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 13%, 2 14% inch.

Darjiling (M/éwis). Four examples.

Bylazora heledaria, sp. n.

3. Pale olive-brown, irrorated with brown atoms; a
brown spot at end of each cell; both wings crossed by olive-
brown bands and lines. Fore wings with subbasal, ante-
medial, and discal bands, these bands crossing both wings ;
indications of another band on the costa of fore wings between
the second and third bands, and also indications of a sub-
marginal band across both wings; a sinuous line outside the
second band on fore wings, which is continued on the hind
wings and ends at the abdominal margin near the termination
of another sinuous and partly dentated line which crosses
both wings on the inner side of the discal band; marginal
line brown; fringe pale. Underside pale olive-grey, with
the outer borders broadly darker.

Expanse of wings 13°)-1,'5 inch.

Mahableshwur, May 1887. Taken by myself.

I have it also from the Nilgiri Hills, from Mr. Lindsay.
[ts pattern and coloration is quite different from any other
species in this genus,

224 On new Species of Oriental Moths.

Family Larentiida.
Photoscotosia keraria, sp. n.

g 2. Blackish brown. Fore wings with most of the
veins whitish, transverse lines whitish, sinuous, first subbasal,
second just before the middle, curved outwardly in its centre,
third discal, more prominent than the others; a submarginal
lunulate line. Hind wings greyish white, with a little brown
suffusion on the abdominal and outer margins. Underside
grey ; fore wings of male suffused with brown on the costa
and apical margins, and with the long tuft of hairs brown
with reddish base ; in the female there is no suffusion at all;
hind wings with a brown dot at end of cell.

Expanse of wings, g¢ 1y'5, ? 2 inches.

Darjiling (Méwis). One pair.

Kustroma monana, sp. n.

3 ¢. Antenne, head, body, and fore wings brown. Fore
wings crossed by three transverse outwardly curved ochreous-
grey lines, first one-fifth from base, second before the middle,
bent outwardly at the centre, third discal, rounded in each
interspace, with pale streaks running inwards on the veins ;
space beyond paler, with several lunulated brown bands; a
submarginal pale line, bordering a brown, subapical, blackish-
brown marginal space, and two or three lower marginal spots.
Hind wings ochreous, whitish in the costal space, suffused
with brown on the inner half, through which run two sinuous
yellowish discal lines. Underside: fore wings ochreous
grey, with a large brown central space limited by the median
vein and its first branch ; an apical and a central marginal
brown patch. Hind wings darker and more ochreous, with
a black spot at end of cell.

Expanse of wings 1;°5 inch.

Shillong (Hamilton). Two pairs.

Allied to E. obscurata, Moore; distinguishable by its more
ochreous hind wings and by the incompleteness of its outer
pale line on fore wings; in obscwrata the pale line runs
inwards on the first three veins only, in this species it circles
in on every vein.

Lobophora pulcherrima, sp. n.

3g. Greyish white, fore wings irrorated with brown atoms,
crossed by brown duplex sinuous bands, subbasal, antemedial,
postmedial, discal, and marginal, streaked and spotted with

On a Terrestrial Isopod from New Zealand. 225

bright red ; one or two spots near the base, some red suffa-
sion in the centre, bright red streaks in front of the discal
band, a row of bright red submarginal spots with grey centres
and red marginal line, disconnected between the veins, with
white points on the veins; cilia white, with brown dots.
Hind wings greyish white, unmarked. Underside grey ; fore
wings with brown veins, a brown marginal line similar to the
line above, and some of the markings showing through the
wing.

Expanse of wings 1;% inch.

Khasia Hills (4amelton). One example.

Allied to L. decorata, Moore.

The types of all these species will be presented to the
British Museum as usual.

XXXVI.—On a remarkably sculptured Terrestrial Isopod
Jrom New Zealand. By Grorce M. Tuomson, F.L.S.

[Plate IV.}

SomE years ago I received from Mr. A. Hamilton a single
specimen of a very curious and interesting Isopod, which he
picked up among dead leaves &c. in the neighbourhood of
Petane, near Napier, New Zealand. The specimen, which
was dry, was in rather a mutilated condition, having lost its
outer antenne and having the opercular plates on the under-
side of the abdomen somewhat damaged, so that I could
not tell whether they were tracheate or otherwise. From
these causes I have been quite unable to locate the animal in
its proper genus. It belongs evidently to Budde-Lund’s
section Armadilloidea, and it may be necessary to constitute a
new genus for its reception.

I have long hoped to discover or receive more specimens
of so striking a form; but as no others have been obtained,
I think it desirable to have it figured and provisionally
described.

The specimen, inclusive of the flange-like processes of the
frontal plates, epimera, and abdominal segments, is 6 millim.
long and 8°5 millim. broad, and is somewhat curved upwards
in the middle. It does not appear capable of being rolled

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. U7

226 On a Terrestrial Isopod from New Zealand.

into a very perfect ball, like the species of Armadillo, but, to
judge from the dried specimen, there is considerable flexibility
in the body-segments.

The head is short and is somewhat sunk into the broad
first thoracic segment. The latter is somewhat broader than
the succeeding segments when the body is flattened out, but
when naturally arched it appears nearly twice as broad, owing
to its flanges standing out horizontally, while the others are
placed more vertically to their respective segments. Down
each side of the median line of the back is a row of erect
conical or somewhat curved spines, two on each segment.
The last pair on the posterior thoracic segment are large and
obtuse, and are produced backwards. On each side of these
spines are two rows of somewhat acute elongated curved
plates or caring, one on each segment, while outside of them,
but within the flange-like epimera, are two or three rows of
tubercles. On the head are two median spines, outside of which
two nearly square plates project forward; below the outer
angles of these are placed the compound eyes. The abdo-
men also bears numerous conical processes, produced back~
wards, which, when viewed from above, appear like spines.
The margins of the head, thoracic segments, and posterior
abdominal segments are produced into flange-like processes ;
that of the first thoracic segment is very large and broad,
while the succeeding ones increase in width from the second to
the seventh.

The first pair of antenne are very minute and are 2- (?3-)
jointed ; the second pair are wanting. Owing to the defec-
tive condition of the specimen the mouth-parts could not be
made out. ‘The legs are very feebly developed and, so far as
I could make out, appear to want the dactylos. The last seg-
ment of the abdomen terminates in a nearly square extremity,
and the last pair of abdominal appendages barely reach to the
end of this. These appendages have the outer branch some-
what broadened at one third of their distance from the base,
and the outer side produced into a long process rounded at the
end. ‘The inner branch, which is much shorter, is articulated
in the deep sinus of the outer joint ; it is tipped by a minute
jointed seta. The opercular plates on the underside of the
abdomen are somewhat acutely triangular.

I know of no terrestrial Isopod so remarkably sculptured as
this specimen, nor is it easy to assign any function to this
singular ornamentation. For progression among dead leaves
and other deébris of a forest its projecting points and plates
would appear to be ill-adapted.

On a Reptilian Tooth with two Roots. DIF.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Fig. 1. Body of animal from above, somewhat flattened.

Fig. 2. Ditto from the side.

Fig. 3. Head viewed from the left front. a.a.= first antenna.
Fig. 4. Last segment of abdomen from below.

Fig. 5. Abdomen from below, showing the opercular plates.
tig. 6. One of the legs.

XXXVII.—On a Reptilian Tooth with two Roots.
By H. G. Seexey, F.R.S.

THE division of the root of a mammalian tooth into two or
more portions has been regarded as a convenient means of
predicating mammalian organization for the animal in which
this condition is found, notwithstanding the circumstance
that in diverse groups of mammals the root is not divided in
any of the teeth, and that in mammals the division is absent
from the incisors and almost all canines.

Professor Marsh, in 1890, figured, in the ‘ American
Journal of Science,’ teeth of the animal which he named
Triceratops, in which two roots certainly occur, but placed
transversely, as sometimes happens among the wider posterior
molar teeth of mammals. It is not improbable that this
division, as American paleontologists have suggested, is
apparent rather than real, and has been produced by absorp-
tion of the tooth in wear, by the successional tooth rising
beneath it, since the form of the excavation between the roots
exactly corresponds to the form of the crown. In any case,
the condition in this American fossil, by whatever name the
genus may be eventually known, was unparalleled among
Reptilia, though in a few mammals with two roots to a poste-
rior molar tooth. those roots are arranged transversely.

In 1854 (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. x. p. 420) the late
Sir Richard Owen figured a Purbeck fossil from bed K. 93
in Austen’s guide, under the name Nuthetes destructor. It
was then described asa pleurodont lizard allied to monitors of the
genus Varanus ; and figs. 2 d and e (/. ¢.) are representations
of teeth in the jaw which have the aspect of possessing two
roots arranged in the antero-posterior direction. ‘This con-
dition is further evidenced by the enlargement of the tooth d
given in fig. 4, though no word occurs in the text referring to
the structure ; so that it is probably only a pit or groove at the
base of the crown. With these fragments of jaw the author

228 | Prof. H. G. Seeley on a

associated a tibia and fibula, indicating long and slender hind
legs; but I am not aware of any evidence of association, and
am disposed to refer the limb-bones to the crocodilian genus
Theriosuchus. On at least three other occasions references
were made to these teeth. In the Palxontographical Society’s
volume for 1861 they are said to be like teeth of Megalo-
saurus, finely serrated back and front, and attached by partial
anchylosis to the inner side of an alveolar wall. Of this
character I have not seen any evidence; but I have not had
the opportunity of examining the original specimens. In
1854 Nuthetes was said to differ from Megalosaurus in showing
no trace of alveolar divisions for the teeth. ‘This may be
quite true, and yet not bear the construction that the teeth
were not in sockets, for the bones of the jaw are extremely
thin and havea denseness and thinness which are only known
in bones of Ornithosauria and Saurischian reptiles, and
genera like Ardstosuchus. Sir Richard Owen further states
that the thickest part of the crown is not the middle, but is
nearer the anterior border, as in Varanus and Megalosaurus.

In Sir R. Owen’s ‘ Paleontology’ the known facts are
summarized and the fossil grouped under the Lacertilia
(second ed., 1861, p. 807) and described as a carnivorous or
insectivorous lizard.

Subsequently, in the Paleontographical Society’s volume
for 1879, further remains discovered by Mr. Beckles are
figured (pl. ii.) and described. The genus is grouped with
the Crocodilia, and the teeth (p. 16) are said to show an
excavation or longitudinal depression on the side of the base.
Jn the British Museum Catalogue of Foss. Rept. pt. 1., 1885,
Mr. Lydekker groups the genus as “ordinal position un-
certain,” placing it after the animals which are massed
together as Dinosauria, and remarking that the teeth are
more like those of dinosaurs than lizards.

The jaws indicate a very small animal, being (as stated by
Sir R. Owen) in the fragments preserved only 6 lines deep,
while the largest fragment of jaw is 1dinch long. Ihave no
doubt, if ordinal affinities can be inferred from teeth, that these
animals are Saurischian and nearly allied to Streptospondylus,
Megalosaurus, and Aristosuchus. The teeth are essentially
diminutive forms of a Megalosaur. This identification is
based upon the shape of the crown, the condition of its
surface-enamel, the serrations at the anterior and posterior
margins of the crown, and the general form of the root, which,
however, is shorter than in Megalosaurus; and the com-
parison would probably be closer with Streptospondylus, to

Reptilian Tooth with two Roots. 229

which genus I should be disposed to refer the teeth from
Cuckfield, for which Mr. Lydekker has suggested the name
Megalosaurus Owent. It is interesting that the dwarf carni-
vorous Saurischian Nuthetes should be associated with a
dwarf Ornithischian, Echinodon, allied by its teeth to Scelédo-
saurus, and to that genus I should refer the dermal bones,
termed granicones, which were associated by Sir R. Owen
with Nuthetes.

There being obvious points of resemblance between the
Saurischia and the Anomodontia, in the possession of similar
skeletal elements which approximate to those of mammals, it
has seemed worth recording that in the British Museum,
among the twelve isolated teeth of Nuthetes and two fragments
of jaw obtained with the Beckles collection, is a single tooth
- which distinctly shows two roots in anterior and_ posterior
positions. ‘This tooth is 7 millim. long, has lost its enamel,
and therefore shows no trace of the characteristic marginal
serrations. It exactly corresponds in form to the anterior
teeth in Owen’s original figure, and widens from the apex to
the base of the roots, where it 1s 4 millim. wide. The height
of the crown is 4 millim., its side is flattened; there is a
medial area slightly depressed,
with slightly elevated lateral
ridges back and front, which
exactly correspond with those
upon the typical teeth of Vu-
thetes. Below the crown the
tooth divides into two slightly
divergent roots, which are 3
millim. long; and the posterior
root may be slightly the larger.
Each root is channelled on the
side by a shallow depression
similar to that which usually
extends down the sides of the
single-rooted teeth of Nuthetes
and Megalosaurus. The roots
are well-defined and marked with
slight wavy concentric lines of
growth, similar to those which
frequently occur upon the roots
of teeth placed in sockets, and
not unlike the transverse enamel-
waves on the crowns. The roots Tooth of Nuthetes. Brit. Mus.
narrow slightly towards their No. 48208, x 10.
extremities; tle posterior root

230 Mr. O. Thomas on

appears to be fractured near its termination, where it indi-
cates a pulp-cavity, though the inner and outer walls are
compressed close together. The roots are about 1 millim.
wide. Notwithstanding a certain resemblance in form of the
interspace between the roots to the form of the crown, I do
not see any ground for affirming that it has been produced
by absorption. It is, however, certain that the character is
an abnormal one, since it is absent from the other isolated
teeth, and its chief interest consists in showing that it is
possible for a reptile to develop roots to a tooth of the
mammalian molar type; so that if this abnormal condition,
seen in Nuthetes, were normal and general in a fossil jaw, it
would constitute an important deviation from the reptilian
dentition.
The figure is ten times natural size.

XXXVUI.— Descriptions of Two new North-Bornean
Mammals. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

[Plate VIL.]

Semnopithecus sabanus, sp.n. (Pl. VII.)

Body, arms and legs, and tail grey; hands and feet black,
as in the group to which S. Hose?, S. Hvereti’, and S. Thomast
belong.

Forehead with a high median black crest, commencing
immediately behind the centre of the brow-ridges; the hairs
of the crest stand up vertically and are about an inch and a
half in length. Eyebrow-bristles long, black, projected
forwards over the eyes; behind them, on each side of the
central crest, the forehead-hairs lie back flat against the head
and are whitish in colour over the whole crown. Outside
these whitish patches, again, the sides of the face, from the
orbits to the ears, are quite black, and the hairs of the occiput
are also decidedly darker, especially terminally, than are
those of the pale frontal patches. It results from this arrange-
ment of the colours that on looking down vertically on the
crown one sees a pale frontal area, bisected mesially by the
blackish crest and surrounded on all sides by black, in front
by the black eyebrows, laterally by the black temples, and
posteriorly by the black-tipped occipital hairs. These crown

Two new North-Bornean Mammals. 251

colours are, however, not pure, the black crest being largely
mixed with white hairs, and the pale frontal patches with
black ones. Occipital hairs directed backwards, not reversed
forwards as in S. Thomas?. Chin, sides of neck, throat, and
chest greyish, owing to a mixture of black with the white
hairs; these parts are pure white in all the allied species and
contrast with the dark colour of the nape and crown. Belly
and inner sides of the upper arms and of the legs to the ankles
white, becoming gradually greyer distally. Hands and feet
shining black, but the forearms to the wrists and the legs to
the ankles are clear grizzled grey, as is also the tail both
above and below.

Skin of face white (presumably flesh-coloured in life) all
across and between the orbits and round the cheeks, so that
‘it is only black just over the maxillary and premaxillary
bones and on the chin. In the other species the skin is
nearly or quite black all over the face.

Skull, as usual in this genus, showing but few tangible
characters. It appears, however, to have a decidedly broader
and rounder brain-case than in the allied species; it is
slightly less prognathous, and in the lateral view the con-
cavity at the anterior nares is deeper and more abrupt, while
above them the tips of the nasal bones stand out much more
prominently, at least than in S. Hoset and S. Hveretti. The
ascending processes of the maxillary bones are broad and
strong, and pass up beyond the nasals to articulate with the
frontals, and entirely shut out the maxillary bones from the
sides of the nasals; in this character conditions quite different
seem to obtain in the allied species, although there is
undoubtedly a good deal of individual variation in the relative
extent of the facial bones. In the dentition the canines both
above and below are considerably smaller and slenderer than
in the other specjes. Fifth cusp to ng small or absent, 7. e.
small in the type and absent in the second specimen, the two
thus showing how variable this character, often supposed to
be of generic value, may be.

Dimensions of the type, an adult male skin (B.M. 98. 3.
4, 2) :—

Head and body (c.) 600 millim., tail 760.

Skull: extreme length 95, basal length 65°5; greatest
breadth 73°6 ; interorbital breadth 8; intertemporal constric-
tion 46°7 ; brain-case, breadth 61, height (basilar suture to
bregma) 46; palate, length 32°5 ; nasal opening, height 16°4,
breadth 10°73 length of upper premolar and molar series 24°6.

Hab. Paitan, N. Borneo. Coll. A. Everett, July 1892.

2a2 On Two new North-Bornean Mammals.

Besides the type, a second specimen, in most respects
precisely similar and also a male, was obtained by Mr. Everett
at the same time and place.

This handsome monkey seems only to be nearly allied to the
species above referred to. Of these it differs from S. Hoset
and S. Hverett? by its vertical frontal crest, its greyish crown
surrounded by black instead of black surrounded by white,
and its greyish nape and sides of neck, where there is none of
the sharp contrast between black and white characteristic of
those species ; the legs also above the ankles are grey instead
of black.

From 8S. Thomas?, which also has a crest, it is distinguished
by its backwardly directed occipital hairs, its perfectly unicolor
tail, its paler back, and by the lesser extension and purity of
the white of the belly and inner surface of the limbs.

In addition, as already noted, S. sabanus is distinguished
from all its allies by the whitish or flesh-coloured tint of the
upper half of its face.

Mus Margaretie pusillus, subsp. n.

Apparently similar in every way to the typical form, but
very markedly smaller in all dimensions, as is shown by the
following measurements of the type (an adult female in
alcohol} :—

Head and body 67 millim., tail 123; hind foot without
claws 16°8; ear from notch 13°8.

Skull: basal length 19:1, upper length 22°6; zygomatic
breadth 12:2, breadth of brain-case 11; nasals, length 7-3;
interorbital breadth 3-9; interparictal, length 3-2, breadth 6°5 ;
anterior zygoma-root 2°5; palate, length 11°5; diastema 6:1 ;
anterior palatine foramina 3°0; length of upper molar
series 5°0.

Hab. Mount Kina Balu, N. Borneo. Coll. A. Everett.

This beautiful little mouse is evidently a local represen-
tative of the very remarkable species | described as Mus
Margarette, {rom the Penrisen Hills, Western Sarawak*, and
as such deserves a subspecific name. ‘lhe specimen is
distinctly older than the original type of the species, and is of
the same sex, so that the difference in size is clearly due
neither to age nor sex.

A second specimen, identical in all respects with that now
described, was sent home by Mr. Everett, but was not acquired
for the Museum collection.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xi. p. 846 (1893),

On new Members of Heteromys and Neotoma, = 233

XXXIX.—On Two new Members of the Genus Heteromys
and Two of Neotoma. By OLDFIELD ‘l'HOMAS.

In the April number of the ‘ Annals’ * I had the pleasure of
describing two new pocket-mice of the genus Heteromys from
Mexico and Guatemala, one of them, /7/. Salvin, representing
a new annectant group distinguished by the characters
presented by the soles of the hind feet. ‘T’o this species,
Hi, Salvini, besides the type from Dueiias, Guatemala, a
second specimen from Costa Rica was doubtfully referred.

The Museum has now received from Dr. A. C. Buller, the
discoverer of the Mexican species previously described, another
- pocket-mouse from a different locality in Jalisco, and this
proves also to belong to the group of which “4. Salvini is
typical, and agrees closely with it in size and cranial cha-
racters, but differs considerably in colour.

On comparing this new specimen with the other two from
Guatemala and Costa Rica, it is evident that it represents a
new species of this group, while at the same time a more
detailed examination shows that the Costa-Rican animal
ought itself to be separated, at least subspecitically, from the
Guatemalan.

Heteromys pictus, sp. n.

Size about as in FZ. Salvint. Colour above coarsely
grizzled rutous, the usual black-tipped spines being profusely
mixed both on head and body with coarse orange-tipped
hairs ; sides brighter rufous, the junction between the dorsal
and ventral colours being marked, especially anteriorly, with
a bright orange-rufous line, far richer than in any other
species. Kars black with white edges. Fore limbs wholly
white, except that there is an inconspicuous patch of grey
outside the elbow. Hind limbs white on their inner sides and
on the top of the feet, dusky on their outer and hinder sides,
this colour passing down on to the hairy part of the soles of
the feet. Soles hairy for about one third the total length of
the foot ; the naked part with six pads as in H. Salvin, but
the minute fifth one is situated rather further forwards, half-
way between the fourth and sixth. ‘ail sharply bicolor,
blackish above, white beneath.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xi. p. 329 (1898).
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 18

234 Mr. O. Thomas on new Members of the

Skull very similar to that of H. Salvin? (typicus), but
rather smaller and more delicately built ; interparietal large,
its length 54 per cent. of its breadth ; upper incisors forming
a segment of a very small circle, so that their tips are much
bent inwards towards the mouth, and the diastema is propor-
tionally short.

Dimensions of the type (a beautifully prepared ? skin) :—

Head and body 104 millim., tail 1138, hind foot 24°8, ear
from notch (contracted) 12.

Skull: basal length 26°5, greatest length 31:6, greatest
breadth 15°2; nasals, length 12°7, breadth 3°6 ; interorbital
breadth 7:7; interparietal, length 4°6, breadth 8:5; diastema
7°7 ; length of upper molar series 4:3.

Hab. Mineral San Sebastian, Jalisco, Mexico, 4300 feet.
Coll. Dr. A. C. Buller, May 9, 1893.

Heteromys Salvini nigrescens, subsp. n.

Colour very similar to that of H. S. typicus, but the
yellowish grizzling on the back, inconspicuous in that animal,
is entirely absent, at least along the mesial line, so that the
dorsal colour is a deep uniform smoky brown. Towards the
sides a few yellow-tipped hairs are present, but not in suffi-
cient numbers to affect the general tone. No trace of a
yellowish lateral line. Limbs as in H. S. typicus.

Skull decidedly smaller and more delicate than in the
typical form, the muzzle more slender, the interorbital region
narrower, and the interparietal conspicuously smaller (its
length-breadth percentage 51).

Dimensions of the typical skin (B.M. 69. 7. 19. 6) :-—

Head and body 127; tail broken; hind foot without
claws 25.

Skull: greatest length 32°7, greatest breadth 15:4; nasals,
length 12:7, breadth 3°8; interorbital breadth 6°8; inter-
parietal, length 4:1, breadth 8; diastema 9°4; length of
upper molar series 4°7.

Hab. Costa Rica.

Neotoma macrotis, sp. n.

Intermediate in size between the western N. floridana and
N. mexicana. Colour, so far as can be made out in a spirit-
specimen, very much as in the latter species. Belly-hairs
white-tipped. Feet white, faintly clouded proximally with

Genera Heteromys and Neotoma, 235

grey. Tail sharply bicolor, black above, white below and
on the sides ; well covered with hairs, but the scales showing
through. Ears very large, laid forward they reach in front
of the anterior canthus of the eye ; their minute hairs reddish
brown.

Skull strongly built, its frontal profile convex ; supra-
orbital ridges strongly marked; anterior palatine foramina
barely reaching backward to the level of the anterior root of
m1. Teeth small; their structure as usual.

Dimensions of the type (an old male in spirit) :—

Head and body 180 millim., tail 165; hind foot, without
claws, 33°7; ear from notch 29.

Skull: basal length 41°6, greatest breadth 24:7; nasal
length 18-4; interorbital breadth 6; interparietal, length 5,
‘ breadth 11; palate, length 25-1; length of palatine foramina
9:8, upper molar series 8°4.

Hab. San Diego, California. Coll. Prof. Eigenmann.

Neotoma lepida, sp. n.

Size very small, smaller than in any known species.
Colour soft ashy grey, washed with pale fawn, the general
tone not unlike that of specimens of N. artizone; hairs
of chest and inguinal region pure white, those of belly
grey basally. Lars large, their minute hairs whitish. Hands
and feet pure white. ‘l'ail very thickly haired, so much so
as to be intermediate between that of the round-tailed and
the bushy-tailed species, the scales entirely hidden by the
hairs ; its colour mixed brownish fawn above, white below.

Skull small and delicate ; frontal profile flattened ; supra-
orbital edges square, scarcely ridged; palatine foramina as in
N. macrotis; molars small.

Dimensions of the type (a skin, fully adult) :—

Head and body (probably stretched) 180 millim., tail (c.)
100, hind foot 27:2, ear 25.

Skull: lambda to nasal tip 34°5; greatest breadth 21:2;
nasal length 14°6 ; interorbital breadth 5:4; palate, length 20 ;
palatine foramen 8-2 ; upper molar series 7°5.

Hab. Utah.

This interesting wood-rat had been put down as N. cinerea,
but its far smaller size and less bushy tail will readily distin-
guish it from that species.

236 Miscellaneous.

MISCELLANEOUS.
The Bahama Amphioxus. By EK, A. AnpRews.

In addition to the Amphioxus, or lancelet, found on the coasts of
many parts of Europe, some five others have been reported from
various parts of the world. Gunther recognizes these six as species
of Branchiostoma, that name haying been given prior to the term
Amphiowus. The chief specific characters that can be made out
in the preserved specimens are the relative positions of anus and
atriopore as expressed by the number of muscle-segments anterior
to, between, and posterior to these openings. In addition to these
forms there is an undescribed lancelet in California, which, as far as
the above criteria may be trusted, belongs to a distinct species of
Branchiostoma, and a Japanese form that may prove to be one of the
known species.

The great morphological interest attached to the lancelet as the
simplest and, in many respects, the most primitive of known verte-
brates makes the taxonomy and geographical distribution of this
group of more than common importance, and justifies a short pre-
liminary account of a new form found in the Bahamas.

While the Johns Hopkins Marine Laboratory was stationed at
North Bimini, Bahamas, in the summer of 1892, many small lancelets
were taken swimming at or near the surface as well as living in the
calcareous sand on the flats exposed at low water.

These partly pelagic acraniates differ so much from the known
forms that they may be regarded as generically distinct. Their chief
anatomical peculiarities are as follows :—

(1) The gonads are developedjonly upon the right side of the body,
both in the adult and in the young.

(2) The notochord, neural tube, and median fins are prolonged as
a considerable caudal process posterior to the myotomes.

(3) The ventral fin is without any fin-rays or successive fin-ray
chambers.

(4) The pre-oral hood is extensive ; cirri smooth and united by
the hood-membrane for the greater part of their length.

(5) The right metapleuron is continuous with the median ventral
fin, which passes to the right of the anus.

(6) The “olfactory pit” is apparently absent.

(7) Myotomes anterior to atriopore 44, between atriopore and
anus 9, posterior to anus 13: total 66. Length 13-16 milhim.

(8) Swims free in the evening both at Bimini and in Nassau
Harbour. Lives also in the caleareous sand.

An illustrated description of these characters of this new genus
of acraniates will appear in a forthcoming number of vol. v. of the
* Studies from the Biological Laboratory.’—Johns Hopkins University
Circulars, vol. xii. no. 106, p. 104.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES. ]

No. 70. OCTOBER 1893.

XL.—On some new or rare Crustacea from Scotland. By
Tuomas Scort, F.L.S., Naturalist to the Fishery Board
for Scotland, and ANDREW SCOTT.

[Plates XI.—XTII. |

CoOPEPODA,
Diosaccus propinguus, sp.n. (Pl. XI. figs. 1-6.)
Female.—Length, exclusive of caudal set 1 millim. (5 of
an inch). Body moderately robust. Anterior antenne eight~
jointed, the first four joints stout, subequal, the last four
slender; the combined length of the last four is equal to
nearly two thirds of the combined length of the first four ;

the proportional lengths of the joints are shown by the
formula—

Posterior antenne comparatively short and stout, secondary
branch two-jointed (fig. 3). Mandible-palp one-branched,
two-jointed as in Drosaccus tenuicornis (Claus), but the end
joint is much narrower than, and only about a third of the
length of, the basal joint. The maxille and anterior foot-
jaws are nearly as in Deosaccus tenuicornis. The posterior
foot-jaws are stout and the terminal claw is as long as the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 19

238 Messrs. T’. and A. Scott on some

joint from which it springs. The first three pairs of thoracic
feet are nearly as in Diosaccus tenuicornis, except that a stout
plumose seta springs from the basal joint of the first pair,
and the outer branches of the same pair are fully half the
length of the entire inner branches exclusive of the terminal
claws (fig. 4). Inner branches of the fourth pair two-jointed,
slender, and shorter than the outer branches. Basal joint of
the fifth pair subquadrate and furnished with four subterminal
plumose sete; secondary joint broadly ovate, extending con-
siderably beyond the basal joint and bearing six sete—two
small ones at the apex, one plumose seta of moderate length
on each side of the apex, and two small ones on the outer
margin (fig. 6). Caudal stylets as long as the last abdo-
minal segment. Ovisacs two.

Hab. Moray Firth, a few miles northward of Kinnaird
Head, 130 fathoms.

Three specimens only were obtained, all females.

Remarks. 'This species closely resembles Diosaccus tenui-
cornis (Claus), but the anterior and posterior antenne are
shorter and stouter, the outer branches of the first thoracic
feet are proportionally longer, the inner branches of the fourth
pair are only two-jointed, and the secondary joints of the fifth
pair are ovate and extend considerably beyond the basal
joints.

Laophonte littorale, sp.n. (Pl. XI. figs. 7-14.)

Length 85 millim. (;'5 of an inch). Body elongate, sub-
cylindrical, forehead slightly produced and bluntly rounded.
Anterior antenne sparingly setiferous—in the female seven-
jointed, the third joint longer than any of the others, while
the fifth is very short, as shown by the formula—

Female anterior antenne. .

In the male anterior antenne the fourth joint from the end is
considerably dilated, the following joint is distinctly hinged
to the fourth; the penultimate joint is very short, and the
last forms a stout grasping claw. The secondary branch of
the three-jointed posterior antenne is rudimentary, and con-
sists of one small joint bearing an apical seta. ‘I'he mouth-
organs are nearly as in Laophonte curticauda, Boeck. The
outer branches of the first thoracic feet, which consist of three
subequal joints, are equal to about half the length of the inner
branches exclusive of the terminal claw. The inner branches

new or rare Crustacea from Scotland. 239

of the first four thoracic feet are all two-jointed; the fourth
pair in the female and male are dissimilar—those of the female
do not differ much from the others except that they are rather
shorter and stouter, but in those of the male the inner branches
are almost obsolete, being reduced to two minute joints, while
in striking contrast to these the outer branches are robust and
are armed with several stout spines in place of sete; the
first joint of the outer branches is considerably longer than
the next two together (fig. 12). The fifth pair in the female
have both joints broadly foliaceous and subquadrate, and bear
a number of strongly plumose terminal sete ; in the male the
fifth pair are rudimentary and consist of a slightly produced
basal portion carrying four sete, in addition to a small spine-
like seta on the inner margin (fig. 13). The caudal stylets
-are covered with cilia, and are about two and a half times
longer than broad and equal to one and a half times the length
of the last abdominal segment.

Hab. In pools of brackish water at the mouth of a small
stream at Luffness, Firth of Forth, and in similar pools at
the mouth of the river Alness, Cromarty Firth. Not very
rare.

Remarks. Laophonte littorale resembles Laophonte curti-
cauda, Boeck, in some respects, but differs very markedly in
the structure of the fourth thoracic feet of the male (the outer
branches are, however, somewhat similar to the outer branches
of the third pair of the male of that species, but the propor-
tional lengths of the joints are different). There are other,
though less obvious, differences between the two species, as,
for example, in the structure of the first thoracic feet and of
the male fifth feet. The species appears to be confined to
water that is more or less brackish.

PSEUDOCLETODES, subgen. nov.

Resembling Cletodes, Brady, in general appearance, but
the imner branches of the first thoracic feet are obsolete or
rudimentary ; inner branches of the second, third, and fourth
pairs two-jointed, the first joint very small.

Pseudocletodes vararensis*, sp. n.
(Pl. XII. figs. 4-14.)
Length 1:14 millim. (5 of an inch). Rostrum prominent,
moderately broad, with a minute hair on each side of the

* Eloxvois Oviapap (Adstuary of Varar), the name used by Ptolemy
for the Moray Firth.
19*

240 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some

triangular apex. Body narrow, tapering slightly and evenly
to the caudal extremity (fig. 4). Anterior antenne (female)
six-jointed, stout, each of the third, fifth, and sixth joints
armed with a strong setiferous spine on the upper aspect; the
upper distal angle of the third joint is produced and forms the
base of a stout olfactory appendage; the formula shows the
proportional length of the joints—

9710 38..3 54 .10

Female anterior ant ae :
emale anterior antenne I 9 8°45 6

Posterior antenne somewhat similar to those of Cletodes linearis,
Claus, but rather shorter and stouter. Mouth-appendages also
somewhat similar to those of that species. Inner branches of the
first thoracic feet obsolete and replaced by a dagger-shaped
setiferous spine; the second joint of the outer branches is
furnished with a small plumose seta on the inner edge and a
stout conical spine springs from the outer distal margin of
the first and second joints, while the third joint is provided
with five spiniform sete round its extremity and outer edge
(fig. 9). The inner branches of the next three pairs are
nearly alike, except that those of the second and third pairs
are rather longer than the first two joints of the outer branches,
while those of the fourth pair scarcely reach to the end of the
second joint; the inner branches of the third pair in the male
are slightly shorter than in the female, and armed with a
terminal conical spine, as shown in the figure (fig. 13).
Caudal stylets broad, subovate, nearly straight on the outer
edge and convex on the inner, and provided with a few small
lateral and terminal sete.

Hab. Among Filograna implexa, brought up in the trawl-
net in the Moray Firth.

Remarks. In form and in many of its details this curious
species is closely allied to Cletodes, but the remarkable struc-
ture of the first thoracic feet is so much at variance with the
characters of that genus as to render its position in Cletodes
untenable.

PSEUDANTHESSIUS, Claus.

This genus of the Lichomolgide is distinguished from its
allies by the structure of the mouth-appendages, and espe-
cially of the fourth pair of thoracic feet, the inner branches of
which are one-jointed (fig. 20). Two British species of
Pseudanthessius have already been described, viz. Pseudan-
thessitus liber (B. & R.) and Pseudanthessius Thorellit
(B. & R.)*. We have now to record a third species, which

* Mon. Brit. Copep. vol. iii. pp. 44 and 47.

new or rare Crustacea from Scotland. 241

was obtained by carefully washing some masses of Filograna
trawled in the Moray Firth.

Pseudanthessius gracilis, Claus. (Pl. XII. figs. 15-20.)

Pseudanthessius gracilis, Claus, Arbeit. zool. Inst. Wien, 1889, vol. viii.
p. 344, Taf. iv. figs. 1-7.

Length 1°3 millim. (75 of an inch). First body-seement

rather longer than broad, gently curving toward the rounded
forehead; last thoracic segment scarcely broader than the
slender abdomen. Anterior antenne not reaching to the end
of the first body-segment, seven-jointed, the third and last
joints much shorter, as shown by the appended formula—

1220.8 14 16 918 29
iD) Bion US leo mere

Secondary antennee four-jointed, third joint very small, the
last provided with one plain and four elongate and geniculate
spiniform sete. Mandibles stout, produced to an acute apex,
inner margin evenly convex, middle portion of the exterior
margin ciliate. Maxille simple, bearing three apical sete
(fig. 17). Anterior foot-jaws slender, armed with a few strong
teeth on the upper edge; a plumose seta springs from the
inner edge near the base of the foot-jaw. Posterior foot-jaw
three-jointed, second joint somewhat dilated and bearing a
stout spiniform seta near the middle of the inner aspect ; the
last joint very small and terminated by a stout conical spine
and a spiniform seta about three times longer than the joint
from which it springs (fig. 19). Inner branches of the first
three pairs of thoracic feet three-jointed ; inner branches of
the fourth pair one-jointed and scarcely reaching to the end
of the second joint of the outer branches, and armed at the
truncate apex with two dagger-shaped spines; the inner
branches are without sete, but there is a small hook-like
process near the middle of the inner margin (fig. 20). Fifih
pair small, subquadrate, attached to the produced angles of
the last thoracic segment, and provided with an elongate
dagger-like spine and a plain seta at the apex, and a small
seta near the articulation of the joint with the thorax. ‘he
first abdominal segment is about equal to the combined
length of the next three and is somewhat dilated towards the
distal end. Caudal stylets equal to about twice the length
of the last abdominal segment; a small seta springs from
near the middle of the outer edge of each stylet in addition
to the terminal sete.

942 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some

Hab. Also among Filograna, from the Moray Firth.
Several specimens were obtained.

Remarks. This species somewhat resembles Pseudanthessius
Thorellit (B. & R.), but differs particularly in the form of
the anterior foot-jaws, in the proportional length of the inner
branches of the fourth thoracic feet, and in the form of the
abdomen.

REMIGULUS *, gen. nov. (provisional name).
78 I

Body cyclopoid. Anterior antenne short, six-jointed.
Posterior antennee three-jointed, without a secondary appen-
dage. Mouth-organs rudimentary—the mandibles, maxille,
and foot-jaws consist for the most part of simple stylet-shaped
appendages. ‘The first four pairs of thoracic feet have all the
outer branches three- and the inner two-jointed. Fifth pair
unbranched, two-jointed.

The genus Remigulus is provisionally instituted to include
a curious cyclopoid copepod from Loch Linnhe, west of Scot-
land. The following is a description of the species :—

Remigulus tridens, sp. n.

(Pl. XI. figs. 15-20; Pl. XII. figs. 1-3.)

Basal joints of the six-jointed anterior antenne armed with
three prominent teeth (PI. X11. fig.1); when theanimalis viewed
from above the basal joints with their armature are entirely
hidden by the boldly rounded forehead. The formula shows
the proportional length of the joints of the anterior antennae—

lO nda abe
i ec hs Ven:

Posterior antenne stout, the second and third joints subequal
and shorter than the first ; the second joint is more or less
covered with cilia and armed with a stout hooked spine at
the distal end; the last joint, which is narrower than the
preceding one, bears four spiniform and geniculate terminal
sete. Mandibles and other mouth-organs as described in the
generic definition (Pl. XI. figs.17,18,19; Pl. XII. fig.2). The
first and second joints of the outer branches of the first pair of
swimming-feet are furnished exteriorly with a marginal row
of small teeth ; the joints of the short and stout inner branches
are subequal and are each provided with a plumose seta on
the interior edge, while the second joint is strongly dentate
on the outer margin and armed at the apex with two small
hook-like spines. The inner branches of the next three pairs

* Remex, a waterman,

new or rare Crustacea from Scotland. 243

are comparatively slender and composed of two unequal joints,
the first being only about half the length of the second. ‘The
first joint of the fifth pair is short, the second large and
foliaceous, thickly covered with cilia, and furnished with four
subterminal sete. The abdomen and stylets together are
only about one third the length of the cephalothorax. Caudal
stylets nearly equal to the combined length of the last two
abdominal segments. The base of the principal seta of each
stylet is considerably enlarged and is articulated to the elon-
gate slender distal portion.

Hab. Loch Linnhe (near the mouth of Loch Spelve),
Argylshire, 1892.

Remarks. This curious species resembles some of the
Lichomolgide in general appearance, but it differs from any-
thing known to us in the rudimentary structure of the mouth-
appendages and in having the inner branches of all the first
four thoracic feet two-jointed. Though obtained among
dredged material, its structure clearly indicates semiparasitic
habits similar to the Lichomolgide and other closely allied
forms ; but its host is at present unknown to us.

The following interesting copepods have also recently been
obtained :—

so CAE Sse, Neat | Moray Firth (the last three
tertnopsyllus insignis, Brady. [Sea een, I
Misophria pallida, Boeck. Ate apes) NOE

Laophonte monensis, 1. C. @ : aye
| previously recorded for

Thompson. eae dag pu ee
Thalestris peltata (Boeck). | the east of Scotland.

Caligidium vagabundum, Claus.
Caligidium vagabundum, Claus, Arbeit. zool. Inst. Wien, vol. viii.
(1889) p. 367, Taf. i. figs. 1-7.

New to the British fauna.

One specimen of this curious species has recently been
obtained among dredged material from the Moray Firth,
depth 130 fath.

The structure of the anterior antenn, with their extremely
long filamentous hairs, and the structure of the posterior foot-
jaws and first thoracic feet enable the species to be readily
distinguished. The species was described by Dr. Claus from
a single specimen in 1889 (see op. cit.), and, so far as we
know, this is the only other record of its occurrence. Dr.
Kugene Canu (‘ Les Copépodes du Boulonnais,’ 1892, p. 255)

244 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some

refers to Claus’s specimen as a “ unique exemplaire.” We

intend to describe and figure the Moray Firth specimen
later on.

AMPHIPODA.
? Cyprotdia brevirostris, sp. n. (Pl. XIII. figs. 1-11.)

Natural size 1°54 millim. (75 of aninch). Like Cyprotdia
damnoniensis, Stebbing, in general appearance. Cephalon
about equal to the combined length of the first two segments
of the mesosome. Rostrum triangular, short, not reaching
to the penultimate basal joint of the superior antenne; the
rostrum, though small, is quite distinct. Second segment of
the mesosome not more than half the length of the next.
Eyes conspicuous, consisting of numerous lenses, the centre
ones only appearing to be pigmented. Superior and inferior
antenne similar to those of Cyproidia damnoniensis, but no
trace of a secondary appendage could be observed on the
superior antenne even with the aid of a Swift’s -inch objec-
tive; the number of hairs on the first joint of the flagellum of
the same antenne is also greater and they are arranged in six
pairs ; each pair springs trom a small papilliform base (fig. 2).
The mandible-palp, if applied to the mandible, extends con-
siderably beyond it, and is therefore proportionally much
longer than the mandible-palp of Cyproidia damnoniensis
(fig. 4). The first and second gnathopods are similar to
those of that species, but the fingers are not serrate on the
lower concave edge (figs. 5 and 6). The third and fourth
pairs of coxal plates are greatly developed (fig. 1). The
fourth pair is about one and a half times as deep as the corre-
sponding segment of the mesosome ; they also extend laterally
beyond the sixth segment, and as their posterior excavation,
which is comparatively narrow, is filled up by the fifth pair
of coxal plates, the basal portions of the fourth and fifth
pereiopods are almost entirely concealed. Third pair of
pereiopods slender, basal joint of the last pereiopods lamelli-
form, becoming wider towards the distal end, and produced
downwards posteriorly to an acute angle (fig. 8). Uropoda
and telson as in Oyproidia damnoniensis.

Hab. Moray Firth ; washed from Filograna implexa from
a depth of over 40 fathoms.

Remarks. This species resembles Cyproidia damnoniensis,
Stebbing, in several of its characters, but it is at once distin-
guished by the great size of the third and fourth coxal plates,
‘here are some other, but less obvious, points of difference, as,
for example, the absence of a secondary appendage to the

new or rare Crustacea from Scotland. 245

superior antenne, the peculiar arrangement of the hairs at the
base of the flagellum of the same antenne, the longer
mandible-palp, and the form of the largely developed basal
joint of the last pereiopods.

As was pointed out by the Rev. Mr. Stebbing several years
ago, there appears to be comparatively little difference between
Cyproidia, Haswell, and Stegoplax, G. O. Sars. The only
characters of any value that appear to separate the two genera
are the apparent presence (Cyprotdia) or absence (Stegoplax)
of a minute secondary appendage to the superior antennae,
and the hands of the second gnathopods being larger than
(Cyprotdia) or similar to (Stegoplax) the hands of the first
enathopods ; the difference of length of the rostrum can only
be of specific value. The Moray Firth specimen, in possessing
mo secondary appendage to the superior antenne, agrees
better with Haswell’s amended description than with that of
the Rev. Mr. Stebbing, as well as exhibits a close affinity
with Stegoplax.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PLATE XI.

Diosaccus propingquus, sp. 0.
Fig. 1. Female, seen from the side, x 40. 2. Anterior antenna, x 152.
3. Posterior antenna, xX 127. 4. Foot of first pair, x 84.
5. Foot of fourth pair, x 84. 6. Foot of fifth pair, x 1927.

Laophonte littorale, sp. n.

Fig. 7. Female, seen from above, x 54. 8. Anterior antenna, female,
x 190. 9. Foot of first pair, x 254. 10. Foot of fourth pair,
female, X 254, 11. Foot of fifth pair, female, x 190. 12. Foot
of fourth pair, male, x 254. 13, Foot of fifth pair, male, x 380.
14. Appendage to first abdominal segment, male, X 255.

Remigulus tridens, gen. et sp. n.

Fig. 15, Female (?), seen from above, xX 54. 16. Posterior antenna,
x 190. 17. Maxilla, X 380. 18. Anterior foot-jaw, x 380.
19. Posterior foot-jaw, x 506, 20, Foot of fourth pair, x 152.

Puate XII.

Remigulus tridens, gen, et sp. n.
Fig. 1. Anterior antenna, X 190. 2. Mandible, x 506. 3. Foot of
first pair, x 152.
Pseudocletodes vararensis, subgen, et sp. n.

Fig. 4. Female, seen from above, xX 48. 5. Anterior antenna, female,

x 258. 6. Posterior antenna, X 253, 7. Mandible and palp,

246 Dr. W. J. Holland on African Lepidoptera.

x 380. 8. Posterior foot-jaw, x 380. 9. Foot of first pair,
x 190. 10. Foot of fourth pair, x 127. 11. Foot of fifth
air, female, X 190. 12. Anterior antenna, male, X 253,
13. Foot of third pair, inner branch only, male, x 190.
14. Foot of fifth pair, male, x 190.

Pseudanthessius gracilis, Claus.

Fig. 15. Female, seen from above, X 40. 16. Posterior antenna, x 127.
17. Mandible and (a) maxilla, x 190. 18, Anterior foot-jaw,
x 190. 19. Posterior foot-jaw, x 190. 20, Foot of fourth
pair, X 127.

Puate XIII.
? Cyproidia brevirostris, sp. Nn.

Fig. 1. Female (?), seen from the side, x 48. 2, Superior antenna, x 127.
3. Inferior antenna, X 127. 4. Mandible and palp, x 285.
5. First gnathopod, x 127. 6. Second gnathopod, x 127.
7. Third pereiopod, x 95. 8. Fifth pereiopod, x 95. 9. First
uropod, X 127. 10. Third uropod, x 127. 11. Telson, x 190.

XLI.—A few Synonymical Notes upon African Lepidoptera.
By W. J. Houuanp, Ph.D., F.E.S.

THE seventeenth livraison of Mons. Charles Oberthiir’s
splendid ‘Etudes d’Entomologie’ is before me. I am glad
to see the discussion on p. 28 in regard to Drury’s Acrea
cynthius. 'The identification of this species and the species
which have borne the names serena, Fabr., bonasia, Fabr.,
and eponina, Cram., has led to much difficulty in the minds
of the students of African Lepidoptera. Having recently
had occasion to work out the subject with all the literature
pertaining to it before me, and at the same time with long
series of the species in question at hand for study and
reference, it is a pleasure to me to see that so eminent an
authority as Mons. Oberthiir has practically attained the same
results in his investigations as those at which I have myself
arrived. Mons. Oberthiir expresses some doubt as to the cor-
rectness of his decision; but that it is absolutely correct seems
to me to be beyond question.

It is worthy of note that the species which he figures with
some hesitation as Acrea cynthius, Drury, has for some years
past been sold as Acrwa bonasia, Fabr., by Dr. Staudinger,
and thus stands labelled in many collections. Dr. Staudinger
was undoubtedly led to this determination by the identitica-
tion of A. bonasia, Fabr., with A. cynthius, Drury, by Kirby

Dr. W. J. Holland on African Lepidoptera. 247
(see Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 132. no. 19).

Mr. Butler, in his ‘Catalogue of the Fabrician Diurnal
Lepidoptera,’ p. 131, states emphatically that the Papilio
bonasva of Fabricius is identical with Cramer’s P. eponina, as
evidenced by the type in the Banksian Collection. This
view is confirmed by Mr. Trimen in his ‘ South-African
Butterflies,’ vol. i. p. 174, footnote.

Mons. Oberthiir quotes Trimen, ‘ Rhopalocera Africe
Australis,’ as favouring the view that A. eponina, Cram., is a
synonym of A, cynthius, Drury. Had Mons. Oberthiir con-
sulted Mr. Trimen’s recent work ‘ South-African Butterflies,’
vol. i. pp. 174 and 175, he would have seen that the recent
studies of the learned Curator of the South-African Museum
have led him to greatly modify the views expressed in his
work published in 1862. The synonymy of the various
species of the group which have been confused with one
another in this genus may be worked out as follows, and will,
I think, be found correct :—

1. Acreea (Papilio) cynthius, Drury.

Acrea (P.) cynthius, Drury, Il. Exot. Ent, iii. pl. xxxvii. figs. 5, 6
(1782).

Acrea (P.) cynthia, Herbst, Naturs. Schmett. iv. pl. lxxx. figs. 1, 2
(1790).

Acrea cynthia, Godt. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 234. no. 13 (1819).

Acrea cynthius, Trimen, South-African Butt. vol. i. p. 175 (1887).

Acrea cynthius ?, Oberthiir, Etudes d’Entom, xvii. p. 28, pl. i. fig. 5
(1893).

Telchinia serena (Fabr.), Butl. (pars), Cat. Fabr. Diurn. Lep. p. 130
(1869).

Acrea bonasia (Fabr.), Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 132 (1871).

2. Acrea (P.) serena, Fabr.

Acrea (P.) serena, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 461. no. 76 (1775).

Acrea (P.) eponina, Cram., 2, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. eelxviii. figs. C, D
(1782).

Acrea serena, Herbst, Naturs. Schmett. iv. pl. Ixxxii. figs. 8, 9 (1790).

Telchinia serena, Butl, Cat. Fabr. Diurn. Lep. p. 130 (1869) (pars).

3. Acrea (P.) bonasia, Fabr.

Acrea (P.) bonasia, Faby. Syst. Ent. p. 464. no. 96 (1775).

Acrea (P.) eponina, Cram. Pap. Exot. ili. pl. eclxviii. figs. A, B (1782).

Acrea (P.) serena, Faby. Mant. Ins. pp. 14, 16. nos. 183, 164 (1787)

Acrea (P.) serena, Herbst, Naturs. Schmett. iy. pl. lxxxii. figs. 6
(1790).

by
4

4. Acrea Buxtoni, Butl.

Acrea Buxtoni, Butl. Ann, & Mag, Nat. Hist. (4) xvi. p. 395 (1875).
Acrea serena (Fabr.), Boisd. App. Voy. de Deleg. p. 590 (1847)

248 Dr. W. J. Holland on African Lepidoptera.

Acrea manjaca (Boisd.), Wallgrn. Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 22 (1857).
Acrea serena (Fabr.), pars, Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Aust. i. p. 107 (1862).
Acrea serena (Fabr.), Stdgr. Exot. Schmett. pl. xxxiii. (1888).

5. Acrea manjaca, Boisd.
Acrea manjaca, Boisd. Faune Ent. Madag. p. 33, pl. iv. fig. 6, pl. v.
figs. 6 & 7.
Acrea serena, var. a, Kirby, Syn. Cat. Diurn, Lep. p. 182 (1871).

6. Acrea cabira, Hopft.

Acrea cabira, Hoptt. Monatsber. d. k. Preuss. Akad. d. Wissench.
1855, p. 640. no. 7, and Peters’s Reise nach Mossamb., Ins. p. 378,
pl. xxiii. figs. 14, 15 (1862).

Acrea cynthia, Trimen (pars), Rhop., Afr. Austr. i. p. 108. no, 68
(1862).

Acrea cynthia, Boisd. App. Voy. de Deleg. p. 590 (1847),

It appears from the foregoing that the name eponina, Cram.,
falls entirely, being a synonym both of A. bonasia, Fabr.,
and of A. serena, Fabr., in the cases where it is employed by
Cramer. A. cynthius, Drury, was confounded by later writers
with a very different insect, which was named Acrea cabira
by Hopffer. Acraea Buxtoni, Butl., is a good species, which
was mistaken for a long while, and is still mistaken by care-
Jess authors, for A. serena, Fabr. A. manjaca, Boisd., is a
good species, representing A. buxtont, Butl., in Madagascar.
I have large series of all these species in my collection,
representing both sexes, and am able to positively affirm from
what I know of them that they are valid.

On p. 25 of livraison xvii. ‘Etudes d’Entomologie’
Mons. Oberthiir describes several forms of an Acrea to which
he gives the name proteina; of which on pl. i. fig. 4 he
depicts what he avers is the male, and on pl. i. figs. 19 and
21 what he claims are varietal forms, presumably of the
male, though he does not designate the sex, and on the same
plate, fig. 14, what he considers the typical form of the species.
On pl. ui. fig. 29 he depicts another varietal form, and on
pl. i. fig. 17 a form which he describes under the name
A. kilimanjara. Iam quite familiar with this insect, a con-
siderable number having passed through my hands which were
taken by Dr. Abbott in the region about Kilimanjaro in
1888. It is the insect which was described by Godman,
in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London,’
1885, p. 537, as A. Johnstoni, and the female of which was
described by Butler in the same journal for 1888, p. 91.
From material before me I am able to confidently assert

Dr. W. J. Holland on African Lepidoptera. 249

that the black form with well-defined white spots is, as
Mr. Butler has determined, the female of the male with the
prevalently fulvous wings. A. kilimanjara, Oberth., is, as I
am forced to believe, a variant female of the species. The
synonymy is as follows :—

Acrea Johnstoni, Gdm.

Acrea Johnstoni, Gdm. P, Z. S. Lond. 1885, p. 537 (3) ; Butler, P. Z. S.
1888, p. 91 (2).

Acrea proteina, Oberth. Etud. d’Entom. livr. xvii. pp. 25, 26, pl. ii.
fig. 19 (typical Johnston, Gdm., ¢), fig. 21 (¢), pli. fig. 4, pl. ii.
fig. 14, pl. iii. fig. 29 (9).

Acrea kilimanjara, Oberth. 1. c. p. 26, pl. ii. fig. 17 (9, var.).

On page 24 of the same work Mons. Oberthiir describes an
‘Acrea to which he gives the name A. planesium, the
male of which he figures on pl.i. fig. 11. This is the species
which I described from the Abbott Collection as Acrea
minima. The type is in the U.S. National Museum, a co-
type is in my collection. The synonymy is as follows :—

Acrea minima, Holl.

Acrea minima, Holl. Entomologist, Lond., Sept. 1892.
Acrea planesium, Oberth, Etudes d’Entom. livy. xvii. p. 24, pl. i, fig. 11
(1893).

I cannot resist the impression that Acrea regalis, Oberth.
(Etud. d’Entom. livr. xvii. p. 20, pl. 11. fig. 20), is identical
with A. bresia, described by Godman, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 538,
and figured by Smith and Kirby, Rhop. Exot., Acrea, pl. i.
fig. 7. I have a considerable series of A. bresva, Gdm., and
they vary considerably, some having the marginal row of
spots on the secondaries as in the figure given by Oberthiir, and
some are without them, as in the figure in the ‘ Rhopalocera
Exotica,’ and there are intergrades. I am fully satisfied that
the two figures represent one and the same species, in which
case Godman’s name has the priority.

In turning over the pages of part 23 of the ‘ Rhopalocera
Exotica,’ by Smith and Kirby, I find that the learned authors
have figured on the twentieth plate illustrative of African
Lycenide, fig. 6, a species which they name Epitola rezia.
In the footnote they courteously express the belief that I claim
this as the species described by me in ‘ Psyche,’ vol. v.
p- 425, as LE. benttensis (not benitenars, as it is misprinted in
the ‘ Rhop. Exotica’). I have taken occasion to compare the
figure on the plate with my type, and find that the latter

250 Dr. W. J. Holland on African Lepidoptera.

differs in that the blue space upon the secondaries is divided
by a black ray running along the lower edge of the cell and
along the third median nervule, gradually widening outwardly
and coalescing with the broad black marginal border. This
is the only point of distinction between it and H, rezia, 8. & K.,
except that the primaries are more acute.

In the same finely illustrated work, in connexion with the
twenty-second plate of African Lyczenide I discover that the
authors have made a change in a name which is not justified.
They describe Lycenesthes lychnoptera (sic), and figure it on
the plate, concluding that my name lychnaptes (‘ Psyche,’
vol. vi. p. 51) is a misprint. In this they are in error. My
name lychnaptes* (not lychnoptes, as misprinted in the
‘Rhopalocera Exotica’) must stand as it was published in
‘Psyche.’ The synonymy is therefore as follows :—

Epitola lychnaptes, Holl.
Epitola lychnaptes, Holl. Psyche, vol. vi. p. 51 (1891).
Epitola lychnoptera (err.), 8. & K., Rhop. Exot. part xxv. pl. xxi.
Afr. Lyc. figs. 1, 2 (1898).

Under the name Rhadinopasa Udei Dr. Karsch described,
in the ‘ Entomologische Nachrichten,’ 1891, p. 15, a Smerin-
thine moth which is identical with Bastana Hornimannt,
Druce, as Karsch himself admits in a later article published
in the same journal. It is worthy of notice, however, that
while the specific name given by Druce must stand, the
insect is dimorphic, and I infer from what I can make out of
Dr. Karsch’s description that. he had the dimorphic form
before him. Ihave a large series of the insect reared ex larva.
Some of the caterpillars were reddish and produced typical
Hornimanni, which is a rosy moth ; others of the larvee were
dark green and produced a duller-coloured moth. I propose
to retain Karsch’s name for this form, and suggest the
following synonymy :—

Rhadinopasa Hornimanni, Druce.

Basiana Hornimanni, Druce, Ent. Month, Mag. xvi. 1880, p. 268,

Basiana? Hornimanni, Holl. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xvi. 1889, p. 66,
pl. iii. figs. 5, 6. & ‘

Var. dimorph. Rhadinopasa Udet, Karsch, Entom. Nachr. xvii. 1891,
p. 15, Taf. 1. fig. 4.

In the fourth quarterly issue of the ‘ Berliner entomolo-

* Avyvantns=a lamp-lighter.

Dr. W. J. Holland on African Lepidoptera. 251

gische Zeitschrift’ Dr. Karsch makes a new genus, Ortho-
gonioptilum, for the reception of three species of moderately
large African moths, to which he gives the specific names
adiegetum, monochromum, and prox, and refers the genus to
the Saturniide. This issue of the journal, though it is the
fourth for the year 1892, was not published, as shown on the
cover, until the middle of May 1893. <A note on page vi is
‘dated May 10th, 1893. Imake remark of these facts because
in the May number of the ‘ Entomological News’ for 1893,
which was mailed to subscribers at the end of April, I have
described three species which are congeneric with the three
published by Dr. Karsch, referring them to a new genus
which I propose for their reception and which I name Goodia
in honour of my excellent friend Dr. Good, who has done
more than any other collector in recent years to throw light
upon the life-history of the Lepidoptera of Western Africa,
and whose voluminous notes upon the transformations of a
host of species I hope ere long to publish, with figures of the
various larval stages. Inasmuch as the only test of priority
is that of publication, and as my name and generic charac-
terization were, in fact, published fully two weeks prior to
those of Dr. Karsch, I feel justified in claiming priority for
the name under the circumstances relating to it. Were it
not for my desire in this way to commemorate the services
of a pioneer observer in this field, I should be less tenacious
of the claim of priority, which I may nevertheless in strict
propriety make. It appears therefore that there are six species
which belong to this genus of beautiful moths. They may
be arranged as follows :—

GooptA, Holland. (Orthogonioptilum, Karsch.)

1. Goodia vestigiata, Holl.

Goodia vestigiata, Holl. Ent. News (April 30th, 1895), p. 179, pl. ix.
fig. 1.

2. Goodia lunata, Holl.
Goodia lunata, Holl. 1. c. p. 178, pl. ix. fig. 2.

3. Goodia nubilata, Holl.
Goodia nubilata, Holl. U. c. p. 178, pl. ix. fig. 3.

4. Goodia (Orthogonioptilum) adiegetum, Karsch.

Goodia (Orth.) adiegetum, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1892, p. 501,
Taf. xx. fig. 1 (published May 15, 1893).

252 Mr. W. E. Collinge on the Anatomy ce.

5. Goodia (Orth.) monochromum, Karsch.
Goodia (Orth.) monochromum, Karsch, /. c. p. 502, pl. xx. fig. 3.

6. Goodia (Orth.) prox, Karsch.
Goodia (Orth.) prox, Karsch, /. ¢. p. 502, footnote.

My reference of the genus to the Drepanulide is, I discover
upon a more minute examination of the neuration, erroneous.
Dr. Karsch is right in referring it to the Saturniide.

Western University of Pennsylvania,
August 16, 1893.

XLI.—Description of the Anatomy hc. of a new Species and
Variety of Arion. By Water E. CoLuince, Demon-
strator of Biology, Mason College, Birmingham.

[Plate LX.]

Arion flagellus, sp.n. (Pl. TX.)

For some months past I have been receiving large series of
Irish slugs, mostly belonging to the genus Arion, from
Mr. R. A. Phillips, of Ashburton, Co. Cork.

In June last I received two boxes of Arions, three examples
of which I noticed in particular owing to the small size of the
caudal gland. ‘Through the kindness of Dr. Scharff,
Mr. Phillips, and Miss Delap I have had opportunities for
examining many hundreds of Irish Arionine ; but nothing
approaching this form has previously come under my notice.
On July 26th I received a further series of slugs from
Mr. Phillips, collected at Schull, Co. Cork, two of which I
recognized as agreeing with the form previously noted.

A careful examination satisfies me that it is a new form, which
I now describe and figure,

The slug alive measured 50 millim. in length, in alcohol
42 millim., with a mantle 13 millim. long. ‘The head is of a
bluish-white colour, which gradually darkens or becomes a
greyish blue on the tentacles. In the median line of the body
a broad, dark, vandyke-brown coloured band extends from
the caudal gland to the mantle and becomes less distinct
after passing over about half the length of the mantle. On

of a new Species and Variety of Arion. 253

either side of the body a narrower light brown band borders
the median one, and this in turn is bounded by another dark
vandyke-brown band about half the breadth of the median
one. The sides of the body and the foot-fringe are of a light
brownish white, the latter being striped with faint s sepla lines.
The sole is pale yellow. The - ruge are somewhat oval and
flat, separated by deep sulci. The caudal gland is small and
inconspicuous.

The alimentary and nervous systems agree very closely
with the condition found in A. empiricorum, Fér.; there are
some slight modifications, however, in the form, position, and
branching of the buccal nerve e and a number of minor modifi-

cations in the muscular system, in both of which features
it differs from any known species. Individually, however,
I am not inclined to attach much importance to these. The
differences in the generative system are the best marked
and such as to at once indicate its specific identity. There is
a large single vestibule ; the upper portion of the receptacular
duct is greatly enlarged, but it cannot at all be regarded as a
second vestibule. ‘The sperm-duct is a moderate-sized taper-
ing organ continued as the vas deferens, which is noticeable
on account of its length. The receptacular duct commences
as a much dilated tube, tapering to a small and short duct
which opens into a large oval-shaped sac—the receptaculum
seminis. There is a large muscle attached to the distal end
of this organ (PI. IX. fig. 2, 7.s. and r.m.). The oviduct is
exceedingly large and usually exhibits a series of more or less
well-developed constrictions; where this large proximal
portion joins the distal portion of the free oviduct there is a
small flagellum, to which a muscle is attached. This muscle
originates from the right body-wall, posterior to the peri-
cardial cavity, and, as well as being attached to the oviduct,
is continued forwards and attached to the upper portion of
the receptacular duct. The oviduct and prostate are much
convoluted, and in all the specimens dissected were found to
have a position quite different to that found in any other
members of the genus as far as | am aware. On turning
back the body-wall from the left side, the large albumen-
gland is noticed lying over the oviduct and prostate, these in
turn lying over the free oviduct, sperm-duct, vas deferens, &c.
The albumen-gland is exceptionally large, as is also the her-
maphrodite gland, which is of a deep slaty-purple colour ; it
opens into the hermaphrodite duct, a long convoluted tube.

It will readily be seen that A. flagellus differs in a number
of well-marked anatomical characteristics from any other
known species. It may, I think, be regarded as a form inter-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 20

254 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

mediate between A. lusttanicus, Mabille, and A. subfuscus,
Drap., both of which species occur in Ireland. It also forms
a link between the empiricorum and subfuscus group of
Pollonera.

Arion flagellus, Collinge, var. nov. Phillipst.

This form differs from the type in having the whole of the
back and mantle of a deep mahogany-brown colour and the
sides of the body white with black dashes. It was found in
company with the specimens collected at Schull, Co. Cork.
I have much pleasure in associating with it the name of the

finder, Mr. R. A. Phillips.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.
Fig. 1. Arion flagellus, Collinge, x 13.
Fig. 2. Generative system of the same, X 3.
Fig. 3. Distal portion of the free oviduct, showing flagellum, x 9.
Fig. 4, Proximal portion of the generative system, showing enlarged
portion of the receptacular duct.

alb.gl. Albumen-gland. rm. Retractor muscles.
Ji. Flagellum. r.d. Receptacular duct.
h.d, Hermaphrodite duct. 7.8. Receptaculum seminis.
hg. Hermaphrodite gland. s.d, Sperm-duct.

ov. Oviduct. v. Vestibule.

ov’. Free oviduct. v.d, Vas deferens,

pr. Prostate.

XLUI.—New Species of Oriental Lepidoptera.
By Col. C. Swinuor, M.A., F.L.S., &e.

RHOPALOCERA.

Family Nymphalide.

Subfamily Lruwrrmz.
Genus Dantsepa, Moore.
Danisepa niasana, sp. n.

3. Black. Fore wings with a large square white patch
filling up the end of the cell, but not touching the disco-
cellulars; a long white spot immediately above it with a
small white spot in front, both divided from the cell-patch by
the subcostal vein; a long pale blue spot just below centre of
first median veinlet and five round blue spots submarginal.
Hind wings with a white basal patch as in D. rhadamanthus ;

Species of Oriental Lepidoptera. 255

two small blue spots near the middle of the outer margin and
a blue submarginal dot near the anal angle. Underside
brown; fore wings with white spots as above, with three
additional—a large one below the cell-patch and two small
ones outside its lower end; submarginal spots on fore wing
white, also apical marginal white dots; submarginal spots
and marginal dots on hind wings blue.

Expanse of wings 275 inches.

Island of Nias. Type in O. M.

Allied to D. Lowe?, Butler, but can at once be distinguished
by the entire absence of any of the usual white streaks on the
abdominal area of the hind wings.

Subfamily Sarrerz.
Genus MELANITIS, Fabr.
Melanitis gylippa, sp. n.

3. Fore wing with the apex more acute than in UZ. aswa,
but without any subapical falcation, the outer margin being
quite straight; general coloration of body and wings deep
bright brown and very uniform. Fore wings with a dull
orange-ochreous outer band, rather broad and diffuse on both
margins, from near costa one third from apex, curving out-
wardly, and running down to the hinder angle; two whitish
spots near the margin in the second median and lower discoidal
interspaces, the latter the larger. Hind wings with the tail
not produced, but much as in MV, leda, with three pure white
submarginal dots in the first three interspaces; brown,
mottled and striated with dark brown and with ochreous grey,
the latter colour predominating on the upper portion of fore
wings, and costal, basal, and abdominal areas of hind wings ;
on the fore wings the yellow-grey forms bands from the costa
downwards, and there are four submarginal white spots ringed
with brown from the apex downwards; on the hind wings
there are six submarginal spots, black with orange rings and
white centres, the apical one the largest, the one near the
angle duplex.

Eixpanse of wings 3;%5 inches.

Ké Island. One example (Halliburton).

Allied to nothing I know of.

Subfamily Nruwpxariwvz.
Genus KaAuuima, Westw.
Kallima chinensis, sp. n.

& 9. Fore wings with the apex produced in both sexes,
20%

256 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

as usual much more so in the female than in the male,
nearest in coloration to K. Huegeli, Kollar, but different in
colour to any Indo-Malayan species; the yellow band on
fore wings is more ochreous and the blue particles with which
the base and lower portions of fore wings are densely covered
and with which the whole of the hind wings is more or less
suffused is of a very peculiar shade of colour. The underside
represents the usual varieties of the dried leaf pattern.

Exxpanse of wings, g 33%, 2 4;°5 inches.

Omei-shan, China (Stevens). Five examples.

T called Mr. Leech’s attention to the distinctive character
of this species last November; but he has included it in the
species A. ¢nachis in his fine work on the Lepidoptera of
China, Japan, and Corea. No doubt the genus Kallima has
been split up into too many so-called species, but this insect
is very distinetive, and I venture to say one could at a glance
pick out all the examples of this species from a collection of
Kallimas, however large it might be.

Genus Neprtis, Fabr.
Neptis disopa, sp. n.

3 3%. Uppersidebrown-black, bandsorange-red. Forewings
with a longitudinal streak from base of wing, indented above
at end of cell ; a subapical oblique band divided by the veins
into three parts ; a large discal spot with the second median
veinlet running through its upper portion and a band of three
smaller spots below it inwardly oblique, touching the hinder
margin and merely divided by the submedian vein. Hind
wings with an inner band slightly recurved and an outer band
nearly even with the outer margin, both bands of about the
same width; a very faint indication of a submarginal line.
Underside dark ferruginous, with the longitudinal and oblique
bands on fore wings ochreous, and two submarginal grey lines
or thin bands. Hind wings with a thin grey band below the
inner band which is nearly pure white, the outer band tinged
with ochreous, and the submarginal line distinct and grey.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 275, 2? 27%; inches.

Omei-shan, China (Stevens). Two examples.

Mr. Leech, in the ‘ Lepidoptera of China, Japan, and
Corea,’ calls this insect Neptis miah, Moore. I have a long
series of NV. mtah, which is a species apparently confined to
the Indian region. This species constantly differs from
N. miah in many respects, particularly in the character of the
bands of the hind wings above, the inner and outer bands
being of almost equal breadth, which is never the case in

Species of Oriental Lepidoptera. 257

N. miah, the outer band being very narrow, sometimes little
better than a fine line.

Genus JunoniA, Hiibn.

Junonia orbitola, sp. n.

3. Upperside: fore wings with all except the apical part
deep black-brown; this colour is very uniform, very nearly
pure black, and covers all the lower surface of the wing up to
the submarginal line, includes the lower half of the lower
submarginal ocellus, and from thence extends to the costa on
the inner side of the oblique discal pale yellow band, which is
very narrow and broken above the lower ocellus; the apical
portion of the wing is paler brown and the upper ocellus has
a broad red band encircling its lower portion, and runs up a
little on the outer side along the subapical yellow spots ; a red
subcostal spot one third from base, a submarginal band of
pale yellow lunules, double in the middle; cilia pale yellow,
patched with brown. Hind wings blue, black on the abdo-
minal area, round the two ocelli, and at the apex; a pale
yellow outer margin and cilia, with three lunular black bands
in the yellow portion. Underside very bright, somewhat as
in J. orthya, the bands on fore wings and a very prominent
discal broad band on hind wings bright chestnut-red ; the
ocelli all large and prominent.

Expanse of wings 27/5 inches.

Sapareea Island, near Celebes (Snellen). One example.

Nearest to J. albicincta, Butler.

Family Papilionide.
Genus Cuarus, Moore.

Charus rotalita, sp. n.

3. Blackish brown; fore wings with the apical and outer
marginal space pale between the veins and with two yellowish-
white oblique subapical spots. Hind wings with a yellowish-
white medial outwardly curved band, commencing with a
lunular mark on the costa, then three large squarish spots
divided by the veins, the centre one the largest, followed by
a thin band to the abdominal margin, also divided by the
veins into three pieces ; a reddish-ochreous spot beneath this
termination of the band, two similarly coloured submarginal
lunules in the first and third interspaces ; cilia of both wings
black and yellowish white, the latter colour in the scallops.
Underside brown; fore wings as above; hind wings with the

258 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

central band reduced to a thin lunule on the costa, followed
by three small spots and some patches of blue atoms; a com-
plete submarginal set of reddish-ochreous lunules and cilia as
above.

Expanse of wings 4,2, inches.

Ké Island (Halliburton). One example.

I do not know any near ally.

Genus MENELAIDES, Hiibn.

Menelaides thessalia, sp. n.

¢. Black ; head, face, collar, and tip of abdomen crimson,
thorax, rest of abdomen, and both wings above pure bright
black. Fore wings with whitish streaks in the interspaces
from the discoidal cell to the margin, and a short broad streak
in the interno-median interspace. Hind wings with a patch
of white in the centre, divided into seven long spots by the
discocellular and median veinlets ; a small crimson streak at
the bottom of the spot near the abdominal margin ; a submar-
ginal series of very large crimson lunular spots in the inter-
spaces, decreasing in size upwards. Underside: thorax with
crimson sides, abdomen with crimson bands, legs black ; fore
wings as above, but some short whitish streaks extend into
the outer portions of the cell; hind wings as above, but the
crimson spots very bright and large; tails almost non-
existent, the wing being produced very slightly.

[ixpanse of wings 4;7,—4;%5 inches.

Ké Island (Halliburton). ‘Two examples.

Above it is something like J/. polyphontes, Boisd., without
tails ; it is, however, much blacker, and the white streaks do
not extend into the cell, The male will probably be very
similar, the sexes not varying much in this group.

HETEROCERA.

Family Drepanulide.
Genus Drepana, Schrank.
Drepana berenica, sp. n.

3. Red, tinged with grey and sparsely striated with black;
plumes of antenne grey, palpi and legs crimson; wings
with but very few markings, some black dots near the costa
and a few here and there over both wings; an indistinct
blackish smear at end of cell in fore wings and an indistinct
blackish streak upwards from the hinder margin near the

Species of Oriental Lepidoptera. 259

angle; cilia darker red. Underside pale pinkish grey, with
a few blackish striations.

Expanse of wings 1,%; inch.

Singapore (Davison). ‘Two examples.

Allied to D. quadripunctata, Walker, from Sarawak.

Family Nycteolide.
Genus CH1onoMERA, Butler.

Chionomera quensta, sp. n.

6. Antenne, palpi, and head ochreous red, body and wings
silvery white; fore wings with ochreous-red bands, com-
mencing on the costa at the base, throwing out an inner
transverse straight band of the same width across the wing to
the hinder margin ; the costal band continues to the apex,
where it thickens, includes a white apical spot, and then is
continued rather more broadly down the outer margin to the
hinder angle. Hind wings pure white without markings.
Underside silvery white without markings; fore legs ochreous
red above.

Exxpanse of wings ;°5 inch.

Johor, Malayana (Davison). One example.

Family Noctuide.
Genus CRYMODES, Guén.

Crymodes endroma, sp. n.

¢. Antenne, palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings dark
shining pinkish chestnut-colour, orbicular and reniform pale,
ringed with chestnut-red, the former nearly round, the latter
large and square ; antemedial and postmedial lines red-brown,
the former nearly straight from hinder margin near the middle
to the costa one fourth from base; postmedial line with a
ale outer margin from hinder margin at two thirds to costa
at three fourths, outwardly bent above the middle; imme-
diately beyond this in one female example is a pale band or
shade, but not in the other. Hind wings pale pinkish grey,
unmarked; cilia dark pinkish chestnut. Underside of a
uniform pale pinkish grey, shining, with indications of an
outwardly curved middle line in all the wings, and with the
costa and cilia of both fore and hind wings pinkish chestnut.
Expanse of wings 1‘ inch.
Sikkim (Mévw?s). Two examples.

260 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

Crymodes herchatra, sp. n.

3d. Palpi ochreous on the inner sides, covered with dark
brown hairs outwardly ; thorax and fore wings dark olive-
brown, fore wings with an ochreous mark at the base and an
ochreous patch below it; orbicular small, ringed with
ochreous, reniform larger, nearly square, with bright ochreous
sides; veins whitish, antemedial and _ postmedial lines
whitish, the former upright, sinuous, and indistinct, the latter
curving outwardly and slightly dentated, followed by a paler
space on which are submarginal black spots, each spot con-
taining an ochreous lunule; cilia brown and ochreous, with
ochreous spots at the ends of the veins. Hind wings ochreous
grey, with indications of a medial line and ochreous cilia.
Underside : fore wings brown ; hind wings ochreous grey, with
a brown cell-spot and medial sinuous line, beyond which the
wing is more or less suffused with brown; cilia of both wings
ochreous, with brown patches.

Eixpanse of wings 1,45 inch.

Sikkim (J/éwis). ‘Two examples.

Genus KUPLEXIA, Steph.

Eupleaia icamba, sp. n.

&. Head and collar grey; palpi and thorax black, thorax
with white stripes on each side and in the centre. Fore wings
black, with broad pale olive-grey bands and patches ; first
basal and second antemedial with the outer margin elbowed
outwardly in its middle, followed by a large elongated spot
which bends obliquely down from the elbow ; above this is a
square orbicular with grey sides, a very large reniform (also
with grey sides), and a marginal band including some black
dentations below the middle and a small black patch on the
margin just above the middle; cilia black, with white points
at the extremities of the veins. Hind wings pale blackish
erey, darker on the margin; cilia whitish, with some
blackish patches. Underside grey, suffused with brown ;
fore wings with greyish-yellow outer marginal border ; cilia
of both wings black, with white spots ; body and legs black,
the latter with white bands.

Expanse of wings 14% inch.

Sikkim (J/éwis). ‘Vhree examples.

A pretty insect, quite distinct from any other Indian
species of this genus.

Species of Oriental Lepidoptera. 261

Genus Mrnucia, Moore.
Minucva olista, sp. nu.

9. Cupreous brown, with a slight pinkish tinge. Fore
wings with a small brown dot for the orbicular; reniform
large, ear-shaped, with pale border ; inner line pale sinuous,
oblique, from hinder margin at one third to costa at one fifth ;
postmedial line composed of pale dots, nearly erect, bends
shghtly outwards outside the reniform; submarginal line
pale, zigzag, more or less edged with brown and with two or
three black marks. Hind wing blackish brown, paler towards
the base ; cilia of both wings ochreous. Underside grey ;
fore wings with a darker spot at end of cell; both wings with
the outer border broadly darker.

Expanse of wings 1,5 inch.

Nanchnan, China (Jansen). One example.

Allied to MW. cuprea, Moore, but quite distinct ; the lines on
the fore wings in that species are complete, nearly straight,
and the first two meet together in the centre of the hinder
margin.

Genus Sypna, Guen.
Sypna olena, sp. n.

3d. Dark brown, inside of palpi, top of head, and thorax
tinged with ochreous red. Fore wings crossed by several
indistinct bands, slightly paler than the ground-colour of the
wing; transverse lines deep black, first two rather close
together and antemedial slightly sinuous, curving a little
outwardly, and a little further apart from each other on the
costa than they are on the hinder margin; a pure white dot
on the reniform ; orbicular ear-shaped, very large, and ringed
with black ; submarginal line also slightly sinuous, elbowed
outwardly in the centre, nearly touching the outer margin.
Hind wings with indications of a medial line; a submar-
ginal brown line just below an indistinct discal band; mar-
ginal festoon on both wings brown, with white points, most
distinct on fore wings. Underside ochreous grey, suffused
with brown ; fore wings with the cell brown, a large brown
square mark at the end, followed by a pale spot, then a black
discal sinuous band, which is contiued across the centre of
the hind wings, followed by a pale band, a broad black band,
and a pale marginal space; the cell-spot on the hind wing is
pale, rmged with brown.

Expanse of wings 23°, inches.

Nanchuan, China (Jansen). Two examples.

Alhed to S. fuliginosa, Butler, from Japan.

262 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

Genus CarEA, Walker.

Carea costiplaqa, sp. n.

@. Pinkish fawn-colour. Fore wings with a small black
mark at the base on the costa, a larger black costal patch just
before the middle, and a very large subapical costal black
patch which is nearly square; the entire wing sparsely irro-
rated with very fine brown atoms. Hind wings pinkish,
unmarked, paler towards the base and abdominal margin.
Underside of a uniform pale pinkish colour, the subapical
black costal patch on the fore wings above represented by an
indistinct whitish patch.

Expanse of wings 1;’p inch.

Sibsaghor (Cotes). One example.

Carea moira, sp. n.

&. Palpi pale pinkish, frons pure white, head, thorax, and
fore wings dark pinkish red. Fore wings sparsely irrorated
with very fine brown atoms, a brown point at end of cell,
antemedial and postmedial pale brown, slightly simuous, trans-
verse lines, which widen a little towards the costa; an indis-
tinct submarginal pale brown band; cilia marked with pure
white. Hind wings paler and more pinkish, palest towards
base and abdominal margin. Underside: fore wings pinkish,
whitish at the base ; hind wings whitish, with pinkish apical
and outer marginal borders.

Expanse of wings 1;—1 5 inch.

Selangor and Singapore (Davison). Three examples.

Allied to C. obsolescens, Moore.

Carea ocyra, sp. 0.

6. Antenne, palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings brown-
pink, dark and bright. Fore wings with a central band of
white scales, an indistinct discal band or shade of dark brown-
pink, and a submarginal slightly sinuous thin band of white
scales, ending in a small white smear at the apex. Hind
wings pinkish grey, paling inwardly, and nearly white at the
base; abdomen pinkish grey, with white segmental bands.
Underside: fore wings suffused with dark pinkish; a white
subcostal streak from the base, a white apical patch, and the
basal portions of the hinder marginal space whitish ; hind
wings pinkish outwardly, pale on the inner portions ; cilia of
both wings dark ; body and legs nearly white.

Eixpanse of wings 1;% inch.

Singapore (Davison). Three examples.

Species of Oriental Lepidoptera. 263

Genus Dinumma, Walker.

Dinumma vevilla, sp. n.

3 ¢. Antenne, palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings
chocolate-red, thorax with a grey band in front. Fore wings
with indistinct antemedial, postmedial, and submarginal
transverse sinuous lines, also subbasal and medial bands of
white scales; a patch of white on the outer margin at the
hinder angle, and in some specimens white dots on parts of
the wings; the white markings, however, vary much in
different examples of both sexes, some being without the
basal medial bands and some without any white at all. Hind
wings and abdomen brown, unmarked, with pinkish cilia.
Underside pinkish grey, base of wings whitish ; costa of fore
wings pale, with some brown marks ; hind wings with a sub-
marginal brownish band, which is sometimes obsolete ; cilia
of fore wings white at the angle and spotted with white on
the upper portion of the wing.

Iixpanse of wings 1% inch.

Singapore (Davison). Thirteen examples.

A very variable species.

Dinumma villiana, sp. n.

& ¢. Antenne, palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings blackish
brown. Fore wings crossed by an antemedial sinuous black
band, composed of two black sinuous lines inwardly edged
with grey atoms; orbicular a black dot edged with grey
atoms, reniform large, black-lined, edged with grey; discal
band of the same pattern as the inner band, but edged with
grey on the outer sides of the lines ; submarginal band zigzag,
composed of grey atoms shaded with deep black on the inner
side; marginal points black. Hind wings and abdomen
reddish brown ; cilia ochreous grey. Underside pale ochreous
brown ; costa of fore wings yellowish ; indications of a brown
discal band across both wiugs.

Expanse of wings 14 inch.

Singapore (Davison). Six examples.

Genus Puatysa, Hiibn.

Platyja ciacula, sp. n.

3. Dark brown, slightly pink-tinged. Fore wings irro-
rated with grey atoms, crossed by an antemedial, nearly
upright, pinkish-grey line, edged with brown; orbicular
rather large, round, blackish brown, edged with pale pinkish

264 Col. C. Swinhoe on new

grey ; reniform very large, ear-shaped, blackish brown, edged
with pinkish grey; a pinkish-grey line from middle of hinder
inargin to inner edge of the reniform, along the bottom of
which it runs, then downwards, turns sharp round near the
angle, includes two ochreous spots, runs up the disk towards
the apex, then angled sharply in on to the costa, this portion
of the line being the inner margin to a large black subapical
patch. Hind wings with a submarginal pale sinuous line,
brown-bordered, which extends from anal angle towards the
apex; the outer portion of the wing thickly irrorated with
grey, the inner portion clear and paler in colour. Underside
of a uniform pale brown; both wings crossed by a discal line
of white dots ; legs with ochreous and black hairs.

lixpanse of wings 2;%5 inches.

Port Blair, Andamans (Wdmberley). One example.

Genus Gyrtona, Walker.
Gyrtona yucca, sp. 1.

g. Palpi brown, with white hairs and white tips; frons
white, with brown specks; body and fore wings chocolate-
brown, speckled with white. Fore wings with three whitish
bands, subbasal, postmedial, and submarginal ; these bands
are traversed by several brown thin sinuous lines—the first
has a deep black oblique streak on its outer side, the second
has a very deep black-marked sinuous line in its centre, and
the last is outwardly black-edged; there are several other
black points and marks on the wing, black marginal lunules,
and grey interlined cilia. Hind wings brown, with white
cilia. Underside brown, with three white points on costa of
fore wings near apex; body and legs whitish.

Eixpanse of wings 7 inch.

Singapore (Davison). ‘Two examples.

Allied to G. hylusalis, Walker.

Gyrtona wxista, sp. n.

¢. Antenne, palpi, and frons black ; body and fore wings
erey. Fore wings with a black mark on costa at base, a stripe
just before middle, and a black subapical smear; the wing
crossed by several nearly upright, shightly sinuous, equidistant
brown lines—first subbasal, single, second before the middle,
double, third in the middle, single, curves slightly outwards,
fourth discal, double ; a black submarginal straight band; a
grey dentated line with black points very near the margin;
marginal line black ; cilia grey, interlined. Hind wings and

Spectes of Oriental Lepidoptera. 265

abdomen grey, wing semihyaline, with a broad black marginal
border ; cilia white.

Expanse of wings 1/5 inch.

Singapore (Davison). Hight examples.

Genus MArMorINIA, Guen.

Marmorinia tipula, sp. n.

$. Brown, irrorated with very minute grey atoms. Fore
wings with two outwardly curved sinuous brown lines, ante-
medial and postmedial, rather close together, the latter angled
in on to the costa, the line from angle to costa being white
and the inner border of a grey costal patch; a brown indis-
‘ tinct transverse fascia between the lines, nearest to the outer
one; three subapical costal white dots. Hind wings with the
costal space pale and with indications of two central transverse
lines. Underside paler than upperside, with faint indications
of the two central lines on both wings.

Expanse of wings 175 inch.

Koni, Shan States, Sept. 1888 (Wanders). ‘Two examples.

Allied to M. obscurata, Butler.

Family Geometride.
Genus EuscuEeMA, Hiibn.

Euschema selangora, sp. n.

g. Colour asin ZL. militar’s; thorax with a similar band.
Fore wings with similar basal bands and spots, except that the
hinder band is absent; in one example there is a slight indi-
cation of it at the base; the black apical half of the wing with
the spots smaller. Hind wing without the spot at the end of
the cell, the inner spot also absent; marginal band as in
E. militaris ; discal band absent, merely indicated by a black
lunular mark towards its upper end.

Expanse of wings 34 inches.

Selangor, Malayana (Davison). ‘Two examples.

The type specimens in my collection will all be presented
to the British Museum as usual.

266 Dr. A. G. Butler on a new Species of Charaxes.

XLIV.—Description of a new Species of the Butterfly Genus
Charaxes. By Artaur G. Buruer, Ph.D., F.LS.,
F.Z.8., &e. :

For many years a species of the genus Charaxes has been
confounded with the well-known C. ethalion of Natal and
Delagoa Bay. As I have recently been through the whole
of the literature relating to the genus and have failed to
identify it, I now propose to describe it as

Charaxes Hollandit, sp. n.
g. Chiefly differs from C. ethalion $ (ephyra, Godt.) in

the deeper excavation of the outer margin of the primaries
and the longer abdominal margin of the secondaries ; on the
under surface, however, the wings are much richer in
colouring, the black markings much more heavily delineated,
and the central belt washed with silvery glaucous; the spots
beyond this belt are also darker and, on the primaries, more
numerous.

Expanse of wings 72 millim.

9. Above far more like a dwarfed female of C. ¢mperialis
than like C. ethalion ; blue-black, the primaries with three
small lilacine spots in a triangle beyond the cell, the apex of
the triangle being directed obliquely downwards towards the
base of the third median branch ; below these two increasing
spots of the same colour in the median interspaces ; between
the latter and the inner margin a bright blue band, con-
stricted above the submedian vein; nearer to the outer
margin a biangulated almost S-shaped series of seven spots,
of which the upper six are lilacine with white centres and
the seventh bright blue; central belt of secondaries bright
blue; in other respects tolerably close to C. ethalion: below
the wings have a glaucous gloss, especially on the paler
bands, and in some respects the pattern more nearly resembles
that of C. etheocles.

Expanse of wings 82 millim.

Sierra Leone.

I have named this pretty little species after my valued
friend Dr. Holland, of Pittsburg, whose many important
contributions to our knowledge of the Lepidopterous fauna of
West Africa are widely known.

. Mr. O. Thomas on Two new Rodents. 267
H-2027

XLV.—Descriptions of Two new Rodents from the Victoria
Nyanza. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

By the kindness of Canon Tristram I have had _ the oppor-
tunity of examining some small mammals obtained at Nassa,
on the Speke Gulf of the Victoria Nyanza, by Mr. F. C.
Smith, of the Church Missionary Society. ‘These prove to
consist of three species—a mungoose (Helogale undulata *,
Peters), a dormouse, and a hare, the two latter being new
to science.

Myoxus (Eliomys) Smithit, sp. n.

Size very small. General colour above uniform pale ashy
grey, without darker markings of any kind. Head like
back ; no dark rings round eyes or patches between eyes and
ears. Cheeks, sides, and under surface white, but the hairs
here, as on the back, slaty grey basally. Hands and feet pure
white. Tail thick and bushy, apparently intermediate in
form between those of J/. crassicaudatus and murinus; but,
owing to the manner in which the tail of the type has been
prepared, an exact description of its form and proportions is
not practicable. ‘Tail-hairs dull rufous brown with white
tips.

Ears extremely small, smaller apparently than in any other
dormouse, naked, flesh-coloured. Hind feet short and broad,
their soles with six pads, whose positions appear to be much
as in M. murinus.

Skull broad, short, and rounded ; muzzle very short, but,
owing to the anterior part of the nasals being slightly damaged
in the type, it is difficult to give exact dimensions; in any
case, however, the muzzle is decidedly shorter and broader
than in the allied species; anterior palatine foramina rather
shorter than the combined upper molar series. Upper branch
of the anterior zygoma-root further forward than the lower,
agreeing in this respect with Jf, murinus and differing from
M. crassicaudatus.

Dimensions of the typical skin :—

Head and body 86 millim. ; tail without hairs (approxi-
mate) 49, with end hairs 73; hind foot without claws 16°5.

Skull: back of bulla to front face of incisors 21; greatest
breadth 13°6 ; nasals, length (c.) 7:3, greatest breadth 3:2 ;

* Three specimens of Helogale were killed at one shot, thus confirming
Emin’s observation (P. Z. 8S. 1890, p. 444) that this mungoose hunts in
packs like some of the smaller Mustelide.

268 Mr. O. Thomas on Two new Rodents.

interorbital breadth 3°8 ; breadth of brain-case 12; height of
anteorbital foramen 2°2; palate, length 9°5; diastema 5'1;
length of upper molar series 3°1.

Hab. Nassa, Speke Gulf, S. Victoria Nyanza. Coll. F. C.
Smith, Esq.

This beautiful little dormouse differs from IM. murinus,
M. microtis, and M. Kelleni by its much paler colour, smaller
ears, and by the entire absence of black orbital rings, while
from M. crassticaudatus it is distinguished by its longer tail
and more rounded skull. From all of them it is also distin-
guished by its much shorter muzzle and proportionally broader
nasals. It is unfortunate that the skinning of the tail has so
distorted it that one cannot say whether in form it most
resembles that of Jf. crassicaudatus or M. murinus; but L
trust that spirit-specimens may soon be obtained to enable
this and other points to be cleared up.

On the whole I suspect that WM. Smithiz will prove to be
most nearly allied to the Angolan M. Kelleni described in
Dr. Reuvens’s admirable monograph of the group; but
without seeing a specimen of that form it is difficult to appre-
ciate the exact relationship of the two to one another.

Lepus victoria, sp. n.

Size and general proportions, length of ears, feet, and tail
as in L. capensis.

Colour of back intermediate in tone between the fulvous
suffused LZ. capensis and the pallid hares characteristic of the
more desert regions of North Africa. The longer hairs ringed
with black and pale cream-colour, not fulvous. Sides of
muzzle, patches in front of and behind eyes, and chin white.
Forehead grizzled black and cream-colour, a frontal white
spot present. ars with the anterior halves of their backs
smoky grey, their extreme apical margins black, their ante-
rior edges cream-coloured and their posterior white. Back of
neck pale rufous. Underfur of back pale smoky grey basally,
black terminally. On the sides of the body the grey of the
back passes gradually into the pure white of the belly without
any rufous line marking the transition. ‘The outer sides of
the forearms, the back of the hands, and an indistinct line
passing down the front of the hind limb from the hips on to
the feet pale fulvous, very different from the deep rufous of
these parts in L. capensis. Tail long, deep black along the
top, pure white on the sides, below, and at the tip.

Dimensions of the type (skin) :—

Head and body 460 millim.; tail 73; hind foot without
claws 102; ear 105, from notch 87.

On some of the Larger Species of (xeomys. 269

Hab. Nassa, Speke Gulf, S. Victoria Nyanza. Coll. F.C.
Smith, Esq.

This hare seems to be a pallid form of the L.-capensis
group, approximating in its general colour to L. é/grensis and
some of the other northern species, but differing from these
latter by its shorter ears, which are of only about the same
length as in L. capensis. The hare of Mount Kilima-njaro,
of which the Museum owes a specimen to Messrs. Rowland
Ward and Co., appears to be so closely allied in colour and
proportions to the typical L. capensis that I agree with
Mr. True * that it should be referred to that species.

Heuglin’s Lepus microtist, from the Bahr-el-Gazal, in
7° N., 30° E., is clearly founded on so young a specimen that
it will probably never be satisfactorily determinable ; but,
. whatever it may prove to be, its more rufous colouring and
shorter ears appear to separate it from L. victorie.

XLVI.—On some of the Larger Species of Geomys.
By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

OwrnaG to the impression prevailing until quite recently that
the species of Geomys might be easily and satisfactorily deter-
mined merely by the characters presented by the grooves on
their incisor teeth, their skulls have been but little attended
to by authors in general, while, so far as the British Museum
material is concerned, the skins examined by Mr. Alston
during the preparation of the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana ’
have had their skulls left in them until now.

It is therefore not surprising that, on extracting a series of
skulls, the specimens referred to G. hispidus prove to belong
to two perfectly distinct species, a large and a small; and
the same appears to be the case with those referred to G‘. mewxi-
canus.

Of the G. hispidus group, with harsh hair, one species has
roughly a skull length (basal) of almost 70 millim., while the
smaller has this same dimension at most only about 56 or
58 millim. ‘To this latter species there belong the original
G. hispidus of Le Conte, as shown by Baird’s description of
the type, and also Peters’s G. heterodus, of which Dr. Matschie
has kindly sent me the typical measurements. Finally the
two original specimens of Gray’s ““Saccophorus quachil”’ prove

* Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xv. p. 468 (1892).
+ N. Act. Akad. Leopold. 1865, p. 32.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. Dall

270 Mr. O. Thomas on some of the

to be the same smaller form, although a third skin received
shortly afterwards, and also referred to S$. quachil, now appears
to be a young individual of the larger.

Of this larger form the Museum possesses some excellent
skins from Guatemala, collected by Mr. Salvin in 1865 and
1873, being those mentioned by Mr. Alston *, and I propose
to take the best of them as the type.

Geomys grandis, sp. n

Size very large, exceeding that of any other known species.
Fur coarse, as in G. hispidus. Colour smoky chocolate-
brown throughout, except on the muzzle, cheeks, and chin,
where the hairs are white or pale whitish brown, Inter
mixed with the brown dorsal hairs there are, however, a
certain number of pure white ones, and these seem to be most
numerous in summer specimens. No darker patches round
ears. Hands and feet very thinly haired, the few scattered
bristles whitish. T'ail absolutely naked.

Skull large and heavily built (see measurements). As-
cending processes of premaxillaries surpassing the nasals by
about a quarter of an inch; the space between them behind
the nasals less than the breadth of one of them. Interorbital
space broad, as broad as the muzzle, its edges anteriorly
rounded and inflated in a manner quite unique f. Zygomata
not very widely expanded in proportion to the size of the
skull.

Incisors pale yellow or whitish, in marked contrast to the
deep orange found in the allied species. Their single groove
deep and very widely open, so that its greatest width on the
cutting-edge amounts to 2 millim.; in position the bottom of
the groove is internal, the breadth of the inner portion of the
tooth being about 43 to 45 per cent. of the whole f; owing,

y)

however, to the great breadth of the groove itself, it conside-

rably overlaps the median line, but the above percentage is

* Biol. Centr.-Amer., Mamm. p. 160.

+ Most unfortunately the ‘blow of a machete or bush-knife,” with
which the Indians killed the specimens brought by Mr. Salvin, has exactly
destroyed the interorbital region in all the specimens except the type; I
am therefore unable to vouch for the constancy with which the peculiar
supraorbital inflation is present.

{ The position of the incisor grooves both in this and other genera
may be accurately defined by measuring the distance from the hoon of
the groove to the outer edges of the tooth, and then, the whole breadth
of the tooth being taken as 100, the proportional breadths of the inner
and outer portions may be readily calculated. The inner portion per-
centage of G. mexicanus rises to 47-50, while in G. hispidus it sinks to
about : 33.

Larger Species of Geomys. 271

taken strictly from the bottom of the groove. Molar teeth
large.

Dimensions of the type (an adult skin, B.M. 65.5.18.65) :—

Head and body 320 millim., tail 135, hind foot without
claws 50 *, length of longest fore claw 23.

Skull (see table below).

Hab. Dueiias, Guatemala. Coll. O. Salvin, Esq.

Of the four Dueiias specimens of G. grandis two, collected
in 1865, are undated, but the other two are marked August
and December 1873, and these two show that the species
becomes much less thickly clothed in the summer, the August
specimen having its belly very nearly naked, with only a
sparse covering ‘of hairs not hiding the skin. The type is
intermediate in the amount of its covering between the two
dated specimens.

In their tone of coloration all the specimens seen are precisely
alike.

Besides the Duefas examples there is, as already noted, a
young specimen of G. grandis in the Museum from Coban,
and the Museum also contains another from Tehuantepec,
which, with some doubt, I refer provisionally to the same
species.

Dr. Merriam’s G. gymnurust is perhaps allied to G. grandts,
but the auisrences 4 in the colour will readily distinguish the
two.

Of the large soft-haired species of Geomys the Museum
possesses unfortunately but a very small series; among
them, however, is one which differs from the rest so much both
in size and the characters of the incisors that, even apart from
cranial characteristics, it is difficult to understand how it
could have been referred to G. mexicanus. I would propose
to call it

Geomys Merriam?, sp. n.

Size large. Fur soft but short. Colour reddish fawn,
quite unlike the chestnut tone of @. mexicanus ; the hairs pale,
slate-coloured basally, then with a subterminal band of fawn,
their extreme tips brownish. A patch round and behind
each ear dark brown. Belly and feet similar to back, but
paler. Tail thinly haired, neither so absolutely naked as in
G. hispidus and grandis nor so well clothed as in G. meet-
canus; the latter species is, however, very variable in this
respect.

Skull stout and heavy, with the zygomata very widely

* With claws 57.
+ Proe. Biol. Soc. Wash. vii. p. 166 (1892).
Zs

272 On some of the Larger Species of Geomys.

expanded anteriorly, but converging very rapidly posteriorly ;
ascending processes of premaxille surpassing the nasals
behind by about a quarter of an inch, the space between their
posterior ends, behind the nasals, broader than they are.
Interorbital region very much contracted, considerably
narrower than the muzzle, its edges rounded, neither ridged
nor inflated.

Anterior face of incisors orange-yellow ; their single groove
narrow and shallow, less developed than in any other species,
its position decidedly inward of the middle line, the inner
portion of the tooth being only 43 per cent. of the whole;
front face of the inner portion very faintly flattened as com-
pared to the evenly convex outer portion. Molars propor-
tionally much smaller than in G. grandis.

Dimensions of the type skin (B.M. 70. 6. 20. 2) :—

Head and body 295 millim., tail 95, hind foot without
claws 41 *, length of longest front claw (much worn) 15.

Skull (see below).

Hab. 8S. Mexico. Coll. A. Boucard.

The specimen on which this species is founded is that
referred to by Mr. Alston t under ‘ Mexico (Geale; Mus.
Brit.),and came from the same source and probably the same
place as the type of Oryzomys fulgens, Thos.}

I have named this handsome animal in honour of Dr. C. Hart
Merriam, to whose energy and scientific enthusiasm the recent
enormous increase in our knowledge of North-American
mammals is mainly due.

G. Merriam? is readily distinguishable from G. mexicanus,
of which Dr. Matschie has kindly sent me the original
measurements, by its much larger size and by the internal
position of its incisor groove. ‘The latter character will also
separate Dr. Merriam’s own G. gymnurus, which has, like
G. mexicanus, its “upper incisors with a single median
furrow.”

* With claws 47:5; the claws are, however, much worn and, as usual,
but little value can be attached to the “ with claw” measurement, at least
as compared to the far more exact and reliable one without claws.
This latter has not, I believe, been much used in America, but the
majority of the Old World zoologists are gradually taking to it, and no
one who has once tried it, and found its simplicity, convenience, and
exactitude, would return to the loose and old-fashioned way of including
the claws, which act as a second variable factor in the most important
external measurement that can be given of a mammal.

+ Op. cit. p. 159.

t Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xi. p. 403.

Mr. G. A. Boulenger on a new Snake from the Gold Coast. 273

Skull-measurements of Geomys grandis, Merriami, and
hispidus (all old individuals).

grandis. Merriami. hispidus.

millim. millim. millim.
SAIPAN Rt. t6's a ocht. 0,02 > ato atalee:« 68:0 (c.) 64 o7
Aycomatic breadth *...4.ii60.0 000+ 38 475 39'6
osreniOr DreAG ths «a. cl riei-(2 ssi ehe 44:2 43°2 (c.) 39
JNSEIIGY Jey oes Alp aie ae aierood See Bioline (c.)29 24:5 23°3
Least breadth of muzzle above max-
illo-premaxillary suture ...... 16:2 15:0 116
iferorhitaldbreadtle ive...) </cha ste 16:0 9°3 10
alates Wonebhy Fone. sue afeiste seis 2ei sles! « 50:7 47°8 42:2
PD GAS TETIVAy ele aye des care aye wheal Aloo 25°5 26 22°1
Length of upper tooth-series (crowns
OULG PtSi k trea sialon yp actay a 14:5 1]:2 117;

XLVII.—Description of a new Snake from the Gold Coast.
By G. A. BOULENGER.

Uriechis anomala.

Rostral twice as broad as deep, visible from above ; asingle
prefrontal, forming a very short suture with the preocular,
the supraocular nearly reaching the internasal; frontal once
and two thirds as long as broad, longer than its distance
from the end of the snout, shorter than the parietals; one
pre- and one postocular; seven upper labials, third and
fourth entering the eye, fifth and sixth in contact with the
parietal ; four lower labials in contact with the anterior chin-
shields, which are as long as the posterior. Scales in 15
rows. Ventrals 170; anal entire; subcaudals 52. Pale
brown above, speckled with darker; two dorsal series of
small dark brown spots; posterior half of each scale of the
outer row yellowish, surrounded by crowded dark brown dots ;
ventrals yellowish, speckled with dark brown in the middle ;
subcaudals closely speckled with dark brown.

Total length 440 millim. ; tail 80.

Closely allied to U. (Metopophis) lineata, Peters.

A single male specimen trom the Gold Coast; presented
to the British Museum by Mr. Linneus Greening.

274 Prof. H. G. Seeley on a

XLVIII.— Supplemental Note on a Double-rooted Tooth from
the Purbeck Beds in the British Museum. By H.G.SEELEY,
F.R.S.

In describing this specimen no reference was made to the
ossible resemblance of the tooth to the canine teeth of
fammals. The division of the root, and the absence from

the margins of the crown of the serrations, seen in well-
preserved teeth of Nuthetes, not unnaturally raised the question
whether the tooth may not be mammalian; in which case its
interest would be increased, since no example of such a
structure has been figured, though it is affirmed to exist in
the Jurassic Mammals of this country and America. Such
doubts have already arisen; and Mr. Arthur Smith Wood-
ward, F'.L.8., has mentioned to me his belief that the tooth
is a mammalian canine, and ought therefore to be removed
from the series of teeth of Nuthetes. J have gone over the
evidence with Mr. Smith Woodward, and give the results.

First, examples of the teeth of Nuthetes occur which have
lost the serrations of the crown. Secondly, a tooth of
Nuthetes, of which only a small portion of the crown is pre-
served, shows an impression which is so like a divided root,
that it closely approximates the condition of the fossil which
I figured. Other teeth of Nuthetes have the root vertically
furrowed, and it sometimes happens that there is a distinct
pit of some size at the base of the crown; so that with close
correspondence of the shape of the crown of the figured tooth
in question to certain undoubted teeth of Nuthetes, the modi-
fication is not a remarkable one which would give a divided
root as an abnormal condition ; and though the evidence is
small in amount, it arrests attention.

On the other hand, the crown of the tooth has some re-
semblance to the crown of a canine of one of the small
mammals from the Purbeck beds; and the comparison has
this advantage that thosé teeth show no trace of serrations
upon their lateral margins. Secondly, Professor Marsh
(Amer. Journ. Sci., April 1887, vol. xxxiii. pls. 9 & 10) has
affirmed the divided condition of the roots of the canines in
the allied American genera, as a common character. It is
difficult, in the absence of specimens, to determine what im-
portance to attach to these observations, since no example of
a divided root, so far as I remember, has been figured. It is
stated that in the Dryolestide the canine is inserted by two
roots more or less distinct. Laodon in this family is men-
tioned as having two roots to the canine. In the Diplo-

Double-rooted Tooth from the Purbeck Beds. 275

cynodontide the canine is said to have two roots, and the
character is recognized in the genera Diplocynodon, Docodon,
Euneodon ; and in the Spalacotherids: Menacodon is said to
have two roots to the canine. In all these forms no further
evidence is available from Professor Marsh’s figures of a
divided root, than the appearance of division at the base of
the crown.

Professor Osborn has also affirmed the division of the root
of the canine in an English genus, of which examples are
preserved in the British Museum. First, with regard to the
genus Kurtodon the side of the tooth is stated to show “a
faint median groove which may indicate a double fang”

Maxillary canine of Zriconedon ferax. Enlarged 10 times.

[root]. Secondly, there is a portion of the jaw of Trico-
nodon ferox, which Professor Osborn describes, and he states
that it shows “‘as an important character the bifanged upper

276 Ona Double-rooted Tooth from the Purbeck Beds.

canine,” and it is subsequently added that the canine is ‘fa
powerful tooth implanted by two stout fangs.” The tooth
as figured (Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 2nd ser. vol. ix.
pl. ix. fig. 4) does not bear out the alleged double-rooted
character. I have accordingly made an enlarged drawing of
this tooth, so as to compare with the tooth of Nuthetes. It is
exposed on the inner side; the crown is enamelled at its
summit, with ridges and a slight cinguloid thickening at the
base of the enamel; the extremity of the root of the tooth is
lost. I have no doubt it is channelled in the way Professor
Osborn’s figure indicates ; but, from the impression left where
the anterior angle of the root is lost, which appears to be that
of the external surface of the jaw, I cannot regard it as better
evidence of a divided root for that particular tooth, than the
corresponding impression of a tooth of Nuthetes, already re-
ferred to, would give for division of the roots in that specimen.
There is a similar pit to that figured by Owen in Nuthetes
apparently, on the external side, and a compression of the
part of the root beyond it. In any case the evidence is not
conclusive that the root was divided in this tooth of T’réco-
nodon ferox, which is the only example available for exami-
nation in this country. If the fossil gave such evidence,
then the roots indicated would be dissimilar in form to those
figured in the fossil tooth in the British Museum, No. 48,208.
It is possible that a nearer comparison with the crown of that
fossil might be found in Plagiauiax medius (Owen), but no
one has yet affirmed that the roots of the tooth are divided in
that genus.

It was from considerations of this kind that I judged,
when originally comparing the specimen with the teeth
of Purbeck Mammalia, that there was no sufficient ground
for discussing the question of it being possibly mam-
malian. And now, having figured the evidence for such a
coniparison, it must be left to future discovery to determine
whether the tooth, which has the mammalian character of
two roots, can be identified as a Mammal, or whether it must
still be regarded as an abnormal form of a tooth ot Nuthetes
destructor. If the evidence for the double-rooted canine in
the Purbeck mammals remains no stronger than I have re-
corded, then the weight of evidence is against the suggested
mammalian interpretation ; but the resemblance in the form
of the crown in these two types of teeth is sufficient to make
further evidence desirable of the root character in those mam-
mals, before the tooth which has hitherto passed unchallenged
as Nuthetes is accepted unreservedly ‘as a reptile-tooth which
has abnormally developed a divided root.

Mr. E. A. Smith on the Genus Sphenia. 277

XLIX.— Observations on the Genus Sphenia, with Descriptions
of new Species. By Epcar A. SMITH.

[Plate XV. A.]

THE genus Sphenia was originally founded by Turton * in
1822 for the well-known S. Bingham?t. It was founded on
conchological grounds only, and it was not until 1853 ¢ that
an account of the soft parts was published. The genus has
relationship, either as regards the shell or the animal, with
Mya and Corbula; indeed it is considered synonymous with
the former by Jeffreysf. On the other hand, M. Petit §
upholds its validity, observing that it differs from J/ya by its
thin shell, which is less gapmg behind and very inequivalve.
The animal has relatively short siphons, and, at the base of
the foot, a true byssus. ‘The Sphenias live attached in holes
in rocks, whilst the Mye rest buried in the sands,

Mr. Clark ||, although admitting the genus, appears to have
found very slender reasons for so doing. He observes :—
“This animal has great aflinity to Saaicava, besides alliances
with Corbula and Mya; indeed, the genus Sphenda is almost
unnecessary, and its animal is nearly identical with Savicava
arctica, and the structure of the hinge and the other hard
parts have much the same generalities.’

Sphenia is admitted as a distinct genus by Forbes and
Hanley, Tryon, Fischer, H. and A. Adams, and others. It
is united with J/ya by Jeffreys, and considered as a subgenus
of Corbula by Philippi and Woodward.

After careful consideration I am inclined to agree to the
separation of this genus. Besides the differences between it
and Mya pomted out by M. Petit it is worth noting that all
the species at present known are very small in comparison
with the A/ye.

M. Petit refers to the presence of a byssus asa distin-
guishing character; but I would point out that Mya in the
young stage also secretes that appendage J.

Corbula dees not form a byssus, and, judging from the
C. gibba, the siphons appear to be shorter than in Sphenia ;
also, hike Mya, it lives buried in sand or mud, not in holes in
rock like Sphenia.

* Conch. Ins, Brit. p. 36.

t Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Moll. i. pp. 189-193.
} Brit. Conch. iii. pp. GO and 70.

§ Cat. moll. test. Europ. 1869, p. 245.

| Brit. Marine ‘Test. Moll. (1855), p. 150.

{| Jeffreys, Brit. Conch, vol. iii, p. 66.

278 Mr. E. A. Smith on the Genus Sphenia.

Seventeen recent species have been described as belonging
to this genus, as follows :—

Sphenia Binghami, Turton. 1822.
Swainsont, Turton, 1822.
decussata (Mont.), Turton. 1822.
californica, Conrad. 1837.
Cleryana, @Orbigny. 1846.
ornatissima, VOrbigny. 1846.
alternata, @Orbigny. 1846.
Riippellii, A. Adams. 1850.
princeps, A. Adams. 1850.
elliptica, A. Adams. 1850.

LITTLE

fils decurtata, A. Adams. 1850.

14 - philippinarum, A. Adams. 1850.
13. —— fragilis, Carpenter. 1857.

14. —— bilirata, Gabb. 1861.

15. ovoidea, Carpenter. 1865.

iG: perversa, Blanford. 1867.

Mee pacifica, Folin. 1867.

Of the above, no. 2 has been shown to be the young of
Mya truncata, no. 3 equals Petricola lithophaga, nos. 5, 6, and
7 are species of Cuspidaria, nos. 4, 9, 10, 11, and 12 have
since been removed to Cenrad’s genus Cryptomya, and no. 14
appears to be a young Sazicava, as suggested by Carpenter* ;
this, however, is uncertain until the type, if preserved, has
been reexamined. |

The following species—decussata, Deshayes, semistriata,
Hanley, and mindorensis, Adams and Reeve—originally
described by their respective authors as Mya, were subse-
quently referred to Sphenia by A. Adams, but have since
been definitely located in Cryptomya. In the Paetel Cata-
logue, 1890, iii. pp. 20, 21, Rupicola distorta, Montagu
(=concentrica, Fleur. de Bellev.), is erroneously classed with
Sphenia. The shells of nearly all the species are very similar
and liable to great variation in form, arising from the locality
in which they live. The following are the species which
belong to Sphenia as now understood.

Genus SpHENIA, Turton.
1. Sphenia Binghami, Turton. (Pl. XV. A. fig. 1.) B.M.t

Sphenia Binghami, Turton, Conch. Ins. Brit. p. 56; Fischer, Man.
Conch. p. 1122, pl. xxxiii. fig. 4.

* Moll. West. North America, 1872, p. 118.
T Species marked B.M. are in the British Museum.

Mr. E. A. Smith on the Genus Sphenia. 279

Sphenia Binghami, Forbes and Hanley, Brit. Moll. vol. i. p. 190, pl. T.
fig. 3, and pl. ix. figs, 1-3.
Mya Binghami, Jeffreys, Brit. Conch. vol. iii. p. 70, pl. L. fig. 3.
flab. Great Britain, France, Spain, Piedmont, Algeria,
Tunis.

2. Sphenia Riippellit, A. Adams. (P1.XV.A. figs. 2,3.) B.M.
Sphenia Riippellii, A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1850, p. 89.

Hab. Red Sea.

This is a true Sphenia, and has been wrongly transferred
to Cryptomya in the Paetel Catalogue, p. 21. It is clothed
more or less with a yellowish epidermis, and is peculiar on
account of a few radiating lines upon the anterior end of the
valves.

3. Sphenia fragilis, Carpenter. (PI. XV.A. figs. 4,5.) B.M.

Sphenia fragilis. Carp. Mazatlan Cat. p. 24.

Sphenia fragilis, De Folin, Les Méléagrinicoles, p, 15, pl. ii. figs. 7-9.

Hab. Mazatlan, west coast of Mexico.

The types of this species in the British Museum are rather
more equilateral than the shell figured by De Folin. Corbula
luticola, Valenciennes (Voy. Vénus, Zool. Atlas, pl. xxiv.
figs. 6, 6a), has never, as far as I can discover, been
described. Carpenter suggests that it may be the same as his
S. fragilis. ‘This may be so, but without examining the type
it is impossible to determine definitely The form and size of
the shell, its position in a crypt, and the tooth of the lett
valve are characteristic of Sphenia.

4, Sphenia bilirata, Gabb.
Sphenia bilirata, Gabb, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1861, p. 369,
Hab. Santa Barbara, California.
Perhaps the young stage of Saaicava.
5. Sphenia ovoidea, Carpenter.
Sphenia ovoidea, Carp. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1865, p. 54.

Hab, Puget Sound,
S. ovalis, Carp. (Moll. West. North Amer. p. 168), appa-

rently is a misprint for ovoidea.

6. Sphenia perversa, Blanford. (PI. XV. A. fig.6.) B.M.
Sphenia perversa, Blanford, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. xxxvi. (ii.)
p. 68, pl. xiv. figs, 4-6 (1867).
Hab, Delta of the Irawady, Pegu; in burrows in stone,
apparently the holes of Aartesia.
Mr. Blantord makes a curious mistake with regard to the

280 Mr. E. A. Smith on the Genus Sphenia.

hinge. He says, “In every respect, except the position of
the lamellar tooth in the hinge of the left valve instead of the
right, the shell appears to be a true Sphenia.” In Mr. Blan-
ford’s figure the “ lamellar tooth” is properly depicted in the
left valve; in specimens of this species in the British
Museum it is also in the left, and in every other species and
specimen examined by the writer it is in the same valve.

7. Sphenia pacifica, De Folin. (PI. XV. A. fig. 7.)

Sphenia pacificensis, De Folin, Les Méléagrinicoles, p. 15, pl. ii.
meget TKO WL
Sphenia pacifica, Martens, Zool. Rec. 1867, p. 586.

Hab. Panama, on pearl-oysters.

8. Sphenia Sowerby?, sp.n. (Pl. XV. A. fig. 8.) B.M.

Testa paulo inequivalvis, postice rostrata, et anguste hians, antice
rotundata, elongata, transversa, alba, epidermide tenui preecipue
marginem versus induta; valve tenues, mediocriter convexe,
concentrice striate, carina obliqua ab umbone usque ad extremi-
tatem posticam decurrente instructz ; margo dorsianticus obliquus,
arcuatus, posticus concavus, ventralis late curvatus; umbones
prominentes, fere mediani, ad apicem antrorsum inclinati; valva
dextra subedentula, sinistra dente compresso subquadrato mar-
ginali pone umbonem instructa; linea pallii infra cicatricem
posteriorem oblique descendens, vix sinuata.

Longit. 104 millim.,, alt. 6, diam. 43.

Testa junior minus elongata, haud rostrata.

Longit. 7 millim., alt. 5, diam. 33.

Hab. Aviancoupan, near Pondicherry.

In the right valve the hinge-margin immediately in front
of the umbo is somewhat thickened, but the incrassation is
hardly enough to be termed a tooth,

Specimens of this and the following species have been
presented to the British Museum by Mr. G. B. Sowerby,
after whom I have much pleasure in naming that now
described.

9. Sphenia similis, sp. n. (Pl. XV. A. fig. 9.) B.M.

Testa S. Sowerbyt similis, sed minor, angustior, carina umbonali
postica acutiore instructa, magis inequilateralis, postice in rostro
longiore et latiore terminans, margine dorsali postico minus incur-
vato, ventrali minus arcuato.

Longit. 8 millim., alt. 5, diam. 33.

Hab. fa

Although very like the preceding species, I believe that the
resent form is quite distinct. It is a longer and narrower
shell, with a longer, straighter, and broader rostrum, and the

Mr. A. S. Woodward—Paleichthyological Notes. 281

oblique umbonal keel is much more evident and acute. The
character of the hinge is the same.

10. Sphenia inequalis, sp.n. (PI. XV.A. fig. 10.) B.M.

Testa valde inequivalvis, subtrigona, eequilateralis, antice rotundata
, es oe ’
postice rostrata, concentrice rugose striata, alba, epidermide tenui
pallide lutea plus minus induta; valvee mediocriter crasse, sinistra
fere plana preter umbonem versus, dextra conspicue major, pro-
* . 2 - ae .
funda, postice carinata, edentula ; dens cardinalis valvze sinistra
’ 9 3 .
compressus, mediocriter validus; pagina interna alba, incrassata ;
cicatrix antica elongata, postica ovata.
Longit. 11 millim., alt. 8, diam. 43.

Hab. Singapore. Coll. Cuming.

This species, judging trom the single specimen in the
‘Museum, is remarkable for the great inequality of the valves,
the left being almost flat and fitting within the margin of the
right, which is considerably convex. In this respect it links
Sphenia with Corbula; and the rostrate form also recalls
certain forms of the latter. Near the inner edge of the poste-
rior adductor a short linear oblique scar is observable; it
probably indicates the point of adherence of the pedal
retractor.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV.A.

Fig. 1. Sphenia Bingham. Fig. 7. Sphenia pacifica.
Figs. 2, 3. Riippellii. Bigs 3S: Sowerby.
Figs. 4, 5. Fragiis. Tg O) similis.
ga) GO: -perversd. Eig. 10. mnequalis.

L.—Paleichthyological Notes. By A. Smira Woopwarp,
F.L.S., of the British Museum (Natural History).

[Plate X. ]

1. On some Ichthyolites from the Keuper of Warwickshire.

Remains of fishes are so rarely met with in the British
Trias, and so little is known of the genera of the period, that
even fragmentary specimens are worthy of notice. Having
had the privilege of examining the largest collection hitherto

made, that of the Rev. P. ‘B. Brodie, of Rowington, the
writer thus offers a few notes on some detached teeth and
spines as yet unknown or incompletely described. The same
collection has on former occasions yielded new Ganoids *, and

* Dictyopyge superstes, Egerton, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. a Xiv.

p. 164, pl. xi. figs. 1-38 (Paleoniscus) ; and Semronotus Brodiei, KE. T.
Newton, ibid. vol. xliii. p. 559, pl. xxii. figs. 1-8.

282 Mr. A. 8. Woodward—Paleichthyological Notes.

lately added considerably to our knowledge of the dentition of
a Triassic shark *; but Mr. Brodie’s discoveries in the Upper
Keuper of Shrewley and the Lower Keuper of Coten End,
Warwickshire, afford still further opportunity for a contribu-
tion to Triassic ichthyology t.

Ceratodus levissimus, Miall. (Pl. X. figs. 1, 1 a.)

The first specimen of interest is an imperfect tooth of
Ceratodus, shown of the natural size in Pl. X. fig. 1. The
teeth of this dipnoan fish, as is well known, are very abundant
in the Lettenkohle of Wtirtemberg, and it is therefore remark-
able that only a single example has hitherto been recorded
from the uppermost ‘T'rias of Britain. Besides the tooth from
Ripple, Worcestershire, in the British Museum, described by
Professor Miall under the name of C. levissimus, the present
writer is acquainted only with Mr. Brodie’s specimen ; and,
so far as can be determined, the two fossils are specifically
identical.

The new tooth, like the type specimen of C. levissimus,
evidently pertains to the left side of the upper jaw, and is
impertect anteriorly. It originally possessed five or six
“horns ” or denticles, the two posterior ones being small and
incompletely divided; and these “horns” are more satis-
factorily preserved than in the previous specimen. As already
remarked by Miall, the tooth is low-crowned and of the same
type as the German C. Kaup?; but the possibility of the
English Keuper tooth belonging to the latter species now
seems to be disproved. As shown by Mr. Brodie’s fossil, the
“horns”? are more acute and the ridges more compressed
than in C. Kaupi; and the name of C. levissimus may there-
fore be retained for the Keuper species.

Form. and Loc. Lower Keuper, Coten End, Warwick.

Phebodus Brodiet, sp.n. (Pl. X. figs. 2-4.)

The survival of at least one ancient Paleozoic type of
shark until the latter part of the Triassic period has already
been suggested by the discovery of teeth indistinguishable

* Smith Woodward, “On the so-called Hybodus keuperinus, Murch.
and Strickl.,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. [6] vol. iil. pp. 297-299, pl. xiv.
figs. 1-3 (1889).

+ For descriptions of the section at Shrewley see Rev. P. B. Brodie,
“On some Additional Remains of Cestraciont and other Fishes in the
Green Gritty Marls immediately overlying the Red Marls of the Upper
Keuper in Warwickshire,” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xlix. pp. 171-
174 (1893).

Mr. A. 8S. Woodward—Palwichthyological Notes. 283

from Diplodus in the Keuper of Somersetshire (D. Mooret,
A. 8. Woodw.*). It is now of much interest to be able to
add possible evidence of the survival of another ancient type
in the form of true Cladodont teeth from Warwickshire.

All the kuown examples of these teeth are very small, a
series of four being shown of twice the natural size in Pl. X.
fig. 2. The crown (fig. 4) consists of three robust conical
cusps, vertically striated except towards the apex, and about
equal in width at the base; the median cusp is nearly vertical
and slightly shorter than the outer pair, which incline a little
outwards and are almost symmetrical. The root, as shown
from above (fig. 3), is horizontally expanded, straight at its
outer border, where the coronal cusps arise, bounded by asemi-
circular border within. When the teeth are in series (fig. 2)
the expanded roots overlap, as in Diplodus, the Cladodonts,
and the modern Chlamydoselache, there being evidently
several teeth in function simultaneously in each transverse
row. ‘There appears to be no smooth articular facette on the
root.

As in the case of the Diplodont teeth, the new specimens
are of course insufficient to prove the survival of an ancient
Paleozoic genus of sharks in the Trias; they merely suggest
that some of the Cladodonts were still to be met with in early
Mesozoic seas. ‘The form of the teeth, however, differs in no
essential respect from the Middle Devonian and Lower
Carboniferous type named Phabodus in America}, the most
important differences apparently being the complete suppres-
sion of intermediate denticles and the absence of an articular
facette on the root in the Triassic specimens. It is therefore
proposed to assign to the teeth now described the provisional
name ot Phabodus Brodiet.

form. and Loc. Upper Keuper, Shrewley, Warwickshire.

A Hybodont Fin-spine. (Pl. X. figs. 5, 5.)

It has already been pointed out that the Triassic Hybodont
fin-spines described by Agassiz under the name of Leiacanthus
are provided with small posterior denticles. No good figure
of an unabraded specimen has, however, hitherto been pub-
lished, and a drawing of the finest example of the so-called
Hybodus keuperinus in Mr. Brodie’s collection is therefore
appended (fig. 5). ‘This spine, like those from the Muschel-
kalk, is much lateraliy compressed, with a sharp anterior
border ; the lateral ribbings are fine and numerous, and the

* Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. [6] vol. iii. p. 299, pl. xiv. figs. 4, 5 (1889). *

+ St. John and Worthen, Paleeont. [linois, vol. vi. p- 251 (1875).

284 Mr. A. 8. Woodward—Paualeichthyological Notes.

posterior face appears slightly convex when viewed in trans-
verse section (figs. 5, c). Towards the distal extremity of
the spine the hinder face also exhibits a small, sharp, longi-
tudinal, median ridge (fig. 5a), and it is between this ridge
and the lateral borders that the diminutive pointed denticles
are placed, at wide and not very regular intervals.

The Triassic fin-spine thus agrees with those of the Mesozoic
Hybodonts, and differs from all known Paleozoic spines * in
having the posterior denticles within the postero-external
margin. The sharp median ridge, however, is quite different
from the broad elevation of the posterior face in Hybodus,
Acrodus, and Asteracanthus, and the denticles do not approach
the median line so nearly as is usual in the latter genera.
Leiacanthus may therefore eventually prove to be a valid
genus, especially if the hollow Acrodus-shaped teeth commonly
ascribed to ‘“Hybodus keuperinus” are correctly placed as
part of the same fish.

Form. and Loc. Upper Keuper, Shrewley, Warwickshire.

2. On Nemacanthus monilifer from the Rhetic Formation.

The fish-remains from the Rheetic bone-beds both of Britain
and the continent are usually so much broken and abraded
that their determination and description is not very satis-
factory. Occasionally, however, better preserved specimens
occur in the associated limestones and shales, and features
readily lost by abrasion are then observable. Among other
fossils, the Elasmobranch dorsal fin-spines named Nema-
canthus monilifer are met with in especial abundance as
abraded fragments ; and since a diagrammatic section of one
{o these has been published to support an untenable theory T,
it seems advisable to offer a brief illustrated description of a
fine spine in Rheetic limestone in the British Museum.

The fossil in question is shown of the natural size in Pl. X.
fie. 6, and is exposed from the right side. The large ganoid
anterior keel is preserved along the greater part of the
exserted portion, and there is no mark on the fibrous-looking
lateral face dividing the latter from the inserted basal portion.

* Every Paleozoic spine, with posterior denticles, hitherto described
by American and European authors exhibits these denticles on the
postero-external marvin, as in the modern Chimera. Every sufliciently
well-preserved specimen that the present writer has examined with
reference to this feature confirms the published descriptions. The unique
specimen on which Dr. O. Jaekel founds a diagrammatic section contra-
dicting all other authors (Neues Jahrb. 1892, vol. i. p. 146, fig. 6) still
remains to be described.

+ O. Jaekel, Neues Jahrb. 1892, vol. i. p. 146, fig. a.

Mr. A. S. Woodward—Paleichthyological Notes. 285

The external ornament consists of large ganoine-coated
tubercles arranged in irregular longitudinal series, often partly
wanting; and a regular series of these tubercles, somewhat
enlarged, pointed, and hooked downwards, is arranged along
the postero-external margin of the spine. As shown by other
specimens, the hinder face is flat or slightly concave, and the
transverse section of the spine thus precisely resembles that of
the dorsal spine of the recent Chimera.

3. On Gyrolepis dubius, sp. n., from the Rhetic Formation
of Scania.

So far as fragmentary specimens admit of being compared,
it appears that the Rheetic fish-remains of Southern Scania,
Sweden, are very similar to those of Britain and Germany *.
In the collection of the Geological Survey of Sweden,
however, there is one large fragment of a ganoid fish that
does not appear to have been discovered elsewhere; and the
writer is indebted to the kindness of Dr. N. Olaf Holst for
the opportunity of closely studying the specimen.

The fossil in question exhibits only a large portion of the
squamation in impression, with a few imperfect scales and
part of the dorsal fin; and the large dimensions of the fish
are indicated by Pi. X. figs. 10-12, which show respectively,
of the natural size, part of the squamation, an isolated scale,
and part of the dorsal fin-rays. ‘The flank-scales, as observed
in the imperfect impression (fig. 10), are scarcely, if at all,
deeper than broad; and the few scales that remain exhibit a
narrow overlapped anterior margin, with a nearly smooth
external ganoid face, only marked by some small punctuations
and by a few short oblique wrinkles at the anterior border
(fig. 11). Whether or not the scales were serrated cannot be
determined; and though the peg-and-socket articulation can
be distinctly seen, the inner vertical rib appears to be feeble.
The rays of the dorsal fin (fig. 12) are stout and closely
articulated, and each joint is ornamented with two or three
longitudinal streaks of ganoine.

It is, of course, not possible to determine the generic
position of so fragmentary a fossil with certainty ; but it will
probably prove to belong to Gyrolepis, The provisional
name of G. dubius is therefore proposed for the fish in
question, the characters of the scale-ornament and fin-rays
distinguishing it from the known species of Gyrolepis.

* JB. Lundgren, Minneskr. Kong. Fysiogr. Sillsk. Lund, no. v. (1888).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xin 22

286 Mr. A. 8S. Woodward—Palwichthyological Notes.

4. Ona new Paleoniscid Fish from Siberta.

Fish-remains have already been described by Dr. J. V.
Rohon* from some yellowish fissile marls in the neighbour-
hood of the Upper Jenissei, in the Government of Tomsk,
and the present writer has had the privilege of examining
the original specimens in the Museum of the Imperial Aca-
demy of Sciences at St. Petersburg. The collection is only
small, and a Swedish geologist, Herr Martin, has thus done
good service by obtaining a further series of specimens
apparently from the same formation, and presenting them to
the Royal State Museum, Stockholm. Herr Martin’s collec-
tion was made at Medwiesko, near Atjinsk, in the Government
of Jenissei, not very far from the locality whence Dr. Rohon’s
fossils were discovered ; and the present writer is indebted to
the kindness of Professor Gustav Lindstrém for the oppor-
tunity of carefully studying the new series. Only two genera
and species are represented, one an Acanthodian described by
Dr. Rohon under the name of Acanthodes Lopatint, the other
a Paleoniscid not hitherto determined.

Dr. Rohon regards the stratum in which the Acanthodians
occur as probably Devonian. ‘The species just mentioned,
however, has the reduced pelvic fin-spines only found in the
typical Permian and Carboniferous forms of Acanthodes; the
associated Gyrolepidotus Schmidti has not an early Paleozoic
aspect; and the Paleoniscid now to be described is most
nearly related to Permian and Triassic genera. It is there-
fore very probable that the fish-bearing marls of the Upper
Jenissei will eventually prove to belong to the Permian
formation.

GANOLEPIS, gen. nov.

Trunk elegantly fusiform, more or less elongated. Man-
dibular suspensorium oblique, and dentition comprising
conspicuous well-spaced conical laniaries ; external head and
opercular bones completely ornamented with striations,
vermiculating rug, and dots of ganoine. Fins small, without
fulcra, and the rays delicate, distally bifurcated. Dorsal and
anal fins triangular, the former opposed to the space between
the pelvic and anal fins ; upper caudal lobe slender and the
caudal fin forked. Scales large and thick, covered with
ganoine and ornamented with transverse ridges, usually
serrated at the hinder border; principal flank-scales not much
deeper than broad, and no enlarged series of ridge-scales ;
lateral line conspicuous.

* J. V. Rohon, “ Ueber fossile Fische vom oberen Jenissei,” Mém.
Acad. Inip. Sci. St.-Pétersboure, [7] vol. xxxvi. no. 13 (1889).

Mr. A. S. Woodward—Paleichthyological Notes. 287

The genus as thus defined is evidently to be placed in the
group of Paleoniscidee comprising Acrolepis, Hlonichthys,
Gyrolepis, and their allies *.

Ganolepis gracilis, sp.n. (Pl. X. figs. 7-9.)

The type and only known species, of diminutive size,
apparently not exceeding 0°05 metre in length. Length of
head with opercular apparatus about equal to the maximum
depth of the trunk and one fourth of the total length of the
fish; external ornament very conspicuous. Dorsal fin arising
slightly in advance of the middle point of the back and much
larger than the anal fin. Scales marked by fine parallel
horizontal or oblique ridges, terminating in serrations at the
hinder border and often flexed upwards in front parallel to
‘ the anterior border.

The least fragmentary and distorted specimen of this species
is shown of the natural size in fig. 7. It exhibits apparently
the original form of the trunk, the attenuated upper caudal
lobe, the thick squamation, the prominent lateral line, and
parts of the median fins. The form, proportions, and orna-
ment of the maxilla are well seen ina detached specimen,
enlarged twice, in fig 8, and the characters of the scale-
ornament are indicated in fig. 9.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Fig. 1. Ceratodus levissimus, Miall; left upper tooth, oral aspect. Lower
Keuper, Coten End, Warwick. Collection of Rev. P. B.
Brodie, M.A., F.G.S8., Rowington.

Fig. 1a. Ditto; outer aspect of a “ horn ” or denticle.

Figs. 2-4. Phabodus Brodie, sp. n.; teeth in series from the anterior
aspect, twice nat. size (2), one imperfect tooth viewed from
above, twice nat. size (3), and restored tooth from the anterior
aspect, thrice nat. size (4). Upper Keuper, Shrewley, Warwick-
shire. Coll. of Rev. P. B. Brodie.

Fig. 5. Wybodont fin-spine (“ Hybodus keuperinus, Murch. and Strickl.”),
lateral aspect. bid. Coll. of Rey. P. B. Brodie.

Fig. 5a, Ditto; posterior view of extremity of spine.

Figs. 5b, ec. Ditto; transverse sections of spine.

Fig. 6. Nemacanthus monilifer, Ag.; dorsal fin-spine, lateral aspect.
Rhetic, Aust Clitf, British Museum, No. P. 2854.

Figs. 7-9. Ganolepis gracilis, gen. et sp. n.; lateral view of fish (7), right
maxilla, twice nat. size (8), and scale of flank, thrice nat. size (9).
Permian (?), Medwiesko, near Atjinsk, Government of Jenissei,
Siberia. Royal State Museum, Stockholm,

Figs. 10-12. Gyrolepis dubius, sp. n.; internal impression of squamation
of flank (10), an imperfect scale (11), and portion of dorsal tin-
rays (12). Rhvetic, Scania. Museum of Swedish Geological
Survey, Sweden.

[ Unless otherwise stated, all the figures are of the natural size. |

* Cat. Foss. Fishes Brit. Mus. pt. ii. (1891) p. 429.
rp

288 Capt. T. Broun on new

LI.—Deseriptions of new Coleoptera from New Zealand.
By Captain THos. Broun.

[Continued from p. 195. }

Group Elaterida.
Chrosis eximia, sp. n.

Body moderately elongate, rather broad, shining, sparsely
clothed with short brassy hairs; head, thorax, and antenne
pitchy black, elytra rufo-piceous.

Head wneven, irregularly punctured. Antenne short,
reaching the base of the thorax; third joint slightly longer
than the fourth, one third longer than the second. Thorax
evidently longer than broad, gradually narrowed anteriorly,
but with a deep notch at each side before the middle ; poste-
rior angles divergent, the space near each is broadly de-
pressed; its surface finely and distantly punctured, with pale
yellow or ash-coloured pubescence. /ytra gradually nar-
rowed posteriorly, apices truncate ; they are striate, the outer
striae only are distinctly punctured, interstices finely punc-
tured.

Prosternum punctate, its flanks nearly smooth, but near the
sides and front rather closely punctured. Abdomen finely
punctured, more distinctly and closely near the sides and on
the fifth segment, with numerous erect black hairs. Cowal
lamina much longer near the base than at the sides, with a
small deep notch near the trochanter.

C. impressa is most like this species; the punctuation of
its elytral interstices is closer, coarser, and rugose. C. reversa
has impunctate prosternal flanks; in C. barbata they are
closely punctured.

Length 93, breadth 23 lines.

Capleston, Westland.

Described from an example found by Mr. A. T. Cavell.

Group Diaperide.
Menimus vicinus, sp. n.

Oval, not short, moderately convex, sparingly clothed with
minute greyish hairs, most easily seen near the sides; mode-
rately shining, rufo-piceous, the legs, antenne, and the
margins pale red.

Liead minutely yet quite distinctly, but not closely pune-

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 289

tate. Hyes small. Thorax nearly twice as broad as it is
long, rather narrower in front than behind; the sides, how-
ever, are nearly straight; the punctuation is slightly finer
than that of the head. Scutel/wm triangular, not broad.
Hlytra gradually narrowed posteriorly, lateral margins broad
at the shoulders, but becoming very narrow behind the poste-
rior femora; the suture near the scutellum is slightly elevated ;
they are finely punctured, but not so as to form series, and
there are four or five ill-defined shallow striz on each.

In shape like M. Bates?, the elytral punctuation much
finer; the striae, though shallow and irregular, are quite
easily detected. No. 1497 is more like this species, but it
has a very broad short scutellum, rather smaller eyes, a longer
and more anteriorly narrowed thorax, longer antenna, and
‘more slender legs, and the elytra are subopaque.

Length 2, breadth quite 1 line.

Howick. One individual.

Obs. 'The following remarks will help any one to separate
the species :—

No. 660 is the most convex ; the punctuation of the elytra
is not arranged in lines as in No. 659; it is minutely pubes-
cent.

No. 661, the thorax has two large shallow basal impres-
sions.

No. 662 is rather narrow and elongate; its thorax is a
good deal and quite regularly rounded at the sides, and the
elytral margins near the shoulders are finely serrate. These
characters will enable it to be separated from J. cacus

(No. 657).

Group Helopide.
Edalus pleuralis, sp. n.

Opaque, fuscous, the margins sometimes obscurely rufes-
cent; legs pale reddish or testaceous, antenne dull red;
sparingly clothed with erect infuscate sete.

Head more or less irregularly punctured. Thorax almost
as long as it is broad, widest before the middle, a good deal
narrowed behind, its sides somewhat flattened and crenate,
base sinuate; the surface rather irregularly and coarsely
punctured, with three shallow longitudinal impressions, one
of which is in the centre, the others (near the sides) are
deepened at the base. Scwtellwm either short or indistinct.
Elytra oblong, slightly narrowed towards the base, lateral
margins more or less crenate, the shoulders slightly prominent
and wider than the thorax; their sculpture ill-defined,

290 Capt. T. Broun on new

appearing when examined sideways to consist of rows of
rather small punctures, which, however, do not form well-
marked strie ; there are many small indefinite elevations as
well; the third interstices, on the top of the hind slope, are
rather broad and very slightly raised, and the sides of the
summit are somewhat prominent ; two or three striz can be
seen there. Z%bie straight, with paler and finer sete than
the body. Antenne with outstanding slender sete ; the last
three joints, however, are more densely and finely clothed ;
the first joint is but little exposed above, second transverse,
third not as long as the following three, fourth and fifth
short, almost transverse, sixth rather smaller than the con-
tiguous ones, ninth and tenth obconical, obviously larger than
the preceding ones, eleventh largest, not acuminate.

Underside piceous, with short yellow sete. Abdomen in-
distinctly sculptured. Pleur@ much inflexed, broad, with two
series of punctures, the row nearest the body consists of fewer
punctures (and finer) than the other. The front cove are
placed near the hind margin of the prosternum, so that the
frontal portion seems elongate; it has some shallow coarse
punctures and is only very slightly incurved in front.

In LE. epacus the pleure are punctured all over.

In the genus Pervatrum the eyes extend below the sides of
the head; in Hdalus they do not, they are, in fact, quite
small. In Mesopatrum the eyes extend downwards below the
sides of the head and are then directed a little forwards.

Length 24, breadth 1 line.

Ohaupo, Waikato. Three, December 1892.

Group Edemeride.

Sessinia thoracica, sp. n.

Shining, testaceous, very pale; the outer half of each
elytron fuscous ; this dark streak does not, however, reach
the lateral margin ; head and thorax glabrous, elytra densely
covered with pale depressed hairs,

Head very much narrowed and depressed behind, its pune-
tuation fine and shallow. Thorax about one fourth longer
than broad, feebly incurved medially at the apex; its frontal
portion (nearly half the whole length) is as broad as the head
(including the large eyes), and is rounded laterally ; the hind
part has nearly straight sides, and appears as if it were
abruptly contracted to about half the width of the other; the
thickened basal margin is curved towards the sides; the
surface is uneven, being broadly depressed at each side of the

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 291

middle and again in front of the scutellum; near each side
behind the middle there are numerous shallow punctures, but
the rest of the surface seems smooth and glossy. Scutellum
longer than broad. lytra elongate, broader than the thorax,
subparallel, shoulders rounded; they cover all but the extre-
mity of the abdomen and are subopaque; the sculpture is
close and fine, there is an indistinct sutural stria on each
behind, the inner side of the dark space is limited by an ill-
defined raised line, and there is another nearer the suture.
Legs elongate and slender ; tibie straight, bispinose at apex.
Antenne filiform, reaching the hind thighs. Fifth ventral
segment not notched. yes large, prominent, distinctly
faceted, transverse, their greatest bulk below; they are only
_ feebly emarginated. Maxillary palpi elongate, the terminal
joint slightly longer than the second, nearly quite straight
along the outside ; the inside is almost regularly curved, it is
not notched, but it is broadly grooved along the inner and
front face for half its length.

The eyes, thorax, and palpi differentiate this species from
its allies ; indeed it is doubtful if it can remain in Sessinda.

Length 64-7, breadth 14 lines.

Ohaupo. ‘Two specimens, January 1893, under bark.

Sessinia reversa, sp. 0.

Elongate, rather dull, pale testaceous; the vertex, middle
of thorax, and sides of elytra very faintly infuscate, tips of
the mandibles piceous; elytra covered with depressed pallid
pubescence, ead finely and rather closely punctured.
Thorax longer than broad, finely and closely punctured, only
slightly uneven, widest near the front. S/ytra very finely
and closely sculptured, with two indistinct longitudinal lines
on each. Legs very pale and slender; tibize straight, with
two apical spines.

Somewhat similar to S. thoracica; the sculpture differs,
the thorax is less dilated in front, and consequently appears
less narrowed behind. ‘There are, moreover, some more
important differences. The antenne extend only to between
the middle and hind thighs. ‘The eyes are shorter in the lon-
gitudinal direction ; they are quite transverse and not in the
least emarginate in front. The last joint of the mawillary
palpt is narrow at the base, it is gradually dilated, and its
apex is entire, curvate, and grooved; the outside for a short
space is somewhat truncate, and this part seems to be more
deeply grooved than the front face. The fifth ventral segment
is broadly depressed, it is irregularly emarginate (not notched)

292 Capt. T. Broun on new

behind. The metasternum has a deep, narrow, longitudinal
eroove.

Length 52, breadth 12 lines.

Capleston. Two; one much mutilated, this is mounted on
its back, and it is from this specimen that the sexual cha-
racters have been derived. Both were sent to me by

Mr. A. T. Cavell.

Group Otiorhynchide.

LTygrochus oculatus, sp. n.

Subopaque, fuscous, antennee and tarsi ferruginous ; elytra
clothed with very minute scales of an obscure pale reddish
colour, the raised parts with yellowish sete; legs with minute
squame and erect longish ee

Rostrum rather shorter and about one third narrower than
the thorax, rather flat, with a fine central carina; there are
also two broad ill-defined grooves covered with minute reddish
scales. Scape gradually thickened, opaque, covered with
very small and a few longer erect sete. uniculus red,
shining, with yellowish hairs, the two basal joints of equal
length, third distinctly longer than broad, seventh bead-like,
slightly broader than sixth. Club densely pubescent, elongate-
oval, acuminate, indistinctly four-jointed. Thorax longer
than broad, a little contracted in front, slightly wider near
the front than it is elsewhere, behind nearly straight-sided,
base and apex truncate; the surface slightly uneven, not
visibly punctate, with a few minute scattered black warts ;
covered with small, depressed, slender, obscure reddish scales.
Elytra cordiform, widest behind the shoulders; these are
curvate, so that the base scarcely exceeds the thorax in
breadth ; they are gradually narrowed backwards, the poste-
rior declivity 1s much narrowed but not quite vertical, the
sides are inflexed; their sculpture consists of rather shallow
nregular series of punctiform impressions and a few small
wart-like elevations; the dorsum is a little uneven, the
humeral regions are depressed, there are two indistinct basal
elevations, and four slight setigerous elevations on the top of
the declivity, two on each elytron. Zvbiw a little flexuous,
mucronate. Zarst with the third joint deeply lobate, but
only moderately broad, it is more evidently pilose than the
others.

Underside with some fine depressed yellowish scales.
Front coxal cavities large, open in front. Basal segment of
abdomen truncate between the coxw, flattened, nearly twice

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 293

the length of the second, the suture between these two arcuate ;
third and fourth moderately short, with deep sutures.

Scrobes quite open above, they extend from the apex and
are directed obliquely downwards, but in front of the eyes,
from the upper to the lower margin, there is a broad depres-
sion. Posterior corbels not cavernous. There is just the
merest trace of ocular lobes. Eyes moderately distant from
the thorax, nearly round, large, and very convex ; this last
character will serve to distinguish this from all the allied

co)
species; No. 2149 is, however, the nearest.

The scape attains the hind margin of the eye. The man-
dibular scar is indistinct, but I think the genus should be
placed in the Otiorhynchide, as in a broken specimen of
another species the scar, though shallow, can be seen.

In No. 1288 the corbels of the posterior tibie are narrowly
cavernous.

Length (rostr. incl.) 23, breadth nearly 14 lines.

Mount Pirongia. One, December 1892.

All the species unfortunately are exceedingly rare.

Ehynchogonus germanus, sp. 1.

Robust, piceous, a little shining, clothed with small greyish
depressed scales and short semierect setee.

Rostrum short and broad, with a central carina; the finely
punctate glabrous apical portion distinctly limited by oblique
sutures. Hyes large, broadly longitudinally oval, very con-
vex and prominent. Thorax broader than long, more nar-
rowed, but not abruptly, in front than behind, its sides mode-
rately rounded ; disk convex, with a slightly raised, smooth,
central, linear space ; it is slightly rugose, the sculpture seems
{o consist of small granules with a minute puncture in each;
from these the sete arise. Scutellum invisible. Hlytra
ample, suboblong, evidently broader than the thorax; the
shoulders, however, are much rounded, the sides are sub-
parallel, behind they are narrowed and declivous; on each
elytron there are six dorsal series of rather shallow sub-
quadrate punctures, these almost form striz; the interstices
are not narrow and they are a little elevated, the third and
fifth are rather more raised than the others behind, but are
not distinctly nodose. Legs stout, tibie a little flexuous, the
inner extremity somewhat angulate or prolonged ; tarsi setose,
their third joint bilobed. Antenne elongate, with fine grey
setee ; second joint of the funiculus obviously longer than the
first, both elongate, joints 3 to 7 nearly equal, each longer
than broad ; club elongate-oval, three-jointed.

294 Capt. T. Broun on new

Length (rostr. incl.) 383, breadth 13 lines.

Mount Egmont, near Stratford. My specimen was found
by Mr. A. T. Urquhart.

This may be easily separated from the New-Zealand species
that are placed in the first division of the group by its re-
markably outstanding eyes, these are widely separated above
and distant from the thoracic margin. ‘The scape reaches
some distance beyond the front of the thorax, it is somewhat
flexuous and only slightly incrassate towards the extremity.
The scrobes are quite open above; they extend from near the
apex towards the eyes, but become shallow behind. ‘There
are no ocular lobes. ‘The posterior corbels are not cavernous.

This is an interesting discovery, as the genus was supposed
to be confined to the Sandwich Islands.

Inophlaus medius, sp. n.

Piceous, densely covered with small round flat scales of a
ereyish-brown colour; there are also many decumbent sete,
which are usually paler, the posterior declivity of the hind
body is greyish ; the legs, antennee, and the tip of the rostrum
are obscure red.

Rostrum about one third shorter than the thorax, its
central carina distinct, the apex bears numerous fine sete.
Scape with fine yellowish sete, very gradually thickened, it
attains the back of the eye. uniculus with erect slender
sete, its first joint rather longer than the second, fourth dis-
tinctly shorter than the third, hardly any longer than the
fifth ; club elongate-oval, pubescent. Thorawx nearly a third
broader than it is long, widest near the front, rugose near
the sides. Scutellum distinct, suboblong. lytra evidently
broader than the thorax at the base, hardly any wider near
the middle than they are elsewhere, only moderately narrowed
towards the base ; they are quite vertical and much narrowed
behind; disk but little convex, yet not flat, with regular
series of distinct, moderately distant punctures; third and
fifth interstices more or less elevated and, on top of the decli-
vity, nodiform; the sides, though well defined, can scarcely
be termed costate; each side of the suture is horizontally
prolonged, but the protuberances hardly extend beyond the
summit of the declivity.

Inderside clothed like the upper surface. Prosternum
incurved in front. Head with a median fovea.

The ocular lobes are well developed. The corbels of the
posterior tibiz are cavernous, with double ciliz.

Smaller than /, swtwralis, which has the tourth joint of the

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 295

* funiculus as long or almost as lopg as the third, and evidently
longer than the fifth ; it bears erect fuscous sete. In J. rhesus
the second, third, and fourth joints of the funiculus are sub-
equal and the elytra seem to be very coarsely punctured
(‘‘ seriatim foveatis’’).

Length (rostr. incl.) 4-44, breadth 13 lines.

Upper Waimakariri.

Professor Hutton, who sent me some specimens, informed
me that they were taken off Aciphylla latifolia.

Geochus setiger, sp. 0.

Convex, broadly oval, slightly glossy, sparsely clothed with

moderately fine yellowish curled sete ; the thorax, the middle

‘ of the elytra, and the legs pale castaneous, the rostrum and
the tarsi reddish, the sides of the elytra piceo-fuscous ; an-
tenne testaceous or pale red, the last two joints of the club
sometimes fuscous.

Rostrum narrowed behind, with four indistinctly raised
lines converging towards the eyes, its sculpture ill-defined.
Eyes nearly rotundate, flat, coarsely faceted, placed almost
wholly on the upper part of the head. Thorax much broader
than long, narrowed and constricted in front ; nearly smooth,
but without any distinctly raised line along the middle, its
punctuation neither close nor very coarse. Slytra with
rounded sides, the middle portion not dilated, the base hardly
at all wider than that of the thorax, the lateral margins not
explanate ; each with six series of moderate punctures, which,
not far from the base, form striz ; interstices simple, only
slightly uneven. Legs with rather fine pale sete; anterior tibie
narrowed near the extremity, without prominences, the outer
face slightly asperate or serrate. Zars¢ with the basal two
joints short and transverse, third very slightly emarginate at
the apex; there.is no trace of a fourth joint and there are no
claws. Antenne slender, nearly glabrous, second joint of the
funiculus about as long as the first, but much more slender ;
eighth joint larger than the seventh, but only half the width
of the large club; it is paler in colour and less pubescent than
the club, so that it is merely a matter of individual opinion
whether the funiculus is seven- or eight-jointed.

Underside rufo-castaneous, shining, nearly glabrous, there
being only a few extremely fine pallid sete. AMesosternum
quite straight and well-limited in front. /etasternum short,
obtusely rounded, sometimes truncate, between the middle
coxe it is distantly punctured. Abdomen large, basal seg-
ment somewhat infuscate, its frontal suture very slightly

296 Capt. T. Broun on new

curved, its punctuation moderate ; second segment about one °
third shorter than the first, much curved in front in the
middle, with only a few punctures; third and fourth short,
with straight deep sutures, fifth finely and densely sculptured,
with a broad shallow impression at each side of the middle.

Var. A.—Reddish, with a broad dark vitta on each elytron,
not touching the side.

Var. B.—Piceous or nearly so.

No. 1289 bears elongate greyish or brassy depressed scales.
No. 2151 has more oviform eyes, placed more at the sides of
the head, and, consequently, more separated above. In
No. 2539 the clothing consists of depressed squamiform seta.
These are the only near allies.

Length (rostr. incl.) Z, breadth quite 4 line.

Mount Pirongia. A good series, December 1892.

Obs. If any European entomologist would like to make a
special study of this curious genus and to make a new group
for its location, I will, if asked, place some well-mounted
specimens at his disposal.

Group Rhyparosomide.
Bradypate armiger, sp. n.

Piceous, legs and antenne slightly rufescent ; clothed with
yellow sete, these are of unequal size and distribution. _

Rostrum quite the length of the thorax, a little dilated
before the antennal insertion (just in front of the middle), it
bears some very small brassy scales; along the frontal portion
there are two not very distinct cost; behind a broad groove
extends along each side, so that the middle seems ridged.
Head globose below, very small and pinched in above behind
the eyes; between these there is a small setigerous elevation.
Thorax rather longer than broad, a little wider before the
middle than it is elsewhere, a little constricted in front,
gradually narrowed behind, apex nearly truncate, evidently
wider than the head (eyes inclusive); its surface uneven,
with rather coarse shallow punctures; near the front two
impressions are separated by a setigerous elevation, and behind
each of these impressions there is a more rounded one; its
sides are fringed and the apex is crested with yellowish setee ;
at the base in the middle there is a moderately elongate
depression. lytra subcordate, base truncate, with a scu-
tellar depression, which is smooth, not wider than the thorax,
humeral angles not prominent, the posterior portion nearly
vertical and very scantily clothed; at either side of the basal
depression there is a slightly curved longitudinal elevation

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 297

with yellow sete, on the disk there are about four series of
coarse punctures, only two or three punctures in each row;
the sete there are extremely small and scale-like; the coarser
sete are somewhat concentrated on top of the posterior decli-
vity, without, however, forming separated crests; immedi-
ately below the summit the surface is bare or nearly so, and
the sculpture is much finer and substriate; near the sides of
the dorsum there are three or four rounded elevations. Legs
stout, with depressed and erect sete ; along the hind or inner
face of the middle and hind ¢/bi@ the sete form a distinct fringe,
the external ciliz are interrupted near the middle, the inner
extremity of the tibize is considerably produced. The tarsi
are short, and their claws are much bent, so that they are not
always easily seen.

' The antenne bear fine sete; the second joint of the funi-
culus is more slender but about as long as the first; 3 to 6
are transverse; seventh large, gradually dilated, so as to
become as broad as the base of the club.

Underside piceous ; abdomen impunctate, basal segment a
little depressed in the middle near the apex ; between the hind
coxee there are two depressions, the second segment has a
small setose elevation on the middle, the fifth is red and
medially impressed.

2. TLibie not prolonged inwardly at the extremity.
Second abdominal segment not raised in the middle.

This differs materially from No. 1512. It is smaller, the
eyes are more convex, the antennez are rather shorter and
stouter, the shoulders are narrower and are without setose
elevations.

The male is an interesting discovery, as its structure con-
firms the genus as distinct from Phrynixus and its allies.

6. Length (rostr. excl.) 13, breadth 2 line.

Mount Pirongia. Seven examples, December 1892.

Cuneopterus tenuicornis, sp. Nn.

Body gradually and uninterruptedly widened from the
front of the thorax to the truncate perpendicular apex of the
hind body, the sides much inflexed; opaque, piceous, tarsi
and antenne: infuscate red; it is covered with small, dull,
pale brown squame.

Rostrum as long as the thorax and about half the width ;
apex nude, with a slight ridge along the middle, so that
its sides appear depressed. Mandibles prominent. Thorax
longer than broad, apex straight, base rounded, sides not
uneven ; apparently impunctate, with a slight central ridge

298 Capt. T. Broun on new

in front, this along the middle becomes a bare smooth space
which ends in the basal depression, the surface is only a little
uneven. Liytra deeply incurved at the base, closely applied
to the thorax; the shoulders clasp the thoracic angles, but
are not prominent laterally; the scutellar region is only
slightly depressed; along the top and sides of the apical
declivity the squame are rather coarse, along the middle of
each elytron there are four small squamose elevations, a fifth
(close to the declivity) is larger and forms part of the trans-
verse ridge, a similar series occurs nearer the side, and there
are some other inequalities on the side itself behind the
middle; near the suture one or two series of shallow punc-
tures can be seen, the sides have coarser punctures, on the
posterior face there are some small tufts. Legs long and
slender, tibize not produced at the inner extremity ; in repose,
the front legs are extended forwards and the knees reach the
tip of the rostrum. Tarsi setose below, third joint longer
than broad, deeply hollowed above, not distinctly emar-
ginate at the apex. Antenne very slender; scape clavate
towards the extremity ; funiculus with very long basal joints,
second longer than the first, 3 to 6 small, seventh slightly
larger than sixth; club elongate-oval, acuminate, four-
jointed.

Underside rather plane, seemingly impunctate, with small
dull ochry scales. Prosternum incurved, not notched, in
front. Abdomen very long, the two basal segments marked
off by a distinct arcuate suture, the first the longer, third and
fourth not very short, fifth medially emarginate at apex,
squamose at each side of the notch, sixth very short.

I do not feel sure whether this curious insect agrees exactly
with Dr. Sharp’s Cuneopterus, which has “ less effaced
scrobes” than Phrynixus. In this species the scrobes begin
near the apex, they are open above, deep, elongate, and
oblique, and a shallow squamose groove extends towards the
lower part of the eye. ‘Lhe scape just reaches the front of
the eye. ‘There are no ocular lobes. ‘The scutellum is absent.
The eyes are moderately small, subrotundate ; they are distant
from the thorax and from each other.

In the figure given by Dr. Sharp the thorax and elytra are
truncate or almost truncate at the base, the elytra appear
broader than the thorax, and the shoulders are free and do
not embrace the hind angles of the thorax.

Length (rostr. incl.) 6, breadth 2} lines.

Mount Pirongia, December 1892.

One, evidently of the male sex, was found on the ground
amongst decaying leaves.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 299

Erymneus probus, sp. n.

Oblong-oval or nearly so, dull black; clothed with small
rust-red scales, those near the elytral suture quite minute,
the raised parts with squamiform sete; near the suture, in
line with the hind thighs, there are two obvious oblique
yellowish crests; antenne and tarsi rufo-piceous.

Rostrum covered with sordid tawny squame, these some-
times form four small crests near the antennal insertion
(before the middle) ; the costs are indistinct. The scape
reaches the middle of the eye, it bears fine, depressed, brassy
seta. The funtculus with the second joint quite as long as
the first; seventh large, slightly broader than sixth, nearly
twice its length; club short, ovate, indistinctly annulate.
Thorax with coarse shallow punctiform sculpture, about as
long as it is broad; the central ridge extends to the large
basal depression, the oblique ridge near each side becomes
obsolete behind the middle. /ytra oblong, base deeply
emarginate, so that the shoulders extend forwards, the
sutural region depressed in front ; there are two rows of large
punctures along each side of the suture, outside these the
surface is uneven, on each side between the middle and hind
thighs there is a squamose prominence; on the top of the
nearly vertical apical portion the third interstices are quite
prominent, at each side, but lower down, there is a still larger
elevation; a few minute black tubercles are distributed over
the surface. Legs with coarse curled sete.

Prosternum emarginate in front. Abdomen rather flat,
coarsely punctate, with narrow ferruginous scales ; first and
second segments connate, thrice the length of the meta-
sternum.

Most nearly allied to No. 2131, and most likely only a
varietal form thereof.

Length (rostr. incl.) 34, breadth 1} lines.

Mount Pirongia, December 1892.

ARZOSCAPUS, gen. nov.

Body rather narrow, without coarse squame and _tuber-
cular elevations. Rostrum rather slender, arched, longer than
thorax. Scrobes foveiform at the point of antennal insertion
(before the middle), behind this a broad groove extends to
the eye, and in front another groove is directed obliquely
upwards, but does not reach the apex. Scape rather slender,
its extremity clavate; it is nearly glabrous and somewhat
bent near the base, it attains the front of theeye. Funiculus
7-articulate, finely pubescent, its two basal joints about

300 Capt. T. Broun on new

equal, seventh about twice the size of the sixth. Club rather
long, widest near the end, indistinctly jointed, its basal
portion hardly as broad as the seventh joint. yes nearly
round, placed close to the thorax. Head short, narrow above,
globose below. Thorax bisinuate and sharply limited at the
base, without ocular lobes, usually oviform. Scuéellum
absent. ytra of the same width as the thorax at the base,
shoulders not porrect, with a sharp slender basal margin.
Tarst short, finely setose underneath ; their third joint entire
below, not broadly excavate above, rather narrow.

Prosternum moderately long, slightly incurved at apex.
Anterior coxe prominent and contiguous, placed just behind
the middle of the prosternum. JMJetasternum short; hind
cox widely distant. Abdomen long, its first segment
evidently shorter than the second, the intervening suture very
oblique towards the sides.

The form, the position of the eyes, the rostrum, antennal
insertion, the gradual slope of the posterior declivity, and
other characters prove that this genus is not very close to
Phrynixus or its immediate allies. Chamepsephis may be
separated by its large broad head, which is not globose
below, by its more prominent and widely separated middle
cox, and by the position of the eyes; these are distant from
the thorax and from each other, but in Araoscapus they are
more approximated.

In addition to the species described below this genus will
include Nos. 2552, 2553, and 2554, which were placed
fae in Chamepsephis until more specimens could be
found.

Arcoscapus Ovipennis, Sp. Nh.

Elongate, subovate, slightly convex; fuscous, thorax a
little rnfescent, rostrum, antenna, and tarsi red, femora obscure
testaceous ; sparingly clothed with minute yellowish scales
and patches of short, erect, coarse, pale sete.

Rostrum rather longer than the thorax, finely punctured in
front, indistinctly carinate behind; it is subparallel, but
minutely swollen where the antenne are inserted. Club
densely and finely pubescent. Thorax slightly longer than
broad, oviform, but little wider before the middle than it is
elsewhere ; its punctuation rather shallow, somewhat rugose,
indistinct in front; there is a longitudinal bat not deep
depression at the middle of the base. /ytra oval, not broad,
considerably narrowed behind, their posterior portion forms a
gradual slope; the sutural region is a little depressed near
the base, there are two series of moderately large but not deep

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 301

punctures at each side of the suture, the lateral sculpture is
irregular, the interstices are very slightly and interruptedly
raised ; the numerous small patches of sete occur near the
sides and on the hind slope. Legs sparsely setose.

No. 2552 is most like this species, which, however, has
straight anterior tibia, a more elongate and slender scape, a
longer and narrower thorax, and rather deeper and more
numerous elytral pun cees

Length (rostr. incl.) 13, breadth $ line.

Mount Pirongia. One, December 1892.

Obs. At the same time and place I found what appears to
be the male of No. 2554. The front tibie are a little arched
externally, the others are obviously and acutely prolonged at
the inner extremity. Theclubis more elongate. ‘The thorax

‘is as broad at the base as it is in the middle. The elytra are
widest near the hind thighs. The rostrum has three lines of
fine yellow sete, the central one most distinct.

In this genus the palpi are short and rigid, the mentum is
subquadrate, and the buccal cavity appears to be completely
filled. ‘The species are very rare.

Dacnophylla variegata, sp. n.

Variegate, fuscous or rufo-piceous, a little shining ; clothed,
but not densely, with scale-like hairs and erect fuscous sete ;
legs and antennee infuscate red.

Rostrum nearly nude, shining, and reddish in front, covered
with yellow hairs behind; it is shorter than the thorax,
convex near the middle, but depressed near the eyes. Thorax
as long as broad, widest before the middle, gradually narrowed
behind ; its surface slightly uneven, there being an indistinct
swelling near each side in line with the widest part, it is
rather deeply and closely punctured; the fulvous hairs are
most conspicuous along the middle and there are a few grey
ones near the sides. lytra nearly cordiform, widest behind
the shoulders, these are narrowed, so that the base barely
exceeds that of the thorax in width; their sculpture is not
well defined, it appears to consist of interrupted striz and
slightly asperate interstices ; their clothing is bright fulvous
and greyish, more or less interming led. Legs robust, bearing
hairs and erect sete; front tibice rather longer than the
others, slightly curved outwardly, distinctly mucronate
inwardly, with conspicuous yellow pubescence near the apex ;
the middle pair thicker, flexuous, and with long hairs along
their inner face; the posterior still thicker, a good deal incras-
sate and bent at the extremity, the apex quite open behind ;

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 23

302 On new Coleoptera from New Zealand.

outside there are erect sete, but along the inside there are
numerous long pale hairs; posterior tarst with the basal joint
rather slender, the third lobate. Scape flexuous, slender near
the base, with outstanding sete. First joint of the funiculus
longer than the second, both elongate, third rather longer
than broad, 5 to 7 bead-like ; club ovate, its fourth joint very
small. ;

Underside reddish, more or less closely punctate. Meta-
sternum short, depressed in the middle, and with a large
fovea behind. Abdomen elongate, the two basal segments
rather broadly and deeply depressed, the sides of the depres-
sion near the coxe seem elevated, the second is at least one
third shorter than the first, fifth punctate, as long as the first ;
sixth well-developed, transversely concave.

@. Hind tibie moderately thick, without long hairs on
the inside, not swollen at the extremity. The elytral striz
less evident, sometimes looking like series of ill-defined
punctures. Underside fuscous, shining, with yellow hairs ;
metasternum nearly plane; first segment flattened in front,
fifth punctate, simple; there is no supplementary segment.

The more robust legs, the differently formed and clothed
tibie, the shorter thorax, and broader elytra distinguish the
male of this species from the typical one, No. 2550.

6. Length (rostr. incl.) 13, breadth 2 line.

Mount Pirongia. ‘Two males and three females, December

1892.

Obs. No. 2559 (Nestrius serripes)—Having found two
males and a female, and as it is a distinct genus, I think it
will be useful to define the sexual characters.

6. Legs robust, the front and hind femora much swollen
beyond the middle; the posterior tcbice serrate along the inner
face and strongly angulate and prolonged at the inner extre-
mity, the intermediate less so. Claws large, much bent
downwards. The metasternum and two basal segments are
depressed, the suture between these segments is obsolete,
third and fourth short, fifth nearly truncate and minutely
ciliate at the apex; between this and the end of the elytra
the supplementary segment, which is concave at the base, is
quite exposed. ‘The vestiture of the ¢ars?, though slender, is
very conspicuous.

9. Metasternum with a transverse depression behind, so
that the middle appears elevated. ‘The suture between the
two basal ventral segments is distinct, the third and fourth are
less abbreviated, the fifth (the last) is broadly impressed.
Posterior tibie not serrate and not prolonged at the apex.
The legs are more slender.

[To be continued. |

On the Classification of Scorpions. 303

LII.—Notes on the Classification of Scorpions, followed by
some Observations upon Synonymy, with Descriptions of
new Genera and Species. By R. I. Pocock, of the British
(Natural History) Museum.

[Plates XIV. & XV. B.]

Part I._—Notes on Classification.

THE first part of the following paper is a brief summary of
my views respecting the mutual relationships of the genera ot
Scorpions. But since no special attention has been here
devoted to the Buthide and Bothriuride, most of what is new
is expressed in the rearrangement of the genera of the groups
that Thorell ascribed to his two families Pandinoide and
Vejovoide.

The characters I have used are taken exclusively from the
external structure *. With one one Paar all have been
pointed out before or utilized, with a varying measure of
success, by my predecessors, "Peters, Thorell, Simon, Lan-
kester, and Karsch. The character that I believe to be new
and, I hope, of considerable importance is the presence or
absence of one of the spurs of the pair that is found upon the
articular membrane connecting the foot or terminal segment
of the legs with the segment that precedes it. These I call
the pedal spurs. It is necessary to distinguish carefully
between these spurs and the spines or thickened hairs which
frequently project downwards over the foot-joint from the
distal extremity of the segment to which the foot is articu-
lated. In the Scorpionidx, as recognized by me, there is only
one of these spurs, the anterior; in the Iuride, Bothriuride
(with one exception), and the Buthide both are present, and
they attain their maximum of development in the Buthide,
where we find the anterior cne frequently double.

Of course it is hardly expected that this character, more
than any other, will prove invariable ; but it adds one more
to the sum of characters upon which, as I have long suspected,
the families or subfamilies of Scorpions must be based. Eispe-
cially important has it been in my estimation in showing the
relationship between such genera as Urodacus and Hemi-

* I have consequently not mentioned the anatomical features connected
with the innervation and structure of the lung-books described by Prof.
- Lankester in 1885. It would be a highly interesting study for any one
with the time to devote to it to see how far a classification based upon

internal anatomy would agree with one such as that put forward here.
2: 3 *

304. Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

scorpius and, e. g., Scorpio, and the wide difference between
Euscorpius and the Ischnurine group.

It is not my intention on the present occasion to enter upon
any criticism of the classifications proposed by the authors
mentioned above. I will merely represent these classifications
in tabular form, so that a glance will suffice to show how the
new grouping of the genera agrees with or differs from those
that have been published before.

Peters, Mon. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1861 *, pp. 509-513.

Group 1. TELEGoNINI.
Telegonus, Cercophonius, Bothriurus.

Group 2. ScorPIoNIni.
A. Vejonis.
B.—a. Broteas, Euscorpius, Scorpiops, Urodacus.
b. Hemiscorpius, Ischnurus, Opisthacanthus, Hete-
rometrus, Diplocentrus.

Group 3. CENTRURINI.
Centrurus (Tityus, Isometrus), Uroplectes.

Group 4. ANDROCTONINI,
Prionurus, Buthus.

THORELL, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xvii.
pp. 3 &e. (1876).

Fam. I. Androctonoidz.

Subfam. 1. AnpRocTontnt= Androctonini, Pet.
Subfam, 2. CenrRuRINI= Centrurini, Pet., +-some more genera.

Fam. II. Telegonoidz = Telegonini, Pet.

Fam. III. Vejovoide.
Vejovis, Hadrurus.

Fam. IV. Pandinoidze = Scorpionint, Peters, — Vepovis.
Subfam. 1. Ivrrt.
Lurus, Uroctonus.

Subfam. 2. Panprnint.
A. Diplocentrus, Heterometrus, Pandinus, Palamneus,
Miephonus, Opisthophthalmus, Opisthacanthus,
Hormurus, Ischnurus, Hemiscorpius.
B. Urodacus, Broteas, Scorpiops, Loctonus, Chactas,
Euscorpius.

* Until 1861 there can scarcely be said to have been a classification of —
Scorpions at all,

Classification of Scorpions. 305

Sion, ‘ Les Arachnides de France,’ vii. pp. 92 &c. (1879).

Fam. I. Buthide= Androctonoide, Thor.
Fam. Il. Telegonidz = Telegonini, Pet.
Fam. III. Vejovide = Vejovoide, Thor.
Fam. IV. Heterometride = Pandinoide, Thor., in part.
Scorpio, Heterometrus, Opisthophthalmus, Nebo, Iurus.

Fam. V. Ischnuridz = Pandinoide in part.
Ischnurus, Euscorpius, Belisariys.

Fam. VI. Broteidz = Pandinoide in part.
Broteas.

M. Simon unfortunately does not assign any position in this
system to many important genera.

Karscn, Mitth. Miinch. ent. Ver. 1879, pp. 17-22.

This classification is a copy of the one proposed by Thorell,
the only alterations of any value that are made being con-
cerned with the location of some of Peters’s genera, which
Thorell had not seen.

In the Zeitschr. Naturwissen. (3) v. p. 408 (1880), Dr.
Karsch suggested the name Dz¢plocentrint for the genera
Diplocentrus and Cyphocentrus.

Ray LAnKester, Trans. Zool. Soe. ii. (1885), pp. 379, 380.

Fam. Scorpionide.

Subfam. 1. ScorPronint.
Genus 1, Scorpio, including as subgenera Euscorpius,
Buthus (Heterometrus), and Broteas.
Genus 2. Telegonus.

Subfam. 2, ANDROCTONINI.
Genus Androctonus, with subgenera Preonurus and
Centrurus.
The value of this paper consists in the excellence of the
figures and in the attention that is drawn to some new points
of structure.

The Classification here. proposed.

Fam. I. Scorpionide.

Subfam. 1. Scorpronrnt = Heterometride, Sim., — Nebo and
Lurus.
Scorpio, EHeterometrus, Miephonus, Gicopetrus, Opistho-
pathalmus, Palamneus.

306 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

Subfam. 2. Iscunurint = Ischnuride, Sim., — Euscorpius and
Belisartus.

Ischnurus, Opisthacanthus, Opisthocentrus, Cheloctonus,
Chiromachus, Hormurus, Iomachus.
Subfam. 3. DreLocENTRINI= Diplocentrini, Karsch, + Nebo,
Diplocentrus, Oiclus, Nebo (Cyphocentrus).

Subfam. 4. HmMiscorprini, nov.
Hemiscorpius.
Subfam. 5. UropAcINI, nov.
Urodacus (Iodacus), ? Ioctonus.
Fam. Il. Turide.
Subfam. 1. Iurt1= Lurini+ Vejovoide, Thor.
Scorpiops, Iurus, Uroctonus, Anwroctonus, Vejovis,
Hadrurus, Caraboctonus, Hadruroides,
Subfam. 2. Co#rivini= Iurinz, Karsch, in part.
Cherilus.

Subfam. 3. CHACTINI.

a. Huscorpius.
b. Chactas, Hadrurochactas, Heterochactas, Teuthraus-
tes, Broteochactas, Broteas.

Fam. U1. Bothriuride, Sim.,= Telegonide auct.

Bothriurus, Brachistosternus, Mecocentrus, Cercopho-
nius, Timogenes, Thestylus, Urophonius, Phonio-
cercus.

Fam. IV. Buthidz, Sim.
Prionurus, Buthus, Parabuthus, Grosphus, Butheolus,
Archisometrus, Isometroides, Uroplectes (Lepreus,
Tityolepreus), Tityobuthus, Pseudobuthus, Isome-
trus, Tityus, Centrurus, Heteroctenus, Ananteris,
Charmus, Heterocharmus, Stenochirus.

Family Scorpionide.

The feet furnished with a single anterior pedal spur.

Sternum large, pentagonal.

Halves of the genital operculum united in the ? , separated
in the @.

Stigmata elongate, narrow.

A single row of teeth on each digit of the chelicerae.

Subfamily Scorrzowzar.

Median eyes not in front of the middle of the carapace,

sometimes very much behind the middle; three lateral eyes
on each side.

be

Classification of Scorpions. 307

Sternum longer than wide, its sides parallel or slightly
converging anteriorly.

The penultimate tooth on the movable digit of the cheli-
cere small, very rarely approaching the size of the terminal.

Digits of the chele with their opposable edges angularly
notched.

Bases of the claws of the legs concealed laterally by lobate
expansions of the extremity of the feet; feet furnished
beneath with two subparallel series of strong spines (the
anterior series sometimes obsolete, e. g. Miwphonus).

Pectines of medium length.

Tail powerful or moderately so, without a spine beneath
the aculeus.

_ In the male the tail and chele are often elongate, the

hands being thinner than in the female; the digits, however,
do not appear to be lobate and sinuate basally as in many
other scorpions.

Genera: Scorpio, Linn.; Heterometrus, Hempr. & Ehrenb.;
Miephonus, Thor. (syn. Mossamedes, Sim.) ; Cico-
petrus, nom. nov.*, Opisthophthalmus, C. Koch;
Palamneus, Thor.

Distribution. Ethiopian and Oriental Regions.

Subfamily Zscuwvrzryt.
Resembling the Scorpionini, but differing in having :—
The feet not distally lobate and not armed beneath in the

same way.
The penultimate fang of the chelicere subequal to the

terminal.
The sternum very wide, with parallel or diverging sides.
The pectines usually shorter.
The tail weaker and distinctly compressed.
Characters of male as in the Scorpionini, except that the
digits are generally lobate and sinuate at the base.
Genera: IJschnurus, Gervais ; Opisthacanthus, Peters;
Opisthocentrus, nov.; Cheloctonus, Pocock; Chiro-
machus, nov.; Hormurus, Vhorell; Lomachus, nov.

Distribution. Ethiopian, Oriental, Australian, and North
Neotropical Regions.
Subfamily Drezocewrert.

Differs from the Scorpionini in having :—
A distinct tubercle beneath the aculeus of the tail.

* For Petrooicus, Karsch, preoccupied as Petrovea (Petraca) in Aves.

308 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

The ocular tubercle in front of the middle of the carapace.

The feet not or at least less lobate.

Male with a longer tail and longer pectines ; digits sinuate
and lobate in Nebo, but apparently not in Diplocentrus.

Genera: Diplocentrus, Peters; Oiclus, Simon; Nebo,
Simon (syn. Cyphocentrus, Karsch).

Distribution. Northern Neotropical, Arabia.

Subfamily Hzurscorrizryt.

A subfamily presenting interesting annectent features.

The median eyes in advance of the middle of the carapace,
as in the Diplocentrini.

The penultimate fang of the chelicere large, as in the
Tschnurini and Diplocentrini.

Feet armed beneath, as in the Diplocentrini, but with the
claws entirely free, as in the Ischnurini, and with a fine
median series of spicules.

Sternum elongate, parallel-sided.

‘ail with a median keel, as in the Urodacini.

Male with a long tail, the vesicle symmetrically dilated at

the base of the aculeus.

Genus: Hemiscorpius, Peters.

Distribution. Arabia.

Subfamily Uropacryz.

Resembling the Scorpionini, but differing in having :—

T'wo lateral eyes on each side.

A single inferior median keel on the tail.

The digits of the chele not angularly notched.

Male with a long tail and long pectines ; chele apparently
unmodified.

Genus: Urodacus, Peters (syn. Zodacus, Pocock) ; Joctonus,
Thorell.

Distribution. Australia.

Family Iuride.

Feet furnished with two distinct pedal spurs.

Sternum pentagonal, very variable as regards its length
and breadth, but nearly always wider than long.

‘The lower surface of the feet nearly always compressed and
furnished with a median series of spicules or tufts of hair.

Classification of Scorpions. 309

Subfamily Zvrzvz.

Sternum longer than wide or wider than long, its posterior
half with a deep median longitudinal groove.

Feet not laterally spined beneath, but furnished with a
median series of spinules or tufts of hair.

Three lateral eyes on each side.

The movable digit of the chelicere is very generally fur-
nished with a tooth or teeth on its inferior edge, but the
corresponding border of the immovable is unarmed.

Genera: Scorpiops, Peters; Jurus, Thorell; Uvroctonus,
Thorell; Anwroctonus*, gen. nov.; Vejovis, C. Koch ;
Hadrurus, 'Thorell; Caraboctonus, Pocock; Hadru-
roides T, gen. nov.

Distribution. Mediterranean, N. India and Burma; S. Ne-
arctic to Chili.

Considering the wide geographical range of this group and
the difference of aspect presented by such of its members as
Scorpiops and Hadrurus, one would be inclined to think the
assemblage an unnatural one. But the intermediate forms
that exist seem to show that this is not the case. For
instance, from Scorpiops to Zurus is not a great leap; and
similarly we can proceed from Jurus through Uroctonus and
Anuroctonus to Vejovis, or through Hadrurotdes and Carabo-
ctonus to Hadrurus. Hadrurus undoubtedly differs very much
from furus, but no one will probably dispute that it is nearly
allied to Caraboctonus; and the similarity that obtains be-
tween Caraboctonus and Jurus with respect to armature of
the mandible, the hairy clothing of the soles of the feet, &c.,
may surely, when taken in conjunction with the other features
already pointed out as characteristic of the Iurini, point to
real kinship between the two.

Subfamily Cazerzr7.

Sternum long, as long or longer than wide, with a_poste-
rior rounded impression, the lateral portions of its posterior
half not thrust up on each side of the middle line.

Lectines very short, with all the intermediate lamellae except
a proximal piece obsolete, and the teeth very large.

Stigmata circular.

‘T'wo lateral eyes on each side.

* For Centrurus pheodactylus, Wood, ef. infra
t+ For Hadrurus charcasus, Karsch, cf. infra.

310 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

A series of small teeth on the lower edge of both the digits
of the chelicere.

Digits of the chele furnished with a number of short over-
lapping series of denticles.

The lower surface of the feet furnished with two rows of
spines, and a very fine median series of spicules.

Genus: Cherilus, Simon, with which Chelomachus, Thorell,
and Uromachus, Pocock, are in all probability syno-
nymous.

Distribution. From N. India, through Burma to Java and
Sumatra,

The genus Cherilus appears to have its nearest ally in
Scorpiops of the subfamily Iurini. The two agree in geogra-
phical distribution as well as in some structural features, such
as the form of the sternum, shortness of the pectines, and
dentition of the movable digit of the chelicere.

Subfamily Cwzacriar.

With two lateral eyes on each side of the carapace.
Interior edge of the movable digit of the cheliceree un-
armed.

a. S. European forms, with flattish body and chele, compressed weak
tail, large sternum, distinct fulera, and intermediate lamella on the
pectines, small oval stigmata, and the feet compressed beneath and
furnished with a row of spicules.

Genus: Huscorpius, Thor.

6. Neotropical forms, with the body and palpi more conyex, the median
eyes more forward, the sternum not so large, the intermediate la-
mellz of the pectines undivided, and the fulcra small and often mem-
branous; the stigmata are either elongate asin Broteas, or subcireular
as in the rest; the feet as in Luscorpius, or with two rows of spines.

Genera: Broteas, C. Koch; Broteochactas, Pocock; Teu-
thraustes, Simon; Leterochactas, Pocock; Chactas,
Gerv.; Hadrurochactas, Pocock.

It is possible that Huscorpius may not belong to this sub-
family ; but it is not easy to see where else to place the genus
unless a special subfamily be erected for its reception.

Family Bothriuridz, Simon.

Scorpions of small or medium size.
Carapace with the median eyes situated in the middle
or a little in front of it; 3 lateral eyes.

Classification of Scorpions. 311

Sternum reduced to a transverse anteriorly angularly con-
vex and posteriorly concave sclerite, transversely but scarcely
longitudinally impressed, wedged in between the genital oper-
culum and the ingrown coxe of the appendages of the fourth
pair.

Genital operculum large.

Pectines moderately or very long, with clearly defined
fulcra and intermediate lamelle.

Appendages.—The penultimate tooth on the movable digit
of the cheliceree very short; the digits of the chele not angu-
larly notched; the denticles arranged in three series—an
external and internal, consisting of larger separated teeth, and
a median, consisting of a single or double, rarely (Cerco-
phonius) a multiple series of smaller teeth.

Feet with two pedal spurs (rarely the posterior obsolete,
Phoniocercus) ; the lower surface furnished with more or
fewer lateral spines and a median series of hairs or spicules.

Tail mostly powerful, its keels largely obsolete, with no
spine beneath the aculeus.

d (?in all genera) with a tooth on the inner surface of the
hand; digits not lobate.

? with cleft genital operculum.

Genera: Bothriurus, Peters; Brachistosternus, Pocock ;
Cercophonius, Peters; Mecocentrus, Karsch ; Phonio-
x:
cercus, Pocock ; Thestylus, Simon; T¢mogenes, Simon ;
Urophonius, Pocock.

Distribution. S. Neotropical, Australia, Sumatra.

The scorpions of this group seem to be little more than an
exaggeration of some of the American members of the Lurini,
for some of them show many points of resemblance to Cara-
boctonus and LHadrurus.

Family Buthide, Simon.

Feet furnished with two pedal spurs, the anterior of which
is often double.

Sternum small, triangular or pentagonal.

Ocular tubercle in front of the middle of the carapace ; 3 to
5 lateral eyes on each side.

The movable digit of the chelicerze with the penultimate
fang subequal to the terminal; its inferior edge armed with
teeth ; the lower edge of the immovable also generally armed.

The hands of the palpi are rounded and the digits long.

d. With the tail and palpi usually longer and thinner or

ale Mr. R. I. Pocock on the

much thicker and scarcely longer; pectines longer; oper-
culum divided in both sexes.
Distribution. Tropical and temperate countries.

Genera: Prionurus, Hempr. & Ehrenb.; Buthus, Leach ;
Parabuthus, Pocock (syn. Heterobuthus, Kraep.) ;
Grosphus, Sim.; Butheolus, Sim. (syn. Orthochirus,
Karsch) ; Archisometrus, Kraep. ; [sometroides, Keys. ;
Uroplectes, Pet. (?syn. Lepreus, Thor., and Tityo-
lepreus, Kraep.) ; Tityobuthus*, gen. nov.; Pseudo-
buthus, nom. nov.t; Lsometrus, Hempr. & Ehrenb. ;
Tityus, C. Koch; Centrurus, Hempr. & Ehrenb. ;
Heteroctenus, Pocock; Ananteris, Thor.; Charmus,
Karsch ; Heterocharmus, Pocock ; Stenochirus, Karsch.

In many respects this family, like the preceding, shows
signs of relationship with the [urini. One of the genera
even— Charmus—was referred by its author to the latter sub-
family of the Pandinide.

A few of the above genera are unknown to me and others
I have not attempted to locate.

Timogenes and Thestylus are referred to the Bothriuride on

the authority of Simon (Ann. Soc. Ent. Ir. 1880, p. 392 &e.).

Megacormus.—This genus was established by Karsch in
Arch. Naturgeschichte, 1881, p. 17, for a species named
granosus by Gervais. It was compared by Karsch to Uro-
dacus. Possibly it belongs to the Chactini, but nothing is
known respecting the armature of its feet.

Belisarius, Sim. (Arach. de France, vol. vii.), referred to
the Ischnuride, should perhaps constitute a distinct family or
subfamily.

Hoplocystis, of which there is a single species, scintilla, was
characterized by Karsch (Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, ix. p. 69,
1884), and was referred by its author to the lurini. I would
suggest, however, that it may be one of the Buthide. The
locality is unknown.

Loctonus of Thorell, from Australia, I have questionably
united with Urodacus, principally relying upon the locality

* For Rhoptrurus Baroni, Pocock, from Madagascar, differing from
LRhoptrurus, 1. e. Pseudobuthus, at least in having a spur on the tibiz of
the legs of the third pair.

t For Rhoptrurus, Kaysch, preoceupied by Peters for a snake.

Classification of Scorpions. 313

and upon what is stated respecting the situation and structure
of the ocular tubercle.

Ananteris, Thor., I have not seen. Charmus, Hetero-
charmus, and Stenochirus are, I suspect, identical.

Part [].—Deseriptions of new Genera and Species.
Family Buthide.
Tityus asthenes, sp. n.

Upper surface of the trunk lurido-fuscous: tail fulvous,
fulvo-brunneous towards its posterior end; legs, palpi, and
lower surface flavous, with the exception of the digits which
are fuscous.

The upper surface of the trunk much more finely granular
than in 7. americanus.

Tail longish and slender, about five and a half times the
length of the carapace, the second segment about the same
width as the fifth, the intercarinal spaces very finely granular,
the keels not very strong, granular, the terminal granule of
the superior keels not larger than the rest; the median lateral
keel not present on the second segment; the vesicle a little
narrower than the fifth segment, wider than it is high, with a
large spine beneath the sting as in 7. americanus.

Palpti long and slender, finely granular, and normally
carinate ; on the hand the external of the three keels which
run from the immovable digit is entire as in 7’. stigmurus
(Thor.) ; hands a little wider than the brachium, the digits
long, slender, in contact, furnished with 14-15 median rows
of teeth, the movable twice the length of the hand-back, longer
than the fifth caudal segment, and much longer than the
carapace.

Pectines furnished with 19 teeth, the basal intermediate
lamella internally expanded. The sterna coriaceous, being
studded with low smooth-topped granules.

Legs long ; the lower surface ot the feet studded with a few
sete.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 55, length of
carapace 5°8, of tail 34; width of first segment 2°6, of fifth
2°3; length of fifth segment 7; width of vesicle 2, of hand 2;
length of hand-back 4, of movable digit 8.

A single female example from Poruru (Peru).

This species belongs to the same category as 7. americanus,
but from this last-named it may be recognized by its much
greater smoothness, difference in colour, slender tail, &e.

314 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new Genera

Tityus Quelchit, sp.n. (Pl. XIV. fig. 1.)
Closely allied to 7. columbianus (Thor.).

Colour fulvous or flavous, nigro-maculate.

Carapace blackish laterally and mesially behind the black
ocular tubercle, the interocular portion and the sides of the
upper surface lurid and almost immaculate ; the tergites with
their posterior angles widely flavous, with two other con-
spicuous flavous spots along the posterior border on each side
of the middle line; the tail obscurely variegated with fuscous
patches and spots ; the fifth segment and the vesicle much
darker, sometimes uniformly fuscous ; chelicerae fuscous dis-
tally ; palpi fusco-flavo-maculate; the brachium darker at its
distal end and the immovable digit at the base; digits fusco-
maculate ; legs nigro-maculate ; apices of the maxillary lobes
of the first and second pairs of walking-legs fuscous. Sterna
fulvo-brunneous, obscurely mottled with fuscous.

Carapace and tergites granular throughout; the sides of
the ocular tubercle granularly carinate, and the carapace
posteriorly bicarinate ; tergites with a posterior median granular
keel, and a curved transverse granular crest; the seventh
tergite with the keel well developed.

Tail nearly parallel-sided, rather more than four and a
half times the length of the carapace, the intercarinal spaces
granular, the keels strong and granular; the second segment
with only a posterior vestige of the median lateral keel, the
superior keels of the second, third, and fourth segments
strongly elevated behind and terminating in a larger tooth,
the upper surface of the fifth weakly sulcate in the middle,
nearly smooth behind, the edges squared and granular ;
vesicle compressed, much narrower than the fifth segment,
smooth and punctured above, serially granular beneath, mesi-
ally carinate, the spine beneath the sting deep and compressed,
very conspicuous, armed above with two spinules.

Palpi finely and closely granular throughout, all the normal
keels well developed and granular; hand strongly carinate,
rounded, a little narrower than the brachium; the movable
digit long and slender, twice the length of the hand-back,
furnished with 11-12 rows of teeth along the middle series.

Legs carinate and granular, the soles of the feet furnished
with long closely-set hairs.

Sterna finely granular throughout, the fifth furnished with
four granular keels, the fourth obsoletely bicarinate poste-
riorly, and the third furnished with a median posterior smooth
polished area,

and Species of Scorpions. 315

Pectines furnished with 15-16 teeth ; the basal intermediate
lamella not produced.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 40°5, length of
carapace 4°8, of tail 23; width of second and fifth caudal
segments 2°3, of vesicle 1:5.

Two female specimens from British Guiana collected by
Mr. J. J. Quelch, to whom I have great pleasure in dedi-
cating the species.

This species differs from 7. columbianus in being paler in
colour, especially beneath, but chieflly in having the spine
on the vesicle of the tail very large and triangular.

The British Museum has also a dried specimen of a scorpion
which I believe to be the male of 7. Quelchti, from Para. In
this specimen the tail is long and slender, being nearly six
‘ times the length of the carapace. The whole animal measures
about 34 millim.

Tityus pusillus, sp. n.

?. Nearly related to the preceding, but more distinctly
spotted with black; the maxillary lobes, however, are not
fuscous, and the fifth caudal segment and the vesicle of the
tail are of the same tint as the rest of the tail and not con-
spicuously infuscate as in 7. Quelchit and T. columbianus.

Trunk carinate and granular above as in the preceding
species; the lower surface perhaps rather more coarsely and
closely granular.

Tail a trifle more than five times the length of the carapace,
slender, nearly parallel-sided, the fifth segment being only
very slightly wider than the second ; the vesicle a little more
globular than in 7. Quelchit, with proportionately larger
tooth, but with much less distinctly defined granules; the
fifth caudal segment also less distinctly granular, and the
terminal tooth of the superior caudal keels is only a little
larger than the rest upon the third and fourth segments.

Falpi and legs as in T. Quelchit, but with 14-15 rows of
teeth along the middle series of the digit.

Pectines with 16-17 teeth, the basal intermediate lamella
slightly produced.

Measurements in millimetres —Total length 32, length of
carapace 4, of tail 20+ ; width of fifth caudal segment 1:6, of
vesicle 1°3.

g. A little smaller and slenderer than female, with tail
slightly longer, being a little more than five and a half times
the length of the carapace. Pectines much larger, with 17-18
teeth.

'wo specimens in alcohol, collected by Mr. G. A. Ramage
at Iguarassu.

316 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new Genera

Family Scorpionide.
Subfamily [scuwverryr.

OPISTHOCENTRUS, gen. nov.
(Pl. XIV. figs. 2 and 3.)

Differs from Opisthacanthus, Peters, of which elatus, Ger-
vais, is the type, in that the anterior border of the carapace is
less deeply excised, the lateral eyes less prominent and either
subequally spaced or with the distance between the posterior
and median greater than that between the median and anterior,
in having only a small projection on the anterior aspect of the
brachium, in having the genital operculum very much smaller,
being shorter, in fact, than the side of the sternum, and much
wider than long, in having the pectines narrower at the base,
and the tactile area of the teeth limited to the posterior distal
extremities of these organs.

Type, O. africanus (Simon).

I establish this genus for those species of Opisthacanthus
that have been described from Africa. So far as my exami-
nation extends these African species differ in a number of
characters from the South American form Opisthacanthus
elatus. It may be that these characters are of small value in
themselves, and it would be bold to assert that every one of
them is of itself of generic importance. But the aggregate
value of them all, coupled with the wide difference in the
geographical distribution of the two types, is sufficient, I
think, to justify the adoption of the view of their importance
that is here put forward.

In Opisthacanthus elatus the carapace is deeply excised in
the middle line, the lateral eyes are prominent, the space be-
tween the anterior and median being greater than that be-
tween the median and posterior; there is a large dentiform
prominence upon the brachium as in Lschnurus and Hormurus ;
the genital operculum is large, being nearly as long as wide,
and longer than the side of the sternum, in the female it is
heart-shaped, being noticeably produced posteriorly ; the
pectines are generally very wide at the base, owing to the
size of the basal intermediate lamella, and the teeth appear
to have been rotated so that the tactile areas which generally
look distally and externally are entirely external and extend
over nearly the whole of the exposed surface of the organ (at
least in the male).

and Species of Scorpions. 317

Opisthocentrus africanus, Simon.

Opisthacanthus africanus, Simon, Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. i. p. 221 (1876).

Opisthacanthus 7-dentatus, Karsch, Zeits. Naturwiss. 1879, p. 872; and
Berl. ent. Zeits. xxx. p. 79 (1886); but not Scorpio 7-dentatus, Pal.
de Beauvois, Ins. rec. en Afr. et Amér. &c. p. 191, pl. v. fig. 5
(1805).

This species seems to be not uncommon in the neighbour-
hood of the Congo. The British Museum has two examples
ticketed Guinea, fcur ticketed Congo, seven from Cette Cama
(Gaboon), and one from Stanley Falls.

Dr. Karsch, who has more than once discussed this species,
can scarcely be congratulated upon the success of his attempt
to establish its synonymy. This author made two suggestions
on this head—firstly, that Simon had described as africanus
‘the species named Lecomtec by Lucas, and secondly, that
Lecomte? had been previously described as septem-dentatus by
Palisot de Beauvois.

The last view, however, is really too extravagant for serious
discussion, fora glance at Palisot de Beauvois’s figure is sufli-
cient to show that the scorpion represented is a thick-tailed
form which can have no near relationship with any of the
genera of the Opisthacanthus group ; while, brief though the
description is, it nevertheless asserts quite plainly that the
specimen examined had six eyes; and seeing that all the
species of Opisthacanthus have eight eyes, we may without
further comment dismiss the question and may pass on to
consider the learned author’s first supposition, namely, that
africanus is asynonym of Lecomtet. But although this opinion
is not, like the other, primd facie absurd, it will nevertheless
not bear the light of close criticism; for the description of
Lecomtet fails to apply to specimens of O. africanus in one or
two particulars—notably in the fact that Lucas’s specimens
had a larger number of pectinal teeth, a smooth carapace, and
apparently the frontal lobes of the carapace more triangular
and separated by a deeper excision. Perhaps these considera-
tions left in Karsch’s mind that element of doubt respecting
the synonymy which is expressed by a mark of interrogation ;
but if so it seems a pity that without further light being shed
upon the matter the questionableness of the accuracy of the
synonymy should be apparently entirely forgotten before
seven years were over. for in 1886 we find a species of
Opisthacanthus described by Karsch and named as new
duodecim-dentatus. ‘Uhis scorpion came from the same loca-
lity as Lecomte aud africanus ; and it is, I should say, certainly
distinct from the latter, with which, as 7-dentatus, Karsch

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 24

318 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new Genera

compares it, entirely forgetting apparently the possibility of
the existence of Lecomtet. Asa matter of fact, the characters
that are given to distinguish 12-dentatus from 7-dentatus, 1. e.
africanus, are precisely those which one would pick out as
distinguishing Lecomted from africanus. So that it is only
reasonable to suppose that 12-dentatus is a synonym of
Lecomte’, and such I shall consider it to be until evidence to
the contrary is forthcoming.

Opisthocentrus Lecomtei (Lucas).

Ischnurus Lecomte?, Lucas in Thomson’s Arch. Ent. ii. p. 428 (1858).
Opisthacanthus duodecim-dentatus, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeits. xxx. p. 79
(1886).

This species, which like africanus is a West-African form,
is unknown to me. Nevertheless there can, I think, be little
doubt that the synonymy given above is correct (cf. supra sub
O. africanus).

This species differs from the preceding, africanus, as well as
from the following validus, in having 10-12 pectinal teeth
and a smooth carapace; possibly also in other characters
which will be pointed out when specimens fall into competent
hands for examination.

Opisthocentrus validus (‘Thor.).

Opisthacanthus validus, Thor. Act. Soc. Ital. p. 248 (1877).

Opisthacanthus capensis, id. ibid.

Hormurus diremptus, Karsch, Mitth. Munch. ent. Ver. 1879, p. 129.

Hormurus asiaticus, Keyserling, Die Arachn. Austral., Scorpiones, p. 24,

pl. iii. fig. 1 (1885).

This species is evidently not uncommon in South Africa.
Thorell’s validus and Karsch’s diremptus were from Caffraria,
and the former author’s var. capensis from the Cape of Good
Hope. The British Museum has examples from 8. Africa
(Drs. Smith and Quain), Port Elizabeth (Messrs, Leslie and
Drege), King Williamstown (Mr. Trevelyan}, Kast London
and Natal (Jr. Howlett and Prof. Lankester), as well as two
others which are without history. One of these latter, a
young form, agrees exactly with Karsch’s description of
H. divemptus. As for Keyserling’s H. asdaticus, there can
be no doubt that it is the same species, though the vague
locality, East Indies, is in all probability erroneous.

This species varies a good deal in the colouring of its
legs, the compression and denticular armature of its poison-
vesicle, &e., and it is possible that it may ultimately be
capable of being split up into several local forms.

and Species of Scorpions. 319.

It may be at once recognized from the W.-African O. afri-
canus by its much smaller median eyes and the much greater
development of the keels on the lower surface of the tail.

Opisthocentrus levipes, sp. n,

Most nearly allied to O. validus, Thor.

Colour olivaceo-ochraceous ; palpi more ferruginous ; legs,
lower surface, and vesicle pale ochraceous.

Carapace rather flat, finely punctured throughout, and
finely granular behind at the sides and in front of the ocular
tubercle ; the anterior excision rather shallow; the frontal
lobes not so triangular as in validus ; eyes as in that species.

Trunk smooth, minutely punctured throughout; the last
wrinkled ; sternites also smooth and minutely punctured, the
last furnished with a shallow groove.

Tail of the ordinary form, less than three times the length
of the carapace, which is as long as the first two segments and
half the third; its upper surtace mesially grooved, weakly
granular at the sides, but scarcely carinate except on the
fourth; lateral surface smooth, punctulate, with an obsolete
keel ; the inferior surface distinctly keeled, the keels granular
on the fourth, denticulate on the fifth; vesicle compressed,
serially granular below.

Palp? rather flat; the normal keels coarsely granular, and
the dorsal intercarinal spaces finely so; hand flatter than in
validus or africanus and much smoother, the reticulated
pattern finer and much less deep ; hand-back considerably
longer than the width of the hand, of which the inner border
is lightly convex and coarsely and sharply tubercular; digits
moderately long, the immovable more strongly bent at the
apex than in africanus or validus.

Legs smooth and minutely punctulate; the femora of the
anterior three pairs granular and carinate below.

FPectines furnished with eight teeth.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 97, of cara-
pace 15, of tail 43°5 ; width of brachium 5:5, of hand 10°5;
length of hand-back 13, of movable digit 14.

A single female example trom the Sheba Mine, Transvaal,
collected and presented by Dr. W. Percy Rendall.

The following synopsis of the African members of this
genus will show some of the characters of the species recog-
nized by me :—

a. Carapace smooth; pectinal teeth 10-12 ........ Lecomtei (Lucas),
b. Carapace finely granular in parts; pectinal teeth

a’. Median eyes very large; inferior caudal keels
GHSOILEECI AM ta std A cietalle le “srcheve “nten orang Neer africanus (Sim.),
24*

320 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new Genera

b'. Median eyes smaller; inferior caudal keels re-
tained.
a’, Carapace and palpi not so flat ; hand coarsely
reticulated above; femora of legs granular
externally 2645... Meiners s ait erate validus (Thor.).
6?. Carapace and palpi flatter; hand smooth and
only finely reticulated above; femora ex-
fernally smoothes cn sess isa meynets levipes, sp. .

CHIROMACHUS, gen. nov. (PI. XIV. fig. 4.)

Allied to Opisthacanthus and Opisthocentrus, but with the
lower surface of the fect studded irregularly behind with long
stiff setae; the series of sete diverging and becoming regularly
arranged upon each side of the socket for the inferior claw.

In Opisthacanthus and Opisthocentrus the feet are armed
below with two distally diverging series of spines.

Type, C. ochropus (C. Koch}, of which the synonymy is, I
believe, as follows :—

Chiromachus ochropus (C. Koch).

Ischnurus ochropus, C. Koch, Die Arachn. iv. p. 69 (1888), ¢.
Ischnurus asper and chrysopus, Peters, Mon. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1861,
pp. 513-514, 9.

This species appears to be an East-African form. The
British Museum has six examples from Zanzibar, two with-
out any history, and one which was brought from Round
Island, near Mauritius, by Sir Henry Barkly.

JoMACHUS, gen. nov. (Pl. XIV. figs. 5 and 6.)

Allied to Hormurus, but differing in having the lower sur-
face of the feet compressed and armed with a single series of
spiniform teeth. ‘The lateral setee, which are characteristic of
the feet in Hormurus, are fewer in number.

Type, Hormurus leviceps (Pocock), from 8. India.

Subfamily Uropacrnr.

Genus Uropacus, Peters.

Urodacus, Peters, Mon, Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1861, p. 511.
Iodacus, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat, Hist. (6) viii. p. 245.

Since establishing the genus Jodacus, I have found that
the characters upon which it was based, namely, the longer
sternum and flat hand, can scarcely be regarded as of generic
importance, for an examination of recently received speci-
mens of U. nove-hollandie has shown that the length of the
sternum is liable to considerable variation, and the new Uro-

and Spectes of Scorpions. 321

dacus described below as planimanus reveals the same fact
with respect to the flatness of the hand.

Urodacus abruptus, Pocock.

Urodacus abruptus, Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) ii. p. 174.

Urodacus Keyserlingii, id. op. cit. vill. pp. 244, 245.

This species is smaller than U. nove-hollandie, smoother,
with more elevated superior caudal crests, a relatively stouter
hand with weaker keels upon it. Moreover, the frontal lobes
are rounder, separated by a deeper excision, and the ocular
tubercle is shorter and better defined in front and behind.

This species seems to be common in 8. and 8.K. Australia.
The type of the species (a dried specimen) came from Ade-
Jaide; but since it was described I have seen others in the
Museum of Owens College, Manchester, which are ticketed
Mt. Lofty, 8. Australia, and Victoria.

One from the latter locality is a male, the sex which has
not been hitherto described. It has 16-17 pectinal teeth,
with a carapace measuring 6 and a tail 32 millim., the total
length being 55 millim. "A female from the same locality,
measuring 6 63 millim., has the carapace 7°3 and the tail 31,
and only 11 pectinal teeth; the genital operculum is very
large, more than a semicircle, and longer than the sternum.
This same form of genital operculum is shown in the types
of U. Keyserlingti, a species which I now regard as identical
with abruptus. In the male above referred to the superior
caudal keels are elevated almost to the same extent as in
U. armatus.

Urodacus planimanus, sp. n.

(Pl. XIV. fic. 7; Pl. XV. B. figs. 1, 1a.)

Colour Here Sbieeaeeoa legs, vesicle, chelicere, and
lower surface paler.

Carapace a little shorter than the first two caudal segments,
its anterior border deeply and abruptly mesially excised, the
lateral eyes not prominent; the halves of the ocular tubercle
terminating behind the eyes; the area between the median
and lateral eyes polished and finely punctured; the rest of
the surface finely granular.

Tergites finely granular, the last with two granular keels
on each side.

Sternites smooth, polished, the last marked with two sub-
crenulate keels and very finely, closely granular posteriorly.

Tail four times as long as the carapace; posteriorly nar-
rowed, compressed, slender, with finely granular intercarinal
spaces, the keels finely denticulate; the upper keels of the

322 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new Genera

first four segments elevated and terminating behind in strong
teeth; the segments straight-sided, the first a trifle longer
than wide, the second much longer than wide, the fourth
twice as long as wide; the median lateral keel of the fifth
extending throughout half the length of the segment; vesicle
as wide as the second segment, wider than the third, fourth,
or fifth.

Palpi, humerus, and brachium flattish, normally keeled,
finely granular above, the brachium with a smallish bifid
tubercle on its anterior aspect, and with 8-9 pores on its
lower surface in front of the keel; manus less than twice as
wide as the brachium, keeled as in nove-hollandie, but flat
above, the upper and external surfaces being at right angles
to each other as in U. Darwinii, the lower surface also flat
and furnished with a series of 8—9 pores; the length of the
hand-back greater than the width of the hand, but a good
deal] less than the length of the movable digit; the digits in
contact, elongate, the immovable with three pores above, the
posterior of which is well on the digit, and four externally.

Legs finely granular, the femora granularly carinate be-
neath.

Pectines just reaching the extremity of the posterior coxe,
furnished with 14 teeth.

Genital operculum a little shorter than the sternum, its
posterior border semicircular.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 64, of cara-
pace 8°5, of tail 385; width of first segment 3, of fourth 2:7,
of fifth 2°5, of vesicle 2°8 ; manus, width of the upper surface
4-5, height 3°3 ; length of hand-back 7:2, of movable digit 8-2.

Locality. ‘ Within 30 miles of Perth, W. Australia”
(H. W. J. Turner, Esq.).

At once to be recognized from all the hitherto described
species of Urodacus by its flat hands and thin tail. In both
these characters it approaches U. Darwinii ; but easily dis-
tinguishable on account of being finely granular, in having
strongly elevated superior caudal keels, &c.

Urodacus Woodwardit, sp. n. (Pl. XIV. figs. 8 and 9.)

Allied to U. nove-hollandie and to U. abruptus.

?. Colour ochraceo-ferruginous, palpi redder, legs yellower.

Upper surface of the trunk very weakly granular, the
tergites almost entirely smooth and polished.

Tail with the keels developed almost exactly as in U. nove-
hollandiew, but the whole organ shorter, being only three and
a half instead of four times the length of the carapace, and

and Species of Scorpions. 523

stouter, the segments more excavated above; vesicle much
more globular than in nove-holland/w, being wider, higher,
and shorter ; aculeus also shorter and rather more curved.

Palpi almost as in nove-hollandie, but the hands more
robust.

The following measurements in millimetres of the type of
this species (A) and of an example of nove-hollandice (B) of
the same sex and nearly the same size will show the diffe-
rences between the two species with respect to the size of the
tail and hands :—

A. Total length 48:5, of carapace 6'8, of tail 26; length of
tail-segments 1 to 5, 2°7,3°1,3°5, 3°8, 5°38; width of the same
segments, 3°95, 3°1, 3, 2°7, 2°5; vesicle, width 2°6, height 2,
length 3:3; length of aculeus 2°3; width of brachium 2-1, of
‘ manus 5°); length of hand-back 5:1, of movable digit 6:5.

B. Length of carapace 7, of tail 29; length of tail-segments
1 to 5, 8, 3°5, 3°9, 4°2,7; width of the same segments, 3:2, 3,
2°9, 2°7, 2°5; vesicle, width 2°4, height 1-9, length 3-8; length
of aculeus 38; width of brachium 2:5, of manus 4°5; length
of hand-back 5°6, of movable digit 6°2.

Unfortunately I have only the one specimen of U. Wood-
wardu for examination; but small examples of nove-hollandie
from Perth, both older and younger than the one measured,
show similar differences to it from the type of U. Woodwardit.
This species also differs from nove-hollandiw in being much
smoother and in having the frontal lobes of the carapace more
rounded. In both these respects, as also in the robustness of
the hand, it approaches U. abrupétus, but in the latter the
superior caudal keels are more elevated and posteriorly spini-
form.

A single female example from the Darling Range (north

of Perth), collected by B. H. Woodward, Esq.

Family Iuride.
Subfamily Zveryz.
Scorptops Peterstt, sp.n. (Pl. XIV. fig. 10.)

Scorpiops Hardwickii, Peters and Karsch (not of Gervais).

Colour blackish brown ; feet, vesicle, and chelicere yellow,
with a smooth yellow spot at the extremity of the upper edge
of the femur and a similar spot on the anterior face of the
second segment of the palpi.

Carapace granular throughout, but not coarsely, the median
groove smooth; the anterior border deeply excised, with

324 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new Genera

rounded lateral portions; the ocular tubercle small and low,
the eyes also small and separated by a distance which is
nearly twice a diameter; the distance between the posterior
lateral eyes subequal, the posterior eye being a little further
removed from the median than the latter is from the anterior.

Tergites studded in the posterior half with low smooth
granules ; a prominent subgranular median keel; the last
furnished with 4 granular keels.

Sternites smooth, somewhat coarsely punctured and im-
pressed, the last furnished with 4 weakly granular keels.

Tail nearly four times the length of the carapace, which is
about as long as the first and second segments taken together,
slender, posteriorly narrowed, all the segments except the
first longer than wide, the fourth about twice as long as wide;
the fifth segment about twice as long as the second; the
normal keels well developed and coarsely granular, the spaces
between them weakly granular, the terminal granule of the
superior keels not enlarged ; the median lateral keel complete
on the first segment, just visible on the second, and extending
throughout the anterior half of the fifth; the upper surface of
the fifth nearly flat, with squared granular keels, the lower
keels denticulate ; the vesicle and aculeus a little longer than
the fifth segment; the aculeus curved in its posterior half,
about half as long as the vesicle; vesicle very large and
swollen, a little wider than the second segment, its height
equal to its width, coriaceous below.

Palpi \arge ; humerus granular throughout, the keels sharp
and coarsely granular, the anterior and posterior surfaces
furnished with an extra abbreviated keel, which on the first is
composed of about six sharp tubercles: brachium also gran-
ular, furnished with five strong granular keels, its anterior
surface armed with two denticles, of which the inferior is con-
siderably the larger; the lower surface furnished with a
series of 7 setiferous pores: manus twice as wide as the
brachium, the length of the hand-back about equal to that of
the movable digit and less than that of the carapace, the
manus granular throughout, its upper surface flat and bor-
dered externally (behind) by a strong and internally by a
weaker granular keel, which take their origin from the
immovable digit, the external surface of the hand convex and
carinate ; keel of the hand-back strong and granular; the
movable digit as long as the filth segment of the tail, with a
large lobe in the middle of its length, the immovable corre-
spondingly notched.

Legs very finely granular.

Pectines short, furnished with 5 teeth.

and Species of Scorpions. 325

Stigmata elongate, the aperture crescentic.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 68, of carapace
9, of tail 36°5; width of first segment 3°5, of fifth 2°5, of
vesicle 3°5; width of brachium 3°2, of manus 6; length of
hand-back 8, of movable digit 9°8.

Loc. Simla, in the Himalayas. Coll. Schlagintweit.

Two female examples, the one above described and a
second smaller one measuring 47 millim., of which the cara-
pace is 6°2 and the tail 24.

There are also two more adult female specimens of approxi-
mately the same size as the one described, but without
localities. These are blacker in colour, with the palpi rather
more robust. ‘There is, in addition, a small example, the
carapace of which measures only 5°5 millim., while the fingers
are scarcely lobate and the manus is only one third wider
than the brachium.

This species may be recognized from Hardwickii*, of which
the type is preserved in this Museum, by its much larger
size, the average length of Hardwickii being 36 millim. (one
example in the collection is 46 millim.), its thinner and
longer tail, thinner hand, &c.

The specimens that I have described differ from those
examined by Karsch in the proportions of the fifth caudal
segment and in having the carapace about as long as the first
two caudal segments. These differences, however, are, I
suspect, merely sexual.

Scorpiops leptochirus, sp.n. (Pl. XIV. fig. 11.)

Colour nearly black ; cheliceree and vesicle infuscate, distal
tarsal segment ferruginous.

Carapace weakly granular, the ocular tubercle shallowly
cleft, the eyes on it rather large and separated by a space
which is rather larger than a diameter; the lateral eyes
distinct, the posterior the smallest and close to the median
one.

Tergites studded with low, smooth, shining granules, a
median granular keel ; the last with 4 short weak keels.

Sternites smooth, the last furnished with 4 granular keels.

Tail robust, less than three and a half times the length of
the carapace, which is almost as long as the first two seements
and halt the third, posteriorly attenuated; the second sezment
as long as wide, the fourth about one fourth longer than wide,
the fifth not twice the length of the second, the normal keels
well developed and granular, the intercarinal spaces weakly
granular, these granules arranged in a reticulated pattern ;

* P Syn. solidus, Karsch.

326 Mr. R. I. Pocock on new Genera

the posterior granule of the superior keels a little larger than
the rest and bifid ; the median lateral keel complete and pos-
teriorly down-curved on the first segment, represented by
merely a few granules on the second, and extending over about
two thirds of the fifth segment, the inferior keels of the
fifth posteriorly denticulate. Vesicle of moderate size, about
as high as wide and a little narrower than the fifth seg-
ment, finely granular or coarsely coriaceous below.

Falpi with the keels well developed and granular and with
the intercarinal spaces closely and finely granular, the granules
being arranged in a reticulated pattern; the humerus nearly
smooth behind, its inferior keel absent distally and with only
a few granules, forming a short upper crest on its distal half ;
the keels of the brachium granular ; seven inferior piliferous
pores and a single small inferior tubercle in front; manus
rather narrow, not twice the width of the brachium, the hand-
back a little shorter than the carapace but a little longer than
the fifth caudal segment, shorter than the movable dactylus,
which equals the carapace in length; the keels of the hands
not strong, the external aspect of the segment convex, only
weakly crested.

Legs externally weakly granular.

Fectines furnished with 6 or 7 teeth.

Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 49°5, of cara-
pace 8, of tail 27-53; width of first segment 3°5, of fifth 2°5,
of vesicle 2°3, of brachium 8, of hand 5; length of hand-back
7, of movable digit 8.

A single (probably female) example without locality.

Differs from . Peters’? in its stouter and shorter tail,
narrower vesicle, larger eyes, less strongly carinate palpi, &e.
From S. Hardwickit by the granular keels on the external
surface of the brachium, narrower, less strongly crested hands,
larger and closer eyes, Ke.

Scorpiops longimanus, sp.n. (Pl. XIV. fig. 12.)

Colour (dried) a uniform dull brown.

Carapace as long as the anterior three caudal segments,
somewhat coarsely and closely granular, with strong granular
superciliary crests and strong crests on each side of the ante-
rior groove; ocular tubercle cleft, the distance between the
eyes a little greater than a diameter; lateral eyes distinct,
the posterior a little nearer the median than the latter is near
the anterior.

Tergites thickly and coarsely granular throughout, the keel
conspicuous and granular; the last furnished with five
granular keels.

and Species of Scorpions. © SP)

Stergites smooth, the last furnished with four weakly
granular keels.

Tail short, only about three times the length of the cara-
pace, posteriorly attenuate, the second segment as wide as
long and about half the lengih of the fifth; the keels deve-
loped as in the preceding species, except that the upper ones
on the second to fourth segments have the terminal denticle
enlarged and bifid; vesicle long, compressed, as wide as the
fifth segment, as high as wide, almost smooth beneath.

Palpi long, the humerus about as long as the carapace ; all
the normal keels well developed and granular, the spaces
between them also somewhat coarsely granular; brachium
with ten pores on its lower surface and two very large and
sharp teeth, as well as a few smaller ones on its anterior
surface; hand not nearly twice as wide as the brachium, .
narrow, more than twice as long as wide, the hand-back
nearly twice as long as the width of the hand and slightly
longer than the carapace; the movable dactylus a little longer .
than the hand-back ; the immovable digit nearly four times
as long as it is wide at the base, the inner edge of the digits
nearly straight.

Legs externally granular.

Pectines furnished with 8 teeth.

Length about 50 millim., of carapace 9°3, of tail 27:5;
width of brachium 3°5, of manus 5; length of hand-back 9,
of movable digit 9°8.

A single female example from Silhet.

‘This species appears to differ from S. montanus of Karsch
in having the carapace and palpi coarsely instead of very
finely granular, and in having the movable digit longer
instead of shorter than the hand-back.

From anthracinus, Simon, it may be recognized by having
ten pores on the lower surface of the brachium instead of
nineteen, and from S. Lindstroemti and lugubris by having
ten instead of fifteen of these pores.

Scorpiops Binghamii, sp.n. (Pl. XIV. fig. 13.)

Colour nearly black, the tergites obscurely spotted with
ferruginous; the lower surface and the feet ochraceous or
ferruginous, the vesicle ferrugineo-fuscous.

Carapace and tergites distinctly but not very coarsely
granular, the superciliary crests pronounced ; ocular tubercle
cleft above, the eyes large and separated by a space that is
about equal to a diameter; the postero-lateral eye the smallest,
the space dividing it from the median eye greater than the
space between the anterior and median eye and a little smaller

328 Mr. R I. Pocock on new Genera

than the diameter of the small eye. The median keel on the
tergites rather weak, but the four granular keels on the last
tergite strong.

Sternites smooth, impressed with large punctures; the last
with four granular keels.

Tail constructed as in the preceding species, but rather
stronger, being more than three times the length of the cara-
pace, which is shorter than the first three segments by about
one third of the third segment, and the second segment is
wider than long, and the third as wide as long.

Palpi almost as in the preceding species, but with the keels
weaker and not so strongly granular, while the intercarinal
spaces also are less strongly granular; there are thirteen
pores on the lower surface of the brachium ; the length of the
hand-back considerably exceeds that of the carapace and of
the movable digit, these two being equal—it equals, in fact,
the first three caudal segments; the digits are rather short,
distinctly lobate and sinuate in their proximal half, the height
of the immovable at the base being about one third of its
length.

Legs externally granular.

Pectines large, with distinct fulera and 9 teeth.

Total length 55 millim., of carapace 8, of tail 27 ; width of
brachium 3, of hand 5; length of hand-back 9, of movable
digit 7.

A single adult male from Central Tenasserim, collected by
— Binghan, Esq.

This species, with its slender hands, strongly crested
superior caudal keels, &c., belongs to the same category as
S. montanus, Karsch, anthracinus, Simon, Lindstroemii and
lugubris, Thorell, and longimanus, sp. n. It differs from
montanus at least in having the carapace shorter than the
anterior three caudal segments and in having the carapace
considerably shorter than the hand-back. From anthracinus
it may be recognized by having thirteen instead of nineteen
pores on the brachium, from Lindstroemii and lugubris by
having thirteen instead of fifteen pores, and from longimanus
by having thirteen instead of ten pores, &c.

ANUROCTONUS, gen. nov. (Pl. XIV. figs. 14 and 15.)

Allied to Uroctonus, Thorell, but differing at least in having
a single tooth instead of a series of teeth on the lower edge
of the movable digit of the chelicere.

Type Anuroctonus pheodactylus (Wood).

Of this species I have seen a single specimen (female, with

and Species of Scorpions. 329

normal aculeus) from Virginia, belonging to the collection of
Owens College, Manchester.

It is a singular thing that Dr. Karsch, who has seen this
species, referred it to Uroctonus, and characterizes Uroctonus
as having a series of teeth on the lower border of the digit of
the cheliceree. Dr. Marx also referred it to Uroctonus. But
I cannot see any series of teeth at all comparable to the series
presented by Uroctonus. On the contrary, there is only one
tooth, not so large it is true as the one in Hadrurus, but
occupying the same position, and the edge in front of this
may be finely roughened; but there is no structure presented
that I should call a series of teeth.

Of course a solution to the difficulty is that I have
examined a species which is not phwodactylus. I cannot,
however, without further evidence bring myself to believe
this, on account of the closeness of the application of Wood’s
description to my specimen.

HADRUROIDES, gen. nov. (Pl. XIV. figs. 16 and 17.)

Allied to Caraboctonus, Pocock, but recognizable by the
dentition on the digits of the chele.

In Caraboctonus Keyserlingii thesmedian series consists of
a few (six) longitudinal slightly overlapping rows of denticles,
the posterior denticle of each being enlarged, while on the
inner side of the anterior extremities of each row there is a
large tooth, all the large teeth together forming an inner
series. ‘This arrangement is well shown in fig. 21, pl. Ixxxiii.
vol. i. of the Trans. Zool. Soc.*

In Hadruroides the dentition is on the same plan as in
Caraboctonus, but the large teeth of the inner series are further
back from the ends of the median rows, and close to the
latter on the outer and inner side are a few (two or three)
supernumerary denticles.

Type Hadrurus charcasus (Karsch).

On p. 92 of the August number of the ‘Annals’ for this
year | referred H. charcasus of Karsch to Caraboctonus. But
the dentition of the chele seems to me to be of sufficient
importance for the establishment of a genus}. The species
in the Museum identified as probably maculatus or robustus,

* In fact there can be no doubt that the “7elegonus from Coquimbo ”
mentioned and figured by Prof. Lankester in this paper is the specimen I
have made into the type of Carabuctonus Keyserlingzt. Further details
are represented on pl. Ixxxii. figs. 4, 12, and 16, and pl. Ixxxiil. figs. 7
and 19.

+ The differences between Caraboctonus and Hadruroides are strictly
comparable to those that obtain between Centrurus and Tityus.

330 On new Genera and Species of Scorpions.

and also referred (ibéd.) to Caraboctonus, I now transfer to
this new genus. I may mention that, in addition to the
clothing of the soles of the feet, both Caraboctonus and
Hadrurotdes differ from Hadrurus in having the ocular
tubercle in front of the middle of the carapace.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pruate XIV.

Fig. 1. Tityus Quelchit, sp. n. Vesicle.

Fig. 2. Opisthacanthus elatus (Gerv.). Sternum and operculum of male.

Fig.2a. Ditto. Ditto of female.

Fig. 3. Opisthocentrus africanus (Sim.). Sternum and operculum of
male,

Fig. 3a. Ditto. Ditto of female.

Fig. 3b. Ditto. Foot, side view.

Fig. 4. Chiromachus ochropus (C. K.)._ Foot, side view.

Fig. 5. Iomachus leviceps (Pocock). Foot, side view.

dig. 6. Hormurus de Changei (Becker). Foot, side view.

Fig. 7. Urodacus planimanus, sp. n. Hand.

Fig. 8. Urodacus Woodwardii, sp. n. Vesicle from the side.

Fig. 8 a. Ditto. Vesicle from below.

Fig. 9. Urodacus nove-hollandia, Pet. Vesicle from side.

Fig. 9a. Ditto. Vesicle from below.

Fig. 10. Scorpiops Petersii, sp.n. Hand.

Fig. 11. Scorpiops leptochirus, sp.n. Hand.

Fig. 12. Scorpiops longimanus, sp.n. Hand.

Fig. 13. Scorpiops Bingham, sp.n. Hand.

Fig. 14. Anuroctonus pheodactylus (Wood). Dentition of digit of chela.

Fig. 14a. Ditto. Dentition of movable digit of chelicera,

Fig. 14 6. Ditto. Foot.

Fig. 14 ¢. Ditto. Vesicle.

Fig. 15. Uroctonus mordar, Thor. Dentition of movable digit of cheli-
cera,

Fig. 16. Hadruroides charcasus (Karsch). Dentition of digit of chela.

Fig. 17. Caraboctonus Keyserlingti, Pocock. Dentition of digit of chela
(after Lankester).

PLATE XV.B

Fig. 1. Urodacus planimanus, sp.n. Foot from the side, to show the
lobes and the spine armature.

Fig. 1a. Ditto, Foot from below, to show the single spur characteristic
of the Scorpionidee.

Fig, 2. Hemiscorpius lepturus, Peters. Foot from below, showing spur
and spine armature,

Fig. 8. Iurus Dufoureius (Brullé). Foot from below, to show the two
spurs and the hairy clothing.

Fig. 4. Cherilus variegatus, Sim. Foot from below.

Bibliographical Notices. oom

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

A Olassed and Annotated Bibliography of the Palwozore Crustacea,
1698-1892, to which is added a Catalogue of North-American
Species. By Anrnony W. Voepus. 8vo. 412 pages. San Fran-
cisco, California Academy of Sciences, June 1893.

In the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ for April 1890
a short notice was given of a ‘Catalogue of the North-American
non-Trilobitic Palaeozoic Crustacea” prepared by the same Author
(Captain A. W. Vogdes, of the U.S. Artillery), who has now supplied
Palontologists with the elaborate and careful Bibliography before
us, to which the Trilobites of North America are added in a full and
lucid catalogue, as well as an augmented list of the other paleozoic
Crustacea of that region.

A preparatory edition appeared in the ‘ Bulletin of the United-
. States Geological Survey,’ No. 63, 8vo. Washington, 177 pages.

The later and far more complete work has been brought out as
No. iv. of the “Occasional Papers of the California Academy of
Sciences,” and is a highly creditable result of the Author’s pains-
taking enthusiasm, and of the Academy’s well-directed liberality.

Part ithe << Bibliography ” itself, occupies pages 3-252, giving
the Authors? names alphabetically, with the titles of the papers, place
of their publication, &c., and a full list of the species therein treated
of. This is very satisfactory, though misprints occur here, and
there are some errata besides those mentioned at page 413. There
is an appendix to the Bibliography at pp. 409-411. Useful notes
are given in many cases as to the memoirs or some portions of
their contents.

In Part II. we have a good “ Catalogue of North-American species
of Trilobites ” (pages 259-360), preceded by ‘¢ A Systematic Classi-
fication of the Genera” (pp. 253-258), with the names of Authors,
formations, and types, reference to publications, and dates. The
names of genera, with synonyms, sections, and subgenera, are care-
fully distinguished in the printing; and the references, geological
stages, and localities appear to have been very carefully attended to.
The genera are arranged alphabetically.

In Part III. a ‘Catalogue of North-American non-Trilobites ”
occupies pages 369-408; and a classification of the ‘“‘ Merostomata,
Phyllocarida, Bivalved Entomostraca, Isopoda, Cirripedse, Decapoda,
Schizopoda, Amphipoda, Stromapoda,” precedes it, at pp. 361-369.
These are all of Paleozoic age, and their grouping is to some extent
provisional. The non- Trilobitic Crustacea found fossil in North
America are enumerated on the same plan, and with equal care and
precision, as the Trilobites referred to above.

Altogether this bibliographic work on the Paleozoic Crustacea is
to be welcomed by Geologists both at home and abroad. The
scrupulous care of the Author has raised it far above the level of
some catalogues of fossils; and his conscientious and modest nature
leads him to recognize the probable requirement of cautious correc-
tions and additions, which he has asked his readers and fellow- workers
to supply him with as far as they can. In the meantime we thank
him for this excellent Bibliography , and the California Academy for
issuing it to the world.

332 Geological Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

June 21, 1893.—Dr. H. Woodward, F.R.S., Vice-
President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. “On Two Dinosaurian Teeth from Aylesbury.” By R.
Lydekker, Esq., B.A., F.G.S.

Two teeth from the neighbourhood of Aylesbury, believed to be of
Portlandian age, may be referred to the same species as is a tooth
figured by De La Moussay from the Portlandian of Boulogne. The
Aylesbury teeth are described in the paper, and the nature of the
animal which possessed them is discussed.

2. “ On anew Plesiosaur from the Waipara River, New Zealand.”
By Capt. F. W. Hutton, F.R.S., F.G.S,

This specimen was shortly described by Sir James Hector in 1873.
The Author considers it more prudent to follow Mr. Lydekker in
referring all the known New Zealand Cretaceous Sauropterygians
with which he is acquainted to Leidy’s genus Cimoliosaurus, and
he therefore describes this form as a new species of that genus.

3. “Observations on the Affinities of the Genus Astrocenia.” By
Robert F. Tomes, Esq., F.G.S.

Researches recently made by the Author relative to the structure
of certain undoubted Astrocenie of the Gosau beds, having for their
primary object the better understanding of the supposed species of the
genus obtained from the Glamorganshire conglomerate, have been
productive of results which will render a complete modification in
the classificatory position of the genus imperative.

The Author gives a new definition of the genus, in which he does
not at present include any species of an earlier date than the Cre-
taceous period, all the so-called Jurassic Astrocenie being referable
to other and quite distinct genera.

4. “Description of a new Genus of Madreporaria from the
Sutton Stone of South Wales.” By Robert F. Tomes, Esq., F.G.S.

In the Quarterly Journal for 1885 is a detailed description of a
coral from the Sutton Stone named <Astrocenia gibbosa. This spe-
cimen is not the type of the species, and a re-examination of it by
the Author has proved that it is not an Astrocenia. Two other
specimens have also been examined, and as a result of examination
of the three the Author is enabled to found a new genus Styloseris,
of which a diagnosis is given, and the specific name gibbosa is
retained for this, the only known species. The genus will take its
place near Clausastrea, from which it differs by possessing a well
developed columella and increasing by both fissiparity and gemmation.

Miscellaneous. goo

5. “On Cheilostomatous Bryozoa from the Middle Lias.” By
Edwin A. Walford, Esq., F.G.S.

The Author describes some forms of Bryozoa from the spinatus-
zone of the Middle Lias near Banbury, some of which had previously
been classed with the Cyclostomata. The new material not only
shows the opercular aperture but the opercula in situ, together
with appendages and supra-oral ovicells characteristic of the Cheilo-
stomata. In addition he has also found giant cells (cistern-cells)
of form quite dissimilar from the ordinary zocecia and probably
reproductive. He cites M. Jules Haime as having described in his
magnificent monograph somewhat similar cells from the Inferior
Oolite ; and in the Oxfordshire Great Oolite Bryozoa Mr. Walford
has found cistern-cells like the Lias species on some colonies like
Diastopore. He contends that it is merely the acquisition of
. very well-preserved material which is needed to show the necessity
of removal of many such species to the Cheilostomata. The name
Cisternophora is suggested for the genus, of which several forms
are described.

MISCELLANEOUS.
On Hybrids or Mongrels with two Male Parents.

Mr. Herrzerr Srencur, in the ‘Contemporary Review’ for March,
enters at some length into the evidence concerning the possible
influence of one male parent on the offspring of another male by
the same female. ‘his question was discussed by Darwin, and the
best-authenticated instances are well known; but, granting the
validity of the evidence, the explanation given—that the sexual
elements of the first male parent modified the somatic cells of the
female—is surely not sufficiently proven to admit of the phenomenon
being adduced as fatal to Weismann’s hypothesis,

Sir John Lubbock (Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xx. p. 133) has pub-
lished an instance among ants, in which it appears that the sperma-
tozoa retained their life and energy in the body of a female for no
less than thirteen years. Therefore it is possible to imagine that
the male elements of the first parent really fertilized the ovum,
giving rise to the supposed offspring of the second parent, although,
for various reasons which need not be entered upon, this seems
highly improbable.

But it does not seem so improbable that they may have partly
fertilized it. Strasburger has shown that among plants the pollen
of a species very diverse from that which he attempted to fertilize
with it would frequently produce a certain amount of growth in the
ovum, resulting in an aborted embryo, which would never have been
noticed had not special attention been paid to the subject. Now it

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 25

334 Miscellaneous.

seems conceivable that a spermatozoon of an earlier male, which
was for any reason unable to produce a perfect embryo, might enter
an ovum without destroying it or causing it to develop, and that
the ovum might afterwards be fertilized by a perfect spermatozoon
of another male, and develop accordingly. The germ-plasm derived
from the first and apparently ineffectual spermatozoon would account
for the result as recorded, and the hybrid or mongrel animal would,
in fact, have two fathers.
This is hypothetical, of course; but, while waiting for further
proof, it may be permissible to set hypothesis against hypothesis.
T. D. A. CockERELL.

Las Cruces, New Mexico, U.S.A.,
Aug. 3, 1893.

On the Identity of the “ Cotton Spinner” (Holothuria nigra) of
English Authors with Holothuria Forskali, Chiaje, and on the
Occurrence of Cucumaria Koellikeri, Semp., in the Atlantic Ocean.
By Dr. Emin von MaRenzeLLer.

The following observations were evoked by the examination of
certain Holothurians which were collected off Sines, on the coast of
Portugal, and for which I am indebted to the kindness of Prof.
Paulino dOliveira, of the University of Coimbra. The collection
comprised specimens of Holothuria Forskaliz, Chiaje, Cucumaria
Koellikeri, Semp., and Cucumaria Montagui, Flem.

Holothuria Forskalii (to which species Ludwig justly assigned
HT. cataniensis, Gr.) was first shown to exist in the Atlantic Ocean
in the year 1882 by Greeff. The author referred to found the
species in Setubal Bay, while in 1890 Hérouard reported it as
occurring at Roscoff. This Holothurian, which is characterized by
its external appearance, by the slight development of the calcareous
bodies, and the possession of Cuvierian organs, had, however,
already been observed long before on the British coast, especially
in the West of Ireland, and had been designated ‘the Nigger
or Cotton Spinner” (Holothuria nigra). Anyone may convince
himself of the justice of this view by comparing the calcareous
bodies of H.'Forskalii with the figures of these structures in H. nigra
given by Jeffrey Bell (‘Catalogue of the British Echinoderms,’
London, 1892). For my part I was also able to compare prepara-
tions of calcareous bodies furnished to me by the Rev. Canon A. M.
Norman, and derived from a specimen of H. nigra from Polperro,
Cornwall. That this state of affairs, which is interesting from the
point of view of animal distribution, remained so long undiscovered,
is probably to be ascribed to the insufficiency of the earlier descrip-
tions of H. nigra, as well as to the fact that the animals themselves
did not come into the hands of those investigators who were
acquainted with H. Forskalii. Moreover, Stichopus Selenke, de-
scribed by Th. Barrois in 1882 from Concarneau, is certainly nothing
else than H. Forskalii. The difference shown in the representation
of the calcareous bodies will receive correction. It appears that in

Miscellaneous. oon

the Atlantic Ocean H/. Forskalii does not attain so large a size as in
the Mediterranean.

Cucumaria Koellikert, Semp., hitherto known only from Sicily
and Naples, has likewise under another name figured for some time
past as a member of the Holothurian fauna of the Atlantic. I re-
gard Cucumaria Lefevrii, Th. Barrois (1882), from Concarneau, as
the same species, though certainly the figures of the calcareous
bodies do not justify this supposition. I have already explained in
my memoir on the Holothurians of the ‘ Hirondelle,’ at present in
the press, that it is not advisable to follow Hérouard (‘ Recherches
sur les Holothuries des cétes de France,’ Arch. Zool. Exp. [2]
vol. vii. 1890) in regarding Cucuwmaria Lefevrii, with ten tentacles,
as synonymous with Thompson’s old species C. Drumondii, which
is now assigned to the genus Phyllophorus. Since I have in the
meantime learned to know the species, I can now also protest
‘ against Hérouard’s attempt to regard Thyone gemmata, Pourt., of
the American coasts, as of the same value. In the determination
of C. Koellikeri, Semp., from Sines, I used an original specimen
which belonged to Semper.

Cucumaria Montagu, Flem. (=le Fleurilardé, Dicquemarre,
1778 ;=Colochirus Andersoni, Lampert, 1885 ;= Colochirus Lacazet,
Hérouard, 1890), was represented by three quite young specimens
measuring from 4 to § millim. in length. Jeffrey Bell (doc. ct.) has
not recognized this conspicuous species, which also occurs on the
coasts of Great Britain. I have set forth its synonymy at length in
my memoir alluded to above. The examination of these young
specimens has decided me to give a new, and perhaps finally satis-
factory solution of the question as to what Forbes (‘A History of
British Starfishes,’ London, 1841) understood by his ‘ Psolinus
brevis.” The choice of the generic name proves that Forbes wished
to draw attention to the contrast between the dorsal and ventral
surface, which distantiy recalled Psolus. It is precisely this pecu-
larity that distinguishes C. Montagui, and this it was also that
misled Lampert and Hérouard, so as to make them think of Colo-
chirus, since in the species of this genus the feet are confined to the
ventral surface. The sole difference between the contracted young
specimens of C. Montagwi from Sines and the figure of Psolinus
brevis drawn from life, consists in the fact that in the former the
feet are more numerous and are not arranged ina single row. It
is well known that Litken referred Psolinus brevis to Cucumaria
(Ocnus) minuta, F.—Suitzgs.-Ber. k. Akad. Wiss. Wien, math.-
naturw. Classe, Jahrg. 1893, no. xii. pp. 107-109.

On the Habits of Blennius sphynx, Cuv. & Val., and of Blennius
Montagui, Fleming. By M. Frépéric Guiten*.

The construction of the great experimental fish-pond, recently
added to the laboratory at Banyuls-sur-Mer, has enabled me to make
certain observations which I had vainly endeavoured to carry out

* The observations here described were made at the zoological labora-
tory at Banyuls-sur-Mer (Pyrénées Orientales).

336 Miscellaneous.

successfully hitherto. A large number of littoral animals, finding
in this pool a safe shelter from the rough sea, have come to choose
their abode in it; they are found there under conditions exception-
ally favourable for uninterrupted observation. Blennius sphynw is a
case in point. Many individuals belonging to this pretty species
have made their way into the basin in order to construct their nests
in it. Some have chosen the holes with which the schist forming
the sides is pierced in all directions; others have established them-
selves in the tunnels bored by the Yeredos in the timbers which
have been utilized for the construction of the coffer-dams.

The male of Blennius sphyna selects as the locality of his nest a
little cavity with a narrow opening, just large enough to allow his
body to pass through. His pretty head, which is black striped with
blue, and surmounted by two graceful yellow horns, alone projects
from the hole, and the little creature remains constantly on the
watch in this position; as soon as he espies a female searching for
food among the surrounding alge, he raises himself halfway out of
the nest, while his spiny dorsal fin, which is greatly elevated and
very vividly coloured, assumes a vertical position; he imparts to
the anterior portion of his body a vertical swaying motion, un-
doubtedly with the object of attracting the female. If the latter
does not respond to this invitation, the male leaves the nest and
goes to meet her. His colours become extremely vivid, and his head
suddenly darkens, which again causes the blue streaks with which
it is adorned to stand out more sharply; the black, yellow, and blue
bands on the sides of his body acquire a brilliancy of striking effect,
and he darts suddenly upon the female, at the same time again
erecting his magnificent dorsal fin.

These demonstrations do not always succeed in ensuring the
success of the little male; but,if his appeals are listened to, the
female enters the nest and soon commences to deposit her eggs,
which adhere to the walls of the nest by means of delicate filaments
of a glutinous nature and follicular origin, attached to the base of
the shell around the micropyle. During the whole of the time
occupied by the spawning the male is the victim of intense excite-
ment. He cruises around his hole to keep watch on its approaches ;
when the female, who is completely hidden within the nest, allows
her head to be seen and makes a show of wishing to escape, he flies
at her and bites her in order to force her to reenter. From time to
time he penetrates into the nest; he is seen to move rapidly and
then to undergo a sort of violent shudder, accompanied by a slight
forward movement, which corresponds to the emission of the semen
destined for the fertilization of the ova which have been deposited.

The scenes which | have just described are repeated until,
spawning being completed, the female abandons the nest to return
to it no more. ‘The male, who is polygamous, remains as the
faithful guardian of the ova deposited by the different females
which he receives in his domicile, and acquits himself of his task
with surprising perseverance and tenacity.

I have captured males guarding their ova and transported them

Miscellaneous. Bou

into a tank of the aquarium. When, after the lapse of fourteen
and even eight and twenty hours, I have brought them back to
within a short distance from their abode, they have always found
it again. I have taken a male watching over his offspring and set
him at liberty forthwith, at a distance of 12 metres from the float-
ing plank in which he had established his nest; this plank was
surrounded by a large number of others, pointing in all directions
and immersed at different levels ; nevertheless, after a certain time,
he was back again at his post. Another male, placed in the same
conditions, was transported to a distance of 28 metres from his nest,
and returned to it an hour and a half afterwards. A third, in order
to return to his ova, was obliged to cross the pool, which is 50 metres
wide. These facts, and others besides which I shall shortly publish,
indicate in Blennius sphynv a very great development of memory
_ and an attachment to his ova which is quite remarkable.

If sand, gravel, shells, or objects of any kind be introduced into
his dwelling or placed so as to block up his door, the male removes
them to a distance by carrying them in his mouth.

He always enters his hole backwards, first introducing into it the
extremity of his tail, upon which he proceeds to haul by bending it
so as to gain a hold upon the walls of his dwelling. He savagely
pursues the shrimps, which infallibly devour his ova if he is
imprudent enough to leave them too long. He also furiously
chases the fish which pass near his hole, especially the other males,
and follows and bites them, if they do not flee to a sufficient
distance.

To witness a battle it is not necessary to await the advent of
another male. As a matter of fact, if we take a mirror and alter-
nately bring it near to and withdraw it from the guardian of a nest,
we easily succeed in convincing him that he is attacked by one of
his fellows; he then issues from his retreat, and flies at his own
image, striking his snout violently against the mirror, and does not
cease until his imaginary adversary is withdrawn.

Blennius Montagui is very abundant at Banyuls-sur-Mer. It is
easily captured with the hand on searching the clefts of rocks at no
great depth, which are clothed with shore sea-weeds. My observa-
tions, made in April 1892, were conducted upon specimens living in
captivity in a tank of the aquarium at the Arago laboratory.

The male, like that of Blennius sphyna, is alone burdened with
the care of the ova. He establishes his nest beneath a stone which
is hollowed out on the underside.

When a gravid female passes near his domicile, he darts towards
her, agitates his whole body very rapidly in order to attract her
attention, and even brushes her with the tip of his snout; if he is
unsuccessful he returns to his nest : he constantly raises and lowers
the whole anterior portion of his body, and sways at the same time
to the right and left; then he returns towards the female, and
excites her afresh. If the latter allows herself to be tempted, she
enters the nest with him, turns over with her ventral side upper-
most, and deposits her ova on the roof of the nest, in a layer which
covers a large area of it.

338 Miscellaneous.

During this time the male, remaining at her side, leans and rubs
himself gently against her; then, all at once, he himself turns over
towards the ceiling of the nest, his tail waves with a regular motion,
and finally a tremor accompanied by a slight forward movement
agitates his whole body. ‘This is recognizable as the genital
spasm.

On the conclusion of the spawning, the female abandons the nest
while the male remains as the assiduous guardian of it. He keeps
his pectoral fins and tail continually in motion to ensure the con-
stant renewal of the water. He furiously pursues the other fish
which pass too near him; if one of them, even much larger than
himself, happens to penetrate into his nest, he bites and worries it
until it takes to flight.

Blennius Montagui is extremely careful as to the cleanliness of
his abode ; he carries away to a distance all foreign bodies which
enter it, driven by the currents. Nothing is so curious as to see
him seize with his mouth large fragments of shells, and carry them
to the furthest possible distance from his nest. It is impossible to
succeed in tiring out his patience ; he casts outside his dwelling all
foreign bodies introduced by the observer.

The females spawn several times during the same season, and the
same male fertilizes the ova of several different females. The male
guards his progeny only so long as the incubation of the ova lasts ;
the embryos on hatching are left to themselves and live in the open
water.— Comptes Rendus, t. cxvii. no. 5 (July 31, 1893), pp. 289-
291.

A Synopsis of the European Newts.
By Dr. J. von Brepriaea, of Nice.

Since the publication of my detailed treatise upon the Urodele
Amphibia of Europe will still take some time, I venture to bring
forward at once a systematic arrangement of our species of Molge.
In so doing it is my intention to lay stress chiefly upon permanent
differences, and I shall endeavour to disregard secondary sexual
characters.

Several years ago Leydig and later Boulenger alluded to constant
specific characters in the case of certain Urodela. Nevertheless
batrachologists do not yet seem to have succeeded in discovering in
the case of all our species of newts characters which are at all times
recognizable and common to both sexes, since in all analytical tables
we are invariably confronted with the time-honoured enumeration
of secondary sexual characters, as well as of sexual peculiarities
which are subject to periodical changes. Moreover, owing to the
fact that features belonging to the last-mentioned category occur
more especially in the male sex, we acquire in the majority of cases
no conception of the specific type, but rather obtain a complex of
characters which merely serves tor the definite determination of the
male individuals. The characteristics upon which an empirical
distinction of the females was based had, as is well known, in many
cases to be sought in the coloration, size, and shape of the entire

Miscellaneous. 339

body and of various parts. It is scarcely necessary for me to point
out that differences of this kind, although easy to see, are sometimes
difficult to express in words.

It is true that in the males of Molge the specific characters, espe-
cially at the breeding-season, are considerably more prominent than
in the females; moreover, they catch the least practised eye, and I
readily admit that it is extremely difficult to escape from the beaten
path of many systematists and to strike out a new way in order to
preserve the conception of the species. The fact is that the males
of Molge possess a pronounced tendency towards variation, and that
this inclination expresses itself especially in the development of their
nuptial characteristics ; while the females exhibit isolated instances
of variability, in general possess a limited capacity for seasonal
variation, rather incline to the preservation intact of their primitive
characters, and in consequence of this, moreover, check rather than
facilitate the development of the specific type.

Cases of dimorphism in the one sex are known in our species of
Molge. Molge vulgaris, L., and var. orientalis vel meridionalis are
forms which are distinguished solely by the difference in the nuptial
equipment of the males; and it almost appears that in the case of
the males modifications of the nuptial dress occasion the dimorphism
of that sex, and that this dimorphism may lead to the formation of
two species. On the one hand a nuptial dress, a tendency of the
males to vary, and a dimorphism of the male sex in the spring give
rise to specific characters which are obvious, although sometimes
temporary, while on the other a want of special nuptial characters
and an absence of the impulse which leads to variation produce
females which remain almost alike and of similar aspect. Owing to
this circumstance the attempt to draw up a series of characters
which shall be really serviceable, permanent, and common to both
sexes is fraught with unusual difficulty.

The following table will perhaps induce those who are interested
in the subject to take up for themselves the question which has been
raised and to lend us their aid and advice. It is absolutely neces-
sary that we should at last be able to satisfy ourselves as to the
reasons why this post nuptias male must be called Molge Boscai rather
than M. Montandoni and why that female is termed 1. palmata.

Table for the Deternination of the Species.

I. The strongly developed process of the frontal
unites with the squamosal or its anterior
process, and constitutes an ossified, or partly
cartilaginous, partly bony, arch bridging over
the orbit.
A. An unpaired septum cartilagineum nasi arises
from the ethmoidal plate, and extends as far
as the inferior opening of the cavum inter-
nasale.
Vomero-palatine rows of teeth extend-
ing beyond the choane anteriorly. M. Waitli, Michah.
Vomero-palatine rows of teeth not
extending beyond the choane.... M. aspera, Dugés.

¢

340 Miscellaneous. °

B. The parts which constitute the cavum inter-
nasale extend as far as the ethmoidal plate,
and represent a completely or almost com-
pletely osseous septum nasale.

a. Quadrate directed backwards. Anterior
process of the squamosal almost or pre-
cisely as long as the frontal process ....

b. Quadrate directed forwards or downwards.
Anterior process of the squamosal shorter
than the frontal process.

1. Pterygoid reaching the upper jaw
(Ge Oberkieferjochbogen ”) ; internasal
space about as wide as the basal
breadth of the three longest toes .

Internasal space considerably narrower
than the basal breadth of the three
longest stOOS ie cay: trsleiaieheiatss- Poh el eiers

2. Pteryg goid not reaching the upper jaw.

II. The slightly developed or somewhat ting
frontal process is connected with the squa-
mosal or its anterior process by means of a
ligament.

Gular fold wanting. Anterior region of the head
much flattened. Internasal space as wide or
somewhat wider than the interpalpebral space,
equalling the distance from the eye to the
nostril, and greater than the length of the
second finger (measured on the outside) .

Gular fold distinct. Anterior region of the head
very convex. Internasal space narrower than
the interpalpebral space, less than the dis-
tance from the eye to the nostril, and shorter
than the second finger (measured on the
outside).

Belly Umspotted : ops’. ccc aris ret eteiotontthnsersete ae

Belly spotted.

a. The first finger reaches at the most to the
anterior end of the first phalanx of the

ROG OME ete tele ey one sree ee eee

b. The first finger extending beyond the ante-
rior end of the first phalanx of the second.
Belly yellow or orange-yellow, with dark
SOM obo anonsanpondbuado ond 006DuGD
Belly brownish or erey-brown, with more
or less distinctidarl: spots: “#2. 0. «sis 2

III. No connexion between the scarcely indi-
cated process of the frontal and the squamosal.

Nice, April 20, 1893.

M. Rusconit, Gené.

. M. Boscat, Lataste.

M. Montandoni, Blgr.
. MW. palmata, Schneid.

. M. montana, Savi.

M. alpestris, Laur.

M, vulgaris, L.

M. Blasiusi, de VIsle.

M. marmorata, Latr.

M. cristata, Laur.

—Zoologischer Anzciger, xvi. Jahrg., no. 421, June 12, 1893,

pp. 214-216.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES.]

No. 71. NOVEMBER. 1893.

LUIL.—A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord. By the Rev.
Canon Norman, M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S., &e.

[Plate XVI.]

] WAD already spent four summer holidays in dredging on the
Norwegian coast. In 1878 I went first to Oster Fiord, which
is a little north of Bergen, and along the lovely sides of which
the admirably engineered railway from Bergen to Voss now
passes through endless cuttings and tunnels; then I took up
my quarters on Bukken, an islet in the Bergen Fiord, and
subsequently had a week’s work at Drébak, on the Christiania
Fiord. In 1879 I went to the Hardanger Fiord, staying at
Lervig, on the island of Stordé. In 1882 I determined to
visit Floré, a district made classic by the admirable work
done there fifty years ago by Professor M. Sars, at that time
Minister of Floré. While there I received an urgent request
from Prof. EK. Ray Lankester to come to Lervig and help him
to find Rhabdopleura, which I had taken there in 1879, I
therefore left Flor6 and joined him at Lervig. In 1890 I
spent two months in Hast Finmark or Lapland, dredging
first from Vadsé, on the Varanger Fiord, and subsequently
working the Sydvaranger Fiords from Kirchenes, which is
close on the Russian frontier. It had been my purpose this
past summer to have gone southwards, but my doctor ordered
me north. This being the case, I selected the Trondhjem
Fiord as the place for my researches. I was led to this

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 26

342 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on

decision first on account of the richness of the locality in
Actinozoa, as proved by the work of Herr Storm, and secondly
and more particularly because Prof. G. O. Sars had found so
many new and rare Amphipoda in its waters.

Trondhjem, or Drontheim, as it is commonly spelt in
England, is in about lat. 63° 25’, or some 1° 50! south of the
ArcticCircle. The fiord isvery tortuous, first, nearits entrance,
running nearly south, then west, and ultimately making its
way N. by E. for a great distance in a direction nearly
parallel with that of the coast. Taking into account the
varied windings it probably is as long, or nearly so, as the two
great Sogne and Hardanger Fiords, and the square miles of
water which it embraces must, I think, be fully equal to that
of either of the two fiords named.

I took with me as assistant Mr. Andrew Scott, son of
Mr. Thomas Scott, of the Scotch Fishery Board. The
working apparatus consisted of three dredges of different sizes,
a small trawl, towing-net, hand-nets, 600 fathoms of rope
and 200 fathoms of whale-line, a hand-winch (without which
dredging in 200~300 fathoms is, of course, out of the
question), sieves, &c., and cases of jars and bottles of various
sizes. As my chief object was to obtain small species, the
nets of the dredges were made either of cheese-cloth or old
coffee-bags. These rapidly filled and brought up all the
finest mud. A consequence of this was that while these nets
admirably served my special purpose, they did not sweep over
the ground in the way that nets with a large mesh which let
the mud pass through would have done; and thus, while I
was amply rewarded by the small forms obtained, I did not
procure the same, or anything like the same, number of large
Echinoderms &c. which might have been secured in the same
time had another mode of collecting been employed.

A rather small boat with lugger sail was hired at Trondhjem,
a considerably larger one, but similarly rigged, at Rédberg.
Three or four men and ourselves were the boats’ complement
of hands.

I spent the first fortnight at Trondhjem and a fortnight
and a few days at Rédberg.

Trondhjem was not found to be very rich. The best
shallow-water ground seemed to be that between the land and
the islet of Munkholmen. The English Channel Fleet,
however, was lying at anchor in this part during most
of the time I was there, and this somewhat interfered with
working this ground. To the east of this the river Nid
flows into the fiord with a very strong current and large
volume of water, and while the former is not helpful to

——

the Trondhjem Fiord. 343

dredging, the latter seems to make the ground comparatively
unproductive. Between Munkholmen and the western shore
of the bay there is deep water, 100-150 fathoms; but at the
head of this part of the bay is an extensive saw-mill, and
hence, even at the greatest depths, a large amount of sawdust
was found, which is not favourable to animal life. The best
ground I met with from Trondhjem was out in the fiord
beyond Munkholmen, and here in 150 fathoms was a rich
fauna. The weather was more or less stormy while we
were at Trondhjem, and we were only able to dredge one day
so far from land.

Rédberg is about 15 miles from Trondhjem towards the
mouth of the fiord, and the dredging-ground here is remark-
able in many ways and peculiarly typical of what Norwegian
fiords are. The fiord is at this point considerably contracted
in breadth, and throuch this narrow channel the whole tidal
waters must pass. ‘This causes a very strong current; but
the surface-current, curious to say, is always, both at ebb and
flood tide, in the same direction, owéwards, except that when
a strong wind comes into the fiord this would seem sometimes
to alter its course. I could get no explanation of the tidal
currents from the inhabitants; but it is obvious that during
flood tide if the upper water is flowing outwards there must
be a very powerful under-current flowing inwards, and _ this
was clearly evidenced when dredging, and made it most
difficult to hit the ground which it was desired to reach. Of
course the paying out of 500 or 600 fathoms of line takes a
considerable time, and what with current one way and wind
another, when the strain of dredging came upon the rope it
was often discovered that we were very far from where we
intended to be and were dragging the dredge in an opposite
direction to that desired. ‘Thus much will suffice to show
that it is not an easy place to work.

But if not easily worked it is none the less very rich ground.
From the causes I have mentioned it is extremely difficult to
know the exact depth to which the dredge has been down, and
the depths given in this report which follows must be received
with some amount of reserve. Charts are of little use, as
comparatively few soundings have been taken. It is easy
enough on the British coast to have charts with very uume-
rous soundings, since the depths are merely a few fathoms.
It is quite a different question on the vast Norwegian coast,
where soundings in the fiords range from 100 to 600 fathoms.
Moreover it is not, of course, necessary for purposes of navi-
gation to accurately survey depths which are known to exist

and to be too great either for danger or for anchorage. ‘lhe
. 26*

344 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on

soundings given of the bottom of the fiord for a few miles
round Rédberg all range from 250 to 280 fathoms, while the
fishermen state that at certain spots 300 fathoms are exceeded.
I have therefore when intimating the bed of the fiord given it
as ‘250-300 fathoms.”

The Bottom of the Fiords.

The bottom is a very fine greyish mud. With the excep-
tion of Kchinodermata (more especially Asteroidea), Actinozoa
of the families Virgulariades and Pennatulidew, and the giant
Lima excavata (which, however, more usually is found
attached to the precipices), the animals which inhabit this
mud are for the most part of small size. The Mollusca are
almost all white or pale in colour or olivaceous green; as
typical species in that depth the following are given :—

Scapharder punctostriatus. Dentalium agile.

Cylichna alba.
Diaphana glcbosa.
Bela Trevelyana.
tenuistriata.
Spirotropis carinata.

*.

Typhlomangelia nivalis.

Taranis cirrata.
*Metzgeria alba.
Trophon barvicensis.
clayatus.
S. Sipho ebur f.
Ukko Turtoni.
Lovenella metula.

Leocochlis Macandree.

Cerethiopsis costulata.
S. Torellia vestita.
Alvania Jeffreysii.

cimicoides.
subsoluta.
Aclis exigua.
** Walleri.
Eulima stenostoma,
intermedia.

Eulimella scille.
Cyclostrema, species.
Scissurella crispata.
Neomenia carinata.
Cheetoderma nitidulum.

Dentalium striolatum.

Pulsellum quinquangulare.
Cadulus subfusitormis.
propinquus.
Lima excavata.
Pecten imbrifer.
*Dacrydium vitreum.
Nucula tenuis.
tumidula,
*Portlandia acuminata.
lucida.
— tenuis.
frigida.
Malletia obtusa.
*1_jmopsis minuta.
Cardium minimum.
Cryptodon tlexuosus,
— croulinensis.
eumyarius.
ferruginosus.
Kelliella miliaris.
Abra longicallus.
nitida.
*Lyonsiella abyssicola,
Poromya granulata.
Cuspidaria rostrata.
obesa.
lamellosa.
abbreviata.
Saxicayella plicata.

*

*

* Species with an asterisk were not found by me in the Trondhjem
Fiord, yet are typical of the bottom of other West-Norway fiords.

+ Species to which 8. is prefixed were not found by me at Rédberg,
but very fine examples of them from that locality have been collected hy
Herr Storm and are in the Trondhjem Museum.

the Trondhjem Fiord. 345

The Crustacea of the Norwegian fiords possess a peculiar
interest when compared with British and Aretic species. As
we go further and further north the Brachyura and Anomura
gradually decrease in number, and species after species drops
out. To make up for their absence there is a much lar eer
development of Cumacea, Mysidea, and Amphipoda on the
Norwegian coast, while in the true arctic seas the Amphipoda
attain their maximum development—not, as far as yet known,
perhaps in namber of species, but in size and multitude of
specimens. The following list will give evidence of this
gradual suppression of Brachyura and Anomara :—

Brachyura. Anomuraf.

Mediterranean: * : .42), 50.2 ese: 3 iene Ue 23
EERIE Hee ee, oro narelaes ouate aie sineeel ee oe 49 15
ISIGIA CA ie See ae See Gr Oe et ne ae ea 24 S)
Greenland, Spitsbergen, and Kara Sea., 3 2

Of the three Arctic Brachyura the great Chionwcetes pha-
langium is a truly arctic form, caronninles in its distribution.
It often measures 24 feet in stretch of legs. It rarely occurs
outside the Arctic Cia. but on the American coast has been
found as far south as Casco Bay (S. ZL. Smith). On the
coast of Europe itis unknown. yas araneus and co urctatus
grow to an immense size in Greenland, but occur southwards
to the south coast of E ngland in oreatly dwarfed dimensions.
The two Anomura, Lithodes arctica and Eupagurus pubescens,
also reach England. If we deduct these four species it is
very remarkable that of the remaining twenty-nine species of
Norwegian Brachyura and Anomura there is only one, and
that of very small size, Hupagurus chiroacanthus, Lillj., which
is not as yet known in the Mediterranean. Corresponding to
the decrease in the number of higher Crustacea as we go
northwards is the similar falling off in numbers as we descend
to greater depths in the seat. Macrura, on the other hand,
are nal unequally distributed, but seem to occur in no oreat
disparity of numbers in arctic, temperate, and warmer mer
and in the great depths of the ocean.

The most marked peculiarity | of the Norwegian fiords with
Bape to the class Crustacea is the abundance of Mysidea
and Cumacea. In the month on the Trondhjem Fiord I
obtained more specimens of this. tribe than I have found

* T have not counted a great many doubtful species recorded from the
Mediterranean in Carus, ‘ Faune Medit. Prodromus.’

+ [have not here mchaded the family Galatheidee in the Anomura.
No species of that family is found in the Arctic regions.

{ See Norman, “ Presidential Address,” Trans. Nat. Hist. Soe. and
Tynes. Nat. Field Club, vol. vill. (1883), p. 108.

346 Rey. Canon Norman—A Month on

in our own seas during thirty to forty years. Having given
a list of typical Mollusca of the bed of the fiords, I now add
one of some typical animals of other classes.

CRUSTACEA.

Calocaris Macandreee.

Harpinia pectinata.

*Pontophilus norvegicus. truncata.

*Nika edulis. crenulata.
Bythocaris simplicirostris. —— levis.

*Pandalus propinquus. %* abyssi.
Pasipheea tarda. Ampelisca odontoplax.
Boreomysis tridens and other pusilla.

species. Haploops setosa.

Pseudomma, *Andania abyssi.
*A mblyops, Astyra abyssi.

Erythrops, Gitana rostrata.

species.
Parerythrops,
Mysideis insignis.
Hemimysis abyssicola.
*Cyclaspis longicaudata.
Eudorella hispida.
Diastylis lucifer.

(Ediceropsis brevicornis,
Halimedon acutifrons.
Bathymedon longimanus.
Laphystiopsis planifrons.
Bruzelia typica.

* tuberculata.

echinatus. Nicippe tumida.
cornutus. Halice abyssi.

—-— tumidus. Pardalisca abyssi.
serratus. tenuipes.
Campylaspis horrida and other Eusirus propinquus.

species. leptocarpus.

Apseudes spinosus,

Paranthura tenuis.

Atiga ventrosa,

Tschnosoma bispinosum.

Macrostylis spinifera.

Munnopsidee, many genera and
species.

Haplonyx ceculus,

Leptophoxus falcatus.

Laothoe Meinerti.

Leptamphopus longimanus.

Hriopisa elongata,
Cypridina norvegica,
Philomedes Lilljeborgii.
Concheecia borealis,
Macrocypris minna.
angusta,

Eucheeta norvegica,

GEPHYREA.,

8. Sipunculus priapuloides.
Phascolosoma squamatum.
*Tylosoma Liitkeni.

Ochnesoma Steenstrupii.

* Sarsii.

EcCHINODERMATA.

Rhizocrinus lofotensis.
Antedon dentatus.
Ophioglypha Sarsii.
-—— gracilis.

carnea.
Amphiura borealis.
Amphilepis norvegica.
Ophiacantha, species.

+ This species has not, I think,

Trondhjem Fiord.

Ophioscolex glacialis.

purpureus,
Asteronyx Loveni.

S. Pontaster tenuispinus.

. Plutonaster Parelii.

Leptophycaster arcticus f.

Psilaster andromeda.

Pentagonaster granularis.

)

A

been found to the south of

the

the Trondhjem Fiord. 347

Lasiaster hispidus. Echinus acutus.
S. Lophaster furcifer. elegans.
Pteraster militaris. * —— norvegicus,
S. pulvillus. Schizaster fragilis.
S. Retaster multipes. Holothuria. tremula.
S. Brisinga endecacnemos. Echinocucumis hispida.
S. —— coronata. Myriotrochus brevis.
ACTINOZOA.
Many fine Pennatulids and Virgularians.
SPONGOZOA.
Craniella cranium. *Trichostemma hemisphericum.
Thenea muricata. Cladorhiza abyssicola.
*Cydonium Normani. * pennatula.
*Synops Macandrei. Stylocordyla longissima.
*Isops phlegreei. borealis.

The mud is of a wholly different character from that of the
Atlantic. It contains a large amount of mineral matter,
while the shells of Globrgerina and Orbulina are rarely repre-
sented. ‘The Foraminifera are chiefly characterized by a
large development of arenaceous forms, including many very
interesting species, and by the lar oe proportion of shells
which belong to the Bulimine allies.

The Precipices.

The chief interest in the dredging of the Norwegian fiords
centres in the work on the precipices. ‘These often descend
almost or quite perpendicularly from close to the shore to the
bottom of the abyss. At Rédberg the whole of the western
shore seems thus to sweep down into the fiord; but as I did
little dredging on that side of the fiord, I shall speak only of
that part of the eastern shore which is close to Rédberg
itself. Here, according to my observations, there are three
chief precipices. The first of these lies to the south and does
not descend immediately from low-water mark, but runs out
obliquely in a south-westerly direction from a little outside
the end of the pier, the precipice thus facing N.E. In my
first day’s dredging I got upon this precipice most satisfac-
torily and brought up a dredge full of rare things, including
the fine Alcyonarians Paragorgia arborea, Paramuricea placo-
mus, Briareum grandiflorum, and Duva rosea, the corals
Lophohelia prolifera and Amphihelia ramea, and the hydroid
coral Stylaster gemmascens ; together with various sponges,
including Geodia Barrett, Phakellia ventilabrum, and Tra-
gosta injundibuliformis ; on and among these was arich fauna,
embracing Gorgonocephalus Lamarckwt and Linckwi, Ophio-

348 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on

glypha gracilis, Ophioscolex glacialis, Echinus elegans (very
fine), Sptrotropis carinata, Trophon clathratus, Emarginula
crassa, Hanleyia debilis, Pecten vitreus and aratus, Lima
excavata, &c. Although several attempts were made to again
strike this exact spot, we never succeeded in doing so, and other
parts of this precipice did not prove so rich.

The second precipice descends from a water-covered ridge
which runs out in a west-by-south direction from the point ‘of |
the little hill on the other side of the miniature bay which
that hill forms to the north of Rédberg, the face of the
precipice being thus E. by N. Here I met with some
species which were not procured elsewhere, including the
very rare and beautiful Sarcophyton purpureum.

The third precipice is at Rédberg itself, where from the
northern ends of the rocks which form the little headland
thus named a precipice of 250 fathoms descends perpendicu-
larly to the bottom. ‘This precipice was thus worked : the
boat pulled out about two hundred yards, and when the
dredge and sufficient rope had been let out returned to
the shore; the dredge was then hauled up the face of this
great 1500-feet submerged cliff. If it caught on a ledge or
jutting point the rope was hauled very “taut,” and then
suddenly a few fathoms of line were slackened. In this way
the dredge was frequently set free and hauled up again.
When it finally caught, which was sure to be the case, the
boat was again manned and the dredge was taken in from
the sea. It was awonderful sight to see the deep-sea Corals,
Aleyonarians, Astrophytons, &e, ina dredge thus handled
from the shore—containing a fauna of which we know nothing
in our own shallow seas, and can only hope to meet with
when we reach the great precipices which dive into the bed
of the Atlantic far away to the west of Ireland.

The following list gives species which are characteristic of
the precipices ; many of them attach themselves to or crawl on
the rock, but a considerable number feed upon or are almost
invariably with or on the Alcyonarians or corals, into the
latter of which some very interesting sponges also burrow.

MoLuusca
Aldisa zetlandica. Calliostoma occidentale.
Triopella incisa. Emarginula crassa.
Trophon clathratus. Puncturella noachina.
, var. Gunneri. Hanleyia debilis.
Spirotropis carinata. S. abyssorum #,
SEES TCS costulata. Leptochiton alveolus.

+f Magnificent specimens ¢ are in the Trondhjem Museum from Rodberg,
but I did not meet with it.

the Trondhjem Fiord. 349

Trachydermon exaratus,
Pecten vitreus.

, var, abyssorum.
aratus.

similis.

Lima excavata.
Modiola phaseolina.
Arca pectunculoides.
nodulosa,

CRUSTACEA.

Galathodes tridentatus.
Spirontocaris polaris.
securifrons.
Cryptocheles pygmza.
Caridion Gordoni.
Parerythrops abyssicola.
Pseudomma roseum.
Mysideis insignis.

Stegocephalus inflatus.
similis.

Andania abyssi.
Stenothoe megacheir,
Paramphithoe pulchella.
Stenopleustes nodifer.
Kpimeria cornigera.
-—— tuberculata.

TEcHINODERMATA.

Ophiacantha spectabilis.

-—— abyssicola.

anomala.

Ophioscolex glacialis,
Ophiactis Ballii.

Ophiopholis aculeata, varieties.

Gorgonocephalus Lamarckii.
Linckii.

Kchinus elegans.

acutus.

Psolus squamatus.

PoLyzoa.

Caberea Ellisii.
Bicellaria Alderi.
Menipea Jeftreysii.
Flustra Barleei.
Tessarodoma gracile,

Hornera lichenoides.

violacea.

Idmonea atlantica.
Rhabdopleura Normani.

(And many incrusting species.)

C@LENTERATA,

Duva rosea,
Sarcophyton purpureum.
Briareum granditlorum.
Paragorgia arborea.
*Pyimnoa lepadifera.
Paramuricea placomus.
Lophohelia prolifera.
Amphihelia ramea,

Stylaster gemmascens,

S. Allopora norvegica.

Stegapoma plicatilis.

Halicornaria integra.
*Lytocarpia bicuspis.
*Plumularia elegantula.
* gracillima.
*Heteropyxis norvegica,

SPONGOZOA,

Geodia Barretti.
Tentorium tubiferum, Grstedt,
= Thecophora semisuberites,
O. Sch.
*Quasillina brevis.
*Alectona Milleri.

Phakellia ventilabrum.
Trogosia infundibuliformis.
Esperella lingua.
*Desmacidon crux.
*Rhaphidotheca Marshall-Hallii,
(And many other Sponges.)

+ Ladopt this name, for I think there is no question that this is the
sponge described as Tethiwn tubiferum by Cirsted, “ Forte. over Dyr
samlede i Christianiafjord ved Drébak” (Naturhist. Tiddsk. Anden
Rakkes, vol, i. 1845, p. 426 (or p. 29 separate copy), pl. v. figs. 3, 4, 6).

a50e = Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on

MOLLUSCA.

Admirable figures of all the northern Mollusca which do
not occur on our own coasts will be found in G. O. Sars’s
‘Mollusca regionis Arcticee Norvegice,’ 1878.

CEPHALOPODA.
1. Cetepus Bairdit, G. O. Sars (2? = O. arcticus, Prosch).
A small specimen taken in Trondhjem Bay.

GASTROPODA.
2. Limacina retroversa, Fleming (= Spirialis retroversa,
G. O. Sars).
Two small specimens among dredged material at Rédberg.
3. Acteon tornatilis, Linn.
Rédberg, one dead specimen.

4. Tornatina nitidula, Lovén (= Utriculus nitidulus, G.O.
Sars).
40-70 fath., Rédberg.
5. Cylichna alba, Brown.
Trondhjem and Rédberg, in 40-300 fath.
6. Scaphander lignarius, Linn.
Trondhjem.
7. Scaphander puncto-striatus, Migh.
Rédberg, 250-300 fath.
8. Acera bullata, Miiller.
Rédberg, 5-10 fath.
9. Philine scabra, Mull.
One living, Rédberg.
10. Philine Lovent, Malm.
One living specimen, 70-100 fath., Rodberg.
11. Aldisa zetlandica, A. & H.
One specimen, 200-250 fath., Rédberg.
12. Caldina repanda, A. & H.,=Doris obvelata, G. O. Sars.
Laminarian zone, 'Trondhjem.
13. Triopella incisa, M. Sars.

A specimen taken at Rédberg in 220-300 fath., easily
recognized by Sars’s admirable figures.

the Trondhjem Ford. ook

14. Alderia modesta, Lovén, Alder and Hancock, Mon.
Nudib. Moll. pl. xli.; Forbes and Hanley, pl. CCC. fig. 1.

Mr. Scott found a specimen of Alderia in a shallow pool
into which the sea only broke at spring tides. This pool was
in the little indentation of the coast just north of Rédberg.

It does not occur in Sars’s list of Norwegian Mollusca, and
has not, I believe, been previously met with in Norway.
Alder and Hancock write: ‘ The species extends to Norway,
where it was discovered by Professor Lovén;” but this
seems to be a mistake, for Lovén found it at Bohuslin, which
is in Sweden. ‘The distribution of the brackish-water fauna
has a peculiar interest.

15. Clathurella linearis, Mont.
Shallow water, Trondhjem and Roédberg.

16. Clathurella Leufroyt, Mich.

One young, Trondhjem.

17. Bela Trevelyana, Vurton.
Trondhjem and Rédberg, 70-100 fath.
18. Bela rugulata, Moll.
Rédberg, 10-20 fath.
Var. bergensis, Friele.
Rédberg, 70-100 fath.
19. Bela decussata, Couth.,=viridula, Méll. (scarcely of
G. O. Sars, which is B. Kobelt?, Verk.).
A single specimen of var. conotdea, G. O. Sars, at Rédberg,
in 250-800 fath.
20. Bela cancellata, Migh. (=elegans, Mill.), var. declivis,
Lovén.
Rodberg, 70-200 fath.
21. Spirotropis carinata, Phil.
Rédberg, 250-300 fath.

22. Typhlomangelia nivalis, Lovén.

Two half-grown specimens, Trondhjem and Rédberg
150-300 fath.

23. Thesbia nana, Lovén.
Rédberg, 70-150 fath., three living specimens.

24. Taranis cirrata, Brugnone,= Trophon Morchi, Malm.
~ Trondhjem, 150 fath. ; Rédberg, 250-300 fath.

352 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on

25. Admete viridula, Fabr.
Rédberg, 10-70 fath.

Genus Uxko, Friele (new name for Jumala, Friele).

Herr Friele gave the name Jumala to this genus after that
of an ancient Finnish god, unaware that Jwma/a was their word
still in use for the one true God. My friend Herr Sparre
Schneider, of Tromsé, having informed me that this was the
case, and as under these circumstances the word could not
with propriety be retained, I called Herr Friele’s attention
to the fact. At his request I substitute for it Ukko, the
name once used among the Fins for the heathen god of wind
and weather.

26. Ukko Turtont, Bean.

A living specimen of a very interesting variety of this
species was dredged at Rédberg in about 150 fath. In out-
line it is shorter and less drawn out in the spire than usual,
the volutions are 74 and more tumid. ‘The nucleus is smaller
and less cylindrical than in the type, the suture less oblique,
the whorls more rapidly increasing in breadth, the spiral
strie more regularly arranged at distinct intervals, the sub-
stance of the shell is thinner, the interior is of a purplish hue.

There are three modifications of this shell known to me :—
- A.a. The typical Dogger-Bank form, withits greatly drawn-
out spire, well figured by Forbes and Hanley, also by Jeffreys,
and very nearly the same by G. O. Sars (pl. xiv. fig. 34, and
pl. xxv. fig. 9). The following are measurements of a speci-
men from the Dogger Bank *:—Length of mouth from
commencement of lip to end of canal 54 millim. ; spire from
commencement of lip to end 72 millim.; greatest width of
total shell at the mouth 40 millim. Volutions nine.

b. Var. brevispira (Pl. XVI. fig. 1; see also Kobelt, Icon.
der schalent. europ. Meeresconch. pl. xii. fig. 1). Form from
East Finmark. Mouth proportionately longer and wider and
the spire shorter, but in general character very like a. Length
of mouth 49 millim., spire 45, breadth at mouth 41. Volu-
tions 74. Here the length of the mouth is greater than that
of the spire and the width at the mouth greater than in the
much larger Dogger-Bank specimen. ‘The four or five first
volutions are very narrow, as in the type.

e. Var. tumida (P]. XVI. fig. 2). The Rédberg specimen
already described. The mouth in my specimen has unfor-
tunately been much damaged, but its length is 45 millim.,

* This specimen is rather more elongated than usual.

the Trondhjem Fiord. 353

length of remaining portion of spire 44 millim., breadth at
mouth 36 millim. Here the proportions are not very different
from those of the East-Finmark form, but the aspect is alto-
gether different on account of the greater tumidity of the
whorls and other characters. Sars’s pl. xiv. fig. 3 @ comes
near to my specimen in characters of sculpture and tumidity
of whorls, but it is more elongated in the spire. It may be
regarded, however, as an illustration of the variety.

B. Ukko Ossiani, Friele,=Jumaia Ossiant, Friele (Den
Norske Nordhavs-Exped., Mollusca, I., 1882, p. 7, pl. i.
figs. 1-6, pl. iv. figs. 1-3*).

The figure given supplies the following measurements :—
Length of mouth 38 millim., of remaining portion of spire
40 millim., breadth at mouth 32 millim. This form comes
suspiciously near to U. Turtoni, from which, among other
points, it differs in the more regular formation of the earlier
nuclear whorls, in which respect it agrees with U. schan-
taricus.

C. Ukko schantaricus (Middendorff). (Pl. XVI. fig. 3.)

1849. Tritontum (Fusus) schantaricum, Middendortf, Beit. zu einer

Malacoz. Rossica (Mém. Sci. Nat. Acad. Imp. vol. vi.), pt. 2, p. 146.

1851. Tritonium schantaricum, Middendorff, Siberische Reise, vol. ii.

p. 230, pl. x. figs. 7-9.

Some years ago I purchased a shell from the collection of
the late Baron Prévost, which was said to come from Japan,
which is beyond the range of my collections and studies ; but
this particular shell was purchased on account of its evident
relation to arctic forms. The shell was in a paper tray, on
which was the following account of it:—‘‘Fusus Sabinit,
Gray, coquille recueillie dans le nord du Japan par M. A.
Adams pendant le voyage du Samarang.” It clearly had
nothing to do with 7. Sabint. Jeffreys was just then writing
something on Japanese shells, and [ sent Prévost’s Fusus to
him for his opinion. He returned it with a label “Fusus
Turtont, not T. Sabini.” It might well be so, but I could
not doubt that so marked a form had received a name; and
so, while writing this paper, I sent it up to Mr. Edgar A.
Smith to ask whether he could throw any light upon it. He
replied that the shell was not in the British Museum, but that
it was “ Tritonium schantaricum ot Middendorff, from Schantar
Island, in the Okhotsk Sea.” On referring to Middendorft’s

* Figure reproduced in Kobelt, Iconog, der schalentragenden europ.
Meeresconch, pl. xil, fig. 2.

354 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on

works it is evidently, I find, that species; the only difference
is that in my specimen, as compared with Middendorff’s
fig. 9, the raised spiral portions of the shell are wider and
the grooved lines narrower. As to the exact locality of my
specimen, nothing can be satisfactorily determined.

The species is not mentioned in the voyage of the ‘ Sama-
rang;’ Schanter Island is certainly to the north of Japan,
but whether Adams was ever there or not is uncertain; as
surgeon of one of H.M. ships he may have gone there.

The shell must unquestionably be referred to the genus
Ukko, and possibly may be, as Jeffreys considered, an extreme
form of U. Turton’; but its characters are so marked, and I
lay chief stress on the spiral grooving of the inside of the lip,
that it may well bear a specific name.

Whorls 9; total length 77 millim.; greatest breadth
33 millim.; length of mouth and canal 35 millim.; length
from commencement of lip to end of spire 46 millim. Com-
paring these measurements with Middendorff’s figure it will
be found that the spire in my example is longer in proportion
to the mouth than in the type. The whole appearance of
form, amount of convexity of whorl, and obliquity of suture,
together with surface sculpture, are like those of typical
U. Turtontin miniature. ‘The differences are that the nucleus
is not so cylindrical, each succeeding whorl being wider than
the preceding ; the epidermis is thinner and closely adherent
to the shell; the shell is proportionately more solid, the spiral
grooves are more deeply impressed, while the most important
character is that the mouth within the shell is lirated with
spiral grooves and ridges corresponding to the external
sculpture—“ apertura intus ad strias externas regulariter et
parallele sulcata”’ (Middendorff). ‘The operculum is imperfect,
but enough remains to show that it is like that of the type of
the genus.

27. Neptunea antiqua, Linn.

One dead example.

28. Stiphogracilis, DaCosta, var. glaber, Verkruzen. (PI. XVI.
figs. 4, 4 a.)

A dwarf and remarkable form of this variety was found.
Volutions 64. Length 37 millim., breadth 19 millim. ;
length of mouth and canal 21 millim. Whorls only slightly
convex, suture not deeply impressed and only a little oblique,
no spiral sculpture to be seen even in the neighbourhood of
the columella ; epidermis of a pale greenish-ash hue.

the Trondhjem Fiord. 355

This is the smallest form of this very variable species that
I have, and of peculiar interest as being absolutely identical
in size, form, and colour with a variety of the allied S. pro-
pinguus, Alder, found in the Kattegat, and for which I am
indebted to the ‘Copenhagen Museum. ‘The different character
of the nucleus alone distinguishes them; and, although the
use of a lens reveals spiral striz in the latter which are absent
in the former, such striz are usual in S. gracilis and are even
to be distinguished on a young specimen of the present form.

The Kattegat variety of S. propinquus is intermediate in
size and form between typical S. propinguus and S. Jeffreysi-
anus, Fisher, which latter I regard as a large variety of the
former. It is figured (Pl. XVI. figs. 5, 5a) for comparison
with the dwarf form of S. gracilis, var. glaber.

29. Buccinum undatum, Linn.

Specimens procured not representing any special variety.

30. Nassa reticulata, Linn.

All the examples of this species which I have dredged on
the west coast of Norway, in the Hardanger, Bergen, and
Trondhjem Fiords, and at Flor6é, have a peculiar aspect and
form a well-marked variety, which I would propose to call
var. norvegica. The form is shorter and_ proportionately
broader than usual, so that the outline is more ovate; the ribs
are about twenty- -five on the body-whorl, very close together,
and, as the spiral grooves are deeply channelled, the sculpture
is of a more regular reticulate character than usual ; the colour
is greenish ashy. Of the twenty-five figures of N. reticulata
given by Kobelt on plate xxiv. of his Icon. der schalentra-
genden europ. Meeresconchyl. 1887, fig. 24 comes nearest to
this form.

31. Nassa incrassata, Strom.

Laminarian zone.

32. Trophon truncatus, Strom.

One dead specimen, 40 fath., Rédberg.

33. Trophon clathratus, Linn.
In 70-300 fath., Rodberg.
Var. Gunneri, Lovén.

Two half-grown examples with the last.

356 Rey. Canon Norman—A Month on

34, Trophon clavatus, G. O. Sars.

Rédberg, 250-300 fathoms. ‘Two living examples of this
very rare shell were procured. They very closely accord
with the two specimens figured by Sars in character and even
in size, the one having a length of 155 millim., the other
11 millim.; of these total lengths, in the first the mouth and
its very long canal occupy 7} millim., in the latter 6 millim. ;
on the larger five varices are visible on the body-whorl when
viewed from the front, on the smaller six. The varices are
projected considerably on the upper part of the volutions in
triangular processes outwards, but scarcely at all upwards.
It appears to me quite distinct from MM, clathratus, and is
also wholly different from JZ. vaginatus, Christ. and Jan, of
the Mediterranean.

35. Trophon barvicensis, Johnston.
Specimens small, in 150-300 fath.

36. Trivia europea, Mont.
10 fath.

37. Aporrhais pes-pelecant, Linn.
Trondhjem, 10-30 fath.

38. Bittium reticulatum, Da Costa.
Laminarian zone.

39. Lovenella metula, Lovén.

Rédberg and Trondhjem, 150-300 fath.

40. Leocochlis Macandree, H. Ad.
Rédberg, 250-3800 fath.

41. Cerethiopsis costulata, Moll.
Rédberg and Trondhjem, 150-300 fath.

42. Trichotropis borealis, Brod. & Sow.
Trondhjem and Rédberg, 5-30 fath.

43-45. Littorina littorea, Linn., L. rudis, Maton, and L. ob-
tusata, Linn.

The last typical and not showing any approach to Z. palliata.
I have not seen the latter from south of ‘'romsé. Specimens
taken at the Lofoten Islands in 1890 were the former ; nor
has G. O. Sars met with ZL. palliata at those islands.

the Trondhjem Fiord. 357

46. Lacuna divaricata, Fabr.
Large at Rédberg, Laminarian zone.

47. Skenea planorbis, Fabr.
Rédberg, among weeds.

48. Rissoa inconspicua, Alder, var. albella, Lovén.
Laminarian zone, Rédberg.

49. Rissoa parva, Da Costa, var. interrupta, Adams.
Laminarian zone, 'Trondhjem.

50. Alvania Jeffreyst’, Waller.
Trondhjem and Rédberg, 150-300 fath.

‘ 51. Alvania cimicoides, Forbes.

Trondhjem and Rédberg, 150-300 fathoms.

52. Alvania subsoluta, Aradas,= Alvania abyssicola, G. O.
Sars, typus (I’orbes and Hanley, varietas).

250-300 fath., off Rodberg. As it appears to me that
Jeffreys has introduced great confusion respecting the syno-
nymy of this shell, it will be well to attempt to clear the
matter up. ‘This confusion commenced in his paper on
Mediterranean Mollusca in the ‘Annals’ of 1870, and was
made worse by his latest views, as expressed in his ‘ Mollusca
of the ‘Lightning’ and ‘ Porcupine’ Expeditions” (Proc.
Zool. Soc. 1884, p. 115).

I will give the synonymy of the species as I now take it
to be, a list of the specimens in my collection on which my
conclusions are based, and some notes on the reasons of those
conclusions.

1. Alvania Teste (Aradas and Maggiore).
1844. Rssoa Teste, Ara. & Mage. Cat. rag. Catania, pl. ix. fig. 4.
1870. Rissow abyssicola, var. conformis, Jeffreys, ‘ Mediterranean Mol-
lusea,” Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. v.

1880. Rissoa Teste, Monterosato, Bull. Soc. Malac. Ital. vol. vi. p. 68.

1884, Rissoa Fischeri, Jeffreys, Proc. Zoul. Soc. p. 113, pl. ix. fio. 1.

1884. Rissoa Teste (partim), id. ibid. p. 115, pl. ix. fig. 4.

1884. Actonia Teste, Monterosato, Nomencl. gen. e spec. di alcune

Conchiglie Medit. p. 61.

Hab. Mediterranean (not North European).

IT am indebted to the Marchese di Monterosato for ten
specimens labelled “Alvania Testee=conformis, Palermo.”
These, from their more numerous ribs and the peculiar shoul-
dering (above and below) of the volutions, agree more closely
with Jeftreys’s figures of R. Mischert than with those he gives

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. Pal

358 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on

of R. Teste. The lip is considerably thickened, and sculptured
externally with many fine longitudinal strie. I think that
there can be little doubt that these two forms are one species.
It is possible also that &. subsoluta is not specifically distinct
from them.

2. Alvania subsoluta (Aradas).

1847. Rissoa subsoluta, Aradas, Mem. di Malac. Sic. vol. i. p. 21.

1853. Rissoa abyssicola, Forbes & Hanley, Hist. Brit. Moll. vol. ii.
p. 86, pl. Ixxvii. figs. 1,2, and pl. JJ. fig. 3 (varietatis abyssicola
figura bona).

1867. Rissoa abyssicola, Jetireys, Brit. Conch. vol. iii. p. 19, pl. Ixvi.
fig. 9 (figura mala).

1878. Alvania abyssicola, G. O. Sars, Moll. reg. arc. Norv. p. 177, pl. x.
fig. 7, a—c (formee typicee optime figure).
1870. Frssoa abyssicola, var. obtusa, Jetfreys, “ Mediterranean Mol-
lusea,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. vi. p. 12 (separate copy).
1875. Rissoa elegantissima and subsoluta, Monterosato, Nuova Revista
delle Conch Medit. p, 17.

1884. Rissoa subsoluta and R. Teste, var. abyssicola, Jeffreys, Proc.
Zool. Soc. p. 115, pl. ix. fig. 3.

P1884, Ressoa deliciosa, id. ibid. p. 121, pl. ix. fig. 7.

1884. Actonia subsoluta, Monterosato, Nomen. gen. e spec. di aleune
Conch. Medit. p. 61.

Specimens in my collection are as follows :—

a. “Alvinia elegantissima, Palermo” *, from Marchese di
Monterosato.—Three specimens.

b. “Actonia subsoluta=deliciosa, Palermo,’ from Monte-
rosato.—TI"our specimens.

’

c. “Rissoa subsoluta, Aradas, Palermo, very deep,” from

Monterosato.—T'wo specimens.

d. Off Batalden, near Floré, Norway, 200 fath.—Two speci-
MENS eat ViewNs

e. Oster Fiord, near Bergen, 375 fath.—Five specimens,

A. M.N.
J. Off Lervig, Hardanger Fiord, 200 fath.—Five specimens,
AZ MEN:

g. Rédberg, Trondhjem Fiord, 250-300 fath.—Twelve speci-
mens, A. M. N.

h. Loch Fyne.—F ive specimens, Mr. MacAndrew.
7 The Kattegat—Five specimens from the Copenhagen
Museum.
a and 6 (received at different dates) are identical and rather

* Monterosato subsequently united his A. elegantiss’ma with A. sub-
soluta.

the Trondhjem Fiord. 359

narrower in form than the next. c: these specimens are abso-
lutely identical with those of d, and are the form figured by
Jeffreys, 1884, fig. 3, except that the spiral riblets are on all
parts of the whorls; ¢ and d have not the labial rib so well
developed, as is admirably figured by Sars (fig. 5c), with
whose figures e, f, and g exactly correspond. fare some of the
original specimens of the form dredged by Forbes and Mac-
Andrew and figured in the ‘ British Mollusca;’ they differ
from Norwegian and Mediterranean specimens, as Forbes and
Hanley’s figure shows, in the more conical outline, much
less swollen and almost flat volutions, and less expanded
mouth. The Norwegian form [ therefore consider should be
called Alvania subsoluta, Ar., and the Loch-Fyne form
Alvania subsoluta, Ar., var. abyssicola, Forbes.

The Kattegat examples are interesting, intermediate be-
tween the British and Norwegian forms, though perhaps

nearer to the former.
The particular specimen of A. subsoluta figured by Jeffreys

(1884, fig. 3) is represented as having spiral riblets only on
the lower half of the whorls. One of my Trondhjem-Fiord
examples has no spiral riblets except on the last whorl, and
another has the upper whorls without riblets, while on the
penultimate whorl they are, as in Jeffreys’s figure, confined
to the lower half.

53. Onoba striata, Adams.
A few specimens of the typical form.

54. Velutina levigata, Penn.
Trondhjem and Rédberg.

55. Lamellaria latens, Miiller.
Rédberg, 40-70 fath., one specimen.

56. Lunatia grenlandica, Beck.
Two or three small specimens, 150 fath., Rédberg.

a4

57. Lunatia Montagui, Forbes.
Shallow water, Trondhjem and Rédberg.

58. Scalaria grenlandica, Perry.
Only one specimen, Rédberg, about 20 fath.

59. Aclis exigua, G. O. Sars.
One living specimen, 250-300 fath., Rédberg.

60. EHulima intermedia, Cantr.

Rédberg and Trondhjem, down to 300 fath.
rat ae

360 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on

61. Eulima bilineata, Alder.
A few specimens.

62. Eulima stenostoma, Jeftr.

Trondhjem and Rédberg, 150-300 fath.
63. Parthenia spiralis, Mont.

A few living specimens.

64. Turbonilla rufa, Phil., var. rufocincta, Thomp.

A single living specimen, Trondhjem.
65. Odostomia unidentata, Mont.
Rédberg, in the Laminarian zone.
66. Aurtculina insculpta, Mont.
Roédberg, 250-300 fath.
67. Eulimella ventricosa, Forbes.
One living specimen, Rédberg.

68. Eulimella scille, Scac.
Trondhjem and Rédberg, 40-300 fath.

69. Cyclostrema Petterseni, Friele,= C. trochotdes, Jeffreys.

Rodberg, 250-300 fath.

70. Cyclostrema levigatum, Jeffreys.
Rédberg, 70-100 fath., two specimens.

71. Cyclostrema basistriatum, Jeffreys.
Rédberg, 250-300 fath.

72. Calliostoma millegranum, Phil.

3-20 fath., Rédberg.

73. Calliostoma occidentale, Migh.
Rédberg, 150 fath.

74. Gibbula cineraria, Linn.
Rédberg, Laminarian zone.

75. Margarita helicina, Fabr.
‘Trondhjem and Rédberg, 0-10 fath.

76. Margarita grenlandica, Chemn.
At Roédberg, with the last.

77. Scissurella crispata, d’Orb.

Large specimens, Rédberg, 250-300 fath.

Scissurella

the Trondhjem Fiord. 361

attains a much larger size in the Norwegian fiords than in

the British seas.

78. Emarginula crassa, Sow., and var. depressa, G. O. Sars.
Five specimens at Rédberg on the precipices, 100-250 fath.

79. Puncturella noachina, Linn.

Trondhjem and Rodberg, 5-200 fath.

80. Pilidium fulvum, Mill.
Trondhjem and Rédberg, 5-40 fath.

81. Acmea virginea, Miill.
Specimens small, Rédberg, 0-40 fath.

$2. Lepeta ceca, Miill.
3-40 fath., Rodberg and Trondhjem.

83. Patina pellucida, Linn.
Rédberg, on Laminarie.
84. Patella vulgata, Linn.
85. Hanleyia debilis, Gray, = Chiton Hanleyi, Bean.
100-250 fath., Rédberg and Trondhjem.
86. Leptochiton alveolus, M. Sars.
150-250 fath., Rédberg.
87. Leptochiton cinereus, Linn.,=C. asellus, Chemn.
5-10 fath.
88. Trachydermon ruber, Linn.
Shallow water.
Var. candidus, Norman.
A very pretty variety occurred at Rédberg, of
which I found three specimens, all exactly alike.
Valves white, except a longitudinal central dorsal
line of rose-colour on the fifth valve, and the girdle
also rose-coloured.
89. Trachydermon albus, Linn.
Shallow water, Rédberg.
90. Trachydermon exaratus, G. O. Sars.
200-250 fath., Rodberg.
91. Tonicella marmorea, KF abr.
Shallow water, Trondhjem and Rédberg.

362 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on
92. Neomenia carinata, Tulljberg,= Solenopus nitidulus,
M. Sars (MS.).
250-300 fath., Rédberg.

93. Chaetoderma nitidulum, Lovén, = Chrystallophrisson
nitens, Mobius.

250-300 fath., Rédberg.

SCAPHOPODA.
94. Dentalium entalis, Linn.

40-70 fath.

95. Dentalium striolatum, Stimpson, = D. abyssorum,M. Sars.

150-300 fath.
96. Dentalium agile, M. Sars.
Rédberg, 250-500 fath.
97. Pulsellum affine, M. Sars.
Abundant in one dredging, 250-300 fath., Rédberg.

98. Pulsellum quinquangulare, Forbes, = Siphonoentalis tetra-
gona, G. O. Sars.

150 fath., Trondhjem ; 250-300 fath., Rédberg.

99. Cadulus subfustformis, M. Sars.
Rédberg, 250-300 fath.

PELECYPODA.
100. Anomia ephippium, Linn.

Var. aculeata, Linn.

101. Anomia striata, Brocchi.

Rédberg, in about 150 fath.

102. Pecten islandicus, Miller.
Trondhjem, a small specimen.

103. Pecten aratus, Gmelin.
150-250 fath., Trondhjem and Rédberg.

104. Pecten pes-lutre, Linn., var. septemradiatus, Miiil.
Two or three small specimens, Rédberg and Trondhjem.

105. Fecten vitreus, Chemn.

150 fath., off Trondhjem ; and 150-300 fath., Rodberg.

the Trondhjem Fiord. 363

106. Pecten striatus, Miller.
Specimens large.
107. Pecten tigrinus, Miiller.
Trondhjem and Rédberg.
108. Pecten similis, Laskey.
Trondhjem and Rédberg, down to 250 fath.

109. Pecten imbrifer, Lovén, =? Pecten Hoskynst, Forbes.
Only one living specimen, 250-300 fath., Rédberg.

110. Lima excavata, Fabr.

This magnificent shell is far from rare in the fiord, and was
- taken both off Trondhjem and Rédberg in 150-300 fath., for
the most part with the large corals and Alcyonarians on
the precipices.

111. Mytilus edulis, Linn.

112. Modiola modiolus, Linn.
Trondhjem.

113. Modiola phaseolina, Phil.
Trondhjem and Rédberg.

114. Modiolaria marmorata, Forbes.
In Ciona intestinalis at 'Trondhjem.

115. Modiolaria nigra, Gray.
Rédberg, shallow water.

116. Crenella decussata, Mont.
250-300 fath., Rédberg.

117. Arca pectunculoides, Scacchi.
100-250 fath., Roédberg.

118. Arca nodulosa, Miiller.
A single valve only, ‘Trondhjem, in about 70 fath.

119. Nucula nucleus, Linn.
Only one, Trondhjem.

120. Nucula nitida, Sow.
Frequent down to 300 fath.

121. Nucula tumidula, Malm.
100-300 fath., 'Trondhjem and Rodberg.

364 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on

122. Leda minuta, Miller.
Frequent.

123. Leda pernula, Miiller.
Only one specimen, Rédberg.

124. Malletia obtusa, M. Sars.

A fine series of living specimens of this rare shell taken at
Rédberg, 250-300 fath. ; also off Trondhjem in 150 fath.

125. Portlandia lucida, Lovén.
Trondhjem, 150 fath.; Rédberg, 70-300 fath.

126. Portlandia tenuis, Phil.

Trondhjem, one specimen only, 150 fath.
127. Portlandia frigida, Torell.

Rédberg, 250-300 fath., specimens large. This species
attains larger dimensions on the west coast than in Kast
Finmark.

128. Astarte sulcata, Da Costa.
Shallow water.

129. Astarte compressa, Linn.,= A. elliptica, Brown.

The Scandinavian naturalists seem agreed that this is
Linné’s species, and not the next, which is usually called by
this name by British conchologists.

130. Astarte Montagui, Dillwyn,=<A. compressa, Montagu.
Shallow water, Trondhjem and Rédberg.

131. Kelliella miliaris, Phil.

Abundant in 150-800 fath. in the Trondhjem Fiord, as I
have also found it to be at the bottom of the Bergen and
Hardanger Fiords, as well as at Flor6.

132. Montacuta substriata, Mont.

On Spatangus purpureus, Trondhjem.

133. Montacuta ovalis, G. O. Sars, = Tellemya ovalis, G. O.
Sars.
A single perfect but dead shell in 250-300 fath., Rédberg.

It has only previously been recorded from Lofoten, where it
was taken by the describer, unless it be a synonym of Deci-
pula ovata, Jeftreys, as stated by him to be the case (vide
Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 696). If that be so, and Sars’s
shell has such a hinge as is described by Jeffreys, my

the Trondhjem Fiord. 365

determination is wrong, since the hinge in my shell closely
corresponds with that of Montacuta ferruginosa and with
Sars’s description. Unfortunately the specimen I had of
Decipula ovata from the Oster Fiord, identified by Jeffreys,
has been broken and lost (Norman, Journ. of Conch. vol. i.
STO. p42).
154. Montacuta bidentata, Mont.

Rédberg, 0-10 fath.
135. Cryptodon ferruginosus, Forbes.

70-100 fathoms.

136. Cryptodon croulinensis, Jeftr.
100-300 fath., Trondhjem and Rédberg.

137. Cryptodon flecuosus, Mont.
Down to 300 fath.

138. Cryptodon Sarsit, Phil.
With the last.

139. Lucina borealis, Linn.
Trondhjem, specimens small.

140. Cardium echinatum, Linn.
Trondhjem.

141. Cardium edule, Linn.
Trondhjem, tide-marks.

142. Cardium fasciatum, Mont.
Trondhjem and Rédberg.

143. Cardium minimum, Phil.
Trondhjem and Rédberg, 70-300 fath.

144. Cyprina islandica, Linn.
‘Trondhjem.

145. Venus gallina, Linn.
A single valve, Trondhjem.

146. Venus ovata, Pennant.
Trondhjem and Rédberg.

147. Dosinia lincta, Pult.
Rédberg, shallow water.

148. Psammobia Jerroensis, Chemn.
A single specimen, Trondhjem.

366 A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord.

149. Macoma calcarea, Chemn.

Rédberg, 0-5 fath.
150. Macoma balthica, Linn.
Trondhjem.
151. Abra longicallus, Scacchi.
Trondhjem, 150 fath.; Rédberg, 250-300 fath., rare.
152. Abra nitida, Mill.
Abundant, Trondhjem and Rédberg, 40-300 fath.
153. Abra alba, Wood.
Trondhjem, a single specimen.
154. Poromya granulata, Nyst.
Two specimens, 150 fath., off Trondhjem.
155. Cuspidaria rostrata, Speng.
Trondhjem and Rédberg, 70-300 fath.
156. Cuspidaria obesa, Lovén.
Rédberg, 150-300 fath.
157. Cusprdaria costellata, Desh.
Rédberg, 40-150 fath.
158. Cuspidaria abbreviata, Forbes.
Rédberg, 70-100 fath.
159. Corbula gibba, Olivi.
Only a small specimen or two seen.
160. Saxicavella plicata, Mont.
Trondhjem and Rédberg, 150-300 fath.
161. Mya arenaria, Linn.
Trondhjem, dead valves.
162. Mya truncata, Linn.
Trondhjem, on shore and dredged.
163. Saxicava rugosa, Linn.
Rédberg, down to 250 fath.
Var. arctica, Linn.

Unusually large examples of this variety at Réd-
berg on the precipices down to 200-250 fath.

164. Solen pellucidus, Penn.
‘I'wo or three small specimens.

On a new Genus of Heteromerous Coleoptera. 367

165. Xylophaga dorsalis, Turton.
Wood dredged at Trondhjem which had been bored by

this species.

[To be continued, |

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.

Fig. 1. Ukko Turtoni, var. brevis, Norman, nat. size.

Fig. 2. Ukko Turtoni, var. tumida, Norman, nat. size; the lip much
broken below.

Fig. 3. Ukko schantaricus, Middendortt, nat. size; specimen from the
North Pacific.

Fig. 4. Sipho gracilis, var. glaber, Verkruzen, dwarf form, nat. size.

Fig. 4a. Apical whorls of the last, to show the rudely coiled nucleus.

Fig. 5. Sipho propinquus, Alder, var. from the Kattegat, nat. size, to
show its close approximation in form to fig. 4.

Fig. 5a, Apical whorls of the last, to show the regularly coiled nucleus.

LIV.—On a new Genus of Heteromerous Coleoptera belonging
to the Family Lagriide, from Tasmania. By G. C.
CHAMPION, F.Z.S8.

SIRRHAS, gen. nov.

Menium small, strongly transverse, trapezoidal, almost
smooth, flat, the maxilla exposed at the base; mandibles
bifid at the tip ; labrum strongly transverse, prominent, sepa-
rated from the epistoma by a coriaceous space ; head rather
large, moderately broad, exserted, very little narrowed behind,
the epistoma very broad, short, depressed, and confounded
with the front, the antennary orbits short and teebly raised,
not projecting.over the points of insertion of the antenne; the
eyes large, moderately prominent, widely separated, somewhat
distant trom the base of the head; apical joint of the maxil-
lary palpi stout, triangular, the outer side rounded and a
little longer than the imner or apical sides; antenne very
elongate, slender (the first joint excepted), joints 1 to 8
sparsely punctured, shining, 9 to 11 densely punctured,
opaque, 2 to 8 cylindrical, each abruptly thickened at its
distal end, 2short, 3 exceedingly long, nearly four times as long
as 2, 4 about half the length of 3, 4 to 11 subequal in length,
9 to 11 a little stouter than 8 and more gradually thickened,
11 subacuminate at the tip; prothorax transversely cordate,
much wider than the head, expanded and sharply margined

368 On a new Genus of Heteromerous Coleoptera.

at the sides, the base and apex subtruncate, the apex with a
fine reflexed marginal carina, the lateral margins reflexed ;
scutellum strongly transverse, rather large; elytra broad and
depressed, about one third wider than and more than four times
as long as the prothorax, broadly truncate at the base, sub-
parallel for two thirds of their length, confusedly punctured,
the humeri rounded ; anterior coxee somewhat conical, strongly
exserted, subcontiguous, the prosternum not raised between
them, the cavities closed behind ; mesosternum largely deve-
loped anteriorly, feebly transversely depressed before the
middle coxee, the latter slightly exserted, narrowly separated,
with widely open cavities and large trochantin; metasternum
elongate, deeply longitudinally grooved in the middle behind ;
intercoxal process subtriangular; epipleure extending nar-
rowly to the apex ; legs rather elongate, very slender, sparsely
clothed with rather long hairs, the femora slightly swollen
beyond the middle, the tibial spurs short; the tarsi shorter
than the tibie, densely clothed with fine silky hairs beneath,
simple, the basal joint of the hind pair rather longer than the
third and fourth joints united ; body elongate, depressed, fully
winged.

This genus is proposed for a single species from Tasmania.
It belongs to the group Trachélosténides of the Lagriide,
following the system of Lacordaire. The only known genus
of the Trachélosténides, Trachelostenus, Sol., is from Chili.

Sirrhas limbatus, sp. n.

Elongate, rather broad, subparallel, depressed; pitchy
brown, the margins of the prothorax narrowly and indeter-
minately ferruginous, the elytra broadly bordered with obscure
testaceous; antennee testaceous, the basal joints stained with
piceous ; legs pitchy brown, the base of the femora, the outer
half of the tibiae, and the tarsi entirely testaceous ; the upper
surface with scattered, short, fine, semierect hairs. Head
thickly, irregularly punctured ; prothorax about one fourth
broader than long, much wider at the apex than at the base,
widest a little behind the middle, the sides thence to the base
obliquely and abruptly converging, the anterior angles strongly
rounded, the hind angles very obtuse, the disk a little flat-
tened at the base in the middle, the surface densely, mode-
rately finely punctured, more sparsely so towards the sides
anteriorly, the punctures on the middle of the disk showing a
tendency to become longitudinally confluent ; elytra densely,
very irregularly, moderately finely punctured, with regular
double rows of very shallow areole, which are separated by
feebly raised longitudinal lines, the areole here and there

On the Nutrition of the Salpa Embryo. 369

confluent, and becoming deeper beyond the middle; beneath
sparsely pubescent, somewhat densely, moderately coarsely
punctured, the metasternum more finely punctured in the
middle.

Length 12, breadth 42 millim.

Hab. N.E. Tasmania, Gould’s Country.

I have seen three specimens of this species: two recently
brought from Tasmania by Mr. J. J. Walker, late of H.M.S.
‘Penguin,’ to whom they were given by Mr. A. Simson, of
Launceston, from one of which the above description is taken
(the other having been deposited by Mr. Walker in the British
Museum), and a third in Mr, F. Bates’s collection. Mr. Bates’s
specimen is lighter in colour, it being reddish brown, with
the broad marginal stripe of the elytra stramineous.

Sept. 23, 1893.

LV.—On the Nutrition of the Salpa Embryo.
By W. K. Brooxs*.

AS the mammalian placenta nourishes and aerates the blood
of the foetus by the diffusion of gases and food in solution
through the walls of the blood-vessels, it has been generally
taken for granted that the placenta of Salpa performs its
function in the same way; and it has been described as
divided into a foetal chamber and a maternal chamber,
although its cavity is in reality part of the body-cavity of the
chain-Salpa, and the blood which circulates in it that of the
chain-Salpa. The Salpa embryo is bathed by the water
which is constantly flowing past it, and it is therefore in very
much closer relation to the external world than a mammalian
embryo shut up in the interior of a large thick-walled body.
There does not seem to be any need in Sa/pa for a respiratory
placenta, and its thick spongy walls seem to indicate that it
is not respiratory. We find in its structure nothing like the
interlacing villi of the mammalian chorion, and the sections
show that the embryo is nourished in a way quite unlike
anything which has been described in the Mammalia.

The subject is a very interesting one. The rapid growth
of the Sal/pa embryo 1s one of its most conspicuous charac-
teristics, and the nutrition which this rapid growth demands

* From the ‘Johns Hopkins University Circulars,’ vol. xii. no. 106,
pp- 97, 98.

370 Mr. W. K. Brooks on the

is secured by two very peculiar organs, the follicle and the
placenta.

While the egg at the time of fertilization is very minute,
the embryo at the time of birth is enormous as compared with
the size of the chain-Salpa which carries it, and it certainly
increases many thousandfold during development. The
growth is only partially due to cell-multiplication, and it is
in part a result of the growth of the individual cells, for,
instead of growing smaller with repeated division, they actually
increase in size in all parts of the body.

This growth of the cells is one of the most notable pecu-
liarities of the Sal/pa embryo, and in many parts of its body
cells as large as the original ovum are found. The growth
sets in very early, and it goes on uninterruptedly throughout
the whole foetal life, so that the embryo becomes gigantic as
compared with the body of the chain-Salpa which contains it.
Quoy and Gaimard describe an embryo 2 inches long at birth
in a Salpa (S. Forskaliz) a toot long, and Leuckart says that
the embryo of S. democratica at birth is two fifths as long as
the chain-Salpa which carries it. The fully grown embryo of
S. hexagona is almost as long in comparison with the chain
form of the same species.

It is not unusual for the embryos of viviparous animals to
gain slightly in size and weight before birth; but, as Leuckart
points out, the mammals are the only animals which exhibit
anything comparable to the rapid growth of the Sa/pa embryo
from a minute egg, and the history of the Salpa embryo at
once calls to mind that of the placental mammals ; nor is this
resemblance entirely superficial, for in both the mammal and
in Salpa we find an especial foetal organ, the placenta, for
the purpose of affording to the growing embryo an abundant
supply of nutriment.

The resemblance between the foetal life of Sa/pa and that
of a mammal is most remarkable, and it is all the more note-
worthy since we may be absolutely confident that the placenta
of Salpa is an independent acquisition, entirely without
genetic relation to that of mammals.

No modern writer except Todarro has ventured to regard
the two structures as homologous, and their phylogenetic
independence is so obvious that it is not necessary to discuss
it, although a greater physiological and anatomical resem-
blance than the facts warrant has usually been assumed.

We should hardly expect fundamental similarity in struc-
tures of diverse origin. On the contrary, we might reasonably
look for profound differences between the placenta of Salpa
and that of the mammals.

Nutrition of the Salpa Embryo. 371

The various writers on Salpa, while recognizing this fact
and while pointing out the great differences in the way in
which the placenta is formed in the two cases, have never-
theless assumed, either explicitly or by implication, a much
greater resemblance to the mammalian placenta in structure
and in function than actually exists. The later writers say
very little about the function of the placenta of Sal/pa, but
they assume a fundamental similarity to its function in
mammals.

So far as itis in both cases an organ for supplying the
embryo with nutritive matter derived from the blood of the
supporting organism, the resemblance is real; but it goes no
further than this, and the way in which the nourishment is
conveyed to the embryo is totally unlike, a fact which has
never been described or even noted.

In the mammalian placenta the blood of the embryo, as it
circulates through the villi of the chorion, is brought into
such close contact with the blood of the mother, that diffusion
takes place through the separating walls, and thus the blood
of the foetus is oxidized, relieved of its waste products, and
supplied by diffusion with nutritive matter in solution.

Notwithstanding the very intimate union between the
blood-vessels of the foetus and those of the mother, there is no
direct communication between them, and nothing except gases
and liquids can pass from the body of the parent to the body
of the child without the violent rupture or perforation of the
walls of the vessels, unless perhaps some very minute Bacteria
are an exception.

It has been generally assumed that this must be true of
Salpa also. ‘Thus, Barrois says incidentally and very briefly
(p. 495) that the function of the placenta of Sa/pa is to bring
about by osmosis an interchange of fluids between the blood
of the parent and that of the embryo, as in the placenta of a
mammal.

The subject has received very little attention; but as no
one has ever commented upon the view set forth at consider-
able length by Leuckart (pp. 61 and 62), this may be
regarded as the accepted view. He says:— The histolo-
gical differentiation of the organs and tissues of the embryo
is accelerated to a high degree by the circulation in the body
of the young Salpa, which is completely separated from the
circulation of the mother. At no time does the blood of the
mother pass through the wall of the placenta into the body
of the embryo. ‘The transfusion between the mother and the
foetus is, as in the mammals, purely endosmotic, through the
substance of the placenta, and it is most essentially facilitated

372 Mr. W. K. Brooks on the

by the movement of the blood, both in the embryo and in the
chain-Salpa.

“The upper wall of the placenta, which is the peculiar seat
of the process of diffusion, projects into the body of the embryo
and is surrounded by the median ventral blood-sinus. As
the blood-corpuscles of the embryo are much smaller than
those of the chain-Salpa, it is easy to see that no mingling
takes place.”

It is probably true that no transfusion of blood-corpuscles
takes place, and it is difficult to show from the study of
sections of hardened specimens that no serum from the blood
of the chain-Salpa is diffused through the wall of the placenta,
although its great thickness seems to be a very unfavourable
condition for this purpose ; and I shall show further on that
the mechanism of nutrition is very different from that of
mammals, that this is effected by the actual migration of
great placenta-cells into the body-cavity of the embryo. The
placenta is an organ for the nourishment of the placenta-cells
by the blood of the chain-Salpa, and the subsequent degene-
ration of these cells, after they have migrated into the body
of the embryo, supplies the material for the growth of the
embryo. This is in all probability the only function of the
placenta, for there does not seem to be any need for an
especial apparatus for oxidation or for the removal of waste
products. The Salpa embryo stands in much more direct
relation to the external world than the mammalian embryo.
It projects into the cloaca of the chain-Salpa, and is freely
exposed to the constant current of fresh sea-water which flows
around it, and its thin surface seems to be much more favour-
able than the thick wall of the placenta for the diffusion of
gases. During the later stages of foetal life its own mouth 1s
open, its muscles contract, and there is no reason why it
should not breathe for itself exactly like an adult. I there-
fore regard the placenta as a nutritive organ pure and simple,
and it serves its purpose not by the diffusion of a fluid, but
by the transportation of solid food into the body of the
embryo. From this point of view it is clear that those
investigators who have described it as divided into a foetal
chamber and a maternal chamber have been misled by an
erroneous notion of its function.

The detachment of the placenta-cells has been observed
and noted by both Salensky and Barrois, but it has been
regarded as a destructive change and as a sign that the organ
has served its purpose and has become superfluous.

It has been assumed that it reaches its perfect form and
serves its purpose, and that it then degenerates and breaks

Nutrition of the Salpa Embryo. 373

down, and no importance has been attached to the process of
degeneration, as it has not been regarded as significant.

No note has been made of the very early stage at which
degeneration begins, nor of the fact that it is initiated as soon
as the embryo begins to grow and long before it has reached
half or a quarter of the size which it is to have at birth.

This is hard to explain so long as the disintegration of the
placenta is regarded as its destruction, but it becomes quite
intelligible as soon as we learn that the detachment of the
placenta-cells, instead of marking the end of its functional
life, is actually a manifestation of its useful activity.

These strings of cells multiply at their lower ends by direct
division of their nuclei, and as the new cells which are thus
formed push up towards the top they grow very large, while
their nuclei become filled with diffused chromatin granules.
In Salpa hexagona these cells ultimately reach the top of the
placenta, where they gradually become elongated and irregular,
and then break through into the body-cavity of the embryo
as the migratory follicle-cells.

While the details are slightly different in Salpa pinnata,
placenta-cells migrate bodily into the embryo in the same
way.

The rapid growth of the embryo seems to be most important
to Salpa, and while we know almost nothing of its birth-rate,
the quickness with which the surface of the ocean becomes
covered with Salpe of all ages in a long calm shows that the
animals are most prolific, and the complicated structure of
the organs for nourishing the embryo shows that every pro-
vision is made for rapid growth.

The placenta is not the only nutritive organ, for the follicle
also makes most important contributions to the supply of
material which is available for the construction and rapid
completion of the body of the embryo; and while I have
spoken of the segmentation and the formation of the blasto-
dermic germ-layers as retarded, the retardation is probably
not actuai but only relative, and the process of development
is, on the whole, accelerated by the presence of the follicle
and by its share in the growth of the embryo.

The ultimate fate of all the follicle-cells is the same, and
they may be found in the sections, detaching themselves and
degenerating, first, in the somatic layerof theembryo; secondly,
in the somatic follicular lining of the perithoracic structures ;
thirdly, in the cavity of the pharynx ; fourthly, in the visceral
mass outside the digestive cavity; and, last, in that part of
the placenta which is derived from the somatic layer of the
follicle.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 28

BTA Capt. T. Broun on new

While it is not possible to trace the history of every cell
from first to last, we have as ample evidence as we could
hope from sections that the function of the follicle of Salpa is
exclusively nutritive, that it is transitory and embryonic, and
that the tissues of the embryo are not built up out of follicle-
cells, but from blastomeres, after the analogy of all the rest
of the animal kingdom.

LVI.—Descriptions of new Coleoptera from New Zealand.
By Captain THos. Broun.

{Continued from p. 302. |

Group Cryptorhynchide.
Acalles integer, sp. n.

Convex, piceous, variegate; squamosity hair-like, mostly
yellowish red; at the base of the thorax, near each side and
near each shoulder, there are pale streaks, and there is a
similar but less distinct and much interrupted one between
the hind thighs; near the top of the posterior declivity there
is a large dark band which does not reach che middle; there
are also numerous erect, not coarse, variegate sete on the legs
as well as on the body; antenne and tarsi reddish.

ftostrum shorter than the thorax, with a median carina,
more or less squamose and punctate. Antenne implanted
behind the middle ; scape short, incrassate towards the apex ;
funiculus elongate, second joint as long as the first but much
more slender, 3 to 7 decrease in length; club elongate-ovate.
Thorax longer than broad, widest behind the middle, more
(but very gradually) narrowed towards the front than it is
near the base, its punctuation close and rugose; the apex is
rounded, the base truncate. Scwtellum absent. Hlytra very
shghtly broader than the thorax at the base, widest and much
rounded between the middle and hind legs, from thence they
are gradually but a good deal narrowed; the hind declivity
is not at all abrupt; they are rather deeply and regularly
striate, the punctuation (owing to the clothing) is indefinite.
Legs robust, elongate ; femora long and thick, not dentate ;
front tibiz incurved, the others flexuous ; tarsi slender, third
joint a good deal expanded and bilobed.

Underside with depressed, tawny, hair-like scales. Meta-

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 375

sternum short. Abdomen flat or only slightly but broadly
impressed longitudinally ; first segment rounded between the
cox, second only half the length of the first in the middle,
third and fourth not much abbreviated, fifth as long as the
preceding two and more closely punctured. Lemora grooved
near the extremity.

A very pretty little species, which, in general appearance,
much resembles Agacalles formosus. No. 874 is its nearest
ally.

Length (rostr. excl.) 14, breadth % line.

Hunua Range, Maketu. Two examples.

It is a ground weevil.

Acalles formosus, sp. n.

Convex, broad, subovate, beautifully variegated; antenne
and tarsi red.

Rostrum nearly as long as the thorax, moderately broad,
subparallel, covered with comparatively coarse, depressed,
fulvous and yellow scales. Antenne medially inserted ; scape
very short, much thickened apically; funiculus elongate,
second joint rather longer but much more slender than the
first, third and fourth subquadrate, seventh a little broader
than the sixth; club large, ovate, its basal joint large, the
others small. Zhorax about as long as broad, its anterior
half moderately contracted, the base subtruncate, it is closely
punctured ; the surface shining black, covered with elongate
but not hair-like scales, mostly reddish; greyish ones form a
short basal streak near each side, sometimes a few grey
squame are scattered on the disk. Scuéellum invisible.
Elytra broader than the thorax at the base, subcordate,
curvedly narrowed and deflexed posteriorly ; their strie seem
to be formed by deep elongate punctures, the sutural region is
somewhat depressed near the base, so that the adjoining inter-
stices appear raised ; they are apparently reddish, the scales
are like those of the thorax, but some black ones form large
spots at each side, and sometimes there is a dark space in
front of the declivity ; there are also some grey scales, these,
however, are much more slender than the others; the sete
are not numerous, they are erect or curled, and are most
evident near the sides. Legs long and thick, covered with
elongate fulvescent scales ; the tibize with coarse outstanding
sete, the front pair a little incurved, the others nearly straight.
Tarst narrow, the third joint, however, is broadly lobate,
fourth rather short, their soles with very short sete.

Underside piceous, squame reddish. Pectoral canal deep,

28%

376 Capt. T. Broun on new

extending to hind margin of front cox, the whole middle
portion of the mesosternum forms a sort of raised curved
lamina; this is not abruptly elevated towards the front.
Metasternum short. Abdomen large, first segment flat,
densely squamose, nearly truncate between the coxw; second
on a lower level, hardly longer than the third or fourth.
Coxe about equidistant longitudinally and transversely.
Femora grooved near the apex.

In No. 2572 the eyes are rather large and nearly round; in
A. formosus they are small and more widely separated above.

Allied to A. tncultus, the sternal structure similar.

Var. A.—Rufous, the rufescent scales replaced by yellowish
ones, the black marks nearly absent, rostrum nearly nude.

Var. B.—The slender white scales of the elytra are
wanting, as are also the pale thoracic streaks.

Length (rostr. excl.) 1, breadth @ line.

Mount Pirongia. ‘Three, December 1892.

This is another ground weevil.

Acalles ruficollis, sp. n.

Convex, subovate, not narrow, rather nitid, with many
erect, slender, fuscous sete; the sides of the thorax covered
with flat tawny scales ; the elytral interstices sparsely clothed
with curled, rather short and thick, yellowish sete; thorax
dark red, the sides and apex of the hind body piceous, the
dorsal portion reddish or castaneous; rostrum pitchy red;
antenne fulvescent, club dark ; legs infuscate red.

fostrum shorter than the thorax, with four ill-defined
longitudinal grooves, its punctuation becoming very coarse
behind. Azxtennw medially inserted; scape slender and
moderately short, thickened near the extremity; funiculus
elongate, second joint as long as the first but much more
slender, third and fourth rather longer than broad; club
ovate, opaque, indistinctly annulate. Thorav as long as
broad, much narrower in front than behind, not abruptly so
however, slightly constricted near the apex, base truncate ;
its surface closely and distinetly punctured, the interstices on
the middle form transverse ruge. lytra much broader than
the thorax, closely adapted thereto, the base, however, scarcely
exceeds that of the thorax, they are obovate or cordiform ;
their striz are moderately broad and deep, but their punctua-
tion is not always well marked, the interstices are convex.
Legs stout, with elongate erect sete, the anterior evidently
longer than the others ; tarsi finely setose, third joint strongly
expanded and lobate, fourth slender.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 377

Underside piceous, shining, with a few rather slender
yellowish sete. Pectoral canal deep, extending to the front
margin of the middle coxa, the mesosternum curved there
but not much raised; it is ciliate behind. Metasternum very
short, almost linear between the hind and middle cox, the
middle depressed, each side with. a patch of pallid sponge-
like squame extending inwardly as a sort of streak. Abdo-
men large, densely and minutely sculptured, the first segment
in the middle nearly twice the length of the second, depressed
along the middle, with some coarse punctures, the frontal
suture not well defined ; third and fourth very short, below
the level of the basal ones; fifth red, rather large, finely
punctured. Z%bie produced and acuminate at the inner
extremity.

In appearance this somewhat resembles A. comptus, which,
however, is less convex and much narrower; the tibize have
slender but distinct spurs, and the tarsal and sternal structure
differs, so that the two are not really congeneric. It may be
identified by the bare, red, transversely sculptured disk of the
thorax.

Length (rostr. excl.) 3, breadth 4 line.

Mount Pirongia. About half a dozen individuals were
found on the ground in December 1892.

Acalles porcatus, sp. ni.

Piceous, slightly shining, nearly bald, having only a few
erect, rather slender, yellowish sete; rostrum red; antenne
testaceous, club black.

Rostrum finely sculptured. Scape short and rather thick,
medially inserted. Fuwniculus longer than the scape, second
joint short, much more slender than the thick basal one;
club large, ovate. Thorax about as broad as it is long, a
good deal narrowed anteriorly, broadly constricted there,
coarsely punctate. Scwtellum invisible. Hlytra short and
broad, much rounded ; the striz broad and deep, with coarse
punctures, sometimes appearing iregular or interrupted ;
interstices narrow and convex, not always equally elevated.

Underside like that of A. farinosus, except that the middle
of the metasternum is more broadly depressed.

In form like the preceding species, but with still more
scanty clothing, and the sculpture much coarser and irregular.
‘The second ventral segment is nearly vertical behind and on
a higher plane than the following two, which are extremely
short. The femora are grooved below.

Length (vostr. excl.) 3, breadth 3 line.

Mount Pirongia. Four examples, December 1892.

378 Capt. T. Broun on new

Var. A. xenorhinus.

Thorax pale castaneous or fuscous. The rostrum is
peculiar, as along each side there seems to be a sort of carina,
which becomes thicker near the eye; this, if it were not for
the fine dense sculpture, looks as if the scape were placed
there. As it may prove to be distinct, I have given it a
name,

Length (rostr. excl.) 3, breadth 3 line.

Mount Pirongia.

Acalles puncticollis, sp. n.

Convex, compact, ovate, sparingly clothed with quite erect,
rather long and slender, yellowish sete ; there are some on
the elytra only half as long, and on the sides of the thorax
the sete are short and curled ; the rostrum, most of the elytral
disk, and the thorax dark red; the antenne and tarsi and,
in one example, the apex of the thorax more or less testa-
ceous.

Rostrum shorter than the thorax, slightly and gradually
narrowed behind, grooved near each side, with a row of elon-
gate punctures along each side of the middle. Scape short,
rather slender, glabrous, implanted at the middle. Huniculus
elongate, second joint slender, quite the length of the first ;
club oblong-oval. Thoraz about as long as _ broad, not
suddenly narrowed towards the front, broadly and abruptly
constricted there, base truncate ; its punctuation close, deep,
not very coarse, and transversely rugose. Scuteddum absent.
Elytra rounded towards the base, which equals that of the
thorax, broader behind, the posterior declivity rounded or
inflexed and not much narrowed ; striz broad, their punc-
tures not deep; interstices rather narrow and convex. Legs
moderate; tibie a little flexuous, the anterior with small
hooks; tarsi short, third joint broadly expanded.

A very small species, which may be known by the densely
sculptured thorax and broadly oval form. One example is
almost entirely piceous.

Length (rostr. excl.) 2, breadth 3 line.

Mount Pirongia. Three, December 1892.

Acalles farinosus, sp. n.

Ovate, convex, piceous or pitchy red; antenne reddish,
club dark ; sparsely clothed with short, rather coarse, semi-
erect, yellowish, scale-like sete.

Rostrum about as long as the thorax, smooth along the

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 379

middle. Scape short, incrassate apically, medially inserted.
Funiculus with the first joint a good deal expanded towards
the extremity, second about as long but very slender; club
large, oblong-oval. Thorax about as long as broad, con-
siderably but not abruptly narrowed anteriorly, broadly but
not deeply constricted near the apex, base truncate ; rather
coarsely, closely, and rugosely punctured, the punctures in
front rather large, but not as close as those on the disk.
Scutellum absent. El ytra rather short and rounded, hardly
wider than the thorax at the base, with broad deep strie,
which, however, are distinctly punctured near the sides only ;
interstices narrow and convex. Tarsi short, third joint
broadly expanded.

Underside piceous, with coarse, shallow, rather distant
punctures and short slender sete. The pectoral canal extends
to the front of the middle coxee. Metasternum very short, so
that the hind coxe are not as far from the middle pair as the
anterior are. Second segment of the abdomen half the length
of the first, the intervening suture curvate, fifth red, minutely
sculptured.

Distinguished from A. puncticollis by the coarser thoracic
sculpture, the broader and deeper elytral furrows, and the
short coarse sete. The insect is usually covered with easily-
rubbed-off pale scale-like matter.

Length (rostr. excl.) 3, breadth 2 line.

Mount Pirongia. Several, December 1892.

ZEACALLES, gen. nov.

Body compact. ovate, very convex, covered with very small
squamee and erect sete. ostrum about the length of the
thorax, pinched in close to the eyes, slightly and gradually
narrowed towards the middle. Serobes lateral, deep, ex-
panded behind, reaching the eyes. Antenne implanted at or
just behind the middle. Scape short and stout, attaining the
eyes. uniculus 7-articulate, second joint as long as the
first but much more slender. Club large, ovate, with small
apical joints. Head large, broad and globose below. Eyes
just free, coarsely faceted, ovate, directed downwards, but not
acuminate below. Zhorax conical. Scutellumabsent. Llytra
very convex, obovate, abruptly deflexed behind, of the same
width as the thorax at the subtruncate base, and closely fitted
thereto. Legs robust. Hemora thick, grooved underneath.
Tibie flexuous, uncinate. arst short and broad, their soles
setose, third joint broadly expanded and lobate. Pectoral
canal deep, extending as far as the middle of the interme-

380 Capt. ‘I’. Broun on new

diate coxe, with raised borders. Metasternum short. Abdo-
men large, the suture between the hind coxe apparently
truncate but indistinct; second segment on a lower plane
than the first, only about one fourth its length, third and
fourth short.

From Acalles this differs in the unacuminate eyes, the
greatly abbreviated second ventral segment, as well as in the
general form. ‘The genus is nearer to Acallopais, but the
femora and abdomen are totally different. The species form
a homogeneous group distinguishable by the strongly and
regularly arched upper surface, the fine clothing, &. They
are terrestrial in habit.

Zeacalles flavescens, sp. 0.

Bedy fusco-rutous, densely covered with small, not round,
variegate scales, mostly fulvescent; there is a pale streak
along the middle of the thorax, another (along each side) is
prolonged backwards beyond the shoulders and is curved
inwards towards the elytral suture ; the short curled sete are
usually pitchy ; the rostrum and legs are pale chestnut-red,
the antenne and tarsi fulvous.

Rostrum moderately broad, with yellow scales behind.
Antenne feebly pubescent. Thorax subtruncate at base,
widest there, gradually narrowed anteriorly, without frontal
constriction or superficial inequalities, its punctuation con-
cealed by the squamosity. lytra more convex than the
thorax, regularly arched above, the posterior portion abruptly
curved, obovate, slightly wider before the middle than they
are elsewhere; their striz neither deep nor broad, finely
punctured; the second interstice widened behind, and near
the top of the declivity slightly elevated. Legs with short
sete.

Underside piceous, with some coarse shallow punctures and
depressed yellow scales; the fifth ventral segment red, nude,
finely and closely punctured,

Var.—Squamosity not so brightly coloured, pale yellowish
or greyish. This is smaller than No. 2568, and the sutural
strize are not so deep and broad.

Nos. 2568 and 2569 may be placed in this genus; in the
former, however, the second abdominal segment is not so
short.

Length (rostr. excl.) £, breadth } line.
Mount Pirongia. December 1892.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. dsl

Zeacalles varius, sp. n.

Ovate, convex, piceous; antenne and tarsi reddish, rostrum
pitchy red; the clothing variegate, the erect sete fuscous ;
on the thorax the scales are reddish, but pallid along the
middle and sides, and with some black near each side of the
middle; on the elytra pale reddish and grey patches of erect
grey sete form two spots near the sides, and two nearer the
suture and top of the declivity ; there are also some blackish
spots, one of which is on the suture near the base.

Rostrum smooth along the middle, squamose near the base.
Antenne inserted behind the middle; scape short, gradually
incrassate ; second joint of the funiculus nearly the length of
the first; club large, ovate. Thorax truncate at the base,
gradually narrowed towards the front, closely punctate.
Elytra convex, oval, apparently with series of fine punctures ;
these, however, are not distinct. Zvbie nearly straight.

This is a well-marked species.

Length (rostr. excl.) $, breadth 4 line.

Mount Pirongia. Two only, December 1892.

METACALLES, gen. nov.

Body convex, subovate, sparsely clothed with hair-like
scales and long outstanding slender sete. Rostrum just
about the length of the thorax, gradually and slightly nar-
rowed behind, abruptly notched at the sides near the eyes.
Scrobes lateral, reaching to the front of the eyes. Scape
rather short, thickened apically, reaching to the eye. Punt-
culus elongate ; first joint stout but slender at the base, second
evidently shorter than the first, much more slender, seventh
larger than sixth; club large, ovate. Head globose below,
- nearly hidden above; the eyes, however, are not covered,
they are depressed. Thorax truncate at base, the basal half
with rounded sides, the anterior not abruptly contracted.
Scutellum absent. lytra sharply defined at the base and
not exceeding that of the thorax in width, their sides rounded,
much narrowed and vertical behind, cordiform. Legs mode-
rately long; femora long and thick, grooved near the apex ;
tibie flexuous, their hooks proceed from the outer angles and
are bent inwards ; ¢ars¢ narrow, their soles finely setose, the
basal two joints nearly nude, their third joint deeply grooved
above, not distinctly bilobed, and but little expanded.

The pectoral canal extends to beyond the hind margin of
the middle coxw, its sides and the hind border are sharply
elevated. Metasternum very short. Abdomen large, rounded

382 Capt. T. Broun on new

between the hind coxe, second segment half the length of the
first, the suture deep at the sides, apparently straight, but
almost obliterated, in the middle. The sides of the thorax in
front are gradually shortened downwards; the angles formed
by their junction with the pectoral canal can hardly be called
ocular lobes.

The type of this genus can be recognized by the long
rostral canal, which extends into the metasternum. The
numerous species referred to Acalles are difficult to identify
by description alone, so I think advantage may be taken of ~
any well-marked character to lessen the difficulty. Nos. 1274,
1290, 1291, and 1292 should, I think, be located in this
genus. I have not been able to study the sternal structure of
these four species in a satisfactory manner; but they are so
much alike in general appearance and in habit that they form
one natural group. In No. 1292, however, the third tarsal
joint is more lobate.

Metacalles aspersus, sp. n.

Piceous, clothed with pale ferruginous and grey, elongate,
depressed scales, and erect, slender, fuscous sete ; rostrum
and antenne red, club pitchy, tarsi fuscous.

Rostrum finely sculptured, smooth along the middle.
Antenne inserted behind the middle of the rostrum, shining ;
club opaque, with dense pubescence. Zhoraw as long as
broad, its frontal half a little depressed and broadly but not
deeply constricted ; its surface with large shallow punctures
and narrow interstices, the sculpture indistinct in front.
Elytra cordate, widest before the middle, the shoulders much
rounded ; they are punctate-striate, their clothing is shorter
and less depressed than that of the thorax; on the third inter-
stice on each elytron there is a small setose elevation near
the base and another on the summit of the declivity; on the
fifth there are two ill-defined elevations. Legs infuscate, with
long upright sete and also with short, erect, and decumbent
grey hairs; tarsi narrow, basal joint rather elongate, yet
shorter than the fourth.

Underside piceous, a little shining, with a few fine grey
sete. ‘The two basal segments with some coarse shallow
punctures, the fifth red, more finely and closely punctured,
third and fourth very short, with straight deep sutures.

Var.—Antenne testaceous, tarsi reddish. ‘This is mounted
on its back, and the description of the underside has been
recorded above.

Length (rostr. excl.) 7, breadth quite 3 line.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 383

Mount Pirongia. Two, found on the ground, December
1892.

Metacalles rugicollis, sp. n.

Piceous, antenne and tarsi red, club pitchy; sparsely
clothed with long, erect, fuscous sete; some yellow scales
are placed near the base of the rostrum and on the thorax ;
on each elytron near the middle of the side there are some
pale slender scales, and there are a few fine ash-coloured sete
behind.

Rostrum pitchy red, smooth along the middle, nearly as
long as the thorax. Antenne implanted behind the middle;
scape short, rather stout; funiculus elongate, second joint
more slender than, but nearly as long as, the first; club
opaque, large, ovate. Thorax rather longer than broad,
widest just behind the middle, the frontal constriction shallow,
the apex reddish ; the surface with large closely placed punc-
tures, these are transversely confluent for the most part, with
narrow intervals, so that the disk seems rugose. Llytra
cordate, much rounded at the sides; their striew are rather
broad and deep, but are only indistinctly punctured. Tars¢
narrow, their third joint scooped out above, but not distinctly
lobate.

When compared with M. aspersus it will be seen that the
thorax is longer and less contracted anteriorly ; it is diffe-
rently sculptured and is without variegate squamosity. In
quite unrubbed specimens I think there will be two small
black crests on the third and fifth elytral interstices.

Length (rostr. excl.) ?, breadth quite 2 line.

Mount Pirongia. One, Dec. 1892, on the ground.

Kctopsis simplex, sp. n.

Cylindric, nearly flat above, opaque, black; tarsi and
antenne dark red ; covered with very small, depressed, chiefly
ferruginous scales; the posterior declivity is clothed with
sordid grey squame, there is a speck of similar colour near
the middle of each elytron, and an elongate mark in front of
the scutellum.

Rostrum longer than the thorax, the frontal half nude and
finely punctate. Scape nearly glabrous, rather slender, a
little flexuous and incrassate apically. uniculus sparsely
pubescent, second joint distinctly longer than the first. Club
elongate, one third shorter than the funiculus. Thorax one
fifth broader than long, abruptly contracted in front; it is
flat above and finely aud distantly punctured. /ytra slightly

384 Capt. T. Broun on new

broader than the base of the thorax, their apical portion
rather suddenly truncate ; they bear series of distant, shallow,
foveiform impressions, the intervals are only slightly uneven.
Legs nearly concolorous, there being a pale band near the
middle of the femora only ; these latter are angulate below,
the anterior are dentate. Yars¢ underneath with a bare
channel along the middle, elsewhere with dense vestiture.

Very much like the typical species, No. 1272, but only
about half the size and without superficial inequalities. The
tarsi are narrower, their third joint evidently so. The sculp-
ture of the elytra ‘differs, the apical declivity has no nodiform
elevations. ‘The squamosity would be concolorous if it were
not for the pale parts described above; in &. ferr “gel it is
more or less variegate. The large cavities seen on the sides
of No. 1272 are here absent, “but there are many small
flattened granules.

Length (rostr. excl.) 34, breadth 12 lines.

Mount Pirongia. One, on the ground, December 1892.

Group Cossonide.
CAMPTOSCAPUS, gen. nov.

ody fusiform, subdepressed, nearly glabrous. Rostrum
almost quite parallel-sided, only very slightly narrowed
towards the eyes. Antenne inserted at or close to the middle
of the rostrum, rather long and stout. Scape not at all short,
incrassate but not abruptly clavate towards the extremity ;
this thickened portion is bent backwards, the basal is slightly
curved in the opposite direction. Huniculus 5-articulate,
second joint almost the length of the first, rather longer than
the third; joints 3 to 5 transverse. Club ovate, moderate,
finely annulate. yes round, large, a little convex, widely
separated above, distant from thorax. Scutel/um distinct,
flat. Thorax narrowed and constricted anteriorly, its base
truncate. Hlytra slightly curved from the suture to the
shoulders, paraliel or a little narrowed posteriorly, apical
margins not explanate. Legs long and stout; femora slender
at the base, clavate beyond; tibie slightly dilated towards
the extremity, their hooks moderately developed. Tars?
narrow, third joint scarcely at all enlarged, not lobate; claws
small,

In Pentarthrum, as defined by the author, the body is
cylindric, the eyes prominent, and the scape is straight. In
the Japanese genus Zychiodes the scape is short and flexuous,
a character apparently of rare occurrence in the subfamily
Pentarthrides.

Coleoptera from New-Zealand. 385

Considering the difficulty in identifying the numerous
species of this group, I think advantage may be taken of the
structure of the scape, together with other details, to locate
the species described below in a distinct genus, to be placed
between the two genera cited above.

Camptoscapus SAaNGUINEUS, Sp. ll.

Subdepressed, with some minute, hardly perceptible, greyish
hairs ; moderately shining, dark red, the head and suffused
spaces on the elytra piceous.

Rostrum about one half the length of the thorax, moderately
broad, subparallel, finely punctured in front, more closely and
coarsely behind. Head punctate, not twice the width of the
‘ rostrum ; behind the eyes the punctuation suddenly ceases, so
that the short broad neck is smooth and shining. yes large,
almost lateral, not prominent. Scape rather elongate,
flexuous, gradually and only slightly inerassated. Funiculus
sparsely pubescent, second joint about as long as it is broad,
third and fourth equal. Club paler, pubescent, ovate, indis-
tinctly jointed. Thorax evidently longer than broad, widest
behind the middle, rounded there, gradually curvedly nar-
rowed anteriorly, constricted near the front; the apical portion
slightly raised and smooth, the disk flat, moderately finely
punctured, much more closely near the sides. Scutellum
small. lytra almost as broad as the thorax, only very
slightly and gradually narrowed posteriorly; their striae
regular, rather deep, closely punctured; interstices plane,
with fine serial punctures. Legs pubescent ; tibize but little
dilated, not triangular, the front pair with yellow pubescence
along the inner face and near the extremity; claws very
small.

Pentarthrum planiusculum and P. conicolle must be placed in
this genus. All-three species are represented by single speci-
mens. LP. conicolle is a female, the others are males.

dé. Length 14, breadth quite } line.

Mount Pirongia (Waikato). December 1892.

All my measurements of Cossonide include the rostrum.

Obs. Novitas nigrans, a minute and interesting Cossonid
which was described from a femaie that I found about twenty
years ago, was figured on plate 138 of ‘ Aid to the Identifica-
tion of Insects.’ In November 1892 I was fortunate enough
to find a male, whose characters may be recorded here.

Rostrum as long as thorax, slightly and gradually narrowed
towards the apex, opaque, densely and finely sculptured,

386 Capt-T. Broun on new

pitchy red, twice as wide as that of the female. Antenne
inserted before the middle of the rostrum. Scape long,
curvate. Funiculus five-jointed; second joint slender, as
long as first ; joints 3 to 5 rather longer than broad, oviform.
Club oblong-oval. Breast finely and closely sculptured.
Metasternum short. Abdomen elongate, the two basal seg-
ments rather flat, smooth, without intervening suture in the
middle. Hlytra with obsolete sculpture behind the middle,
but with distinct strize and punctures in front.

9. Antenne implanted at or immediately behind the
middle of the very slender, quite parallel, glossy red rostrum.

Length 2, breadth 3 line.

Hunua Range, Clevedon. On the ground amongst leaves.

Macroscytalus frontalis, sp. n.

Depressed, moderately broad ; pubescence scanty and hardly
perceptible ; elytra rufo-castaneous, with ill-defined pitchy
marks behind, the rest of the body and the legs red, club
nearly black.

Rostrum shorter than the thorax, gradually narrowed
towards the base, its apical portion not as broad as the back
of the head ; it is shining red and more finely punctured than
the head. yes round, rather flat. Head piceous, gradually
narrowed anteriorly, the broad smooth back part abruptly
marked off just behind the eyes. Antenne inserted just before
the middle of the rostrum ; scape elongate, gradually incras-
sate; funiculus not longer than the scape; second joint dis-
tinctly longer than the third; club opaque, densely pubescent,
as long as the funiculus. Thorax but little longer than broad,
widest behind the middle, rounded there, gradually but con-
siderably narrowed towards the front, so that the apex is
scarcely more than half the width of the base; the frontal
constriction is very slight ; it is moderately finely, distinctly,
and not very closely punctured; there is an indistinct smooth
central line, and the apical margin is smooth. Scutellum
triangular, distinct. lytra as broad as the widest part of
the thorax, base truncate, parallel-sided, apices simple; they
are slightly transversely impressed before the middle, with
distinctly punctured strie, interstices with fine serial punc-
tures. Legs moderately long; femora medially dilated below ;
tibie slightly flexuous, the outer apex prolonged, the inner
acutely prominent, the anterior with moderately slender
hooks; tarsi narrow, their third joint excavate above but
narrow, so that the minute true fourth joint is obsolete,
terminal joint slender, claws small.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 387

This may be known by the large, opaque, densely clothed,
black club and the indistinct frontal constriction of the thorax.
M. russulus most nearly resembles it.

9. Length 13, breadth quite + line.

Hunua Range, Maketu. One example.

STILBOCARA, gen. nov.

Body ovate-cylindric, subdepressed, nearly glabrous. os-
trum parallel or only very slightly and gradually narrowed
towards the base, rather shorter than the thorax, only mode-
rately stout. Antenne medially inserted. Scape short and
stout, thickened towards the extremity. uniculus longer,
7-articulate, basal joint rather larger than those next to it,
‘seventh distinctly larger than sixth. Club large, oblong-
oval, nearly the length of the funiculus. yes rotundate,
large, prominent, distant from thorax. Head large and
globose below, above (immediately behind the eyes) abruptly
broader, convex, and polished. Thorax longer than broad,
much narrowed and constricted anteriorly. Scutellum dis-
tinct, flat. lytra subparallel, base nearly quite truncate,
apices not explanate. Legs moderately elongate. Memora
slender near the base, clavate near the extremity. Tibie
laterally compressed, outer extremity of the two hind pairs
eurvedly prolonged as far as the second tarsal joint; the
anterior with moderately developed hooks. Yars¢ narrow,
their basal joint elongate, third slightly lobate, so that the
minute fourth joint is visible, terminal elongate and slender.
Claws moderate.

Metasternum elongate, with an extremely slender linear
impression behind. Abdomen broadly curved between the
hind coxe, first segment larger than the second, its apical
suture fine.

The short scape, elongate club, and the large, globose,
polished head, taken together, seem to differentiate this from
those genera of the subfamily Cossonides in which the scape
is abbreviated. The South-African Brachyscapus has a short
triangular rostrum and rather approximate eyes. Steno-
mimus, from Brazil, is a minute narrow insect. J/icromimus,
a West-Indian genus, has very large, transverse, sunken
eyes. In the New-Zealand list it may be placed near Phlwo-
phagosoma, from which, however, it may be separated by a
glance at the head and rostrum.

Stilbocara nitida, sp. n.

Shining, sparsely clothed with erect but minute greyish

388 Capt. T. Broun on new

hairs; red, elytra chestnut-red, suffused with piceous behind ;
tarsi pale red.

Rostrum cylindric, not at all broad, finely and distantly
punctured. Head behind the eyes twice the breadth of the
rostrum, convex and glossy. Zhoraz widest behind the
middle, rounded there, gradually but considerably narrowed
towards the front, much constricted near the apex ; the disk
very little convex, with distinct, moderately fine, distant
punctures, the sides more closely sculptured, the apical
portion almost quite smooth. lytra slightly and gradually
narrowed posteriorly, the shoulders not wider than the
broadest part of the thorax; dorsum nearly flat, regularly
striate, the striz with distinct but not very closely placed
punctures; interstices with fine serial punctures. Scape
shining and glabrous, considerably shorter than the funiculus.
Club densely and obviously pilose. Z%bie at the inner angle
with a spiniform seta. Cove widely separated, the anterior
much further apart than in Phleophagosoma.

Sexual differences slight; in the female the rostrum is
rather longer and more slender than in the male.

No. 942, temporarily placed in Phleophagosoma, must be
transferred to this genus. It may be distinguished from
S. nitida by its more coarsely and closely sculptured thorax,
the punctures just behind the constriction are quite close ;
the elytral grooves are rather deeper and broader, with more
punctures in them.

Length 12, breadth 2 line.

Hunua Range, Clevedon.

Group Cerambycide.

Didymocantha pallida, sp. n.

Slender, elongate, shining, pale testaceous ; antenne and
legs pale yellow ; with very few erect pallid hairs.

Head, in line with the eyes, as wide as the thorax; the
punctures on the vertex rather small and distant, those behind
the eyes smaller but closer. yes large, coarsely faceted,
their greatest bulk in front below the antenne. Thorax of
equal length and breadth, widest at the middle, each side
with a prominent tubercle there and a smaller one near the
front; on the disk in line with the frontal tubercles there are
two small , indistinctly raised, smooth spots ; along the middle,
but not extending to the apex, there is a broad smooth space,
this near the base becomes a linear i impression ; the punc-
tures are fine, distant, and reddish, near the sides they are

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 389

closer. Scutellum extremely short and broad, with a notch
in the middle of the apex, so that it seems to consist of two
parts. ytra parallel-sided, apices strongly rounded indi-
vidually, with an elongate sutural gap, the shoulders slightly
raised and a little wider than the thorax in line with and
including the lateral tubercles; on each elytron there are
three ivory-like streaks—one is close to the suture, none
attain the apex, the central one is the shortest; the punc-
tures are reddish, rather fine, regular, and not at all close as
far as the middle, behind this they become large but shallow
and more distant, and they lose the red colour,

Antenne pubescent, the hairs neither very long nor coarse ;
first joint closely punctured, the third joint reaches the base
of the thorax, it is slightly longer than the fourth, but shorter
‘than the fifth; the eighth attains the extremity of the body.

Underside yallid, the head punctate, transversely grooved
behind; prosternum punctate, with some ruge across the
middle; metasternum with a median groove, it is finely
punctured and transversely wrinkled; terminal segment of
abdomen transversely quadrate, truncate behind, with long
pubescence.

D. egrota, Bates, is the only similar form ; in it the thorax
is more narrowed anteriorly, the hinder tubercles are placed
behind the middle, the insect is darker and more closely and
coarsely sculptured, the antenne are thicker, and the head is
narrower.

9. Length 54, breadth 1} lines.

Ligar’s Bush, Papakura. One individual only.

Group Lamiide.

Hybolasius optatus, sp. n.

Oblong, robust, rufo-piceous ; legs and antenne pale infus-
cate red, the two basal joints of the tarsi darker than the
others ; rather closely covered with greyish-yellow decumbent
hairs, on the elytra they are thinner or absent on some parts
so as to cause a spotted appearance.

Head finely sculptured, slightly impressed near the hind
margin of the eyes. Thorax broader than long but not short,
with very fine indistinct granular sculpture, which, however,
is better defined and closer on the basal depression; lateral
tubercles large but not acute, placed behind the middle; on
the disk before the middle there is a pair of very slight
elevations ; there is no frontal constriction, there being only
a superficial transverse depression. Scutel/um densely pilose.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. zg

390 Capt. T. Broun on new

Elytra gradually narrowed backwards, with broadly rounded
apices ; basal tubercles rather small and not at all acute; in
line with each of these, near the hind thigh, there is a slight
obtuse elevation, which is prolonged nearly to the apex, the
space near the suture appears depressed ; their punctuation is
moderate, rather irregular, and not close, the larger puncti-
form impressions are most distinct near the sides and behind,
and cause to a great extent the maculate appearance. An-
tenne unspotted, with greyish pubescence; the very slender
outstanding hairs almost disappear after the eighth joint, the
third joint ‘reaches the middle thigh, the fourth is longer than
the fifth but shorter than the third, its fulvous pubescence i is
most conspicuous near the middle; the seventh joint reaches
the extremity of the body. femora rather densely clothed
except near the base, which is reddish; tibie simple, with
elongate grey hairs.

There are no species like this. H. lanipes is broader and
more robust, with more acutely prominent lateral tubercles, a
much shorter and broader thorax, and silky white pubescence.
In H. optatus the third joint of the front tarsiis rather narrow
and the second is bisinuate at the apex.

Length 4, breadth 1} lines.

Woodhill, Kaipara Railway. One, November 1892.

Somatidia proxima, sp. 0:

Convex, elongate, medially narrowed, shining, piceo-fuscous,
unevenly clothed with yellow pubescence.

Thorax very convex, rotundate, moderately coarsely and
closely punctured. Scutellum small and narrow. Elytra
elongate-oval, at the base not wider than the thorax, so that
the shoulders are quite obsolete ; the basal region is nearly
bald, with very few fine punctures; similar punctures are
distributed almost to the apex; the yellow pubescence is
almost confined to the sides and a broad transverse median
space, the long upright hairs are also yellowish. Legs robust,
femora piceous or rufo-castaneous, tibiz and tarsi testaceous,
the knees fuscous.

Antenne obscure red, their fine yellowish pubescence does
not form spots, the longer hairs are pale or infuscate ; third
jeint very long, it reaches the base of the thorax and is twice
the length of the fourth or fifth ; the eleventh does not attain
the extremity of the body.

Q. Thorax rather longer, widest at the middle, much less
globular. Elytra broader. Antenne slightly shorter, their
basal joint not so thick. ‘There is an elongate bare space on
the last ventral segment.

Coleoptera from New Zealand. 391

S. ptinoides, Bates, is of the same form, but it has a minute
denticle on each side of the thorax. The only other near ally
is S. spinicollis ; it is distinguishable by the acute projecting
thoracic spines.

Length 13-2, breadth 3-3 lines.

Ohaupo, Waikato: Ore le and two females found near
Mr. Kusab’s saw-mill, January 1893.

Group Eumolpide.

Eucolaspis vittiger, sp. n.

Convex, broadly oval, testaceous; the suture and a broad
vitta near “he side of spd elytron dark fuscous, on the thorax
there are two oblique vitte of a paler brown.

Head rather finely punctate. Thorax strongly transverse,
moderately narrowed anteriorly, the sides finely margined
and but little curved; a large median space in front of the
base has very few punctures, the sides sometimes are quite
impunctate; the punctuation elsewhere is not coarse, nor is
it close; sometimes the punctures are quite distant from one
another. Scutellum longer than broad, smooth. lytra
gradually narrowed posteriorly ; the sutural striz are distinct
behind, but hardly extend forwards beyond the middle; the
punctures are moderately coarse, near the base they are irre-
gularly distributed, behind they generally become quite
serial, so that the apical portion is substriate; along the
suture the punctures are smaller and closer. Tibie nearly
straight, gradually thickened towards the extremity ; the
hind face of the posterior has finely carinate edges, so that
the space between these appears flattened or grooved.

Length 2-24, breadth 1} lines.

Hunua Range.

This is one of many insects that injure our fruit-trees, and
most likely is little more than a variety of /. ochracea.

Eucolaspis picticornis, sp. n.

Robust, suboblong, convex, shining, violaceous; labrum
and knees pale castaneous ; tibize and tarsi fuscous ; antenne
nearly black, the tips of joints 1 to 10 testaceous.

Head distinctly but iregularly punctured. Antenne
elongate, rather slender, second joint longer than broad, 6 to
10 slightly expanded towards the extremity. Thorax trans-
verse, widest near the base, gradually narrowed anteriorly,
the sides rather broadly margined, very slightly rounded
behind ; its surface rather coarsely and irregularly punctured,

29*

392 On new Coleoptera from New Zealand.

the punctures less numerous near the base and sides. Sew-
tellum nearly smooth. lytra oblong, the shoulders some-
what swollen and smooth; the dorsum rather coarsely but
not very regularly punctured; the sculpture becomes serial
and forms strize behind, the sutural strie become obsolete
towards the base. Legs with greyish pubescence.

The sculpture is coarser than usual and the lateral margins
of the thorax are broader. In Nos. 1094 and 1098 the head
is quite smooth or only very minutely punctured.

g. Antenne thicker, second joint not longer than broad.
Front angles of thorax acutely rectangular, less depressed.
Legs and tarsi more robust.

Length 23, breadth 1} lines.

Waitakere Range and Pokeno Valley.

Aphilon laticollis, sp. n.

Convex, hemispherical, glabrous, shining, bronze-black ;
legs and antennz rufo-testaceous.

Head a little uneven. Thorax strongly transverse, its sides
finely margined and curved, much more narrowed in front
than behind, the apex widely incurved, anterior angles some-
what rounded ; its surface finely, distinctly, but not closely
punctured, the sides nearly smooth. Sewte//um triangular.
Elytra punctate, the larger punctures do not form regular
series, the smaller ones are interposed longitudinally. Legs
stout, the tibia curved and a little dilated below the middle.
Antenne longer than the head and thorax; first joint thick
and dilated inwardly, second thicker but much shorter than
the third; third, fourth, and fifth elongate and nearly equal,
6 to 8 longer than broad, seventh rather longer than the con-
tiguous ones, ninth and tenth nearly similar to the eighth,
eleventh rather longer than the tenth.

In No. 1106 the sides of the thorax are nearly straight.
In No. 1105 the thorax and elytra are more coarsely punc-
tured. ‘The female of No. 1556 has the thorax much longer
in the middle and the front angles do not extend outside the
eyes. In A. laticollis the thorax is broader and the terminal
joint of the palpi is obtuse at the extremity.

?. Length 13, breadth 14 lines.

Thames. Mr. Albert Koebele gave me a specimen.

Obs. In this genus the scutellum, though sometimes in-
visible, is usually triangular. ‘The tars¢ vary according to
sex. Dr. Sharp described the female (No. 1104) ; in the

male the basal joint of the tarsi 1s large, as in No. 1556.

On Fossil Fishes from South Africa. 393

LVIl.—Further Notes on Fossil Fishes from the Karoo

Somme of South Africa. By A. Smita Woopwarp,

[Plate XVII.]

A LIST of all the known fossil fishes from the Karoo formation
of South Africa was given in these pages four years ago*,
and since that time only one additional species seems to have
been recorded f. It is gratifying now to be able to extend
the list by adding no less than four new forms; and the
following brief descriptions are published in the hope that
they may lead to the discovery of more satisfactory specimens
than any of those at present available. For this new evidence
the writer is indebted to David Draper, Esq., of Newcastle,
Natal, and to Professor H. G. Seeley, F.R.S., the former
having brought to Europe for determination the species
numbered 1 and 4, the latter having discovered those num-
bered 2 and 3 during his visit to Cape Colony a few years ago.

1. Dictyopyge (?) Draperi, sp. n.
(Ply XVII. tie: 1.)

Type.—The type and only known specimen of this species
is shown of the natural size in the accompanying Pl. XVII.
fig. 1. Apart from some fracturing, it is complete and scarcely
distorted as far as the caudal pedicle ; but the caudal fin, the
most important feature in the fish, is unfortunately wanting.
It is preserved in the National Museum, Bloemfontein, Orange
Free State.

Description.—The proportions of the fish indicated in the
fizure are probably almost natural, the length of the head with
opercular apparatus being about equal to the maximum depth
of the trunk and contained perhaps five times in the total
length. The head is much fractured, but impressions of the
cranial bones seem to exhibit traces of a rugose ornament,
and the hinder portion of the mandible is distinctly marked
with longitudinal striations. ‘The orbit must have been very
large, and the maxilla is shaped as in Paleoniscidee, with a
deep posterior plate and a downward inflexion of the postero-
inferior angle. ‘here are some remains of conical teeth of

* A. Smith Woodward, “On Atherstonia,” Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist.
[6] vol. iv. (1889), p. 242.

+ Acrolepis (2) digitata, Smith Woodward, Cat, Foss. Fishes Brit.
Mus. pt. ii. (1891), p. 508, pl. xv. fig. 4.

.

394. Mr. A. 8. Woodward on Fossil Fishes from

moderate size. The opercular bones are smooth and the sub-
operculum seems to have been at least as deep as broad and
little inferior in size to the operculum. All the fins are small,
and conspicuous fulcra are preserved on the pectoral and
dorsal. The pectoral fin-rays, not less than sixteen in
number, do not appear to have been articulated except perhaps
at the distal extremity ; the pelvic fins, though imperfect, are
evidently relatively small and short-based and arise midway
between the pectoral arch and the anal fin. The rays of the
dorsal and anal fins exhibit distant articulations, and in each
fin there are a few short basal rays in front of the long ante-
rior rays on which the fulera are arranged. The dorsal fin is
at least as deep as long, comprising about twenty- -five rays
besides the basals, and ‘is almost completely in advance of the
anal fin, which has a much greater extent and comprises not
less than forty, perhaps forty-five, rays in addition to the
basals. The whole of the trunk is covered with scales, and
there is a series of large post-claviculars attached to the hinder
border of the pectoral arch ; there are also one or two enlarged
ridge-scales at the origin of the dorsal and anal fins. The
scales of the flank are about as deep as broad, but become
much narrowed ventrally and reduced in size on the caudal
pedicle. One of the postclaviculars is marked with oblique
ridges and all the principal scales exhibit numerous fine
oblique pectinations at their hinder margin, a character
gradually becoming obsolete on the caudal region; apart
from the pectinations, all the scales are smooth. The lateral
line is conspicuous.

Generic Determination.—The absence of the tail renders it
impossible to determine with certainty the family position of
the specimen just described; but it may be placed either in
the comprehensive family of Paleoniscide or in the Cato-
pteridz. Before the discovery of the species of Dictyopyge
in the Hawkesbury Beds of Australia * it would have been
concluded that such a head as is possessed by the South-
African fossil could only belong to a Paleoniscid and
undoubtedly implied a strongly heterocereal tail. The
Hawkesbury fishes, however, have most distinctly the same
type of head, combined with a remarkably atrophied hetero-
cercal tail, such as occurs in Lictyopyge and Catopterus. No
decision as to the genus can therefore be arrived at until the
caudal extremity is discovered. If the fish is a Paleoniscid

* Smith Woodward, “The Fossil Fishes of the Hawkesbury Series at
Gosford,’ Mem, Geol. Surv. N.S. Wales, no. 4 (1890), pp. 16-22, with

229
figs,

the Karoo formation of South Africa. 395

it cannot be distinguished from the genus Rhadinichthys ; if
it belongs to the family Catopteridee it may be assigned to
Dictyopyge. As a provisional determination the latter course
is here preferred ; for the Australian fishes already mentioned
occur in association with Clethrolepis, and so also does the
new specimen discovered by Mr. Draper.

Specific Determination —Whether, however, this fish
belongs to Rhadinichthys or to Dictyopyge, the combined
characters of the scales and fins are sufficient to distinguish it
from all known forms, and it may therefore receive the specific
name of Draperi.

Formation and Loc.—Stormberg Beds (Upper Karoo) ;
Rouxville, Orange Free State.

2. Atherstonia minor, sp. n.

(PI. XVII. figs. 2, 2a.)

Type.—This species is founded on the middle portion of a
small fish shown of the natural size in Pl. XVII. fig. 2, while
the greater part of the trunk of a still smaller fish adds some
further particulars concerning the dorsal fin and squamation.
Both specimens were discovered by Professor H. G. Seeley,
H.R:S:

Description.—The fish thus indicated was evidently elon-
gate-fusitorm in shape, with relatively large and extended
pelvic and anal fins. ‘lhe depth of the trunk at the origin of
the anal fin is about equal to the space between the latter and
the origin of the pelvic fins. The fin-rays are numerous and
slender, and those of the median fins are shown to be distantly
jointed ; fulera are not preserved. ‘he dorsal fin arises very
slightly in advance of the anal, but its relative proportions
cannot be determined. ‘The scales of the middle of the flank
are scarcely deeper than broad, and only those of the caudal
region are strengthened by an inner rib; all the abdominal
flank-scales, however, are united by a prominent peg-and-
socket articulation. ‘The scales are narrowed dorsally and
ventrally, and there is evidence of a continuous series of
greatly enlarged dorsal ridge-scales, besides a large median
scale at the origin of the anal fin. Hach flank-scale is marked
by from four to six oblique longitudinal ridges, mostly con-
tinuous, but not parallel and not always straight, being
slightly curved; while the dorsal ridge-scales are similarly
ornamented by longitudinal lines. None of the scales are
serrated.

Generic Determination.—Vhe characters of the imperfect
fossils thus described suffice to place them in the Paleoniscid

396 Mr. A. 8. Woodward on Fossil Fishes from

genus Atherstonia, already obtained from the Beaufort Beds
of Colesberg, Cape Colony; the enlarged series of dorsal
ridge-scales combined with the arrangement of the fins and
the nature of the scale-ornament being especially diagnostic.

Specific Determination.—It is, indeed, difficult to distinguish
the new fossils, except in size, from the typical Atherstonia
scutata. ‘The species discovered by Professor Seeley, how-
ever, seems to have had a somewhat more robust trunk, with
the dorsal fin slightly more remote than in the fish already
known; it may therefore be recorded as Atherstonia minor.

form. and Loc.—Beaufort Beds (Lower Karoo) in asso-
ciation with Theriodont Reptiles; Klip Fontein, on the farm
of the Brothers Erasmus, 8.W. of Fraserburg, Nieuwveldt
Range, Cape Colony.

3. Atherstonia Seeleyt, sp. n.
(Bl XV Tl Sigs. 303 2.)

Type.—The only known fragment of this species is shown
of the natural size in Pl. XVII. fig. 3, with impressions of
four scales enlarged in fig. 3a. It was discovered by Pro-
fessor, H. G. Seeley, F-R.S.

Deseription.—The fish must have had a comparatively
deep trunk, but it is impossible to obtain any of the propor-
tions from the single known specimen. Of the fins, only one
of the pelvic pair and the anal are preserved, both comprising
numerous distantly articulated rays, of which some apparently
show traces of a longitudinal striation. The pelvic fin has
a much extended base-line, and is considerably smaller than
the anal fin. All the scales preserved, except at the ventral
border, are much deeper than broad, and those immediately at
the base of the anal fin, though relatively very small, are
equilateral. There seems to have been one enlarged ridge-
scale at the origin of the anal fin. ‘The scales of the flank
are united by a large peg-and-socket articulation, but there
are no indications of an internal median rib, and all are
elaborately ornamented with conspicuous oblique ridges. A
natural impression of the external surface of four adjoining
scales is shown of four times the natural size in fig. 3a, and
it will be observed that the irregular oblique ridges exhibit a
tendency towards convergence at the postero-inferior angle.

Generic Determination.—It is evident that the ichthyolite
thus described belongs either to the Paleoniscide or to the
Platysomide ; and on account of the great development of
the pelvic fins we prefer to assign it to the first family. The
few generic characters enumerated are the same as those of

the Karoo Formation of South Africa. 397

Atherstonia, with one exception, namely, the considerable
deepening of the flank-scales ; and, in the absence of further
evidence, it may be doubted whetier such a character is truly
of generic value. The fish is therefore referred provisionally
to Atherstonia.

Specific Determination.— W hatever be the generic position
of the fish, the proportions and ornamentation of the scales at
once distinguish it specifically from all known Paleoniscids
and Platysomids; and it may be appropriately named in
honour of the discoverer.

form. and Loc.—Beaufort Beds (Lower Karoo); Klip
Fontein, on the farm of the Brothers Erasmus, S.W. of
Fraserburg, Nieuwveldt Range, Cape Colony.

4. Undetermined Paleoniscid Fish.
(Pl. XVII. fig. 4.)

There is evidence of another Palzoniscid fish from the
Karoo formation in an imperfect specimen, of which the
caudal region is shown of the natural size in Pl. XVII. fig. 4
Tt cannot, however, as yet be generically or specifically deter-
mined. ‘The trunk is elongate-fusiform and completely
covered with rhombic scales ; the upper caudal lobe is attenu-
ated. ‘he pelvic fins are relatively small and the dorsal fin
is remote, almost as large as the anal and directly opposed to
the latter. The dorsal and anal fins are triangular, about as
deep as broad, and each is fringed with a conspicuous series
of small fulera. The caudal fin is forked, apparently almost
symmetrical, and all the rays of the median fins exhibit well-
spaced articulations. The scales are too imperfectly preserved
to exhibit anything beyond their relative proportions ; and the
course of the lateral line cannot be distinguished. None of
the flank-scales appear to be deeper than broad, and no
enlargement of the ridge-scales can be observed except on the
upper caudal lobe and ‘perhaps at the origin of the anal fin.

The specimen is preserved in coarse sandstone, exhibiting
a stain of mineral matter almost parallel with its margin, and
its interest centres specially in the fact that it was discovered
in a stratum not hitherto known to yield fish-remains. It is
preserved in the Museum at Pietermaritzburg.

Form. and Loc.—Sandstone referred by Mr. Draper to the
Molteno Beds (part of the Lower Stormberg series of the
Karoo formation), 150 feet above the main coal-seam; Suther-
land’s Quarry, Biggarsberg, Natal.

398 - Mr. A. S. Woodward on some

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.
Fig. 1. Dictyopyye (?) Draperi, sp. n.; fish wanting caudal fin.—Storm-
berg Beds, Rouxville, Orange Free State.
Fig. 2. Atherstonia minor, sp. v.; middle portion of trunk.—Beaufort
Beds, Klip Fontein, S.W. of Fraserburg, Nieuwveldt Range,
Cape Colony.
Fig. 2a, Ditto; scales, four times nat. size.

Fig. 3. Atherstonia Seeley, sp. n.; portion of trunk with pelvic and anal
fins.—Ihbid.

Fig. 8a. Ditto ; natural impression of scales, four times nat. size.

Fig. 4. Undetermined Paleoniscid fish ; caudal region.—Molteno Beds,
Biggarsberg, Natal.

[Unless otherwise stated the figures are of the natural size. }

LVILI.—On some British Upper-Jurassic Fish-remains, of
the Genera Caturus, Gyrodus, and Notidanus. By A.
Smita Woopwarp, F.L.8.

[Plate XVIII. }

THERE are still numerous British fossil fish-remains, named
or briefly noticed by Agassiz, awaiting some definite descrip-
tion; and the first two of the following notes relate to Upper-
Jurassic species unsatisfactorily treated in the ‘ Poissons
Fossiles.’ The third note refers to a very rare form of
Selachian tooth from the Oxford Clay ; and each of the species
described is as yet known from such imperfect materials, that
the brief review of the subject below may call attention to
the deficiency and lead to the discovery of other specimens.

1. Caturus angustus, Agassiz. (Pl. XVIII. fig. 1.)
1844. Caturus angustus, L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss. vol. 11. pt. ii. p. 118.

Among the numerous species of Upper-Jurassic fishes
noticed by Agassiz under names with inadequate description
is a form of Caturus trom the Portland Oolite of Garsington
Hill, near Oxtord. It is named Caturus angustus, and dis-
missed with the briet diagnosis :—“ Mspéce tres-allongée,
remarquable par le développement excessit des fulcres du
lobe supérieur de la caudale. Du portlandien de Garsington
pres d’Oxtord.”” No information is afforded as to the owner
of the original specimen or the museum in which it was pre-
served; and it is thus perhaps a matter ot speculation to
identify the actual fossii on which the notice is based. So

British Upper-Jurassic F ish-remains. 399

far as the present writer is aware, however, only a single
specimen of Caturus from Garsington exists; and as this
exhibits the two special features noted by Agassiz, while
wanting the head on which he would assuredly have remarked
had it been present, it may be regarded with tolerable certainty
as the type specimen on which C. angustus was intended to
be founded. ‘The fossil in question is in the museum of the
Victoria Institute, Worcester, and bears an old label as
follows, the specific name being apparently in the late Sir
Philp Egerton’s handwriting :—“ Caturus angustus. Oolite,
Garzington Hill, Oxon. From Revd. W. Parker.” The
present writer is indebted to the courtesy of the Museum
Committee and of the Curator, Mr. Samuel Smith, for the
opportunity of studying the specimen and of publishing the
following description.

The head, with the anterior portion of the abdominal region,
is wanting, but the remainder of the fish is well-preserved, as
shown in Pl. XVIII. fig. 1, which is one half the natural
size. ‘he trunk is remarkably elongated, hence the specific
name; and the caudal fin is especially large. The notochord,
as usual, must have been persistent, and there are no indica-
tions of ossifications in its sheath. The ribs and neural
spines in the abdominal region are comparatively slender ;
the neural and hemal arches in the caudal region are stout,
the pedicles being much expanded and the spines becoming
rapidly shortened in the narrow portion behind the origin of
the anal fin, where they are deeply imbricating. The
pectoral fins are, of course, wanting; but all the others
display a conspicuous fringe of fulcra on their anterior border.
The fin-rays, though unjointed for some extent proximally,
exhibit numerous articulations and bifurcations in their distal
halt or two thirds; and the distance between the successive
articulations is usually much greater than the width of the
ray or branch on which they occur. ‘lhe pelvie fins arise
opposite the origin of the dorsal fin, and are about equal in
size to the anal; the anterior ray bearing the fulera is espe-
cially robust. ‘There are indications of a series of aborted
fin-supports in advance of the dorsal, and this fin is about as
long as deep, comprising not less than eighteen or twenty rays ;
there are two short rays in advance of the longest, of which
the length appears to be nearly equal to the depth of the
trunk at its insertion. ‘The anal fin arises midway between
the pelvic pair and the caudal, is deeper than long, and about
two thirds as large as the dorsal fin; the number of rays
cannot be satisfactorily counted, but there must have been at
least twelve. ‘The large caudal fin arises from a much con-

400 Mr. A. 8. Woodward on some

stricted pedicle, and its great lobes are as slender as is usual
in Caturus ; the short mesial rays are more closely articulated
and expanded than those of the lobes. ‘The squamation is
almost completely destroyed ; but there are distinet impres-
sions of the small rhombic exposed faces of the scales along
both the dorsal and ventral borders, and behind the anal fin
there is evidence of the deeply overlapping character of these
scales. A mass of whitish coprolitic matter in the abdo-
minal region seems to mark the position of the intestinal
tract.

Though thus imperfectly known, the Portlandian fish from
Garsington is evidently specitically distinct from any Caturus
hitherto described. The proportions of the trunk and _ fins
above noted suffice to distinguish it even from the elongated
species described by Agassiz and Wagner from the Bavarian
Lithographic Stone. ‘The name of Caturus angustus, proposed
by Agassiz, may therefore be retained.

Type. Fish, wanting head ; Worcester Museum.

- =} . ? .
Form. and Loc. Portlandian; Garsington, Oxford.

2. Gyrodus punctatus, Agassiz.
)

(Pl XVILL figs. 2-4.)

1844. Gyrodus punctatus, L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss, vol. ii. pt. ii. p. 231,
pl. lxix. a. fig. 24.

Portions of the dentition of the Pycnodont genus Gyrodus
are scarcely capable of specific determination; but it is
probable that when specimens from one formation and locality
exhibit only small differences from each other they are speci-
fically identical. For this reason we refer to Gyrodus punc-
tatus (a species founded on a vomerine dentition from the
Corellian of Malton) some examples both of the upper and
lower dentition of Gyrodus now in the Malton Museum.
When describing the original fossil, which is in the York
Museum, Agassiz remarked that it might perhaps be referable
to the same fish as the Kimmeridgian lower jaws named by
him G. Cuvier? ; but if the Malton fossils now to be described
are correctly determined, it seems likely that Agassiz’s
original nomenclature will eventually prove to be justifiable.

The new fossils comprise a portion of the vomerine den-
tition (fig. 2), the right and left splenials in association (that
ot left side shown in fig. 3), a large right splenial dentition
(tig. 4), and some isolated teeth; and the writer is indebted
to Mr. Samuel Chadwick, F.G.S., the well-known indefati-

gable explorer of the Yorkshire oolites, for the privilege of
cauene the collection. Two of the specimens (figs. 2, 4)

British Upper-Jurassic Fish-remains. 401

were discovered by Mr. 8. King in the Lower Calcareous
Grit of Browse Pit, Malton, in 1850; the fine pair of splenials
and the detached teeth were obtained from the same forma-
tion by Mr. Chadwick himself more recently.

The vomerine dentition (fig. 2) is a comparatively small
specimen and evidently much abraded. It shows none of the
punctation noted by Agassiz in the type, and there are only
feeble indications of the apical indent on the teeth. The
median teeth are very prominent, scarcely broader than long,
nearly quadrate with rounded angles, and equalling in breadth
the two lateral series. The inner lateral series is the smallest,
low and forming a deep groove between the others, and the
shape of the teeth is very irregular, there being a tendency
to antero-posterior elongation. The outer teeth are about as
‘ broad as long and rise to a blunt apex.

The normal splenial dentition (fig. 3) exhibits an arrange-
ment of teeth almost identical with that of G. Cuviert, though
apparently differing in the less prominence of the principal
series and in the greater smoothness of all the teeth. The
specimen, however, is abraded, and much of the feebleness of
the ornament may be accidental. The teeth of the principal
series are the most nearly smooth, only four of those in front
exhibiting traces of the apical ring ; the teeth of the inner and
third series are about equal in size, nearly always as broad as
long ; those of the outer series are larger and much _ broader
than long.

A large example of the right splenial dentition (fig. 4),
with teeth wide apart, apparently owes its abnormal characters
to crushing, the bone having disappeared. The teeth show
much evidence of wear during the life of the animal; and
those of the innermost series are relatively fewer and larger
than in the original of fig. 3. Most of the inner teeth are
also obliquely elongated.

If a detached tooth from Setterington pertains to the
principal splenial series of G. punctatus, as seems probable,
the species must have attained a still greater size than is
indicated by the last specimen.

Form. and Loc. Corallian (Lower Calcareous Grit) ; Mal-
ton, Yorkshire.

3. Notidanus Muensterti, Acassiz.
5] D

; (Pl. XVIII. fig. 5.)

1843. Notidanus Muenstert, lL. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss. vol. iii. p. 222,
pl. xxvii. figs. 2, 3.

Only three teeth of the primitive shark Not/danus have

402 On some British Upper Jurassic Fish-remains.

hitherto been recorded from the Upper Jurassic of England,
one from the Oxford Clay of Yorkshire * and two others
from the same formation near Oxford t. It is thus interesting
to note that a fourth specimen has been discovered more
recently by Mr. Thomas Jesson, F.G.S., in the Oxford Clay
of St. mo This is a well- preserved tooth, shown of the

natural size in fig. 5, and considerably differing from each of
the others,

The new fossil has a shallow and somewhat crimped root ;
and the crown consists of a very large principal cone, followed
by three secondary cones decreasing in size, with a minute
posterior denticle. The enamel is quite smooth, and the
gracefully sinuous anterior margin of the principal cone
exhibits only the feeblest crimping, no denticulation.

The specific determination of the isolated teeth of Selachian
fishes is, of course, nearly always a matter of speculation ;
but it is convenient to have names for purposes of quotation.
As the new tooth, therefore, does not appear to differ in any
essential respect "from some of the specimens found in the
Oxfordian, Corallian, and Lower Kimmeridgian of the Con-
tinent, commonly referred to Notidanus Muenster?, it seems
advisable to provisionally record this specimen under the same
name.

Form. and Loc. Oxfordian; St. Ives, Huntingdonshire.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.

Fig. 1. Caturus angustus, Agassiz ; fish wanting head, lateral aspect, one
half nat. size. —Portlandian ; Garsington Hill, Oxford. { Wor-
cester Museum. |

. Gyrodus punctatus, Agassiz; portion of vomerine dentition.—

Corallian (Lower Calcareous Grit); Browse Pit, Malton,
Yorkshire. [Malton Museum. |

Fig. 5. Ditto; left splenial dentition.—Corallian (Lower Calcareous Grit) ;
Malton. {Malton Museum. ]

Fig. 4. Ditto; large right splenial dentition, apparently crushed.—
Corallian (Lower Caleareous Grit); Browse Pit, Malton.
| Malton Museum. |

Fig. 5. Notidanus Muensteri, Agassiz ; tooth, outer aspect.—Oxfordian ;
St. Ives. [ British iinerenreace no. P. 6734. ]

Fig.

bo

[ Figs. 2-6 are of the natural size. ]

* Notidanus serratus, Fraas, Smith Woodward, Geol, Mag. [3] yol. iii.
(1886), p. 212, pl. vi. fic, te
at Notidanus Daviesi, “Smith W oodward, tid. p. 212, pl. vi. figs. 8, 9.

On two new Coccide from New Mexico. 403

LIX.—Two new Coccide from New Mexico.

By T. D. A. CocKERELL.

Orthezia Anna, sp. n.

Adult female.—Length 24 millim., with ovisac 8 millim.
Body above covered with white secretion, which forms lateral
and subdorsal longitudinal keels; dorsum marked by a
furrow. Ovisac with eight longitudinal ridges above, none
below.

Legs and antenna dark brown, antenne varying to pale
brown, legs to brown with black tarsi.

Tibia about as long as femur, tarsus about half as long as
tibia. Claw large, only slightly curved.

Antenne with the third joint slightly longer than the
second, but somewhat constricted in the middle, so as to
appear in some specimens like two joints. First joint about
as long as second. Lower lip elongated, as usual in the
genus.

Derm with numerous small spines, similar to those of
O. insignis, but not placed quite so closely together.

Larva.—Legs sepia-brown, tarsus decidedly longer than
tibia ; claw long and slender, nearly straight.

Antenne: 6-jointed ; 6 as long as 83+4+5, which are about
equal and shortest; 3 slightly longer than 4 or 5, 2 longer
than 1. Formula 6213 (45).

Adult male-—Length of wing 13
millim. Body, legs, and antenne
black, dorsum of thorax pitch-black.
Wings pale grey or greyish white,
with the costa black. Hyes strongly
facetted.

Legs bristly, tarsus less than 4 length
of tibia.

There is a brush of white caudal

laments, not covered by secretion
oo ten in number; ee are cheese Seong out die.

: ) : 5 rent individuals: a, seen
than the wings. The wings seen from beneath; b, from
against a dark surface appear white the side.
and are slightly iridescent.

The genitalia are more elongated than in OQ. insignis as
figured by Douglas.

Hab. Las Cruces, New Mexico, on a Chenopodiaceous
plant (A triplex canescens ?), July 28, 1893.

x b
Orthera Anne, 3.—End

€

404 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell on

I found this species while collecting larva of Lycena exilis,
which abound on the same food- plant. I find, however, that
Prof. Townsend actually discovered the insect, specimens
obtained by him being in the collection of the New Mexico
Experiment Station.

I name this species after my wife, who died Sept. 14, 1893.

The United-States species of Orthezia are at present im-
perfectly known. Walker described O. americana, and,
although his description was quite imperfect, it’ is generally
admitted that he had before hima species found in the North-
eastern States on various herbaceous plants. Prof. Comstock
(1881) figured and redescribed Walker’s s species, which until
lately remained the only known representative of its genus
in the country.

In 1888 Mr. Ashmead described O. Edwardsit from Cali-
fornia, but he knew only the male, and the female still awaits
discovery. In 1891 Mr. Douglas published his O. occ¢dentalis,
based on specimens found by “the present writer in ants’ nests
in Colorado. Of this the adult male is undescribed.

O. Anne, which is easily distinguished by structure and
habitat from the above, is thus the fourth Orthezta detected
in the United States. A fifth species, O. insignis, Douglas,
has lately been found by Mr. R. H. Pettit in hothouses in
New York State ; but this is properly a member of the West-
Indian and Mexican faunas. The most northern locality yet
known for it out of hothouses is Guanajuato, Mexico, whence
I have received specimens from Dr. A. Duges.

Bergrothia Townsendt, sp. n.

9

A small oval species, covered by a white sac, 3 millim.
long.

Antenne of seven joints (in one specimen there seemed to
be eight) ; 7 longest, longer than
5+6, which are shortest ; 2 and < y
3 about equal, 4 a little shorter. -_
Formula 7 (123) 465. Joints
with whorls of a few short hairs ;
last joint with three such whorls
and four longer hairs at the
tip.

Tibia 3? length of femur; tar-
sus a little over (on hind leg
not over) half length of tibia.
Digitules of claw with large
knobs ; tarsal knobbed hairs ordinary. Trochanter with a long

Bergrothia Townsendi, 2? .—End
of abdomen.

two new Coccide from New Mexico. 405

hair. End of tibia with a stiff bristle on inner side. Claw
rather short, curved.

Anal ring with six very distinct hairs. Posterior tubercles
inconspicuous, each emitting a hair similar to that on the anal
ring.

Sides of body with many round gland-spots, and margin
with pairs of short spines at intervals, at least on the posterior
part of the body.

Lower lip elongated as in Orthezia, with about ten hairs.
Rostral filaments short.

After boiling in caustic soda the insects appear pale reddish
brown or almost colourless ; they do not appreciably stain the
liquid.

The above description refers to the adult female; larve
‘ were found with them in June 1893, but the male is as yet
unknown.

Hab. In the main street of Las Cruces, on leaves of
Fouquiera.

When I first examined this insect I supposed it might be
identical with the Scgaoretia sp. recorded by Prof. Townsend
as found on Larrea; but I now doubt whether this is the
case. It is certainly not a species of Signoretia, Targ.-Tozz.,
although as found living it has much superficial resemblance
to S. atriplicis as figured by Maskell. It does, however,
appear to be a Szgnoretia, Kraatz, which is the same as West-
woodia, Sign., and Bergrothia, Kraatz—the first two names
being preoccupied. Maskell would not separate Bergrothia
from Dactylopius, and certainly it is difficult to draw any satis-
factory line between these genera, owing to the number of aber-
rant Dactylopius spp. described by him and others of late years.
The present species, though placed in Bergrothia, does not
agree in all respects with the accepted definition of that genus,
but it is much further removed from typical Dactylopius.

This is the first of its genus to be described from North
America; but an unnamed species has been mentioned as
occurring on blue-grass in Indiana &e. (‘Insect Life,’ ii.
p- 327).

The following is a list of the Coccide at present known
from New Mexico :-—

1. N.g., n. sp., 2eley, MS. 6. Bergrothia Townsendi, Chil.

2. Dactylopius sp. (? 3 spp.). 7. Orthezia Annee, Chil.

3. Coccus, sp. n., Ckll., MS. 8. Prosopophora rufescens, Chil.

4, Lecaniodiaspis yucce, Riley, 9. Ceroplastes irregularis, Chi/.
MS. 10. artemisie, Riley, MS.

5. Pseudococcus helianthi, Ci/l. 1]. Lecanium robiniarum, Dowy/,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 30

406 Bibliographical Notice.

12. Lecanium sp. (? 2 spp.). 16. Aspidiotus uve, v. coloratus,
13. Pulvinaria Macluree, Kenn., Ckil.
MS., Fitch. Lf perniciosus, Comst.
14. Signoretia sp., Towns. 18. rapax, Comst.
15. Mytilaspis albus, v. concolor, 19. convexus, Comst.
Chil. 20. —— Nerii, Bouché.

Nos. 2, 10, 12 (pars), 14, 18, and 19 I have not yet
examined. A Leeantum found on pear at Las Cruces seems
to be LZ. Carye, Fitch, but it may be only a variety of
robintarum, which occurs close by.

Agricultural Experiment Station,
Las Cruces, New Mexico, U.S.A.,
September 1893.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Travel and Adventure in South-east Africa: being the Narrative of
the last eleven years spent by the Author on the Zambesi and tts
Tributaries ; with an Account of the Colonization of Mashunaland,
and the progress of the Gold Industry of that Country. By
Freperick Courtenry Setous, C.M.Z.S. With numerous I[llus-
trations and Map. London: Rowland Ward and Co.

Norutne could be more opportune than the appearance of this
important work at the time when our countrymen are fighting in
the interests of civilization against the savage Matabili—the prize
being the fertile Mashunaland, of which Mr. Selous speaks as a
country where Europeans ean not only exist but even thrive, and
in the exploration of which he has played a prominent part. The
recipient of the Gold Medal of the Royal Geographical Society, the
Author naturally prefers to be known as the scientific pioneer rather
than the mighty hunter; and as his book has already been fully
reviewed under both these aspects, we will direct our remarks
chiefly to those portions of it which relate to natural history.

It must be within the recollection of most of our readers that in
1881 Mr. Selous published his experiences of nine years in ‘A
Hunter’s Wanderings in Africa,’ a work which, in addition to
exciting episodes of sport, contained reprints of two valuabie papers
on rhinoceroses and antelopes read before the Zoological Society,
and stamped the author as an observer of no ordinary character.
During his residence in London in the above year he frequently
visited the Natural-History Museum, where Dr. Giinther and
Mr. Oldfield Thomas called his attention to the sorry condition of

Bibliographical Notice. 407

many of the specimens of South-African Mammals, as well as to the
fact that a number of interesting species were not represented at
all; so Mr. Selous took note of what he ought to obtain should he
ever revisit the interior. It was not then his intention to do so,
for, after many years of roving, he felt inclined to take a farm
and settle down; but Diis aliter viswm, and he soon started on
another expedition, to be followed by many more during the next
ten years. Some of the results of his truly scientific collecting may
be seen in the superb examples of antelopes of various species which
now adorn the galleries at South Kensington, while other valuable
animals are in the museum at Cape Town and elsewhere ; though as
yet the principal object of his search—the adult of the square-
mouthed Fhinoceros simus, “the largest of modern terrestrial
mammals after the elephant”—is still wanting in our collection.
_ We think—for we cannot be sure from the map supphed—that it

was not far from the present site of Salisbury that Mr. Selous shot
the two last of this species he saw or ever expects to see, and he
preserved the head of the male for the Cape Town Museum, counting
upon procuring a finer specimen for our National Collection later on
in the season. But in 1886 two Boer hunters got into the little
tract of country where the few white rhinoceroses were left, and
killed ten of them, five more being killed by the Matabili; and
although, in August 1892, Mr. R. T. Coryndon shot a female and
preserved its skin and skeleton, and captured the calf (which after-
wards died), yet, through some unfortunate mischance, the fact
remains that this once plentiful species is at present represented in
collections by an antique calf in our Museum and a single specimen
at Leyden.

Mr. Selous was surprised to find the fresh “ spoor” of the hippo-
potamus at an elevation of upwards of 4000 feet above sea-level,
but, he adds, “ this animal wanders a great deal in search of food
when undisturbed, especially during the rainy season.” At a pool
which offered a favourable opportunity for observation he noted by
the watch the duration of submersion, and found that after being
fired at a hippo’ could stay down four minutes and twenty seconds,
though from two to two and a half minutes was the usual time ;
and, as illustrating the supposed great age of Africa, he mentions
‘the hippopotamus paths worn deep into the solid rock along the
Lower Umfuli River, formed in the hard stone, with the central
ridge plainly shown as in a hippopotamus path made but yesterday
in muddy ground, proving that the mammals existing in it at the
present day have roamed the land for countless ages.” With regard
to the distribution of the wiry-haired klipspringer antelope, he con-
siders it worthy of remark that in Mashunaland this small active
species is to be found along the courses of all the larger rivers,
amongst boulders and masses of rock ; whereas in Cape Colony the
species is confined to the highest portions of the most rugged hills
and mountains, where the snow often les deep. On one occasion

408 Bibliographical Notice.

Mr. Selous’s dogs pulled down a large hyzena—a circumstance very
unusual with such a powerful beast, and accounted for by the
fact that the ends of both lower jaw-bones were gone, as if cut
off by a bullet; yet the animal was fat and its coat in excellent
condition, though how it obtained a living wasa mystery. On the
River Sabi Mr. Selous shot five specimens of the rare Lichtenstein’s
hartebeest, of which a fine pair grace our National Collection; and
he subsequently learned how dangerous an antagonist a wounded
sable antelope at bay can prove, four of his best dogs being killed
outright by the long curved horns, while four more were badly
wounded, one of which died afterwards.

Of the author’s numerous adventures with lions we will not
speak, except to mention his defence of the attitude adopted by
Landseer for his lions in Trafalgar Square, “ with the fore paws
straight out, like a dog,” which is perfectly correct, for ‘‘ when on
the alert a lion always lies like this, and only bends his paws
inwards like a cat when resting thoroughly at his ease.” Ethnologists
will be interested in the remarks about the Masarwas, who are the
bushmen of Mashunaland; for these, while possessing in the
highest degree the capability for tracking and using small bows with
poisoned arrows, are very superior in stature and general appearance to
the fierce stunted bushmen of Cape Colony on the one hand, and the
pigmies of the forests of the Aruwimi to the northward. Mr. Selous
considers that the ‘‘ Bushmen are probably the direct descendants
of the earliest type of man that appeared in Southern Africa; and
they probably came from the north and spread down the western
side of the continent long before the black races appeared upon the
scene ”’—while the Masarwas have improved their physique by an
admixture with the Kaflirs, though without losing their natural
talent, and retain their ancient language almost intact. The
Mashukulumbi, to the north of the bend of the Zambesi—in whose
country he was attacked, lost twelve of his people, and barely
escaped with his life—are, he thinks, a mixed people, with a strain
of Arab or some northern race. It will be remembered that these
aggressive warriors molested the Austrian traveller, Dr. Holub.
No less worthy of commendation are the author’s remarks about
Zimbabwe and the “ruined cities” of Mashunaland; but this is
rather a thorny subject and one upon which we will not enter.

The above are only a few of the items which we have noted from
the naturalist’s point of view. Every one should read the book
through ; and it is enough to add that it is well illustrated, admi-
rably edited, and reflects the highest credit on all concerned in its
production. dsints)

Miscellaneous. 409

MISCELLANEOUS.

Holothuria nigra, Gray, and its Synonymy.
By the Rev. Canon A. M, Norman, M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S., &e.

The Name.

This species has been commonly styled in Britain “/olothuria
migra, Couch.” Prof. Jeffrey Bell (in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1884, p. 373)
says the first use he can find of the name “Cucwmaria nigra,
Couch,” is by Prof. Kinahan (Nat. Hist. Rev. vol. vi., 1859, p. 369),
and that he has sought in vain for the use of any such title by
Couch himself, and, unable to fathom the mystery, in Cat. Echin.
Brit. Mus. (1892) he gives it as Holothuria nigra, auct. Curiously
enough the solution is to be found in a previous B, M. Catalogue of
Kchinodermata.

The use of “Holothuria nigra, Couch,” seems to have arisen out
of two mistakes. The specific name originally appeared in J. E.
Gray’s List Brit. Anim. in Coll. B. M., Radiated Animals, LGAs
p. 8, where will be found this entry—

“Holothuria nigra.
“Nigger or Cotton Spinner, Couch, Ann. & Mag. N. H. xv. 171. t. 14.
“ Tnhab. Cornwall.”

Mistake 1.—Gray, by a lapsus penne, assigned to the authorship
of Couch a paper which had been written by Peach.

Mistake 2.—Authors reading the above entry supposed the specific
* name to have been given by the writer of the paper referred to, and
thus wrote “/Holothuria nigra, Couch,” instead of, as it should have
been, “Holothuria nigra, Gray.” Peach had given no scientific
title to his “ Nigger.”

The Synonymy.

Dr. von Marenzeller, in the paper translated in the ‘ Annals’ of
this month, makes Holothuria nigra a synonym of H. catanensis,
Grube, and the latter a synonym of H. Forskalii, Delle Chiaje.

He states he arrived at this conclusion from the examination of
Bell’s figures of H. nigra and of a mounting of the spicula of which
he had received from myself. Years ago I arrived at a similar con-
clusion by the comparison of two specimens of H. catanensis, which
my friend Dr. von Marenzeller sent me, with our British species.
On that point, then, we are perfectly agreed. On the high authority
of Ludvig and Marenzeller I rely that it is also H. Forskahli, Delle
Chiaje. The descriptions of the author of the species do not mate-
rially help me, and I have not Forskahl’s work to refer to.

410 Miscellaneous.

But not only had I found our British species to be the same as
H. catanensis, Grube, but that the Holothurians sent out from the
Zool. Stat. Naples as “‘Holothuria Poli” are also referable to the
species we are considering. Is, then, H. Poli= H. catanensis ?—that
is a question which has exercised me for a long time. Delle
Chiaje’s figure of H. Poli (Anim. s. Vert. Napoli, pl. vi. fig. 1; re-
produced in Anim. Invert. Sic. Cit. pl. ex. fig. 1) seems to be a good
representation of H. catanensis. This species sent out as H. Poli is
evidently common at Naples, and, if not rightly named, how is it
that H. Poli has not been found, and how comes it that H. Forskahh,
of which Delle Chiaje writes ‘‘Ob ejusdem raritatem viscera haud
examinare potui,” is common at Naples? Am I to conclude that
Forskahli has become common and Poli disappeared, or are they one
species? Theel, in the ‘Challenger’? Report on Holothuroidea,
part 11. 1886, p. 223, is completely puzzled about H. Poli.

Will Dr. von Marenzeller or some other authority clear up this
matter by giving us good illustrations of the spicules of the body,
papille, pedicels, and tentacles of H. Poli? for by their spicula are
the Holothurians most easily distinguished.

The question is, who is right as to the identification of H. Poli,
the Zool. Stat. or certain authors ?—for example, the descriptions of
Theel just referred to, the figures by Sars of the spicules (Bidr.
til Kunds. Middelhavets Littoral-Fauna, 1857, figs. 75-77), which he
called H. tubulosa, but Ludvig and Marenzeller refer to H. Poli, and
those of Selenka (Beit. z. Anat. u. System. der Holothurien, 1867,
pl. xvii. figs, 44-46). These figures represent ‘“ buttons” (Theel) ;
there are no buttons in H. Poli as identified at Naples. I do not
see why Sars’s figures should not have been drawn from “ buttons ”
of H. tubulosa (fig. 77 being characteristic) and those of Selenka
from H. Stellati. Leaving, then, this question of H. Poli as one of
acknowledged doubt and ignorance on my part, we have

Holothuria Forskahli, Delle Ch., 1823,= Nigger or Cotton Spinner,
Peach, 1845,= Holothuria nigra, Gray, 1848,=Cucumaria
nigra, * Couch,” Kinahan, 1859, = Holothuria catanensis, Grube,
1864, =Stichopus Selenke, Th. Barrois, 1882,= Holothuria Fors-
kalii*, Marenzeller, 1893.

I have specimens in my collection from Polperro, Cornwall
(Laughrin); Valentia, Lreland (A. J. N., 1870); Plymouth (Marine
Biol. Lab.) ; Naples (Zool. Stat., as ““H. Poli”); Lesina (Maren-
zeller, as “H. catanensis”); Fosse de Cap Breton, Bay of Biscay
(A. M. N., 1880).

* As regards the spelling of this name, we may choose from H,. Fors-
kaolti, Chiaje, 1825, H. Forskahli, Chiaje, 1841, H. tubulosa, var. Forskali,
Lamarck, 1840,=H. Forskalii, Selenka, Ludvig, and Marenzeller. The
spelling I have adopted is the name as corrected by Chiaje, and is in
accordance with the rules of nomenclature.

Miscellaneous. 411

Spicula.—The characteristic spicule is that figured by Grube
(‘Die Insel Lussin und ihre Meeresfauna,’ 1864, fig. 7a) and
Jeffrey Bell (Cat. chin. pl. vi. fig. to left and more magnified above),
usually with four foramina and some nodules on the surface and edge ;
they may be regarded, as Theel observes, as imperfect ‘“ tables,” the
legs being undeveloped—but rarely the foramina are more nume-
rous and the legs are in some measure developed. This characteristic
spicule is sparingly scattered over the dermis.

Ventral pedicels The stem with no other spicules than of the
characteristic form, but the disk capped with a large cribriform
plate (the foramina of which are not arranged in any regular order) ;
round the base of this terminal plate the pedicel is surrounded with
a circlet of elongated spicula, with foramina more or less developed
in a row on each side of the central axis (figured by Bell, fig. 5, to
right).

Dorsal papille are white with a black tip. Some little distance
beneath the dermis is a hollow coil composed of slightly curved rod-
like spicules, which in their central portion are smooth and round in
section and have their ends expanded and commonly rounded, pierced
either with a few foramina or nodulous. Overlying this Gall are ,
spicules of the characteristic type, but mixed here with others of a
modified and larger size, having eight or even more foramina, the
additional foramina having been “built on to the sides of the original
spicule after the usual manner of spicule growth.

Tentacles invested with spicules which are large towards the
base and gradually smaller distally, to correspond with the lessened
size of the ramification of the tentacle; spicules arcuate or, more
rarely, straight rods, their central portion roughened with a few
nodules or blunted spines, the extremities attenuated, rugose with
crowded little nodulous points; occasionally at the extremity and
sometimes on central portion minute foramina are to be seen; such
perforated spicules are somewhat flattened instead of round in
section.

Marenzeller is mistaken in supposing that this species does not
attain so large a size in the Atlantic as in the Mediterranean.
Some beautifully preserved specimens sent to me from the Plymouth
Laboratory measure over 8 inches in length.

The total absence of the oval spicules which Theel calls ‘ buttons ”
at once distinguishes this species from H. tubulosa, H. Stellati, H.
Sanctori, H. Helleri, and H. impatiens of the Mediterranean, with all
of which I have compared it ; while the absence of the fine “ tables”
of the northern H. tremula and A, intestinalis makes it impossible
to confound it with those species.

412 Miscellaneous.

The Phylogeny of the Docoglossa.
By W. H. Datt.

In his concluding fasciculi, contributed to complete Troschel’s
classical ‘Gebiss der Schnecken,’ Dr. Johannes Thiele dissents very
emphatically from some suggestions of mine in regard to the deriva-
tion of the true limpets, made many years ago. At that time it
appeared to me that the Lepetidse might represent the stem, some-
what degenerated, from which the Docoglossa were derived. While
IT attach, even in the present state of our knowledge, comparatively
little importance to speculations of this kind, which can only be
placed on a firm footing by extended embryological researches, it
still seems to me that there is a solid basis for the hypothesis which
I then suggested.

There can be little doubt that the early type of Gastropod gill was
situated much as in /%ssurella, on the *‘ back of the neck” behind
the head, and that it was constituted of a stem with lateral lamellae.
Originally paired and symmetrical, by circumstances incident to
erowth and torsion one gill of the pair has in most cases become
aborted, though its ‘‘ smelling organ” frequently remains, as in the
limpets. There is also no doubt whatever that the protolimpet was
derived from a form having a spiral shell. I have shown that Pro-
puidium by its dentition is closely allied to Lepeta. Now Propi-
lidium is said to have two gills, but certainly has at least one, of the
type of Acmea. It retains a spiral nucleus through life, though it
is partly cut off by asmall septum, whichis never completed. Other
Lepetide also show a spiral nucleus when very young, but it is cut
off completely and lost later. These other, mostly deep- or cold-water
forms, have lost their gills and eyes by degeneracy, and the principal
teeth of the radula show a tendency to become cemented together,
while in Propilidium they are more or less isolated. Now in the
Acmeeide and Patellide the nucleus is limpet-shaped from the
beginning; the uncinal teeth (well developed in Lepeta) are
degenerate and often lost in the Acmeas, but appear again in the
Patellas, not, however, with the individuality and completely chitin-
ous nature which is found in the corresponding teeth of Lepetide.
We find therefore in Lepetidee the greatest number of archaic cha-
racters (somewhat masked by degeneration of other organs) which
remain in any of the three groups, and, whether most ancient or not,
so far as these characters go the Lepetide are nearest to the proto-
limpet.

In my work on the ‘ Blake’ mollusks (1. p. 436) I said that Acmzidee
of all the groups of Docoglossa is the most typical; that is, within
the limits of that family are found assembled, sometimes in one and
the same animal, the greatest number of organs which, taken singly,
are characteristic of Docoglossa. This is strictly true; but Dr. Thiele

Miscellaneous. 413

(‘ Gebiss,’ vol. ii. p. 340) has mistranslated me to the extent of
saying that I have regarded the Acmeeidee as the most “ primitive ”
group, in opposition to my earlier views, which is quite inaccurate.
I have, in the ‘ Blake Gastropods’ (pp. 436, 437), shown why the
Patellidee may reasonably be regarded as derived from Acmeidee, the
original ctenidia having been wholly lost. The row of lamelle
within the mantle-edge have taken up the branchial function, and
in some species, as in Ancistomesus, become arborescent proliferations.
The branchial cordon is occasional in Acmeeide—I have seen it
complete in Scurria mesoleuca ; it is present, but incomplete, in the
common Lottia gigantea of California; and, even if Dr. Thiele was
correct in supposing that it was absent in Scuwrria scurra, there
would still be no ground for his conclusion that its absence in the
latter species indicates a failure of the grounds upon which I united
in one group, as Proteobranchiata, the Acmeeidee and Patellide.

But there is excellent reason for believing Dr. Thiele to have been
misled by an exceptionally contracted specimen of Scurria scurra
and to be entirely wrong in his conclusion that the species is without °
a branchial cordon. The latter is figured and described by d’Or-
bigny from living specimens (Am. Mer. p. 478, pl. Ixiv. figs. 11-14).
I have seen sketches by Couthouy made from life fully confirming
d@Orbigny, and, lastly, I haveseen, but do not now remember where,
an alcoholic specimen which showed them clearly. Dr. Thiele’s
specimen only appeared “ etwas wulstig,” somewhat puffed up, in
the place where the cordon should be; but there can be no doubt
that this puffing up simply represented the alcoholically-contracted
lamella of the cordon, rendered indistinct by improper preparation.

Many of the minor details in which Dr. Thiele’s observations
differ from mine may be reasonably explained by the variation which
is exhibited by individuals; and my chief criticism upon what is, in
the main, a praiseworthy and useful work is that Dr. Thiele has
failed to take account of this factor, which more extensive expe-
rience with the radula of a single species would have undoubtedly
revealed to him. The result has been, not only has he estimated
too highly the constancy of minor details of the radula in single
species, but he has made an excessive number of so-called ‘‘ generic ”
distinctions, the names of which in many cases will simply enlarge
our catalogues of synonyms.

In conclusion, I may point out that the relations of the radula in
Lepetella to that of Lepeta, &c., offer additional reasons for thinking
that the Lepetide are of the limpets those most nearly allied to
normal or more usual types of Gastropods, and also that the simi-
larity of the shell of the Silurian Z'ryblidium to that of some recent
limpets (Olana &c.) by no means authorizes us to conclude that the
soft parts of Zryblidium were also similar to those of recent Patel-
lide. Indeed, when the almost incalculable length of time inter-
vening between our days and the Silurian is considered, together

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 31

414 Miscellaneous.

with the similarity of recent limpet shells which are secreted by
widely different animals, it is almost inconceivable that the Silurian
form should have any closely allied recent representative. The
rhythmical manner in which the adductor scars of Tryblidiwm are
arranged in pairs clearly indicates a peculiar disposition of the
organs, which might indeed have paralleled in some particulars the
organization of some of the Chitons of that ancient time.

For the rest, many of the ancient limpets are represented by shells
which might well have belonged to Lepeta or Acmea, yet of the
relations of which, as in the case of many recent limpets, we are
not permitted to arrive at any dogmatic opinion for want of the
requisite data, a deficiency which, in the case of the fossils, must
remain for ever unsupplied.—Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1898,
p. 285.

On the Occurrence of Arion lusitanicus, Mab., in the British Isles,
and Descriptions of Four new Varieties. By Water E, Cotiner,
Mason College, Birmingham.

Through the kindness of Mr. H. Burnley Rathborne, of Dublin, I
have recently received some specimens of this interesting species of
Arion, collected at Bevihenen, Bantry Bay, Ireland.

Dr. Scharff, in his work upon the Irish slugs *, mentions a variety
of A. empiricorum, Fér., in which the retractor muscles “ are
attached quite close to the receptaculum and the upper portion of
the oviduct;” this, I have previously stated, I consider to be
A, lusitanicus, Mab. Some months ago I examined specimens from
Ireland and compared them with continental examples, and felt
sure that I was correct in assigning the former to this species. 1
hope shortly to obtain further supplies of material, and will then
describe in more detail the anatomy. References to the anatomy
&c. are given by Pollonera t, Simroth §, and myself |j.

Whilst recording this interesting addition to the fauna of the
British Isles I take the opportunity of describing four new colour
variations.

Rufescens, var. nov.

Whole of body a dark red. Sides of body bandless. Sent with
type by Mr. Rathborne.

Nigrescens, var. nov.

Described from a black specimen sent with type by Mr. Rath-
borne. I would, however, suggest that the name should include all

* Trans. Roy. Dublin Soc. 1891, ser. 2, vol. iv. p. 589.

+ ‘The Conchologist,’ 1893, vol. ii. p. 7.

t Atti Acc. Sci. di Torino, 1889, pp. 405, 406, pl. ix. figs. 1-6; also
Boll. d. Mus. Zool. ed Anat. comp. Torino, 1890, vol. v. no. 87.

§ Die Nachtschnecken d. Port. Fauna, 1891.

|| ‘The Conchologist,’ 1892, vol. ii. p. 116.

Miscellaneous. 415

black- or plumbeous-coloured forms, examples of which I have seen
from Mentone.

Olivaceus, var. nov.

Various shades of olive-green. Figured by Pollonera (op. cit.).
I have examined specimens from Mentone.

Flavo-qriseus, var. nov.

Yellowish grey. Foot-fringe usually lighter than the body.
From Mentone.

It is difficult to separate some forms of olivaceus from this
variety.

On the Mechanism of the Production of Light in Orya barbarica
of Algeria. By M. Rapuarn Dvusors.

The discovery of the photogenous faculty in the Algerian Orya .
barbarica is of relatively recent date. This fine Geophilid was
observed for the first time, in a luminous condition, almost at the
same moment by M. Raphael Blanchard at El Kantara (April ,
1888) and by M. J. Gazagnaire at Nemours (May 1888).

Moreover, a certain number of important peculiarities were
mentioned by M. Gazaignaire *; the phosphorescent substance is
exuded from pores situated upon the sternal and episternal plates in
the form of a viscid yellowish fluid, with an odour sw generis,
drying rapidly on exposure to the air and insoluble in alcohol.

In September 1887, on observing some specimens of Scolioplanes
crassipes which had been sent to me from La Fere (Aisne) by
M. Huet, I had myself remarked that the luminous fluid was
excreted from the ventral surface of the body, contrary to an opinion
which I had previously advanced; but I had not published this
observation, since I intended to complete it later on. As I was
unable to obtain fresh examples of Scolioplanes, I went to Algeria
to look for specimens of Orya barbarica.

Not only have I verified the accuracy of the facts recorded by
M. Gazagnaire, but I have been able especially, thanks. to the
employment of the microscope, of which this investigator did not
avail himself, to make new observations which confirm in the most
precise manner the correctness of the definitive theory of the
mechanism of the production of light, as set forth in my last work
| on Pholas dactylus f.
| The facts which I have already recorded in various communica-
| tions are correct, but their interpretation has sometimes varied in

consequence of new discoveries ; to-day, however, uncertainty can
no longer exist, owing to the facility for observation and experiment

* J. Gazagnaire, “ La phosphorescence chez les Myriopodes ” (Bulletin
de la Société Zoologique de France, t. xiii. p. 182).

+ R. Dubois, ‘Anatomie et Physiologie comparées de la Pholade dactyle.’
Paris, G. Masson, 1892.

416 Miscellaneous.

afforded by Orya barbarica, in which the luminous substance is
secreted by special organs and can be collected in a state of purity.

This substance is formed in pyriform, unicellular, hypodermic
glands, measuring from eight to ten hundredths of a millimetre in
length and from five to six in breadth. In sections one hundredth
of a millimetre thick, stained with methylene blue or hematoxylin,
there can be distinguished in the granular protoplasm of the gland
numerous rounded or ovoid droplets, which are met with again in
the excreted matter. These droplets, which have been considered
by observers in the ease of other luminous animals to be of a fatty
nature, do not turn black when treated with osmic acid, and exhibit
the histo-chemical characters of protoplasm or of condensed albu-
minoids. Immediately after their contact with the atmosphere a
very refringent spot is observed to arise at their centre; they then
possess the form which caused me to bestow on these little bodies,
which are found in all luminous organs, the name ‘ vacuolides.”
This refringent point becomes the centre of a crystal, or, rather, of
a group of crystals. The protoplasmic matter excreted thus passes
from the colloidal to the crystalloidal condition under the eyes of
the observer, while the light is produced. After a certain time the
preparation is entirely filled with magnificent groups of crystals in
the shape of ferns, or arranged in long fasciculate prismatic needies.

Contact with the air is necessary and stimulates the luminosity,
but contact with water is no less essential.

This is due to the fact that the phenomenon is not merely one of
oxidation, for if the matter be rubbed between the fingers or dried
the light speedily disappears ; but the substance is capable of re-
gaining all its brilliancy on being moistened with a little water.
Moreover the excretory product is distinctly acid, which confirms
the inaccuracy of Radzizewski’s hypothesis, which sought to explain
animal photogeny as being due to a slow oxidation in an alkaline
medium.

Oxygen permits the respiration of the protoplasmic corpuscles
passing from the colloidal to the crystalloidal condition, that is to
say, from life to death. This respiration is really active only in
protoplasm suitably hydrated, and water is necessary in order that
the crystallization may take place under conditions favourable for
the emission of light. The oxygen serves to produce the crystalli-
zable substance with the assistance of water, and the water enables
the photogenous crystallization to take place.

It was these two successive conditions of the photogenous matter
that formerly led me to believe that there were two distinct sub-
stances reacting one upon the other.

In reality there are only two successive stages of one and the
same substance, which is modified by oxygen and water, and for
which I shall retain the name luciferin until it has been possible to
determine its atomic structure.—Comptes Mendus, t. exvii. no. 3
(July 17, 1893), pp. 184-186.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[SIXTH SERIES.]

No. 72. DECEMBER 1893.

LX.—A Contribution to the Morphology of the Limbs and ,
Mouth-parts of Crustaceans and Insects. By Dr. H. J.

HANSEN, of Copenhagen *.

Ir was chiefly in consequence of my work upon the Crustacea
belonging to “ Dijmphna-Togtet’s zoolog.-botan. Udbytte ”
of 1884-1885 that I was led to the study of the morphology
of the skeleton of this class of animals. Since then I have
more than once devoted some time to similar morphological
studies of most of the orders of all four classes of the Arthro-
poda, and it is my intention to publish a more extensive
memoir dealing with a series of such questions in the case of
the Insects, Myriopods, and Crustaceans. Many of the
figures are already prepared; other circumstances have, how-
ever, induced me to resolve no longer to postpone a provi-
sional publication of the greater portion of the most important
of my results.

I may be permitted to mention that the views to be detailed
in the following pages have been developed in the course of
eight years as a result of the periodical investigations to which
I have alluded; that I have been able to devote considerable
time to repeated consideration, to the acquisition of a good
supply of material, and to the practice of the necessary dis-
section, which is often very difficult owing to the small size
of the majority of the objects, in order to make myself familiar

* Translated from the ‘ Zoologischer Anzeiger, xvi. Jahrg., nos. 420
and 421 (May 29 and June 12, 1893), pp. 193-198 and 201-212.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 32

418 Dr. H. J. Hansen on the Morphology of the

with a large number of the animals, as also with the investi-
gations and opinions of the anatomists, embryologists, and
systematists with reference to the main details of the morpho-
logy and classification of the forms with which we are con-
cerned. ‘The greater part of these investigations have been
carried out with the aid of the dissecting-microscope, often
with a magnifying-power of one hundred diameters. My
experiments show that it is often possible to study the articu-
lation and composition of the mouth-parts much better with
this instrument than by means of higher magnification under
the compound microscope ; the latter, however, is much more
frequently employed. A reagent of which I have very often
availed myself is a strong cold solution of caustic potash, in
which the preparations are placed until the internal tissue is
partially or completely decomposed and can be washed away
in glycerine. I have frequently found it very advantageous
to use specimens which had lain for a very long time in spirit
so weak that the muscles and the connective tissue could be
removed fairly easily by preparation, whereby I avoided the
effect of the potash in making the thin chitin too transparent.

These observations are here made in case any one should
wish to test or dispute my results, while at the same time I
emphatically urge those who are interested in the subject to
investigate in the manner indicated a larger series of forms
belonging to several orders. Inducements for a test may
possibly be afforded by my chief results, which are as
follows :—The demonstration of three segments in the axis
of the appendages of Crustacea as the primitive and still
frequently existing condition; the division of the Malaco-
straca, based inter alia upon the different structure of the
thoracic limbs; the demonstration of the existence in the
case of Thysanura and certain Orthoptera of four pairs of
mouth-parts, with which those of the Amphipoda are homo-
logous ; and the proof of a much greater agreement between
the head of a Machilis and that of the malacostracous
Crustacea than was hitherto assumed to be the case.

It would lead us too far afield to quote (not to speak of
discussing) the enormous literature which belongs to the
questions here indicated. Only once or twice do [| refer to
an author more precisely, when I have not found an oppor-
tunity of closely investigating the forms which are the
subjects of his statements or am entirely ignorant of them ;
when, as most frequently happens, I content myself with
giving the name of an author in parenthesis, it signifies that
the writer in question has expressed the same opinion before
me (thus affording a confirmation of my statement), but that I

Limbs and Mouth-parts of Crustaceans and Insects. 419

have myself also seen what 7s asserted; besides this I have
several times refrained from giving a quotation when it
appeared to me to be entirely unnecessary or when an author
could not be quoted without lengthy explanations. Certain
of the statements alluded to are already to be found in my
memoir in “ Dijmphna-Togtet &e.” (especially in the French
résumé of the paper), and are there accompanied by figures;
in “ Cirolanidee .. .. Musei Haun.” some unimportant
corrections are given.

I. GENERAL OBSERVATIONS.

1. It is probable that the appendages of the Crustacea
primitively consist of an axial portion and two equivalent
rami. On practical grounds, however, I employ the term
endopodite for the axial portion and inner ramus, so that
the outer ramus is considered as proceeding from one of the
joints of the endopodite.

2. By comparison of the limbs of the Aranee, Thely-
phonus, Scorpiones, Chelonethi (Cheli’fer—Obistum), and
Solifugee we soon discover that the segments, with the excep-
tion of the two first, are not homologous one with another
according to their parallel numbers (Gaubert). In order to
determine the homology enumeration is not sufficient; we
must in addition examine the form and length of the segments
and especially the direction and form of the articulation.
This conception, the correctness of which can easily be
perceived in the case of Arachnida, is utilized in the case of
the malacostracous Crustacea to deduce new results (§ 22).

3. If we would arrive at a comprehension of the mouth-
parts and limbs of Insects, Myriopods, and Crustaceans from
a really morphological point of view, we must first study
them in different types belonging to the last-mentioned class.

4. In order to understand the structure of the maxille in
the Malacostraca we must commence with the maxillipedes.
For instance, in the case of the Isopods and Amphipods it is
easy to see that the masticating-lobes, which arise from the
inner side of the second segment or (in Gammarinz) from
the second or third segment, are simple processes starting
from the inner angle of the respective segments ; in Hurycope,
for example, a lateral masticating-lobe of this kind is a simple
prolongation, while in Ldothea entomon, on the other hand, it
is divided off by a secondary articulation which has a certain

ower of movement (vede “ Dijmphna-Togtet,” tab. xx.),
Similarly the masticating-lobes of the two pairs of maxille
must be regarded as processes from the sides of ane several

32

420 Dr. H. J. Hansen on the Morphology of the

segments of the endopodite of the jaw; in proportion to the
segments these lateral processes often become extraordinarily
large, greatly elongated, separated therefrom by an articula-
tion, and even sometimes transversely divided, in consequence
of which it is only with difficulty that they can be understood
when but a superficial examination is made. It is there-
fore necessary to trace the segments in the endopodite of the
maxille in thoroughly cleansed preparations, and at the same
time to find out from which segment the chitinous lamellae of
the masticating-lobes proceed. ‘This appears to me to be the
only certain method of procedure, and, if this be done, all the
secondary modifications of form &c. which take place in the
masticating-lobes will no longer have a disturbing effect upon
our conception of the morphology of the structures.

5. From reasons which the sequel will make readily intelli-
gible I propose to term the first pair of jaws in Crustacea
maaillule and the second pair maxille.

6. ‘The hypopharynx (paragnathi, lower lip, tongue) in
Crustacea has nothing to do with the appendages; it is a
median and typically bilobed projection from the sternal
portion of the head behind the mouth-opening.

IJ. CRUSTACEA.
a. ENTOMOSTRACA.

7. On examining the integument of the sixth appendage of
an Apus (Lepidurus productus was the particular form I
studied) after cleansing it with potash it is easy to see that it
consists of six segments, each of which is provided with a
lobe ; in the case of the first five the lobes are articulated to
their respective segments, while the sixth lobe is an immediate
prolongation of the corresponding segment; the fourth and
fifth segments, at least on the posterior side of the limb, are
represented by distinct though small chitinous plates. On
the anterior side of the limb it may be distinctly seen that
the exopodite proceeds from the base of the third segment
and the epipodite from the distal end of the second (¢. $8),
while the large first segment is devoid of a plate or outgrowth
on the outer side. In the first pair of appendages the lobes
of the third to the fifth segments have become very long and
narrow and are divided into numerous small rings. In the
eleventh pair of appendages in the female the external ex-
pansion of the endopodite forms one half and the exopodite
the other half of the egg-sac; the epipodite is very small,
although distinct.

Limbs and Mouth-parts of Crustaceans and Insects. 421

8. In Limnetis, Estheria, &c. we find a similar structure ;
but in conseque nce of the delicacy of the integument of the
appendages the difference between the chitin of the seg-
ments and the articulations is more or less indistinct.
According to G. O. Sars, in Cyclestheria Hislopi: “The
endopodite consists of six imperfectly defined segments, each
of which is produced on the inner side as a rounded setiferous
lobe . . . . the epipodite apparently issuing from the outer
side of the second segment of the stem . .. . the exopodite
originating immediately below the epipodite, from the outer
side of the third segment of the endopodite.”

9. Before the exopodite and epipodite, which are both
present in Branchipus, there arises a very long and broad
(partially cleft) plate on the outer side of the first segment.
It has been shown by L. Lund (Nat. Tidsskr. ser. 3, 7 Bd.,
1870) that a similar plate exists in Cladocera.

10. In the most highly developed Copepods, such as
Calanus, the shaft of the second pair of antenne is three-
jointed (Kréyer) and in the mandibles the exopodite proceeds .
trom the third segment, since after the actual mandible (first
segment) there is found a small segment (described by
Kréyer) which is usually overlooked. In the large Meta-
nauplius stages I also succeeded in discovering three segments
in the shaft of the second pair of antenne and of the man-
dibles. In Setella the three segments in the shaft of the
second pair of antennz can be seen without difficulty.

11. In a series of large larvae (Metanuuplius stage) be-
longing to the family Calanide I have found antennules,
antennee, and mandibles, developed as in the Nauplius, and
behind these five distinct but small pairs of plates, which are
the rudiments of five pairs of appendages and of which only
the two last show an indication of cleavage ; these rudiments
are consequently, to give them the designations applied by
authors, maxille, first and second pairs of maxillipedes, and
two pairs of swimming-feet. There ts some considerable
distance between the points of origin of the rudiments of the
Jirst and second pairs of maxillipedes, which are therefore
entirely independent one of the other; indeed we even see
on the dorsal surface and on the side of the animal a distinct
articulation which extends across the ventral surface as a
faint streak between the two rudiments. That my interpre-
tation of these rudiments is correct 1s borne out by the fact
that I possess specimens of the following stage, with all five
pairs of appendages perfectly well developed, and only two of
them are swimming-feet. I consider therefore that I am
entitled definitely to conclude (indeed, according to Grobben,

422 Dr. H. J. Hansen on the Morphology of the

the Calanidx are “ phylogenetically the oldest forms ” among
the Eucopepoda) that the rudiments of the first and second
pairs of maxillipedes arise entirely independently one of the
other ; consequently they each correspond to their own pair of
appendages, and not to the cuter and inner branches of one and
the same parr. Owing to the peculiarities in the structure
and the relative position of the maxille and maxillipedes in
the free-living and parasitic Copepods I regard the maxilla
as homologous with the maxillule, the first pair of maxilli-
pedes as homologous with the maxilla in the Malacostraca,
and the second pair of maxillipedes as homologous with the
maxillipedes (e. g. in the Amphipods), and, among other
things, as exhibiting the same tendency towards mutual
fusion.

12. In Argulus the swimming-feet consist very distinctly
of a three-jointed shaft and two branches (Kyéyer). ‘The
basal joint of the shaft is much shorter than the second and
somewhat shorter than the third.

13. It follows from §§ 7-12 that we must assume the
presence of three segments in the stem of all cleft appendages in
Crustacea to be a primary condition; and this number has
distinctly persisted, at any rate in the cases quoted.

b. MALACOSTRACA.
a. Leprosrraca (§§ 14-17).

14. Nebalia must be assigned to the Malacostraca (Claus),
and in many respects it approaches the Mysidew, while the
Euphausiide, on the contrary, are very far removed from it
(vide § 26).

15. In Nebalia bipes the shaft of the second pair of antenne
consists not of three (Claus) but of five segments, and the
fifth segment shows a tendency to be composed of two (Claus),
which are well separated in Vebaliopsis ; after removing the
shield the first segment may be easily found by the aid of a
good dissecting-microscope ; this segment is somewhat short,
but well marked off; the fourth segment is conspicuously
marked off on the outer side, but is very short.

16. The limbs of the thorax consist not of seven but of
nine segments. In Nebalia bipes we find on the outer side of
the limb at the base a somewhat short but very distinct
segment; after this there come the segments with the epi-
podite and exopodite, and finally the remainder of the limb
shows three distinct incisions on the inner margin and three
joints. (All these details are best seen in appendages laid

Limbs and Mouth-parts of Crustaceans and Insects. 423

in water [not glycerine] and taken from large specimens
which have been preserved for some time in fairly weak
alcohol; they can, however, also be observed in ordinary
elycerine preparations.) An examination of older prepara-
tions (most kindly lent to me by Prof. Claus) of Paranebalia
longipes, W.-S., displayed no especially distinct conditions,
yet in a pair ‘of appendages I observed the small basal
segment. In Sars’s figure of the last pair of limbs this basal
segment may be seen divided off on the outer margin (‘ Chal-
lenger ’ Report, vol. xix.) ; 1f we reckon two more segments
for the epipodite and exopodite we get nine segments, since
the figure alluded to shows beyond the base of the exopodite
SIX secments, 0 of which the last is very short (I have con-
vinced myself of its existence in some legs from Claus’s
preparations).

17. The first segment of the maxillule bears a masticating-
lobe of considerable size, which is articulated to it near the
base ; the second segment has only a narrow rigid plate of
chitin and is destitute of the masticating-lobe ; the third
segment passes insensibly into a short broad lobe. These
conditions can be very easily observed if the muscles are to
a certain extent removed. (The composition of the maxille
I have not been able to determine with certainty.)

8. KUMALACOSTRACA (§§ 18-27).

18. Myside.—The antenne have a six-jointed stem (cf.
vebalia, § 15) ; the outer ramus (squama) arises from the third
segment (cf Copepoda, § 10). The mandibles have a
“lacinia mobilis” (for the explanation of this term see
Hansen, “ Cirolanide”’), As in Nebalia, the two lobes of
the maxillule spring from the first and third segments (vide
“ Tnjmphna-Togtet’’). ‘The lobes of the maxillee arise from
the second and third segments (the boundary between the
first and second segments is incorrectly indicated in “ Dijm-
phna-Togtet”) and the exopodite from the third segment.
The first segment of the feet has disappeared, so that the
exopodite springs from the second segment; the foot there-
fore consists of eight segments (cf. $16), for I regard the
claw as a modified segment, or, in other words, the terminal
segment has become cheliform ; the basal segment is much
shorter than the second; the “ ‘knee,” where the chief move-
ment in a vertical direction takes place, is found between the
fifth and sixth segments (Boas). In the earliest stages of
the larva we find at the end of the abdomen two somewhat
firmly chitinized, narrow, hard processes (van Beneden,

424 Dr. H. J. Hansen on the Morphology of the

Nushaum), which must undoubtedly be homologous with the
furcain Nebalia; they are relatively of large size, especially
in the penultimate larval stage, and are probably cast off in
the penultimate ecdysis in the marsupium.

19, The Cumacea, Tanaide (which must be elevated into
a separate order), Isopoda, and Amphipoda agree exactly in
the structure of the mouth-parts (not including the suppression
of the exopodite of the maxille, the suppression of the
Jacinia mobilis in isolated parasitic forms, and_ similar
secondary reductions) and thoracic appendages with the
Mysidee in all the characters which are mentioned in § 18.
It is very easy to study the structure of the maxille and
maxillule in Amphipoda (véde “ Dijmphna-Togtet ”) and
Isopoda (vide “ Cirolanide!”’). In certain Isopods the stem of
the antenne is distinctly three-jointed, but in the majority of
forms the first segment disappears and probably fuses with
the head. Kven where the so-called epimeres are strongly
developed (as in certain Amphipods) the coxopodite (or the
interval between the body and the articulation of the second
segment) is always short and several times shorter than the
basipodite.

20. In many Isopods the first segment of the six hindmost
pairs of thoracic limbs is small and movable; in many other
genera it develops as an “ epimere,” which, e. g. in Idothea
entomon, is very large, marked off on the dorsal side by an
arthrodial furrow, and on the ventral surface fused with the
ventral ridge (‘‘ Bauchschiene”’) ; but in Jdothea hectica the
upper arthrodial furrow has also disappeared and the ‘ epi-
mere ”’ has certainly not been reduced to the point of disap-
pearance, but has become fused with the segments of the
body and forms larger or smaller portions of their sides
(cf. §§ 24 and 49).

21. In certain Isopods (Janira) we find a large thorn upon
the seventh segment of the thoracic appendages, articulated
beneath the cheliform eighth segment, so that the foot is
said to have two claws (cf. § 51).

22. ‘The Euphausiide are a long way removed from the
Myside in consequence of a series of characters, certain of
which only will be mentioned here. The stem of the antenne
is two-jointed ; the mandibles have no lacinia mobilis. The
limbs are compored of only seven segments (they are without
the “claw”’). The “knee” lies between the fourth and fitth
segments ; the first segment is almost equally as large as
the second. J suppose the segments beyond the knee to be
homologous with the sixth, seventh, and eighth (claw)
segments in Mysis, and the fourth segment to be homologous

Limbs and Mouth-parts of Crustaceans and Insects. 425

with the fourth and fifth segments of the Mysid limb taken
together. I derive this conclusion from the development and
direction of the articulations, and, moreover, | would point
out that a precisely similar condition is found in the Pseudo-
scorpions: for, in the first two pairs of limbs in Chiridium
(as I have proved with absolute certainty in Nat. Tidsskr.
3 R. Bd. xiv., and in a paper at present in the press) the
femur is undivided; in Chelifer it is divided into afshort
“trochantin” and the true femur; while in Garypus, and
still more in Obistwm, the femur is differentiated into a long
pars basalis and a short pars tibialis*, so that it is impossible
to determine the homology of the segments by means of
numbers (véde § 2). The maxillule have lobes on the first
and third segments, and, in a certain larval stage, also on the
third segment, an exopodite, which subsequently disappears ;
while the organ which in the adult animals is regarded as an ~
exopodite by authors is a plate-like development of the first
segment, which appears later ont. The maxille as regards
the origin of the lobes agree with the Myside.

23. The Decapoda approach the Euphausiide very closely.
The second segment of the maxillule is fused with the first,
so that the lobes proceed from the first and second segments.
The segmentation of the limbs is essentially the same as in
Euphausiid (Boas), but it follows from § 22 that the names
bestowed by H. Milne-Edwards upon the several segments
cannot be employed without consideration in the case of the
orders mentioned in §19 according to the number of each
segment, with the exception of the first three.

24. As shown in § 20, the coxopodite does not disappear
in the Idotheide, but forms a portion of the lateral region of
the body ; ¢f we assume that the first segment of the limbs
which has been described in the Phyllopoda, but overlooked or
misunderstood by the majority of authors, Wkewise does not
disappear, it consequently forms a larger or smaller portion of
the pleure. ‘This view seems to be capable of explaining the
fact that in the Decapods branchiz are found both upon the
pleure, upon the arthrodial membrane between the pleure
and the limb, and also upon the coxopodite ; since the portion
of the pleure provided with branchiz is to be regarded as
originally belonging to the limb, so that we now find its
vanished segment represented by branchie alone. Compare

* This latter condition must be regarded as the primitive one, and
therefore a fusion of segments takes place; but for practical reasons [
have employed the expressions used.

+ Vide G. O. Sars (‘ Challenger’ Report), who has figured this cor-
rectly, but given it a wrong interpretation ; vede also “ Dijmphna-Togtet.”

426 Dr. H. J. Hansen on the Morphology of the

with this the plate situated upon the outer side of this same
first segment in Branchipus and Cladocera (§9), which
probably subserves the purpose of respiration. In the same
manner we may also explain the presence of the branchiz
arising from the body at the base of the limb in Lophoguster,
Gnathophausia, and Eucopia.

25. According to $§ 22 and 18 the exopodite of the maxil-
lule. and maxillee, if it is present at all, always proceeds from
the third segment in the case of the orders mentioned ; it
therefore follows that in these two pairs of oral appendages
the primitive number of segments in the stem of the appen-
dages is preserved and that the first segment comes to belong
to the same category as the mandible, but not the coxopodite
of the limbs.

26. The Leptostraca are decidedly the lowest of the Mala-
costraca. ‘he Myside stand much nearer to them than do
the Kuphauside in the structure of the second pair of
antennee (§§ 18 and 22), in the structure of the limbs, in the
development of the larvee, in the presence of the furcal rami
in the earlier larval stages (§18), in the shape of the heart,
and in the presence of a conical projection for the orifice of
each vas deferens ; they appear to me to be the lowest of the
Humalacostraca.

27. The old division into Thoracostraca and Arthrostraca
strikes me as being quite untenable even when (with Grobben)
we have excluded the Stomatopoda as being a section of equal
value. ‘The arrangement appears to me to be based alto-
gether too much upon only two conditions—the presence of a
shield and of stalked eyes, as opposed to absence of a shield
and sessile eyes,—and, moreover, none of these characters is
constant (Tanaide, Cumacea). I consider that the Kumala-
costraca can be arranged much better in three divisions, of
which the first will contain the Mysida, Cumacea, Isopoda,
and Amphipoda, while the second comprises the Kuphau-
siida and Decapoda. The first division possesses a lacinia
mobilis upon the mandibles ; eight segments in the limbs, of
which the last segment ts cheliform and the first several times
shorier than the second, while there are five segments before the
knee ; a marsupium ; larve which are at first motionless and
have a peculiar development ; an elongated heart ; shorter or
longer processes for the orifices of the vasa deferentia ; and no
spermatophores: while the second division is distinguished by
having mandibles without a lacinia mobilis ; limbs composed
of seven segments, of which the first ts almost as well developed
as the second, while before the knee there are only four seg-
ments, of which the fourth ts certainly homologous with the

Limbs and Mouth-parts of Crustaceans and Insects. 427

fourth plus the fifth in the case of the previous division ; no
marsupium ; motile larvee, which in the case of the lower for ms
have a Nauplius stage eral large serves of ecdyses ; a short
heart ; no processes Jor the orifices of the vasa deprentio . > and,
lastly, by the possession of spermatophores. The third group
is constituted by the Stomatopoda, which agree in some ot
their characters with the first and in others with the second
division, but in various other respects occupy a very isolated
position.

III. INSECTA.
a. Macuinis (§§ 28-35).

The mandibles of Machilis are homologous with those
of the Malacostraca; tn form they resemble those of the
Cumacea, having a well-developed almost cylindrical pars
molaris, though they are without a lacinia mobilis; cn articu-
lation and musculature they exhibit a surprising agreement
with, e. g., Diastylis and Nebalia (vide also § 37), and herein
diverge to the utmost extent from, e. g., Orthoptera and Coleo-
pera.

29. The maxilla are composed of three segments and an
eight-jointed palpus. The basal segment (cardo) has no
masticating-lobe ; the second segment is produced into a long
lobe, which is transversely segmented at the tip; the third
segment is also produced into a lobe (ga/ea) and the palpus
arises from its outer side. The structure of the maxille (which
may be very easily examined in a preparation which has been
cleared with potash), as regards the origin of the lobes from
the second and third segments, consequently agrees precisely
with that of the maxille of the Humatacostraca, while, on the
other hand, tt vs totally different from that of the maaillule.

30. In the Isopoda (see a figure in ‘ Cirolanide’’) and
Amphipoda we find that the maxillipedes are situated very
close together in the median line, and, moreover, in the latter
order their first (or first and second) joints become fused
together; the maxille are articulated in front and at some
little distance from the median line, while the maxillule are
attached somewhat further still from the median line, and the
hypopharynx projects between and before their points of
articulation ; lastly, the mandibles are inserted far away from
the median line, obliquely outside and above the maxillule
and maxille. We meet with a similar arrangement of the
mandibles, maxille, and labium in Machilis and, e. g., also
in the Orthoptera and Coleoptera.

31. L regard the maxille in Machilis (vide §§ 29, 32, and

BY) as Die -dly homologous with the maxilla (eeennts patr of

428 Dr. H. J. Hansen on the Morphology of the

maaille of authors) in the Malacostraca, and the labium as
homologous wiih the mawillipedes and agreeing in many
respects with these appendages in the case of the group men-
tioned. ‘he submentum is homologous with the first segment,
which is fused in the Gammarine, and the mentum with the
second segment, which in the Hyperine is likewise fused.
At the tip of the mentum we find a segment, produced on
each side into four lobes, which, as may be seen with sufficient
clearness, belong to two lobes, each of which is cleft ; and
these I regard (among other reasons on account of a compa-
rison with Orthoptera and Amphipoda, although I cannot
bring forward any cogent proof derived from the skeletal
parts) respectively as a lobe from the second segment (the
innermost cleft lobe) and as the third segment of the labium
with its cleft lobe: the palpus arises from the outer side of
the third segment.

32. The hypopharynx is conspicuous, almost rectangular |
in shape, slightly emarginate in front, and homologous with
the hypopharynx (paragnathi) in the Malacostraca. The
organs which are termed “paraglosse”’ by authors have
nothing to do with the hypopharynx; in the skeleton of the
head they are articulated at the bottom of the hypopharynx
and have a somewhat complex structure, with an external
process like a small single-jomted palpus, and towards the tip
a distinct tendency to cleavage into two lobes. I regard
these “ paraglosse”? as homologous with the maxillule of
Crustaceans (a supposition which is strengthened in the
highest degree by their structure in Japyx and the Collem-
bola, vide § 39) ; the essential difference in Machilis consists
in the fact that they are situated somewhat nearer to the
median line and lie partly in front of the hypopharynx; yet
in Argulus, according to Claus, the maxille are enclosed
together with the mandibles in the suctorial tube, and are
consequently placed before the hypopharynx. (If a carcino-
logist should raise the objection that im the case of Apseudes
we find a lobe resembling an appendage upon the hypopharynx,
we must reply that in Apseudes only the elongated outermost
anterior angles are segmented off in a secondary fashion,
while in Machilis, Japyx, and the Collembola the maxillule
arise from the skeleton of the head at the base of the hypo-
pharynx, which in these animals is not cleft towards the tip.)

33. The thoracic appendages have an elongated coxa,
which is attached to the body by means of a small and for
the most part firmly chitinized segment, which is freely
movable, and which on account of its position and shape we
must regard as the first jomt of the leg. I regard it as homo-

Limbs and Mouth-parts of Crustaceans and Insects. 425

logous with the coxopodite in the Malacostraca (it resembles
the first segment of the leg of a Mysis, but is, however, some-
what longer); the coxa therefore becomes homologous with
the basipodite. T’o the outer side of the coxe of the second
and third pairs of legs there is articulated a conspicuous
hairy “style,” which is perhaps homologous with the exo-
podite (Wood- Mason).

34. The abdomen consists of eleven segments (ten+the
telson), a number which is met with again in the Cicadaria,
Ephemera-larve, and other forms; according to Lacaze-
Duthiers it is the primitive number in the Insecta. The
well-known styles on the underside of most of the segments
are without doubt portions of rudimentary appendages, and
we may perhaps, on account of their position and agreement
in form with the styles of the thoracic legs, regard them as
exopodites (Wood-Mason). The triangular plates which .
bear the styles, and from which the hindmost in particular,
especially in the case of specimens which are scarcely half-
grown, project backwards as somewhat large processes, I.
consider with tolerable certainty to be homologous with the
stems of crustacean appendages (Wood-Mason), The styles
of the tenth segment constitute the well-known “ cerci,”
which are homologous with the cerci in other Insects.

35. In the Myside and Amphipoda we find, as is well
known, four pairs of mouth-parts, and behind these fourteen
segments, of which the last is without appendages. I have
shown above that in the case of Marhilis the corresponding
four pairs of oral appendages exist, and behind them we also
find fourteen segments, the last of which is likewise devoid
of appendages. ‘The tendency, which in the Malacostraca is
of frequent occurrence, to develop the last pair of abdominal
feet in a peculiar manner and to retain these, while the five
preceding pairs undergo reduction (Myside, Cumacea), is also
met with in the case of Machilis and other Insects.

8. CAMPODEA, JAPYX, COLLEMBOLA (§§ 36-39).

36. In the formation of the head and the structure of the
mouth-parts these three types are very closely allied. They
are especially distinguished by the well-known peculiarity,
that the mandibles and maxille, with the exception of their
tips, ‘‘ le within the head.” ‘This has arisen in consequence
of the fact that the integument behind their points of inser-
tion has become folded forwards and around them, like a
reduplicature which contains tissues ; and on the underside of
the head the edges of this reduplicature have become firmly
united with the lateral margins of the labium, so that the

430 Dr. H. J. Hansen on the Morphology of the

latter throughout almost the whole of its length is connected
with the lateral wall of the head. Consequently the man-
dibles and maxillz do not really lie within the head at all,
but, as in the case of Machilis, are attached to the integument
of its sides, which has here become thin and smooth; and
since the articular region of the inner lobes of the maxille
and labium has undergone elongation, we understand how the
reduplicature can extend almost as far as the end of the
labium. (The necessary investigation is difficult, since the
integument on the inner side of the reduplicature and on the
portion of the lateral wall of the head which is covered by
the reduplicature is very thin.)

37. The musculature of the mandibles resembles that of
the Crustacea even more than it resembles the musculature of
Machilis. It is only necessary to compare Meinert’s figure of
Japyx with my figure of Diastylis Goodsiri in ‘ Dijmphna-
Togtet ” (I have only reproduced the three largest muscles or
their tendons), or with Sars’s figure of Diastylis sculpta, to be
struck by the astonishing agreement in the form and direction
of the muscles and of the large median muscle-plate. The
mandibles are without a pars molaris, but, on the other hand,
we find in Campodea @ small lacinia mobilis.

38. The maxille consist of a cardo and second segment,
which (as in Machilis) is continued into a lobe exhibiting a
transverse segmentation in the neighbourhood of the tip. On
the other hand, the third segment and the palpus are entirely
wanting. What is termed by authors the outer lobe and
palpus is not connected with the maxille (see especially
Stummer-Traunfels, ‘‘ Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber
die Mundwerkzeuge der Thysanuren und Coilembolen,”
Sitzunesber. k. Akad. Wiss., math.-naturw. Cl., c. Bd., iv.
Heft, Wien, 1891, Taf. i. figs. 7, 10, 11) and does not
belong to them, but is, on the contrary, united to the
‘ paraglosse ” and to the underside of the skeleton of the head
which is covered by the labium.

39. In Japyx solifugus the hypopharynx is short and
rounded off; the firm chitin of the ‘ paraglosse ” is articu-
lated to the chitin of the head behind the base of the hypo-
pharynx. The paraglosse themselves lie in front of the latter
and coalesce with it for a certain distance; each of these
‘secondary tongues ” is on the outer side connected by means
of firm chitin with the outer lobe alluded to in § 38, and with
a distinct three-jointed palpus. This entire structure, which
lies in front of the maxilla, constitutes the conspicuous and,
in their basal portions, somewhat abnormally constructed
maxillule. The inner lobe is the “ paraglosse ” ; the other
two portions become the outer lobe and palpus. In the

Limbs and Mouth-parts of Crustaceans and Insects. 431

higher Collembola the hypopharynx is of large size and the
maxillule have only an inner and an outer lobe (“ para-
glosse’’ and palpus). Stummer-Traunfels furnishes us
with a good résumé of the extremely divergent interpretations
of these parts by different authors, such as Meinert, Lubbock
(who terms the ‘ paraglosse”’ the ‘second maxilla”’), and
Tullberg (whose description is on the whole excellent and
who possessed a keen eye for the difficulties in the interpre-
tations given by the two previous writers). The maxillule
are, as has been already stated, inserted before the maxille
and behind the point of origin of the hypopharynx; they have
nothing to do with the labium.

40. Itappears to me that the facts detailed in §§ 28-32 and
36-39, when taken together, show the great agreement that
exists between the mouth-parts of the primitive Insects named
and those of the Malacostracous Crustacea and that they
render evident the homologies which I have set up.

41. Lepisma stands, as regards the structure of the mouth-
parts and the thoracic feet, between Machil’s and the Ortho- ,
ptera.

42. Hemimerus talpoides, Walk.*, is a genuine Ortho-
pteron, and in the structure of its mouth-parts approaches
very near to Forficula.

43. ORTHOPTERA.—The muscles of the mandibles, e. g. in
Acridium, exhibit conditions which are very divergent from
those found in the Thysanura. By comparison with Machilis
(§ 29) and by a process similar to that adopted in the case of
the Isopoda it may be shown that the maxille, e.g. in For-
jicula, are composed of a first segment (cardo) without a lobe,
a second (transversely divided) segment with the masticating-
lobe, and a third (very obliquely cleft) segment with the galea,
together with a palpus proceeding from the third segment ;
the second and third segments with their four parts together
constitute the “ stipes.” (In the interpretation of the boundary
between the lobe and the segment in the case of the second
and third segments I have here on practical grounds not
followed the certainly more correct interpretation employed in
the case of the Crustacea, according to which the basal
division alone is termed the segment ; but the question has
the less interest since it only turns upon the determination of
the actual boundary between the segment and its lobe.) he
hypopharynx is well developed; the maxillule are still
present in various forms (e. g. Forficulide and larvee of
Ephemeridz) as a lobe, which is attached to the skeleton at
the base of the hypopharynx.

* A paper of mine on this animal is nearly ready for the press.

432 Dr. H. J. Hansen on the Morphology of the

44, CoLEOPTERA.—The mandibles, maxille, and labium
agree with the utmost exactness with those of the Orthoptera
in structure and relative position. A difference arises in
consequence of the fact that the hypopharynx is either so
much reduced in size as to disappear, or, as seems to me more
probable, has become firmly attached to the inner side of the
labium, which on the whole becomes pressed upwards against
the underside of the head more closely than in the case of
Orthoptera; many peculiarities (e. g. in Melolontha) point to
the probability of the latter explanation. The maxillule are
entirely wanting.

45. The hypopharynx is a freely projecting organ only in
the Thysanura, Orthoptera, and Diptera; apparently we also
find it in the Rhynchota as a short free point (Wedde, and
my own observation in Nepa). It is often termed “ tongue,”
which may well be admissible, but is not very happy. On
the other hand, many authors frequently employ the term
“tongue” in a very arbitrary and objectionable manner for
portions of the labium ; “ paraglosse,” a term which should
be entirely rejected, is used sometimes for portions of the
labium, and at others for parts of the maxillule.

46. The antenne in Insects are sometimes regarded as
homologous with the antennules and sometimes as homologous
with the antenne in Crustaceans. As an argument in favour
of the former supposition we have the fact that the antenne
of Insects, as also the antennules of Crustaceans, are inner-
vated from the deuterocerebrum (Viallanes); the second
theory is supported by two reasons. As has been demon-
strated with respect to both classes by a series of authors, the
rudiments of the antenne are postoral in position both in
Insects and in Crustaceans ; it is true that a single author has
stated the same thing with reference to the antennule, but
this is certainly very much open to doubt. In the terrestrial
Amphipods (Orchestia) the first pair of antenne, the an-
tennules, have become very short, and in the most charac-
teristic land-Isopods (Armadillidium, Armadillo, Tylos,
Syspastus) they have become extraordinarily small and are
reduced even to the point of disappearance, while the second
pair of antenne are well developed.

47. Upon the mandibles of certain Coleoptera and larvee of
several species of Ephemeridz I have found a well-developed
Jacinia mobilis.

48. How far the embryonic provisional lobes which have
been found by different authors in several of the higher orders
of Insects (and with respect to which Korschelt and Heider
write on p. 793 of their text-book: “ ‘This lower-lip-forma-

Limbs and Mouth-parts of Crustaceans and Insects. 433

tion may be best compared to the paragnathi of Crustacea,
although a homologization with the latter structures may well
appear to be out of the question ”) can belong to the maxillulee
is a question which must receive further elucidation from
future embryological investigations.

49. In different Insects we can (with especial ease in all
Cicadaria in the case of all legs, with exception of the last
pair in Fulgoride) demonstrate the existence of a plate, which
moves together with the coxa and which is decidedly homo-
logous with the first segment in the legs of Machilis (§ 33) ;
this plate, which is termed the trochantin, consequently be-
comes homologous with the coxopodite in the Malacostraca.
It therefore does not belong to the same type of structure as
the mandible and the cardo of the maxille (§$28, 29, and
25).

50. The trochanter in the legs of Insects, as is well known, |
often attaches itself closely to the femur, but is nevertheless
not to be regarded as a portion of the latter which has been
secondarily constricted off; on the contrary, it is to be con-,
sidered as homologous with the ischiopodite of the Mala-
costracan limb.

51. With reference to the origin of the paired claws in
Insects, I think that I may make the following statement :—
In the Collembola we meet with a structure which agrees in
the closest manner with the condition discussed in § 21 in the
case of certain Isopods. We find that the leg ends with a
short but well-developed and very freely movable segment,
from the tip of which there proceeds a long and powerful
claw (with a somewhat large cheliform process on each side),
while to the underside of the segment another smaller claw is
articulated. Jf£ we now start trom my morphological interpre-
tation in the case of the Myside (§18) the short movable
segment becomes the penultimate segment of the foot, the
large claw the last segment, and the lower claw a large thorn
(vide a good figure in Tullberg). In Japye solifugus the
lower claw has passed up on to the side of the movable seg-
ment, though scarcely to the same level as the large claw,
and it is also somewhat smaller than the latter. The tran-
sition to the ordinary double claws now becomes very simple.
1 recommend the foot of a large Acridium for examination ;
the claws have here attained an equal size and proceed from
a segment which is well developed, especially on the under-
side of the toot, and of which the lamelliform prolongation
between the claws forms an empodium.

As an attentive perusal of the preceding pages will show,
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 33

434 Mr. W. F. Kirby on

the majority of the facts and interpretations which have been
developed above are most intimately connected with a series
of other, partly new and partly old, facts which have been
adduced by other authors; so that it is impossible arbitrarily
to dispute some of them without subjecting a series of others
to renewed investigation in various orders.

LXI.—Descriptions of new Australian Hesperiide. By
W.F. Kirpy, Assistant in Zoological Department, British
Museum (Natural History).

THE butterflies noticed in the present paper were sent with
others to the British Museum for determination by Messrs.
Anderson and Spry, who are engaged in the preparation of a
work on Victorian butterflies. They wished those specimens
which appeared to be new to be deposited in the British
Museum on condition that they should be described at once
and the names communicated to them. All the species were
taken within the limits of the colony of Victoria. A species
which appears to be identical with one described by Plétz has
been added, as the descriptions of this author are not very
accessible and are cast in a form which often renders them
somewhat difficult to follow.

Trapezites Andersont.

Exp. 12 inch.

Male.—Upperside golden brown, with a slight purplish
shade, towards the borders of the wings. Fringes unspotted,
dark grey on the anterior wings, lighter on the hind wings.
Anterior wings: a broad pale yellow blotch, with its outer end
suddenly widened upwards, fills up the outer half of the cell ;
beyond this are the three usual whitish subcostal spots, and
there are also two square whitish spots just below and beyond
the cell, separated by the middle median nervule. Within
the lowest commences a straight oblique raised line of black
scales, extending to the inner margin. The base below the
cell is clothed with dark golden hair nearly as far as this
black line. Posterior wings thickly clothed with golden hair,
except along the costa, for two thirds of their length, and
towards the inner margin nearly to the anal angle.

Underside pinkish grey; anterior wings with the pale
markings as above, the space between inclining to blackish ;

new Australian Hesperiide. 435

an ill-defined greyish space at the hinder angle; posterior
wings with two indistinct dusky lines.

Antenne wanting.

Closely allied to J. donnysa, Hewitson, but in the latter
species the discoidal spot is much smaller, the row of three
subapical spots is curved, the discal spots are more numerous,
at least beneath, and on the underside of the posterior wings
there is a row of small black dots, sometimes ocellated.

Trapezites dispar.

Exp. 145-12 inch.

Male.—Greenish brown; anterior wings rather pointed,
with the hind margin very oblique; the terminal third of the
cell filled up with a yellowish blotch, gradually thickened at
the extremity; the three usual subcostal vitreous spots .
running obliquely downwards ; a yellow spot between the two
upper median nervules, within which a raised black scaly line
runs a little obliquely inwards nearly to the inner margin..
Fringes concolorous. Base of all the wings clothed with
greenish hairs, succeeded on the posterior wings by a long
blotch of dark yellow scales above the upper median nervule
contiguous to a smaller one below it; fringes of posterior
wings reddish grey, with three large black spots rather below
the middle.

Underside reddish grey. Anterior wings with a long yellow
band running nearly from the base below the subcostal
nervure and contiguous to the discoidal spot; three yellow
discal spots between the nervures, of which only one is repre-
sented above, and below them a large whitish space on the
inner margin before the hinder angle. ‘The greater part of
the anterior wing is black or blackish from the base as far
upwards as the yellow subcostal markings and towards the
margins to beyond the discoidal and discal spots. The two
lower subcostal vitreous dots are bordered with black on the
outer side. Fringes brown, with blacker spots at the ends of
the nervures. Posterior wings uniform reddish grey, with
three black dots on the disk beyond the middle, the two
lowest nearer together than the other; fringes with three
black spots as above, but otherwise unicolorous.

Antenne black above, ringed with white; club mostly black
above, red below and at the tip, and white on the sides.
Body green above, whitish below ; legs reddish.

Female.—Upperside dark brown, clothed with greenish
hair in the neighbourhood of the inner margin for one third of
the length of the anterior wings, and nearly to the anal angle

33*

436 Mr. W. F. Kirby on’

in the posterior wings. Anterior wings with three large, con-
tiguous, yellowish-hyaline, subcostal dots; a large oval yel-
lowish blotch at the end of the cell, contiguous to a large
blotch, hardly separated into spots by the nervures, extending
from the upper median nervule to below the lowest, where it
is connected by a short isthmus with another semicircular
spot standing on the submedian nervure. Nearer the base
and just at the extremity of the hairy patch is a smaller
yellow spot resting on the submedian nervure. Fringes dull
erey, with black spots on the nervures. Posterior wings
with the centre filled up with a large orange blotch, narrowed
towards the base. Fringes tawny yellow, with about four
black spots on the nervures.

Underside nearly as in the male, but on the anterior wings
the yellow markings are continuous round the black basal space
and are bordered outside by a curved black band. ‘Towards
the inner margin the yellow space extends as far as the
fringes, which are brownish grey above and slaty grey below,
and spotted with black on the nervures. Posterior wings
nearly as in the male, but with only one black spot on the
disk between the median nervules.

Body greenish above, whitish below. Antenne as in the
male.

The male remarkably resembles 7. donnysa, Hew., in
which species the sexes are nearly alike ; the female, however,
much resembles 7’. symmomus, Hiibn., on the upper surface.
A comparison of the underside and of the antenne leaves
little doubt that I have correctly united the sexes of 7. dispar.
It is probably allied to 7. ddothea, Miskin.

Telesto comma.

Exp. 1 inch.

Hemale.—Upperside greenish brown, fringes chequered
with white, the basal lower half of all the wings clothed with
long greenish hair. Anterior wings with a large vitreous
spot at the end of the cell and two smaller whitish ones below
it between the median and submedian nervures, just at the
extremity of the hairy region; costa slightly arched towards
the extremity, the raised portion yellowish, and below it the
usual three vitreous spots, the lowest of which is produced
into a curve like acomma. Obliquely, and halfway between
the discoidal spot and the hind margin are two adjacent
vitreous spots between the median nervules, the lowest some-
what nearer the base than the other; below them is a whitish
spot resting on the submedian nervure. Hind wings with

new Australian Hesperiide. 437

two well-separated vitreous spots on the disk at two thirds of
their length.

Underside light grey, dusted with brown; base and lower
part of fore wings blackish, the yellow costal fold well-
marked, the spots below the discoidal spot and the outer one
on the submedian nervure smaller than above ; fringes rufous
brown, the black spotting rather indistinct. Posterior wings
uniform light grey, dusted with brown, with two rows of
obsolete blackish spots, in the outermost row of which the
vitreous spots are placed; fringes grey, with large square
black spots.

May be distinguished from any described species by the
two vitreous spots on the hind wings. The British Museum
has undescribed species from Port Darwin and ‘Tasmania
which exhibit this character, but not the comma-like form of
the third subcostal vitreous spot. 5

Telesto arsenia.

Telesto arsenia, Plotz, Stettiner entomologische Zeitung, Ixy. p. 384
(1884).

Exp. 1 inch.

Female.—Upperside brown, with greenish hairs towards
the base. Fringes white, rather indistinctly spotted with
brown. Anterior wings with seven vitreous spots—one trans-
verse, at the end of the cell, three small, contiguous, sub-
costal, slightly oblique, two between the median nervules, and
a very small one below them on the submedian nervure.

Underside grey, densely scaled, but with no distinct
markings, except the vitreous spots of the upperside.

Antenne black, narrowly ringed with white, and white
below ; club rufous at the tip beneath. Body brown; thorax
clothed with green hair above ; orbits and palpi beneath white,
the latter densely clothed with white hair.

It is often difficult to be sure of the identification of Plétz’s
species; but the specimen described above appears to agree
with the characters of his 7. arsenia. The locality which
he gives is simply ‘‘ New Holland.”

Hesperilla perornata.

Exp. 1} inch.

Female.—Black, the body and base of the wings covered
with long yellowish-green hair; head mostly white, banded
with black above, before, behind, and between the antenna ;
tips of palpi ferruginous; antenna black, with a whitish
longitudinal streak towards the base of the club beneath:
under surface of thorax densely clothed with yellowish hair,

438 On new Australian Hesperiide.

as also the femora on each side beneath; legs reddish, the
femora beneath and the tibie and tarsi above shading into
blackish ; abdomen clothed with yellowish-green hair at the
base above; incisions and under surface whitish, tuft
yellowish.

All the wings with the fringes chequered with whitish or
pale yellow. Anterior wings with a large yellow spot at the
end of the cell, widened in both directions above, two paler
spots above the submedian nervure, at one third and two thirds
of the length of the wing respectively ; at three fourths of the
length of the wing is a transverse subcostal spot crossed by
two nervures; between this and the outer spot above the
submedian nervure is a larger one between the median
nervules, crossed by one nervure, and nearer the hind margin
are two confluent and more indistinct whiter spots opposite
the cell. Hind wings with the centre crossed by a slightly
curved and moderately broad deep yellow band.

Underside: Anterior wings nearly as above, but with the
spots more distinctly crossed by the nervures, which are yel-
lowish towards the base and brown towards the margin.
The two largest spots are more distinctly yellow than
the others. The two submarginal spots above correspond
to the lower end of a yellowish subcostal band crossed by
three nervures, and connected with a smaller spot placed
obliquely above it between the band and the subcostal
spot. The large spot at the end of the cell is also sur-
mounted by asmall irregular spot. Posterior wings very pale
yellow, with a large oval black spot at the base, the inner
margin broadly black, five rather large black dots on the
upper half of the fringes, which are tawny towards the anal
angle: three rows of large black spots; the first consists
of four large spots—the uppermost long, narrow, and pointed
outwards, the second much shorter, with its narrowest end
inwards, the third forming a long triangle, its inner angle
truncated and its centre filled up with pale yellow, the fourth
forming a large angular projection from the black hind
margin. The outer rows consist of about six spots, sepa-
rated by the nervures, and of various sizes and shapes;
these are surmounted by a long subcostal spot, produced
nearly to the first of the black dots on the fringe.

Closely allied to H. ornata and H. picta, Leach. On the
under surface the anterior wings resemble those of the latter
species and the posterior wings the former. Easily distin-
guished from most of the allied Australian species, except
fT, croites, Hew. (to which it has little resemblance otherwise
on either surface of the wings), by the presence of the pale
submarginal spots opposite the cell on the upper surface of the
anterlor wings.

On a new Species of Zamenis from Egypt. 439

LXII.—On a new Species of Zamenis and a new Species of
Bufo from Egypt. By Dr. Joun ANDERSON, F.R.S.

Zamenis Rogers.

This snake is allied to 7. rhodorhachis, Jan, but differs
from it in its body being less slender, the number of ventral
and subeaudal shields falling below the range that occurs in
that species, in which the “former shields vary from 214 to
262 and the latter from 113 to 154, whereas in Z. Rogers
the ventrals, in five specimens, range only from 195 to 201,
and the subcaudals from 95 to 105. It is also disting niga
from Z. rhodorhachis, Jan, by the rostral shield being con-
siderably broader than high, as its height only equals about
one half of its breadth; whereas in Z. rhodorhachis the height
of the rostral equals two thirds of its breadth or even more.
The head of Z. Rogerst is broader than in Z. rhodorhachis,
and its snout is not so pointed as in that species. The frontal
is considerably longer than the interval between its anterior «
margin and the end of the snout. The temporals are 2+2,

rarely 2+3, which is the reverse of what occurs in the species

just mentioned. In the other details of its head-shields, with
the exception of the prefrontals, which are occasionally
united into one shield (two specimens from Shaloof, near
Suez), and in the number of scales round the body it resembles
Z. rhodorhachis.

It is also separated from Jan’s Zamenis by its coloration.
A longitudinal line of moderately large, more or less round,
olive-brown spots commences behind the head, with a lateral
series of smaller spots alternating with them. The two
series, as they are traced backwards, become confluent about
the middle of the length of the snake, behind which the colour
of the upper surface is uniform olive-brown or nearly so.
The spots are separated from one another, and also the more
or less transverse bands formed by their confluence, by narrow
yellowish-white areas. ‘The upper surface of the head is
brown, with very obscure dark markings. ‘The rostral region
is yellowish orange-brown, and a narrow somewhat obscure
dark band occurs behind the nostril, followed by a bright
yellow, almost orange, band before the eye. A dark oblique
band below the eye. An orange band occurs behind the eye,
succeeded by a broad dusky band crossing the temporals and
the last upper labials, with a short yellow band behind it.
The sides of the neck are suffused with orange. The under-
parts are yellowish white. A somewhat obscure dusky spot
occasionally occupies the angle of every third or fourth

440 On a new Species of Bufo from Egypt.

ventral, and sometimes a few obscure dusky small spots are
seen between the angles of the ventrals and their keels.

The first specimen of this snake (a young one) was observed
by Mrs. Anderson in the desert to the east of Helouan, near
Cairo. Dr. Rogers Pasha sent me two adults from Beltim,
between Rosetta and Damietta; and an Arab in charge of the
salt concession at Shaloof, near Suez, forwarded two speci-
mens from that locality.

I have much pleasure in connecting Dr. Rogers’s name
with this new form, as he has given me most invaluable
assistance in my researches in Heypt.

Bufo Penton.

This toad in its general appearance resembles - the pale
irregularly spotted form of Bufo reqularis, Reuss, so common
in Egypt. So far, however, as its real affinities are con-
cerned, it seems to be most closely allied to B. viridis ; but it
is at once distinguished from all the Old- World toads by the
presence on the middle of the tarsus of a well-marked horny
tubercle. The front of the snout of the adult is covered
with a horny induration extending from the nostrils to the
auterior angle of the eye, and backwards and between the
eyes to the commencement of the interorbital space, but more
or less traversed in the mesial line by a longitudinal furrow.
This protection to the snout, the presence of two metatarsal
tubercles, the innermost of which is a powerful shovel-shaped
structure, and the existence of the tarsal tubercle, are features
which would seem to indicate that this is a burrowing toad.
‘The tympanum is vertically oval, and its transverse diameter
equals about one half of the diameter of the eye from canthus
to canthus. The breadth of the upper eyelid equals the inter-
orbital space. ‘The paratoid is large and somewhat oval in
shape. The limbs are rather short and stout, and the hind
limb when laid forwards has the tarso-metatarsal joint reaching
the ear. The toes are moderately webbed.

The general colour in alcohol is olive-grey with a yellowish
tinge, irregularly covered with more or less confluent dark
markings. A darkish band across each eyelid. The dorsal
glandules may be either reddish or yellowish.

‘This species was found by Dr. Penton, of the Egyptian
Army, whose name J have associated with it, in the Shaata
Gardens, situated about one mile outside Suakin. I am
indebted to him for many other most interesting specimens
from Suakin.

A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord. 441

LXIIL—4A Month on the Trondhjem Fiord. By the Rev.
Canon Norman, M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S., &e.

[Continued from p. 367. ]

[Plate XIX. ]

BRACHIOPODA.

1. Yerebratulina caput-serpentis, Linn.

Trondhjem.

Var. septentrionalis, Couthouy.

Rédberg, on the precipices. I have always re-
garded, and must still regard, this as only a variety
of 7. caput-serpentis, notwithstanding the opposite
opinion held by G. O. Sars*, Davidson f, and
Fischer and Gthlert f. Sars thought he had found
a permanent difference in the structure of the loop;
but that has been proved not to be the case; the
later authors rely on trifling differences, and I
cannot find anything, either by the comparison of
the hundreds of specimens which have passed
through my hands or in the descriptions given,
on which to found a valid species ; the more speci-
mens are examined the weaker is the evidence of
real distinction, and T. caput-serpentis, var. germana,
F. & Ci, is a mere link in a chain. Davidson
quotes in the memoir referred to, without apparently
the least suspicion that anything was wrong, these
words from Binney’s edition of Gould’s ‘ Report
Invert: Massachusetts’ :—“ The downy epidermis
is a character too rare and too singular to be over-
looked. This, however, is rubbed off very easily.”
In his description of the species also Gould had
written :—“ ‘The whole [?. e. shell] covered by a
thin, silvery, fibrous epidermis ;” and, again,
“Deshayes conjectures, probably with justice, that

* G. O. Sars, ‘ Mollusca reg. arct. Norwegie,’ 1878, p. 10.

+ Davidson, “Mon. Recent Brachiopoda,’ Trans. Linn. Soc. ser. 2,
vol. iv. (1886), p. 28. ; : ; ’

{ Fischer and Cthlert, Exped. Sci. ‘Travailleur’ et ‘Talisman,’ Bra-
chiopodes, 1891, p. 29; and Result des Campag. Sci. Prince Monaco,
fase. iil., Brachiopodes de Atlan. Nord, 1892, p. 9.

442

Rev. Canon Norman— A Month on

the Anomia pubescens of Gmelin is the same thing.”
If we turn to Gmelin, Linn. Syst. Nat., edit. xiii.,
we find that the name Anomia pubescens is given
to a shell on which Miiller (Zool. Dan. Prod. 1776,
no. 3007) thus writes :— Terebratula pubescens
testa tomentosa, subquadrangulari, longitudinaliter
striata, tomentum non omnes equaliter vestit, spon-
giamque parasiticam suspicor ;’’ and Gmelin’s own
observations are ‘‘testa pilis brevissimis erectis
distantibus, an forsan a Spongie specie adherente ?
hirta.” The suggestion of these two old writers
was the true one, while modern writers like Gould
and Davidson have mistaken this hispid coating of
sponge for an epidermis! But it must not be sup-
posed that the hispid coating is due to one particular
species of sponge. ‘T'wosuch are described by Bower-
bank—Microciona levis, Bow. (Brit. Spong. vol. iii.
pl. xxiii. figs. 7-11), and Halichondria albula, Bow.
(vol. iii. pl. xlv. figs. 21-24). I have now taken
three specimens at random procured at Rédberg and
examined the hispid covering; all looked alike to
the naked eye, but each shell had on it a sponge
not only specifically but generically distinct from
the others, and none of them belonging to either of
the species found on Terebratulina by Bowerbank*.
Fischer and Ghlert give the same solution of the
“ epidermis,” having found an incrusting sponge on
their specimens which is yet another species, Sub-
erites capillitium, 'Topsent. It would seem that the
slightly roughened shell, combined probably with
the advantage afforded in the way of nutriment
brought by the currents of water which the Bra-
chiopods set in motion, serve to make Terebratulina
a friend highly esteemed among the Spongozea.

2. Waldheimia septigera, Lovén.

This fine species is not rare at some spots near Rédberg ;
but I only myself found one living specimen on the preci-
pices on the west side of the fiord at a great depth, probably
300 fathoms. I have also dredged it at a nearly similar
depth off Batalden, near Floré. The Rédberg specimens
are, however, larger than any I have seen from other places,

* One of the three is Myailla ambiqua, Bow. (=Microctona ambigua,

Bow.).

This is Hastatus ambiguus, Fristedt, who also found it incrusting

Terebratulina.

the Trondhjem Fiord. 443

whether taken by myself or by the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition
of 1869. The example procured is a narrow and very tumid
form, measuring 15 inch long, 1} inch broad, and 1 inch
deep ; ; but, if my memory deceives me not, I saw larger speci-
mens than this in the Trondhjem Museum, and fully the
size of Davidson’s measurement of his largest specimen.
Fischer and Cihlert have figured on pl. iv. of the ‘Tra-
vailleur’ Report a very remarkable triangular form of this
species, with almost straightly sloping sides and _ straight
anterior margin, where it is of great breadth. Indeed,
judging from the figures I should have thought that the form
might possibly be referable to W. flortdana, Pourtales, rather
than to W. septigera.

' 3. Waldheimia cranium, Miiller.

From 70 fathoms downwards, Trondhjem and Rédberg.
This species I find generally distributed in the West Norway
fiords, and I have also taken it in Lang Fiord, Sydvaranger,
close upon the borders of Russia.

4. Crania anomala, Miiller.
In 40-250 fathoms. Specimens from the precipices are
large.

TUNICATA.

As there were several Tunicata which I was unable to
determine J] sent the animals of this class to Professor
Herdman, who has kindly examined them and sent the
following notes. They will be more fully treated of in a
paper which Professor Herdman has in preparation on the
Tunicata of Norway.

fASCIDIA SIMPLICES.

“Ham. I. Molgulide.

“1. Molgula eugyroides, Traustedt*.

“Three specimens from Rodberg, 250-300 fathoms.
These agree so well with Traustedt’s description and figures
that I cannot separate them, although MM. eugyroides has “only
been found previously off Bahia, South Atlantic.

* “Vestindiske Ascidiz simplices,” Vidensk. Meddel. fra den Naturh.
Foren. 1 Kjébenhayn, 1882, p. 37, pl. v. figs. 1-8.

444 Rev. Canon Norman—aA JVonth on

“ Fam. II. Cynthiade.
“ Subfam. Sryezrvz.
“9. Polycarpa pomaria, Sav. (?).

“ About two dozen specimens from Rédberg, 150-250
fathoms, and several from Bergen Fiord (A. JZ. N., 1878).
These agree in almost all anatomical details with British
specimens of P. pomaria, but the branchial sac has no inter-
mediate horizontal membrane across the meshes. However,
I do not lay great stress upon this, and I feel pretty sure that
the specimens belong to Polycarpa pomaria.

3. Polycarpa pusilla, Herdman *.

“ Four specimens from Rédberg, 250-300 fathoms, and
one specimen (in regard to which I am still a little in doubt)
from Trondhjem, shallow water. ‘This species was only pre-
viously known from the North Atlantic, 40 miles off Valentia,
Ireland, 110 fathoms.

“Fam. III. Ascidiide.
“A, Ascidia compressa, O. F. Miill.

“Three specimens from ‘Trondhjem, 20 fathoms, and Réd-
berg, 40-70 fathoms, and one from Rédberg, 20-40 fathoms.
These are all rather small, an inch to an inch and a half in
length, but agree well with large specimens from the north of
Norway. They have the pharyngo-cloacal slit in the
branchial sac like that of A. mentula. [am inclined to think
that the A. obligua of Alder may be this species, and
A. faleigera, Herdman, from off Nova Scotia is at least very
closely related.

“5. Ascidia plebeia, Alder.

“Two specimens, about half an inch long, from Trondhjem,
shallow water. Also two smaller specimens, in regard to
which I have some doubt, from Rédberg, 100-200 fathoms.
‘There are also a few other small Ascidians, which I consider
too young to identify with certainty.

“6. Ascidiella venosa, O. F. Mill.

“'Trondhjem, shallow water.

* “ Report Tunicata ‘Lightning’ and ‘Porcupine’ Expeds.,” Trans. Roy.
Soc. Edin. vol. xxxii. 1884, p. 224, pl. xxxv. figs. 4-6.

the Trondhjem Fiord. 445

“7, Ascidiella, sp.

“One specimen from Rédberg, 150-200 fathoms, is possibly
a new species characterized by. its very large stigmata, of
which there are only two in each mesh, and by the very
slender bar of the branchial sac.

“8. Ciona intestinalis, Linn.

“'Trondhjem, 20-40 fathoms, under western shore.

“9. Corella parallelogramma, O. F. Miill.
“One from Trondhjem, near Munkholmen, 20-40 fathoms.

“ASCIDIAZ COMPOSITAE.

“ Ham. Didemniide.
“10. Leptoclinum tenue, Herdman*.

“ Roédberg. This species was previously known from the
coast of South America and from the Faroe Channel.

“ Fam. Polyclinide.

11. Amarouctum pomum, M. Sars (2) f.

“ From Rédberg.

[Note by A. M. N.—Two specimens growing side by side
dredged in shallow water, each thus far agreeing with Sars’s
description :—‘ Polyparium magnitudine pugni, luteo-cine-
reum, subcartilagineum, globosum, absque pedicello, papillis
parum eminentibus obtectum. Animalia flava (straminea).””
From a memory of this description, at the moment when I
dredged them, it flashed into my mind that these fine large
compound Ascidians were Sars’s species ; but further than
that I cannot say, as I did not dissect out the animals before
sending them to Professor Herdman. ]

“12. Psammaplidium, sp. n.

“ Wrom Rédberg. All the species of this genus previously

* Report ‘Challenger’ Tunicata, pt. ii, Ascidize Composite, 1886,
p. 281, pl. xxxix. figs. 62 JA jo bedk fies, 3-).

+ Beret. Somm. 1849 foretagen Zool. Reise i Lofoten og Finmarken
(Nyt Mae. for Naturvid. vol, vi., 1851), p. 35.

446 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on

known are from the Antarctic, the South Atlantic, or the
Australian Seas.

613. Aplidium, sp.

“ Several small colonies, which cannot be identified with
any certainty.”

POLYZOA.

Having during previous dredgings in Norway paid much
attention to the Polyzoa, I had a large mass of material,
examined and unexamined, belonging to this Class from the
fiords. I did not therefore, on the present occasion, search
for incrusting species, but gave the time thus saved to other
things. The few incrusting forms in the following list were
accidentally noticed, but it will be seen that the arborescent
Polyzoa are of great interest.

1. Menipea Jeffreysii, Norman. (Pl. XIX. fig. 1.)

1868. Menipea Jeffreysit, Norman, ‘Notes on some rare British
Polyzoa, with Descriptions of new Species,” Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci.
n. s., vol. viii. p. 218, pl. v. figs. 4-8.

1880. Menipea Jeffreysi, Hincks, Brit. Marine Polyzoa, p. 42, pl. ix.
figs. 1, 2.

Menipea Jeffreysii was described from two very minute
fragments, each about 2 millim. long, which were picked out
by the late Mr. C. Peach from shell-sand dredged by Jeffreys
and myself off Shetland and in the Minch. ‘The description
of these worn fragments was therefore imperfect, and I will now
give full details of this very distinct species.

Zoarium very transparent and glassy, arising from a single
stem composed of a coil of chitinous tubes, and attached by
the base usually to a small pebble or fragment of shell,
dichotomously branching, branches all in one plane. Zocecia
6 to 9 and sometimes more in each internode, aperture regu-
larly elliptical, occupying half the length of zocecium ; in
young cells armed in front with three long spines, the inner-
most much more slender than the others, but in older zocecia
this innermost slender spine has generally been broken off at
the base and is no longer perceptible, while the others remain
as short, more or less stumpy spines; fornix (operculum)
attached near the upper end of the inner margin, very large,
convex, cap-like, and so closely fitted down to the aperture
that, viewed from above, it appears to be part of the cell, and
only careful lateral inspection shows the narrow open line

the Trondhjem Fiord. 447

which marks its separation from the mouth-margin; the
illusion is heightened by the fact that the anterior edge of the
operculum is projected at a right angle across the mouth,
ieaving in front an opening exactly semicircular in form.
The whole cell thus mimics the appearance of a Lepralian.
Two avicularia on each cell—one ceutral, raised, situated a
little behind the aperture; the other lateral, in the usual
position, very small, the outer margin of the cell embracing
it from below without any angularity. The ocecium is rather
longer than wide, not globose, but depressed slightly above,
inclining inwards.

But a most marked peculiarity of this Mentpea is seen at
the back of the zoarium, which is overlaid throughout from
the base to the most recently developed cells by chitinous
tubes; these tubes, where not so numerous, generally wind
in and out among the cells, but on the lower part, where they
are more numerous, they completely cover the whole back ;
moreover, one of these tubes generally (if not always) passes
round the base of each bifurcation (see Quart. Journ. tig. 6, and
here, Pl. XIX. tig. 1, c), as though to give strength to that part ;
sometimes also one of the tubes runs along the edge of each
side of the zoarium, so that, when viewed from above, there
is seen a transparent margin (Pl. XIX. fig. 1, 6) extended
outside the cells. Height of my tallest specimen 32 millim.
(not quite 14 inch).

Rédberg, Trondhjem Fiord, 150 fath.; also Kors Fiord,
180 fath. ; Hardanger Fiord, 150-180 fath.; Floré, 35 fath. ;
and Bog Fiord, Kast Finmark, 150 fath.

Specimens from all these localities agree in every particular.
They are at once distinguished from all other species of the
genus by the peculiar dorsal overlying of chitinous tubes and
the large close-fitting cap-formed fornix, as well as by the
presence of the central and the small size of the lateral
avicularia.

The description and figure here of this species are so
different from those previously given that some explanation
is necessary. Alder’s figure illustrating my paper (pl. v.
fig. 8) and Hincks’s figure (pl. ix. tig. 1) were both taken from
the same specimen ; the former incorrectly thought that the
broken remains on the upper ocecium-bearing cell repre-
sented a branched fornix. This error I corrected in my
description, and Hincks drew it as entire, adding two similar
fornices to two other cells where they were not actually
present in the specimen. I mention this trifle because
the curious circumstance is this, that all the time there
was a perfect fornix on the lowest zocecium otf the right-hand

448 Rev. Canon Norman—A Jlonth on

side, which we none of us recognized as such, its character
being so entirely different from any previously known
form of that organ. Alder represented on fig. 6 certain
organs on the back of these zocecia, which apparently I could
not see, as I did not describe them. These, I take it,
were the central avicularia appearing through by trans-
mitted light, and their position rather altered by refraction.
Lastly, the very small imperfect lateral avicularia, which I
had mistaken for broken spines, Hincks rightly recognized
as avicularia.

2. Kinekoskias Smitti, Danielssen. (Pl. XLX. figs. 2-5.)

1867. Kinekoskias Smitt?, Danielssen, Férhandl. Vidensk.-Selsk. Chris-
tiania, 1867, p. 23 (quoted from Dan. & Kor.).

1868. Bugula Smittt (Kinekoskias, Dan.), M. Sars, Forsatte Bemeerk.
over dyriske Livs Udbred.i Havets Dybder (Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhand.
1868), p. 255 (name only).

1877. Kinekoskias Smit, Dan. & Koren, Fauna Littor. Norvegire,
3die Hefte, p. 104, pl. iu. figs. 12-44, pl. xii. figs, 4-8,

I had the satisfaction of procuring several perfect examples
of this rare and remarkable Polyzoon in about 70 fathoms at
Rédberg. I was previously indebted to Dr, Danielssen for
the head of a specimen of the species he had described, but
had not seen the perfect form until I went to Trondhjem.

Other known localities for this species are Stotholmen
Fiord, Nordland, 80 fathoms (Danielssen), Kors Fiord, en-
trance to Bergen Fiord, 150-200 fathoms (Danielssen and
Koren), 800 fathoms, no locality (AZ. Sars).

Among the Polyzoa of the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition two
species attracted great attention— Cephalodiscus dodecalophus,
M‘Intosh,and one which Wyville-Thomson described as Naresta
cyathus, and which Busk afterwards found to be so closely allied
to Kinekoskias Smittd that he had some doubt whether it was
distinct or not. It will be well therefore to clear up this
matter, and I am indebted to the British Museum for a small
fragment of the type of 'Thomson’s species which enables me
to make direct comparison. I shall take it for granted that
the descriptions already given of the two species have been
consulted, and shall only draw attention to points of differ-
ence or corrections of errors.

A. Kinekoskias Smittt?, Dan. (Pl. XIX. figs. 2-5.)

The total height is 44 inches; of this the first three quarters
of an inch is composed of the dense mass of fine rootlets which
are distributed through the mud and hold the zoarium in its
position ; the next three inches are the stem, which is about

the Trondhjem Fiord. 449

2 millim. in diameter at the base, and thence tapers gently to
the summit, where it is half that diameter. When living
the stem is cylindrical and vertical, so that the crown of
branches is held at its height above the mud; but when dead
all efforts to preserve it in its natural form failed and the sides
entirely collapsed, and it is thus evident that the stem is com-
posed of a very delicate smooth surrounding membrane, filled
with fluid; the fluid must escape, I think, at the top of the
stem between the bases of the branches, as I cannot find any
rupture in the side-walls. Delicate as the membrane which
forms the stem is, it is of considerable strength; the stem
may be bent in any number of folds, it will not break. At
the summit of the stem this membrane expands and invests
the base of the crown, extending a little distance up the
branches, on the sides of which it is extended as a thin film.

The crown is about 2 inch high, and is composed of dicho-
tomously dividing flexible branches.

The zocecia viewed from above (Pl. XIX. fig. 3) have the
lateral margin straight, without any sinus, and the terminal
spine-point is small “and does not rise above the slightly pro-
jected anterior margin of the zocecium ; viewed laterally (fig. 4)
the dorsal margin js seen to be straight or only very slightly
arcuate. The avicularia (fig. 5) are greatly elongated and
at the base the point of attachment is extremely fine; they
spring from the delicate lateral margin of the zocecium about
or a little above the middle, and are so long that they project
when directed forwards considerably beyond the summit of
the zocecium, sometimes by the whole length of the mandible.

B. Kinekoskias cyathus (Wyville-Thomson). (Pl. XIX.

figs. 6-8.)

1877. Naresia cyathus, Voyage of the ‘Challenger, The Atlantic,
p. 142, and woodcut.

1881. Bugula (Kinekoskias) cyathus, Busk, Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. n.s.
vol. xxi. p. 1, pl. i. figs. 1, 3, 4.

1884, Kinekoskias cyathus, Busk, Report ‘Challenger’ Polyzoa, The
Cheilostomata, p. 44, pl. vill. figs. 1 and 1 a-c.

Judging from the figures given, as well as from the frage-
ment which I have had the opportunity of examining, this
species is much less flexible and more charged with calcareous
matter than the last. Hence its crown, which. is also con-
siderably larger than that of A. Smité¢ in relation to the
height of the stem, stands up more stiffly. But be that as it
may, the following points afford good specific characters.

The zocecium seen from above (Pl. XIX. fig. 6) has the outer
margin flexuous ; at a short distance from the base it suddenly

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 34

450 Rev. Canon Norman—A Month on

falls back, forming here,as Busk says, “a sort of step;”’ from
this point it arches very gently forward, terminating in a spine-
point; this spine-point is rather larger than in the last species
and extends beyond the anterior margin of the zocecium ;
viewed laterally (fig. 8) it is seen that the back of the zocecium
is very convex, the form being spoon-shaped and reminding
one of that of the cell in Mollia patellaria, Moll*. The
avicularium (fig. 7) is much shorter and stouter than in
the last species, and is attached behind the middle of the
zocecium to the “ step” described; when directed forwards
it does not nearly reach the end of the lateral margin.

Thus both in form of zocecium and avicularium this species
is quite distinct from K. Smittz.

The figures of the avicularia in the ‘ Challenger’ Report
are very inexact. ‘They are represented as mounted on a
pedicel, and in some instances an articulation is drawn at the
summit of the pedicel. There is nothing of this. The avicu-
larium itself tapers downwards to a very small point, which
point is the attachment to the zocecium.

I do not see in my specimens of K. Smitti that the “ lower
narrower part of the posterior surface” is “ transversely
striated,” as described by Danielssen and Koren, and referred
to by Busk as perhaps of specific importance to distinguish
that species from A’. cyathus.

An interesting point in Kinekoskias is the development of
the mass of root-fibres by which the species anchor themselves
in the mud. Observations on this subject will be found in
Busk’s paper in Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. I do not remember
any other Polyzoa which have rootlets of this character, though
different species have very varied modes of attachment. But
it is an interesting fact that among many classes of mud-
inhabiting animals similar modes of anchoring are found.
The throwing out of a bundle of fibrous processes which,
permeating through the fine mud in all directions, act in the
way of roots to support the animal in an upright position,
occurs not only in Kinekoskias among the Polyzoa, but also
among the Echinodermata in Rhzzocrinus lofotensis, M. Sars,
among the Hydrozoa in Aglaophenia radicellata, G. O. Sars,
and among the Spongozoa in many species, preeminently in
Stylocordyla borealis, Lovén, and WS. stipitata, Carter.

* Why is Diachoris, Busk, 1851, used for this genus instead of Mollia,
Lamouroux, 1816? The fact that the name has been misapplied by some
authors is no reason why it should not be rightly used, and Lschara patel-
laria, Moll, is the type of Lamouroux’s genus.

the Trondhjem Fiord. 451

3. Scrupocellaria intermedia, sp.n. (Pl. XLX. figs. 9, 10.)

Rédberg, on the precipices.

I cannot assign this form satisfactorily to any known
species. It comes nearest to S. scrupea, a southern form not
yet known north of the south of England. With that species
it agrees in the form of the fornix, of the lateral avicularia,
and of the vibracular cells, which latter are present on every
zocecium, and in the absence of an avicularium on the front of
the cell. It differs in its more slender habit and more elon-
gated cells (in S. scrupea the mouth-openings overlap each
other, here they are quite distinct), and in the ocecium, which
in S. scrupea is wider than high and very convex, here is
somewhat loop-formed, being narrower at the mouth than
a little above it, much longer than wide, and flattened cen-
trally ; there are four spines at the summit of the cell. In
habit this species approaches more nearly to S. scruposa,
from which it is distinguished by the presence of a fornix.
From the northern S. scabra it differs in the absence of an
avicularium on the front of the zocecium and the entirely
different form of the vibracular cell *.

4, Caberea Ellisii, Fleming.
Rédberg and Trondhjem, frequent.

5. Bicellaria Alderi, Busk,= B. unispina, M. Sars.
Trondhjem, 150 fath.; Rodberg.

6. Flustra Barleei, Busk.

Not uncommon on the precipices. Here, and in all other
West-Norway fiords where I have taken the species, the
habit of the species is different from that of specimens from
the sea round Shetland. for the form of the latter see
Hincks, pl. v. fig. 6, which was drawn by Mr. Alder from a
specimen in my collection. In Norway, on the other hand,
the zoarium generally assumes the form of long narrow strips.
Flustra Barleet is common in the West-Norway fiords. It

* I take this opportunity of dissenting from Mr. Hincks’s view that
my S. znermis is the same as the Miocene fossil S. edliptica, Reuss ; one
of that author’s figures shows three spines on the front margin of the
cells, and the dorsal view looks quite different, representing the zocecia as
very tumid in that part. Many of Reuss’s species described in this and
other papers may prove to be recent; but it is difficult, except in the
case of very marked forms, to judge, without comparison of specimens, of
the identity of fossil with recent species, especially in such a genus as
Scrupocellaria, where most of the organs in a fossil are in an imperfect

state.
34*

ied

452 — Hon. W. Rothschild and Dr. K. Jordan on

Lo
is not referred to in Smitt’s original work; but he subsequently
recorded it from off the West-Finmark coast, and pointed out
the differences between this species and his Wlustra membra-
naceo-truncata. They may at once be separated by their avicu-
laria, which in the former are nearly circular and are placed
obliquely (vide Hincks, pl. v. fig. 7) and in the latter are
oblong and are placed uprightly with respect to the zoarium
(vide Smitt, pl. xx. figs. 2, 3). I have examined many speci-
mens of Smitt’s species, including a type received from the
describer.

[To be continued. |

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX.

Fig. 1. Menipea Jeffreysit, Norman. a, the fornix; 6, chitinous tube
from the back, here running along the side of the zoarium ; ¢,
chitinous tube forming a loop uniting the divaricating branches.

Fig. 2. Kinekoskias Smitti, Danielssen, nat. size.

Fig. 3. Ditto. Zocecia seen from the front.

Fig. 4. Ditto. Zocecia seen from the side.

Fig. 5. Ditto. Avicularium.

Fig. 6. Kinekoskias cyathus (Wyville-Thomson). Zocecia viewed from
the front ; part of the type ‘Challenger’ specimen.

Fig. 7. Ditto. Zocecia viewed from the side. a, back of the further row

of zocecia appearing in the hollows of the zocecia of the nearer
row; 6, an organ I do not feel sure about, possibly the point to
which the muscles of the animal are attached, but I cannot see
any muscles thus attached.

Fig. 8. Ditto. The avicularium.

Fig. 9. Scrupocellaria intermedia, Norman. Front view of zocecia.

Fig. 10. Ditto. One of the upright vibraculum cells from the back of
the zocecium, more enlarged than fig. 9.

LXIV.—On some new or little-known Species of Coleoptera
from the East. By the Hon. WALTER ROTHSCHILD and
Dr. K. JORDAN.

1. Theodosia Howittit (Cast.).

Among some specimens of this fine species recently
received from Kina Balu, North Borneo, is a large male,
measuring 52 millim. from the tip of the prothoracic
horn to the apex of the abdomen; the horn on the head is
more than 30 millim. long. Both horns are deep coppery,
tinged with purple.

new or little-known Coleoptera from the East. 453

2. Theodosia magnifica, sp. n.

do. T. viridis, elytris, abdomine femoribusque flavescentibus ; caput
cornu longo aureo-igneo simplice ; prothorax cornu aureo-igneo,
apice truncato, infra antemedium uni-, versus apicem bituberculato,
densissime granulato-punctulatus, fortiter convexus, lateribus
medio rotundatus, postice angustatus, angulis posticis rotundatis ;
scutellum elytraque tenuissime punctulata.

Long. 30, elytr. 14, lat. 12 millim.

Distinguished from 7. Howitt’i (Cast.) by the yellowish
colour ot the elytra, abdomen, and femora, by the prothorax
being shaped almost as in 7. telifer, Bates, with the sides
rounded in the middle, gradually attenuated near the base,
and with this narrowed portion without an elevate margin.
The prothoracic horn differs from that of 7. Howzttdi (Cast.)
in having three small tubercles underneath, one towards the
base and two (one at each side) near the tip. The punctua-
tion is extremely fine and dense; there are no coarse and
scattered punctures either on the prothorax or on the elytra,
whilst 7. How7ttit (Cast.) has (besides the fine punctuation)
such scattered punctures on the middle of the prothorax and
rather dense umbilicate punctures at the base of the elytra.
The prothorax is much more convex and the elytra are rela-
tively shorter and broader.

Kina Balu, British North Borneo. One male.

3. Pseudochalcothea planiuscula (Bates).

As the male of this species is not yet described we give
the following diagnosis :—

6. Tibie antice inermes, intermedie intus sinuate, postice ante
medium intus lobo longo, tibie sequali, sat lato, apice minute
dilatato, longitudinaliter impresso, fere spatuliformi; abdominis
segmentum ultimum apice sat late sinuatum; pygidium apice
leviter bilobum.

Kina Balu.

4. Pseudochalcothea pomaceu (Bates).

¢. Tibie antice extus inermes, intermedizw parum arcuate, intus
indistincte sinuate, postice intus ad basin lobo tibiis multo
longiore dimidio basali subparallelo, dimidio apicali angustissimo,
versus apicem filiformi; abdominis segmentum ultimum sinuatum ;
pygidium longitudinaliter impressum, apice bilobum.

Kina Balu.

454 On new or little-known Coleoptera from the East.

5. Pseudochalcothea Staudingert, Vanderpoll.

This very interesting species, almost similar in colour to
P. pomacea (Bates), but a little darker, is smaller than the
latter, measuring only 25 millim. The middle of the prothorax
is punctured, the strigulose area at the sides of the elytra is
large, the process of the mesosternum short. The chief
character of the species is the process of the posterior tibie
of the male scarcely extending beyond the tip of the tibia,
strongly dilated at the apex, with the tip somewhat emar-
ginate.

& 3. Kina Balu.

6. Hutrachelus borneensis, sp. n.

6 Q. Differt ab #. Temmincki, Latr.: elytris maculis parvis,
grossissime catenulato-punctatis, stria suturali levi, punctis
preecipue versus latera interstitiis duplo aut triplo latioribus.

3. Long. 75, elytr. 28, lat. 11 millim.

2 : ” 55, oy 25, ” 10 ”?

This species very much resembles #. suwmatrensis, Waterh.,
both having the spots of the elytra very small, and may be
only a Bornean form of L. Temmincki, Latr.

The male has a very feeble carina on the head in front of
the insertion of the antenne. ‘The prothorax, usually more
slender and less rounded than in 4. Temmincki, Latr., is
finely and sparsely granulate, chiefly so in large males. The
spots of the elytra are arranged as in L. Temmincki, Latr.,
—one at the base, occupying only the third interstice,
elongate ; a second, very small, at the base of the fifth inter-
stice ; a third near the suture in front of the middle, almost
as broad as long, occupying the third and fourth interstices ;
a small elongate spot on the fifth and one spot on the
eighth and ninth interstices, both behind the shoulders; a
postmedian macula on the third to the fifth and two elongate
anteapical spots on the third and on the ninth interstices, all
these spots coloured as in LE. Temmincki, Latr. The sutural
stripe of the elytra is smooth, the second punctulated in the
middle; the punctures of the other stripes are large, with the
interstices between them somewhat elevate ; the biggest male
has the punctures of the fifth to the eighth rows relatively
not so large as they are in smaller specimens.

Kina Balu.

Varies very much in size, like Z. Temminckz, Latr.

7. Eutrachelus achilles, sp. n.

3. EH. ater, tibiis apicibus tarsisque infra brunneo-pubescentibus ;

On new Lepidoptera from German New Guinea. 455

elytris striis tribus suturalibus, striis octava et nona, cetera-
rumque partibus apicalibus levibus.
Long. 75, elytr. 28, lat. 11 millim.

Entirely black, with the elytra shining. Inner side of the
tibies (except the base) and the under surface of the tarsi
clothed with a brownish pubescence. Head and prothorax
shaped as in H. Temmincki, Latr., with the tip of the rostrum
strongly dilated. Elytra with tine stripes; the first, second,
third, and ninth stripes smooth, the fourth with fine punctures
except at the base and apex, the fifth to seventh punctured,
with their apical third smooth ; the eighth with a few punc-
tures behind the base. Under surface as in L. Temmincki,
Latr.

One male. Java.

8. Hurybatus borneensis, sp. n.

®. EH. niger, prothorace supra et infra elytrisque aurantio-rufis,
capite medio profunde canaliculato; antennis scapo pyriformi,
articulis tertio, quarto, quinto processu apicali robusto sat longo
apice tumido, articulis 6° et 7° apice dentatis; prothorace disco
utrinque macula rotunda nigra; scutello nigro apice profunde
sinuato ; elytris elongatis, quarta parte apicali et singulo maculis
quatuor nigris, maculis prima et secunda rotundatis postbasalibus,
transverse dispositis, prima versus suturam, secunda minore versus
latus, tertia mediana transversa in disci medio, quarta sublaterali
ante aream nigram apicalem rotundata cum hac area conjuncta.

Long. 33, elytr. 22, lat. 8 millim.

The apical process of the third joint of the antenne a
little thickened at its tip, conspicuously curved, standing at
right angles to the joint; the process of the fourth joint is
shorter but of nearly the same shape, standing obliquely to
the joint ; the fifth joint has the tip of the short process also
rounded, whilst the sixth and seventh joints have a short and
sharp tooth.

Kina Balu.

LXV.—Two new Species of Lepidoptera from German New
Guinea. By the Hon, WATER RoTuscHILp and Dr. K.
JORDAN.

1, Acrwa Sander?, sp. n.

Male.— Upperside. Anterior wings transparent, with scarce
black scales which are somewhat denser at the costa and
apex, forming ten macule in the basal half of the wing, and

456 On new Lepidoptera from German New Cuinea.

with a marginal row of very small markings between the
nervules; moreover there is a submarginal row of elongate
pale buff macule, rather inconspicuous, the two posterior of
which are triangular. The base has three markings of a pale
buff, two of them in the cell.

Posterior wings black, feebly tinged with brown, with a
pale buff transverse fascia parallel to the outer margin and
crossed by the black nervules.

Underside. Anterior wings with very sparse scales, arranged
according to the macule of the upper surface.

Posterior wings similar in colour to the upperside, moreover
with three basal spots and one or two spots near the apex of
the cell pale buff; a submarginal row of rounded markings
between the nervules also pale buff, these markings, as well
as the before-mentioned spots, showing more or less through
on the upperside.

Abdomen with the apical margin of the segments beneath
and a subdorsal row of rounded spots buff.

Exp. 55 millim.

Hab. Simbang, near Finschhafen, German New Guinea
(Micholitz, June 1893).

We name this species in honour of Mr. Sander, of
St. Alban’s, from whom we have received a small but fine
collection of butterflies and moths taken by his orchid-
collector, Micholitz, at Simbang.

2. Panacra Micholitzt, sp. n.

Male.— Upperside. Ground-colour of the anterior wings
olive-green, tinged with brown at the costa; a longitudinal
streak extending from the base to near the apex and a narrow
submarginal line, nearly parallel to the streak and somewhat
curved in the middle, straw-yellow. ‘The inner side of the
streak as well as of the line bordered with blackish olive-green,
the space between the streak and the line with two slightly
marked blackish olive-green lines. The outer margin marked
with blackish olive-green at the ending of the nervules.

Posterior wings orange-rufous, with a blackish and some-
what ill-defined marginal band.

Underside. Fore wings orange-rufous, more rufous than the
upper surface of the hind wings, with the costa and the outer
margin greyish olive, with a longitudinal streak of straw-
yellow washed with ochraceous rufous, and with a linear
straw-yellow spot near the apical angle, these markings corre-
sponding with those of the upperside.

Posterior wings greyish olive, spotted with olive, and with
the hind margin ochraceous buf.

Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Chili. 457

Upper surface of the body with longitudinal buff- and
brown-olive streaks; the under surface white, with a tawny
line running along the middle of the abdomen.

Exp. 57 millim.

Hab. Simbang, near Finschhafen, German New Guinea
(Micholitz, June 1893).

Named in honour of the collector.

—

LXVI.—On a Small Collection of Lepidoptera from Chili.
By Artuur G. Burier, Ph.D., F.L.8., F.Z.8., &e.

A sHoRT time since Herr G. Ruschewegh, of Buenos Aires,
wrote to ask whether I would undertake to determine a series
of Chilian Geometrx, conditionally on the specimens being
presented to the British Museum; to this I agreed, and
during September a box of Lepidoptera in papers came to
hand, some of which, indeed, are not Geometre and several
of which, when set up, I found to bein such bad condition as
to be unrecognizable. The latter are numbered respectively
as follows :—Deltoids (nos. 12, 78, and 120), Geometre
(nos. 17, 61, 63 in fragments, 111, 137, and 147), these nine
examples being all worn, rubbed, and more or less broken.
Herr Ruschewegh forwarded with the specimens a letter, in
which he proposed a number of names for the new species, the
majority of which are, however, so unclassical in character
that it would not be possible toemploy them. ‘The following
is a catalogue of all the recognizable species :—

Hepialide.
1. Dalaca subfervens, Butler.

Dalaca subfervens, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 25. n. 39.

In my account of the Bombyces of Chili I recognized six
species of Dalaca, five of which Mr. Hampson has since put
together under the name of D. pallens, Blanch.: breeding
alone will decide whether he is right in so doing ; at present,
judging from the extraordinary variability of many of the
Chilian Lepidoptera, it is quite as possible as it is at present
unproved.

NocTUs.
2. Peridroma saucia, Hiibner.

Peridroma saucia, Hiibner, Sammi. eur. Schmett., Noct. fig. 578.

The examples are links between typical P. saucia and
P. hostilis and are labelled D, F', H, and C 6 respectively.

458 Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Chili.

3. Leucania impuncta, Guenée.
Leucania impuncta, Guenée, Noct. i. p. 83. n. 117 (1852).
Labelled “ KE, F. Oxyacanthe.”

4. Leucania unipuncta, Haworth, var. separata, Walker.

Leucania unipuncta, Haworth, var. separata, Walker, Lep. Het. xxxil.
p- 626 (1865).

Labelled G 3.

5. Plusia gammoides, Blanchard.

Plusia gammoides, Blanchard, in Gay's Fauna Chilena, vil. p. 84. n. 1,
pl. vi. fig. 11 (1854).

Labelled A.

6. Plusia chilensis, Butler.
Plusia chilensis, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 188. n. 43.
Labelled B.

As already noted, the Deltoid Noctuz are in too poor con-
dition for recognition.

The remainder of the collection consists wholly of Geometree.

I have followed Mr. Warren’s recent arrangement of this
group.

GEOMETRA.

7. Psilaspilates cavifasciata, Butler.
Panagra cavifasciata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 384. n. 65.
Numbered 55.

8. Psilaspilates ceres, var., Butler.
Lozogramma ceres, var., Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 383. n. 63.
Numbered 66.

9. Psilaspilates venata, Butler.

Liodes venata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 382. n. 62.

Numbered 151.

It will be seen that Mr. Warren has associated together
under a new genus of his own three species which I regarded
as belonging to different recognized genera; it is possible
that, in spite of their different aspect, they may be strictly
congeneric ; it is also not improbable that the genera to which
I assigned them may not differ in essential characters, but at

Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Chili. 459

present I cannot spare time to examine into this point criti-
cally. As regards Panagra, it is certain that Walker asso-
ciated together several very distinct genera under one name.

10. Pharmacis mixta, Butler.
Pharmacis mixta, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 375, n. 52.

Labelled No. 96.

Var. seriata, Butler.
Pharmacis mixta, var. seriata, Butler, J. c.

Labelled Nos. 97-99.

11. Pharmacis latifasciata, Butler.
Pharmacis latifasciata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 377. n. 54.
Labelled No. 77.

12. Leterophleps ophiusina, var., Butler.
Heterophleps ophiusina, vay., Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 423. ‘
n. 133.

Nos. 4, 134, and 155.

13. Neorumia lutea and gracilis, Bartlett-Calvert.

Neorumia lutea and gracilis, Bartlett-Calvert, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1893,
pp. 216, 217.

N. lutea, typical. Nos. 86 and 87.
N. gracilis. No. 88. This is only a suffused variety of

N. lutea.
14. Anisogonia deustata, var. carnea, Butler.

Paragonia deustata, var. carnea, Butler, Trans, Ent, Soc. 1882, p» 863,

3 3. Nos. 43, 44, 81, and 113.

Var. rosea, Butler.

Paragonia deustata, var. rosea, Butler, /. c. p. 354,
3%. Nos. 10, 27, 41, 45, 49, 59, 64.
Var. typ. deustata, Felder.

Paragonia deustata, var. typ., Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. v. pl. cxxiy.
fig. 8 (1875).

&. No. 18.
Var. cinerea, Butler.

Paragonia deustata, vay. cinerea, Butler, 1. c. p. 854, n, 22.

3 ¢. Nos. 51, 96, 106.

460 Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Chili.

Since I separated the forms of this species so many new
and intermediate types have come to hand that I am forced
to the conclusion that the whole are sports of one extremely
variable species.

15. Syncirsodes valdiviana, Butler.

Apicia valdiviana, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 342. n. 5.

3b ¢. Nos. 15 and 16.

The female is larger than the male (48 millim.) and the
ground-colour above is of a slightly greenish-cream tint ;
otherwise it resembles the male; the males, however, vary
somewhat in the colouring of the upper surface ; it is there-
fore possible that females having the upper surface-colouring
of the typical male may occur.

16. Euangerona valdivie, Butler.
Euangerona valdivie, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 859. n, 29.

Seven examples (numbered respectively 82, 83, 84,91, 105,
108, 155), showing somewhat similar variations to those
occurring in Angerona prunarta, but duller throughout.

17. Odontothera virescens, Butler.
Odontothera virescens, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 409. n. 105.
No. ail2:
18. Odontothera debilis, Butler.
Odontothera debilis, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 410. n. 106.
g. No. 95. The primaries greener and the secondaries
greyer than the type of the female.
19. Digonis aspersa, Butler.
Digonis aspersa, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc, 1882, p. 361. n. 31.
No. 13.
20. Microclysia Philippii, Bartlett-Calvert.
Microclysia Philippti, Bartlett-Calvert, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1898, p. 200.
No. 75.

21. Meandrogonaria (Warren) valentina, sp. n.

Primaries with the basal third ferruginous; a short white
oblique line immediately followed by a quadrate spot on the
costa ; central area bounded and crossed ly three oblique dark
lines, angulated towards costa, equidistant on inner margin ;

Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Chili. 461

the two inner ones rufous brown, enclosing a white belt
striated with ferruginous, and divided by rufous-brown veins ;
the third line slaty grey; the interval between the second and
third lines also white, similarly interrupted to the belt already
mentioned, but interrupted below the subcostal vein by a
patch of greyish coffee-brown ; the costal extremities of all
three lines commencing in oblique quadrate ferruginous spots,
separated by similarly shaped white spots, one of which also
follows the third line; external third coffee-reddish, slightly
suffused with greyish and sericeous; an almost triangular
patch of white, striated with fine lines of the ground-colour,
tapering from costa; fringe interrupted by lunate white spots:
secondaries sericeous white, traversed from about the middle
of abdominal margin by two subparallel well separated grey
lines, which become indistinct and are angulated towards
costa; the inner line less defined than the outer; abdominal
and external areas suffused with rosy coffee-brown, darkest at
anal angle; fringe rufous brown, interrupted by white
lunules: body ferruginous, the abdomen sericeous and paler
than the thorax. Wings below paler than above, with the
markings more sharply defined ; the apical patch and costa of
the primaries ochreous; the basal area whitish; the second-
aries almost like the primaries in character, sparsely striated
with ferruginous: the frons and palpi deep ferruginous; the
body whitish, densely irrorated with ferruginous at the sides ;
the legs white, clouded with ferruginous externally and regu-
larly spotted with dark rufous brown. lixpanse of wings
35 millim.

No. 140.

The form of this species corresponds with that of my
Azelina corticalis, but the pattern and colouring are unique.

22. Perusia precisarta, Herrich-Nchiiffer.
Perusia precisarva, Herrich-Schifter, Auss. Schmett. fig. 415.

& 2. Nos. 1 and 2.

23. Casbia lapidea, Butler.

Tephrina tapidea, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 378. n. 56.

No. 8. I think this insect would have been better left in
Tephrina than in Casbia; but it is more convenient for
purposes of reference to follow Warren’s arrangement.

24. Scordylia vittata, Philippi.
Euchidia vittata, Philippi, Linnea Entom. xiv. p. 295. n. 32 (1860),
No. 1383. I cannot follow Warren in calling this genus

462 Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Chili.

Heterusia until it has been decided, first, that Devanica,
Moore, shall supersede Hterusta (sic) of Hope; and, second,
that the species of Scordylia are congeneric with the very
dissimilar species figured by Hiibner as the type of his genus.
Mr. Warren appears to have followed Felder in adopting
Heterusia, Hiibner, for the species of Scordylia.

25. Hucosmia exacta, Butler.
Scotosia exacta, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 415. n. 114.
Nous:

26. Anchiphyllia (Warren) olivacea, Butler.
Sarracena olivacea, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 421. n. 129.

No. 30. Warren associates under one name S. olivacea,
pellicata, and declinata, ignoring marked differences in form
of wing and pattern. Of course this is a purely arbitrary
decision, not supported by a particle of evidence. Although
it is possible that the three types may eventually prove to be
seasonal forms or alternating generations of a single species,
it is, to say the least, not usual for three types of wing-outline
combined with three types of wing-banding to occur in one
species ; therefore, until their identity has been proved or dis-
proved by breeding, I shall not bow to Mr. Warren’s
decision.

27. Phyllia triangularia, Blanchard.

Phyllia trianguaria, Blanchard, in Gay’s Fauna Chilena, vii. p. 89. n. 1,
pl. vii. fig. 5 (1852-54).

Nos. 9, 23, and 116. Varying slightly in tint; my P. cine-
rescens is probably a well-defined variety of the same.

28. Chlorotimandra viridis, Butler.
Chlorotimandra viridis, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p, 369, n. 45.
o 2. Nos. 57 and 62.

29. Rhopalodes virescens, Philippi.
Tomopteryx virescens, Philippi, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxxiv. p.315, n. 3, pl. ii.
fie. 7 (1873).

gd. No. 78.

Warren placed this under two genera, believing probably
that I had wrongly identified Philippi’s species; now that we
have the male, it is perfectly evident that my identification
was correct.

Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Chili. 463

30. Tomopteryx leta, Philippi.
Tomopteryx leta, Philippi, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxxiv. p. 314. n. 2, pl. il.
fic, 6 a (1873).
2. No. 36.
The female is larger than the male and has the well-
developed secondaries of all females of the family.

31. Tomopteryx esmeralda?, Bartlett-Calvert.
? Rhopalodes esmeralda, Bartlett-Calvert, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1893, p. 218.
INOS 31.

1 have not been able to find any specimen in the collection
answering to the description and believe it cannot have been
forwarded with Mr. Bartlett-Calvert’s other species; the
specimens before me are not in good condition, but probably
represent the species, the only additional character being a
small triangular white spot at the end of the cell of primaries
with a dusky spot below it.

32. Tomopteryx botulata, Felder.
Tomopteryx botulata, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. v. pl. exxxi. fig. 18.
No. 46. Should be the type of a different genus.

33. Hoplosauris heliconoides, Butler.
Hoplosauris heliconoides, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 399. n. 87.
No. 118.

34. Hoplosauris valeria, sp. n.

¢- Primaries above greyish brown, traversed by numerous
irregular darker lines; an irregular trifid pyramidal black
spot, its base resting upon the inner margin near the base, its
outer edge bordered with white; just beyond this two ill-
defined blackish, angulated, parallel, sinuous stripes ; central
belt white internally, its outline represented by subconfluent
black spots, the inner edge subangulated and sinuous, the
outer edge running obliquely from costa to upper radial,
where it is acutely angulated, from which point to inner
margin it is regularly, deeply, but unequally bisinuated to
inner margin; it is also bounded externally by a narrow
whitish band intersected by a brown line; a sinuous white
submarginal stripe, internally bounded and partly interrupted
in the centre by four black spots, of which the first two are
fusiform and larger than the others; a marginal series of
numerous black dots: secondaries sericeous white, slightly
brownish at apex. Body above grey-brown, the thorax dark ;

464 Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Chili.

below altogether paler than above; the markings almost
obliterated. Expanse of wings 32 millim.

No. 53.

35. Hoplosauris ? edelmira, sp. n.

3g. Bronzy an brown; primaries crossed by numerous
irregular black lines ; the central region darker from about
the seventh to the tenth line, indicating a central belt, the
outer edge of which commences in an irregular 3-shaped
character, and is thence regularly undulated to innet margin ;
a small transverse elliptical white spot at end of cell; a regu-
larly dentate-sinuate submarginal whitish line, immediately
beyond which towards apex are two or three partly confluent
black spots; a marginal series of numerous black dots:
secondaries and under surface sericeous whitish ; the primaries
browner in certain lights and showing traces of the markings
of the upper surface. Expanse of wings 40 millim.

Nos. 145 and 152.

36. Epirrhoé Edmondsii, Butler.

Fidonia Edmondsii, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 385. n. 68.
No. 38.

37. Epirrhoé decipiens, Butler.
Coremia decipiens, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc, 1882, p. 412. n. 109.
No. 22.
38. Cidaria ceres, Butler.

2. Cidaria ceres, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 417. n. 119.

2°. Nos. 29 and 292%:

The male differs from the female in its inferior size, the
primaries either greenish or reddish towards outer margin,
and with a submarginal band dentated or zigzag externally,

either red-brown or slaty grey, and sometimes separated into
contiguous spots.

39. Crdaria corticalis, Butler.
Anticlea corticalis, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 411. n. 108.
No. 186.
1 can hardly think this species rightly placed in Cidaria ;
it bears no resemblance to any other species referred to that
genus by Mr. Warren.

Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Chili. 465

40. Cidaria misera, Butler.
Cidaria misera, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soe. 1882, p. 415. n. 117.
No. 154.

41. Cidaria adela, sp. n.

Sericeous greyish brown ; the general aspect of C. squalida
of New Zealand, but the primaries more acuminate at apex,
the secondaries with irregularly dentated outer margin; the
central belt of the primaries having more nearly the outline
of C. capitata of Europe, but black-edged, crossed by black
lines, and enclosing a black discocellular dot followed by a
whitish nebula; beyond this belt one or two ill-defined
crinkled transverse lines, followel by a series of black or
blackish spots, bounded by submarginal white lunules;
nervures on external area pale sandy brownish, interrupting
an externally white-edged black undulated marginal line ;
fringe black-brown at base, white, tipped and spotted with
blackish brown, externally: secondaries paler than primaries
excepting towards outer margin; the external area being
bounded internally by two or three scarcely discernible
parallel lines slightly darker than the ground-colour ; on the
abdominal margin these lines terminate as blackish lunules ;
a short white dash at anal angle, being the last of a series of
badly defined submarginal spots; marginal line and fringe
as in primaries. Wings below with black oblique disco-
cellular dashes or spots, one in each wing; an angulated
zigzag blackish discal line and a whitish badly defined zigzag
submarginal line ; marginal line and fringe almost as above ;
costal area of primaries and whole of secondaries irrorated
with whitish ; tibia and tarsi dark grey-brown, banded with
whitish. Hxpanse of wings 37 millim.

Nos. 69 and 147.

42. Huphia hymenata, var, Felder.

Cidaria hymenata, var., Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. vy. pl. exxxii.
fic. 41, 2.

& @. Nos. 141 and 143.

The female in the present series is paler than in Felder’s
figure, the primaries being stramineous instead of deep
ochreous. ‘The male has shining pale copper-brown primaries
varied with pale ochreous on basal area and just beyond the
cell; the upper portion of the central belt is also of this
colour; the latter is represented by two slightly divergent
nearly straight grey stripes, the outer one of which is inter-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 35

466 Dr. A. G. Butler on Lepidoptera from Chili.

rupted just beyond the cell by a white 7-shaped character ;
the secondaries are sericeous, cream-coloured, acuminate at
apex; the neuration is peculiar, the internal vein absent, the
three median branches placed near the abdominal margin, and
the lower discocellular veinlet absent; the subcostal branches
spring from the end of the cell, not from a footstalk, as in the
female.

I have followed Warren in calling this a species of Huphia,
though the character of the male points rather to a relation-
ship to Remodes and allied genera.

43. Spargania pastoralis, Butler.
Ypsipetes pastoralis, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 408. n. 104.
No. 20.

44. Spargania bellissima, sp. n.

Sericeous ; primaries pale argillaceous brown ; an irregular
black-brown basal band, bounded externally by a zigzag
white line; central belt irregular, white, shaded with buff in
the centre and at inner margin enclosing three large irregular
black-brown patches, two costal and one crossing the median
branches, also two small black markings on inner margin,
connected with the latter on each side by a slender line; the
central belt is of nearly equal width from the inner margin to
the lower radial vein (vein 5), but from thence rapidly widens
to costa, where it is of double the width; a large apical
blackish patch, divided by an irregularly zigzag submarginal
line; the latter interrupted below the black patch by an
oblique patch of white and bounded internally by a broad
diffused band of smoky brown; fringe pale argillaceous at
base, white externally, traversed by a central grey line and
regularly spotted with black: secondaries silvery grey,
darkest at outer margin; a black dot at the end of the cell ;
fringe paler than on primaries, with smaller black spots: head
and collar buff, varied with black ; thorax whitish ; abdomen
buff, with blackish subdorsal dots in pairs. Under surface
silvery greyish; primaries with faint indications of the upper
surface markings: secondaries, when examined with a lens,
white, speckled with grey, crossed beyond the middle by an
arched dentate-sinuate blackish line, followed by an ill-defined
grey band; a black dot at the end of the cell: body below
brownish ; palpi black, banded with white. Expanse of
wings 27 millim.

No. 132.

I was not able to adopt one of Herr Ruschewegh’s names
for this very charming little moth.

Bibliographical Notice. 467

45. Psaliodes signata, Butler.
Psaliodes signata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 418. n. 122.
No. 124.

46. Psaliodes diana, Butler.
Cidaria diana, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 416. n. 118,
Nos. 32 and 472.

Var. cynthia, Butler.

Cidaria diana, var. cynthia, Butler, l. ¢.

No. 37.

47. Hupithecia corralensis, Butler.
Helastia corralensis, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1882, p. 406. n. 100.
2. Unnumbered.

The female is considerably larger than the male, but quite
like it in colouring and pattern.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Elementary Paleontology for Geological Students. By Hrnry Woops,
B.A.,F.G.S. 8vo. 222 pages, with numerous cuts. University
Press, Cambridge, 1893.

Tue study of paleontology of course requires a knowledge of existing
forms, as these are the outcome of the older creatures and have close
relationship as well with them as one with another. ‘The relics of
extinct organisms, though distinct enough, as material consisting
usually of silica or carbonate of lime, rarely correspond to all parts
found in recent forms, and therefore, though supplying little enough
to a Zoologist, are all that can be made useful by a Geologist, knowing
their value as zoological indications, and competent'to recognize the
history of their embedment in deposits, the mineral changes they
may have undergone, and any altered positions of the strata that
contain them.

This little guide-book (one of the ‘“ Cambridge Natural-Science
Manuals”) confines itself to a succinct account of those fossil Inver-
tebrata which are of most use to the Geologist; and the student is
expected to have the opportunity of consulting a collection of
fossils.

In the Introduction some short remarks are offered on the con-

30*

468 Bibliographical Notice.

ditions and methods of fossilization of the hard parts of plants and
animals ; also on the ‘“ geological record” and the use of fossils to
the Geologist.

1. Of the Protozoa, the Rhizopoda are here mainly represented by
the Foraminifera. As with the other groups, a short account of the
general structure and features precedes that of the subgroups. A
careful note on Hozodn is given at page 21, and the Radiolaria are
also referred to.

2. Of the Porifera, the notes on the several orders and their distri-
bution are concise and clear.

3. Of the Coelenterata, the Hydrozoa are interesting as comprising
the Graptolites, and, with the Actinozoa, are treated, both as to
structure and distribution, as fully as limits permit.

4, The Echinodermata, including Asteroids, Ophiuroids, Echinoids,
Crinoids, Cystids, and Blastoids, have their structure, relationships,
and distribution represented to the student in succinct but useful
notes, such as he would gladly have in his notebook when studying
the indicated fossils.

5. Of the Vermes very few fossil representatives are here noted.
The annelidan jaws found in paleozoic (and mesozoic) strata are
alluded to.

6. The Polyzoa and Brachiopoda of the Molluscoidea receive their
proportionate share of attention.

7. The Mollusca (Lamellibranchs, Gasteropods, Scaphopods, and
Cephalopods) have necessarily most attention, being the most nume-
rous and commonly useful kinds of fossils. The bathymetrical
distribution of the recent groups and the distribution in time of the
fossil forms are indicated with some precision; but space did not
admit of the modern divisions and subdivisions of the Ammonoid
and other Cephalopods.

8. The very extensive subkingdom of the Arthropoda or Articu-
lata, though evidently appreciated, are provided with very limited
accommodation in this little book. The TVrilobita (one of the
“oroups of doubtful position ”) are more fully enumerated than the
others, of which few genera are taken as types for the student.

‘A list of some important palwontological works” is given as an
appendix, a few “general,” and others special for each group of
Invertebrata, but necessarily, though numerous, far from all that a
real student would have to use. The Index of group-names and
genera will be found useful as far as it goes.

In the text are fifty-six illustrations, especially of the structure
of the organisms, showing the names of parts concerned; but very
few generic forms are figured, the learner being supposed to have
recourse to a collection of the fossils themselves.

We object to the propagandism of the vicious style of nomen-
clature here affected—for instance, one of the oldest and best-known
specific names given by Linné is printed here as Rotalia ‘‘ beccart,”
instead of the authorized Beccarii; the latter being the genitive of
the only Latinized form that Dr. Giacomo Bartolomeo Bxccarr’s

Miscellaneous. ~ 469

name could take. On the same page the unwarranted liberty is
taken of docking another such word ; and elsewhere the Greek origin
of Saccammina is falsified in ‘* Saccamina.”’

Doubtless this is a well-devised handbook, and, though limited
by conciseness of method, both in choice of typical fossils and in
treatment, it will be useful to students as a suggestive and trust-
worthy guide in paleontology, especially as to the most probable
subjects to be taken up in examinations.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Cucumaria Montagui (Fleming) and its Synonymy.
By the Rev. Canon A. M. Norman, M.A., D.C.L., F.R.S., &.

Cucumaria Montagui (Fleming).

1808. Holothuria pentactes, var., Montagu, Linn. Trans. vol. ix. p. 112,
pl. vil. fig. 4.

1823. Holothuria Montagut, Fleming, Hist. Brit. Anim. p. 483.

1882. Cucumaria Lefevrii, Th, Barrois, Cat. des Crust. Podoph. et
Ecehin. & Concarneau, p. 52, pl. ii. figs. 1-8.

1889. Semperia Drummond, Hérouard, Rec. sur les Holothuries des
cétes de France, p. 685, pl. xxxi. D. figs. 1-10, figuree bone (nec
Holothuria Drummondii, Thompson).

Colour whitish, or often deep purple above and whitish below ;
tentacles always deep purple. Length of my largest specimen (A)
is a little over 23 inches, but the body is in an extreme state of
contraction, and when alive probably the animal would have been
4 to 5 inches. Specimen B is also 24 inches long, but scarcely one
fourth the circumference of the last, being fully expanded in length.
I now proceed to give an account of spicula of these and of a young
specimen.

Specimen A.—Body-spicule ovate, with indented margin, having
four foramina, one foramen (oval) on each side and one (round) at
each end of a central bar; a surface-nodule at each end of the bar
itself, and ten (rarely twelve) nodules on the margin of the spicule.
Upper small body-spicule campanulate ; height of bell greater than
or subequal to the breadth, upper portion of bell formed of four ribs
which arch down from the extremities of a very short central bar ;
near the mouth of the bell the ribs divide into two branches, which,
inclining right and left, unite with the branches coming from their
neighbours, and, just prior to their union, each branch throws out
downwards a little nodulous spur, so that the bell rests, as it were,
on eight little legs. This is the description of the type; but slight
uregularities of growth often present themselves.

470 Miscellaneous.

Pedicels of feet surrounded with flattened strap-shaped spicules,
generally arcuate, sometimes slightly dilated in breadth in the
middle, or at this part throwing out a lobe; the spicule is per-
forated with a few foramina, which, except in the case where the
spicule is dilated centrally, are usually arranged in single file.
Terminal plate not observed in this specimen.

Tentacle-spicules: the larger very like in general character to
those of the pedicels, but Aen a little expanded at the extremities
and bearing in that part three or more foramina; other spicules are
cribriform, often elongate, more generally very irregular in form;
the smallest of these, which clothe the extremities of the amieee
tions of the tentacle, are very delicate in their structure.

Specimen B.—Body-spicule like that of A, but only a spicule here
and there showing any nodulous growth, the vast majority presenting
a perfectly smooth surface ; nor are they so universally confined to
the number of four foramina, the spicules often having an addi-
tional foramen at each end (7. e. four in a direct central longitudinal
line); among them were also very many in an early stage of
growth, spectacle- formed, two foramina being united by the central
bar. No bell-shaped spicules have been found in this specimen,
though they have been thoroughly sought for. Pedicels with
lateral spicules, some just as in A, but here more generally with
about three small foramina at each end; termination of pedicel with
an arborescent delicate cribriform plate in the centre, and at the
edges several much stouter cribriform plates of irregular outline (it
is possible that these disunited plates ultimately coalesce into one
cap). Tentacle-spicules as in A.

Specimen C.—Young, only 14 millim. long. Body-spicule exactly
as in B, but here I could not find a single one that was nodulous,
and no bell-shaped spicules. Pedicel-spicules as in B. Tentacle-
spicules: the smaller of these, having to clothe very minute termi-
nating branches of the tentacle, are much smaller than in A, and the
ramifications greatly reduced in size, so that under a usual power of
microscope for examination they look like little round or nodulous
bodies, and it requires the use of a considerable power (? inch and
high eyepiece) to reveal their structure.

Ryecimion A corresponds very closely with Hérouard’s figures of the
spicules of his “Semperia Drummondii,” the only slight difference
being that the spicules he draws have attained a yet higher degree of
calcification, especially shown in figs. 3 and 7, where. the foramina
are much more contracted in size than i im my specimens.

Specimen B corresponds closely with Th. Barrois’s figures of his
Cucumaria Lefevrii, with this curious exception—in his fies. 4 and 5
additional foranina are shown which are built on to the side, so
that the number of /ateral foramina is increased. In mine a large
number of spicules are enlarged beyond the usual four openings, but
it isin almost every case in the central line, one at each end, and no
tendency whatever is shown to increase laterally.

My specimens were procured for me in 1865 at Polperro by the

Miscellaneous. 471

old naturalist there, Laughrin, and I also have a mounting of
spicules from Belfast corresponding exactly with A.

It is possible that C. Lacazei, Hérouard, is also a synonym of
C. Montagui; but this could only be the case by supposing that the
author has mistaken the position of some of the spicules, and that
4, 12, and 13 belong to the summit of the pedicel, as 6 and 7 do
to its sides, and 14 to the centre of the termination.

The specimens B and C, in which I have failed to find the upper
dermal bell-shaped spicules, were obtained at the same time and
preserved in the same way, in spirits only, as A. I have often
failed to find the small upper spicules of other Cucumarians where
they ought to have been. How does this happen? Is it that these
are the last developed spicules and only occur in adult individuals?

Cucumaria Koellikeri, Semper.

Semper’s work is not in my library; Ludvig’s reference to it is
‘Reise im Arch. der Philippinen-Holothurien, pp. 287, 271,
pl. xxxix. fig. 17. I have, however, many specimens of this species
received at different times from the Zoological Station at Naples.
The examination of the calcareous deposits in two specimens gives ‘
the following results :—

Body-spicule with 3, 4, and up to 8 foramina, but by far the
largest number with 4, the others being exceptional. The four-
holed spicule differs, however, from that of C. Montagui (specimens
A, B, C) in being shorter in proportion to the length. Moreover,
these spicules are not only highly nodulous, but the nodules at their
summits split, as it were, into little riblets, which riblets ultimately
become minutely spinous. This is a peculiarity which I do not
remember to have observed in any other spicule of this genus. In
the second specimen the body-spicule agrees in character with the
last, but those with many foramina are much more numerous, 8
being here very common, and ranging thence up to 18; there is the
same tendency of the nodules to break out into spine-points, but
less commonly and markedly than in the first specimen.

Upper Body-spicules—In the first I perhaps see two or three,
but am unable te make them out satisfactorily ; in the second I
cannot find any.

Pedicel-spicules.—The lateral spicules in character like to those of
British C. Montagui, but more generally dilated centrally and in
that part with the foramina in double line. The spicula of the
summit also and those of the tentacles do not exhibit any marked
divergence from those of C. Montagui, but the larger of the last
more generally with a double row of foramina, at least in their
central portion.

I think it is evident that these Naples specimens have been killed
with acid, as in the first-mentioned not a single spicule is to be seen
in the tentacles, and in the others only the larger forms. ‘This may
account for the absence of the second form of body-spicules.

472 Miscellaneous.

Observations.

It is most likely that when Dr. Marenzeller speaks of C. Mon-
tagui as a distinct British species he does so on the authority of
specimens which I sent to the Vienna Museum in 1886 as “ Cucu-
maria Montagui, Fleming, Polperro.” The specimens sent were
taken from the same bottle as those here described, but were pro-
bably smaller than A and B (which are the largest I have) but
larger than C,

Now the curious circumstance is that C. Montagu seems unques-
tionably synonymous with C. Lefevrii, Th. Barrois, and Semperia
Drummondii, Hérouard ; Marenzeller assigns these names as
synonyms of C, Koellikeri, while he keeps C. Montagui as a
distinct species from C. Koellikeri, and refers to Colochirus Lacazet,
Heérouard, as a synonym. This last I cannot thus recognize
as a synonym of C. Montagui unless I am allowed to suppose
that Hérouard has mistaken the position of some of the spicules
which he figures; moreover, figs. 8 and 18 would be wanting in
accuracy, but fig. 11 accurately represents the form and mode ot
growth of the very minute spicules which I have mentioned as
investing the extremities of the tentacles of the specimen C of
C. Montagu.

An interesting point has come out in this investigation. It isa
circumstance quite new to me that in two specimens of the same
species the mode of growth in a spicule should proceed on two
entirely different plans. In OC. Montagui (B) I have described the
two additional foramina made to the original four-holed spicule as
almost always being added to the extremities of the spicule ; while in
C. Lefevrvi, Th. Barrois (presumably the same species), the drawings
show the additional foramina as being added on laterally. In the
Naples C. Koellikert the additions to the original spicule appear
always to take place laterally (that is, out of the central line), even
if added at the extremities it is at the side of the extremity and not
apically. In this respect there is agreement with C. Lefevri.

LThyone Portlockii, Forbes.

I believe this species to be another synonym of C. Montagui, for
the following reasons :—In 1864 or 1865 I wrote to Belfast, pro-
bably—but my memory fails me—to Professor Wyville Thomson,
to endeavour to clear up the question what Holothuria Drummondia,
Thompson, and Thyone Portlockii, Forbes, were. As wellas I recol-
lect, I learnt that the former was not to be found in the Belfast
Museum; but a piece of the skin of the latter was sent to me.
Among my collection of Holothuroidean spicules at the present
moment is a mounting thus labelled: ‘* Cucumaria Montagui,
Fleming, Belfast Museum.” Unfortunately there is no further
information; but I suspect that a re-examination of the specimen

Miscellaneous. A73

referred to will prove that my recollection is right. At any rate
the mounting referred to agrees absolutely with the specimen here
described from Polperro as C. Montagui (A).

On the Salivary Apparatus of Birds. By Dr, A.-H. Prvurer.

_ The system of salivary glands appears to be somewhat slightly
dey eloped in birds, and there scarcely exist any comprehensive
memoirs upon the subject.

This is due to the difficulty of isolating very small groups of
glands buried beneath corneous membranes, of which the dry and
apparently unlubricated surface negatives the very idea of a
salivary secretion. Milne-Edwards barely devotes a few lines to
the matter; these excretory organs, he states, have but. little
importance, and are only very imperfectly known. The fact is that
Duvernoy, Meckel, Miller, Sebold, Stannius, Chauveau, and
Wiedersheim have only described elands large enough to be isolated
by the scalpel—such as the sub- lingual eland of the goose, the
palatine glands of the ostrich; the groups ‘of glands of the wood-
pecker, the parrots, and the climbers ; and even the descriptions of .
these authors convey the impression of isolated and not coordinated
facts. Prof. Ranvier in his course of lectures for 1883 * returned
to the study of these glands, and gave a general description of them,
while insisting that the classifications of the old anatomists were
fallacious as a natural consequence of their method. As as matter
of fact, by analogy with higher animals, parotid, sub-lingual, and
submaxillary glands were described in the comparative anatomy of
birds. Now, the morphological type represented by the bird, which
is very far removed from that of mammals, on the contrary greatly
resembles that of the Saurians and Chelonians: and it is with the
members of the latter greups, in which the glands of the mouth and
pharynx locate themselves where they can, ‘and are spread out and
hidden beneath a more or less rigid mucous membrane, that the
bird must be compared.

We have studied the salivary glands of birds with respect both
to their situation and their structure. The method of examination
was as follows: the head was fixed by means of a preservative fluid,
decalcified with picrie acid supplemented with formic acid, hardened,
and cut into slices. These successive manipulations are not without
detriment to the study of the cellular substance, but they are of
great service in enabling us to make out the situation of the groups
of glands ; and sections made from strips of excised mucous mem-
brane have rendered it possible for us to give precision to the typo-
graphical information afforded by the broad slices.

I. ARRANGEMENT OF THE GLANDs.—a. The upper jaw.—In the
duck the glands form very abundant groups in the upper jaw,
especially at its centre. They do not exist at the base, and the

~

* L, Ranvier, Journal de Micrographie, 1884, p. 146.

AT4 Miscellaneous.

groups cease towards the tip of the beak, where they are replaced
by Herbst’s corpuscles ; the latter are so numerous that, in certain
preparations, they are seen to entirely fill the cavities of the spongy
bone which forms the skeleton of the beak. In the crow no glands
are scen in the median third of the beak; the fowl, on the other
hand, shows well the two palatine groups of glands, which are in
contact the one with the other in the median line.

b. The lower jaw and tongue.-—The study of the glands of the
tongue is inseparable from that of the lower jaw. The organs are
those which, in the species in which they are found, have been
described under the name of sublingual and submaxillary glands.
In the just-hatched chick frontal sections affecting the base of the
tongue show two groups of glands of considerable size and another
smaller one. The most important group opens by a series of orifices
into the furrow which separates the tongue from the jaw. This
group is composed of glandular lobes which are developed, not
beneath the tongue, but in the floor of the mouth, beneath the
mucous membrane which covers the mandible, and which almost
come into contact with the bone. ‘The second group of smaller size
occupies the two corners of the tongue, which, in frontal sections,
naturally presents the appearance of a triangle, with its base
uppermost and the apex beneath serving for the insertion of the
organ. In the two free corners of the tongue are found the groups of
glands which penetrate into the interior, as far as the three bones,
as yet in a cartilaginous condition, which form the skeleton of the
organ.

The third group is situated in the actual thickness of the beak,
at the level of its free edge and internally to the inner margin
of the upper jaw (‘‘en dedans du bord interne du maxillaire
supérieur ”’); it is composed of somewhat small lobes, which open
opposite the edges of the tongue, and consequently correspond to
the glands of the second group.

In the tongue of the adult duck, the two islets which form our
second group are greatly developed at the base, at the level of the
fatty-fibrous cushion which reduplicates the mucous membrane ; as
has been shown by M. Ranvier, they are non-existent at the tip.

c. The pharynx and wsophagus.—In the chick some considerable
time before it is hatched we find in the pharynx only very volu-
minous and greatly swollen epithelial buds, comparable to the buds
of feathers, but penetrating inwards instead of projecting from the
surface. They form two groups—the one anterior, which occupies
the pharyngeal side of the laryngo-cesophageal septum, and the
other posterior, composed of two lateral masses which come into
contact in the median line. The house-sparrow furnishes us with
the complete development of this simple condition, for in this species
we may count as many as six distinct groups of glands—two median
and four lateral ones.

The anterior median group is situated between the cesophagus
and the larynx; it is quadrate in shape, and extends in breadth
from one mucous membrane to the other, so that, although we have

Miscellaneous. 475

not, however, succeeded in observing glandular orifices in the
lary nx, we may believe that it is common to the two mucous
membranes with respect to which it is intermediate. The posterior
median group is likewise quadrilateral in sections, The two
lateral groups on each side are quite unequal as regards both volume
and shape. The larger one occupies the pharyngeal commissure,
and is therefore distinctly lateral in position ; it is composed of
well-developed and very bulky lobes. The second lateral group is
situated between this and the posterior [median] group; it is
composed of flattened lobes and forms an extended sheet, which,
in certain specimens, may Join the posterior group.

Of these glands, the lateral groups of the commissures are much
the more important and descend into the cesophagus, where they
form two wonderfully well-developed masses—especially in the
duck, in which they continue as far as the glands of the crop,
which are recognizable by the special characters described by Prof.
Renaut.

From this anatomical study it may be gathered that the salivary’
apparatus of birds is but seldom arranged in the form of bulky
glands, but that it exists none the less and is very well developed,
forming sheets beneath the mucous membrane, which are sometimes
confluent. Since adipose tissue is altogether rare in the heads of
birds, the anatomical character of these glands can be seen to
perfection. They locate themselves where they can, between
mucous membrane, bone, and muscle. This explains their apparent
absence and their neglect by anatomists. Although this is apart
from our subject, we might note here the presence of limited groups
of glands in the nasal fosse of the fowl.

Il. SrructurE oF THE GLanps.—As we have already stated, the
glands are composite tubular organs. They arise first as a swollen
bud which becomes hollowed out, and, instead of producing
agminated swellings at its periphery, as in the case of the salivary
glands of mammals, transforms itself into a sac, which bristles with
papillary protuberances ; hence we get three stages in these glands,
stages which can be easily followed in the same animal, for we
always find very small lobules side by side with others of full size
(a condition which is likewise not met with in mammals). In its
first stage the gland is utricular, scarcely composed of protuberances ;
it is, on a small scale, the reticulum of the stomach of the ox. In
a more advanced stage these protuberances have risen; they have
contracted the lumen of the glandular cavity and are charged with
secreting cells, the result of which is that each protuberance or
papillary compartment encloses a short tubular gland. Finally a
third stage shows these glands individualized and uniting in a
common excretory duct with a differentiated epithelium. The
development of these villous and very vascular structures perhaps
explains the fact, mentioned by M. Ranvier, that the lobes which
are thus formed, aad which attain the size of the head of a small
pin, are not found to be each enveloped in a distinct basal mem-
brane.

476 Miscellaneous.

In a very partial degree there may be found in man glandular
structures which are comparable to these, with extra-glandular
papillary protuberances; we may mention the glands of the cervix
uteri (Cornil) and those of the prostate (Regnauld).

The cells vary according to the glands. We have stated that the
existence of serous glands was demonstrated by M. Ranvier. As a
general rule, the smallest glandules, those which are utricular, are
clothed with very narrow and greatly elongated caliciform cells,
comparable to the elements of the cutaneous mucous glands of the
frog. The glands of large size, which are situated at the base of
the tongue and in the pharyngeal commissure, present a very
granular appearance after being treated with hematoxylin; some
are even opaque and fatty after being mounted in glycerine. We
have shown in another paper * that it was possible to prove the
mingling of aqueous and fatty secretions in the cutaneous glands of
birds. It is therefore not surprising that we should meet with this
fact again in a dermo-mucous gland.

But this analogy with the sebaceous glands ceases if we consider
the excretory ducts. These are, as a matter of fact, clothed with a
cubic epithelium, which continues through the layers of the epithelium
of the mucous membrane, which are always very thick. The cells
composing this epithelial lining are longitudinally striated, as in
mammals, but their cytoplasm is much more opaque. ‘The ducts are
very wide and not infrequently exhibit papillary protuberances.
They finally open with bell-shaped mouths at the bottom of the
folds of the mucous membrane. ‘The contents of the ducts are
chiefly composed of desquamated cells, forming granular masses
which fix the reagents and have not the characters of a mucous
secretion, although the cells with which the glandular villi are
loaded are almost all ovoid and caliciform.

The salivary glands of birds have therefore a special form, and
their cells appear to be charged with very complex functions, since
they secrete mucus, ferments, and fatty bodies.

Summary of results —1. Salivary glands are abundant in birds,
although concealed beneath the mucous membrane.

2. We must cease to class them according to the characters of
the salivary glands of mammals, and on the contrary compare them
with the glands of the lower vertebrates, as has already been stated
to be necessary by Wiedersheim and M. Ranvier.

3. The type of the salivary glands is entirely similar to the
general type of glands in birds, which is very peculiar, of which the
structure, like the morphology, enables us to compare it with that
of reptiles, while removing it from that of mammals. Herein we
have a confirmation from the standpoint of general anatomy of
the resemblances long since established by zoologists between birds
and reptiles.—Comptes Rendus Hebdomadaires des Séances de la
Société de Biologie, 9° sér. t. v. no. 12, March 31, 1893, pp. 849-—
352.

* A. Pilliet, “Note sur la elande sébacée des oiseaux et sur le type
glandulaire dans cette classe de Vertébrés,” Société Zoologique de France,
June 1], 1889.

Miscellaneous. 477

On the Development of the Branchial Pouches and Aortie Arches in
Marine Turtles, from Investigations upon Embryos of Chelonia
viridis. By Dr. J. F. van Bewme.en, of Batavia.

1. The earliest rudiments of the branchial pouches and aortie
arches in turtles entirely agree with those found in lizards and
snakes ; their subsequent development, however, pursues a different
course, and is more in accordance with the conditions observed in
birds than with those exhibited in the case of the other reptiles.

2. As in the last-mentioned animals, the rudiments of five
branchial pouches and six aortic arches are primitively formed.
Besides these, on the posterior wall of the hindermost branchial
pouches, where the branchial section of the gut narrows to form the
pharyngeal portion, an additional pair of pouch-shaped evaginations
are developed, just as the same process takes place in snakes. They
lie to the right and left in the region in question, where in lizards
there arises on one side only, namely on the left, an epithelial
evagination, which becomes constricted off in the form of a vesicle
previously termed by me the “ supra-pericardial body” (‘ Supra-
pericardialkorperchen”), since I regard it as homologous with the
derivatives of the branchial gut in the Selachians, upon which I
bestowed the same designation.

3. The three foremost branchial pouches are undoubtedly open
during a short time. Whether this is also the case with regard to
the two hindermost ones I cannot definitely say, but it appears to
me to be probable with respect to the fourth branchial pouch.

4, Asin the Amniota, the tuba Hustachii arises from the dorsal
portion of the first branchial pouch ; its external aperture soon closes
again, while the tympanic cavity does not develop until much later.

5. The second branchial pouch lies close behind the first; the
portion of the branchial gut separating the one from the other
possesses a wider lumen than the section following further towards
the rear. The dorsal apex of the second branchial pouch expands
into a follicle-shaped epithelial bud; this, however, does not become
constricted off, as in the case of the lizards, where it forms the first
(foremost) lobe of the thymus. Neither does the second branchial
cleft become entirely constricted off from the branchial gut, to
remain as an epithelial vesicle lying in the midst of the connective
tissue of the neck, as in the case of the snakes. In the subsequent
development of the embryo the second branchial pouch simply
becomes aborted, as in the birds.

6. The cleft-shaped external apertures of the foremost branchial
pouches undergo, as in the case of birds, a considerable backward
movement. This shifting of position is occasioned by the backward
outgrowth of the branchial arches, which consequently commence
to cover one another in imbricated fashion. The second branchial
cleft in particular undergoes so much backward displacement that
the corresponding branchial pouch becomes greatly elongated in the

478 Miscellaneous.

form of a tube. This tube persists until the later stages of deve-
lopment, and grows in length with the whole cervical region
without increasing in circumference, so that it finally constitutes a
long, thin, caudally directed, cervical, fistulous canal. In young
developmental stages of snakes and lizards we certainly meet with
a similar canal in a rudimentary condition; in these forms, how-
ever, it undergoes no further development, but disappears much
earlier.

7. The third branchial pouch swells out into an epithelial follicle,
with many secondary evaginations. This becomes constricted off
from the branchial gut, and the evaginations transform themselves
into thymus-tissue, in the interior of which, however, the central
epithelial follicle persists. The latter may be regarded as the
homologue of the carotid body in the lizards.

8. The fourth and fifth branchial pouches develop jointly with
the above-mentioned supra-pericardial evaginations from a lateral
ceecum-shaped fold at the posterior end of the branchial gut
(recessus preecervicalis), similarly to what is found to be the case in
snakes. They soon become entirely constricted off from the
branchial gut, and in this manner form a complex of three epithelial
vesicles in connexion one with the other. Now, if their further
development also takes place on the same lines as in the snakes, the
two foremost of these vesicles, which represent the remnants of the
fourth and fifth branchial pouches, should develop into thymus-tissue,
while the third and hindermost should, on the contrary, remain in an
epithelial condition. This, however, is not the case: all three
retain an epithelial character, and are met with in this shape, even
in much later developmental stages, between the aortic and pulmo-
nary arches. ‘They do not come into connexion with the thyroid.

9. The aorta develops from the artery of the fourth branchial
arch, the pulmonary artery from that of the sixth. The fifth aortic
arch, the rudiment of which arises between the fourth and fifth
branchial pouches, very soon becomes aborted again, as I have also
shown to be the case in snakes and lizards.

10. The observations here detailed confirm the theories as to the
probable origin of the thymus and of the epithelial rudiments in
the cervical region, which I arrived at in the anatomical investiga-
tion of young turtles, and to which I have already drawn attention
in a previous memoir (“ Beitriige zur Kenntnis der Halsgegend bei
Reptilien: I. Anatomischer Teil,” published in ‘ Bijdragen tot de
Dierkunde, uitgegeven door het Genootschap Natura Artis Magistra
te Amsterdam,’ 1880).— Anatomischer Anzeiger, vill. Jahrg., nos. 23
and 24, October 10, 1893, pp. 801-803.

Observations on the Karyokinetic Phenomena in the Cells of the

Blastoderm of Teleosteans. By MM. E. Batartion and R. Ka@unmr.

In a previous communication we have described the results of our
researches upon the extension of the blastoderm on the surface of

Miscellaneous. 479

the ovum in the dace. We now propose to give an account of the
curious phenomena which we have observed in the division of the
cells of the blastoderm during the first days of the development of
the embryo.

Method.—Before proceeding to the examination of our results, we
must say a few words as to the method which we employed in order
to determine their precise signification. The embryos, after being
liberated from their shells, were fixed in Flemming’s fluid, and the
sections were treated in the following manner :—They were stained
with borax methylene blue, then passed into water and very quickly
into a strong aqueous solution of eosin, finally they were dehydrated
and mounted in balsam.

Let us consider, for example, a transverse section from the dace
a few days before being hatched (eight days after fertilization).
Under a very slight magnifying-power we perceive, it may be in the
nerve-centres or in the masses of mesoblast, blue spots, which form
a contrast with the ground-colour of the section, which is distinctly
of a reddish hue. Under a sufficiently high magnifying-power we ~
discover that these blue spots are beautiful karyokinetic figures, the
chromatin of which exhibits in all the stages a very delicate affinity
for the methylene blue. The granulations of the resting nucleus‘
are stained by the eosin: only one or two granules, which are
clearly indicated, react like the chromatic portions of the figures of
division, and may be regarded as nucleoli. Two important conclu-
sions result from these observations :—

1. Methylene blue is, under these conditions, a genuine reagent for
chromatin in an active state.

2. With the exception of the nucleolus or nucleoli, the granulations
of the resting nucleus have not the same reaction as the chromatin of
division; their chemtcal composition must therefore undergo a change
when they become constituent parts of the filament.

We would remark that if the action of the eosin is too prolonged,
or if the decoloration with alcohol is pushed too far, the blue tint
will entirely disappear. Here we have a device of preparation,
But since the results of this device are constant for the various stages,
in numerous sections and in different tissues, it must correspond to
a constant condition. The method indicated seems to us to be of
value for the technique of cytology, which is, moreover, made up of
devices.

Results.—Let us apply this method to the study of division in the
first stages of development. During the whole of the first day the
blastoderm-spheres, which multiply rapidly, exhibit all the stages
of indirect division. In these cells we observe the rays of the asters
extending from the periphery of the nucleus to the membrane
throughout the whole mass of the protoplasm. These asters are
either simple or double ; all the stages in the division of the centro-
somes and their migration towards the poles are easily followed.
Until the moment when the spindles appear the nuclei look like
clear areole bounded by a delicate membrane ; not only are the few

480 Miscellaneous.

granulations which they contain not coloured blue, but the paleness
of the nuclear cavity contrasts strongly with the violaceous ground
of the protoplasm, which, in this stage, seems to be impregnated in
a diffuse fashion at once with the methylene blue and the eosin.

The division-spindles, of which the centrosomes alone have some-
what more colour, contain neither granules nor chromatic fibrils,
It is necessary to examine at the end of the first day blastoderms
with from ten to twelve rows of cells, in order to find, in certain cases
of karyokinesis, a few extremely minute blue granules, which con-
stitute the first equatorial plate. It is, moreover, at this stage that
the protoplasm commences to exhibit the interesting peculiarities
upon which we shall proceed to dwell.

From the thirty-sixth hour the methylene blue constantly reacts
in the manner which we have indicated above.

Our double coloration therefore renders clearly evident the fact
mentioned by MM. Henneguy and Sabatier, namely that the nuclei
of the earliest embryonic stages are difficult to stain; but it has
enabled us besides to recognize the appearance in the protoplasm of
the cells of elements to which we attribute great importance, be-
cause they seem to us to give the key to this peculiarity. Between
the twenty-fourth and the thirty-sixth hour, when only a few figures
of division exhibit affinity for the methylene blue, this stain sharply
distinguishes in the cellular protoplasm certain spherules, of which
the tint is so much the deeper in proportion as their dimensions are
reduced. With objectives of high power we perceive that the largest
spherules differentiate in the interior of their paler mass smaller
granules of very deep colour, which are marked out within the sur-
rounding protoplasm. In neighbouring cells it may be observed
that these granules, whether isolated or arranged in a series, are
supported by the filaments of an aster: it seems that the latter
serve to attract them, or, at least, to direct them towards the middle
of the spindle, in order to furnish the elements of the equatorial
plate. Henceforth all the cells in process of division will exhibit,
contrary to what was seen in the first karyokineses, equatorial
plates which are very distinct and of a vivid blue colour,

We do not think that the existence of these chromophilous
granules, representing the earliest conditionin which the chromatin
substance manifests itself in the cells, has been mentioned before.
In a memoir upon the development of bony fishes Miecz. von
Koyalevsky represents the protoplasm of the cells of the blastoderm
as containing granulations which may be compared with those
which we are describing, but which are designated by him vitelline
granulations (“ granulations vitellines”). Owing to the fact that
the investigations of this naturalist were conducted upon other
material and by the aid of methods different from our own, it is
impossible for us to discuss the interpretation which he gives to
these elements. We would merely observe, and we insist upon this
fact, that in our better preparations, where the chromophilous

Miscellaneous. 481

granules are intensely stained by the blue colour, the vitellus is
perfectly colourless, and that it is impossible to consider these
granules as vitelline elements, since the methylene blue solely
affects chromatin in an active condition, as we have already stated.
Conciusions.—1. In the first stages of development in the dace the
blastoderm-cells exhibit no individualized chromatin, and the karyo-
kinetic figures are exclusively formed of achromatic elements. This
important fact furnishes support to the opinion which the most
recent researches tend to make the prevalent one, namely that in
the cell the essential réle does not belong to the chromatin, as was
formerly believed, but must rather be ascribed to the centrosomes.
2. The chromatin at first ewists in a diffused condition in the
protoplasm, as certain authors have stated. It becomes differentiated
and indwidualized in this protoplasm in the form of granulations
which can be stained by means of reagents ; then it becomes incorpo-
rated into the nuclei to constitute the equatorial plates which are absent
in the first stages.— Comptes Rendus, t. exvil. no. 16, October 16,
1893, pp. 521-524.

On the Cerebral Nuclei of Myriopods.
By M. Joannes Cuarin,

It is well known how much interest attaches at the present time
to the study of the elements of the nervous system in Invertebrates.
By putting into precise form the results thus obtained by zoological
histology, and contrasting them with the facts revealed by histogeny,
we shall succeed in elucidating and interpreting exactly the compa-
rative structure of the nervous tissue, with respect to which so
many points still remain obscure or imperfectly understood.

One of these points is the notion of the cerebral nuclei, ganglionic
nuclei, &c., which have been stated to occur in the Articulata,
and especially in the class Myriopoda, where, in the accounts of
various investigations, mention has been made under this name of
elements which are represented as formations of a special character
and of high functional value. It is, however, only necessary to
compare these descriptions in order to prove that they apply, in the
respective cases, to different elements, the importance and inde-
pendence of which henceforth become somewhat doubtful.

Since, therefore, it was imperative that the subject should be
re-examined in a rigorous fashion, I undertook with this object a
series of researches which were devoted especially to various species
of the group Chilopoda (Lithobius forficatus, Scolopendra morsitans,
Scutigera coleoptrata, &c.). I purposely chose these types because
they had been mentioned as exhibiting the cerebral or ganglionic
nuclei with exceptional distinctness.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 6. Vol. xii. 36

482 Miscellaneous.

According to the statements to which I have just alluded, these
structures should be chiefly found in the frontal lobe *, where they
ought to appear particularly abundant ; now the histological exami-
nation of this region brings to light three kinds of nervous
elements :—

1. Normal nerve-cells, generally unipolar or bipolar, with a bulky
body and a globular nucleus, the chromatic power of which varies
according to the development of the nuclein substance.

2. Other nerve-cells, differing from the foregoing by the existence
of two or several nuclei. These nuclei are feebly stainable by the
colouring reagents; the nuclein substance is here found to be fre-
quently represented by ovoid corpuscles, as may be demonstrated by
the aid of a good immersion objective.

3. Little cells, measuring on an average 4 p, and possessing so
large a nucleus that the body of the cell is frequently found to be
reduced to a delicate peripheral layer of protoplasm. These cells
reproduce fairly well the old type termed myelocyte.

We observe that these various elements are distinctly cellular and
that it is impossible to admit the existence of free cerebral nuclei.
This conception is without doubt the result of a hasty and incom-
plete study of the third histie form which has just been described.
In reality wherever nuclei appear they are accompanied by a proto-
plasmic mass, the boundaries of which, though often difficult to
follow, are nevertheless incontestable.

The comparative histology of the principal groups of Invertebrates
had, moreover, established during the last few years fT the existence
in them of elements identical with those which, in the case of
Myriopods, have been pointed out as new and of a special character.
It is sufficient in all these cases to multiply observations, in order
to perceive that the pretended free nuclei become united by means
of numerous transitional forms to the normal type of nerve-cell;
they represent nothing but a simple variety of the latter.— Comptes
Rendus, t. exvii. no. 5, July 31, 1893, pp. 291-293.

* It would be necessary to formulate certain reservations with respect
to the employment of this term and to the limits of the region which it
serves to designate; but I have not to consider here the details apper-
taining to the descriptive anatomy of the nervous centres in Myriopods.

+ Joannes Chatin, “Sur les Myélocytes des Invertébrés,” Comptes
Rendus, 1888.

ENDEX re" VOL, XM,

ABRAXAS, new species of, 153.

Absala, characters of the new genus,
149.

Acalles, new species of, 374.

Achatina, new species of, 104.

Acontia, new species of, 217.

Acrzea, new species of, 455,

Adelolcus, characters of the new
genus, 116.

Adlullia, new species of, 214.

Agathia, new species of, 219.

Agrotis, new species of, 207.

Alcis, new species of, 223.

Alcock, A., on Calypterinus A llmani,
29,

Allotinus, new species of, 34,

Altha, new species of, 211.

Alvania, notes on species of, 357.

Amphioxus, on the Bahama, 236,

Anderson, Dr. J., on a new species
of Zamenis and a new species of
Bufo, 439.

Andrews, EH. A., on the Bahama
Amphioxus, 236.

Anillus, new species of, 164.

Anolcus, characters of the new
genus, 113,

Anoplocnemis, new species of, 122.

Antedon rosacea, on an abnormal
specimen of, 195.

Antherzea, new species of, 210.

Anuroctonus, characters of the new
genus, 328,

Aphanapteryx of Mauritius and of
the Chatham Islands, note on the,
65.

Aphilon, new species of, 392.

Areoscapus, characters of the new
genus, 299.

Archzeoglenes, characters of the new
genus, 188.

Arion, new species of, 252.

Avion lusitanicus, on the occurrence
of, in Ireland, 414.

Aspidiotus, new species of, 48.

Atherstonia, on some new species of,
395.

Barbus, new species of, 201.

Bataillon, E., on the karyokinetic
phenomena in the cells of the
blastoderm of Teleosteans, 478.

Batrachians, new, 459.

Bedriaga, Dr. J. von, on the European
newts, 538.

Bell, Prof. F. J., on the names or
existence of three exotic star-
fishes, 25. :

Bemmelen, Dr. J. F. van, on the
development of the branchial
pouches in marine turtles, 477.

Bergroth, Dr. E., on some Ethiopian
Pentatomide, 112.

Bergrothia, new species of, 404.

Bernard, H. M., on the coxal glands
of Scorpio, 54.

Birds, on the salivary apparatus of,
473.

Blanchard, M. R., on a terrestrial
leech from Chili, 75.

Blennius sphynx and B, Montagui,
on the habits of, 335.

Books, new :—Chapman and Buck’s
Wild Spain, 67 ; Vogdes’s Classed
and Annotated Bibliography of
the Paleozoic Crustacea, 531;
Selous’s Travel and Adventure in
South-east Africa, 406 ; Woods’s
Elementary Geology, 467.

Bothriurus, new species of, 95.

Boulenger, G. A., on the nature of
“ heemapophyses,” 60 ; on the tad-
pole of Pelobates syriacus, 6] ; on
fishes from the Southern Shan
States, 198; on Tarentola ameri-
cana, 204; on a new snake,
273.

Brachiopoda, on some, from Trondh-
jem Fiord, 441.

Brady pate, new species of, 296.

Brooks, W. K., on the origin of the
organs of Salpa, 123; on the
nutrition of the Salpa embryo,
369.

Broteas, new species of, 78.

484

Broun, Capt. T., on new Coleoptera
from New Zealand, 161, 288,
374.

Bryaxis, new species of, 171.

Bufo, new species of, 440.

Buliminus, new species of, 105.

Butler, Dr. A. G., on Lepidoptera
from Western North America, 11;
on the genus Entomogramma, 43 ;
on Lepidoptera from the Falkland
Islands, 207 ; on a new species of
Charaxes, 266; on Leidoptera
from Chih, 457. ;

Bylazora, new species of, 223.

Calderwood, W. L., on the capture
of a freshwater eel in a ripe con-
dition, 35.

Caligidium vagabundum recorded
from Scotland, 243.

Calypterinus Allmani, note on, 29.

Camptoloma, new species of, 216.

Camptoscapus, characters of the new
genus, 384.

Caraboctonus, characters of the new
genus, 92.

Carea, new species of, 262.

Cassidula, new species of, 33.

Catopyrrha, new species of, 221.

Caturus angustus, remarks on, 398.

Causard (M. M.) on the circulatory
apparatus of Mygale ceementaria,
72.

Ceratodus levissimus, observations
on, 282.

Cerealces, new species of, 42.

Cervus, new species of, 206.

Chactas, new species of, 87.

Chadwick, H. C., on an abnormal
specimen of Antedon rosacea,
195.

Champion, G, C., on a new genus
of Lagriidee, 367.

Charaxes, new species of, 266.

Charus, new species of, 257.

Chatin, J., on the cerebral nuclei of
Myriopods, 481.

Chelonia viridis, on the embryos of,
477.

Chionomera, new species of, 259.

Chiromachus, characters of the new
genus, 320.

Chrosis, new species of, 288.

Chrysocraspeda, new species of,
157.

Ciconissus, characters of the new
genus, 1&5.

Cidaria, new species of, 465.

INDEX.

Cisternophora, characters of the
new genus, 353.

Coccidze, notes on Mexican, 47, 160 ;
new, 403. .

Cockerell, T.. D. A., on some
Mexican Coccide, 47, 160; on
hybrids or mongrels with two
male parents, 333; on two new
Coccidee, 403.

Ccenomorpha, new species of, 115.

Coleoptera, new, 36, 138, 161, 367,
374, 452.

Collinge, W. E., on the generative
system in the genus Testacella, 21 ;
on the anatomy of a new species
and variety of Arion, 252; on the
occurrence of Arion lusitanicus in
Ireland, 414.

Coremia, new species of, 157.

Corticaria, new species of, 189.

Crustacea, new, 257 ; on the morpho-
logy of the limbs and mouth-parts
of, 417.

Crymodes, new species of, 259.

Cucumaria Koellikeri in the Atlantic,
on the occurrence of, 334,

Montagui, on the synonymy of,
469.

Cuneopterus, new species of, 297.

Cyproidea, new species of, 244.

Cytilissus, characters of the new
genus, 195,

Dacnophylla, new species of, 301.

Dactylopius, new species of, 49.

Dalader, new species of, 122.

Dall. W. H., on the phylogeny of the
Docoglossa, 412.

Dalpada Cambouei, description of,
112.

Danisepa, new species of, 254,

Defoa, characters of the new genus,
151.

Deiopeia, new species of, 215.

Delias, new species of, 54.

Deuterosaurus from the Permian
rocks of Russia, on evidences of,
74.

Dichrochile, new species of, 161.

Dictyopyge, new species of, 393.

Didymocantha, new species of, 388.

Dinumma, new species of, 263.

Diosaccus, new species of, 237.

Distant, W. L., on some Coreide,
121.

Docoglossa, on the phylogeny of the,
Al2.

Drepana, new species of, 258.

INDEX.

Dubois, R., on the mechanism of the
production of light in Orya barba-
rica, 415.

Kctopsis, new species of, 383.

Edalus, new species of, 289.

Kel, on the capture of a freshwater,
in a ripe condition, 35.

Hlasmogaster, new species of, 123.

Ennea, new species of, 106,

Enoplotrupes, new species of, 36.

Entomogramina, observations on the
genus, 45,

Epirrhoe, new species of, 156,
Episothalma, characters of the new
genus, 149 ; new species of, 218.

Epistrenus, new species of, 187,

Erymneus, new species of, 299.

Eucolaspis, new species of, 391.

EKuglyptus, new species of, 166.

Eupithecia, new species of, 209.

Euplexia, new species of, 260.

Eurybatus, new species of, 455,

Euschema, new species of, 148,
265.

Eustroma, new species of, 224.

Euterote, new species of, 211.

EKutrachelus, new species of, 454.

Evarzia, new species of, 154.

Fascellina, new species of, 220.

Fishes, new, 198, 282, 393 ; on some
British Upper-Jurassic, 598.

Flustra spinuligera, note on, 145.

Flustrella dichotoma, on the syste-
matic position of, 141.

Forbes, H. O., on the Aphanapteryx
of Mauritius and of the Chatham
Islands, 65,

Ganolepis, characters of the new
genus, 286,

Geochus, new species of, 295.

Geological Society, proceedings of
the, 70, 332.

Geomys, new species of, 269.

Godwin-Austen, Lieut.-Col. H. H.,
on new shells, 82.

Goniodiscus, notes on two species
of, 26.

Gonodela, new species of, 154, 222.
Grant, W. R. O., on the changes of
plumage in the Red Grouse, 61.
Guitel, F., on the habits of Blennius
sphynx and B, Montagui, 335.
Gyrodus punctatus, remarks on, 400,

Gyrolepis, new species of, 285,

Gyrtona, new species of, 264.

Hadrurochactas, characters of the
new genus, &0.

485

Hadruroides, characters of the new
genus, 529.

Heemapophyses, ou the nature of,
60.

Hair in Mammals, on the origin of,
ile

Hansen, Dr. H. J., on the morpho-
logy of the limbs and mouth-parts
of crustaceans and insects, 417.

Helix, new species of, 105.

Herochroma, characters of the new
genus, 148.

Herrick, F. C., on cement-glands and
origin of egg-membranes in the
lobster, 158.

Hesperilla, new species of, 437.

Heterochactas, characters of the new
genus, 81.

Heteromys, new species of, 233.

Heteroptera, new, 112, 121.

Hincks, Rev. T., on marine Polyzoa,
140.

Holland, Dr. W. J., on some African
Lepidoptera, 246.

Holothuria nigra, on the identity of,
with H. Forskalii, 334; on the
synonymy of, 409.

Homarus americanus, on cement-
glands and the origin of egg-mem-
branes in, 158.

Homoeocerus, new species of, 123.

Hoplosauris, new species of, 463.

Hose, C., on a new deer, 206,

Hybodus keuperinus, on a fin-spine
of, 283.

Hybolasius, new species of, 889.

Hybrids with two male parents, on,
358.

Hygrochus, new species of, 292.

Hyposidra, new species of, 153.

Hypsa, new species of, 214.

Ichthyolites from the Keuper of
Warwickshire, on some, 281.

Idea, new species of, 151.

Lletica, new species of, 138.

Inophleeus, new species of, 294.

Insects, on the morphology of the
limbs and mouth-parts of, 417.

Iomachus, characters of the new
genus, 820.

Isopod, on a terrestrial, from New
Zealand, 225

Jones, Prof. T. R.,on some Palaeozoic
Ostracoda, 71, 72.

Jordan, Dr. K., on new species of
Enoplotrupes, 36; on new or
little-known species of Coleoptera,

486

452; on new species of Lepido-
ptera, 455.

Jumala, notes on species of, 352.

Junonia, new species of, 257.

Kallima, new species of, 255.

Kinekoskias, on some species of, 448.

Kirby, W. F., on Insects from
Western North America, 19; on
new Australian saw-flies, 38; on
new Australian Hesperiide, 434.

Keehler, R., on the karyokinetic
phenomena in the cells of the
blastoderm of Teleosteans, 478.

Lagopus scoticus, on the changes of
plumage in, 61.

Laophonte, new species of, 238.

Lecanium terminaliz, new variety of,
52.

Leech from Chili, on a terrestrial, 75.

Lepidoptera, new, 16, 34, 147, 207,
210, 254, 266, 454, 455, 457 ; notes
on some African, 246.

Lepralia lancifera, note on, 146,

Leptosoma, new species of, 215.

Lepus, new species of, 268.

Leucania, new species of, 208.

Leucoma, new species of, 213.

Liochoria, new species of, 194.

Lobophora, new species of, 224.

Lobster, on cement-glands and the
origin of egg-membranes in the,
15.

Macropelta, characters of the new
genus, 118.

Macroscytalus, new species of, 386.

Meeandrogonaria, new species of,
460.

Mammalia, on the origin of hair and
on scales in, 1; new, 30, 53,
205, 206, 230, 233, 267, 269.

Marenzeller, Dr. EK. von, on the iden-
tity of the “Cotton spinner” of
English authors with Holothuria
Forskalii, and on the occurrence of
Cucumaria Koellikeri in the At-
lantic Ocean, 334.

Marmorinia, new species of, 265.

Mastacembelus, new species of, 199.

Melanitis, new species of, 255.

Melvill, J. C., on new Mollusca, 103.

Memmia, new species of, 117.

Menelaides, new species of, 258.

Menimus, new species of, 288.

Menipea Jeffreysii, observations on,
446.

—— marginata, note on, 143.

Mesobdella brevis, remarks on, 75.

INDEX.

Metacalles, characters of the new
genus, 381,

Metanastria, new species of, 212.

Microniodes, new species of, 152.

Micronissa, new species of, 152.

Miltochrista, new species of, 217.

Minucia, new species of, 261.

Molge, synopsis of the European
species of, 338.

Mollusca, new, 32, 103, 252, 277;
from the Trondhjem Fiord, on,
390,

Montacuta ovalis, note respecting,
364.

Morychus, new species of, 193.

Mus, new subspecies of, 232.

Mvygale cementaria, on the circula-

tory apparatus of, 72.

Myoxus, new species of, 267.

Myriopods, on the cerebral nuclei of,

481.

Nandinia, new species of, 205.

Nassa reticulata, remarks on, 355.

Nemacanthus monilifer from the
Rheetic formation, on, 284.

Nemachilus, new species of, 203.

Neotoma, new species of, 254.

Neptis, new species of, 256.

Nestrius serripes, sexual characters
of, 302.

Newts, synopsis of the European,
338.

Norman, Rey. Canon A. M.,a month
on the Trondhjem Fiord, 340, 441 ;
on the synonymy of Holothuria
nigra, Gray, 409; on the syno-
nymy of Cucumaria Montagui,
469,

Notidanus Muensteri, remarks on,
401.

Novitas nigrans, remarks on, 385.

Nuthetes, on the tooth of, 227, 274.

Obeidia, new species of, 153.

Opisthocentrus, characters of the
new genus, 316.

Opthalmodes, new species of, 155,

Orthezia, new species of, 403,

Orya barbarica, on the mechanism of
the production of light in, 416.
Ostracoda from Westmoreland and
Ayrshire, on some Paleozoic, 71,

72.

Pachyodes, new species of, 219.

Panacra, new species of, 456.

Pedicellinopsis, remarks on
genus, 140.

Pedilophorus, new species of, 190,

the

INDEX.

Pelobates syriacus, on the tadpole of,
61.

Perga, new species of, 39.

Petosia, new species of, 216.

Pheebodus, new species of, 282.

Phoniocercus, characters of the new
genus, 99.

Photoscotosia, new species of, 224.

Pilliet, Dr. A. H., on the salivary
apparatus of birds, 473.

Planorbis, new species of, 111.

Platyja, new species of, 263.

Pocock, R. I., on Neotropical Scor-
pions, 77; on the classitication of
Scorpions, with descriptions of
new genera and species, 503.

Polyzoa, general history of the ma-
rine, 140; from Trondhjem Fiord,
on some, 446,

Ponsonby, J. H., on new Mollusca,
103.

Protarphius, characters of the new
genus, 183,

Pseudanthessius gracilis
from Scotland, 241.

Pseudochalceothea, on some species
of, 453.

Pseudocletodes, characters of the new
subgenus, 259,

Pseudocoremia, new species of, 156.

Pseudosiona, characters of the new
genus, 18.

Pterostichus, new species of, 162.

Pulvinaria, new species of, 51.

Pupa, corrections to descriptions of
species of, 111.

Red Grouse, on the changes of
plumage in the, 61.

Remigulus, characters of the new
genus, 242,

Reptilia, new, 273, 489.

Reptilian tooth with two roots, on a,
227, 274.

Rhiostoma, new species of, 32.

Rhopalodon from the Permian rocks
of Russia, on evidences of, 74.

Rhynchogonus, new species of, 293.

Rothschild, Hon. W., on new spe-
cies of Enoplotrupes, 56; on new
or little-known species of Cole-
optera, 452; on new species of
Lepidoptera, 455.

Sagola, new species of, 175.

Salpa, on the origin of the organs of,
123; on the nutrition of the em-
bryo of, 369.

Scales in Mammals, on the origin of, 1.

recorded

427

Schizoporella biturrita, note on, 144.
Sciuropterus, new species of, 30.
Scorpio, on the coxal glands of, 54.
Scorpions, on Neotropical, 77; on
the classification of, with descrip-
tions of new genera and species,
303.
Scorpiops, new species of, 823.
Scott, T. and A., on new or rare
Crustacea from Scotland, 237.
Scrupocellaria, new species of, 451.
Scydmeenus, new species of, 178.
Seeley, Prof. H. G., on evidences of
Deuterosaurus and Rhopalodon
from the Permian Rocks of Russia,
74; on a Reptilian tooth with two
roots, 227, 274.
Semnopithecus, new species of, 230.
Sessinia, new species of, 290.
Setinochroa, new species of, 217.
Sipho gracilis, remarks on, 354.
Sirrhas, characters of the new genus,
367. ‘
Smith, E, A., on the genus Sphenia,
277.
Smith, H. G., on new Butterflies
from Kina Balu, 34,
Somatidia, new species of, 390,
Spargania, new species of, 466,
Sphenia, remarks on the genus, 277.
Sponges, on the occurrence of several
species of, on Terebratulina, 441.
Starfishes, on the names or existence
of three exotic, 25.
Startes, new species of, 170.
Stenogyra, new species of, 105.
Stictoptera, new species of, 218.
Stilbocara, characters of the new
genus, 387.
Styloseris, characters of the new
genus, 332.
Succinea, new species of, 110,
Swinhoe, Col. C., on new Geometers,
147; on new Oriental Lepidoptera,
210, 254.
Sypna, new species of, 261.
Tanaorhinus, new species of, 150.
Tarentola americana, note on, 204.
Teleosteans, on the karyokinetic
phenomena in the cells of the
blastoderm of, 478.

Telesto, new species of, 436,
Terebratulina, on the occurrence of
some species of sponges on, 441.
Testacella, on the generative system

in the genus, 21.
Thamnonoma, new species of, 16.

488

Theodosia, new species of, 452.

Thomas, Mrs. M. K., on new species
of Iletica, 158.

Thomas, O., on a new Sciuropterus,
30; on anew Bornean Tupaia, 53 ;
on a new species of Nandinia, 205 ;
on new North-Bornean Mammals,

230; on new species of Heteromys
and Neotoma, 253; on two new
Rodents, 267 ; on some species of
Geomys, 269,

Thomson, G. M., on a terrestrial
Isopod from } New aed, 225.

Thosea, new species of, 211.

Tityus, new species of, 313.

Tomes, R. F., on the affinities of the
genus Astroceenia, 332; on a new
genus of Madreporaria, 332,

Trachydermon ruber, new variety of,
361.

Trapezites, new species of, 434.

Triconodon ferax, on a tooth of, 275.

Trondhjem Fiord, a month on the,
340, 441.

Trophon clavatus, remarks on, 356.

Tunicata from Trondhjem Fiord, on
some, 445.

Tupaia, new species of, 53,

Turtles, marine, on the development
of the branchial pouches in, 477.

END OF THE TWELFTH

INDEX.

Tychotyrus, characters of the new
genus, 168.

Tyrogetus, characters of fie new
genus, 165.

Ukko (=Jumala), notes on species
of, 352.

Uriechis, new species of, 273.

Urodacus, new species of, 321.

Urophonius, characters of the new
genus, 100.

WwW ‘alford, FE. A., on Cheilostomatous
Bryozoa from the Middle Lias,
BYor:

Vv0O.

Weber, M., on the origin of hair and
on scales in Mammals, 1.

Wethered, E., on the microscopic
structure of the Wenlock Lime-
stone, 70.

Woodward, A. S., Paleichthyologi-
cal notes, 281; on fossil fishes
from South Africa, 395; on some
British Upper Jurassic _ fish-re-
mains, 398.

Zamarada, new species of, 155.

Zamenis, new species of, 459,

Zaplutus, characters of the new
genus, 119.

Zeacalles, characters of the new

genus, 379,

VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

vy ei]
i 7 be

Nat. Hist. S.6.VotXH Put

| eT

eee

-s a ve

eT. =

Bix 5. a
/
Mmtern Bros. lith.

' \ j \
i {
'
\
\
J -
; j ”
1 u }

‘

: f

\ x
I
: ‘ -
f
7 ’ \ .
; |
| f
; | : ;
ts \
toy 7 i f - 3 :
| >
iy -
,
; ¥
i
°
f
i A
’
; , { i, . = eh

'
«
* = x
iD bal ’
A 2 ; a
- i
‘ i :
i ; i 2
; ae ; A &
i Yue
rr “
i 4 2
|
P ‘ y
- a“ /
ie - i

“

H.M.Bernard del.

Mintern Bros. lith.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 3.6. Vol. XH. PULTE. —

————

oe

-R.Mintern del.et lth. Mintern Eros. imp

CAT RL

oO

Vontern

if

\- j Bi
{

ia
co re

y Sica, sible ian 7

Ani. & Mag. Nat. ftist. 5.6. Vols REVS

RIP del. intern Bros. bth.

eae

Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist, 5.6. Vol XI, PUI.

Fa)
ent!
la

Mintern Bros. lith,

FNS

y 7

a

Ann& MagNat Hist. S.6.Vol. XI. PL.VIL

J. Sruat del et ith Whrtern Bros. imp.
SA IMUNKONS IN Sha CWS, SyNSvANINVOkS ys

Ani& May. Net Hist, 8.6. Vol, AU. PL VIL

Tease

ae
MOO
a

H.C.C.admat del.

Mintern Bros. lth.

i alleges

Anivd& May. Nat. Hist. §.6. Vol. XV. PL. IX.

Seley,

W.E C.del.adnat.Fig1.dM Anderson del. Mintern Bros. imp.

6 VolAll, PLX.

SOs

Y- Nat. Hi

Ann. & Ma

Mantern Bros. imp.

R.Wantern. del. et lith,

FISH REMAINS.

Ani. Mag. Na t. Hist. S.6.Vol XH. PU XL

4% SSS AN : ] y / ; —_
yy I BEER J.
} VU fA fy” Z
| YL + FLA ae

~ SS c
=

——-

=
SS
=<

=—

SSS
Ze

HAMA
tqqqennn™

Andrew Scott del ad nat. Mintern Bros. lith.
i-GrDPlOosXe cus PROriIneguusSm Sp. 7-14. LAOPHONTE LITTORALE x. sp.
15-20.REMIGULUS TRIDENS,nsp.

*
i
J
i
i
7
= ,
i
%, dl *
1 Bis
gy sd *
4 ‘
Fy ’ y
2
?
{2
ie
Pee
i
‘
an
a : } Mi
0 / F

Arnn.& Mag. Nat. Hist.S.6. Vol. AW. Pt. XI.

lay ci

Se 1B
qty
wn 5 f ;

Andwew Scott del.a.dnat

Mintern Bros. lith

),. REMIGULUS TRIDENS,nsp. A Poh UDOCLE TODES VARARENGIS m1 sp:
[5-2ZOV Po Mma DAMA SOSlIS, GRANCILIS. Claus:

‘ag ; at y. aia 4
2 : Ge nee

Ann& Mag. Nat. Hist. $.6.Vol. XI PU XU

.
= oN

Andrew Scott deladnat. Mintern Bros. lth.
CME ROM TA BRE VR OS TAS pn Spr

Ani. & Mag. Nat. Hist 8.6. Vol. XL. PU.XW

BY oO"

ba.

?
-

ze
panne
=

es
ona oe
——

enone care an Rese

= 3
PRico@r eos: kd a SS é }
eoee2eso Ot CRPAREOCOBOOE LS "Mie S we ! |
one see Lh Sal eo 7. Ce eRe, ey = 2 — sf I
ce OOn ce
208s a 4 eS Se
eed ——— a S 4 s
i SSS ~3
ee SS== PAX
ee ee Pa)

Mintern Bros. lith

—

hs Ann.& Mag .Nat.Hist S$. 6. Vol. XII. PU.XV. ‘e
z Pn po -.

4 A
2 > 1 Te
LE ae oe
ANS So ge
SS i
Bs . =
Ss 2%,
Sere
pemeieetesss
il 8. 9
;

EA.Smith del.

R.1.Pocock del ’ Mintern Bros. lith.

Anin.& Mag. Nat. Hist.$.6.Vol.12. PU_XVI.

WMintern Bros. del.et. lith.

Anrw.& Mag. Nat. Mist. S 6. Vol_XI. PU XVI.

SOWIMal AT IRUICONING IONS Silk, JUS)

F.H. Michael delet lith. Mintern Bros. imp.

Arn. & Mag. Nat. Hist.S.6. Vol AH. PL. VU.

1 UIE iad CUiwNS SIS iisibeksy

E

SNe lS)

et Ne ae

F.H.Michael del.et hth. Mintern Bros. imp.

=9
°
a

® + 7
! ,
a7
|
J
|
\
“|
\
|
|
4
od '
_s ron
Joe
a
ay
\

Anr.& Mag. Nat.fist.5.6. Vol. XH. Pl. XIX.

wey at,

Mintern Bros. lith.

ives

LSNI_NVINOSHLINS Satuvudi7l LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUT

i = fi = r=
ies) S —— wo — Lf w
> We 5 = 4 by,
= a AD | "4 Ui,” Uy;
> SX = > Or >
=] S N QK — E Yi t/, ee |
= SS NY a = - Z fae
m Wy = m n° m
n a = w <= a)

-LES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31yuvus

~.

NVINOSHLIWS

. X
. ?
NY
+ ee

ISNI_NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYGIT LIBRARIES

SMITHSONIAN
NVINOSHLIWS
NVINOSHLIWS

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT!

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

Y is aR _
a ws B &
a ~ = 4
4 viet o J: =
= oc ec ie
= re) = a,
= co a
“ ee S S
-1ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YVUY
<= ta m xs ; rai
S ae ° = & S
5 vA 2 5 DN ROS
re lee: = = > SS =
a ar: z Se
i eZ op ae
ILSNI NVINOSHLINS SS3IYVYE!IT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
q 2 Z < 2 =
Pa ar Sfx Zz SWS 5 =
yy: Oe a Nae :
fhe SG Ge 2X B 2
z= 2m = XN 7 2
= > = + Se =
(ep) za wn” . z= w

RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S3IYVY

A 2 a ae. Mt
. +O Es RSS

= fp 3 2 2 IN 2

an Uyiks = a = aN a

0 “We 3% = 3 ee

a é = aid = pan |
ILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYUEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN_INSTITUT

=, * = 33 = a =

w Pa a w — ioe]

0 Wa = pe) Le 70

2 NOE : =

— NY oe ~ - aS

_ Ww _—

t | ES (SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_NVINOSHIINS $2 1YyV

= ~ =
NE 5 \ag 3 2 1 Ye
WK LZ MA ~~ WHE @ cn n |
LY oC Tk’ OWS x fe) te
Se E QO 2, = 2yv &
ae s é :
LSNI_NVINOSHLINS | S3 I¥YVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT

2 Z ee =
Nn = TN ” FON ud Y, pl
DG ye. Y CR 5 om 48 Gy & Gar

JALILON!

NVINOSHLIWNVS otal AVGdl | LIGDGRARICLG ONMIITAOUNIAN INoOT!

z S 5 es hed

: : ® . E

= a?) = , a

> kK > rae “ >

a I = - =

7) = nw * ee

Oo Zz o = a
INSTITUTION NVINOSHLINS S31%

” Zs 72) z n
= = 3 = < = y
NVQ ; 2 Yo 2 a 9
»N O Zo AWE SG ee LG
SN SE E ANS" Zz FE 2/7

EF ui Bea vane 5 z
LNLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTI

NOILNLILSNI
NOILNLILSNI
NOILNLILSNI

SRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S31)

S3INVYRIT LIBRARIES

INSTITUTION
INSTITUTION
INSTITUTION

ILINLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1YVYa!l1 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INST

NVINOSHLINS S3!1YuVvual] LIBRAR IES

NVINOSHLIWS
Q
SS
&
SMITHSONIAN
Yr,
$y
4 fo

SMITHSONIAN

SMITHSONIAN
ME

a

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S31

(ep) > nf S ‘ (ep)
ud ~” (op) AN oN lJ
~. thf fp” 2 = 4 SSS
weg = < => \ ee
fac DW YY 5 aed SN S\. ow
= UG o a NY
ad a -1 z : es
ILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3!IYVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INST
a 56 Zz a ‘s
o 2 2 o = wo
7 \ s xy = we)
aS = 2 F oe
» LX WS Lane a a sd
m SS oy m “ m
n i (ep) = wo

BRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31:

¢ Z é Z :
= z x = Gp z =
\ = S \, = yy, !
SS Z = AS S , GY fa = 2/9
Bes. > = YN 5 = 5
(<< jay INOSHLINS Saluvaal LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INST
> 7 — Ww —_—
: uJ STITUS z= ud . a
a © ” 29 No = We: n s
Re = GB 24 > = Yiy % &

I

|

2

|

[

Wilh INSTITUTION L!
_3 9088 01314 |

IBRA

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

aad ies ald

ara it eB aS SHEE pth
wae sang aren me
So hae

apsape eee we OH LE SoM OL OO

pene aay ese

cop nirrtiynen peat
i let
+ pee

Cpr eed PE

ag ae , , x i : ed
4 Aen? 47 " ayn bak
AL 3 ! ‘ Oe aiete 2 Tos ate ees nT
Speg! reaneeins
errr
TT a cial
ere’

Haye eee 4 i ?
ent 3 ‘é epeerstrureni vss)
r - a acl cette Maat eat in EE
atactas Bp lots

Pt ee
rapes